diff --git a/.github/workflows/add-lang.yml b/.github/workflows/add-lang.yml index ba9e82110..05e912461 100644 --- a/.github/workflows/add-lang.yml +++ b/.github/workflows/add-lang.yml @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ jobs: permissions: contents: write issues: write - runs-on: ubuntu-latest + runs-on: ubuntu-22.04 if: github.event.label.name == 'new language' steps: diff --git a/.github/workflows/jekyll.yml b/.github/workflows/jekyll.yml index 2721ad32e..2cd5e15ab 100644 --- a/.github/workflows/jekyll.yml +++ b/.github/workflows/jekyll.yml @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ jobs: jekyll_site_ci: permissions: contents: write - runs-on: ubuntu-latest + runs-on: ubuntu-22.04 steps: - uses: actions/checkout@v4 diff --git a/.github/workflows/main.yml b/.github/workflows/main.yml index 475c71cc2..1186ac7a2 100644 --- a/.github/workflows/main.yml +++ b/.github/workflows/main.yml @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ jobs: build_and_deploy_site: permissions: contents: write - runs-on: ubuntu-latest + runs-on: ubuntu-22.04 steps: - uses: actions/checkout@v4 @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ jobs: needs: build_and_deploy_site permissions: contents: write - runs-on: ubuntu-latest + runs-on: ubuntu-22.04 steps: - uses: actions/checkout@v4 - name: ${{ github.sha }} update from release diff --git a/1-ru-index.md b/1-ru-index.md new file mode 120000 index 000000000..d14f2cae3 --- /dev/null +++ b/1-ru-index.md @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +wiki/ru/1-index.md \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/1-th-index.md b/1-th-index.md new file mode 120000 index 000000000..9dfa4264e --- /dev/null +++ b/1-th-index.md @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +wiki/th/1-index.md \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/_config.yml b/_config.yml index e54def40e..2851cab21 100644 --- a/_config.yml +++ b/_config.yml @@ -2,9 +2,11 @@ plugins: - jekyll-paginate-v2 - jekyll-polyglot - jekyll-minifier -languages: ["en", "sv-SE", "zh-CN", "nb-NO", "ko-KR", "pt-BR", "pt-PT", "nl", "es", "de", "it", "fr"] +languages: ["en", "ru", "th", "sv-SE", "zh-CN", "nb-NO", "ko-KR", "pt-BR", "pt-PT", "nl", "es", "de", "it", "fr"] default_lang: "en" language_names: + ru: Русский + th: ไทย sv-SE: Svenska en: English zh-CN: 简体中文 diff --git a/_po4a-tools/po4a-create-all-targets.sh b/_po4a-tools/po4a-create-all-targets.sh index 9b30b51ee..64f516250 100755 --- a/_po4a-tools/po4a-create-all-targets.sh +++ b/_po4a-tools/po4a-create-all-targets.sh @@ -99,16 +99,17 @@ process_with_po4a () { THRESHOLD="$THRESH_VAL" fi - # Determine file format to be used + # Determine file format to be used and set options (configured as an array to allow adding an arbitrary number of them) + OPTION=() if [ $ext == yml ] ; then FILE_FORMAT=yaml - OPTION="skip_array" + OPTION=("skip_array") elif [[ $ext == html || "$filename" == *'-index' ]] ; then # '-index.md' has a markdown extension but is actually html and should be processed as such by po4a FILE_FORMAT=xml - OPTION="ontagerror=warn" + OPTION=("ontagerror=warn" "attributes=src alt") elif [ $ext == md ] ; then FILE_FORMAT=text - OPTION="markdown" + OPTION=("markdown") fi # Run po4a-translate and create target files @@ -120,7 +121,7 @@ process_with_po4a () { --localized "$targ_doc" \ --localized-charset "UTF-8" \ --no-deprecation \ - --option "$OPTION" \ + "${OPTION[@]/#/--option=}" \ --keep "$THRESHOLD" # Display message if translated file is created diff --git a/_po4a-tools/po4a-update-templates.sh b/_po4a-tools/po4a-update-templates.sh index 234fefda7..3ac68221f 100755 --- a/_po4a-tools/po4a-update-templates.sh +++ b/_po4a-tools/po4a-update-templates.sh @@ -60,16 +60,17 @@ while IFS= read -r -d '' doc ; do echo creating "$po_file" fi - # Determine file format to be used + # Determine file format to be used and set options (configured as an array to allow adding an arbitrary number of them) + OPTION=() if [ $ext == yml ] ; then FILE_FORMAT=yaml - OPTION="skip_array" + OPTION=("skip_array") elif [[ $ext == html || "$filename" == *'-index' ]] ; then # '-index.md' has a markdown extension but is actually html and should be processed as such by po4a FILE_FORMAT=xml - OPTION="ontagerror=warn" + OPTION=("ontagerror=warn" "attributes=src alt") elif [ $ext == md ] ; then FILE_FORMAT=text - OPTION="markdown" + OPTION=("markdown") fi # Update/create .po files @@ -80,7 +81,7 @@ while IFS= read -r -d '' doc ; do --msgmerge-opt --no-wrap \ --wrap-po newlines \ --no-deprecation \ - --option "$OPTION" \ + "${OPTION[@]/#/--option=}" \ --po "$po_file" ; then echo '' echo Error updating "$lang" PO file for: "$filename".$ext diff --git a/_posts/2022-01-25-Related-Projects.md b/_posts/2022-01-25-Related-Projects.md index 2738f3d96..8fbf317f6 100644 --- a/_posts/2022-01-25-Related-Projects.md +++ b/_posts/2022-01-25-Related-Projects.md @@ -65,10 +65,6 @@ and to zip them up and download them via a web browser. It is implemented in PHP * [gojam](https://github.com/dtinth/gojam) is an implementation of a Jamulus client written in Go. This tool is intended for headless streaming use-cases. Used by **jamulus-lounge**. * [jamviz](https://github.com/dtinth/jamviz) shows active connections of a Jamulus server that is running **jamulus-lounge**. Used to show activity to a livestreaming audience. -## Koord - -Koord adds real-time video of participants to Jamulus technology in a new application, available for desktop and mobile devices. The [Koord.live website](https://koord.live/) offers private servers and additional playback and recording features. - ## Melomax The [Melomax website](https://melomax.live) offers private servers groups can use with Jamulus client software. diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/1-index.po b/_translator-files/po/de/1-index.po index a90eccf05..3cc64b95f 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/1-index.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/1-index.po @@ -1,15 +1,17 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2022, 2023, 2024. +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2022, 2023, 2024, 2025. # Eric Brändli , 2024. # Victor Jouhoff , 2024. # nobkd <44443899+nobkd@users.noreply.github.com>, 2024. # Mia Kaanen , 2024. +# Umber Security , 2025. +# Christopher Kühlbach , 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-04 18:57+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-29 19:02+0000\n" "Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: de\n" @@ -17,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n" #. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?) #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:1 @@ -68,7 +70,17 @@ msgstr "Was ist Jamulus?" #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:23 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus lets you play, rehearse, or jam with your friends, your band, or anyone you find online. Play together remotely in time with high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection. [Download it here!](wiki/Getting-Started)\n" -msgstr "Jamulus ermöglicht es dir mit deinen Freunden, deiner Band oder jedem, den du online findest, zu spielen, zu proben oder gemeinsam zu musizieren. Spiele in Echtzeit zusammen mit hochwertigem Sound und geringer Latenz über eine normale Breitbandverbindung. [Lade es hier herunter!](wiki/Getting-Started)\n" +msgstr "Mit Jamulus kannst du gemeinsam mit Freunden, deiner Band oder jeden den du online findest spielen, proben oder musizieren – in Echtzeit, mit hochwertigem Sound und geringer Latenz, ganz einfach über eine normale Internetverbindung. [Lade es hier herunter!](wiki/Getting-Started)\n" + +#. type: Attribute 'src' of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:32 +msgid "{% include img/en-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc %}" +msgstr "{% include img/de-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc %}" + +#. type: Attribute 'alt' of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:32 +msgid "A screenshot of the main mixer window showing five people from different countries connected." +msgstr "Ein Bildschirmfoto des Hauptmixerfensters, das fünf miteinander verbundene Leute aus verschiedenen Ländern zeigt." #. type: Content of:
#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:34 @@ -88,7 +100,7 @@ msgstr "Jamulus weltweit" msgid "All over the world Jamulus allows choirs to rehearse and rock bands to play. Jamulus brings folk and classical musicians together. It's being used for remote music lessons, in schools and universities, in private and in public — all in real time on the Internet, as if you were there in person.\n" msgstr "" "Überall auf der Welt können dank Jamulus Chöre zusammen proben und Rockbands ihre Gigs aufführen.\n" -" Jamulus vereint klassische und Popmusiker und wird auch für musikalischen Fernunterricht in Schulen, Universitäten, privat und öffentlich genutzt — alles in Echtzeit, über das Internet, als ob du persönlich vor Ort wärst.\n" +"Jamulus vereint klassische und Popmusiker und wird auch für musikalischen Fernunterricht in Schulen, Universitäten, privat und öffentlich genutzt — alles in Echtzeit, über das Internet, als ob du persönlich vor Ort wärst.\n" #. type: Content of:

#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:44 @@ -103,8 +115,8 @@ msgid "" "Check out the [documentation](wiki/Getting-Started) and consider the [troubleshooting section](wiki/Client-Troubleshooting)!\n" "You can also ask on the [forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions).\n" msgstr "" -"Schau Dir die [Dokumentation](wiki/Getting-Started) an, insbesondere den [Abschnitt zum Troubleshooting](wiki/Client-Troubleshooting)!\n" -"Du kannst auch im [Forum](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions) fragen.\n" +"Wirf einen Blick in die [Dokumentation](wiki/Getting-Started), besonders hilfreich ist der [Abschnitt zur Fehlerbehebung](wiki/Client-Troubleshooting)!\n" +"Oder stelle deine Frage direkt im [Forum](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions) – dort wird dir gerne weitergeholfen .\n" #. type: Content of:

#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:53 @@ -116,13 +128,13 @@ msgstr "Willst du mithelfen?" #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:56 #, no-wrap msgid "Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help [translating](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/TRANSLATING.md) Jamulus into your language? Since Jamulus is [free and open source software](https://www.gnu.org/philosophy/free-sw.en.html) (FOSS) licensed under the [GPL](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.en.html) you can help us!" -msgstr "Ideen? Einen Fehler gefunden? Willst du Code beitragen oder Jamulus in deine Sprache [übersetzen](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/TRANSLATING.md)? Da Jamulus [freie und Open-Source-Software](https://www.gnu.org/philosophy/free-sw.en.html) (FOSS) ist und unter der [GPL](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.en.htm) lizenziert ist, kannst du uns helfen!" +msgstr "Du hast eine Idee, einen Fehler gefunden, möchtest [übersetzen](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/TRANSLATING.md) oder Code beitragen? Da Jamulus [freie und Open-Source-Software](https://www.gnu.org/philosophy/free-sw.en.html) (FOSS) ist und unter der [GPL](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.en.htm) lizenziert ist, kannst du mithelfen!" #. type: Content of:

#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:58 #, no-wrap msgid "Take a look at our [contribution guidelines](wiki/Contribution) to find out how. Everybody is welcome!" -msgstr "Schau dir unsere [Beitragsrichtlinien](wiki/Contribution) an um mitzugestalten. Jeder ist willkommen!" +msgstr "Schau dir unsere [Beitragsrichtlinien](wiki/Contribution) an und mach mit – Jeder ist willkommen!" #. type: Content of:

#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:60 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Client-Troubleshooting.po index 56784652b..543234bd5 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/Client-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Client-Troubleshooting.po @@ -3,19 +3,19 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Ettore Atalan , 2023. # ignotus , 2023, 2024. -# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023. +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023, 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-06-13 18:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-29 19:01+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: de\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.6-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ msgstr "Inhaltsverzeichnis\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:17 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "" "* TOC\n" " {:toc}\n" @@ -174,7 +174,9 @@ msgstr "Wie genau du vermeidest, dass du dein direktes Signal hörst, hängt von #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:50 -msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [software manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this." +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [software manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this." +msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this." msgstr "Beachte dass das Abhören des Serversignals zwar sicherstellt, dass du mit den anderen Musikern synchron bist, dass es aber auch zu Problemen kommen kann, wenn die Gesamtlatenz (angezeigt durch die „Verzögerung“-Lampe in Jamulus) die meiste Zeit über nicht grün oder zumindest gelb ist. Lies das [Software-Handbuch](/wiki/Software-Manual), um zu erfahren, wie du dein Setup in diesem Fall anpassen kannst." #. type: Title ### @@ -342,7 +344,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:108 -msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" +msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/discussions)" msgstr "Für alles andere suche bitte im [Forum](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions) oder poste dort deine Frage" #, no-wrap diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/FAQ.po b/_translator-files/po/de/FAQ.po index 4c76cccc4..cdce78809 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/FAQ.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/FAQ.po @@ -3,19 +3,19 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Ettore Atalan , 2023. # ignotus , 2023, 2024. -# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023. +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023, 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-06-13 18:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-29 19:02+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: de\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.6-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ msgstr "Inhaltsverzeichnis\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:17 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "" "* TOC\n" " {:toc}\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Getting-Started.po index 82d39e024..5b5056ab5 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/Getting-Started.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Getting-Started.po @@ -4,11 +4,11 @@ # Allan Nordhøy , 2022. # Ettore Atalan , 2023. # ignotus , 2023. -# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023. +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023, 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-07-31 20:21+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-29 19:02+0000\n" "Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: de\n" @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 @@ -256,8 +256,8 @@ msgstr "Während du online bist, kannst du die Chat Funktion nutzen, um eine Nac #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:88 -msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [Software Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)." -msgstr "Weitere Informationen zur Verwendung von Jamulus findest du im [Software Handbuch](/wiki/Software-Manual)." +msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)." +msgstr "Weitere Informationen zur Verwendung von Jamulus findest du im [Benutzerhandbuch](/wiki/Software-Manual)." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:89 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Include-Client-Commands.po index 14df92c9d..26aeb82b4 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/Include-Client-Commands.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Include-Client-Commands.po @@ -37,7 +37,9 @@ msgstr "`-j` oder `--nojackconnect` Nicht automatisch mit JACK verbinden" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6 -msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)" +msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI channel to listen on, Jamulus control + MIDI control number and count of consecutive CC numbers (or Jamulus channels), device selection option. Format: `channel[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dDeviceName]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)." msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI-Controller-Kanal, der genutzt werden soll, Offset der Kontrollnummer und fortlaufende CC-Nummern (Kanäle) und Stummschalten CC-Nummer. Format: `kanal[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` Siehe [Tipps & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#ctrlmidich-für-midi-controller-verwenden)" #. type: Bullet: '- ' diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-Linux.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-Linux.po index e4a41cc33..648467d3d 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-Linux.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-Linux.po @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2022, 2023, 2024. +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2022, 2023, 2024, 2025. # Ettore Atalan , 2023. # ignotus , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-04 19:09+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-29 19:02+0000\n" "Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" "Language-Team: German \n" "Language: de\n" @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ msgstr "Richte deine Hardware ein" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:60 msgid "The Jamulus Client needs to connect to a running [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) server in order to start. You need to find out which is the low-latency sound server for your distribution. - If your distribution uses [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/), see how to [configure JACK with QjackCtl](Installation-for-Linux#configure-jack-with-qjackctl). - If your distribution uses PipeWire, see how to [configure PipeWire](Installation-for-Linux#configure-pipewire)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Der Jamulus Client muss sich mit einem [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) Server verbinden, um verwendet werden zu können. Dazu musst du wissen, welcher low-latency sound Server auf deiner Distribution genutzt wird. - Falls deine Distro [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) nutzt, sieh dir [JACK mit QjackCtl einrichten](Installation-for-Linux#configure-jack-with-qjackctl) an. - Falls deine Distro PipeWire nutzt, findest du [hier Informationen, wie du PipeWire konfigurierst](Installation-for-Linux#configure-pipewire)." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:61 @@ -192,17 +192,13 @@ msgstr "Konfiguriere Jack mit QjackCtl" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:64 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Jamulus Clients need [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) to run, but you need to configure that first. The recommended method is to use `QjackCtl`." msgid "To run a [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) server, the recommended method is to use `QjackCtl`." -msgstr "Jamulus-Clients benötigen [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) für den Betrieb, aber das musst du zuerst konfigurieren. Die empfohlene Methode ist die Verwendung von `QjackCtl`." +msgstr "Um einen [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) Server zu nutzen, empfehlen wir `QjackCtl`." #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Launch QjackCtl. You will see the **Qt JACK Control utility main page**" msgid "Launch QjackCtl. You will see the **Qt JACK Control utility main page**." -msgstr "Öffne QjackCtl und warte, bis sich das **Jack Audio Connection Kit** öffnet" +msgstr "Öffne QjackCtl und warte, bis sich das **Jack Audio Connection Kit** öffnet." #. type: Bullet: '2. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 @@ -211,29 +207,23 @@ msgstr "Konfiguriere deine Audiohardware wie folgt:" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Set the audio **Interface** to the one you want (there may be several in the list)" msgid "Set the audio **Interface** to the one you want (there may be several in the list - choose the correct one as this cannot be changed without stopping Jamulus and JACK)." -msgstr "Wähle dein Audio **Interface** aus (es können mehrere in der Liste sichtbar sein)" +msgstr "Wähle dein Audio **Interface** aus (es können mehrere in der Liste sichtbar sein) - Wähle das korrekte aus, weil es nicht geändert werden kann, ohne Jamulus und JACK zu beenden." #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Set the **Sample Rate to 48000**" msgid "Set the **Sample Rate to 48000**." -msgstr "Setzte die **Sample Rate auf 48000**" +msgstr "Setzte die **Sample Rate auf 48000**." #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Set the **Frames/Period to 128** and Periods/Buffer at 2 at first" msgid "Set the **Frames/Period to 128** and **Periods/Buffer at 2** at first." -msgstr "Setze die **Frames/Period auf 128** und Periods/Buffer zunächst auf 2" +msgstr "Setze die **Frames/Period auf 128** und **Periods/Buffer** erst einmal auf 2." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:73 msgid "Restart JACK for the new settings to take effect and continue from the [Start Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#start-jamulus) section below." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Starte JACK neu, damit die neuen Einstellungen übernommen werden können. Danach mache in der [Jamulus Starten](Installation-for-Linux#start-jamulus) Sektion unten weiter." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:74 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-Macintosh.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-Macintosh.po index 17baa9773..2310c530f 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-Macintosh.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-Macintosh.po @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2022, 2023. +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2022, 2023, 2025. # Ettore Atalan , 2023. # ignotus , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-20 16:59+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-29 19:02+0000\n" "Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" "Language-Team: German \n" "Language: de\n" @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 @@ -66,12 +66,12 @@ msgstr "Updatest du? Es macht Sinn die [Konfiguration](Software-Manual#sicherung #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:22 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"1. [Download Jamulus (Universal build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +"1. [Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n" " **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" "1. **Install Jamulus**: Open the downloaded `.dmg` file, agree to the licence, *drag and drop* each icon you see in the window (Jamulus Client and Server) into your *Applications folder*. After that, you can close this window.\n" "1. **Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" msgstr "" -"1. [Downloade Jamulus (Universal build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +"1. [Downloade Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n" " **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" "1. **Installiere Jamulus**: Öffnen die heruntergeladene `.dmg`-Datei, stimme den Lizenzbedingungen zu und *ziehe* (drag and drop) beide Symbole im Fenster (Jamulus Client und Server) in den *Programme Ordner*. Danach kannst du das Fenster schließen.\n" "1. **Starte Jamulus**. Jetzt kannst du Jamulus wie jede andere Anwendung nutzen.\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-Windows.po index 69f69f883..0bf9ffc8a 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-Windows.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-Windows.po @@ -1,22 +1,22 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2022, 2023. +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2022, 2023, 2025. # Ettore Atalan , 2023. # ignotus , 2023. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-07 22:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-29 19:02+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: de\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 @@ -118,94 +118,84 @@ msgstr "Wenn du keine externe Soundkarte besitzt, wirst du wahrscheinlich keinen #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:39 -msgid "You can try two versions of ASIO4ALL. ASIO4ALL v2.14 includes a workaround for a bug which might break other functionality." -msgstr "Du kannst zwei Versionen von ASIO4ALL testen. ASIO4ALL v2.14 nutzt einen Workaround für einen Bug, der eventuell Probleme mit anderen Funktionen auslöst." +msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.16 Download](https://asio4all.org/downloads/ASIO4ALL_2_16.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" +msgstr "[ASIO4ALL v2.16 Download](https://asio4all.org/downloads/ASIO4ALL_2_16.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:41 -msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.15 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.15/ASIO4ALL_2_15_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" -msgstr "[ASIO4ALL v2.15 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.15/ASIO4ALL_2_15_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:43 -msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" -msgstr "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:45 msgid "[ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" msgstr "[ASIO4ALL Website](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:47 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:43 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting up ASIO4ALL" msgstr "ASIO4ALL einrichten" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:50 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:46 msgid "You may or may not need to experiment a bit depending on your sound hardware. If everything works out of the box, you don't need to do anything." msgstr "Je nach Hardware musst du verschiedene Einstellungen ausprobieren. Wenn alles funktioniert, musst du nichts tun." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:52 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:48 #, no-wrap msgid "**Tip:** Set up your sound card while you're [connected to a Server](Getting-Started#connecting-to-a-server-and-testing-your-sound) to hear your instrument or voice and check if everything is correctly set up; but first read on.\n" msgstr "**Tipp:** Richte deine Soundkarte ein, während du [mit einem Server verbunden bist](Getting-Started#mit-einem-server-verbinden-und-audio-testen), damit du dein Instrument oder deine Stimme hören kannst. Dadurch kannst du prüfen, ob alles richtig eingerichtet ist, aber lies erst einmal weiter.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:55 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:51 msgid "Before you start with Jamulus:" msgstr "Bevor du Jamulus startest:" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:54 msgid "**Close all applications** (especially those which could access your sound card like your browser/media player). ASIO4ALL needs exclusive access to your sound card which means that other programs will not be able to use audio if ASIO4ALL and Jamulus are running." msgstr "**Schließe alle anderen Programme** (besonders die, die (wie z.B. dein Browser/Media Player) auf deine Soundkarte zugreifen könnten). ASIO4ALL benötigt exklusiven Zugriff auf die Soundkarte, das bedeutet, dass andere Programme keinen Ton ausgeben/aufnehmen können, wenn Jamulus mit ASIO4ALL läuft." #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:54 msgid "If the Jamulus audio doesn’t work out of the box, make sure that only the **correct inputs/outputs** in ASIO4ALL **are switched on**. Everything else should be switched off. Search the [community list of working ASIO4ALL configurations](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) for your configuration or do it manually if you can't find yours:" msgstr "Wenn das Audio nicht sofort funktioniert, stelle sicher, dass die **richtigen Ein-/Ausgänge** in ASIO4ALL **aktiv sind**. Alle anderen sollten ausgeschaltet sein. Suche in der [gemeinsame Auflistung funktionsfähiger ASIO4ALL Einstellungen](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) nach deinem System oder stelle sie selbst ein, wenn du deine nicht findest:" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:59 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:55 #, no-wrap msgid "How to set up ASIO4ALL inputs (Guide)" msgstr "So richtest du ASIO4ALL-Eingänge ein (Anleitung)" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 msgid "Open Jamulus's settings" msgstr "Jamulus Einstellungen öffnen" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 msgid "Go to _\"ASIO Device Settings\"_ (column on the left; directly under the selection of the driver)" msgstr "Klick auf _„ASIO Geräte Einstellungen“_ (linke Spalte in Jamulus, unten)" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 msgid "Enable _advanced view_ in ASIO4ALL (click the tool icon on the bottom right)" msgstr "Aktiviere die _erweiterte Ansicht_ in ASIO4ALL (klicke auf das Werkzeug-Icon unten rechts)" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 msgid "Enable only the sound card you want to use by clicking on the button next to its name" msgstr "Aktiviere nur die Soundkarte, die du nutzen willst, indem du auf den Knopf direkt neben dem Namen der Soundkarte klickst" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 msgid "Open your sound card inputs/outputs by clicking the _plus icon_ next to this sound card" msgstr "Öffne deine Soundkarte über das _Plus-Icon_ neben der Soundkarte, um die Ein/Ausgänge anzuzeigen" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 msgid "Now enable the correct inputs/outputs in the list under your sound card and disable everything else. You can hover over the inputs/outputs to see which of both they are and if they support the required sample rate for Jamulus of 48kHz (DVD quality)." msgstr "Aktiviere die richtigen Ein/Ausgänge in der Liste unter deiner Soundkarte und deaktiviere alle anderen Ein/Ausgänge. Du kannst über den Ein/Ausgängen hovern (mit dem Mauszeiger auf über dem Ein/Ausgang ruhen) ob sie die richtige Sample Rate für Jamulus unterstützen (48kHz; DVD-Qualität)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:72 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:68 #, no-wrap msgid "" "**Hints:**\n" @@ -219,47 +209,53 @@ msgstr "" "1. Stereo Mix/Stereo Input ist normalerweise nicht der Eingang/Ausgang, den du suchst. Schalte ihn daher aus, wenn du ihn siehst.\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:73 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:69 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "Fehlerbehebung" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:76 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:72 msgid "If nothing works, first restart Jamulus and/or your PC to close background processes that may be accessing your sound card." msgstr "Wenn es scheint, das nichts funktioniert, versuche zuerst Jamulus und/oder deinen PC **neu zu starten**, damit Hintergrundprozesse, die auf die Soundkarte zugreifen könnten, geschlossen werden." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:78 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:74 msgid "Afterwards, *set up the inputs/outputs again*. Enabled and accessible input/outputs show as lit up power buttons and play buttons in the ASIO4ALL settings. If instead you see a red cross or yellow symbol, close other applications that may be accessing your sound card (e.g. web browser, Zoom, etc)." msgstr "Danach versuche *die Ein-/Ausgänge nochmal neu einzurichten*. Aktivierte und zugängliche Ein-/Ausgänge zeigen ein leuchtendes An/Aus- und ein Play-Symbol. Wenn du ein rotes Kreuz oder ein gelbes Symbol siehst, musst du eventuell andere Anwendungen schließen (z.B. deinen Browser, Zoom, usw.) oder deinen PC neu starten." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:80 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:76 msgid "Have a look at [this video](https://youtu.be/_GzOsitVgLI) by [trombonepizza](https://github.com/trombonepizza) which gives more detailed setup information on ASIO4ALL." msgstr "Werfe einen Blick auf [dieses Video](https://youtu.be/_GzOsitVgLI) von [trombonepizza](https://github.com/trombonepizza), das detailliertere Informationen zur Einrichtung von ASIO4ALL enthält." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:82 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:78 msgid "Official and further information about how to configure ASIO4ALL is documented in the official [ASIO4ALL FAQs on the ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/index.php/help/faq/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}." msgstr "Offizielle und ausführliche Infos zur Konfiguration von ASIO4ALL sind auch in den [FAQs auf der ASIO4ALL Website](https://www.asio4all.org/index.php/help/faq/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"} dokumentiert." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:83 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:79 #, no-wrap msgid "All installed?" msgstr "Alles installiert?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:86 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:82 msgid "Take a look at" msgstr "Wirf einen Blick auf die" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:87 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:83 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "[Jamulus Setup Seite](Getting-Started){: .button}" +#~ msgid "You can try two versions of ASIO4ALL. ASIO4ALL v2.14 includes a workaround for a bug which might break other functionality." +#~ msgstr "Du kannst zwei Versionen von ASIO4ALL testen. ASIO4ALL v2.14 nutzt einen Workaround für einen Bug, der eventuell Probleme mit anderen Funktionen auslöst." + +#~ msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" +#~ msgstr "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" + #~ msgid "# Installation for Windows" #~ msgstr "# Installation auf Windows" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Privacy-Statement.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Privacy-Statement.po index 3242f0989..ab02432ba 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/Privacy-Statement.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Privacy-Statement.po @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ msgstr "### Verwendung von Profilinformationen" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:30 -msgid "Under normal use with software downloaded from this website that has not been modified, your user profile information is exchanged with Servers you connect to, peers connected to those same Servers, and to third parties (including Directories) that use the Jamulus protocol. This information is limited to your Jamulus name, city, country, instrument, and skill level as you have set them in your profile. The Servers you connect to will also have access to your internet address (IP Address) as it is required for the software to work; but this information is not shared with peers on the same Server or available to third parties." +msgid "Under normal use with software downloaded from this website that has not been modified, your user profile information is exchanged with Servers you connect to, peers connected to those same Servers, and to third parties (including Directories) that use the Jamulus protocol. This information is limited to your Jamulus name, city, country, instrument, and skill level as you have set them in your profile. Directories from which you request Server lists, Servers displayed in the Connect Dialog and Servers you connect to will also have access to your internet address (IP Address) as it is required for the software to work; but this information is not shared with peers on the same Server or available to third parties." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Running-a-Server.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Running-a-Server.po index fe04ebcad..112e50f88 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/Running-a-Server.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Running-a-Server.po @@ -2,21 +2,21 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Ettore Atalan , 2023. -# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023. +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023, 2025. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. # ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-06-13 18:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-29 19:02+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: de\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.6-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ msgstr "Inhaltsverzeichnis\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:17 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "" "* TOC\n" " {:toc}\n" @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ msgstr "Muss ich einen Server betreiben?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:23 #, no-wrap -msgid "**No**. You don't need to run a Server. You can use the Servers listed by the built-in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server yourself. You can also use an unlisted Server if you know its internet address. Or you can use a third party hosting service such as [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/) or [KOORD](https://koord.live/). There's probably a Server nearby that you and your friends can use at low enough latency for most needs.\n" +msgid "**No**. You don't need to run a Server. You can use the Servers listed by the built-in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server yourself. You can also use an unlisted Server if you know its internet address. Or you can use a third party hosting service such as [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/). There's probably a Server nearby that you and your friends can use at low enough latency for most needs.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -624,189 +624,172 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:230 #, no-wrap -msgid "`-m or --htmlstatus`" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:232 -msgid "Enable HTML status file, set path and file name" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:234 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Note:** This feature is deprecated, and may disappear in a future release.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:235 -#, no-wrap msgid "`-P or --delaypan`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:237 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:232 #, fuzzy msgid "Start with delay panning enabled. This option uses small differences in sound arrival time between the two ears. It produces a stereo effect similar to natural human hearing when compared to normal “volume” panning." msgstr "Diese Option nutzt kleine Unterschiede in der Ankunftszeit des Schalls zwischen den beiden Ohren. Dies erzeugt einen Stereoeffekt, der dem natürlichen menschlichen Gehör ähnlich ist, im Vergleich zum normalen „Lautstärken“-Panning." #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:238 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:233 #, no-wrap msgid "`-s` or `--server`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:240 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:235 msgid "Start Jamulus in Server mode" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:236 #, no-wrap msgid "`--serverbindip`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:243 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:238 msgid "Specify the IP address the Jamulus process will bind to." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:245 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:240 msgid "Normally, Jamulus will listen on all IP addresses on the host machine. Where the host has multiple network addresses, this option allows one of the addresses to be chosen." msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:246 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241 #, no-wrap msgid "`-T or --multithreading`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:248 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:243 msgid "Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs. This setting may help the Server support more Clients. See also `--numchannels`" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:249 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:244 #, no-wrap msgid "`-u or --numchannels`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:251 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:246 msgid "Maximum number of channels (Clients)" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:252 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:247 #, no-wrap msgid "`-z or --startminimized`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:249 msgid "Start the Jamulus Server graphical user interface in the minimized window state." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:255 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:250 #, no-wrap msgid "Other options" msgstr "Andere Optionen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:258 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:253 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:259 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254 #, no-wrap msgid "Controlling the Server via API" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:262 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:257 msgid "Jamulus can be controlled via an experimental API which is subject to changes. You can find the [JSON-RPC API documented in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md). JSON-RPC allows you to control some features like changing the welcome message or starting recordings in headless mode from authenticated external applications. It works while the server is running." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:265 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:260 #, no-wrap msgid "Recording" msgstr "Aufnahmeverzeichnis" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:267 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:262 #, no-wrap msgid "`-R or --recording`" msgstr "`-R oder --recording`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:269 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:264 msgid "Set Server recording directory. By default, the Server will record when a session is active." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:271 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:266 #, fuzzy, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** You will need to save recordings to a path _outside_ of the jamulus home directory, or remove `ProtectHome=true` from your systemd unit file, but be aware that doing could be a security risk.\n" msgstr "**Hinweis:** Du musst die Aufnahmen in einem Pfad _außerhalb_ des Jamulus-Home-Verzeichnisses speichern oder `ProtectHome=true` aus der systemd-Unit-Datei entfernen (beachte jedoch, dass dies ein potenzielles Sicherheitsrisiko darstellt).\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:273 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:268 msgid "Recordings are per track in [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` format and [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Open the respective files to listen to them in those applications." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:275 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:270 #, fuzzy, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** When your Server is recording, Clients display a red banner message that the session is being recorded.\n" msgstr "**Hinweis**: Wenn dein Server aufzeichnet, zeigen die Clients eine Meldung an, dass die Aufzeichnung läuft.\n" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:276 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:271 #, no-wrap msgid "`--norecord`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:278 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:273 msgid "Set server not to record by default when recording is configured." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:280 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:275 #, no-wrap msgid "Controlling Recording" msgstr "Aufzeichnung steuern" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:283 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:278 msgid "Recording starts once the first person connects to the Server, and stops when the last person leaves." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:285 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:280 msgid "If the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new directory. SIGUSR2 will toggle recording on/off. If [JSON-RPC](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) is enabled, you will also be able to manage the server in a way comparable to the GUI. Please see the (experimental) [JSON-RPC documentation on the recorder](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md#jamulusserverstartrecording)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:288 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:283 #, fuzzy msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." msgstr "Um diese Signale mit systemd zu senden, erstelle die folgenden zwei `.service`-Dateien in `/etc/systemd/system` und gebe den Dateien einen passenden Namen (z.B. `newRecording-Jamulus-server.service`)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:290 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:285 #, fuzzy msgid "To turn recording on or off (depending on the current state):" msgstr "Bespiel einer `.service` Datei zum Ein- oder Ausschalten der Aufzeichnung (je nach aktuellem Status):" #. type: Fenced code block -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:291 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:286 #, fuzzy, no-wrap msgid "" " [Unit]\n" @@ -823,13 +806,13 @@ msgstr "" " Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:302 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:297 #, fuzzy msgid "To start a new recording:" msgstr "Zum Starten einer neuen Aufnahme:" #. type: Fenced code block -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:303 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:298 #, fuzzy, no-wrap msgid "" " [Unit]\n" @@ -846,91 +829,91 @@ msgstr "" " Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:314 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:309 #, fuzzy #| msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name you created when setting systemd to control your Jamulus Server. So in this example it would be `Jamulus-Server.service`_" msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name used by systemd to control your Jamulus Server. By default, if you use the `.deb` files from the repository, it is `jamulus-headless`, as in this example." msgstr "_Hinweis: Der Name des Jamulus-Dienstes in der „ExecStart“-Zeile muss mit dem Namen der „service“-Datei übereinstimmen, die du beim Einrichten von systemd zur Steuerung deines Jamulus-Servers erstellt hast. In diesem Beispiel wäre das also `Jamulus-Server.service`_" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:316 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:311 msgid "Run `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` to register them for first use." msgstr "Führe `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` aus, um die `.service` Dateien für die erste Verwendung zu registrieren." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:318 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:313 msgid "Now you can run these with the `systemctl` command, for example:" msgstr "Jetzt kannst du diese zum Beispiel mit dem Befehl `systemctl` ausführen:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:320 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:315 #, fuzzy msgid "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec`" msgstr "`sudo systemctl stop jamulus-headless`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:322 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:317 #, fuzzy #| msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus`, or by viewing the logs." msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (or the respective service name you specified manually). You can also view your (sys)log." msgstr "Du kannst das Ergebnis dieser Befehle sehen, wenn du `systemctl status jamulus` ausführst oder die Protokolle einsiehst." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:325 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:320 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "Backing up the Server" msgid "Adding metadata to the Server" msgstr "Serverbackup" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:328 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:323 msgid "You can add metadata to the welcome message of a Server to add additional, hidden information like contact information or policy requests for bots (this is comparable to [robots.txt](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Robots.txt)). See the [Community Knowledge Base entry about metadata](/kb/2023/07/30/Server-Metadata.html) for more information." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:331 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:326 #, no-wrap msgid "Servers on the desktop" msgstr "Server auf dem Desktop" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:334 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:329 #, fuzzy msgid "Jamulus can run in Server mode in the graphical environment of a computer. This gives you a graphical user interface to control most of the settings. To do this, first [install Jamulus for your platform](Getting-Started), then do one of the following:" msgstr "Jamulus kann im Server-Modus vom Desktop aus gestartet werden. Dadurch erhältst du eine grafische Benutzeroberfläche zur Steuerung der meisten Einstellungen." #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:336 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:331 #, fuzzy msgid "**Windows users** - Use the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in the Windows Start menu. If you want the Server to start automatically when you start Windows, check the box for this option." msgstr "**Windows-Benutzer** - Wenn du möchtest dass der Server beim Systemstart automatisch gestartet wird, aktiviere das entsprechende Kontrollkästchen.\n" #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:338 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:333 #, fuzzy msgid "**macOS users** - Double-click the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in Applications." msgstr "**Windows-Benutzer** - Verwende das Symbol „Jamulus Server“ im Windows-Startmenü.\n" #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:340 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:335 #, fuzzy msgid "**Linux users** - Launch the \"Jamulus Server\" shortcut. Or you can open a terminal window (`CTRL+ALT+t` on Debian and related distros), type `jamulus -s` and hit return." msgstr "**Linux-Benutzer** - Starte die Verknüpfung „Jamulus Server“. Oder öffne ein Terminalfenster (`CTRL+ALT+t` unter Debian und verwandten Distributionen), anschliessend `jamulus -s` eingeben und die Eingabetaste drücken.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:342 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:337 #, fuzzy msgid "While most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, others can only be set using options given in a terminal window when the Server is launched. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." msgstr "Die meisten gängigen Funktionen in Jamulus können über die grafische Benutzeroberfläche eingestellt werden, aber diese und andere können auch über Befehlszeilen Optionen in einem Terminalfenster eingestellt werden. Wie genau das gemacht werden muss hängt von deinem Betriebssystem ab." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:344 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:339 #, fuzzy, no-wrap msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose **Properties** > **Target**. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" msgstr "Um beispielsweise unter Windows eine bestimmte Einstellungsdatei zu verwenden, klickst du mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Jamulus-Verknüpfung und wählst „Eigenschaften“ > Ziel. Füge die erforderlichen Argumente zu Jamulus.exe hinzu:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:346 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:341 #, fuzzy, no-wrap msgid " `\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" msgstr "" @@ -939,12 +922,12 @@ msgstr "" "```\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:343 msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" msgstr "Unter macOS startest du ein Terminalfenster und führst Jamulus mit den gewünschten Optionen wie folgt aus:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:350 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:345 #, fuzzy, no-wrap msgid " `/Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" msgstr "" @@ -953,59 +936,59 @@ msgstr "" "```\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:352 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:347 #, fuzzy, no-wrap msgid "**Note** Command line options will set the Server’s defaults at startup. You can override them while the Server is running using their corresponding GUI controls.\n" msgstr "**Hinweis**: Mit den Befehlszeilen Optionen werden die Standardeinstellungen des Servers beim Start festgelegt. Du kannst die Einstellungen mit den entsprechenden GUI-Steuerelementen überschreiben, während der Server läuft.\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:353 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348 #, no-wrap msgid "The Server status icon" msgstr "Server-Status-Symbol" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:356 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:351 #, fuzzy msgid "When a Server is running in GUI mode, the operating system will show an icon in the system tray or status area that indicates whether the Server has connections:" msgstr "Das Betriebssystem zeigt ein Symbol in der Taskleiste oder im Statusbereich an, um anzuzeigen, ob der Server aktiv ist:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:358 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:353 #, fuzzy, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
The Server is empty\n" msgstr "
\"Image
Der Server ist leer" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:360 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:355 #, fuzzy, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
The Server is occupied\n" msgstr "
\"Image
Der Server ist belegt" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:363 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:358 #, no-wrap msgid "Backing up the Server" msgstr "Serverbackup" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:366 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:361 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:368 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:363 msgid "Headless Servers do not use `.ini` files. All configuration is given as command line options. If you are running a Server in GUI mode, after reading any command line options on start, it will store its configuration in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:369 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:364 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "Fehlerbehebung" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:371 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:366 msgid "If you are having other problems, [see this guide](Server-Troubleshooting)." msgstr "Wenn du Probleme hast, [sieh dir diesen Leitfaden an](Server-Troubleshooting)." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Server-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Server-Troubleshooting.po index 46d9c1e6b..5569d861a 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/Server-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Server-Troubleshooting.po @@ -3,19 +3,19 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Ettore Atalan , 2023. # ignotus , 2023, 2024. -# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023. +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023, 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-06-13 18:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-29 19:02+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: de\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.6-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ msgstr "Inhaltsverzeichnis\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:19 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "" "* TOC\n" " {:toc}\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Software-Manual.po index a0a49d697..ed623e0da 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/Software-Manual.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Software-Manual.po @@ -3,19 +3,19 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Ettore Atalan , 2023. # ignotus , 2023, 2024. -# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023. +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023, 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-06-13 18:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-29 19:02+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: de\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.6-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 @@ -35,17 +35,11 @@ msgstr "wiki" msgid "/wiki/Software-Manual" msgstr "/wiki/Software-Manual" -#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Software Manual" -msgstr "Software-Handbuch" - #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7 #, no-wrap -msgid "Jamulus User Manual" -msgstr "Jamulus Benutzerhandbuch" +msgid "User Manual" +msgstr "Benutzerhandbuch" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:9 @@ -72,7 +66,7 @@ msgstr "Inhaltsverzeichnis\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:18 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "" "* TOC\n" " {:toc}\n" @@ -83,8 +77,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:20 #, no-wrap -msgid " \n" -msgstr " \n" +msgid "\n" +msgstr "\n" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:21 @@ -114,8 +108,9 @@ msgstr "Ping, Verzögerung und Jitter" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:32 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large. \n" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large. \n" +msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large.\n" msgstr "**Ping** zeigt die Latenzzeit deines Netzwerks in Millisekunden an, je niedriger, desto besser. Die Ping-Zeit trägt zur Gesamtverzögerung bei (siehe unten). Die wahrscheinlichste Ursache für einen hohen Ping ist, dass die Entfernung zum Server zu groß ist.\n" #. type: Plain text @@ -126,10 +121,9 @@ msgstr "**Delay** zeigt die Gesamtlatenz an, die sich aus der aktuellen Ping-Zei #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:36 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "
\"Image
" +#, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" -msgstr "
\"Bild
" +msgstr "
\"Bild
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:38 @@ -152,10 +146,9 @@ msgstr "**Gelb** - Eine Sitzung ist immer noch möglich, aber es könnte schwier #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:44 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "
\"Image
" +#, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" -msgstr "
\"Bild
" +msgstr "
\"Bild
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:46 @@ -203,10 +196,9 @@ msgstr "Zeigt den Pegel der beiden Stereokanäle für deinen Audioeingang an. Ac #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:59 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Mute Myself button" +#, no-wrap msgid "Mute Myself button" -msgstr "## Mich stummschalten" +msgstr "## Stummschalten" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:62 @@ -215,8 +207,7 @@ msgstr "Unterbricht deinen Audiostrom zum Server, so dass du dich selbst hören #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:63 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Reverb effect" +#, no-wrap msgid "Reverb effect" msgstr "## Halleffekt" @@ -227,24 +218,20 @@ msgstr "Fügt dem lokalen Mono-Audiokanal bzw. im Stereomodus beiden Kanälen Ha #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:70 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Chat" +#, no-wrap msgid "Chat" msgstr "## Chat" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:75 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients." -msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message is received." -msgstr "Öffnet das Chatfenster. Der eingegebene Text wird an alle verbundenen Clients gesendet. Wenn eine neue Chatnachricht eingeht und der Chatdialog nicht bereits geöffnet ist, wird er automatisch für alle Clients geöffnet." +msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message arrives." +msgstr "Öffnet das Chatfenster. Der eingegebene Text wird an alle verbundenen Clients gesendet. Wenn eine neue Chatnachricht eingeht und der Chatdialog nicht bereits geöffnet ist, wird er automatisch für alle Clients geöffnet. In den Einstellungen können optional Audiohinweise aktiviert werden, um einen Ton bei neuen Chatnachrichten abzuspielen." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:76 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Connect/disconnect button" +#, no-wrap msgid "Connect/disconnect button" -msgstr "## Taste zum Verbinden/Trennen" +msgstr "## Verbinden/Trennen Button" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:81 @@ -255,17 +242,14 @@ msgstr "Öffnet einen Dialog, in dem du einen Server auswählen kannst, mit dem #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:83 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "
\"Screenshot
" +#, no-wrap msgid "
\"Screenshot
\n" -msgstr "
\"Screenshot
" +msgstr "
\"Screenshot
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:86 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "The Connection Setup window shows a list of available servers together with the number of occupants and the maximum number supported. Server operators register their servers on lists (mostly defined by genre, though some could be location-specific or for all genres). Use the List dropdown to select a genre, click on the server you want to join and press the Connect button to connect to it. Alternatively, double-click on the server name. Permanent servers (those that have been listed for longer than 24 hours) are shown in bold." -msgid "The Connection Setup window shows a list of available Servers together with their \"distance\" (in terms of ping time), the number of occupants and the maximum number supported, and the Server's given location. Permanent Servers (those that have been listed for longer than 24 hours) are shown in bold." -msgstr "Das Fenster „Verbindungsaufbau“ zeigt eine Liste der verfügbaren Server zusammen mit der Anzahl der Nutzer und der maximal unterstützten Anzahl. Die Serverbetreiber tragen ihre Server in Listen ein (meist nach Genre definiert, obwohl einige auch ortsspezifisch oder für alle Genres sein können). Verwende das Dropdown-Menü „Liste“, um ein Genre auszuwählen, klicke auf den Server, dem du beitreten möchtest. Anschliessend drückst du die Schaltfläche „Verbinden“, um sich mit ihm zu verbinden. Alternativ kannst du auch auf den Servernamen doppelklicken. Permanente Server (d.h. solche, die schon länger als 24 Stunden gelistet sind) werden fett dargestellt." +msgid "The Connection Setup window shows a list of available Servers together with their \"distance\" (in terms of ping time), the number of occupants and the maximum number supported, the Server's given location and the Server's Version. Permanent Servers (those that have been listed for longer than 24 hours) are shown in bold." +msgstr "Das Fenster „Verbinden“ zeigt eine Liste der verfügbaren Server mit ihrer \"Entfernung\" (in Ping-Zeit), der Anzahl der verbundenen Benutzer und der maximal unterstützten Anzahl Nutzer, dem Standort des Servers und der Serverversion. Permanente Server (die länger als 24 Stunden aufgelistet sind) werden fett gedruckt." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:88 @@ -281,7 +265,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:98 #, fuzzy #| msgid "If you know the IP address or URL of a private server, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124` (Note that IPv6 addresses must be entirely enclosed in square brackets). The field will also show a list of the most recently used server addresses." -msgid "If you know the IP address or URL of a private Server, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Note that IPv6 addresses must be entirely enclosed in square brackets, for example `[::1]:22124`.) The field will also show a list of the most recently used server addresses. The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list." +msgid "If you know the hostname or IP address of a private Server, you can connect to it using the \"Server Address\" field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Note that IPv6 addresses must be entirely enclosed in square brackets, for example `[::1]:22124`.) The field will also show a list of the most recently used server addresses. The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list." msgstr "Wenn du die IP-Adresse oder URL eines privaten Servers kennst, kannst du über das Feld „Servername/-adresse“ eine Verbindung zu diesem Server herstellen. Eine optionale Portnummer kann nach der Adresse mit einem Doppelpunkt als Trennzeichen hinzugefügt werden, z. B. „jamulus.example.com:22124\" (IPv6-Adressen müssen vollständig in eckige Klammern eingeschlossen werden). In dem Feld wird auch eine Liste der zuletzt verwendeten Serveradressen angezeigt." #. type: Title ## @@ -319,223 +303,375 @@ msgid "If you see a \"mute\" icon above a user, it means that person cannot hear msgstr "Wenn du ein „Stumm“-Symbol über einem Benutzer siehst, bedeutet dies, dass diese Person dich nicht hören kann. Entweder hat er dich stummgeschaltet, einen oder mehrere Benutzer, die dich nicht einschließen, auf Solo gestellt oder deinen Fader in seinem Mix auf Null gesetzt." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:113 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:116 +msgid "Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. When joining a server that already has participants, the default order depends on the versions of Jamulus at the client and the server. With a client version before 3.12.0 or a server version older than 3.5.5, the existing participants will be shown before your own fader channel. With a client of 3.12.0 or later connected to a server of 3.5.5 or newer, your own fader will be shown first, with the other existing participants shown to the right. In either case, participants joining subsequently will by default appear to the right of all the existing participants." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:118 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Users are listed left to right in the order that they connect. You can change the sort order using the Edit option in the application menu." -msgid "Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. You can sort instead by name, instrument, group, or city using the View menu." +msgid "You can override this order and sort instead by name, instrument, group, city or channel number using the View menu. See Menu Commands below." msgstr "Die Benutzer werden von links nach rechts in der Reihenfolge aufgeführt, in der sie sich verbinden. Du kannst die Sortierreihenfolge über die Option Bearbeiten im Anwendungsmenü ändern." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:115 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:120 msgid "If the server operator has enabled recording, you will see a message above the mixer showing that you are being recorded." msgstr "Wenn der Serverbetreiber die Aufzeichnung aktiviert hat, wird über dem Mischpult eine Meldung angezeigt, dass du aufgezeichnest wirst." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:116 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:121 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "### Grp button" msgid "Grp button" msgstr "### GRP-Taste" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:119 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:124 #, fuzzy #| msgid "You can group users together using the \"group\" toggle. Moving the fader of any member of the group will move the other faders in that group by the same amount. You can isolate a channel from the group temporarily with shift-click-drag." msgid "You can group users together using the \"group\" toggle. Moving the fader of any member of the group will move the other faders in that group by the same amount. You can isolate a channel from the group temporarily with shift-click-drag. Up to 8 groups can be defined." msgstr "Mit dem Schalter „Gruppe“ kannst du die Benutzer in Gruppen zusammenfassen. Wenn du den Fader eines Gruppenmitglieds bewegst, werden die anderen Fader der Gruppe um den gleichen Betrag bewegt. Mit Umschalt-Klick-Ziehen kannst du einen Kanal vorübergehend von der Gruppe isolieren." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:120 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:125 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "### Mute button" msgid "Mute button" msgstr "### Stummschalttaste im Mixer" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:123 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:128 msgid "Prevents users being heard in your local mix. Be aware that when you mute someone, they will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader to indicate that you cannot hear them. Note also that you will continue to see their VU meters moving if sound from the muted user is reaching the server. Your fader position for them is also unaffected." msgstr "Verhindert, dass Benutzer in deiner lokalen Mischung zu hören ist. Beachte, wenn du einen Benutzer stumm schaltest, ein „Stumm“-Symbol über seinem Fader erscheint, um anzuzeigen, dass du ihn nicht hören kannst. Beachte auch, dass sich die VU-Meter weiterhin bewegen, wenn der Ton des stummgeschalteten Benutzers den Server erreicht. Deine Faderposition für diese Personen ist ebenfalls nicht betroffen." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:125 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130 msgid "Note that muting your **own** channel only means you will not hear your signal from the server (and is not advised as it can lead to you becoming out of time with other players). This is therefore not the same as using \"[Mute Myself](#mute-myself-button)\"." msgstr "Beachte, dass das Stummschalten deines **eigenen** Kanals lediglich bedeutet, dass du dein eigenes Signal vom Server nicht mehr hören kannst (Das ist nicht ratsam ist, da es dazu führen kann, dass du mit anderen Spielern aus dem Takt kommst). Dies ist also nicht dasselbe wie die Verwendung von „[Stummschalten](#mich-stummschalten)“." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:126 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:131 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "### Solo button" msgid "Solo button" msgstr "### Solo-Taste" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:129 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:134 msgid "Allows you to hear one or more users on their own. Those not soloed will be muted. Note also that those people who are not soloed will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader." msgstr "Ermöglicht es dir, einen oder mehrere Benutzer alleine zu hören. Diejenigen, die nicht solo sind, werden stummgeschaltet. Beachte auch, dass die Personen, die nicht auf Solo geschaltet sind, ein „Stumm“-Symbol über ihrem Fader sehen." +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:135 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "# Menu commands" +msgid "Menu commands" +msgstr "# Menübefehle" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:137 +#, no-wrap +msgid "File > Connection Setup..." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140 +msgid "Opens the [connection dialogue (see above)](#connectdisconnect-button)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:141 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup" +msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup" +msgstr "### Datei > Mixer-Kanäle laden/speichern" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:144 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band rehearsals (fader, mute, pan, solo etc.) and load these any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window." +msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band. This stores your settings for each person's fader volume, pan setting, mute and solo state. You can load this mix any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window." +msgstr "Du kannst die Mischung, die du für deine Bandproben eingestellt hast, speichern und wiederherstellen (Fader, Mute, Pan, Solo usw.) und diese jederzeit laden (auch während der Probe). Das Laden kann auch per Drag/Drop in das Mixerfenster erfolgen." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:145 +#, no-wrap +msgid "File > Exit" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:148 +msgid "Closes all the windows and exits the application." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:149 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Edit > Clear All Stored Solo/Mute Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:152 +msgid "Whenever you Solo or Mute a channel, Jamulus remembers these settings. Even if that person leaves and rejoins - or you join a server where they are playing - the settings will automatically be applied. Use this command to clear _all_ these stored settings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:153 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Edit > Set All Faders to New Client Level" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:156 +msgid "Applies the [configured \"New Client Level\"](#new-client-level) to all currently connected channels." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:157 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "### Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders" +msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders" +msgstr "### Bearbeiten > Alle Fader automatisch anpassen" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:160 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Applies a one-off fader setting to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece." +msgid "Applies a one-off fader adjustment to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece." +msgstr "Wendet eine einmalige Fader-Einstellung auf jeden Kanal an, abhängig von seiner Lautstärke. Nützlich für große Ensembles, um eine vernünftige Gesamtmischung zu erhalten, auch wenn individuelle Anpassungen weiterhin notwendig sein können. Am besten während einer Aufwärmphase oder eines gleichmäßigen Teils des Musikstücks anwenden." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:161 +#, no-wrap +msgid "View > (sort options)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:166 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"Most items under the \"View\" menu allow you to adjust the order Jamulus chooses to display channels on the server:\n" +"* Own Fader First
\n" +"This option can be used in addition to the others to move your own channel to always be the leftmost, irrespective of the sort order of the other channels.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:178 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* No user sorting
\n" +"This does not take any user details into account when sorting. It sorts by the order channels join the current server as described further up, with new channels being added to the right-hand end.\n" +"* Sort by Name
\n" +"Sorts by the name someone has chosen in their profile.\n" +"* Sort by Instrument / City
\n" +"Sorts by the instrument or city someone has in their profile, along with their name.\n" +"* Sort by Group
\n" +"Where the fader group feature is in use, this sorts in ascending group number from left to right (and within that, by name), with any ungrouped channels off to the right.\n" +"* Sort by Channel
\n" +"Where Jamulus channel controls (fader, mute, solo, etc) are being controlled by MIDI (see [Using --ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)), this sorts by the channel number to help ensure a stable sort order that aligns with MIDI hardware controls.\n" +"Note that in Jamulus clients before version 3.12.0, channel numbers are assigned directly by the server. Clients from 3.12.0 onwards manage their own channel number assignments and always assign channel 0 to the local user (provided the server version is at least 3.5.5).\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179 +#, no-wrap +msgid "View > Chat" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:182 +msgid "Opens the [Chat](#chat) window." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "# Settings" +msgid "Settings Menu" +msgstr "# Einstellungen" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:186 +msgid "Allows direct access to each of the [Settings](#settings) tabs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:187 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Help" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:190 +msgid "Provides access to the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) and [User Manual](Software-Manual) (this page) on the website, along with copyright, licence and acknowledgement details. There is also a \"What's This?\" option for getting more details on parts of the client display." +msgstr "" + #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:192 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "# Settings" msgid "Settings" msgstr "# Einstellungen" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "## My Profile" msgid "My Profile" msgstr "## Mein Profil" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:136 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198 msgid "From the Settings menu, select \"My Profile...\" to set your Alias/Name which is displayed below your fader in the server audio mixer board." msgstr "Wähle im Menü „Einstellungen“ die Option „Mein Profil...“, um deinen Alias/Namen festzulegen, der unter deinem Fader im Server-Mixer angezeigt wird." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:200 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "
\"Image
" msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"Bild
" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:202 msgid "If you set an instrument and/or country, icons for these selections will also be shown below your fader. The skill setting changes the background colour of the fader tag and the city entry shows up in the tool tip of the fader tag:" msgstr "Wenn du ein Instrument und/oder ein Land auswählst, werden die Symbole für diese Einstellungen auch unter deinem Fader im Mixer angezeigt. Die Können Einstellung ändert die Hintergrundfarbe des Fader-Tags und der Städteeintrag wird im Tooltip des Fader-Tags angezeigt:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:204 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "
\"Image
" msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"Bild
" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:143 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:205 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "### Skin" msgid "Skin" msgstr "### Oberfläche" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:146 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:208 msgid "This applies a skin to the main window, some of which are designed to accommodate larger ensembles." msgstr "Dabei wird eine Oberfläche auf das Hauptfenster angewendet, von denen einige für größere Ensembles ausgelegt sind." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:147 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:209 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "### Meter style" msgid "Meter style" msgstr "### Pegel-Messer-Stil" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:150 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:212 msgid "This changes the visual style of the audio meters, independently of the chosen skin." msgstr "Dies ändert den visuellen Stil der Pegelmesser, unabhängig vom gewählten Skin." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:151 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:213 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "### Mixer rows" msgid "Mixer rows" msgstr "### Mischpult-Reihen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:154 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:216 msgid "This sets the number of rows displayed in the server audio mixer, for use with larger ensembles." msgstr "Hiermit wird die Anzahl der im Audiomixer des Servers angezeigten Reihen festgelegt, was bei größeren Ensembles von Vorteil ist." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:155 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:217 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "### Audio quality" msgid "Audio Alerts" msgstr "### Audioqualität" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:158 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220 msgid "This turns on a sound alert for when someone joins a Server, or when receiving a new chat message." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:159 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:221 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "## Audio/Network Setup" msgid "Audio/Network Setup" msgstr "## Audio-/Netzwerk Einstellungen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:162 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:224 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "
\"Image
" msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"Bild
" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:225 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "### Device" msgid "Audio Device" msgstr "### Audiogerät" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:167 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:229 msgid "Under the Windows operating system the ASIO driver (sound card) can be selected using Jamulus. If the selected ASIO driver is not valid an error message is shown and the previous valid driver is selected. Under macOS the input and output hardware can be selected." msgstr "Unter dem Windows-Betriebssystem kann der ASIO-Treiber (Soundkarte) mit Jamulus ausgewählt werden. Wenn der ausgewählte ASIO-Treiber nicht gültig ist, wird eine Fehlermeldung angezeigt und der vorherige gültige Treiber ausgewählt. Unter macOS kann die Eingangs- und Ausgangshardware ausgewählt werden." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:168 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "### Input/output channel mapping" msgid "Input/output channel mapping" msgstr "### Zuordnung von Eingangs- und Ausgangskanälen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:233 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "
\"Image
" msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"Abbildung
" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237 msgid "If the selected sound card device offers more than one input or output channel, the _Input Channel Mapping and Output Channel Mapping_ settings are visible. For each Jamulus input/output channel (left and right channel) a different actual sound card channel can be selected." msgstr "Wenn das ausgewählte Soundkartengerät mehr als einen Eingangs- oder Ausgangskanal bietet, sind die Einstellungen _Input Channel Mapping und Output Channel Mapping_ sichtbar. Für jeden Jamulus-Eingangs-/Ausgangskanal (linker und rechter Kanal) kann ein anderer tatsächlicher Soundkartenkanal ausgewählt werden." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:176 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:238 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "### Audio channels" msgid "Audio channels" msgstr "### Audiokanäle" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179 -msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and server." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and server." +msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and Server." msgstr "Wählt die Anzahl der Audiokanäle aus, die für die Kommunikation zwischen Client und Server verwendet werden sollen." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:181 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:243 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "**Note**: It is preferable to run separate Client instances per voice/instrument, with each Client given its own ini file, rather than using this built-in mono pair to stereo mixer.\n" msgid "**Note**: It is better to run separate Client instances per voice/instrument, where each Client has its own ini file, rather than using this built-in mono pair to stereo mixer.\n" msgstr "**Hinweis**: Es ist besser, separate Client-Instanzen pro Stimme/Instrument laufen zu lassen, wobei jeder Client seine eigene ini-Datei erhält, als diesen eingebauten Mono-Paar-Stereo-Mixer zu verwenden.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:245 msgid "There are three modes available:" msgstr "Es sind drei Modi verfügbar:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:185 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:247 #, no-wrap msgid "**Mono** and **Stereo** modes use one and two audio channels respectively.\n" msgstr "die Modi **Mono** und **Stereo** verwenden einen bzw. zwei Audiokanäle.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:188 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250 #, no-wrap msgid "" "**Mono-in/Stereo-out**: The audio signal sent to the server is mono but the return signal is stereo. This is useful if the sound card has the instrument on one input channel and the microphone on the other. In that case\n" @@ -545,170 +681,170 @@ msgstr "" "können die beiden Eingangssignale zu einem Monokanal gemischt werden, während der Server-Mix in Stereo zu hören ist.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:191 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:253 msgid "Enabling stereo mode will increase your stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." msgstr "Wenn du den Stereomodus aktivierst, erhöht sich die Datenrate deines Streams. Stelle sicher, dass deine Upload-Rate die verfügbare Upload-Geschwindigkeit deiner Internetverbindung nicht überschreitet." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:256 msgid "In stereo streaming mode, no audio channel selection for the reverb effect will be available on the main window since the effect is applied to both channels in this case." msgstr "Im Stereo-Streaming-Modus ist im Hauptfenster keine Auswahl des Audiokanals für den Halleffekt möglich, da der Effekt in diesem Fall auf beide Kanäle angewendet wird." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:195 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:257 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "### Audio quality" msgid "Audio quality" msgstr "### Audioqualität" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:260 msgid "The higher the audio quality, the higher your audio stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." msgstr "Je höher die Audioqualität, desto höher ist die Datenrate deines Audiostreams. Achte darauf, dass deine Upload-Rate die verfügbare Upload-Geschwindigkeit deiner Internetverbindung nicht überschreitet." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:261 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "### Buffer Delay" msgid "Buffer Delay" msgstr "### Puffergrösse" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:203 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265 msgid "The buffer delay setting is a fundamental setting of the Jamulus software. This setting has an influence on many connection properties. Three buffer sizes are supported:" msgstr "Die Einstellung der Pufferverzögerung ist eine grundlegende Einstellung der Jamulus-Software. Diese Einstellung hat Einfluss auf viele Verbindungseigenschaften. Es werden drei Puffergrößen unterstützt:" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269 #, fuzzy #| msgid "**64 samples** Provides the lowest latency but does not work with all sound cards.\n" msgid "**64 samples** Provides the lowest latency but does not work with all sound cards." msgstr "**64 Samples** Bietet die geringste Latenz, funktioniert aber nicht mit allen Soundkarten.\n" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269 #, fuzzy #| msgid "**128 samples** The preferred setting. Should work for most available sound cards.\n" msgid "**128 samples** The preferred setting. Should work for most available sound cards." msgstr "**128 Samples** Die bevorzugte Einstellung. Sollte für die meisten verfügbaren Soundkarten funktionieren.\n" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269 #, fuzzy #| msgid "**256 samples** Should only be used on very slow computers, or with a slow internet connection.\n" msgid "**256 samples** Should only be used on very slow computers, or with a slow internet connection." msgstr "**256 Samples** Sollte nur auf sehr langsamen Computern oder mit einer langsamen Internetverbindung verwendet werden.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:210 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272 msgid "Some sound card drivers do not allow the buffer delay to be changed from within the Jamulus software. In this case the buffer delay setting is disabled and has to be changed using the sound card driver. On Windows, press the ASIO Setup button to open the driver settings panel." msgstr "Bei einigen Soundkartentreibern ist es nicht möglich, die Pufferverzögerung in der Jamulus-Software zu ändern. In diesem Fall ist die Einstellung der Pufferverzögerung deaktiviert und muss über den Soundkartentreiber geändert werden. Drücken unter Windows auf die Schaltfläche ASIO-Setup, um das Einstellungsfenster des Treibers zu öffnen." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:214 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:276 msgid "On Linux: - when using JACK, use `QJackCtl` to change the buffer size and restart JACK; - when using PipeWire's JACK server, change PipeWire's Quantum parameter with its own configuration tools." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:218 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:280 msgid "The actual buffer delay has an influence on the connection status, the current upload rate and the overall delay. The lower the buffer size, the higher the probability of a red light in the status indicator (dropouts) and the higher the upload rate and the lower the overall delay." msgstr "Die tatsächliche Pufferverzögerung hat einen Einfluss auf den Verbindungsstatus, die aktuelle Uploadrate und die Gesamtverzögerung. Je geringer die Puffergröße ist, desto höher ist die Wahrscheinlichkeit eines roten Lichts in der Statusanzeige (Verbindungsabbrüche) und desto höher ist die Upload-Rate und desto geringer ist die Gesamtverzögerung." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:282 msgid "The buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." msgstr "Die Puffereinstellung ist daher ein Kompromiss zwischen Audioqualität und Gesamtverzögerung." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:221 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:283 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "### Jitter Buffer" msgid "Jitter Buffer" msgstr "### Netzwerkpuffer" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:226 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The jitter buffer compensates for network and sound card timing jitters. The size of the buffer therefore influences the quality of the audio stream (how many dropouts occur) and the overall delay (the longer the buffer, the higher the delay)." msgid "The jitter buffer compensates for network and sound card timing jitters. The size of the buffer influences the quality of the audio stream (how many dropouts occur) and the overall delay (the longer the buffer, the higher the delay)." msgstr "Der Jitter-Puffer kompensiert die Timing-Störungen des Netzwerks und der Soundkarte. Die Größe des Puffers beeinflusst daher die Qualität des Audiostroms (wie viele Aussetzer auftreten) und die Gesamtverzögerung (je länger der Puffer, desto höher die Verzögerung)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:292 msgid "You can set the jitter buffer size manually for your local Client and the remote server. For the local jitter buffer, dropouts in the audio stream are indicated by the light below the jitter buffer size faders. If the light turns to red, a buffer overrun/underrun has taken place and the audio stream is interrupted." msgstr "Du kannst die Größe des Jitter-Puffers manuell für deinen lokalen Client und den entfernten Server einstellen. Für den lokalen Jitterpuffer werden Aussetzer im Audiostrom durch die Leuchte unter den Schiebereglern für die Jitterpuffergröße angezeigt. Wenn die Leuchte rot leuchtet, ist der Puffer über- bzw. unterschritten worden und der Audiostrom wird unterbrochen." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:232 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:294 msgid "The jitter buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." msgstr "Die Einstellung des Jitter-Puffers ist daher ein Kompromiss zwischen Audioqualität und Gesamtverzögerung." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:236 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:298 msgid "If the Auto setting is enabled, the jitter buffers of your local Client and the remote server are set automatically based on measurements of the network and sound card timing jitter. If the Auto check is enabled, the jitter buffer size faders are disabled (they cannot be moved with the mouse)." msgstr "Wenn die Einstellung Auto aktiviert ist, werden die Jitterpuffer deines lokalen Clients und des entfernten Servers automatisch auf der Grundlage von Messungen des Netzwerk- und Soundkarten-Timing-Jitters eingestellt. Wenn das Kontrollkästchen Auto aktiviert ist, sind die Regler für die Jitterpuffergröße deaktiviert (Die Regler können nicht mit der Maus bewegt werden)." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:299 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "### Enable small network buffers" msgid "Small Network Buffers" msgstr "### Aktiviere kleine Netzwerkpuffer" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:303 msgid "Allows support for very small network audio packets. These are only used if the sound card buffer delay is smaller than 128 samples. The smaller the network buffers, the lower the audio latency. But at the same time the network load increases and the probability of audio dropouts also increases (particuarly if your network connection has any significant jitter). Try enabling this option if you are suffering from high latency or bad audio quality. However, keeping it disabled will normally mean better audio quality." msgstr "Ermöglicht die Unterstützung von sehr kleinen Netzwerk-Audiopaketen. Diese werden nur verwendet, wenn die Pufferverzögerung der Soundkarte kleiner als 128 Samples ist. Je kleiner die Netzwerkpuffer sind, desto geringer ist die Audiolatenz. Gleichzeitig erhöht sich aber auch die Netzwerklast und die Wahrscheinlichkeit von Audioaussetzern (vor allem, wenn deine Netzwerkverbindung einen erheblichen Jitter aufweist). Versuche diese Option zu aktivieren, wenn du Probleme mit einer hohen Latenz oder einer schlechten Audioqualität hast. Wenn du die Option deaktivierst, wird die Audioqualität normalerweise besser." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:242 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "### Audio Stream Rate" msgid "Audio Stream Rate" msgstr "### Audio Stream Rate" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:246 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:308 msgid "Depends on the current audio packet size and compression setting. Make sure that the upstream rate is not higher than your available internet upload speed (check this with a service such as [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/))." msgstr "Hängt von der aktuellen Größe des Audiopakets und der Komprimierungseinstellung ab. Stelle sicher, dass die Upload-Rate nicht höher ist als deine verfügbare Internet-Upload-Geschwindigkeit (überprüfen dies mit einem Dienst wie [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/))." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:247 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:309 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "## Advanced Setup" msgid "Advanced Setup" msgstr "## Erweiterte Einstellungen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:312 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "
\"Image
" msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"Bild
" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:251 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:313 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "### Custom directory server address" msgid "Custom Directories" msgstr "### Benutzerdefinierte Verzeichnisse" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:320 #, fuzzy #| msgid "If you know the IP address or URL of a private server, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124` (Note that IPv6 addresses must be entirely enclosed in square brackets). The field will also show a list of the most recently used server addresses." -msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here. If you know the IP address or host name of a custom Directory, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Note that IPv6 is not currently supported for Directories.) The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list." +msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here. Enter the hostname or IP address of the custom Directory. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Note that IPv6 is not currently supported for Directories.) The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list." msgstr "Wenn du die IP-Adresse oder URL eines privaten Servers kennst, kannst du über das Feld „Servername/-adresse“ eine Verbindung zu diesem Server herstellen. Eine optionale Portnummer kann nach der Adresse mit einem Doppelpunkt als Trennzeichen hinzugefügt werden, z. B. „jamulus.example.com:22124\" (IPv6-Adressen müssen vollständig in eckige Klammern eingeschlossen werden). In dem Feld wird auch eine Liste der zuletzt verwendeten Serveradressen angezeigt." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:259 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:321 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "### New Client Level" msgid "New Client Level" msgstr "### Pegel für neue Teilnehmer" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:264 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:326 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "This setting defines the fader level of a newly connected Client in percent. If a new user connects to the current server, they will get the specified initial fader level if no other fader level from a previous connection of that user was already stored. You can set all users in an occupied server to this level using Edit > \"Set All Faders to New Client Level\"." msgid "" @@ -718,95 +854,64 @@ msgid "" msgstr "Diese Einstellung definiert den Faderlevel eines neu verbundenen Clients in Prozent. Wenn sich ein neuer Benutzer mit dem aktuellen Server verbindet, erhält er die angegebene anfängliche Faderstufe, wenn keine andere Faderstufe von einer früheren Verbindung dieses Benutzers bereits gespeichert wurde. Du kannst alle Benutzer eines belegten Servers auf diesen Pegel setzen, indem du Bearbeiten > „Alle Fader auf neuen Client-Pegel setzen“ verwendest." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:327 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "### Input Boost" msgid "Input Boost" msgstr "### Eingangsverstärkung" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:268 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:330 msgid "Increases the gain from your device. Use this if your device delivers a gain that is too quiet for Jamulus." msgstr "Erhöht die Verstärkung deines Geräts. Verwende es, wenn dein Gerät eine Signal liefert, das für Jamulus zu leise ist." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:331 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "### Feedback Protection" msgid "Feedback Protection" msgstr "### Feedback-Schutz" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:334 msgid "Attempts to detect audio feedback loops or loud noise in the first three seconds after you connected to a server. Once detected, this feature will show a message and activate the \"Mute Myself\" button to mute you in your own mix." msgstr "Versucht, Audio-Rückkopplungsschleifen oder laute Geräusche in den ersten drei Sekunden nach der Verbindung mit einem Server zu erkennen. Sobald diese Funktion erkannt wurde, wird eine Meldung angezeigt und die Schaltfläche „Stummschalten“ aktiviert, um dich im eigenen Mix stummzuschalten." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:273 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:335 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "### Input Balance" msgid "Input Balance" msgstr "### Eingangs-Balance" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:278 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:340 msgid "Controls the relative levels of the left and right local audio channels. For a mono signal it acts as a pan between the two channels. For example, if a microphone is connected to the right input channel and an instrument is connected to the left input channel which is much louder than the microphone, move the audio fader to increase the relative volume of the mic." msgstr "Steuert die relativen Pegel des linken und rechten lokalen Audiokanals. Bei einem Monosignal fungiert er als Pan zwischen den beiden Kanälen. Wenn z. B. ein Mikrofon an den rechten Eingangskanal angeschlossen ist und ein Instrument an den linken Eingangskanal angeschlossen ist, das viel lauter als das Mikrofon ist, bewegst du den Audio-Fader, um die relative Lautstärke des Mikrofons zu erhöhen." #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:279 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "# Menu commands" -msgid "Menu commands" -msgstr "# Menübefehle" - -#. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup" -msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup" -msgstr "### Datei > Mixer-Kanäle laden/speichern" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:284 -msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band rehearsals (fader, mute, pan, solo etc.) and load these any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window." -msgstr "Du kannst die Mischung, die du für deine Bandproben eingestellt hast, speichern und wiederherstellen (Fader, Mute, Pan, Solo usw.) und diese jederzeit laden (auch während der Probe). Das Laden kann auch per Drag/Drop in das Mixerfenster erfolgen." - -#. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:285 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders" -msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders " -msgstr "### Bearbeiten > Alle Fader automatisch anpassen" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288 -msgid "Applies a one-off fader setting to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece." -msgstr "Wendet eine einmalige Fader-Einstellung auf jeden Kanal an, abhängig von seiner Lautstärke. Nützlich für große Ensembles, um eine vernünftige Gesamtmischung zu erhalten, auch wenn individuelle Anpassungen weiterhin notwendig sein können. Am besten während einer Aufwärmphase oder eines gleichmäßigen Teils des Musikstücks anwenden." - -#. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:289 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:341 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "# Backing up Jamulus" msgid "Backing up Jamulus" msgstr "# Sicherung von Jamulus" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:293 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:345 #, fuzzy #| msgid "You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want." msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want." msgstr "Du kannst verschiedene Mixereinstellungen mit [Laden/Speichern Konfiguration der Mixer Kanäle](Software-Manual#datei--mixer-kanäle-ladenspeichern) speichern und laden und diese Dateien an einem beliebigen Ort speichern." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:347 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "" #| "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n" #| "```shell\n" #| "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" #| "```\n" -msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n" +msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in\n" msgstr "" "**Hinweis für macOS-Nutzer:** Ab Jamulus 3.8.1 gibt es ein signiertes Installationsprogramm. Dieser speichert die Einstellungen in\n" "```shell\n" @@ -814,31 +919,31 @@ msgstr "" "```\n" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:347 #, no-wrap msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:299 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:351 #, no-wrap msgid "Command Line Options" msgstr "Befehlszeilenoptionen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:302 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:354 msgid "Most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, but these and others can also be set using options given in a terminal window. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." msgstr "Die meisten gängigen Funktionen in Jamulus können über die grafische Benutzeroberfläche eingestellt werden, aber diese und andere können auch über Befehlszeilen Optionen in einem Terminalfenster eingestellt werden. Wie genau das gemacht werden muss hängt von deinem Betriebssystem ab." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:356 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:" msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" msgstr "Um beispielsweise unter Windows eine bestimmte Einstellungsdatei zu verwenden, klickst du mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Jamulus-Verknüpfung und wählst „Eigenschaften“ > Ziel. Füge die erforderlichen Argumente zu Jamulus.exe hinzu:" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:305 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:357 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "" #| "```shell\n" @@ -851,12 +956,12 @@ msgstr "" "```\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:310 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:362 msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" msgstr "Unter macOS startest du ein Terminalfenster und führst Jamulus mit den gewünschten Optionen wie folgt aus:" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:311 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:363 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "" #| "```shell\n" @@ -869,26 +974,30 @@ msgstr "" "```\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:316 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:368 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:318 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:370 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:319 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:371 #, no-wrap msgid "Controlling the Client via API" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:321 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:373 msgid "In addition to the CLI, Jamulus can be controlled using an API. This is beneficial for advanced use cases - for example, where there is no GUI, or another application needs to interact with Jamulus. Please note that the API is still experimental. Information on the [JSON-RPC API can be found in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)." msgstr "" +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Software Manual" +#~ msgstr "Software-Handbuch" + #~ msgid "You can filter the list by server name or location. To list only occupied servers, enter a \"#\" character." #~ msgstr "Du kannst die Liste nach Servernamen oder Standort filtern. Um nur belegte Server aufzulisten, gib ein „#“-Zeichen ein." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Tips-Tricks-More.po index 88a38b506..7eeb4dded 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/Tips-Tricks-More.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Tips-Tricks-More.po @@ -3,19 +3,19 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Ettore Atalan , 2023. # ignotus , 2023, 2024. -# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023. +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023, 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-06-13 18:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-29 19:02+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: de\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.6-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ msgstr "Inhaltsverzeichnis\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:17 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "" "* TOC\n" " {:toc}\n" @@ -233,102 +233,290 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers" +msgid "Using `--ctrlmidich` for MIDI controllers" msgstr "ctrlmidich für MIDI-Controller verwenden" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86 -msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:" -msgstr "Der Lautstärkeregler, der Panoramaregler und die Schaltflächen für Stummschaltung und Solo in den Mixer-Fensterstreifen des Clients können mit einem MIDI-Controller gesteuert werden, indem der Parameter `--ctrlmidich` verwendet wird (Hinweis: nur verfügbar für macOS und Linux mit Jamulus Version 3.7.0 oder höher und unter Windows mit der Jamulus-Version mit JACK-Unterstützung). Um diese Funktion zu aktivieren, muss Jamulus mit `--ctrlmidich` gestartet werden. Es gibt einen globalen MIDI-Kanal-Parameter (1-16) und zwei Parameter, die du für jedes gesteuerte Element einstellen kannst: „Offset“ und „Fortlaufende CC-Nummern“. Stelle den ersten Parameter auf den Kanal ein, den Jamulus abhören soll (0 für alle Kanäle), und gib dann die zu steuernden Elemente (f = Lautstärkefader; p = Pan; m = Mute; s = Solo; o = Mute myself) mit dem Offset (CC-Nummer, mit der begonnen werden soll) und der Anzahl der aufeinanderfolgenden CC-Nummern an. Es gibt eine Ausnahme, bei der keine aufeinanderfolgenden CC-Nummern festgelegt werden müssen, nämlich der Befehl „Mute Myself“ - er erfordert nur eine einzige CC-Nummer, da er nur auf den eigenen Audio-Strom angewendet wird. Nehme das folgende Beispiel:" +msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a connected MIDI controller. This feature is available from version 3.7.0 on macOS, Linux, and the JACK version of Jamulus for Windows. From Jamulus 3.12.0 onwards, it is also available for the non-JACK (ASIO) Windows version. To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with the `--ctrlmidich` command-line option." +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88 -msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`" -msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`" +msgid "When this option is used on the command line, Jamulus will prepend a channel number to each Client name, which can be used to control the channel using MIDI CC numbers. In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first when sorted by channel or when \"Own Fader First\" is enabled." +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90 -msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64." -msgstr "Hier hört Jamulus auf MIDI-Kanal 1. Die CC-Nummern der Lautstärkeregler beginnen bei 0 und es gibt 8 davon (enden also bei CC-Nummer 7). Die Pan-Regler beginnen bei CC Nummer 16 und enden bei 23; Solo 32 bis 39 und Mute 48 bis 55. Mute Myself wird durch CC Nummer 64 aktiviert/deaktiviert." +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and choose \"Sort Users by Name\".\n" +msgid "*Tip*: With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).\n" +msgstr "*Tipp*: Wenn du die MIDI-Steuerung in Jamulus aktivierst, wird dem Namen jedes Benutzers eine Nummer vorangestellt, wobei der Benutzer ganz links bei 0 beginnt, dann bei 1 usw. Bei den Standardeinstellungen kann es vorkommen, dass die Links-Rechts-Anordnung der Benutzer in der Benutzeroberfläche nicht mehr der numerischen Reihenfolge entspricht, wenn einige Benutzer gehen und andere hinzukommen. Um die numerische Reihenfolge der Faderstreifen beizubehalten, gehst du auf „Ansicht“ in der oberen Menüleiste und wählst „Sortiere die Kanäle nach dem Namen“.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n" -msgstr "Bitte beachte, dass dein MIDI-Controller auf den „Toggle“-Modus eingestellt sein muss, damit die über die Tasten gesteuerten Funktionen richtig funktionieren. Das bedeutet, dass beim Drücken einer Taste zum „Einschalten“ eines Reglers eine MIDI-CC-Nummer mit einem Wert >=64 gesendet werden muss, und zum „Ausschalten“ des Reglers dieselbe CC-Nummer mit einem Wert <64 gesendet werden muss. Wie du das einstellst, kannst du im Handbuch deines Controllers nachlesen.\n" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl." +msgid "When using JACK or macOS, make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), Audio/MIDI Setup (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch `a2jmidid` so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl. For non-JACK Windows, Jamulus will find the MIDI device(s) automatically, but see the `d` option below if more than one MIDI device is connected." +msgstr "Stelle sicher, dass du den Ausgang deines MIDI-Geräts mit dem MIDI-Eingang von Jamulus verbindest (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) oder was auch immer du zur Verwaltung von Verbindungen verwendest). Unter Linux musst du a2jmidid installieren und starten, damit dein Gerät auf der Registerkarte MIDI in Qjackctl angezeigt wird." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94 +msgid "`--ctrlmidich` takes a single argument. If you omit it, the parameter is ignored. There are two formats for the argument:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96 +msgid "The legacy definition has one or two numbers in the format:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:97 #, no-wrap -msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n" -msgstr "*Hinweis*: Jamulus gibt keine Rückmeldung über den Ein-/Aus-Zustand der Tasten, d. h., dein Controller muss den Überblick behalten und die LEDs (falls vorhanden) selbst ein- oder ausschalten.\n" +msgid " [MIDI channel];[offset for first fader]\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:126 +msgid "`MIDI channel` is required or else the parameter argument is ignored and the feature is not active. `0` means \"any channel\", `1`-`16` listen only to MIDI messages on the specified MIDI channel." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104 +msgid "`offset for first fader` is the first MIDI CC to use to control a Jamulus Channel fader (default 70, which matches the Behringer X-Touch defaults), with all MIDI CCs after that being used; must be a number or else the long form is used." +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96 -msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth." -msgstr "Die Faderstreifen im Mixerfenster werden in aufsteigender Reihenfolge von links nach rechts gesteuert. Im obigen Beispiel würde im Streifen Nummer 1 (ganz links) der Lautstärkeregler mit der CC-Nummer 0, der Panoramaregler mit 16, der Soloregler mit 32 und der Stummschalter mit 48 gesteuert werden. Da wir 8 aufeinanderfolgende Controller für jeden Parameter festgelegt haben, würde uns dies die MIDI-Steuerung von 8 Streifen (Lautstärke, Panorama, Solo und Mute in jedem Streifen) im Mixerfenster ermöglichen. Der nächste Streifen würde von 1, 17, 33 und 49 gesteuert werden, und so weiter." +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106 +#, no-wrap +msgid " For example\n" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98 -msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl." -msgstr "Stelle sicher, dass du den Ausgang deines MIDI-Geräts mit dem MIDI-Eingang von Jamulus verbindest (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) oder was auch immer du zur Verwaltung von Verbindungen verwendest). Unter Linux musst du a2jmidid installieren und starten, damit dein Gerät auf der Registerkarte MIDI in Qjackctl angezeigt wird." +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112 +#, no-wrap +msgid " would listen on all MIDI channels and use MIDI controller 70 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on. Here's another example:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" --ctrlmidich \"2;50\"\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:118 +#, no-wrap +msgid " This would listen on MIDI channel 2 and use MIDI controller 50 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '2. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:120 +msgid "The long form is a sequence of offsets and counts for various controllers:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:121 +#, no-wrap +msgid " [MIDI channel];[control letter][offset](*[count])(;...)\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:128 +msgid "`control letter` defines which Jamulus Control the MIDI controller number is assigned to:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:135 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" | control letter | Jamulus Control |\n" +" |--------:|---------|\n" +" | `f` | Fader |\n" +" | `p` | Pan |\n" +" | `s` | Solo |\n" +" | `m` | Mute |\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:137 +msgid "`offset` is the base MIDI CC number for the control." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:139 +msgid "`count` is the number of CC values for the control, defaulting to 1 (i.e. the number Jamulus channels that can be controlled)." +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:141 +#, no-wrap +msgid " An example for a Korg nanoKONTROL2 using eight sliders starting at MIDI CC 0 to control faders and eight knobs starting at MIDI CC 16 to control pan, on any MIDI channnel, for eight Jamulus channels would be\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:142 #, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and choose \"Sort Users by Name\".\n" -msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n" -msgstr "*Tipp*: Wenn du die MIDI-Steuerung in Jamulus aktivierst, wird dem Namen jedes Benutzers eine Nummer vorangestellt, wobei der Benutzer ganz links bei 0 beginnt, dann bei 1 usw. Bei den Standardeinstellungen kann es vorkommen, dass die Links-Rechts-Anordnung der Benutzer in der Benutzeroberfläche nicht mehr der numerischen Reihenfolge entspricht, wenn einige Benutzer gehen und andere hinzukommen. Um die numerische Reihenfolge der Faderstreifen beizubehalten, gehst du auf „Ansicht“ in der oberen Menüleiste und wählst „Sortiere die Kanäle nach dem Namen“.\n" +#| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`" +msgid " --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n" +msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:147 +#, no-wrap +msgid " Enhancing this to add eight Solo buttons starting at CC 32, and eight Mute buttons starting at CC 48 would give:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:148 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`" +msgid " --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8\"\n" +msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:153 +msgid "Two additional `control letter` values are available:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: ' 1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:155 +msgid "`o` controls Mute Myself and has a single `offset` (i.e. `count` is ignored and taken as 1)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: ' 2. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:157 +msgid "`d` is an option on Windows non-JACK Jamulus to specify a particular MIDI input device by name -- without this, all devices will be assigned to Jamulus; with it, only the specified device will be used. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:161 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;dnanoKontrol\"\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:163 +#, no-wrap +msgid " would listen for CC0 through CC7 on MIDI channel 1 from a MIDI device called \"nanoKontrol\". Remember to wrap the whole of the `--ctrlmidich` argument in double quotes and you will have no problems with device names containing spaces.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:165 +#, no-wrap +msgid " In order to discover the correct device name to use, start Jamulus from the command line with `--ctrlmidich` and observe the output. Jamulus will list all discovered MIDI devices:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:173 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n" +" - MIDI controller settings: 0\n" +" - allocated port number: 22134\n" +" - MIDI devices found: 2\n" +" 0: nanoKONTROL2\n" +" 1: Keystation Mini 32\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:181 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\"\n" +" - MIDI controller settings: 1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\n" +" - allocated port number: 22134\n" +" - MIDI devices found: 2\n" +" 0: nanoKONTROL2\n" +" 1: Keystation Mini 32 (ignored)\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:183 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\tNote that if only one MIDI device is connected, the `d` option is not necessary, as Jamulus will use the device automatically.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:185 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\tOn macOS, Linux or Windows with JACK, the `d` option is accepted if given, but ignored.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:187 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n" +msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself, that is, buttons on your MIDI controller need to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n" +msgstr "Bitte beachte, dass dein MIDI-Controller auf den „Toggle“-Modus eingestellt sein muss, damit die über die Tasten gesteuerten Funktionen richtig funktionieren. Das bedeutet, dass beim Drücken einer Taste zum „Einschalten“ eines Reglers eine MIDI-CC-Nummer mit einem Wert >=64 gesendet werden muss, und zum „Ausschalten“ des Reglers dieselbe CC-Nummer mit einem Wert <64 gesendet werden muss. Wie du das einstellst, kannst du im Handbuch deines Controllers nachlesen.\n" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:188 #, no-wrap msgid "For Server admins" msgstr "Für Server-Administratoren" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:103 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:190 #, no-wrap msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly" msgstr "Schnelle Umwandlung eines registrierten Servers in einen unregistrierten Server" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:193 #, fuzzy #| msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for your band to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Your band mates will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)" msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)" msgstr "Du kannst einen registrierten Server so lange betreiben, bis deine Band eine Verbindung hergestellt hat, und dann auf \"privat\" (unregistriert) umschalten, indem du das Verzeichnis in der Server-GUI auf \"Keins\" stellst. Deine Bandkollegen sind dann immer noch mit dem Server verbunden, bis sie die Verbindung trennen. (Danke an [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) für diesen Tipp!)" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:107 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:194 #, no-wrap msgid "Remote management of recordings" msgstr "Fernverwaltung von Aufnahmen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:197 msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script." msgstr "Jamulus-Benutzer [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) hat ein [webbasiertes Remote-Tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) zum Starten und Stoppen von Aufzeichnungen auf Linux-Servern geschrieben, mit dem du diese dann über deinen Browser herunterladen kannst. Siehe auch [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) von [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), das auch ein Skript zur Wiederherstellung von Server-Aufzeichnungen enthält." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:111 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:198 #, no-wrap msgid "Making a Server status page" msgstr "Erstellen einer Server-Statusseite" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:201 msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page." msgstr "Mit der Befehlszeilen Option `-m` können Server Statistiken für eine Webseite erstellt werden." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:203 msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):" msgstr "Hier ist ein Beispiel für ein PHP-Skript, das die Server-Statusdatei verwendet, um den aktuellen Server-Status auf einer HTML-Seite anzuzeigen (unter der Annahme, dass die folgende Befehlszeilen Option verwendet wird): `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):" #. type: Fenced code block -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:117 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:204 #, fuzzy, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" "\n" +#~ msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:" +#~ msgstr "Der Lautstärkeregler, der Panoramaregler und die Schaltflächen für Stummschaltung und Solo in den Mixer-Fensterstreifen des Clients können mit einem MIDI-Controller gesteuert werden, indem der Parameter `--ctrlmidich` verwendet wird (Hinweis: nur verfügbar für macOS und Linux mit Jamulus Version 3.7.0 oder höher und unter Windows mit der Jamulus-Version mit JACK-Unterstützung). Um diese Funktion zu aktivieren, muss Jamulus mit `--ctrlmidich` gestartet werden. Es gibt einen globalen MIDI-Kanal-Parameter (1-16) und zwei Parameter, die du für jedes gesteuerte Element einstellen kannst: „Offset“ und „Fortlaufende CC-Nummern“. Stelle den ersten Parameter auf den Kanal ein, den Jamulus abhören soll (0 für alle Kanäle), und gib dann die zu steuernden Elemente (f = Lautstärkefader; p = Pan; m = Mute; s = Solo; o = Mute myself) mit dem Offset (CC-Nummer, mit der begonnen werden soll) und der Anzahl der aufeinanderfolgenden CC-Nummern an. Es gibt eine Ausnahme, bei der keine aufeinanderfolgenden CC-Nummern festgelegt werden müssen, nämlich der Befehl „Mute Myself“ - er erfordert nur eine einzige CC-Nummer, da er nur auf den eigenen Audio-Strom angewendet wird. Nehme das folgende Beispiel:" + +#~ msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64." +#~ msgstr "Hier hört Jamulus auf MIDI-Kanal 1. Die CC-Nummern der Lautstärkeregler beginnen bei 0 und es gibt 8 davon (enden also bei CC-Nummer 7). Die Pan-Regler beginnen bei CC Nummer 16 und enden bei 23; Solo 32 bis 39 und Mute 48 bis 55. Mute Myself wird durch CC Nummer 64 aktiviert/deaktiviert." + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n" +#~ msgstr "*Hinweis*: Jamulus gibt keine Rückmeldung über den Ein-/Aus-Zustand der Tasten, d. h., dein Controller muss den Überblick behalten und die LEDs (falls vorhanden) selbst ein- oder ausschalten.\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth." +#~ msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth." +#~ msgstr "Die Faderstreifen im Mixerfenster werden in aufsteigender Reihenfolge von links nach rechts gesteuert. Im obigen Beispiel würde im Streifen Nummer 1 (ganz links) der Lautstärkeregler mit der CC-Nummer 0, der Panoramaregler mit 16, der Soloregler mit 32 und der Stummschalter mit 48 gesteuert werden. Da wir 8 aufeinanderfolgende Controller für jeden Parameter festgelegt haben, würde uns dies die MIDI-Steuerung von 8 Streifen (Lautstärke, Panorama, Solo und Mute in jedem Streifen) im Mixerfenster ermöglichen. Der nächste Streifen würde von 1, 17, 33 und 49 gesteuert werden, und so weiter." + #, no-wrap #~ msgid "" #~ "# Tips & Tricks\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/navigation.po b/_translator-files/po/de/navigation.po index 3d7954ae0..4ab4d7697 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/navigation.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/navigation.po @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Ettore Atalan , 2023. -# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023. +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023, 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-01 20:04+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-01 21:02+0000\n" "Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: de\n" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13.1-dev\n" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ msgstr "/wiki/Getting-Started" #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "User Manual" -msgstr "Handbuch" +msgstr "Benutzerhandbuch" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/1-index.po b/_translator-files/po/es/1-index.po index a72b09f06..e7c6a27d8 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/1-index.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/1-index.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 22:09+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-12-31 11:00+0000\n" "Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.10-dev\n" #. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?) #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:1 @@ -69,6 +69,16 @@ msgstr "¿Qué es Jamulus?" msgid "Jamulus lets you play, rehearse, or jam with your friends, your band, or anyone you find online. Play together remotely in time with high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection. [Download it here!](wiki/Getting-Started)\n" msgstr "Jamulus te permite tocar, ensayar o improvisar con tus amigos, tu grupo o cualquier persona que encuentres en Internet. Tocad juntos a distancia y a tiempo con sonido de alta calidad y baja latencia en una conexión de banda ancha normal. [Descárgalo aquí](wiki/Getting-Started)\n" +#. type: Attribute 'src' of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:32 +msgid "{% include img/en-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc %}" +msgstr "{% include img/es-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc %}" + +#. type: Attribute 'alt' of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:32 +msgid "A screenshot of the main mixer window showing five people from different countries connected." +msgstr "Un pantallazo de la ventana principal del mezclador mostrando a varias personas conectadas desde diferentes países." + #. type: Content of:
#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:34 #, no-wrap diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Client-Troubleshooting.po index 4db62b78d..7b533562a 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/Client-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Client-Troubleshooting.po @@ -2,20 +2,20 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # ignotus , 2022. -# ignotus , 2022, 2023. -# gallegonovato , 2023. +# ignotus , 2022, 2023, 2024. +# gallegonovato , 2023, 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-16 09:52+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: gallegonovato \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-09-30 21:07+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: es\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.18-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 @@ -169,8 +169,8 @@ msgstr "Exactamente cómo evitas escuchar tu señal directa dependerá de tu con #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:50 -msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [software manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this." -msgstr "Ten en cuenta que aunque escuches la señal del Servidor y esto asegura que estás en sincronización con los demás músicos, puedes experimentar problemas si tu retardo total (indicado por la luz de \"Retardo\" en Jamulus) no está en verde o al menos en amarillo la mayor parte del tiempo. Consulta el [manual de software](/wiki/Software-Manual) para entender cómo ajustar tu configuración para mejorar este aspecto." +msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this." +msgstr "Ten en cuenta que aunque escuches la señal del Servidor y esto asegura que estás en sincronización con los demás músicos, puedes experimentar problemas si tu retardo total (indicado por la luz de \"Retardo\" en Jamulus) no está en verde o al menos en amarillo la mayor parte del tiempo. Consulta el [Manual del Usuario](/wiki/Software-Manual) para entender cómo ajustar tu configuración para mejorar este aspecto." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:51 @@ -331,8 +331,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:108 -msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" -msgstr "Para cualquier otra cosa, por favor busca o publica un post en los [Foros de Discusión](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" +msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/discussions)" +msgstr "Para cualquier otra cosa, por favor busca o publica un post en los [Foros de Discusión](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/discussions)" #, no-wrap #~ msgid "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Getting-Started.po index 398633983..2c4262507 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/Getting-Started.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Getting-Started.po @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Allan Nordhøy , 2022. # ignotus , 2022, 2023, 2024. -# gallegonovato , 2023. +# gallegonovato , 2023, 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 22:09+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-09-30 21:07+0000\n" "Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 @@ -255,8 +255,8 @@ msgstr "Ten en cuenta que puedes utilizar el Chat en cualquier momento para mens #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:88 -msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [Software Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)." -msgstr "Se puede encontrar más información sobre el uso de Jamulus en el [Manual de Software](/wiki/Software-Manual)." +msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)." +msgstr "Se puede encontrar más información sobre el uso de Jamulus en el [Manual del Usuario](/wiki/Software-Manual)." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:89 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Include-Client-Commands.po index 766246842..35c775db8 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/Include-Client-Commands.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Include-Client-Commands.po @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# ignotus , 2022. +# ignotus , 2022, 2024, 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-12-27 09:39+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-02-12 08:02+0000\n" "Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.10-dev\n" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3 @@ -37,8 +37,8 @@ msgstr "`-j` o `--nojackconnect` Deshabilitar conexiones automáticas de JACK" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6 -msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)" -msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` Canal para recibir mensajes de controlador MIDI, compensación de número de control y números CC consecutivos (canales) y número CC de Silenciarme Yo. Formato: `canal[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` Ver [Consejos y Trucos](Tips-Tricks-More#utilizar-ctrlmidich-para-controladores-midi)" +msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI channel to listen on, Jamulus control + MIDI control number and count of consecutive CC numbers (or Jamulus channels), device selection option. Format: `channel[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dDeviceName]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)." +msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` Canal para recibir mensajes MIDI + número de control MIDI y cuenta de números CC consecutivos (o canales de Jamulus), opción de selección de dispositivo. Formato: `canal[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dNombreDispositivo]` Ver [Consejos y Trucos](Tips-Tricks-More#utilizar---ctrlmidich-para-controladores-midi)." #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Macintosh.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Macintosh.po index 684ca5b45..b2de45917 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Macintosh.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Macintosh.po @@ -2,13 +2,13 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # ignotus , 2022. -# ignotus , 2022, 2023, 2024. +# ignotus , 2022, 2023, 2024, 2025. # gallegonovato , 2023. # ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 22:09+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-04-23 18:03+0000\n" "Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.11.1-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 @@ -67,12 +67,12 @@ msgstr "¿Quieres actualizar Jamulus? Quizá te convenga [realizar una copia de #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:22 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"1. [Download Jamulus (Universal build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +"1. [Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n" " **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" "1. **Install Jamulus**: Open the downloaded `.dmg` file, agree to the licence, *drag and drop* each icon you see in the window (Jamulus Client and Server) into your *Applications folder*. After that, you can close this window.\n" "1. **Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" msgstr "" -"1. [Descarga Jamulus (compilación universal)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +"1. [Descarga Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n" " **Espejo 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" "1. **Instala Jamulus**: Abre el archivo `.dmg` descargado, acepta la licencia, y *arrastra y suelta* cada icono que veas en la ventana (Cliente y Servidor Jamulus) en tu *carpeta de aplicaciones*. Después, puedes cerrar esta ventana.\n" "1. **Ejecuta Jamulus**. Ahora deberías de poder utilizar Jamulus como cualquier otra aplicación.\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Windows.po index 16ad5044d..b2bb9619c 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Windows.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Windows.po @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # ignotus , 2022. # ignotus , 2022, 2023, 2024. -# gallegonovato , 2023. +# gallegonovato , 2023, 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 22:09+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-12-31 11:00+0000\n" "Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.10-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 @@ -117,94 +117,84 @@ msgstr "Si no tienes una tarjeta externa, probablemente no tendrás instalado un #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:39 -msgid "You can try two versions of ASIO4ALL. ASIO4ALL v2.14 includes a workaround for a bug which might break other functionality." -msgstr "Puedes probar dos versiones de ASIO4ALL. ASIO4ALL v2.14 incluye una actualización para un bug que puede hacer fallar otras funcionalidades." +msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.16 Download](https://asio4all.org/downloads/ASIO4ALL_2_16.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" +msgstr "[ASIO4ALL v2.16 Descarga](https://asio4all.org/downloads/ASIO4ALL_2_16.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:41 -msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.15 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.15/ASIO4ALL_2_15_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" -msgstr "[ASIO4ALL v2.15 Descarga](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.15/ASIO4ALL_2_15_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:43 -msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" -msgstr "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Descarga](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:45 msgid "[ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" msgstr "[Web ASIO4ALL](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:47 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:43 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting up ASIO4ALL" msgstr "Configurar ASIO4ALL" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:50 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:46 msgid "You may or may not need to experiment a bit depending on your sound hardware. If everything works out of the box, you don't need to do anything." msgstr "Quizá tengas que experimentar un poco, dependiendo de tu hardware de audio. Si todo funciona de entrada, no tienes que hacer nada." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:52 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:48 #, no-wrap msgid "**Tip:** Set up your sound card while you're [connected to a Server](Getting-Started#connecting-to-a-server-and-testing-your-sound) to hear your instrument or voice and check if everything is correctly set up; but first read on.\n" msgstr "**Consejo:** Configura tu tarjeta mientras estés en [conexión con un Servidor](Getting-Started#conectarse-a-un-servidor-y-comprobar-tu-sonido) para escuchar tu instrumento o tu voz y comprobar que todo está bien configurado; pero sigue leyendo.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:55 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:51 msgid "Before you start with Jamulus:" msgstr "Antes de empezar con Jamulus:" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:54 msgid "**Close all applications** (especially those which could access your sound card like your browser/media player). ASIO4ALL needs exclusive access to your sound card which means that other programs will not be able to use audio if ASIO4ALL and Jamulus are running." msgstr "**Cierra todas las aplicaciones** (sobre todo aquellas que podrían acceder a tu tarjeta de sonido como tu navegador/reproductor de audio). ASIO4ALL necesita acceso exclusivo a tu tarjeta de audio, lo cual significa que otros programas no podrán utilizar audio si ASIO4ALL y Jamulus se están ejecutando." #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:54 msgid "If the Jamulus audio doesn’t work out of the box, make sure that only the **correct inputs/outputs** in ASIO4ALL **are switched on**. Everything else should be switched off. Search the [community list of working ASIO4ALL configurations](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) for your configuration or do it manually if you can't find yours:" msgstr "Si el audio de Jamulus no funciona directamente, asegúrate de que solo **las entradas/salidas correctas** en ASIO4ALL **están activadas**. Todo lo demás debería estar apagado. Busca [configuraciones funcionales de ASIO4ALL en la lista comunitaria](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) para tu configuración o hazlo manualmente si no encuentras la tuya:" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:59 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:55 #, no-wrap msgid "How to set up ASIO4ALL inputs (Guide)" msgstr "Cómo configurar las entradas de ASIO4ALL (Guía)" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 msgid "Open Jamulus's settings" msgstr "Abre la ventana de Configuración de Jamulus" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 msgid "Go to _\"ASIO Device Settings\"_ (column on the left; directly under the selection of the driver)" msgstr "Ve a _\"Configuración Driver\"_ (la columna a la izquierda; directamente debajo de la selección de driver)" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 msgid "Enable _advanced view_ in ASIO4ALL (click the tool icon on the bottom right)" msgstr "Activa _advanced view_ en ASIO4ALL (haz clic en el icono de la herramienta abajo a la derecha)" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 msgid "Enable only the sound card you want to use by clicking on the button next to its name" msgstr "Activa solamente la tarjeta de audio que quieres utilizar haciendo clic en el botón al lado de su nombre" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 msgid "Open your sound card inputs/outputs by clicking the _plus icon_ next to this sound card" msgstr "Abre las entradas/salidas de tu tarjeta de audio haciendo clic en el _icono de plus_ al lado de esta tarjeta" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 msgid "Now enable the correct inputs/outputs in the list under your sound card and disable everything else. You can hover over the inputs/outputs to see which of both they are and if they support the required sample rate for Jamulus of 48kHz (DVD quality)." msgstr "Ahora activa/desactiva las entradas/salidas correctas en la lista bajo tu tarjeta de audio y desactiva todo lo demás. Puedes mover el ratón sobre las entradas/salidas para ver qué es cada una y si soportan la tasa de muestreo de Jamulus que es de 48 kHz (calidad DVD)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:72 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:68 #, no-wrap msgid "" "**Hints:**\n" @@ -218,47 +208,53 @@ msgstr "" "1. Stereo Mix/Stereo Input no suele ser la entrada/salida que buscas. Por lo tanto, desactívala si la ves.\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:73 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:69 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "Resolución de Problemas" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:76 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:72 msgid "If nothing works, first restart Jamulus and/or your PC to close background processes that may be accessing your sound card." msgstr "Si nada funciona, primero prueba a reiniciar Jamulus y/o tu PC para cerrar procesos que puedan estar accediendo a tu tarjeta de sonido." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:78 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:74 msgid "Afterwards, *set up the inputs/outputs again*. Enabled and accessible input/outputs show as lit up power buttons and play buttons in the ASIO4ALL settings. If instead you see a red cross or yellow symbol, close other applications that may be accessing your sound card (e.g. web browser, Zoom, etc)." msgstr "Después, *configura de nuevo las entradas/salidas*. Las entradas/salidas activadas y accesibles se muestran con botones iluminados de encendido y play en la configuración de ASIO4ALL. Si en su lugar ves una cruz roja o un símbolo amarillo, cierra otras aplicaciones que puedan estar accediendo a tu tarjeta de sonido (por ej. navegador, Zoom, etc.)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:80 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:76 msgid "Have a look at [this video](https://youtu.be/_GzOsitVgLI) by [trombonepizza](https://github.com/trombonepizza) which gives more detailed setup information on ASIO4ALL." msgstr "Mírate [este vídeo](https://youtu.be/_GzOsitVgLI) de [trombonepizza](https://github.com/trombonepizza) que ofrece más información detallada sobre la configuración de ASIO4ALL." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:82 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:78 msgid "Official and further information about how to configure ASIO4ALL is documented in the official [ASIO4ALL FAQs on the ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/index.php/help/faq/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}." msgstr "Información adicional y oficial sobre cómo configurar ASIO4ALL se encuentra documentada en las [FAQs de ASIO4ALL en la web de ASIO4ALL](https://www.asio4all.org/index.php/help/faq/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:83 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:79 #, no-wrap msgid "All installed?" msgstr "¿Todo instalado?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:86 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:82 msgid "Take a look at" msgstr "Consulta la" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:87 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:83 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "[página de Cómo Empezar](Getting-Started){: .button}" +#~ msgid "You can try two versions of ASIO4ALL. ASIO4ALL v2.14 includes a workaround for a bug which might break other functionality." +#~ msgstr "Puedes probar dos versiones de ASIO4ALL. ASIO4ALL v2.14 incluye una actualización para un bug que puede hacer fallar otras funcionalidades." + +#~ msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" +#~ msgstr "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Descarga](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" + #~ msgid "# Installation for Windows" #~ msgstr "# Instalación en Windows" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Privacy-Statement.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Privacy-Statement.po index 67287625a..8cd9fa409 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/Privacy-Statement.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Privacy-Statement.po @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# ignotus , 2022, 2023. +# ignotus , 2022, 2023, 2025. # gallegonovato , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-07-31 07:04+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-30 14:12+0000\n" "Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 @@ -103,8 +103,8 @@ msgstr "Información General" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:30 -msgid "Under normal use with software downloaded from this website that has not been modified, your user profile information is exchanged with Servers you connect to, peers connected to those same Servers, and to third parties (including Directories) that use the Jamulus protocol. This information is limited to your Jamulus name, city, country, instrument, and skill level as you have set them in your profile. The Servers you connect to will also have access to your internet address (IP Address) as it is required for the software to work; but this information is not shared with peers on the same Server or available to third parties." -msgstr "En condiciones normales de uso con software descargado de esta página web que no haya sido modificado, la información de tu perfil de usuario se intercambia con los Servidores a los que te conectas, con los compañeros conectados a esos mismos Servidores y con terceros (incluidos los Directorios) que utilicen el protocolo Jamulus. Esta información se limita a tu nombre en Jamulus, ciudad, país, instrumento y nivel de habilidad, tal y como los has establecido en tu perfil. Los Servidores a los que te conectes también tendrán acceso a tu dirección de Internet (dirección IP), ya que es necesaria para que el software funcione; pero esta información no se comparte con los compañeros del mismo Servidor ni está disponible para terceros." +msgid "Under normal use with software downloaded from this website that has not been modified, your user profile information is exchanged with Servers you connect to, peers connected to those same Servers, and to third parties (including Directories) that use the Jamulus protocol. This information is limited to your Jamulus name, city, country, instrument, and skill level as you have set them in your profile. Directories from which you request Server lists, Servers displayed in the Connect Dialog and Servers you connect to will also have access to your internet address (IP Address) as it is required for the software to work; but this information is not shared with peers on the same Server or available to third parties." +msgstr "En condiciones normales de uso con software descargado de esta página web que no haya sido modificado, la información de tu perfil de usuario se intercambia con los Servidores a los que te conectas, con los compañeros conectados a esos mismos Servidores y con terceros (incluidos los Directorios) que utilicen el protocolo Jamulus. Esta información se limita a tu nombre en Jamulus, ciudad, país, instrumento y nivel de habilidad, tal y como los has establecido en tu perfil. Los Directorios de los cuales solicites listas de Servidores, los Servidores mostrados en la Ventana de Conexión y los Servidores a los que te conectes también tendrán acceso a tu dirección de Internet (dirección IP), ya que es necesaria para que el software funcione; pero esta información no se comparte con los demás usuarios del mismo Servidor ni está disponible para terceros." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:32 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Running-a-Server.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Running-a-Server.po index 0482f1ce7..30dd9c020 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/Running-a-Server.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Running-a-Server.po @@ -2,20 +2,20 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # ignotus , 2022. -# ignotus , 2022, 2023. -# gallegonovato , 2023. +# ignotus , 2022, 2023, 2024, 2025. +# gallegonovato , 2023, 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-22 21:07+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: gallegonovato \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-30 14:12+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: es\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.2.1-rc\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 @@ -90,8 +90,8 @@ msgstr "¿Necesito ejecutar un Servidor?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:23 #, no-wrap -msgid "**No**. You don't need to run a Server. You can use the Servers listed by the built-in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server yourself. You can also use an unlisted Server if you know its internet address. Or you can use a third party hosting service such as [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/) or [KOORD](https://koord.live/). There's probably a Server nearby that you and your friends can use at low enough latency for most needs.\n" -msgstr "**No**. No necesitas ejecutar un Servidor. Puedes usar los Servidores listados por los Directorios incorporados y usar Jamulus sin ejecutar tú un Servidor. También puedes utilizar un Servidor no listado si conoces su dirección de Internet. O puedes utilizar un servicio de hosting de terceros como [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/) o [KOORD](https://koord.live/). Probablemente haya un Servidor cerca que tú y tus amigos podáis usar con una latencia lo suficientemente baja para la mayoría de las necesidades.\n" +msgid "**No**. You don't need to run a Server. You can use the Servers listed by the built-in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server yourself. You can also use an unlisted Server if you know its internet address. Or you can use a third party hosting service such as [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/). There's probably a Server nearby that you and your friends can use at low enough latency for most needs.\n" +msgstr "**No**. No necesitas ejecutar un Servidor. Puedes usar los Servidores listados por los Directorios incorporados y usar Jamulus sin ejecutar tú un Servidor. También puedes utilizar un Servidor no listado si conoces su dirección de Internet. O puedes utilizar un servicio de hosting de terceros como [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/). Probablemente haya un Servidor cerca que tú y tus amigos podáis usar con una latencia lo suficientemente baja para la mayoría de las necesidades.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:25 @@ -627,186 +627,169 @@ msgstr "Activar el registro, establecer la ruta y el nombre del archivo" #. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:230 #, no-wrap -msgid "`-m or --htmlstatus`" -msgstr "`-m ó --htmlstatus`" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:232 -msgid "Enable HTML status file, set path and file name" -msgstr "Habilita un archivo de estado HTML, establece una ruta y un nombre de archivo" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:234 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Note:** This feature is deprecated, and may disappear in a future release.\n" -msgstr "**Nota:** Esta función está obsoleta y puede desaparecer en una futura versión.\n" - -#. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:235 -#, no-wrap msgid "`-P or --delaypan`" msgstr "`-P ó --delaypan`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:237 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:232 msgid "Start with delay panning enabled. This option uses small differences in sound arrival time between the two ears. It produces a stereo effect similar to natural human hearing when compared to normal “volume” panning." msgstr "Arrancar con retardo de paneo activado. Esta opción utiliza las pequeñas diferencias en el tiempo de llegada del sonido a nuestros dos oídos. Produce un efecto estéreo similar a la audición humana cuando se compara a un paneo de \"volumen\" normal." #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:238 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:233 #, no-wrap msgid "`-s` or `--server`" msgstr "`-s` ó `--server`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:240 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:235 msgid "Start Jamulus in Server mode" msgstr "Iniciar Jamulus en modo Servidor" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:236 #, no-wrap msgid "`--serverbindip`" msgstr "`--serverbindip`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:243 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:238 msgid "Specify the IP address the Jamulus process will bind to." msgstr "Especifica la dirección IP a la que se vinculará el proceso de Jamulus." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:245 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:240 msgid "Normally, Jamulus will listen on all IP addresses on the host machine. Where the host has multiple network addresses, this option allows one of the addresses to be chosen." msgstr "Normalmente, Jamulus escuchará en todas las direcciones IP de la máquina que es el host. Cuando el host tiene varias direcciones de red, esta opción permite elegir una de las direcciones." #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:246 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241 #, no-wrap msgid "`-T or --multithreading`" msgstr "`-T ó --multithreading`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:248 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:243 msgid "Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs. This setting may help the Server support more Clients. See also `--numchannels`" msgstr "Utiliza multithreading para hacer un mejor uso de CPUs multi-núcleo. Este ajuste puede ayudar al Servidor a soportar más Clientes. Véase también `--numchannels`" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:249 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:244 #, no-wrap msgid "`-u or --numchannels`" msgstr "`-u ó --numchannels`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:251 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:246 msgid "Maximum number of channels (Clients)" msgstr "Número máximo de canales (Clientes)" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:252 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:247 #, no-wrap msgid "`-z or --startminimized`" msgstr "`-z` ó `--startminimized`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:249 msgid "Start the Jamulus Server graphical user interface in the minimized window state." msgstr "Inicia la interfaz gráfica del Servidor Jamulus con la ventana minimizada." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:255 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:250 #, no-wrap msgid "Other options" msgstr "Otras opciones" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:258 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:253 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:259 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254 #, no-wrap msgid "Controlling the Server via API" msgstr "Controlar el Servidor a través de API" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:262 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:257 msgid "Jamulus can be controlled via an experimental API which is subject to changes. You can find the [JSON-RPC API documented in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md). JSON-RPC allows you to control some features like changing the welcome message or starting recordings in headless mode from authenticated external applications. It works while the server is running." msgstr "Se puede controlar Jamulus a través de un API experimental que estará sujeto a cambios. Puedes encontrar el [API JSON-RPC documentado en el repositorio principal](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md). JSON-RPC te permite controlar algunas funciones como cambiar el mensaje de bienvenida or iniciar grabaciones en modo 'headless' desde aplicaciones externas autenticadas. Funciona mientras se ejecuta el servidor." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:265 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:260 #, no-wrap msgid "Recording" msgstr "Grabación" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:267 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:262 #, no-wrap msgid "`-R or --recording`" msgstr "`-R ó --recording`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:269 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:264 msgid "Set Server recording directory. By default, the Server will record when a session is active." msgstr "Establecer el directorio de grabación del Servidor. Por defecto, el Servidor grabará cuando una sesión esté activa." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:271 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:266 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** You will need to save recordings to a path _outside_ of the jamulus home directory, or remove `ProtectHome=true` from your systemd unit file, but be aware that doing could be a security risk.\n" msgstr "**Nota:** Deberás guardar las grabaciones a una ruta _fuera_ del directorio raiz de Jamulus, o quitar `ProtectHome=true` del archivo de unidad systemd, pero ten en cuenta que hacerlo podría acarrear un riesgo de seguridad.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:273 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:268 msgid "Recordings are per track in [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` format and [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Open the respective files to listen to them in those applications." msgstr "Las grabaciones son por pista en formato [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` y [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Abre los archivos respectivos para escucharlos en esas aplicaciones." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:275 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:270 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** When your Server is recording, Clients display a red banner message that the session is being recorded.\n" msgstr "**Nota:** Cuando tu Servidor esté grabando, los Clientes mostrarán un mensaje en un banner rojo informando de que la grabación está activa.\n" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:276 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:271 #, no-wrap msgid "`--norecord`" msgstr "`--norecord`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:278 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:273 msgid "Set server not to record by default when recording is configured." msgstr "Establecer que el Servidor no grabe por defecto cuando la grabación está configurada." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:280 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:275 #, no-wrap msgid "Controlling Recording" msgstr "Controlar la Grabación" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:283 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:278 msgid "Recording starts once the first person connects to the Server, and stops when the last person leaves." msgstr "La grabación comienza cuando la primera persona se conecta al Servidor y se detiene cuando la última persona se va." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:285 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:280 msgid "If the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new directory. SIGUSR2 will toggle recording on/off. If [JSON-RPC](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) is enabled, you will also be able to manage the server in a way comparable to the GUI. Please see the (experimental) [JSON-RPC documentation on the recorder](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md#jamulusserverstartrecording)." msgstr "Si el Servidor recibe una señal SIGUSR1 durante una grabación, iniciará una nueva grabación en un nuevo directorio. SIGUSR2 activará/desactivará la grabación. Si [JSON-RPC](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) está activado, también podrás gestionar el servidor de una forma comparable a la interfaz gráfica. Consulta la documentación (experimental) [de JSON-RPC para la grabación](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md#jamulusserverstartrecording)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:288 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:283 msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." msgstr "Para enviar estas señales utilizando systemd, crea los siguientes dos archivos `.service` en `/etc/systemd/system`, dándoles un nombre apropiado (por ej. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:290 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:285 msgid "To turn recording on or off (depending on the current state):" msgstr "Para activar o desactivar la grabación (dependiendo del estado actual):" #. type: Fenced code block -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:291 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:286 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [Unit]\n" @@ -826,12 +809,12 @@ msgstr "" " ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 jamulus-headless\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:302 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:297 msgid "To start a new recording:" msgstr "Para iniciar una nueva grabación:" #. type: Fenced code block -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:303 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:298 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [Unit]\n" @@ -851,151 +834,162 @@ msgstr "" " ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 jamulus-headless\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:314 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:309 msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name used by systemd to control your Jamulus Server. By default, if you use the `.deb` files from the repository, it is `jamulus-headless`, as in this example." msgstr "_Nota: El nombre del servicio Jamulus en la línea `ExecStart` tiene que ser el mismo que el nombre del fichero `.service` usado por systemd para controlar tu servidor Jamulus. Por defecto, si utiliza los archivos `.deb` del repositorio, es `jamulus-headless`, como en este ejemplo." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:316 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:311 msgid "Run `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` to register them for first use." msgstr "Ejecuta `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` para registrarlos para su primer uso." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:318 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:313 msgid "Now you can run these with the `systemctl` command, for example:" msgstr "Ahora puedes ejecutarlos con el comando `systemctl`, por ejemplo:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:320 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:315 msgid "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec`" msgstr "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:322 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:317 msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (or the respective service name you specified manually). You can also view your (sys)log." msgstr "Puede ver el resultado de estos comandos si ejecuta `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (o el nombre del servicio correspondiente que haya especificado manualmente). También puede ver su registro (sys)." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:325 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:320 #, no-wrap msgid "Adding metadata to the Server" msgstr "Añadir metadatos al Servidor" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:328 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:323 msgid "You can add metadata to the welcome message of a Server to add additional, hidden information like contact information or policy requests for bots (this is comparable to [robots.txt](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Robots.txt)). See the [Community Knowledge Base entry about metadata](/kb/2023/07/30/Server-Metadata.html) for more information." msgstr "Puedes añadir metadatos al mensaje de bienvenida de un Servidor para incluir información adicional oculta, como información de contacto o solicitudes de políticas para bots (esto es comparable a [robots.txt](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Robots.txt)). Consulta la [entrada de la Base de Conocimiento Comunitario sobre metadatos](/kb/2023/07/30/Server-Metadata.html) para más información." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:331 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:326 #, no-wrap msgid "Servers on the desktop" msgstr "Servidores en el escritorio" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:334 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:329 msgid "Jamulus can run in Server mode in the graphical environment of a computer. This gives you a graphical user interface to control most of the settings. To do this, first [install Jamulus for your platform](Getting-Started), then do one of the following:" msgstr "Jamulus puede ejecutarse en modo Servidor en el entorno gráfico de un ordenador. Esto te ofrece una interfaz gráfica para controlar la mayoría de los ajustes. Para ello, primero [instala Jamulus para tu plataforma](Getting-Started), y luego realiza una de las siguientes opciones:" #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:336 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:331 msgid "**Windows users** - Use the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in the Windows Start menu. If you want the Server to start automatically when you start Windows, check the box for this option." msgstr "**Usuarios de Windows** - Utiliza el icono de \"Jamulus Server\" del menú de inicio de Windows. Si quieres que el Servidor arranque automáticamente al iniciar Windows, activa la casilla correspondiente." #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:338 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:333 msgid "**macOS users** - Double-click the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in Applications." msgstr "**Usuarios de macOS** - Haz doble clic en el icono \"Jamulus Server\" en Aplicaciones." #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:340 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:335 msgid "**Linux users** - Launch the \"Jamulus Server\" shortcut. Or you can open a terminal window (`CTRL+ALT+t` on Debian and related distros), type `jamulus -s` and hit return." msgstr "**Usuarios de Linux** - Lanza el acceso directo \"Jamulus Server\". O abre una terminal (`CTRL+ALT+t en Debian y distros relacionadas), teclea `jamulus -s` y dale a Enter." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:342 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:337 msgid "While most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, others can only be set using options given in a terminal window when the Server is launched. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." msgstr "Mientras que la mayoría de las funciones más comunes de Jamulus pueden configurarse usando la interfaz gráfica, otras solo pueden ser controladas utilizando la terminal para iniciar el Servidor. Exactamente cómo se hace dependerá de tu sistema operativo." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:344 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:339 #, no-wrap msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose **Properties** > **Target**. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" msgstr "Por ejemplo, en Windows, para utilizar un archivo de configuración específico, haz clic derecho en el acceso directo a Jamulus y selecciona **Propiedades** > **Objetivo**. Añade los argumentos necesarios a Jamulus.exe:\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:346 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:341 #, no-wrap msgid " `\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" msgstr " `\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:343 msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" msgstr "Para macOS, arranca una ventana de Terminal y ejecuta Jamulus con las opciones deseadas como sigue:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:350 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:345 #, no-wrap msgid " `/Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" msgstr " `/Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:352 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:347 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note** Command line options will set the Server’s defaults at startup. You can override them while the Server is running using their corresponding GUI controls.\n" msgstr "**Nota** Las opciones de línea de comandos establecen la configuración por defecto del Servidor al arrancar. Puedes anularlos mientras el Servidor se está ejecutando utilizando sus correspondientes controles en la interfaz gráfica.\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:353 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348 #, no-wrap msgid "The Server status icon" msgstr "Icono de estado del Servidor" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:356 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:351 msgid "When a Server is running in GUI mode, the operating system will show an icon in the system tray or status area that indicates whether the Server has connections:" msgstr "Cuando un Servidor está funcionando en modo gráfico, el sistema operativo mostrará un icono en la bandeja del sistema o en el área de notificaciones para indicar si el Servidor tiene conexiones:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:358 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:353 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
The Server is empty\n" msgstr "
\"Imagen
El Servidor está vacío\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:360 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:355 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
The Server is occupied\n" msgstr "
\"Imagen
El Servidor está ocupado\n" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:363 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:358 #, no-wrap msgid "Backing up the Server" msgstr "Copia de seguridad del Servidor" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:366 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:361 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:368 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:363 msgid "Headless Servers do not use `.ini` files. All configuration is given as command line options. If you are running a Server in GUI mode, after reading any command line options on start, it will store its configuration in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file." msgstr "Los Servidores \"headless\" no utilizan archivos `.ini`. Toda la configuración se da con opciones de línea de comandos. Si estás ejecutando un Servidor en modo gráfico, después de leer cualquier opción de línea de comandos al arrancar, almacenará su configuración en el archivo `Jamulusserver.ini`." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:369 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:364 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "Resolución de Problemas" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:371 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:366 msgid "If you are having other problems, [see this guide](Server-Troubleshooting)." msgstr "Si estás teniendo otros problemas, [consulta esta guía](Server-Troubleshooting)." +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "`-m or --htmlstatus`" +#~ msgstr "`-m ó --htmlstatus`" + +#~ msgid "Enable HTML status file, set path and file name" +#~ msgstr "Habilita un archivo de estado HTML, establece una ruta y un nombre de archivo" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**Note:** This feature is deprecated, and may disappear in a future release.\n" +#~ msgstr "**Nota:** Esta función está obsoleta y puede desaparecer en una futura versión.\n" + #~ msgid "If you want to run a Server on a **Raspberry Pi** (or a different armhf/arm64 Debian-based computer), you will need to download the [latest armhf .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}) or [latest arm64 .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }}) depending on your CPU - not the default `amd64` ones for use on Intel/AMD machines." #~ msgstr "Si quieres ejecutar un Servidor en una **Raspberry Pi** (o en otro ordenador basado en Debian armhf/arm64), deberás descargar el [archivo armhf .deb más reciente]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}) o [el archivo .deb arm64 más reciente]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }}) dependiendo de tu CPU - no los `amd64` predeterminados para usar en máquinas Intel/AMD." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Software-Manual.po index 10c449ff2..285cda261 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/Software-Manual.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Software-Manual.po @@ -2,12 +2,12 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # ignotus , 2022. -# ignotus , 2022, 2023, 2024. +# ignotus , 2022, 2023, 2024, 2025. # gallegonovato , 2023, 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-25 10:27+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-30 14:12+0000\n" "Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 @@ -35,17 +35,11 @@ msgstr "wiki" msgid "/wiki/Software-Manual" msgstr "/wiki/Software-Manual" -#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Software Manual" -msgstr "Manual del Software" - #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7 #, no-wrap -msgid "Jamulus User Manual" -msgstr "Manual de Usuario de Jamulus" +msgid "User Manual" +msgstr "Manual del Usuario" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:9 @@ -83,8 +77,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:20 #, no-wrap -msgid " \n" -msgstr " \n" +msgid "\n" +msgstr "\n" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:21 @@ -115,8 +109,8 @@ msgstr "Ping, Retardo y Jitter" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:32 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large. \n" -msgstr "**Ping** muestra tu latencia de red en milisegundos, y cuanto más bajo, mejor. El tiempo ping contribuye al retardo total (ver abajo). La causa más probable de un ping alto es que tu distancia al servidor es demasiado grande. \n" +msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large.\n" +msgstr "**Ping** muestra tu latencia de red en milisegundos, y cuanto más bajo, mejor. El tiempo ping contribuye al retardo total (ver abajo). La causa más probable de un ping alto es que tu distancia al servidor es demasiado grande.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:34 @@ -227,8 +221,8 @@ msgstr "Chat" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:75 -msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message is received." -msgstr "Abre la ventana de chat. El texto escrito aquí es enviado a todos los Clientes conectados. Si llega un nuevo mensaje de chat y la ventana del Chat no está abierta, se abrirá automáticamente para todos los Clientes. Ver Configuración para opcionalmente habilitar una alerta sonora cuando se recibe un nuevo mensaje de chat." +msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message arrives." +msgstr "Abre la ventana de chat. El texto escrito aquí es enviado a todos los Clientes conectados. Si llega un nuevo mensaje de chat y la ventana del Chat no está abierta, se abrirá automáticamente para todos los Clientes. Ver Configuración para opcionalmente habilitar una alerta sonora cuando llega un nuevo mensaje de chat." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:76 @@ -249,8 +243,8 @@ msgstr "
Connection Setup..." +msgstr "Archivo > Configuración de Conexión..." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140 +msgid "Opens the [connection dialogue (see above)](#connectdisconnect-button)." +msgstr "Abre la [ventana de conexiones (ver más arriba)](#botón-conexióndesconexión)." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:141 +#, no-wrap +msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup" +msgstr "Archivo > Cargar/Guardar Configuración Canales Mezclador" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:144 +msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band. This stores your settings for each person's fader volume, pan setting, mute and solo state. You can load this mix any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window." +msgstr "Puedes guardar y restaurar la mezcla que tienes para tu grupo. Esto guarda tu configuración para el volumen, paneo, mute y solo de cada persona. Puedes cargar esta mezcla en cualquier momento (incluso mientras tocas). Se puede cargar también arrastrando y dejando caer el archivo de configuración en la ventana del mezclador." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:145 +#, no-wrap +msgid "File > Exit" +msgstr "Archivo > Salir" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:148 +msgid "Closes all the windows and exits the application." +msgstr "Cierra todas las ventanas y la aplicación en sí." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:149 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Edit > Clear All Stored Solo/Mute Settings" +msgstr "Editar > Eliminar todas las configuraciones de Solo y Mute" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:152 +msgid "Whenever you Solo or Mute a channel, Jamulus remembers these settings. Even if that person leaves and rejoins - or you join a server where they are playing - the settings will automatically be applied. Use this command to clear _all_ these stored settings." +msgstr "Cuando aplicas Solo o Mute a un canal, Jamulus recuerda estas configuraciones. Aunque esa persona se marche y luego vuelva - o tú te unes a un servidor donde esa persona está tocando - se aplicará automáticamente la configuración. Utiliza este comando para eliminar _todas_ estas configuraciones guardadas." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:153 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Edit > Set All Faders to New Client Level" +msgstr "Editar > Todos los faders al nivel Cliente nuevo" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:156 +msgid "Applies the [configured \"New Client Level\"](#new-client-level) to all currently connected channels." +msgstr "Aplica el [\"Nivel Cliente Nuevo\" configurado](#nivel-cliente-nuevo) a todos los canales actualmente conectados." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:157 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders" +msgstr "Editar > Auto-Ajustar todos los Faders" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:160 +msgid "Applies a one-off fader adjustment to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece." +msgstr "Aplica un ajuste puntual a cada canal dependiendo de su volumen. Útil para grandes conjuntos, para obtener una mezcla general razonable, aunque puede que sea necesario realizar algún ajuste individual. Se aconseja aplicarlo durante el calentamiento o durante una parte uniforme de la pieza a tocar." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:161 +#, no-wrap +msgid "View > (sort options)" +msgstr "Ver > (opciones de orden)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:166 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"Most items under the \"View\" menu allow you to adjust the order Jamulus chooses to display channels on the server:\n" +"* Own Fader First
\n" +"This option can be used in addition to the others to move your own channel to always be the leftmost, irrespective of the sort order of the other channels.\n" +msgstr "" +"La mayoría de los ítems en el menú de \"Ver\" te permiten ajustar el orden que escoge Jamulus para mostrar los canales del servidor.\n" +"* Fader Propio Primero
\n" +"Esta opción se puede utilizar sumada a las otras para que tu canal siempre esté en el extremo izquierdo, sin importar el orden escogido para los demás canales.\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:178 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* No user sorting
\n" +"This does not take any user details into account when sorting. It sorts by the order channels join the current server as described further up, with new channels being added to the right-hand end.\n" +"* Sort by Name
\n" +"Sorts by the name someone has chosen in their profile.\n" +"* Sort by Instrument / City
\n" +"Sorts by the instrument or city someone has in their profile, along with their name.\n" +"* Sort by Group
\n" +"Where the fader group feature is in use, this sorts in ascending group number from left to right (and within that, by name), with any ungrouped channels off to the right.\n" +"* Sort by Channel
\n" +"Where Jamulus channel controls (fader, mute, solo, etc) are being controlled by MIDI (see [Using --ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)), this sorts by the channel number to help ensure a stable sort order that aligns with MIDI hardware controls.\n" +"Note that in Jamulus clients before version 3.12.0, channel numbers are assigned directly by the server. Clients from 3.12.0 onwards manage their own channel number assignments and always assign channel 0 to the local user (provided the server version is at least 3.5.5).\n" +msgstr "" +"* No ordenar usuarios
\n" +"Esto no tiene en cuenta ningún dato de los usuarios al ordenar. Ordena según el orden en el que se unen al servidor actual como se describe arriba, añadiendo canales nuevos en el extremo derecho.\n" +"* Ordenar Usuarios por Nombre
\n" +"Ordena según el nombre escogido por el usuario en su perfil.\n" +"* Ordenar Usuarios por Instrumento / Ciudad
\n" +"Ordena según el instrumento o la ciudad que la persona tiene en su perfil, junto con su nombre.\n" +"* Ordenar Usuarios de Canal por Grupo
\n" +"Cuando se utiliza la función de agrupar faders, esto ordena por número de grupo en orden ascendente (y dentro de éste, por nombre), con cualquier canal no agrupado a la derecha.\n" +"* Ordenar Usuarios por Canal
\n" +"Cuando los controles de canal de Jamulus (fader, mute, solo, etc) se controlan mediante MIDI (véase [Utilizar --ctrlmidich para controladores MIDI](Tips-Tricks-More#utilizar---ctrlmidich-para-controladores-midi)), esto ordena por número de canal para ayudar a asegurar un orden estable que se alinee con los controles de hardware MIDI.\n" +"Nótese que en clientes de Jamulus anteriores a la versión 3.12.0, los números de canal son asignados directamente por el servidor. Los clientes desde 3.12.0 en adelante gestionan su propia asignación de números de canal y siempre asignan el canal 0 al usuario local (siempre y cuando la versión del servidor sea al menos 3.5.5).\n" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179 +#, no-wrap +msgid "View > Chat" +msgstr "Ver > Chat" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:182 +msgid "Opens the [Chat](#chat) window." +msgstr "Abre la ventana del [Chat](#chat)." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Settings Menu" +msgstr "Menú de Configuración" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:186 +msgid "Allows direct access to each of the [Settings](#settings) tabs." +msgstr "Permite acceso directo a cada una de las pestañas de [Configuración](#configuración)." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:187 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Help" +msgstr "Ayuda" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:190 +msgid "Provides access to the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) and [User Manual](Software-Manual) (this page) on the website, along with copyright, licence and acknowledgement details. There is also a \"What's This?\" option for getting more details on parts of the client display." +msgstr "Ofrece acceso a las páginas de [Cómo Empezar](Getting-Started) y al [Manual del Usuario](Software-Manual) (esta página) en la página web, junto con detalles sobre el copyright, la licencia y la atribución. También hay una opción de \"¿Qué es esto?\" para obtener más detalles sobre partes de la interfaz de usuario." + #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:192 #, no-wrap msgid "Settings" msgstr "Configuración" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194 #, no-wrap msgid "My Profile" msgstr "Mi Perfil" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:136 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198 msgid "From the Settings menu, select \"My Profile...\" to set your Alias/Name which is displayed below your fader in the server audio mixer board." msgstr "Desde el menú de Configuración, selecciona \"Mi Perfil...\" para establecer tu Alias/Nombre, mostrado debajo de tu fader en la ventana principal del cliente de Jamulus." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:200 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"Imagen
\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:202 msgid "If you set an instrument and/or country, icons for these selections will also be shown below your fader. The skill setting changes the background colour of the fader tag and the city entry shows up in the tool tip of the fader tag:" msgstr "Si se establece un instrumento y/o un país, los iconos de estas selecciones también se mostrarán bajo tu fader. El nivel de habilidad cambia el color de fondo de la etiqueta del fader y la ciudad se muestra en el tooltip de la etiqueta:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:204 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"Imagen
\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:143 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:205 #, no-wrap msgid "Skin" msgstr "Tema" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:146 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:208 msgid "This applies a skin to the main window, some of which are designed to accommodate larger ensembles." msgstr "Esto aplicará un tema a la ventana principal, algunos de los cuales están diseñados para acomodar conjuntos grandes de usuarios." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:147 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:209 #, no-wrap msgid "Meter style" msgstr "Estilo del vúmetro" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:150 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:212 msgid "This changes the visual style of the audio meters, independently of the chosen skin." msgstr "Esto cambia el estilo visual de los indicadores de audio, independientemente del tema elegido." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:151 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:213 #, no-wrap msgid "Mixer rows" msgstr "Filas de canales en el mezclador" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:154 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:216 msgid "This sets the number of rows displayed in the server audio mixer, for use with larger ensembles." msgstr "Esto establece el número de filas mostrado en el mezclador de audio, para su uso con conjuntos grandes." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:155 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:217 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio Alerts" msgstr "Alertas sonoras" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:158 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220 msgid "This turns on a sound alert for when someone joins a Server, or when receiving a new chat message." msgstr "Esto activa una alerta sonora para cuando alguien se une a un Servidor, o cuando se recibe un nuevo mensaje en el chat." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:159 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:221 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio/Network Setup" msgstr "Configuración Audio/Red" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:162 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:224 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"Imagen
\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:225 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio Device" msgstr "Dispositivo de audio" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:167 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:229 msgid "Under the Windows operating system the ASIO driver (sound card) can be selected using Jamulus. If the selected ASIO driver is not valid an error message is shown and the previous valid driver is selected. Under macOS the input and output hardware can be selected." msgstr "En el sistema operativo de Windows, el driver ASIO (tarjeta de sonido) se puede seleccionar utilizando Jamulus. Si el driver ASIO no es válido se mostrará un mensaje de error y el anterior driver válido será seleccionado. En macOS, se puede seleccionar el hardware de entrada y salida." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:168 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230 #, no-wrap msgid "Input/output channel mapping" msgstr "Mapeo canales entrada/salida" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:233 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"Imagen
\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237 msgid "If the selected sound card device offers more than one input or output channel, the _Input Channel Mapping and Output Channel Mapping_ settings are visible. For each Jamulus input/output channel (left and right channel) a different actual sound card channel can be selected." msgstr "Si el dispositivo de audio ofrece más de un canal de entrada o salida, son visibles las configuraciones para el _Mapeo de Canales de Entrada y de Salida_. Para cada canal de entrada/salida (canal Izquierdo y Derecho) de Jamulus se puede seleccionar un canal diferente de la tarjeta de audio." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:176 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:238 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio channels" msgstr "Canales de Audio" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179 -msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and server." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241 +msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and Server." msgstr "Selecciona el número de canales de audio a utilizar para la comunicación entre Cliente y Servidor." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:181 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:243 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note**: It is better to run separate Client instances per voice/instrument, where each Client has its own ini file, rather than using this built-in mono pair to stereo mixer.\n" msgstr "**Nota**: Es mejor ejecutar instancias separadas del Cliente para cada voz/instrumento, donde cada Cliente tiene su propio archivo ini, en lugar de utilizar este mezclador interno de dos canales mono a estéreo.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:245 msgid "There are three modes available:" msgstr "Hay tres modos disponibles:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:185 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:247 #, no-wrap msgid "**Mono** and **Stereo** modes use one and two audio channels respectively.\n" msgstr "Los modos **Mono** y **Estéreo** utilizan uno y dos canales de audio respectivamente.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:188 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250 #, no-wrap msgid "" "**Mono-in/Stereo-out**: The audio signal sent to the server is mono but the return signal is stereo. This is useful if the sound card has the instrument on one input channel and the microphone on the other. In that case\n" @@ -502,151 +652,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "**Entrada-mono/Salida-estéreo**: La señal de audio enviada al servidor es mono pero la señal que vuelve es estéreo. Esto es útil si la tarjeta de audio tiene un instrumento en un canal de entrada y un micrófono en el otro. En ese caso las dos señales de entrada pueden combinarse en un canal mono pero la mezcla del servidor se escucha en estéreo.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:191 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:253 msgid "Enabling stereo mode will increase your stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." msgstr "Activar el modo estéreo aumentará la tasa de envío de datos. Asegúrate de que tu tasa de subida no excede el ancho de banda de tu conexión a Internet." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:256 msgid "In stereo streaming mode, no audio channel selection for the reverb effect will be available on the main window since the effect is applied to both channels in this case." msgstr "En el caso del modo estéreo, no estará disponible la selección de canal para el efecto de reverb en la ventana principal puesto que en este caso el efecto se aplicará a ambos canales." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:195 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:257 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio quality" msgstr "Calidad del Audio" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:260 msgid "The higher the audio quality, the higher your audio stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." msgstr "Cuanto mayor la calidad del audio, mayor la tasa de subida del audio. Asegúrate de que tu tasa de subida no excede el ancho de banda de tu conexión a Internet." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:261 #, no-wrap msgid "Buffer Delay" msgstr "Retardo del Buffer" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:203 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265 msgid "The buffer delay setting is a fundamental setting of the Jamulus software. This setting has an influence on many connection properties. Three buffer sizes are supported:" msgstr "El retardo del buffer es un parámetro fundamental en Jamulus. Este parámetro tiene un impacto sobre muchas propiedades de la conexión. Hay soporte para tres tamaños de buffer:" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269 msgid "**64 samples** Provides the lowest latency but does not work with all sound cards." msgstr "**64 muestras**: Ofrece la latencia más baja, pero no funciona con todas las tarjetas de sonido." #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269 msgid "**128 samples** The preferred setting. Should work for most available sound cards." msgstr "**128 muestras** La configuración aconsejada. Debería de funcionar con la mayoría de tarjetas de sonido." #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269 msgid "**256 samples** Should only be used on very slow computers, or with a slow internet connection." msgstr "**256 muestras** Solo debería usarse con un ordenador muy lento o con una conexión a internet muy lenta." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:210 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272 msgid "Some sound card drivers do not allow the buffer delay to be changed from within the Jamulus software. In this case the buffer delay setting is disabled and has to be changed using the sound card driver. On Windows, press the ASIO Setup button to open the driver settings panel." msgstr "Algunos drivers de tarjetas de audio no permiten cambiar el retardo de buffer desde dentro de Jamulus. En este caso la configuración del retardo de buffer se deshabilita y hay que cambiarlo utilizando el driver de la tarjeta de sonido. En Windows, pulsa el botón de Configuración ASIO para acceder al panel de configuración." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:214 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:276 msgid "On Linux: - when using JACK, use `QJackCtl` to change the buffer size and restart JACK; - when using PipeWire's JACK server, change PipeWire's Quantum parameter with its own configuration tools." msgstr "En Linux: - si utilizas JACK, usa `QJackCtl` para cambiar el tamaño del búfer y reinicia JACK; - si utilizas el servidor JACK de PipeWire, cambia el parámetro Quantum de PipeWire con sus propias herramientas de configuración." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:218 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:280 msgid "The actual buffer delay has an influence on the connection status, the current upload rate and the overall delay. The lower the buffer size, the higher the probability of a red light in the status indicator (dropouts) and the higher the upload rate and the lower the overall delay." msgstr "El retardo del buffer tiene un impacto en el estado de la conexión, la tasa de subida y el retardo total. Cuanto menor sea el buffer, mayor la probabilidad de que el indicador de estado esté en rojo (caídas de audio), mayor la tasa de subida y menor el retardo total." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:282 msgid "The buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." msgstr "Por tanto la configuración del buffer es un compromiso entre calidad de audio y retardo total." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:221 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:283 #, no-wrap msgid "Jitter Buffer" msgstr "Jitter Buffer" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:226 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288 msgid "The jitter buffer compensates for network and sound card timing jitters. The size of the buffer influences the quality of the audio stream (how many dropouts occur) and the overall delay (the longer the buffer, the higher the delay)." msgstr "El jitter buffer compensa el jitter de la red y la tarjeta de sonido. El tamaño de este buffer tiene un impacto sobre la calidad del flujo de audio (el número de caídas de la señal) y el retardo total (a mayor buffer, mayor retardo)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:292 msgid "You can set the jitter buffer size manually for your local Client and the remote server. For the local jitter buffer, dropouts in the audio stream are indicated by the light below the jitter buffer size faders. If the light turns to red, a buffer overrun/underrun has taken place and the audio stream is interrupted." msgstr "El tamaño del jitter buffer se puede establecer manualmente para el Cliente local y para el Servidor remoto. Para el jitter buffer local, las caídas del flujo de audio se indican mediante la luz debajo de los faders del jitter buffer. Si la luz se vuelve roja, significa que ha habido una interrupción del flujo de audio." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:232 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:294 msgid "The jitter buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." msgstr "Por tanto la configuración del jitter buffer es un compromiso entre calidad y retardo total." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:236 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:298 msgid "If the Auto setting is enabled, the jitter buffers of your local Client and the remote server are set automatically based on measurements of the network and sound card timing jitter. If the Auto check is enabled, the jitter buffer size faders are disabled (they cannot be moved with the mouse)." msgstr "Si se activa la casilla de Auto, los jitter buffers del Cliente local y del Servidor remoto se configuran automáticamente basándose en mediciones del jitter de la red y la tarjeta de audio. Si se activa esta opción, los faders para tamaño de jitter buffer quedan deshabilitados (no pueden moverse con el ratón)." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:299 #, no-wrap msgid "Small Network Buffers" msgstr "Pequeños búferes de red" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:303 msgid "Allows support for very small network audio packets. These are only used if the sound card buffer delay is smaller than 128 samples. The smaller the network buffers, the lower the audio latency. But at the same time the network load increases and the probability of audio dropouts also increases (particuarly if your network connection has any significant jitter). Try enabling this option if you are suffering from high latency or bad audio quality. However, keeping it disabled will normally mean better audio quality." msgstr "Permite soporte para paquetes de audio por red muy reducidos. Solo se utilizan si el retardo del buffer de la tarjeta de audio es menor de 128 muestras. Cuanto menores los buffers de red, menor la latencia de audio. Pero al mismo tiempo, aumenta la carga de red y la probabilidad de caídas de audio también aumenta (sobre todo si tu conexión de red tiene mucho jitter). Prueba a activar esta opción si sufres de alta latencia o muy mala calidad de audio. Sin embargo, mantenerlo desactivado normalmente significará que tendrás mejor calidad de audio." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:242 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio Stream Rate" msgstr "Tasa de Flujo de Audio" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:246 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:308 msgid "Depends on the current audio packet size and compression setting. Make sure that the upstream rate is not higher than your available internet upload speed (check this with a service such as [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/))." msgstr "Depende del tamaño actual de los paquetes de audio y la configuración de compresión. Asegúrate de que la tasa de subida no es mayor que la velocidad de subida disponible (comprueba esto con un servicio como [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/)." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:247 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:309 #, no-wrap msgid "Advanced Setup" msgstr "Configuración Avanzada" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:312 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"Imagen
\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:251 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:313 #, no-wrap msgid "Custom Directories" msgstr "Directorios Personalizados" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258 -msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here. If you know the IP address or host name of a custom Directory, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Note that IPv6 is not currently supported for Directories.) The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list." -msgstr "Si necesitas añadir direcciones de Directorio distintas a las que vienen por defecto, lo puedes hacer aquí. Si conoces la dirección IP or el nombre de host de un Directorio personalizado, puedes conectarte a él utilizando el campo de Nombre/Dirección Servidor. Se puede añadir un número de puerto opcional tras la dirección utilizando dos puntos como separador, por ej. `jamulus.ejemplo.org:22124`. (Ten en cuenta que IPv6 aún no está soportado para Directorios.) El botón a la derecha del campo permite borrar la entrada actual de la lista." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:320 +msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here. Enter the hostname or IP address of the custom Directory. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Note that IPv6 is not currently supported for Directories.) The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list." +msgstr "Si necesitas añadir direcciones de Directorio distintas a las que vienen por defecto, lo puedes hacer aquí. Escribe el nombre del servidor o la dirección IP del Directorio personalizado. Se puede añadir un número de puerto opcional tras la dirección utilizando dos puntos como separador, por ej. `jamulus.ejemplo.org:22124`. (Ten en cuenta que IPv6 aún no está soportado para Directorios.) El botón a la derecha del campo permite borrar la entrada actual de la lista." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:259 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:321 #, no-wrap msgid "New Client Level" msgstr "Nivel Cliente nuevo" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:264 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:326 #, no-wrap msgid "" "This setting defines the fader level of a newly connected Client in percent. If a new user connects\n" @@ -655,144 +805,120 @@ msgid "" msgstr "Este ajuste define el nivel del fader de una nueva conexión de Cliente, en porcentaje. Si se conecta un nuevo usuario al Servidor actual, el nivel inicial de su fader tomará este valor si no se ha especificado anteriormente un valor para ese usuario de una conexión anterior. Puedes establecer en este nivel a todos los usuarios en un Servidor ocupado con Editar > \"Poner Todos Faders a Nivel Cliente Nuevo\".\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:327 #, no-wrap msgid "Input Boost" msgstr "Aumento de Entrada" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:268 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:330 msgid "Increases the gain from your device. Use this if your device delivers a gain that is too quiet for Jamulus." msgstr "Aumenta la ganancia de tu dispositivo. Utiliza esto si tu dispositivo no entrega suficiente ganancia para Jamulus." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:331 #, no-wrap msgid "Feedback Protection" msgstr "Protección contra Retroalimentación" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:334 msgid "Attempts to detect audio feedback loops or loud noise in the first three seconds after you connected to a server. Once detected, this feature will show a message and activate the \"Mute Myself\" button to mute you in your own mix." msgstr "Intenta detectar bucles de retroalimentación o ruido intenso durante los primeros tres segundos tras conectarte a un servidor. Si los detecta, esta función te mostrará un mensaje y activará el botón de \"Silenciarme Yo\" para silenciarte en tu propia mezcla." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:273 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:335 #, no-wrap msgid "Input Balance" msgstr "Balance de Entrada" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:278 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:340 msgid "Controls the relative levels of the left and right local audio channels. For a mono signal it acts as a pan between the two channels. For example, if a microphone is connected to the right input channel and an instrument is connected to the left input channel which is much louder than the microphone, move the audio fader to increase the relative volume of the mic." msgstr "Controla los niveles relativos de los canales locales de audio derecho e izquierdo. Para una señal mono actúa como paneo entre los dos canales. Por ejemplo, si se conecta un micrófono al canal derecho y un instrumento al izquierdo que suena mucho más alto que el micrófono, mueve el fader para aumentar el volumen relativo del micrófono." #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:279 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Menu commands" -msgstr "Comandos del menú" - -#. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281 -#, no-wrap -msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup" -msgstr "Archivo > Cargar/Guardar Configuración Canales Mezclador" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:284 -msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band rehearsals (fader, mute, pan, solo etc.) and load these any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window." -msgstr "Puedes guardar y restaurar la mezcla que tienes para los ensayos de tu grupo (fader, mute, pan, solo, etc.) y cargarlos en cualquier momento (incluso mientras tocas). Se pueden cargar también arrastrando y dejando caer en la ventana del mezclador." - -#. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:285 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders " -msgstr "Editar > Auto-Ajustar todos los Faders " - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288 -msgid "Applies a one-off fader setting to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece." -msgstr "Aplica una configuración puntual a cada canal dependiendo de su volumen. Útil para grandes conjuntos, para obtener una mezcla general razonable, aunquepuede que sea necesario realizar algún ajuste individual. Se aconseja aplicarlo durante el calentamiento o durante una parte uniforme de la pieza a tocar." - -#. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:289 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:341 #, no-wrap msgid "Backing up Jamulus" msgstr "Copia seguridad Jamulus" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:293 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:345 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want." msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * Puedes guardar y cargar diferentes configuraciones del mezclador utilizando [Cargar/Guardar Configuración Canales Mezclador](Software-Manual#archivo--cargarguardar-configuración-canales-mezclador) y guardar esos archivos donde quieras." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:347 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n" -msgstr "**Nota para usuarios de macOS:** Desde Jamulus 3.8.1, tenemos un instalador con firma. Éste guardará la configuración en \n" +msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in\n" +msgstr "**Nota para usuarios de macOS:** Desde Jamulus 3.8.1, tenemos un instalador con firma. Éste guardará la configuración en\n" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:347 #, no-wrap msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" msgstr "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:299 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:351 #, no-wrap msgid "Command Line Options" msgstr "Opciones de Línea de Comandos" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:302 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:354 msgid "Most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, but these and others can also be set using options given in a terminal window. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." msgstr "Las funciones más comunes de Jamulus pueden configurarse usando la interfaz gráfica, pero estas y otras también pueden ser controladas utilizando la línea de comandos. Exactamente cómo se hace dependerá de tu sistema operativo." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:356 #, no-wrap msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" msgstr "Por ejemplo, en Windows, para utilizar un archivo específico de configuración, haz clic derecho en el acceso directo de Jamulus y elige \"Propiedades\" > Destino. Añade los argumentos necesarios a Jamulus.exe:\n" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:305 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:357 #, no-wrap msgid " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n" msgstr " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\ruta\\a\\mi_inifile.ini\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:310 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:362 msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" msgstr "Para macOS, arranca una ventana de Terminal y ejecuta Jamulus con las opciones deseadas como sigue:" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:311 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:363 #, no-wrap msgid " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n" msgstr " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/ruta/a/mi_inifile.ini\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:316 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:368 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:318 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:370 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:319 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:371 #, no-wrap msgid "Controlling the Client via API" msgstr "Controlar el Cliente a través de API" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:321 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:373 msgid "In addition to the CLI, Jamulus can be controlled using an API. This is beneficial for advanced use cases - for example, where there is no GUI, or another application needs to interact with Jamulus. Please note that the API is still experimental. Information on the [JSON-RPC API can be found in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)." msgstr "Además de con la línea de comandos, Jamulus puede controlarse mediante una API. Esto es beneficioso para casos de uso avanzados - por ejemplo, cuando no hay interfaz gráfica, u otra aplicación necesita interactuar con Jamulus. Ten en cuenta que la API es aún experimental. Puedes encontrar información sobre la [API JSON-RPC en el repositorio principal](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)." +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Software Manual" +#~ msgstr "Manual del Software" + #~ msgid "You can filter the list by server name or location. To list only occupied servers, enter a \"#\" character." #~ msgstr "Puedes filtrar la lista por nombre de servidor o ubicación. Para solo mostrar los servidores ocupados, escribe el caracter \"#\"." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Tips-Tricks-More.po index 611ff23dc..56866591a 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/Tips-Tricks-More.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Tips-Tricks-More.po @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # ignotus , 2022. -# ignotus , 2022, 2023. +# ignotus , 2022, 2023, 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-08 08:21+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-12-23 15:00+0000\n" "Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.10-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 @@ -233,98 +233,309 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83 #, no-wrap -msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers" -msgstr "Utilizar ctrlmidich para controladores MIDI" +msgid "Using `--ctrlmidich` for MIDI controllers" +msgstr "Utilizar `--ctrlmidich` para controladores MIDI" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86 -msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:" -msgstr "Los faders de volumen y paneo, y los botones de mute y solo en la ventana del mezclador del Cliente se pueden controlar mediante un controlador MIDI usando el parámetro `--ctrlmidich` (nota: solo disponible para macOS y Linux utilizando la versión de Jamulus 3.7.0 o superior, y en Windows utilizando la versión de Jamulus con soporte para JACK). Para habilitar esta función, Jamulus debe arrancarse con `--ctrlmidich`. Hay un parámetro MIDI global que es el canal (1-16) y dos parámetros que puedes establecer para cada mando: `compensación` y `cifra de números CC consecutivos`. Establece el primer parámetro al canal MIDI por el que te comunicarás con Jamulus (0 para todos los canales) y luego especifica los mandos que quieres controlar (f = fader volumen; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = silenciarme yo) con la compensación (número CC inicial) y cifra de números CC consecutivos. Hay una excepción que no requiere establecer números CC consecutivos que es el comando de \"Silenciarme Yo\" - solo requiere un único número CC ya que únicamente se aplica al flujo de audio propio. Observa el siguiente ejemplo:" +msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a connected MIDI controller. This feature is available from version 3.7.0 on macOS, Linux, and the JACK version of Jamulus for Windows. From Jamulus 3.12.0 onwards, it is also available for the non-JACK (ASIO) Windows version. To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with the `--ctrlmidich` command-line option." +msgstr "El fader de volumen, el control de paneo y los botones de mute y solo en la ventana del mezclador del Cliente se pueden controlar utilizando un controlador MIDI conectado. Esta función está disponible desde la versión 3.7.0 en macOS, Linux, y la versión JACK de Jamulus para Windows. Desde Jamulus 3.12.0 en adelante, también está disponible para la versión sin JACK (ASIO) de Windows. Para habilitar esta función, Jamulus debe iniciarse con la opción `--ctrlmidich` en la línea de comandos." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88 -msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`" -msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`" +msgid "When this option is used on the command line, Jamulus will prepend a channel number to each Client name, which can be used to control the channel using MIDI CC numbers. In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first when sorted by channel or when \"Own Fader First\" is enabled." +msgstr "Cuándo esta opción se utiliza en la línea de comandos, Jamulus asignará un número de canal prefijado a cada nombre de Cliente, el cual puede utilizarse para controlar el canal mediante números MIDI CC. Desde la versión de Jamulus 3.12.0 en adelante, cuando se está conectado a un servidor de al menos la versión 3.5.5, tu propio fader siempre recibirá el canal 0, así que aparecerá primero cuando se ordena por canal o cuando se habilita \"Fader Propio Primero\"." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90 -msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64." -msgstr "Aquí, Jamulus recibe por el canal MIDI 1. Los números CC para los faders de volumen comienzan por 0 y hay 8 de ellos (por tanto van hasta el número CC 7). Los mandos de paneo comienzan en el número CC 16 y van hasta el 23; Solo de 32 a 39 y Mute de 48 a 55. Silenciarme Yo se activa/desactiva con el número CC 64." +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Tip*: With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).\n" +msgstr "*Consejo*: Con la configuración predeterminada, cuando algunos usuarios se marchan y otros se conectan, su disposición de derecha-izquierda puede dejar de seguir un orden numérico, dificultando saber a quién corresponde cada pote/slider de tu controlador MIDI. Para que los faders sigan un orden numérico, despliega el menú de \"Ver\" en la barra superior y cambia a \"Ordenar Usuarios por Canal\" (o teclea `Ctrl+E`).\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n" -msgstr "Ten en cuenta que para que las funciones controladas por botones funcionen adecuadamente, en tu controlador MIDI los botones deben estar en modo conmutador (\"toggle\"). Esto significa que cuando se pulsa para \"encender\" un control, debe enviar un número MIDI CC con un valor >=64, y para \"apagar\" el control debe enviar el mismo número CC con un valor <64. Puedes leer el manual de tu controlador para ver cómo configurar esto.\n" +msgid "When using JACK or macOS, make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), Audio/MIDI Setup (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch `a2jmidid` so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl. For non-JACK Windows, Jamulus will find the MIDI device(s) automatically, but see the `d` option below if more than one MIDI device is connected." +msgstr "Cuando se utiliza JACK o macOS, asegúrate de que el puerto de salida de tu dispositivo MIDI esté conectado al puerto de entrada MIDI de Jamulus (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), Audio/MIDI Setup (macOS) o lo que sea que utilices para gestionar las conexiones). En Linux quizá tengas que instalar y arrancar `a2jmidid` para que tu dispositivo aparezca en la pestaña MIDI de QjackCtl. En la versión para Windows sin JACK, Jamulus encontrará el/los dispositivo(s) MIDI automáticamente, pero consulta la opción `d` más abajo si hay más de un dispositivo MIDI conectado." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94 +msgid "`--ctrlmidich` takes a single argument. If you omit it, the parameter is ignored. There are two formats for the argument:" +msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` acepta un único argumento. Si lo omites, el parámetro se ignora. Hay dos formatos para el argumento:" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96 +msgid "The legacy definition has one or two numbers in the format:" +msgstr "La definición heredada tiene uno o dos números en el formato:" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:97 #, no-wrap -msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n" -msgstr "*Nota*: Jamulus no proporciona información de vuelta via MIDI sobre el estado de los botones, lo cual significa que tu controlador debe conmutar los LEDs (si tiene) por sí solo.\n" +msgid " [MIDI channel];[offset for first fader]\n" +msgstr " [Canal MIDI];[compensación para el primer fader]\n" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:126 +msgid "`MIDI channel` is required or else the parameter argument is ignored and the feature is not active. `0` means \"any channel\", `1`-`16` listen only to MIDI messages on the specified MIDI channel." +msgstr "Se requiere `canal MIDI`, de lo contrario el argumento del parámetro se ignora y la función no se activa. `0` significa \"cualquier canal\", `1`-`16` solo recibe mensajes MIDI en el canal MIDI especificado." + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104 +msgid "`offset for first fader` is the first MIDI CC to use to control a Jamulus Channel fader (default 70, which matches the Behringer X-Touch defaults), with all MIDI CCs after that being used; must be a number or else the long form is used." +msgstr "`compensación para el primer fader` es el primer número MIDI CC utilizado para controlar un fader de Canal de Jamulus (por defecto 70, que encaja con el valor por defecto usado por el Behringer X-Touch), con todos los números MIDI CC consecutivo utilizados; debe ser un número, de lo contrario se utiliza el formato largo." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96 -msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth." -msgstr "Las columnas de faders y controles de la ventana del mezclador se controlan en orden ascendente de izquierda a derecha. Continuando con el ejemplo de arriba, el fader de volumen de la columna número 1 (de más a la izquierda) se controlaría con el número CC 0; pan con 16; solo con 32 y mute con 48. Como hemos especificado 8 controladores consecutivos para cada parámetro, esto nos daría control sobre 8 columnas (cada una con volumen, pan, solo y mute) en la ventana del mezclador. La siguiente columna se controlaría con 1, 17, 33 y 49, y así sucesivamente." +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106 +#, no-wrap +msgid " For example\n" +msgstr " Por ejemplo\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n" +" ```\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112 +#, no-wrap +msgid " would listen on all MIDI channels and use MIDI controller 70 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on. Here's another example:\n" +msgstr " recibe en todos los canales MIDI y utiliza el controlador MIDI 70 para controlar el fader del canal 0 de Jamulus, y así sucesivamente. Aquí hay otro ejemplo:\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" --ctrlmidich \"2;50\"\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" --ctrlmidich \"2;50\"\n" +" ```\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:118 +#, no-wrap +msgid " This would listen on MIDI channel 2 and use MIDI controller 50 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.\n" +msgstr " Aquí recibe en el canal MIDI 2 y utiliza el controlador MIDI 50 para controlar el fader del canal 0 de Jamulus, y así sucesivamente.\n" + +#. type: Bullet: '2. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:120 +msgid "The long form is a sequence of offsets and counts for various controllers:" +msgstr "El formato largo es una secuencia de compensaciones y cuentas para varios controladores:" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:121 +#, no-wrap +msgid " [MIDI channel];[control letter][offset](*[count])(;...)\n" +msgstr " [canal MIDI];[letra de control][compensación](*[cuenta])(;...)\n" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:128 +msgid "`control letter` defines which Jamulus Control the MIDI controller number is assigned to:" +msgstr "`letra de control` define a qué Control de Jamulus se asigna el número del controlador MIDI:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98 -msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl." -msgstr "Asegúrate de que el puerto de salida de tu dispositivo MIDI esté conectado al puerto de entrada MIDI de Jamulus (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) o lo que sea que utilices para gestionar las conexiones). En Linux tendrás que instalar y arrancar a2jmidid para que tu dispositivo aparezca en la pestaña MIDI de QjackCtl." +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:135 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" | control letter | Jamulus Control |\n" +" |--------:|---------|\n" +" | `f` | Fader |\n" +" | `p` | Pan |\n" +" | `s` | Solo |\n" +" | `m` | Mute |\n" +msgstr "" +" | letra de control | Control Jamulus |\n" +" |--------:|---------|\n" +" | `f` | Fader |\n" +" | `p` | Paneo |\n" +" | `s` | Solo |\n" +" | `m` | Mute |\n" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:137 +msgid "`offset` is the base MIDI CC number for the control." +msgstr "`compensación` es el número MIDI CC de base para el control." + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:139 +msgid "`count` is the number of CC values for the control, defaulting to 1 (i.e. the number Jamulus channels that can be controlled)." +msgstr "`cuenta` es el número de valores CC para el control, que por defecto es 1 (esto es, el número de canales de Jamulus que se pueden controlar)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:141 #, no-wrap -msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n" -msgstr "*Consejo*: Cuando activas el control MIDI en Jamulus, el nombre de cada usuario tiene prefijado un número, donde el de la izquierda del todo comienza por 0, luego 1, etc. Con la configuración predeterminada, cuando algunos usuarios se marchan y otros se conectan, su disposición de derecha-izquierda puede dejar de seguir un orden numérico, dificultando saber a quién corresponde cada pote/slider de tu controlador MIDI. Para que los faders sigan un orden numérico, despliega el menú de \"Ver\" en la barra superior y cambia de \"No Ordenar Usuarios\" a otra opción y luego vuelve a esa (por ej. teclea `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`). \".\n" +msgid " An example for a Korg nanoKONTROL2 using eight sliders starting at MIDI CC 0 to control faders and eight knobs starting at MIDI CC 16 to control pan, on any MIDI channnel, for eight Jamulus channels would be\n" +msgstr " Un ejemplo para el Korg nanoKONTROL2 utilizando ocho potenciómetros deslizantes empezando en MIDI CC 0 para controlar faders y ocho potenciómetros giratorios empezando en MIDI CC 16 para controlar paneo, en cualquier canal MIDI, para ocho canales de Jamulus sería\n" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:142 +#, no-wrap +msgid " --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n" +msgstr " --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:147 +#, no-wrap +msgid " Enhancing this to add eight Solo buttons starting at CC 32, and eight Mute buttons starting at CC 48 would give:\n" +msgstr " Aumentando esto para añadir ocho botones de Solo empezando en CC 32, y ocho botones de Mute empezando en CC 48 nos daría:\n" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:148 +#, no-wrap +msgid " --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8\"\n" +msgstr " --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8\"\n" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:153 +msgid "Two additional `control letter` values are available:" +msgstr "Hay disponibles dos valores de `letras de control` adicionales:" + +#. type: Bullet: ' 1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:155 +msgid "`o` controls Mute Myself and has a single `offset` (i.e. `count` is ignored and taken as 1)." +msgstr "`o` controla Silenciarme Yo y tiene una única compensación (esto es, se ignora `cuenta` y se toma como 1)." + +#. type: Bullet: ' 2. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:157 +msgid "`d` is an option on Windows non-JACK Jamulus to specify a particular MIDI input device by name -- without this, all devices will be assigned to Jamulus; with it, only the specified device will be used. For example:" +msgstr "`d` es una opción en Jamulus para Windows sin JACK para especificar un dispositivo MIDI de entrada por nombre -- sin ello, todos los dispositivos serán asignados a Jamulus; con ello, solo se utilizará el dispositivo especificado. Por ejemplo:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:161 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;dnanoKontrol\"\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;dnanoKontrol\"\n" +" ```\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:163 +#, no-wrap +msgid " would listen for CC0 through CC7 on MIDI channel 1 from a MIDI device called \"nanoKontrol\". Remember to wrap the whole of the `--ctrlmidich` argument in double quotes and you will have no problems with device names containing spaces.\n" +msgstr " recibiría desde CC0 hasta CC7 en el canal MIDI 1 desde un dispositivo MIDI llamado \"nanoKontrol\". Recuerda que debes meter el argumento `--ctrlmidich` en comillas dobles y así no tendrás problemas con nombres de dispositivos que contienen espacios.\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:165 +#, no-wrap +msgid " In order to discover the correct device name to use, start Jamulus from the command line with `--ctrlmidich` and observe the output. Jamulus will list all discovered MIDI devices:\n" +msgstr " Para descubrir el nombre correcto del dispositivo a utilizar, arranca Jamulus desde la línea de comandos con `--ctrlmidich` y observa los mensajes. Jamulus dará una lista de todos los dispositivos descubiertos:\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:173 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n" +" - MIDI controller settings: 0\n" +" - allocated port number: 22134\n" +" - MIDI devices found: 2\n" +" 0: nanoKONTROL2\n" +" 1: Keystation Mini 32\n" +msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n" +" - configuración controlador MIDI: 0\n" +" - número de puerto asignado: 22134\n" +" - dispositivos MIDI encontrados: 2\n" +" 0: nanoKONTROL2\n" +" 1: Keystation Mini 32\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:181 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\"\n" +" - MIDI controller settings: 1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\n" +" - allocated port number: 22134\n" +" - MIDI devices found: 2\n" +" 0: nanoKONTROL2\n" +" 1: Keystation Mini 32 (ignored)\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" +" C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\"\n" +" - configuración controlador MIDI: 1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\n" +" - número de puerto asignado: 22134\n" +" - dispositivos MIDI encontrados: 2\n" +" 0: nanoKONTROL2\n" +" 1: Keystation Mini 32 (ignorado)\n" +" ```\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:183 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\tNote that if only one MIDI device is connected, the `d` option is not necessary, as Jamulus will use the device automatically.\n" +msgstr "\tNótese que si solo hay un dispositivo MIDI conectado, la opción `d` no es necesaria, ya que Jamulus utilizará este dispositivo automáticamente.\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:185 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\tOn macOS, Linux or Windows with JACK, the `d` option is accepted if given, but ignored.\n" +msgstr "\tEn macOS, Linux o Windows con JACK, la opción `d` se acepta si se incluye, pero se ignora.\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:187 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself, that is, buttons on your MIDI controller need to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n" +msgstr "*Nota*: Jamulus no proporciona información al dispositivo sobre el estado de encendido/apagado de los botones, lo cual significa que tu controlador debe estar al tanto y conmutar los LEDs (si los tiene) entre 'encendido' y 'apagado' por sí mismo; esto es, los botones de tu controlador MIDI deben estar en modo conmutador (\"toggle\"). Esto significa que cuando se pulsa para \"encender\" un control, debe enviar un número MIDI CC con un valor >=64, y para \"apagar\" el control debe enviar el mismo número CC con un valor <64. Puedes leer el manual de tu controlador para ver cómo configurar esto.\n" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:188 #, no-wrap msgid "For Server admins" msgstr "Para administradores de Servidores" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:103 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:190 #, no-wrap msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly" msgstr "Convertir un Servidor Registrado en uno Sin Registrar sobre la marcha" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:193 msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)" msgstr "Puedes ejecutar un Servidor Registrado el tiempo suficiente para que la gente se conecte, y luego hacerlo \"privado\" (Sin Registrar) cambiando el Directorio a \"ninguno\" en la ventana del Servidor. La gente seguirá conectada al Servidor hasta que se desconecte. (¡Gracias a [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) por este truco!)" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:107 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:194 #, no-wrap msgid "Remote management of recordings" msgstr "Gestión remota de grabaciones" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:197 msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script." msgstr "El usuario de Jamulus [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) ha escrito una [herramienta web remota](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) para iniciar y detener grabaciones en Servidores en Linux, permitiéndote descargarlas luego desde tu navegador. Ver también [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) de [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), que también incluye un script de recuperación de grabaciones del Servidor." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:111 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:198 #, no-wrap msgid "Making a Server status page" msgstr "Hacer una página de estado del Servidor" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:201 msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page." msgstr "Con el parámetro `-m` de la línea de comandos, se pueden generar estadísticas del Servidor para mostrarlas en una página web." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:203 msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):" msgstr "Este es un ejemplo de script php utilizando el archivo de estado del Servidor para mostrar el estado actual del Servidor en una página html (asumiendo que se utiliza el siguiente parámetro de la línea de comandos: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):" #. type: Fenced code block -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:117 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:204 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" "\n" +#~ msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:" +#~ msgstr "Los faders de volumen y paneo, y los botones de mute y solo en la ventana del mezclador del Cliente se pueden controlar mediante un controlador MIDI usando el parámetro `--ctrlmidich` (nota: solo disponible para macOS y Linux utilizando la versión de Jamulus 3.7.0 o superior, y en Windows utilizando la versión de Jamulus con soporte para JACK). Para habilitar esta función, Jamulus debe arrancarse con `--ctrlmidich`. Hay un parámetro MIDI global que es el canal (1-16) y dos parámetros que puedes establecer para cada mando: `compensación` y `cifra de números CC consecutivos`. Establece el primer parámetro al canal MIDI por el que te comunicarás con Jamulus (0 para todos los canales) y luego especifica los mandos que quieres controlar (f = fader volumen; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = silenciarme yo) con la compensación (número CC inicial) y cifra de números CC consecutivos. Hay una excepción que no requiere establecer números CC consecutivos que es el comando de \"Silenciarme Yo\" - solo requiere un único número CC ya que únicamente se aplica al flujo de audio propio. Observa el siguiente ejemplo:" + +#~ msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64." +#~ msgstr "Aquí, Jamulus recibe por el canal MIDI 1. Los números CC para los faders de volumen comienzan por 0 y hay 8 de ellos (por tanto van hasta el número CC 7). Los mandos de paneo comienzan en el número CC 16 y van hasta el 23; Solo de 32 a 39 y Mute de 48 a 55. Silenciarme Yo se activa/desactiva con el número CC 64." + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n" +#~ msgstr "*Nota*: Jamulus no proporciona información de vuelta via MIDI sobre el estado de los botones, lo cual significa que tu controlador debe conmutar los LEDs (si tiene) por sí solo.\n" + +#~ msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth." +#~ msgstr "Las columnas de faders y controles de la ventana del mezclador se controlan en orden numérico. Continuando con el ejemplo de arriba, el fader de volumen de la columna número 0 se controlaría con el número CC 0; pan con 16; solo con 32 y mute con 48. Como hemos especificado 8 controladores consecutivos para cada parámetro, esto nos daría control sobre 8 columnas (cada una con volumen, pan, solo y mute) en la ventana del mezclador. La siguiente columna se controlaría con 1, 17, 33 y 49, y así sucesivamente." + #, no-wrap #~ msgid "" #~ "# Tips & Tricks\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/navigation.po b/_translator-files/po/es/navigation.po index fe8af5cf1..2c697a2a5 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/navigation.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/navigation.po @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# ignotus , 2022, 2023. +# ignotus , 2022, 2023, 2024. +# gallegonovato , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-04 14:15+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-09-30 21:08+0000\n" "Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -13,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/1-index.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/1-index.po index 4f8c084b6..dc8142558 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/1-index.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/1-index.po @@ -2,22 +2,22 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Olivier Humbert , 2022. -# Olivier Humbert , 2023, 2024. +# Olivier Humbert , 2023, 2024, 2025. # cosas , 2023. # Julien Taverna , 2023. # ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-04 19:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-10-12 16:07+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" "Language-Team: French \n" "Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n" #. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?) #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:1 @@ -71,6 +71,16 @@ msgstr "Qu'est-ce que Jamulus ?" msgid "Jamulus lets you play, rehearse, or jam with your friends, your band, or anyone you find online. Play together remotely in time with high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection. [Download it here!](wiki/Getting-Started)\n" msgstr "Jamulus vous permet de jouer, de répéter ou de bœuffer avec vos amis, votre groupe, ou toute personne en ligne. Jouez ensemble à distance en temps réel avec un son de haute qualité et à faible latence sur une connexion haut débit normale. [Téléchargez-le ici !](wiki/Getting-Started)\n" +#. type: Attribute 'src' of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:32 +msgid "{% include img/en-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc %}" +msgstr "{% include img/en-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc %}" + +#. type: Attribute 'alt' of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:32 +msgid "A screenshot of the main mixer window showing five people from different countries connected." +msgstr "Une capture d'écran de la fenêtre principale du mixeur montrant cinq personnes connectées de différents pays." + #. type: Content of:
#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:34 #, no-wrap @@ -127,7 +137,7 @@ msgstr "Consultez nos [directives de contribution](wiki/Contribution) pour savoi #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:60 #, no-wrap msgid "_For detailed information on how Jamulus works, see [this paper by Volker Fischer (PDF)](/PerformingBandRehearsalsontheInternetWithJamulus.pdf)._\n" -msgstr "Pour des informations détaillées sur le fonctionnement de Jamulus, voir [cet article de Volker Fischer (PDF)](/PerformingBandRehearsalsontheInternetWithJamulus.pdf).\n" +msgstr "_Pour des informations détaillées sur le fonctionnement de Jamulus, voir [cet article de Volker Fischer (PDF - en anglais)](/PerformingBandRehearsalsontheInternetWithJamulus.pdf)._\n" #. type: Content of:
#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:65 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Client-Troubleshooting.po index 7a7185da6..b5c6dd59f 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Client-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Client-Troubleshooting.po @@ -2,20 +2,20 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Julien Taverna , 2022. -# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023. +# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023, 2024. # Julien Taverna , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-07-30 17:10+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-10-04 13:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n" "X-Language: fr_FR\n" "X-Source-Language: en_150\n" @@ -171,8 +171,8 @@ msgstr "La manière exacte dont vous éviterez d'écouter votre signal direct d #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:50 -msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [software manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this." -msgstr "Sachez que si l'écoute du signal du serveur vous permet d'être synchrone avec les autres musiciens, vous pouvez également rencontrer des problèmes si votre latence globale (indiquée par le voyant \"Delay\" dans Jamulus) n'est pas verte ou au moins jaune la plupart du temps. Consultez le [manuel du logiciel](/wiki/Software-Manual) pour savoir comment ajuster votre configuration afin de résoudre ce problème." +msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this." +msgstr "Sachez que si l'écoute du signal du serveur vous permet d'être synchrone avec les autres musiciens, vous pouvez également rencontrer des problèmes si votre latence globale (indiquée par le voyant \"Delay\" dans Jamulus) n'est pas verte ou au moins jaune la plupart du temps. Consultez le [manuel utilisateur](/wiki/Software-Manual) pour savoir comment ajuster votre configuration afin de résoudre ce problème." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:51 @@ -333,8 +333,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:108 -msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" -msgstr "Pour toute autre question, veuillez effectuer une recherche ou poster un message sur les [forums de discussion](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" +msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/discussions)" +msgstr "Pour toute autre question, veuillez effectuer une recherche ou poster un message sur les [forums de discussion](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/discussions)" #, no-wrap #~ msgid "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Command-Line-Options.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Command-Line-Options.po index 5b816d8cb..281995165 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Command-Line-Options.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Command-Line-Options.po @@ -2,12 +2,12 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Olivier Humbert , 2022. -# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023. +# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023. # Julien Taverna , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-24 18:48+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-10-04 13:09+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Julien Taverna \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: fr\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Contribution.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Contribution.po index 980b48597..689fab117 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Contribution.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Contribution.po @@ -2,13 +2,13 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Olivier Humbert , 2022. -# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023. +# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023. # Julien Taverna , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-07-30 17:10+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-10-04 13:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Directories.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Directories.po index 450207491..925f6be09 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Directories.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Directories.po @@ -2,12 +2,12 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Julien Taverna , 2022. -# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023. +# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023. # Julien Taverna , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-19 15:17+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-10-04 13:09+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Julien Taverna \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: fr\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/FAQ.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/FAQ.po index 465b3fca6..536634d1f 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/FAQ.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/FAQ.po @@ -2,14 +2,14 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Julien Taverna , 2022. -# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023, 2024. +# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023, 2024. # Julien Taverna , 2023. # cosas , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-04-30 10:43+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-10-04 13:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" "Language-Team: French \n" "Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Getting-Started.po index 4f2afb291..d4f78c41b 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Getting-Started.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Getting-Started.po @@ -3,20 +3,20 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Julien Taverna , 2022. # Olivier Humbert , 2022. -# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023. +# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023, 2024. # Julien Taverna , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-07-30 20:06+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-10-04 13:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n" "X-Language: fr_FR\n" "X-Source-Language: en_150\n" @@ -258,8 +258,8 @@ msgstr "Notez que vous pouvez utiliser la fonction de tchate à tout moment pour #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:88 -msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [Software Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)." -msgstr "Vous trouverez de plus amples informations sur l'utilisation de Jamulus dans le [manuel du logiciel](/wiki/Software-Manual)." +msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)." +msgstr "Vous trouverez de plus amples informations sur l'utilisation de Jamulus dans le [manuel utilisateur](/wiki/Software-Manual)." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:89 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Include-Backing-Up.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Include-Backing-Up.po index f30a212bf..697c31117 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Include-Backing-Up.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Include-Backing-Up.po @@ -2,14 +2,14 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Olivier Humbert , 2022. -# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023. +# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023. # Julien Taverna , 2023. # ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-01 12:29+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-10-04 13:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Include-Client-Commands.po index c254060d7..112b9cc41 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Include-Client-Commands.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Include-Client-Commands.po @@ -2,19 +2,19 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Julien Taverna , 2022. -# Olivier Humbert , 2022. +# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-12-28 15:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-10-04 13:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.10-dev\n" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3 @@ -38,8 +38,8 @@ msgstr "`-j` ou `--nojackconnect` Désactive l'auto-connexion de JACK" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6 -msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)" -msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` Canal du contrôleur MIDI à écouter, décalage du numéro de contrôle et numéros CC consécutifs (canaux) et numéro CC me silencer. Format : `canal[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` Voir [Trucs et astuces](Tips-Tricks-More#utilisation-de-ctrlmidich-pour-les-contrôleurs-midi)" +msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI channel to listen on, Jamulus control + MIDI control number and count of consecutive CC numbers (or Jamulus channels), device selection option. Format: `channel[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dDeviceName]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)." +msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` Canal MIDI à écouter, les contrôles de Jamulus + numéro de contrôle MIDI et le décompte de numéros CC consécutifs (ou canaux Jamulus), option de sélection de périphérique. Format : `canal[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dDeviceName]` Voir [Trucs et astuces](Tips-Tricks-More#utilisation-de---ctrlmidich-pour-les-contrôleurs-midi)." #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Include-Shared-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Include-Shared-Commands.po index 5fcff7186..2eac69e46 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Include-Shared-Commands.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Include-Shared-Commands.po @@ -1,19 +1,20 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023. +# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023. +# Julien Taverna , 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-05 19:50+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-10-04 13:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Julien Taverna \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.10-dev\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:3 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-Android.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-Android.po index 5ce987fa1..e16de8041 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-Android.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-Android.po @@ -2,12 +2,12 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Olivier Humbert , 2022. -# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023. +# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023. # Julien Taverna , 2023, 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-02-13 07:01+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-10-04 13:09+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Julien Taverna \n" "Language-Team: French \n" "Language: fr\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-Linux.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-Linux.po index f14e25d45..69c68e242 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-Linux.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-Linux.po @@ -3,14 +3,14 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Julien Taverna , 2022. # Olivier Humbert , 2022. -# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023, 2024. +# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023, 2024. # Julien Taverna , 2023, 2024. # ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-02-21 17:02+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-10-04 13:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" "Language-Team: French \n" "Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-Macintosh.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-Macintosh.po index 4afca15c2..f8cbbeae3 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-Macintosh.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-Macintosh.po @@ -2,20 +2,20 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Olivier Humbert , 2022. -# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023. +# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023, 2025. # Julien Taverna , 2023, 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-02-13 07:01+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Julien Taverna \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-10-04 13:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" "Language-Team: French \n" "Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.4-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.11.1-dev\n" "X-Language: fr_FR\n" "X-Source-Language: en_150\n" @@ -68,14 +68,14 @@ msgstr "Mise à jour ? Vous pourriez d'abord vouloir [sauvegarder votre configur #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:22 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"1. [Download Jamulus (Universal build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +"1. [Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n" " **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" "1. **Install Jamulus**: Open the downloaded `.dmg` file, agree to the licence, *drag and drop* each icon you see in the window (Jamulus Client and Server) into your *Applications folder*. After that, you can close this window.\n" "1. **Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" msgstr "" -"1. [Télécharger Jamulus (version universelle)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n" -" **Miroir 2 :** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" -"1. **Installer Jamulus** : ouvrez le fichier `.dmg` téléchargé, acceptez la licence, *glisser-déposer* chaque icône que vous voyez dans la fenêtre (Jamulus Client et Server) dans votre *répertoire Applications*. Après cela, vous pouvez fermer cette fenêtre.\n" +"1. [Télécharger Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +" **Miroir 2 :** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +"1. **Installer Jamulus** : ouvrez le fichier `.dmg` téléchargé, acceptez la licence, *glisser-déposer* chaque icône que vous voyez dans la fenêtre (Jamulus Client et Server) dans votre *répertoire Applications*. Après cela, vous pouvez fermer cette fenêtre.\n" "1. **Lancez Jamulus. Vous devriez maintenant être en mesure d'utiliser Jamulus comme n'importe quelle autre application.\n" #. type: Plain text diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-Windows.po index 2d9afcd20..c75c07c9f 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-Windows.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-Windows.po @@ -3,21 +3,21 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Julien Taverna , 2022. # Olivier Humbert , 2022. -# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023. +# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023, 2024. # Julien Taverna , 2023, 2024. # ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-02-13 07:01+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Julien Taverna \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-10-04 13:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" "Language-Team: French \n" "Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.4-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.10-dev\n" "X-Language: fr_FR\n" "X-Source-Language: en_150\n" @@ -121,94 +121,84 @@ msgstr "Si vous n'avez pas de carte son externe, vous n'aurez probablement pas d #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:39 -msgid "You can try two versions of ASIO4ALL. ASIO4ALL v2.14 includes a workaround for a bug which might break other functionality." -msgstr "Vous pouvez essayer deux versions d'ASIO4ALL. ASIO4ALL v2.14 inclut une solution de contournement pour un bogue qui pourrait casser d'autres fonctionnalités." +msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.16 Download](https://asio4all.org/downloads/ASIO4ALL_2_16.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" +msgstr "[Téléchargement ASIO4ALL v2.16](https://asio4all.org/downloads/ASIO4ALL_2_16.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:41 -msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.15 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.15/ASIO4ALL_2_15_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" -msgstr "[Téléchargement ASIO4ALL v2.15](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.15/ASIO4ALL_2_15_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:43 -msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" -msgstr "[Téléchargement ASIO4ALL v2.14](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:45 msgid "[ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" msgstr "[Site ouèbe ASIO4ALL](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:47 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:43 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting up ASIO4ALL" msgstr "Configuration de ASIO4ALL" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:50 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:46 msgid "You may or may not need to experiment a bit depending on your sound hardware. If everything works out of the box, you don't need to do anything." msgstr "Vous devrez peut-être expérimenter un peu en fonction de votre matériel audio. Si tout fonctionne dès le départ, vous n'avez rien à faire." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:52 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:48 #, no-wrap msgid "**Tip:** Set up your sound card while you're [connected to a Server](Getting-Started#connecting-to-a-server-and-testing-your-sound) to hear your instrument or voice and check if everything is correctly set up; but first read on.\n" msgstr "**Astuce :** configurez votre carte son pendant que vous êtes [connecté à un serveur](Getting-Started#se-connecter-à-un-serveur-et-tester-votre-son) pour entendre votre instrument ou votre voix et vérifier si tout est correctement configuré ; mais lisez d'abord ce qui suit.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:55 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:51 msgid "Before you start with Jamulus:" msgstr "Avant de démarrer avec Jamulus :" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:54 msgid "**Close all applications** (especially those which could access your sound card like your browser/media player). ASIO4ALL needs exclusive access to your sound card which means that other programs will not be able to use audio if ASIO4ALL and Jamulus are running." msgstr "**Fermez toutes les applications** (en particulier celles qui pourraient accéder à votre carte son comme votre navigateur/lecteur multimédia). ASIO4ALL a besoin d'un accès exclusif à votre carte son, ce qui signifie que les autres programmes ne pourront pas utiliser l'audio si ASIO4ALL et Jamulus sont en cours d'exécution." #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:54 msgid "If the Jamulus audio doesn’t work out of the box, make sure that only the **correct inputs/outputs** in ASIO4ALL **are switched on**. Everything else should be switched off. Search the [community list of working ASIO4ALL configurations](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) for your configuration or do it manually if you can't find yours:" msgstr "Si l'audio ne fonctionne pas directement, assurez-vous que seules les **entrées/sorties correctes** dans ASIO4All **sont activées**. Tout le reste devrait être désactivé. Recherchez votre configuration dans la [liste communautaire des configurations ASIO4ALL qui fonctionnent](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) ou faites-le manuellement si vous ne trouvez pas la vôtre :" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:59 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:55 #, no-wrap msgid "How to set up ASIO4ALL inputs (Guide)" msgstr "Comment configurer les entrées ASIO4ALL (guide)" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 msgid "Open Jamulus's settings" msgstr "Ouvrez les paramètres de Jamulus" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 msgid "Go to _\"ASIO Device Settings\"_ (column on the left; directly under the selection of the driver)" msgstr "Allez dans les _« Paramètres du périphérique ASIO »_ (colonne de gauche ; directement sous la sélection du pilote)" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 msgid "Enable _advanced view_ in ASIO4ALL (click the tool icon on the bottom right)" msgstr "Activez le panneau _advanced view_ dans ASIO4All (cliquez sur l'icône d'outil en bas à droite)" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 msgid "Enable only the sound card you want to use by clicking on the button next to its name" msgstr "Activez uniquement la carte son que vous voulez utiliser en cliquant sur le bouton à coté de son nom" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 msgid "Open your sound card inputs/outputs by clicking the _plus icon_ next to this sound card" msgstr "Ouvrez les entrées/sorties de votre carte son en cliquant sur l'_icône plus_ à côté de cette carte son" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 msgid "Now enable the correct inputs/outputs in the list under your sound card and disable everything else. You can hover over the inputs/outputs to see which of both they are and if they support the required sample rate for Jamulus of 48kHz (DVD quality)." msgstr "Activez alors les entrées/sorties correctes dans la liste sous votre carte son et désactivez tout le reste. Vous pouvez survoler les entrées/sorties pour voir de quelles entrées/sorties il s'agit et si elles supportent le taux d'échantillonnage requis pour Jamulus de 48kHz (qualité DVD)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:72 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:68 #, no-wrap msgid "" "**Hints:**\n" @@ -222,47 +212,53 @@ msgstr "" "1. Stereo Mix/Stereo Input n'est généralement pas l'entrée/sortie que vous recherchez. Par conséquent, désactivez-la si vous la voyez.\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:73 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:69 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "Dépannage" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:76 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:72 msgid "If nothing works, first restart Jamulus and/or your PC to close background processes that may be accessing your sound card." msgstr "Si rien ne fonctionne, redémarrez d'abord Jamulus et/ou votre PC pour fermer les processus d'arrière-plan qui peuvent accéder à votre carte son." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:78 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:74 msgid "Afterwards, *set up the inputs/outputs again*. Enabled and accessible input/outputs show as lit up power buttons and play buttons in the ASIO4ALL settings. If instead you see a red cross or yellow symbol, close other applications that may be accessing your sound card (e.g. web browser, Zoom, etc)." msgstr "Ensuite, *réglez les entrées/sorties à nouveau*. Les entrées/sorties activées et accessibles sont représentées par des boutons d'alimentation et de lecture allumés dans les paramètres d'ASIO4ALL. Si, au contraire, vous voyez une croix rouge ou un symbole jaune, fermez les autres applications qui peuvent accéder à votre carte son (par exemple, le navigateur, Zoom, etc)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:80 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:76 msgid "Have a look at [this video](https://youtu.be/_GzOsitVgLI) by [trombonepizza](https://github.com/trombonepizza) which gives more detailed setup information on ASIO4ALL." msgstr "Regardez [cette vidéo](https://youtu.be/_GzOsitVgLI) par [trombonepizza](https://github.com/trombonepizza) qui donne des informations plus détaillées sur la configuration de ASIO4ALL." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:82 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:78 msgid "Official and further information about how to configure ASIO4ALL is documented in the official [ASIO4ALL FAQs on the ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/index.php/help/faq/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}." msgstr "Des informations officielles et supplémentaires sur la façon de configurer ASIO4ALL sont documentées dans la [FAQ officielle d'ASIO4ALL sur le site web d'ASIO4ALL](https://www.asio4all.org/index.php/help/faq/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:83 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:79 #, no-wrap msgid "All installed?" msgstr "Tout est installé ?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:86 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:82 msgid "Take a look at" msgstr "Jetez un coup d'œil à la" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:87 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:83 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "[Page de démarrage](Getting-Started){: .button}" +#~ msgid "You can try two versions of ASIO4ALL. ASIO4ALL v2.14 includes a workaround for a bug which might break other functionality." +#~ msgstr "Vous pouvez essayer deux versions d'ASIO4ALL. ASIO4ALL v2.14 inclut une solution de contournement pour un bogue qui pourrait casser d'autres fonctionnalités." + +#~ msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" +#~ msgstr "[Téléchargement ASIO4ALL v2.14](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" + #~ msgid "# Installation for Windows" #~ msgstr "# Installation sous Windows" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-iOS.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-iOS.po index b4a6f7e94..6791539db 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-iOS.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-iOS.po @@ -2,14 +2,14 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Olivier Humbert , 2022. -# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023, 2024. +# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023, 2024. # Julien Taverna , 2023, 2024. # ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-04 19:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-10-04 13:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" "Language-Team: French \n" "Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Privacy-Statement.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Privacy-Statement.po index e8945880a..3c0bbeee1 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Privacy-Statement.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Privacy-Statement.po @@ -2,20 +2,21 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Julien Taverna , 2022. -# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023. +# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023. # Julien Taverna , 2023. +# Olivier Humbert , 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-07-30 17:10+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-10-04 13:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 @@ -104,8 +105,8 @@ msgstr "Informations générales" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:30 -msgid "Under normal use with software downloaded from this website that has not been modified, your user profile information is exchanged with Servers you connect to, peers connected to those same Servers, and to third parties (including Directories) that use the Jamulus protocol. This information is limited to your Jamulus name, city, country, instrument, and skill level as you have set them in your profile. The Servers you connect to will also have access to your internet address (IP Address) as it is required for the software to work; but this information is not shared with peers on the same Server or available to third parties." -msgstr "Dans le cadre d'une utilisation normale d'un logiciel téléchargé à partir de ce site web et qui n'a pas été modifié, les informations de votre profil utilisateur sont échangées avec les serveurs auxquels vous vous connectez, les pairs connectés à ces mêmes serveurs et les tierces parties (y compris les annuaires) qui utilisent le protocole Jamulus. Ces informations se limitent à votre nom Jamulus, votre ville, votre pays, votre instrument et votre niveau de compétence tels que vous les avez définis dans votre profil. Les serveurs auxquels vous vous connectez ont également accès à votre adresse Internet (adresse IP), qui est nécessaire au fonctionnement du logiciel, mais ces informations ne sont pas partagées avec les autres utilisateurs du même serveur et ne sont pas accessibles à des tierces parties." +msgid "Under normal use with software downloaded from this website that has not been modified, your user profile information is exchanged with Servers you connect to, peers connected to those same Servers, and to third parties (including Directories) that use the Jamulus protocol. This information is limited to your Jamulus name, city, country, instrument, and skill level as you have set them in your profile. Directories from which you request Server lists, Servers displayed in the Connect Dialog and Servers you connect to will also have access to your internet address (IP Address) as it is required for the software to work; but this information is not shared with peers on the same Server or available to third parties." +msgstr "Dans le cadre d'une utilisation normale d'un logiciel téléchargé à partir de ce site web et qui n'a pas été modifié, les informations de votre profil utilisateur sont échangées avec les serveurs auxquels vous vous connectez, les pairs connectés à ces mêmes serveurs et les tierces parties (y compris les annuaires) qui utilisent le protocole Jamulus. Ces informations se limitent à votre nom Jamulus, votre ville, votre pays, votre instrument et votre niveau de compétence tels que vous les avez définis dans votre profil. Les répertoires à partir desquels vous demandez des listes de serveurs, les serveurs affichés dans la boîte de dialogue Connexion et les serveurs auxquels vous vous connectez ont également accès à votre adresse Internet (adresse IP), qui est nécessaire au fonctionnement du logiciel, mais ces informations ne sont pas partagées avec les autres utilisateurs du même serveur et ne sont pas accessibles à des tierces parties." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:32 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/QOS-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/QOS-Windows.po index 84828d665..ac9f58929 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/QOS-Windows.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/QOS-Windows.po @@ -2,13 +2,13 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Olivier Humbert , 2022. -# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023. +# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023. # Julien Taverna , 2023. # ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-01 19:05+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-10-04 13:09+0000\n" "Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: fr\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Running-a-Server.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Running-a-Server.po index e03de1ad3..75544fe5a 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Running-a-Server.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Running-a-Server.po @@ -3,21 +3,22 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Julien Taverna , 2022. # Olivier Humbert , 2022. -# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023. +# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023. # Julien Taverna , 2023. # ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023. +# Olivier Humbert , 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-12-02 12:06+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-10-04 13:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" "Language-Team: French \n" "Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.3-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n" "X-Language: fr_FR\n" "X-Source-Language: en_150\n" @@ -94,8 +95,8 @@ msgstr "Dois-je administrer un serveur ?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:23 #, no-wrap -msgid "**No**. You don't need to run a Server. You can use the Servers listed by the built-in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server yourself. You can also use an unlisted Server if you know its internet address. Or you can use a third party hosting service such as [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/) or [KOORD](https://koord.live/). There's probably a Server nearby that you and your friends can use at low enough latency for most needs.\n" -msgstr "**Non**. Vous n'avez pas besoin d'exécuter un serveur. Vous pouvez utiliser les serveurs répertoriés par les annuaires intégrés et utiliser Jamulus sans exécuter vous-même un serveur. Vous pouvez également utiliser un serveur non répertorié si vous connaissez son adresse Internet. Ou vous pouvez utiliser un service d'hébergement tiers tel que [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/) ou [KOORD](https://koord.live/). Il y a probablement un serveur à proximité que vous et vos amis pouvez utiliser avec une latence suffisamment faible pour la plupart des besoins.\n" +msgid "**No**. You don't need to run a Server. You can use the Servers listed by the built-in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server yourself. You can also use an unlisted Server if you know its internet address. Or you can use a third party hosting service such as [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/). There's probably a Server nearby that you and your friends can use at low enough latency for most needs.\n" +msgstr "**Non**. Vous n'avez pas besoin d'exécuter un serveur. Vous pouvez utiliser les serveurs répertoriés par les annuaires intégrés et utiliser Jamulus sans exécuter vous-même un serveur. Vous pouvez également utiliser un serveur non répertorié si vous connaissez son adresse Internet. Ou vous pouvez utiliser un service d'hébergement tiers tel que [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/). Il y a probablement un serveur à proximité que vous et vos amis pouvez utiliser avec une latence suffisamment faible pour la plupart des besoins.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:25 @@ -631,186 +632,169 @@ msgstr "Activer l'enregistrement, définir le chemin et le nom de fichier" #. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:230 #, no-wrap -msgid "`-m or --htmlstatus`" -msgstr "`-m ou --htmlstatus`" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:232 -msgid "Enable HTML status file, set path and file name" -msgstr "Active le fichier d'état HTML, définit le chemin et le nom du fichier" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:234 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Note:** This feature is deprecated, and may disappear in a future release.\n" -msgstr "**Note :** cette fonctionnalité est obsolète et pourrait disparaître dans une prochaine version.\n" - -#. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:235 -#, no-wrap msgid "`-P or --delaypan`" msgstr "`-P ou --delaypan`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:237 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:232 msgid "Start with delay panning enabled. This option uses small differences in sound arrival time between the two ears. It produces a stereo effect similar to natural human hearing when compared to normal “volume” panning." msgstr "Commencez avec le délai panoramique activé. Cette option utilise les petites différences de temps d'arrivée du son entre les deux oreilles. Elle produit un effet stéréo similaire à l'audition humaine naturelle par rapport à un panoramique normal de \"volume\"." #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:238 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:233 #, no-wrap msgid "`-s` or `--server`" msgstr "`-s` ou `--server`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:240 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:235 msgid "Start Jamulus in Server mode" msgstr "Démarrer Jamulus en mode serveur" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:236 #, no-wrap msgid "`--serverbindip`" msgstr "`--serverbindip`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:243 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:238 msgid "Specify the IP address the Jamulus process will bind to." msgstr "Spécifie l'adresse IP à laquelle le processus Jamulus se liera." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:245 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:240 msgid "Normally, Jamulus will listen on all IP addresses on the host machine. Where the host has multiple network addresses, this option allows one of the addresses to be chosen." msgstr "Normalement, Jamulus écoutera sur toutes les adresses IP de la machine hôte. Lorsque l'hôte possède plusieurs adresses réseau, cette option permet de choisir l'une des adresses." #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:246 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241 #, no-wrap msgid "`-T or --multithreading`" msgstr "`-T ou --multithreading`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:248 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:243 msgid "Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs. This setting may help the Server support more Clients. See also `--numchannels`" msgstr "Utilise le multithreading pour mieux utiliser les processeurs multi-cœurs. Ce paramètre peut aider le serveur à prendre en charge plus de clients. Voir aussi `--numchannels`" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:249 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:244 #, no-wrap msgid "`-u or --numchannels`" msgstr "`-u ou --numchannels`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:251 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:246 msgid "Maximum number of channels (Clients)" msgstr "Nombre maximum de canaux (clients)" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:252 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:247 #, no-wrap msgid "`-z or --startminimized`" msgstr "`-z ou --startminimized`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:249 msgid "Start the Jamulus Server graphical user interface in the minimized window state." msgstr "Démarrez l'interface utilisateur graphique du serveur Jamulus dans l'état de fenêtre réduite." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:255 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:250 #, no-wrap msgid "Other options" msgstr "Autres options" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:258 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:253 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:259 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254 #, no-wrap msgid "Controlling the Server via API" msgstr "Contrôle du serveur via l'API" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:262 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:257 msgid "Jamulus can be controlled via an experimental API which is subject to changes. You can find the [JSON-RPC API documented in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md). JSON-RPC allows you to control some features like changing the welcome message or starting recordings in headless mode from authenticated external applications. It works while the server is running." msgstr "Jamulus peut être contrôlé via une API expérimentale qui est sujette à des changements. Vous pouvez trouver l'API [JSON-RPC documentée dans le dépôt principal (en anglais)](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md). JSON-RPC vous permet de contrôler certaines fonctionnalités telles que la modification du message de bienvenue ou le lancement d'enregistrements en mode sans-affichage à partir d'applications externes authentifiées. Il fonctionne lorsque le serveur est en cours d'exécution." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:265 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:260 #, no-wrap msgid "Recording" msgstr "Enregistrement" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:267 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:262 #, no-wrap msgid "`-R or --recording`" msgstr "`-R ou --recording`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:269 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:264 msgid "Set Server recording directory. By default, the Server will record when a session is active." msgstr "Définir le répertoire d'enregistrement du serveur. Par défaut, le serveur enregistre lorsqu'une session est active." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:271 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:266 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** You will need to save recordings to a path _outside_ of the jamulus home directory, or remove `ProtectHome=true` from your systemd unit file, but be aware that doing could be a security risk.\n" msgstr "**Remarque :** vous devrez sauvegarder les enregistrements dans un chemin _hors_ du répertoire personnel de jamulus, ou supprimer `ProtectHome=true` de votre fichier d'unité systemd, mais sachez que cela représente toutefois un risque potentiel pour la sécurité.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:273 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:268 msgid "Recordings are per track in [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` format and [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Open the respective files to listen to them in those applications." msgstr "Les enregistrements sont par piste au format [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` et [REAPER](https://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Reaper_(logiciel)) `.rpp`. Ouvrez les fichiers respectifs pour les écouter dans ces applications." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:275 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:270 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** When your Server is recording, Clients display a red banner message that the session is being recorded.\n" msgstr "**Remarque** : lorsque votre serveur enregistre, les clients affichent un message en bannière rouge indiquant que l'enregistrement est en cours.\n" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:276 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:271 #, no-wrap msgid "`--norecord`" msgstr "`--norecord`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:278 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:273 msgid "Set server not to record by default when recording is configured." msgstr "Configurer le serveur pour qu'il n'enregistre pas par défaut lorsque l'enregistrement est configuré." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:280 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:275 #, no-wrap msgid "Controlling Recording" msgstr "Contrôler l'enregistrement" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:283 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:278 msgid "Recording starts once the first person connects to the Server, and stops when the last person leaves." msgstr "L'enregistrement commence dès que la première personne se connecte au serveur et s'arrête lorsque la dernière personne le quitte." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:285 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:280 msgid "If the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new directory. SIGUSR2 will toggle recording on/off. If [JSON-RPC](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) is enabled, you will also be able to manage the server in a way comparable to the GUI. Please see the (experimental) [JSON-RPC documentation on the recorder](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md#jamulusserverstartrecording)." msgstr "Si le serveur reçoit un signal SIGUSR1 pendant un enregistrement, il démarre un nouvel enregistrement dans un nouveau répertoire. SIGUSR2 permet d'activer ou de désactiver l'enregistrement. Si [JSON-RPC](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) est activé, vous pourrez également gérer le serveur d'une manière comparable à l'interface graphique. Veuillez consulter la documentation (expérimentale) [JSON-RPC sur l'enregistreur (en anglais)](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md#jamulusserverstartrecording)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:288 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:283 msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." msgstr "Pour envoyer ces signaux en utilisant systemd, créez les deux fichiers `.service` suivants dans `/etc/systemd/system`, en les appelant de manière appropriée (par exemple, `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:290 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:285 msgid "To turn recording on or off (depending on the current state):" msgstr "Pour activer ou désactiver l'enregistrement (selon l'état actuel) :" #. type: Fenced code block -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:291 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:286 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [Unit]\n" @@ -830,12 +814,12 @@ msgstr "" " ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 jamulus-headless\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:302 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:297 msgid "To start a new recording:" msgstr "Pour démarrer un nouvel enregistrement :" #. type: Fenced code block -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:303 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:298 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [Unit]\n" @@ -855,151 +839,162 @@ msgstr "" " ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 jamulus-headless\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:314 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:309 msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name used by systemd to control your Jamulus Server. By default, if you use the `.deb` files from the repository, it is `jamulus-headless`, as in this example." msgstr "_Remarque : le nom du service Jamulus dans la ligne `ExecStart` doit être le même que le nom du fichier `.service` utilisé par systemd pour contrôler votre serveur Jamulus. Par défaut, si vous utilisez les fichiers `.deb` du dépôt, il s'agit de `jamulus-headless`, comme dans cet exemple." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:316 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:311 msgid "Run `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` to register them for first use." msgstr "Exécutez `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` pour les enregistrer pour la première utilisation." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:318 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:313 msgid "Now you can run these with the `systemctl` command, for example:" msgstr "Vous pouvez maintenant les exécuter avec la commande `systemctl`, par exemple :" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:320 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:315 msgid "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec`" msgstr "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:322 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:317 msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (or the respective service name you specified manually). You can also view your (sys)log." msgstr "Vous pouvez voir le résultat de ces commandes si vous exécutez `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (ou le nom du service que vous avez spécifié manuellement). Vous pouvez également consulter votre journal (système)." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:325 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:320 #, no-wrap msgid "Adding metadata to the Server" msgstr "Ajouter des métadonnées au serveur" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:328 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:323 msgid "You can add metadata to the welcome message of a Server to add additional, hidden information like contact information or policy requests for bots (this is comparable to [robots.txt](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Robots.txt)). See the [Community Knowledge Base entry about metadata](/kb/2023/07/30/Server-Metadata.html) for more information." msgstr "Vous pouvez ajouter des métadonnées au message de bienvenue d'un serveur afin d'ajouter des informations supplémentaires et cachées telles que des informations de contact ou des demandes de politique pour les robots (c'est comparable à [robots.txt](https://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Protocole_d%27exclusion_des_robots)). Voir l'[entrée de la base de connaissances de la communauté sur les métadonnées](/kb/2023/07/30/Server-Metadata.html) pour plus d'informations." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:331 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:326 #, no-wrap msgid "Servers on the desktop" msgstr "Serveurs sur le bureau" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:334 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:329 msgid "Jamulus can run in Server mode in the graphical environment of a computer. This gives you a graphical user interface to control most of the settings. To do this, first [install Jamulus for your platform](Getting-Started), then do one of the following:" msgstr "Jamulus peut être exécuté en mode Serveur dans l'environnement graphique d'un ordinateur. Cela vous donne une interface utilisateur graphique pour contrôler la plupart des paramètres. Pour ce faire, commencez par [installer Jamulus pour votre plate-forme](Getting-Started), puis effectuez l'une des opérations suivantes :" #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:336 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:331 msgid "**Windows users** - Use the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in the Windows Start menu. If you want the Server to start automatically when you start Windows, check the box for this option." msgstr "**Utilisateurs de Windows** - Utilisez l'icône \"Jamulus Server\" dans le menu Démarrer de Windows. Si vous souhaitez que le serveur démarre automatiquement lorsque vous lancez Windows, cochez la case de cette option." #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:338 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:333 msgid "**macOS users** - Double-click the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in Applications." msgstr "**Utilisateurs de macOS** - Double-cliquez sur l'icône \"Serveur Jamulus\" dans Applications." #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:340 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:335 msgid "**Linux users** - Launch the \"Jamulus Server\" shortcut. Or you can open a terminal window (`CTRL+ALT+t` on Debian and related distros), type `jamulus -s` and hit return." msgstr "**Utilisateurs de Linux** - Lancez le raccourci « Jamulus Serveur ». Ou vous pouvez ouvrir une fenêtre de terminal (`CTRL + ALT + t` sur Debian et les distributions associées), tapez `jamulus -s` et appuyez sur entrée." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:342 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:337 msgid "While most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, others can only be set using options given in a terminal window when the Server is launched. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." msgstr "Si la plupart des fonctions courantes de Jamulus peuvent être définies à l'aide de l'interface graphique, d'autres ne peuvent l'être qu'à l'aide d'options données dans une fenêtre de terminal lors du lancement du serveur. La manière exacte de procéder dépend de votre système d'exploitation." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:344 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:339 #, no-wrap msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose **Properties** > **Target**. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" msgstr "Par exemple, sous Windows, pour utiliser un fichier de paramètres spécifique, faites un clic-droit sur le raccourci de Jamulus et choisissez **Propriétés** > **Cible**. Ajoutez les arguments nécessaires à Jamulus.exe\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:346 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:341 #, no-wrap msgid " `\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" msgstr " `\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:343 msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" msgstr "Pour macOS, démarrez une fenêtre de Terminal et exécutez Jamulus avec les options souhaitées comme ceci :" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:350 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:345 #, no-wrap msgid " `/Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" msgstr " `/Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:352 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:347 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note** Command line options will set the Server’s defaults at startup. You can override them while the Server is running using their corresponding GUI controls.\n" msgstr "**Note** Les options de la ligne de commande définissent les valeurs par défaut du serveur au démarrage. Vous pouvez les remplacer par les contrôles correspondants de l'interface graphique lorsque le serveur est en cours d'exécution.\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:353 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348 #, no-wrap msgid "The Server status icon" msgstr "L'icône d'état du serveur" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:356 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:351 msgid "When a Server is running in GUI mode, the operating system will show an icon in the system tray or status area that indicates whether the Server has connections:" msgstr "Lorsque le serveur fonctionne en mode graphique, le système d'exploitation affiche une icône dans la barre d'état système ou dans la zone d'état qui indique si le serveur a des connexions :" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:358 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:353 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
The Server is empty\n" msgstr "
\"Image
Le serveur est vide\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:360 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:355 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
The Server is occupied\n" msgstr "
\"Image
Le serveur est occupé\n" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:363 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:358 #, no-wrap msgid "Backing up the Server" msgstr "Sauvegarder le serveur" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:366 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:361 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:368 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:363 msgid "Headless Servers do not use `.ini` files. All configuration is given as command line options. If you are running a Server in GUI mode, after reading any command line options on start, it will store its configuration in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file." msgstr "Les serveurs sans affichage n'utilisent pas de fichiers `.ini`. Toute la configuration est donnée sous forme d'options de ligne de commande. Si vous exécutez un serveur en mode graphique, après avoir lu les options de la ligne de commande au démarrage, il stockera sa configuration dans le fichier `Jamulusserver.ini`." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:369 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:364 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "Dépannage" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:371 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:366 msgid "If you are having other problems, [see this guide](Server-Troubleshooting)." msgstr "Si vous avez un autre problème, [regardez ce guide](Server-Troubleshooting)." +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "`-m or --htmlstatus`" +#~ msgstr "`-m ou --htmlstatus`" + +#~ msgid "Enable HTML status file, set path and file name" +#~ msgstr "Active le fichier d'état HTML, définit le chemin et le nom du fichier" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**Note:** This feature is deprecated, and may disappear in a future release.\n" +#~ msgstr "**Note :** cette fonctionnalité est obsolète et pourrait disparaître dans une prochaine version.\n" + #, no-wrap #~ msgid "" #~ " [Unit]\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Server-Bandwidth.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Server-Bandwidth.po index 65400eb21..77ad32c88 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Server-Bandwidth.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Server-Bandwidth.po @@ -2,13 +2,13 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Julien Taverna , 2022. -# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023. +# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023. # Julien Taverna , 2023. # ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-01 19:05+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-10-04 13:09+0000\n" "Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: fr\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Server-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Server-Troubleshooting.po index 2a8c2f389..0a2287890 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Server-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Server-Troubleshooting.po @@ -3,12 +3,12 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Julien Taverna , 2022. # Olivier Humbert , 2022. -# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023. +# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023. # Julien Taverna , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-20 11:08+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-10-04 13:09+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Julien Taverna \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: fr\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Software-Manual.po index 69d3a0c9c..eb6504c0b 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Software-Manual.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Software-Manual.po @@ -3,20 +3,21 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Julien Taverna , 2022. # Olivier Humbert , 2022. -# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023, 2024. -# Julien Taverna , 2023, 2024. +# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023, 2024, 2025. +# Julien Taverna , 2023, 2024, 2025. +# Olivier Humbert , 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-04 19:21+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-10-04 13:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" "Language-Team: French \n" "Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n" "X-Language: fr_FR\n" "X-Source-Language: en_150\n" @@ -38,17 +39,11 @@ msgstr "wiki" msgid "/wiki/Software-Manual" msgstr "/wiki/Software-Manual" -#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Software Manual" -msgstr "Manuel du logiciel" - #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7 #, no-wrap -msgid "Jamulus User Manual" -msgstr "Manuel du logiciel Jamulus" +msgid "User Manual" +msgstr "Manuel utilisateur" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:9 @@ -86,8 +81,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:20 #, no-wrap -msgid " \n" -msgstr " \n" +msgid "\n" +msgstr "\n" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:21 @@ -118,8 +113,8 @@ msgstr "Ping, Délai et Gigue" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:32 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large. \n" -msgstr "**Ping** indique la latence de votre réseau en millisecondes, le plus bas étant le mieux. Le temps de ping contribue au délai global (voir ci-dessous). La cause la plus probable d'un ping élevé est que votre distance au serveur est trop grande. \n" +msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large.\n" +msgstr "**Ping** indique la latence de votre réseau en millisecondes, le plus bas étant le mieux. Le temps de ping contribue au délai global (voir ci-dessous). La cause la plus probable d'un ping élevé est que votre distance au serveur est trop grande.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:34 @@ -230,8 +225,8 @@ msgstr "Tchate" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:75 -msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message is received." -msgstr "Ouvre la fenêtre de tchate. Le texte saisi est envoyé à tous les clients connectés. Si un nouveau message de tchate arrive et que la fenêtre de tchate n'est pas déjà ouverte, elle s'ouvrira automatiquement pour tous les clients. Voir dans les paramètres pour activer optionnellement une alerte sonore lorsqu'un nouveau message de tchate est reçu." +msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message arrives." +msgstr "Ouvre la fenêtre de tchate. Le texte saisi est envoyé à tous les clients connectés. Si un nouveau message de tchate arrive et que la fenêtre de tchate n'est pas déjà ouverte, elle s'ouvrira automatiquement pour tous les clients. Voir dans les paramètres pour activer optionnellement une alerte sonore lorsqu'un nouveau message de tchate arrive." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:76 @@ -252,8 +247,8 @@ msgstr "
Connection Setup..." +msgstr "Fichier > Configuration de connexion..." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140 +msgid "Opens the [connection dialogue (see above)](#connectdisconnect-button)." +msgstr "Ouvre la [fenêtre de connexion (voir ci-dessus)](#connectdisconnect-button)." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:141 +#, no-wrap +msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup" +msgstr "Fichier > Charger/sauvegarder la configuration des canaux du mixeur" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:144 +msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band. This stores your settings for each person's fader volume, pan setting, mute and solo state. You can load this mix any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window." +msgstr "Vous pouvez enregistrer et restaurer le mixage de votre groupe. Ce mixage stocke vos réglages pour le volume du chariot de chaque personne, le réglage du panoramique, la sourdine et l'état du solo. Vous pouvez charger ce mixage à tout moment (même lorsque vous jouez). Le chargement peut également se faire par glisser/déposer dans la fenêtre de la table de mixage." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:145 +#, no-wrap +msgid "File > Exit" +msgstr "Fichier > Quitter" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:148 +msgid "Closes all the windows and exits the application." +msgstr "Ferme toutes les fenêtres et quitte l'application." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:149 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Edit > Clear All Stored Solo/Mute Settings" +msgstr "Éditer > Effacer tous les réglages solo/silence enregistrés" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:152 +msgid "Whenever you Solo or Mute a channel, Jamulus remembers these settings. Even if that person leaves and rejoins - or you join a server where they are playing - the settings will automatically be applied. Use this command to clear _all_ these stored settings." +msgstr "Chaque fois que vous mettez un canal en solo ou en sourdine, Jamulus se souvient de ces paramètres. Même si cette personne quitte et rejoint à nouveau le canal - ou si vous rejoignez un serveur où elle joue - les réglages seront automatiquement appliqués. Utilisez cette commande pour effacer _tous_ ces réglages mémorisés." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:153 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Edit > Set All Faders to New Client Level" +msgstr "Éditer > Régler tous les chariots sur le nouveau niveau du client" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:156 +msgid "Applies the [configured \"New Client Level\"](#new-client-level) to all currently connected channels." +msgstr "Applique la [configuration \"Niveau des nouveaux clients\"](#new-client-level) à tous les canaux actuellement connectés." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:157 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders" +msgstr "Éditer > Auto-ajustement de tous les chariots" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:160 +msgid "Applies a one-off fader adjustment to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece." +msgstr "Applique un ajustement de chariot unique à chaque canal en fonction de son volume. Utile pour les grands ensembles afin d'obtenir un mixage global raisonnable, bien que des ajustements individuels puissent encore être nécessaires. À appliquer de préférence pendant un échauffement ou une partie uniforme du morceau de musique." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:161 +#, no-wrap +msgid "View > (sort options)" +msgstr "Affichage > (options de tri)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:166 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"Most items under the \"View\" menu allow you to adjust the order Jamulus chooses to display channels on the server:\n" +"* Own Fader First
\n" +"This option can be used in addition to the others to move your own channel to always be the leftmost, irrespective of the sort order of the other channels.\n" +msgstr "" +"La plupart des éléments du menu \"Affichage\" vous permettent d'ajuster l'ordre dans lequel Jamulus choisit d'afficher les canaux sur le serveur :\n" +"* Canal personnel en premier
\n" +"Cette option peut être utilisée en plus des autres pour que votre propre canal soit toujours le plus à gauche, quel que soit l'ordre de tri des autres canaux.\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:178 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* No user sorting
\n" +"This does not take any user details into account when sorting. It sorts by the order channels join the current server as described further up, with new channels being added to the right-hand end.\n" +"* Sort by Name
\n" +"Sorts by the name someone has chosen in their profile.\n" +"* Sort by Instrument / City
\n" +"Sorts by the instrument or city someone has in their profile, along with their name.\n" +"* Sort by Group
\n" +"Where the fader group feature is in use, this sorts in ascending group number from left to right (and within that, by name), with any ungrouped channels off to the right.\n" +"* Sort by Channel
\n" +"Where Jamulus channel controls (fader, mute, solo, etc) are being controlled by MIDI (see [Using --ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)), this sorts by the channel number to help ensure a stable sort order that aligns with MIDI hardware controls.\n" +"Note that in Jamulus clients before version 3.12.0, channel numbers are assigned directly by the server. Clients from 3.12.0 onwards manage their own channel number assignments and always assign channel 0 to the local user (provided the server version is at least 3.5.5).\n" +msgstr "" +"* Pas de tri par utilisateur
\n" +"Cette option ne prend pas en compte les détails de l'utilisateur lors du tri. Le tri se fait selon l'ordre dans lequel les canaux rejoignent le serveur actuel, comme décrit plus haut, les nouveaux canaux étant ajoutés à l'extrémité droite.\n" +"* Tri par nom
\n" +"Ce tri est effectué en fonction du nom que l'utilisateur a choisi dans son profil.\n" +"* Trier par Instrument / Ville
\n" +"Permet d'effectuer un tri en fonction de l'instrument ou de la ville que l'utilisateur a choisi dans son profil, ainsi que de son nom.\n" +"* Trier par groupe
\n" +"Lorsque la fonction de groupe de chariots est utilisée, le tri se fait par numéro de groupe croissante de gauche à droite (et à l'intérieur de celui-ci, par nom), avec tous les canaux non groupés à droite.\n" +"* Trier par canal
\n" +"Lorsque les contrôles de canaux de Jamulus (fader, mute, solo, etc) sont contrôlés par MIDI (voir [Utiliser --ctrlmidich pour les contrôleurs MIDI](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)), ceci permet de trier par numéro de canal afin d'assurer un ordre de tri stable qui s'aligne sur les contrôles matériels MIDI.\n" +"Notez que dans les clients Jamulus antérieurs à la version 3.12.0, les numéros de canaux sont attribués directement par le serveur. Les clients à partir de la version 3.12.0 gèrent leurs propres numéros de canaux et attribuent toujours le canal 0 à l'utilisateur local (à condition que la version du serveur soit au moins la 3.5.5).\n" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179 +#, no-wrap +msgid "View > Chat" +msgstr "Affichage > Tchate" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:182 +msgid "Opens the [Chat](#chat) window." +msgstr "Ouvre la fenêtre de [Tchate](#chat)." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Settings Menu" +msgstr "Menu de paramètres" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:186 +msgid "Allows direct access to each of the [Settings](#settings) tabs." +msgstr "Permet d'accéder directement à chacun des onglets [Configurations](#settings)." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:187 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Help" +msgstr "Aide" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:190 +msgid "Provides access to the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) and [User Manual](Software-Manual) (this page) on the website, along with copyright, licence and acknowledgement details. There is also a \"What's This?\" option for getting more details on parts of the client display." +msgstr "Permet d'accéder au [Guide de démarrage](Getting-Started) et au [Manuel de l'utilisateur](Software-Manual) (cette page) sur le site web, ainsi qu'aux informations relatives aux droits d'auteur, à la licence et aux précisions de remerciements. Il existe également une option \"Qu'est-ce que c'est ?\" qui permet d'obtenir plus de détails sur certaines parties de l'affichage du client." + #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:192 #, no-wrap msgid "Settings" msgstr "Paramètres" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194 #, no-wrap msgid "My Profile" msgstr "Mon profil" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:136 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198 msgid "From the Settings menu, select \"My Profile...\" to set your Alias/Name which is displayed below your fader in the server audio mixer board." msgstr "Dans le menu Paramètres, sélectionnez \"Mon profil...\" pour définir l'alias/nom qui s'affiche sous votre chariot dans le panneau de mixage audio du serveur." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:200 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"Image
\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:202 msgid "If you set an instrument and/or country, icons for these selections will also be shown below your fader. The skill setting changes the background colour of the fader tag and the city entry shows up in the tool tip of the fader tag:" msgstr "Si vous paramétrez un instrument et/ou un pays, les icônes de ces sélections s'afficheront également sous votre chariot. Le paramètre de compétence modifie la couleur de fond de l'étiquette du chariot et le nom de la ville s'affiche dans l'info-bulle de l'étiquette du chariot :" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:204 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"Image
\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:143 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:205 #, no-wrap msgid "Skin" msgstr "Thème graphique" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:146 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:208 msgid "This applies a skin to the main window, some of which are designed to accommodate larger ensembles." msgstr "Ceci applique un habillage à la fenêtre principale, dont certains sont conçus pour accueillir des ensembles plus importants." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:147 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:209 #, no-wrap msgid "Meter style" msgstr "Style de vu-mètre" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:150 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:212 msgid "This changes the visual style of the audio meters, independently of the chosen skin." msgstr "Cela modifier le style visuel des indicateurs audio, indépendamment de l'habillage choisi." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:151 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:213 #, no-wrap msgid "Mixer rows" msgstr "Rangées du mixeur" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:154 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:216 msgid "This sets the number of rows displayed in the server audio mixer, for use with larger ensembles." msgstr "Ce paramètre définit le nombre de rangées affichées dans le mixeur audio du serveur, pour une utilisation avec de plus grands ensembles." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:155 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:217 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio Alerts" msgstr "Alertes audio" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:158 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220 msgid "This turns on a sound alert for when someone joins a Server, or when receiving a new chat message." msgstr "Cette option permet d'activer une alerte sonore lorsqu'une personne rejoint un serveur ou lorsqu'elle reçoit un nouveau message de tchate." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:159 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:221 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio/Network Setup" msgstr "Configuration audio/réseau" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:162 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:224 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"Image
\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:225 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio Device" msgstr "Périphérique audio" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:167 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:229 msgid "Under the Windows operating system the ASIO driver (sound card) can be selected using Jamulus. If the selected ASIO driver is not valid an error message is shown and the previous valid driver is selected. Under macOS the input and output hardware can be selected." msgstr "Sous le système d'exploitation Windows, le pilote ASIO (carte son) peut être sélectionné à l'aide de Jamulus. Si le pilote ASIO sélectionné n'est pas valide, un message d'erreur s'affiche et le pilote valide précédemment est sélectionné. Sous macOS, le matériel d'entrée et de sortie peut être sélectionné." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:168 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230 #, no-wrap msgid "Input/output channel mapping" msgstr "Mappage des canaux d'entrée/sortie" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:233 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"Image
\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237 msgid "If the selected sound card device offers more than one input or output channel, the _Input Channel Mapping and Output Channel Mapping_ settings are visible. For each Jamulus input/output channel (left and right channel) a different actual sound card channel can be selected." msgstr "Si le périphérique de la carte son sélectionné offre plus d'un canal d'entrée ou de sortie, les paramètres _cartographie des canaux d'entrée (Input Channel Mapping) et cartographie des canaux de sortie (Output Channel Mapping)_ sont visibles. Pour chaque canal d'entrée/sortie Jamulus (canal gauche et droit) un canal réel différent de la carte son peut être sélectionné." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:176 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:238 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio channels" msgstr "Canaux audio" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179 -msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and server." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241 +msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and Server." msgstr "Sélectionne le nombre de canaux audio à utiliser pour la communication entre le client et le serveur." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:181 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:243 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note**: It is better to run separate Client instances per voice/instrument, where each Client has its own ini file, rather than using this built-in mono pair to stereo mixer.\n" msgstr "**Note** : c'est mieux d'exécuter des instances de client séparées par voix/instrument, où chaque client a son propre fichier ini, plutôt que d'utiliser ce mélangeur intégré de paire mono à stéréo.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:245 msgid "There are three modes available:" msgstr "Voici les trois modes disponibles :" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:185 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:247 #, no-wrap msgid "**Mono** and **Stereo** modes use one and two audio channels respectively.\n" msgstr "Les modes **Mono** et **Stéréo** utilisent respectivement un et deux canaux audio.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:188 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250 #, no-wrap msgid "" "**Mono-in/Stereo-out**: The audio signal sent to the server is mono but the return signal is stereo. This is useful if the sound card has the instrument on one input channel and the microphone on the other. In that case\n" @@ -507,151 +658,151 @@ msgstr "" "les deux signaux d'entrée peuvent être mixés sur un canal mono, mais le mixage du serveur est entendu en stéréo.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:191 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:253 msgid "Enabling stereo mode will increase your stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." msgstr "L'activation du mode stéréo augmente le débit de données de votre flux. Assurez-vous que votre taux de téléchargement ne dépasse pas la vitesse de téléchargement disponible de votre connexion Internet." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:256 msgid "In stereo streaming mode, no audio channel selection for the reverb effect will be available on the main window since the effect is applied to both channels in this case." msgstr "En mode de streaming stéréo, aucune sélection de canal audio pour l'effet de réverbération n'est disponible dans la fenêtre principale puisque l'effet est appliqué aux deux canaux dans ce cas." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:195 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:257 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio quality" msgstr "Qualité audio" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:260 msgid "The higher the audio quality, the higher your audio stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." msgstr "Plus la qualité audio est élevée, plus le débit de données de votre flux audio est élevé. Assurez-vous que votre taux de téléchargement ne dépasse pas la vitesse de téléchargement disponible de votre connexion Internet." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:261 #, no-wrap msgid "Buffer Delay" msgstr "Délai de mise en mémoire tampon" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:203 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265 msgid "The buffer delay setting is a fundamental setting of the Jamulus software. This setting has an influence on many connection properties. Three buffer sizes are supported:" msgstr "Le paramètre de délai de mise en tampon est un paramètre fondamental du logiciel Jamulus. Ce paramètre a une influence sur de nombreuses propriétés de la connexion. Trois tailles de tampon sont prises en charge :" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269 msgid "**64 samples** Provides the lowest latency but does not work with all sound cards." msgstr "**64 échantillons** Fournit la latence la plus faible mais ne fonctionne pas avec toutes les cartes son." #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269 msgid "**128 samples** The preferred setting. Should work for most available sound cards." msgstr "**128 échantillons** Le paramétrage préféré. Devrait fonctionner avec la plupart des cartes son disponibles." #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269 msgid "**256 samples** Should only be used on very slow computers, or with a slow internet connection." msgstr "**256 échantillons** Ne doit être utilisé que sur des ordinateurs très lents, ou avec une connexion internet lente." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:210 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272 msgid "Some sound card drivers do not allow the buffer delay to be changed from within the Jamulus software. In this case the buffer delay setting is disabled and has to be changed using the sound card driver. On Windows, press the ASIO Setup button to open the driver settings panel." msgstr "Certains pilotes de carte son ne permettent pas de modifier le délai de mise en tampon à partir du logiciel Jamulus. Dans ce cas, le réglage du délai de mise en tampon est désactivé et doit être modifié à l'aide du pilote de la carte son. Sous Windows, appuyez sur le bouton paramètres ASIO pour ouvrir le panneau de configuration du pilote." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:214 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:276 msgid "On Linux: - when using JACK, use `QJackCtl` to change the buffer size and restart JACK; - when using PipeWire's JACK server, change PipeWire's Quantum parameter with its own configuration tools." msgstr "Sous Linux : - si vous utilisez JACK, utilisez `QJackCtl` pour modifier la taille du tampon et redémarrer JACK ; - si vous utilisez le serveur JACK de PipeWire, modifiez le paramètre Quantum de PipeWire à l'aide de ses propres outils de configuration." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:218 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:280 msgid "The actual buffer delay has an influence on the connection status, the current upload rate and the overall delay. The lower the buffer size, the higher the probability of a red light in the status indicator (dropouts) and the higher the upload rate and the lower the overall delay." msgstr "Le délai réel du tampon a une influence sur l'état de la connexion, le taux de chargement actuel et le délai global. Plus la taille du tampon est faible, plus la probabilité d'un voyant rouge dans l'indicateur d'état (décrochages) est élevée et plus le débit montant est élevé et plus le délai global est faible." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:282 msgid "The buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." msgstr "Le réglage du tampon est donc un compromis entre la qualité audio et le délai global." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:221 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:283 #, no-wrap msgid "Jitter Buffer" msgstr "Tampon de gigue" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:226 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288 msgid "The jitter buffer compensates for network and sound card timing jitters. The size of the buffer influences the quality of the audio stream (how many dropouts occur) and the overall delay (the longer the buffer, the higher the delay)." msgstr "Le tampon de gigue compense les glissements de temps du réseau et de la carte son. La taille de la mémoire tampon influe sur la qualité du flux audio (nombre d'interruptions) et sur le délai global (plus la mémoire tampon est longue, plus le délai est élevé)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:292 msgid "You can set the jitter buffer size manually for your local Client and the remote server. For the local jitter buffer, dropouts in the audio stream are indicated by the light below the jitter buffer size faders. If the light turns to red, a buffer overrun/underrun has taken place and the audio stream is interrupted." msgstr "Vous pouvez définir manuellement la taille du tampon de gigue pour votre client local et le serveur distant. Pour le tampon de gigue local, les interruptions du flux audio sont indiquées par le voyant situé sous les chariots de taille de tampon de gigue. Si le voyant passe au rouge, cela signifie qu'il y a eu dépassement de la mémoire tampon et que le flux audio est interrompu." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:232 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:294 msgid "The jitter buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." msgstr "Le réglage du tampon de gigue est donc un compromis entre la qualité audio et le délai global." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:236 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:298 msgid "If the Auto setting is enabled, the jitter buffers of your local Client and the remote server are set automatically based on measurements of the network and sound card timing jitter. If the Auto check is enabled, the jitter buffer size faders are disabled (they cannot be moved with the mouse)." msgstr "Si le paramètre Auto est activé, les mémoires tampon de gigue de votre client local et du serveur distant sont définis automatiquement en fonction des mesures de la gigue temporelle du réseau et de la carte son. Si le contrôle Auto est activé, les chariots de taille de la mémoire tampon de gigue sont désactivés (ils ne peuvent pas être déplacés avec la souris)." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:299 #, no-wrap msgid "Small Network Buffers" msgstr "Petits tampons réseau" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:303 msgid "Allows support for very small network audio packets. These are only used if the sound card buffer delay is smaller than 128 samples. The smaller the network buffers, the lower the audio latency. But at the same time the network load increases and the probability of audio dropouts also increases (particuarly if your network connection has any significant jitter). Try enabling this option if you are suffering from high latency or bad audio quality. However, keeping it disabled will normally mean better audio quality." msgstr "Permet la prise en charge de très petits paquets audio réseau. Ceux-ci ne sont utilisés que si le délai de la mémoire tampon de la carte son est inférieur à 128 échantillons. Plus les tampons réseau sont petits, plus la latence audio est faible. Mais dans le même temps, la charge du réseau augmente et la probabilité de pertes audio augmente également (en particulier si votre connexion réseau présente une gigue importante). Essayez d'activer cette option si vous souffrez d'une latence élevée ou d'une mauvaise qualité audio. Toutefois, si vous la maintenez désactivée, la qualité audio sera normalement meilleure." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:242 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio Stream Rate" msgstr "Débit du flux audio" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:246 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:308 msgid "Depends on the current audio packet size and compression setting. Make sure that the upstream rate is not higher than your available internet upload speed (check this with a service such as [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/))." msgstr "Dépend de la taille actuelle des paquets audio et du paramètre de compression. Assurez-vous que le débit amont n'est pas supérieur à votre vitesse de téléchargement internet disponible (vérifiez-le avec un service tel que [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/))." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:247 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:309 #, no-wrap msgid "Advanced Setup" msgstr "Configuration avancée" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:312 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"Image
\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:251 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:313 #, no-wrap msgid "Custom Directories" msgstr "Annuaires personnalisés" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258 -msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here. If you know the IP address or host name of a custom Directory, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Note that IPv6 is not currently supported for Directories.) The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list." -msgstr "Si vous avez besoin d'ajouter des adresses d'annuaires autres que celles qui sont embarquées, vous pouvez le faire ici. Si vous connaissez l'adresse IP ou le nom d'hôte d'un annuaire personnalisé, vous pouvez vous y connecter en remplissant le champ nom/adresse du serveur. Un numéro de port facultatif peut être ajouté après l'adresse en utilisant deux points comme séparateur, par exemple `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Notez que l'IPv6 n'est pas actuellement pris en charge pour les annuaires.) Le bouton qui suit le champ permet de supprimer l'entrée actuelle de la liste." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:320 +msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here. Enter the hostname or IP address of the custom Directory. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Note that IPv6 is not currently supported for Directories.) The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list." +msgstr "Si vous avez besoin d'ajouter des adresses d'annuaires autres que celles qui sont embarquées, vous pouvez le faire ici. Saisissez le nom d'hôte ou l'adresse IP du répertoire personnalisé. Un numéro de port facultatif peut être ajouté après l'adresse en utilisant deux points comme séparateur, par exemple `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Notez que l'IPv6 n'est pas actuellement pris en charge pour les annuaires.) Le bouton qui suit le champ permet de supprimer l'entrée actuelle de la liste." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:259 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:321 #, no-wrap msgid "New Client Level" msgstr "Niveau des nouveaux clients" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:264 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:326 #, no-wrap msgid "" "This setting defines the fader level of a newly connected Client in percent. If a new user connects\n" @@ -663,144 +814,120 @@ msgstr "" "cet utilisateur n'était déjà enregistré. Vous pouvez définir tous les utilisateurs d'un serveur occupé à ce niveau en utilisant Éditer > \"Régler tous les chariots sur le niveau d'un nouveau client\".\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:327 #, no-wrap msgid "Input Boost" msgstr "Amplification de l'entrée" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:268 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:330 msgid "Increases the gain from your device. Use this if your device delivers a gain that is too quiet for Jamulus." msgstr "Augmente le gain de votre périphérique. Utilisez cette fonction si votre périphérique délivre un gain trop faible pour Jamulus." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:331 #, no-wrap msgid "Feedback Protection" msgstr "Protection contre le larsen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:334 msgid "Attempts to detect audio feedback loops or loud noise in the first three seconds after you connected to a server. Once detected, this feature will show a message and activate the \"Mute Myself\" button to mute you in your own mix." msgstr "Tente de détecter les boucles de retour audio ou les bruits forts dans les trois premières secondes suivant votre connexion à un serveur. Une fois détectée, cette fonction affiche un message et active le bouton \"Me silencer\" pour vous mettre en sourdine dans votre propre mixage." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:273 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:335 #, no-wrap msgid "Input Balance" msgstr "Balance d'entrée" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:278 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:340 msgid "Controls the relative levels of the left and right local audio channels. For a mono signal it acts as a pan between the two channels. For example, if a microphone is connected to the right input channel and an instrument is connected to the left input channel which is much louder than the microphone, move the audio fader to increase the relative volume of the mic." msgstr "Contrôle les niveaux relatifs des canaux audio locaux gauche et droit. Pour un signal mono, il agit comme un panoramique entre les deux canaux. Par exemple, si un microphone est connecté au canal d'entrée droit et qu'un instrument est connecté au canal d'entrée gauche qui est beaucoup plus fort que le microphone, déplacez le chariot audio pour augmenter le volume relatif du microphone." #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:279 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Menu commands" -msgstr "Menu commandes" - -#. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281 -#, no-wrap -msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup" -msgstr "Fichier > Charger/sauvegarder la configuration des canaux du mixeur" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:284 -msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band rehearsals (fader, mute, pan, solo etc.) and load these any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window." -msgstr "Vous pouvez sauvegarder et restaurer le mixage que vous avez pour les répétitions de votre groupe (chariot, sourdine, pan, solo etc.) et le charger à tout moment (même pendant que vous jouez). Le chargement peut également se faire par glisser/déposer dans la fenêtre du mixeur." - -#. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:285 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders " -msgstr "Éditer > Auto-ajustement de tous les chariots " - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288 -msgid "Applies a one-off fader setting to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece." -msgstr "Applique un réglage de chariot unique à chaque canal en fonction de son volume. Utile pour les grands ensembles afin d'obtenir un mixage global raisonnable, bien que des ajustements individuels puissent encore être nécessaires. À appliquer de préférence pendant un échauffement ou une partie uniforme du morceau de musique." - -#. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:289 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:341 #, no-wrap msgid "Backing up Jamulus" msgstr "Sauvegarde de Jamulus" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:293 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:345 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want." msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * Vous pouvez sauvegarder et charger différents réglages du mélangeur en utilisant [charger/sauvegarder la configuration des canaux du mixeur](Software-Manual#fichier--chargersauvegarder-la-configuration-des-canaux-du-mixeur) et stocker ces fichiers où vous voulez." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:347 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n" -msgstr "**Note pour les utilisateurs de macOS :** à partir de Jamulus 3.8.1, nous avons un installateur signé. Celui-ci stockera les paramètres dans \n" +msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in\n" +msgstr "**Note pour les utilisateurs de macOS :** à partir de Jamulus 3.8.1, nous avons un installateur signé. Celui-ci stockera les paramètres dans\n" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:347 #, no-wrap msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" msgstr "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:299 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:351 #, no-wrap msgid "Command Line Options" msgstr "Options de la ligne de commande" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:302 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:354 msgid "Most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, but these and others can also be set using options given in a terminal window. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." msgstr "La plupart des fonctions courantes de Jamulus peuvent être paramétrées à l'aide de l'interface graphique, mais ces fonctions et d'autres peuvent également être paramétrées à l'aide d'options données dans une fenêtre de terminal. La manière exacte de procéder dépend de votre système d'exploitation." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:356 #, no-wrap msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" msgstr "Par exemple, sous Windows, pour utiliser un fichier de paramètres spécifique, faites un clic droit sur le raccourci de Jamulus et choisissez \"Propriétés\" > Cible. Ajoutez les arguments nécessaires à Jamulus.exe :\n" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:305 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:357 #, no-wrap msgid " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n" msgstr " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\chemin\\vers\\monfichierini.ini\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:310 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:362 msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" msgstr "Pour macOS, démarrez une fenêtre de Terminal et exécutez Jamulus avec les options souhaitées comme ceci :" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:311 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:363 #, no-wrap msgid " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n" msgstr " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/chemin/vers/monfichierini.ini\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:316 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:368 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:318 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:370 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:319 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:371 #, no-wrap msgid "Controlling the Client via API" msgstr "Contrôle du client via l'API" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:321 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:373 msgid "In addition to the CLI, Jamulus can be controlled using an API. This is beneficial for advanced use cases - for example, where there is no GUI, or another application needs to interact with Jamulus. Please note that the API is still experimental. Information on the [JSON-RPC API can be found in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)." msgstr "En plus de la ligne de commande, Jamulus peut être contrôlé à l'aide d'une API. Ceci est utile pour les cas d'utilisation avancés - par exemple, lorsqu'il n'y a pas d'interface graphique, ou lorsqu'une autre application doit interagir avec Jamulus. Veuillez noter que l'API est encore expérimentale. Des informations sur l'[API JSON-RPC peuvent être trouvées dans le dépôt principal (en anglais)](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)." +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Software Manual" +#~ msgstr "Manuel du logiciel" + #~ msgid "You can filter the list by server name or location. To list only occupied servers, enter a \"#\" character." #~ msgstr "Vous pouvez filtrer la liste par nom de serveur ou par emplacement. Pour ne répertorier que les serveurs occupés, saisissez le caractère \"#\"." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Tips-Tricks-More.po index 908f07904..cefcac0cb 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Tips-Tricks-More.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Tips-Tricks-More.po @@ -3,21 +3,21 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Julien Taverna , 2022. # Olivier Humbert , 2022. -# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023, 2024. -# Julien Taverna , 2023. +# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023, 2024, 2025. +# Julien Taverna , 2023, 2025. # cosas , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-05-01 11:07+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-10-04 13:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" "Language-Team: French \n" "Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.5.3-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.12-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 @@ -236,98 +236,309 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83 #, no-wrap -msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers" -msgstr "Utilisation de ctrlmidich pour les contrôleurs MIDI" +msgid "Using `--ctrlmidich` for MIDI controllers" +msgstr "Utilisation de `--ctrlmidich`pour les contrôleurs MIDI" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86 -msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:" -msgstr "Le chariot de volume, la commande de panoramique et les boutons de sourdine et de solo dans les bandes de mixage du client peuvent être contrôlés à l'aide d'un contrôleur MIDI en utilisant le paramètre `--ctrlmidich` (note : uniquement disponible pour une utilisation avec macOS et Linux utilisant Jamulus version 3.7.0 ou supérieure et avec Windows en utilisant la version avec support de JACK). Pour activer cette fonctionnalité, Jamulus doit être lancé avec `--ctrlmidich`. Un paramètre global de canal MIDI (1-16) et deux paramètres sont réglables pour chaque élément contrôlé : `offset` et `consecutive CC numbers`. Réglez le premier paramètre sur le canal que vous voulez que Jamulus écoute (0 pour tous les canaux) et spécifiez ensuite les éléments que vous voulez contrôler (f = chariot de volume ; p = panoramique ; m = muet ; s = solo ; o = me silencer) avec l'offset (numéro de CC de départ) et le nombre de numéros de CC consécutifs. Il existe une exception qui ne nécessite pas l'établissement de numéros CC consécutifs, à savoir la commande \"me silencer\" - elle ne nécessite qu'un seul numéro CC car elle ne s'applique qu'à son propre flux audio. Prenons l'exemple suivant :" +msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a connected MIDI controller. This feature is available from version 3.7.0 on macOS, Linux, and the JACK version of Jamulus for Windows. From Jamulus 3.12.0 onwards, it is also available for the non-JACK (ASIO) Windows version. To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with the `--ctrlmidich` command-line option." +msgstr "Le chariot de volume, le contrôle de panoramique et les boutons mute et solo dans les bandes de fenêtres de mixage de l'application peuvent être contrôlés à l'aide d'un contrôleur MIDI connecté. Cette fonctionnalité est disponible à partir de la version 3.7.0 sur macOS, Linux et la version JACK de Jamulus pour Windows. À partir de Jamulus 3.12.0, elle est également disponible pour la version Windows non-JACK (ASIO). Pour activer cette fonctionnalité, Jamulus doit être lancé avec l'option de ligne de commande `--ctrlmidich`." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88 -msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`" -msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`" +msgid "When this option is used on the command line, Jamulus will prepend a channel number to each Client name, which can be used to control the channel using MIDI CC numbers. In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first when sorted by channel or when \"Own Fader First\" is enabled." +msgstr "Lorsque cette option est utilisée en ligne de commande, Jamulus ajoutera un numéro de canal à chaque nom de client, ce qui peut être utilisé pour contrôler le canal à l'aide de numéros CC MIDI. Dans Jamulus version 3.12.0 et suivantes, lorsque connecté à un serveur d'au moins la version 3.5.5, votre propre fader se verra toujours attribuer le canal 0, et apparaîtra donc en premier lorsqu'il est trié par canal ou lorsque l'option « Own Fader First » est activée." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90 -msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64." -msgstr "Ici, Jamulus écoute sur le canal MIDI 1. Les numéros de CC des chariots de volume commencent à 0 et sont au nombre de 8 (ils se terminent donc au CC numéro 7). Les contrôles de panoramique commencent au CC numéro 16 et se terminent au 23 ; solo 32 à 39 et muet 48 à 55. Me silencer est activé/désactivé par le CC numéro 64." +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Tip*: With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).\n" +msgstr "*Astuce* : avec les paramètres par défaut, lorsque certains utilisateurs partent et que d'autres les rejoignent, leur disposition gauche-droite dans l'interface graphique peut cesser de suivre un ordre numérique, ce qui rend plus difficile de savoir à qui correspond chaque chariot/bouton physique de votre contrôleur MIDI. Pour que les bandes de chariots suivent un ordre numérique, allez à \"Vue\" dans la barre de menu supérieure et choisissez \"Trier les utilisateurs par nom\".\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n" -msgstr "Veuillez noter que pour que les fonctions contrôlées par les boutons fonctionnent correctement, votre contrôleur MIDI a besoin que les boutons soient réglés en mode \"toggle\". Cela signifie que lorsqu'ils sont pressés pour 'activer' un contrôle, ils doivent envoyer un numéro CC MIDI avec une valeur >=64, et pour 'désactiver' le contrôle, ils doivent envoyer le même numéro CC avec une valeur <64. Vous pouvez lire le manuel de votre contrôleur pour savoir comment régler cela.\n" +msgid "When using JACK or macOS, make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), Audio/MIDI Setup (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch `a2jmidid` so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl. For non-JACK Windows, Jamulus will find the MIDI device(s) automatically, but see the `d` option below if more than one MIDI device is connected." +msgstr "Lorsque vous utilisez JACK ou macOS, assurez-vous de connecter le port de sortie de votre périphérique MIDI au port d'entrée MIDI de Jamulus (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), paramètre audio/MIDI (macOS) ou tout autre outil que vous utilisez pour gérer les connexions). Sous Linux, vous devrez peut-être installer et lancer `a2jmidid` pour que votre périphérique apparaisse dans l'onglet MIDI de Qjackctl. Pour les Windows non-JACK, Jamulus trouvera le(s) périphérique(s) MIDI automatiquement, mais voyez l'option `d` ci-dessous si plus d'un périphérique MIDI est connecté." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94 +msgid "`--ctrlmidich` takes a single argument. If you omit it, the parameter is ignored. There are two formats for the argument:" +msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` prend un seul argument. Si vous l'omettez, le paramètre est ignoré. Il existe deux formats pour l'argument :" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96 +msgid "The legacy definition has one or two numbers in the format:" +msgstr "L'ancienne définition comporte un ou deux chiffres dans le format :" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:97 #, no-wrap -msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n" -msgstr "*Note :* Jamulus ne fournit pas de retour sur l'état marche/arrêt des boutons, ce qui signifie que votre contrôleur doit garder la trace et basculer les diode lumineuses (le cas échéant) sur \"on\" ou \"off\" lui-même.\n" +msgid " [MIDI channel];[offset for first fader]\n" +msgstr " [canal MIDI];[décalage pour le premier chariot]\n" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:126 +msgid "`MIDI channel` is required or else the parameter argument is ignored and the feature is not active. `0` means \"any channel\", `1`-`16` listen only to MIDI messages on the specified MIDI channel." +msgstr "`MIDI channel` est requis, sinon le paramètre est ignoré et la fonction n'est pas active. `0` signifie « n'importe quel canal », `1`-`16` n'écoute que les messages MIDI sur le canal MIDI spécifié." + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104 +msgid "`offset for first fader` is the first MIDI CC to use to control a Jamulus Channel fader (default 70, which matches the Behringer X-Touch defaults), with all MIDI CCs after that being used; must be a number or else the long form is used." +msgstr "`offset for first fader` est le premier CC MIDI à utiliser pour contrôler le chariot d'un canal Jamulus (70 par défaut, ce qui correspond aux valeurs par défaut du Behringer X-Touch), tous les CC MIDI suivants étant utilisés ; il doit s'agir d'un nombre, sinon la forme longue est utilisée." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96 -msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth." -msgstr "Les bandes de chariots dans la fenêtre de mixage sont contrôlées dans l'ordre croissant de gauche à droite. En continuant avec l'exemple ci-dessus, dans la bande numéro 1 (la plus à gauche), le chariot de volume serait contrôlé par le CC numéro 0 ; le pan par 16 ; le solo par 32 et le silencé par 48. Comme nous avons spécifié 8 contrôleurs consécutifs pour chaque paramètre, cela nous donnerait un contrôle MIDI sur 8 bandes (volume, panoramique, solo et silencé dans chacune d'elles) dans la fenêtre du mixeur. La bande suivante serait contrôlée par 1, 17, 33 et 49, et ainsi de suite." +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106 +#, no-wrap +msgid " For example\n" +msgstr " Par exemple\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98 -msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl." -msgstr "Assurez-vous de connecter le port de sortie de votre périphérique MIDI au port d'entrée MIDI de Jamulus (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) ou tout autre outil que vous utilisez pour gérer les connexions). Sous Linux, vous devrez installer et lancer a2jmidid pour que votre périphérique apparaisse dans l'onglet MIDI de Qjackctl." +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n" +" ```\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112 #, no-wrap -msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n" -msgstr "*Astuce* : lorsque vous activez le contrôle MIDI dans Jamulus, le nom de chaque utilisateur est précédé d'un numéro, l'utilisateur le plus à gauche commençant à 0, puis à 1, etc. Avec les paramètres par défaut, lorsque certains utilisateurs partent et que d'autres arrivent, leur disposition gauche-droite dans l'interface graphique peut cesser de suivre un ordre numérique, ce qui rend plus difficile de savoir à qui correspond chaque chariot/bouton physique de votre contrôleur MIDI. Pour que les bandes de chariots suivent un ordre numérique, allez à \"Vue\" dans la barre de menu supérieure et basculer entre \"Pas de tri des utilisateurs par nom\" et une autre option, puis à inversement (par exemple, tapez `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n" +msgid " would listen on all MIDI channels and use MIDI controller 70 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on. Here's another example:\n" +msgstr " écoutera tous les canaux MIDI et utilisera le contrôleur MIDI 70 pour contrôler le chariot du canal 0 de Jamulus et ainsi de suite. Voici un autre exemple :\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" --ctrlmidich \"2;50\"\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" --ctrlmidich \"2;50\"\n" +" ```\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:118 +#, no-wrap +msgid " This would listen on MIDI channel 2 and use MIDI controller 50 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.\n" +msgstr " Il écoutera le canal MIDI 2 et utilisera le contrôleur MIDI 50 pour contrôler le chariot du canal 0 de Jamulus et ainsi de suite.\n" + +#. type: Bullet: '2. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:120 +msgid "The long form is a sequence of offsets and counts for various controllers:" +msgstr "Le formulaire long est une séquence de décalages et de comptages pour différents contrôleurs :" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:121 +#, no-wrap +msgid " [MIDI channel];[control letter][offset](*[count])(;...)\n" +msgstr " [canal MIDI];[lettre de contrôle][décalage](*[compte])(;...)\n" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:128 +msgid "`control letter` defines which Jamulus Control the MIDI controller number is assigned to:" +msgstr "La `lettre de contrôle` définit le contrôle Jamulus auquel le numéro de contrôleur MIDI est assigné :" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:135 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" | control letter | Jamulus Control |\n" +" |--------:|---------|\n" +" | `f` | Fader |\n" +" | `p` | Pan |\n" +" | `s` | Solo |\n" +" | `m` | Mute |\n" +msgstr "" +" | lettre de contrôle | contrôle Jamulus |\n" +" |--------:|---------|\n" +" | `f` | Chariot (fader) |\n" +" | `p` | Pan |\n" +" | `s` | Solo |\n" +" | `m` | Muet |\n" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:137 +msgid "`offset` is the base MIDI CC number for the control." +msgstr "`offset` est le numéro de CC MIDI de base pour le contrôle." + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:139 +msgid "`count` is the number of CC values for the control, defaulting to 1 (i.e. the number Jamulus channels that can be controlled)." +msgstr "`count` est le nombre de valeurs CC pour le contrôle, avec une valeur par défaut de 1 (c'est-à-dire le nombre de canaux Jamulus qui peuvent être contrôlés)." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:141 +#, no-wrap +msgid " An example for a Korg nanoKONTROL2 using eight sliders starting at MIDI CC 0 to control faders and eight knobs starting at MIDI CC 16 to control pan, on any MIDI channnel, for eight Jamulus channels would be\n" +msgstr " Voici un exemple pour un Korg nanoKONTROL2 utilisant huit curseurs à partir du CC MIDI 0 pour contrôler les chariots et huit boutons à partir du CC MIDI 16 pour contrôler le panoramique, sur n'importe quel canal MIDI, pour huit canaux Jamulus\n" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:142 +#, no-wrap +msgid " --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n" +msgstr " --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:147 +#, no-wrap +msgid " Enhancing this to add eight Solo buttons starting at CC 32, and eight Mute buttons starting at CC 48 would give:\n" +msgstr " Ajoutant à ceci huit boutons Solo à partir de CC 32 et huit boutons Muet à partir de CC 48, on obtient :\n" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:148 +#, no-wrap +msgid " --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8\"\n" +msgstr " --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8\"\n" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:153 +msgid "Two additional `control letter` values are available:" +msgstr "Deux valeurs supplémentaires de « lettre de contrôle » sont disponibles :" + +#. type: Bullet: ' 1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:155 +msgid "`o` controls Mute Myself and has a single `offset` (i.e. `count` is ignored and taken as 1)." +msgstr "`o` contrôle Me Silencer et a un seul `offset` (c'est-à-dire que `count` est ignoré et pris pour 1)." + +#. type: Bullet: ' 2. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:157 +msgid "`d` is an option on Windows non-JACK Jamulus to specify a particular MIDI input device by name -- without this, all devices will be assigned to Jamulus; with it, only the specified device will be used. For example:" +msgstr "`d` est une option sur Jamulus Windows non-JACK pour spécifier un périphérique d'entrée MIDI particulier par son nom -- sans cette option, tous les périphériques seront assignés à Jamulus ; avec cette option, seul le périphérique spécifié sera utilisé. Par exemple :" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:161 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;dnanoKontrol\"\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;dnanoKontrol\"\n" +" ```\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:163 +#, no-wrap +msgid " would listen for CC0 through CC7 on MIDI channel 1 from a MIDI device called \"nanoKontrol\". Remember to wrap the whole of the `--ctrlmidich` argument in double quotes and you will have no problems with device names containing spaces.\n" +msgstr " écoutera les CC0 à CC7 sur le canal MIDI 1 à partir d'un périphérique MIDI appelé « nanoKontrol ». N'oubliez pas de mettre tout l'argument `--ctrlmidich` entre guillemets et vous n'aurez aucun problème avec les noms de périphériques contenant des espaces.\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:165 +#, no-wrap +msgid " In order to discover the correct device name to use, start Jamulus from the command line with `--ctrlmidich` and observe the output. Jamulus will list all discovered MIDI devices:\n" +msgstr " Afin de découvrir le nom correct du dispositif à utiliser, lancez Jamulus à partir de la ligne de commande avec `--ctrlmidich` et observez la sortie. Jamulus affichera la liste de tous les périphériques MIDI découverts :\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:173 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n" +" - MIDI controller settings: 0\n" +" - allocated port number: 22134\n" +" - MIDI devices found: 2\n" +" 0: nanoKONTROL2\n" +" 1: Keystation Mini 32\n" +msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n" +" - MIDI controller settings: 0\n" +" - allocated port number: 22134\n" +" - MIDI devices found: 2\n" +" 0: nanoKONTROL2\n" +" 1: Keystation Mini 32\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:181 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\"\n" +" - MIDI controller settings: 1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\n" +" - allocated port number: 22134\n" +" - MIDI devices found: 2\n" +" 0: nanoKONTROL2\n" +" 1: Keystation Mini 32 (ignored)\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" +" C :\\Users\\Me>\"C :\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"1 ;f0*8 ;p16*8 ;s32*8 ;m48*8 ;dnanoKONTROL2\"\n" +" - MIDI controller settings : 1 ;f0*8 ;p16*8 ;s32*8 ;m48*8 ;dnanoKONTROL2\n" +" - allocated port number : 22134\n" +" - MIDI devices found : 2\n" +" 0 : nanoKONTROL2\n" +" 1 : Keystation Mini 32 (ignored)\n" +" ```\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:183 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\tNote that if only one MIDI device is connected, the `d` option is not necessary, as Jamulus will use the device automatically.\n" +msgstr "\tNotez que si un seul périphérique MIDI est connecté, l'option `d` n'est pas nécessaire, car Jamulus utilisera le périphérique automatiquement.\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:185 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\tOn macOS, Linux or Windows with JACK, the `d` option is accepted if given, but ignored.\n" +msgstr "\tSous macOS, Linux ou Windows avec JACK, l'option `d` est acceptée si elle est donnée, mais ignorée.\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:187 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself, that is, buttons on your MIDI controller need to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n" +msgstr "*Note* : Jamulus ne fournit pas de retour d'information sur l'état on/off des boutons, ce qui signifie que votre contrôleur doit suivre et basculer lui-même les LED (s'il y en a) sur \"on\" ou \"off\", c'est-à-dire que les boutons de votre contrôleur MIDI doivent être réglés sur le mode \"toggle\" (basculer). Cela signifie que lorsqu'ils sont pressés pour 'activer' un contrôle, ils doivent envoyer un numéro CC MIDI avec une valeur >=64, et pour 'désactiver' le contrôle, ils doivent envoyer le même numéro CC avec une valeur <64. Vous pouvez lire le manuel de votre contrôleur pour savoir comment régler cela.\n" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:188 #, no-wrap msgid "For Server admins" msgstr "Pour les administrateurs de serveurs" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:103 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:190 #, no-wrap msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly" msgstr "Convertir un serveur enregistré en serveur non enregistré à la volée" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:193 msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)" msgstr "Vous pouvez faire tourner un serveur enregistré suffisamment longtemps pour que les gens s'y connectent, puis le rendre \"privé\" (non enregistré) en mettant l'annuaire sur \"aucun\" dans l'interface graphique du serveur. Les musiciens seront toujours connectés au serveur jusqu'à ce qu'ils se déconnectent. (Merci à [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) pour cette astuce !)" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:107 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:194 #, no-wrap msgid "Remote management of recordings" msgstr "Gestion à distance des enregistrements" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:197 msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script." msgstr "L'utilisateur de Jamulus [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) a écrit un [outil distant basé sur le web](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) pour démarrer et arrêter les enregistrements sur les serveurs Linux, vous permettant ensuite de les télécharger depuis votre navigateur. Voir également [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) par [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), qui comprend également un script de récupération des enregistrements du serveur." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:111 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:198 #, no-wrap msgid "Making a Server status page" msgstr "Faire une page d'état du serveur" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:201 msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page." msgstr "Avec l'argument de ligne de commande `-m`, les statistiques du serveur peuvent être générées pour être affichées sur une page internet." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:203 msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):" msgstr "Voici un exemple de script php utilisant le fichier d'état du serveur pour afficher l'état actuel du serveur sur une page html (en supposant que l'argument de ligne de commande suivant soit utilisé : `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`) :" #. type: Fenced code block -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:117 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:204 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" "\n" +#~ msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:" +#~ msgstr "Le chariot de volume, la commande de panoramique et les boutons de sourdine et de solo dans les bandes de mixage du client peuvent être contrôlés à l'aide d'un contrôleur MIDI en utilisant le paramètre `--ctrlmidich` (note : uniquement disponible pour une utilisation avec macOS et Linux utilisant Jamulus version 3.7.0 ou supérieure et avec Windows en utilisant la version avec support de JACK). Pour activer cette fonctionnalité, Jamulus doit être lancé avec `--ctrlmidich`. Un paramètre global de canal MIDI (1-16) et deux paramètres sont réglables pour chaque élément contrôlé : `offset` et `consecutive CC numbers`. Réglez le premier paramètre sur le canal que vous voulez que Jamulus écoute (0 pour tous les canaux) et spécifiez ensuite les éléments que vous voulez contrôler (f = chariot de volume ; p = panoramique ; m = muet ; s = solo ; o = me silencer) avec l'offset (numéro de CC de départ) et le nombre de numéros de CC consécutifs. Il existe une exception qui ne nécessite pas l'établissement de numéros CC consécutifs, à savoir la commande \"me silencer\" - elle ne nécessite qu'un seul numéro CC car elle ne s'applique qu'à son propre flux audio. Prenons l'exemple suivant :" + +#~ msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64." +#~ msgstr "Ici, Jamulus écoute sur le canal MIDI 1. Les numéros de CC des chariots de volume commencent à 0 et sont au nombre de 8 (ils se terminent donc au CC numéro 7). Les contrôles de panoramique commencent au CC numéro 16 et se terminent au 23 ; solo 32 à 39 et muet 48 à 55. Me silencer est activé/désactivé par le CC numéro 64." + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n" +#~ msgstr "*Note :* Jamulus ne fournit pas de retour sur l'état marche/arrêt des boutons, ce qui signifie que votre contrôleur doit garder la trace et basculer les diode lumineuses (le cas échéant) sur \"on\" ou \"off\" lui-même.\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth." +#~ msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth." +#~ msgstr "Les bandes de chariots dans la fenêtre de mixage sont contrôlées dans l'ordre croissant de gauche à droite. En continuant avec l'exemple ci-dessus, dans la bande numéro 1 (la plus à gauche), le chariot de volume serait contrôlé par le CC numéro 0 ; le pan par 16 ; le solo par 32 et le silencé par 48. Comme nous avons spécifié 8 contrôleurs consécutifs pour chaque paramètre, cela nous donnerait un contrôle MIDI sur 8 bandes (volume, panoramique, solo et silencé dans chacune d'elles) dans la fenêtre du mixeur. La bande suivante serait contrôlée par 1, 17, 33 et 49, et ainsi de suite." + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n" +#~ msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the first user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`). In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first, whether or not \"Own Fader First\" is enabled.\n" +#~ msgstr "*Astuce* : lorsque vous activez le contrôle MIDI dans Jamulus, le nom de chaque utilisateur est précédé d'un numéro, l'utilisateur le plus à gauche commençant à 0, puis à 1, etc. Avec les paramètres par défaut, lorsque certains utilisateurs partent et que d'autres arrivent, leur disposition gauche-droite dans l'interface graphique peut cesser de suivre un ordre numérique, ce qui rend plus difficile de savoir à qui correspond chaque chariot/bouton physique de votre contrôleur MIDI. Pour que les bandes de chariots suivent un ordre numérique, allez à \"Vue\" dans la barre de menu supérieure et basculer entre \"Pas de tri des utilisateurs par nom\" et une autre option, puis à inversement (par exemple, tapez `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n" + #, no-wrap #~ msgid "" #~ "# Tips & Tricks\n" @@ -368,6 +599,3 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "TOC" #~ msgstr "TOC" - -#~ msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and choose \"Sort Users by Name\".\n" -#~ msgstr "*Astuce* : Lorsque vous activez le contrôle MIDI dans Jamulus, le nom de chaque utilisateur est précédé d'un numéro, l'utilisateur le plus à gauche commençant à 0, puis à 1, etc. Avec les paramètres par défaut, lorsque certains utilisateurs partent et que d'autres les rejoignent, leur disposition gauche-droite dans l'interface graphique peut cesser de suivre un ordre numérique, ce qui rend plus difficile de savoir à qui correspond chaque chariot/bouton physique de votre contrôleur MIDI. Pour que les bandes de chariots suivent un ordre numérique, allez à \"Vue\" dans la barre de menu supérieure et choisissez \"Trier les utilisateurs par nom\".\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Unregistered-Servers.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Unregistered-Servers.po index d5aab10ee..a4fd14edf 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Unregistered-Servers.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Unregistered-Servers.po @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# Olivier Humbert , 2023. +# Olivier Humbert , 2023. # Julien Taverna , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-05 19:50+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-10-04 13:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/copyright.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/copyright.po index d54c6b85a..8fab3c2f4 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/copyright.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/copyright.po @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-07 10:51+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-10-04 13:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/general.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/general.po index 9ed12e3ce..3e47aed72 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/general.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/general.po @@ -4,11 +4,11 @@ # Olivier Humbert , 2022. # Julien Taverna , 2023. # cosas , 2023. -# Olivier Humbert , 2023. +# Olivier Humbert , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-09 16:50+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-10-04 13:09+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Julien Taverna \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: fr\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/navigation.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/navigation.po index ed5bbbf40..abccff5f6 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/navigation.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/navigation.po @@ -2,19 +2,19 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Julien Taverna , 2022. -# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023. +# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023, 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-04 14:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-10-04 13:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/1-index.po b/_translator-files/po/it/1-index.po index 44a06d7f1..9f022217c 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/1-index.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/1-index.po @@ -4,22 +4,23 @@ # ignotus , 2022. # Gico2006 , 2022. # Giuseppe , 2023. -# Marco Ciampa , 2023. +# Marco Ciampa , 2023, 2025. # Emanuele Frasca , 2023. # ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2024. # ignotus , 2024. +# peppedp , 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-30 19:14+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-01 21:01+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Marco Ciampa \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: it\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13.1-dev\n" #. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?) #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:1 @@ -73,6 +74,16 @@ msgstr "Cos'è Jamulus?" msgid "Jamulus lets you play, rehearse, or jam with your friends, your band, or anyone you find online. Play together remotely in time with high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection. [Download it here!](wiki/Getting-Started)\n" msgstr "Jamulus ti consente di suonare, provare o suonare con i tuoi amici, la tua band o chiunque trovi online. Suona insieme da remoto a tempo con audio di alta qualità e bassa latenza su una normale connessione a banda larga. [Scaricalo qui!](wiki/Getting-Started)\n" +#. type: Attribute 'src' of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:32 +msgid "{% include img/en-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc %}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'alt' of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:32 +msgid "A screenshot of the main mixer window showing five people from different countries connected." +msgstr "Una schermata della finestra principale del mixer che mostra cinque persone di differenti paesi connesse." + #. type: Content of:
#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:34 #, no-wrap diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Client-Troubleshooting.po index d1759ce2d..b799db9f7 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Client-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Client-Troubleshooting.po @@ -6,20 +6,20 @@ # Gico2006 , 2022. # Massimo Pissarello , 2023. # Giuseppe , 2023. -# Marco Ciampa , 2023. +# Marco Ciampa , 2023, 2025. # ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-06 08:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-04 10:01+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Marco Ciampa \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: it\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13.1-rc\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 @@ -89,12 +89,12 @@ msgstr "\n" #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:20 #, no-wrap msgid "Don’t hear any sound/Others don’t hear you?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Non senti alcun suono/Gli altri non ti sentono?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:23 msgid "Start with the simple stuff: make sure your instrument/microphone and headphones are connected to the correct sockets. Make sure no other applications like your browser, video conferencing tool etc. is also using your sound card. You should shut those down when using Jamulus. If that all looks OK and the problem persists, it's likely there's an issue with your sound device settings. This will depend on your particular setup (platform, hardware, software and drivers), so it's best to ask on [the forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions) for guidance." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Iniziamo con le cose semplici: assicurarsi che lo strumento/microfono e le cuffie siano collegati alle prese corrette. Assicurarsi che nessun'altra applicazione, come il browser, lo strumento di videoconferenza ecc., stia utilizzando la scheda audio. Bisognerebbe chiuderle quando si usa Jamulus. Se tutto sembra a posto e il problema persiste, è probabile che ci sia un problema con le impostazioni del dispositivo audio. Questo dipenderà dalla propria configurazione specifica (piattaforma, hardware, software e driver), quindi è meglio chiedere assistenza sui forum (https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:25 @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:50 -msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [software manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this." +msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### @@ -332,7 +332,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:108 -msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" +msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/discussions)" msgstr "" #, no-wrap diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Command-Line-Options.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Command-Line-Options.po index 10f230152..02192c842 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Command-Line-Options.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Command-Line-Options.po @@ -4,11 +4,11 @@ # Giuseppe , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. # Gico2006 , 2022. -# Marco Ciampa , 2023. +# Marco Ciampa , 2023, 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-10-17 18:07+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-04 10:01+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Marco Ciampa \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: it\n" @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.1\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13.1-rc\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 @@ -61,10 +61,9 @@ msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:14 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Client only commands" +#, no-wrap msgid "Client only commands" -msgstr "## Comandi solo client" +msgstr "Comandi solo client" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:17 @@ -73,15 +72,14 @@ msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:18 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Server only commands" +#, no-wrap msgid "Server only commands" -msgstr "## Comandi solo per il server" +msgstr "Comandi solo per il server" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:20 msgid "See [Running a Server](Running-a-Server#server-mode-related-options)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vedere [Esecuzione di un server](Running-a-Server#server-mode-related-options)" #~ msgid "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" #~ msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Contribution.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Contribution.po index 96c3c832a..bcbc1f2d3 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Contribution.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Contribution.po @@ -4,11 +4,12 @@ # Giuseppe , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. # Gico2006 , 2022. -# Marco Ciampa , 2023. +# Marco Ciampa , 2023, 2025. +# peppedp , 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-10-17 18:07+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-04 10:02+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Marco Ciampa \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: it\n" @@ -16,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.1\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13.1-rc\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 @@ -56,10 +57,9 @@ msgstr "Se si trova un problema, un errore di battitura o qualcosa di non aggior #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:13 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "If you think some documentation or information is missing or can be improved, post about it on this forum so it can be discussed first." +#, no-wrap msgid "If you think some documentation or information is missing or can be improved, post about it on this forum so it can be discussed first.\n" -msgstr "Se ritieni che qualche documentazione o informazione manchi o possa essere migliorata, postala su questo forum in modo che se ne possa discutere quanto prima." +msgstr "Se ritieni che qualche documentazione o informazione manchi o possa essere migliorata, postala su questo forum in modo che se ne possa discutere quanto prima.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:15 @@ -68,10 +68,9 @@ msgstr "Utilizziamo [Weblate](https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/#langu #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:17 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Want to contribute code?" +#, no-wrap msgid "Want to contribute code?" -msgstr "## Vuoi contribuire al codice?" +msgstr "Volete contribuire al codice?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:19 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Directories.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Directories.po index 68be8a1e1..2b0824151 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Directories.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Directories.po @@ -5,11 +5,11 @@ # ignotus , 2022. # Gico2006 , 2022. # ignotus , 2023. -# Marco Ciampa , 2023. +# Marco Ciampa , 2023, 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-10-17 18:07+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-10-07 11:02+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Marco Ciampa \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: it\n" @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.1\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ msgstr "/wiki/Directories" #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Directories" -msgstr "Cartelle" +msgstr "Directory" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:9 @@ -57,32 +57,30 @@ msgstr "Gestione di una Directory" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:14 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "This is a specialised Jamulus Server configuration, as described in [Server Types](Running-a-Server#server-types)." msgid "This is a specialised Jamulus Server configuration, as described in [Server Modes](Running-a-Server#server-modes)." -msgstr "Questa è una configurazione specifica del server Jamulus, come descritto in [Tipi di server](Running-a-Server#server-types)." +msgstr "Questa è una configurazione specifica del server Jamulus, come descritto in [Modalità del server](Running-a-Server#server-modes)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:16 #, no-wrap msgid "To view Servers listed by a Custom Directory, users must enter the address of that Directory in their Client's Settings > Advanced Setup > Custom Directories field. Multiple addresses can be added in this way if needed. Custom Directories will then appear in the Directory drop-down list on their Connect window. Custom Directories otherwise work for Clients in the same way as Public Directories, displaying a list of Servers registered with them.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Per visualizzare i server elencati in una cartella personalizzata, gli utenti devono inserire l'indirizzo di tale cartella nel campo Impostazioni > Configurazione avanzata > Cartelle personalizzate del proprio client. Se necessario, è possibile aggiungere più indirizzi in questo modo. Le cartelle personalizzate appariranno quindi nell'elenco a discesa Cartelle nella finestra di connessione. Le cartelle personalizzate funzionano per i client allo stesso modo delle cartelle pubbliche, visualizzando un elenco dei server registrati con esse.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:18 msgid "To run a Server as a Directory, it should be started with the `--directoryaddress` option to make itself (that is, `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`) the Directory to query for Servers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Per eseguire un server come directory, è necessario avviarlo con l'opzione `--directoryaddress` per renderlo (ovvero `localhost` o `127.0.0.1`) la directory in cui ricercare i server." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:20 msgid "When running a Server with the GUI, set the Custom Directory server address in the Options tab to \"localhost\", then select \"Custom\" from the Directory drop-down list." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Quando si esegue un server con la GUI, impostare l'indirizzo del server directory personalizzato nella scheda Opzioni su \"localhost\", quindi selezionare \"Personalizzato\" dall'elenco a discesa Directory." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:22 #, no-wrap msgid "Points to note about Directories" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Punti da notare sulle directory" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:25 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/FAQ.po b/_translator-files/po/it/FAQ.po index fdec5ebc0..3fc8b87a7 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/FAQ.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/FAQ.po @@ -5,20 +5,20 @@ # ignotus , 2022. # Gico2006 , 2022. # Giuseppe , 2023. -# Marco Ciampa , 2023. +# Marco Ciampa , 2023, 2025. # ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-06 08:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-04 10:02+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Marco Ciampa \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: it\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13.1-rc\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ msgstr "\n" #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:21 #, no-wrap msgid "**For common problems and their solutions when using Jamulus, see the [Troubleshooting](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) page.**\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Per problemi comuni e relative soluzioni durante l'utilizzo di Jamulus, consultare la pagina [Risoluzione dei problemi](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting).**\n" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:23 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Getting-Started.po index fbfa87e92..df20babb5 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Getting-Started.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Getting-Started.po @@ -257,7 +257,9 @@ msgstr "Tieni presente che puoi utilizzare la funzione di chat in qualsiasi mome #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:88 -msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [Software Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)." +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [Software Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)." +msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)." msgstr "Ulteriori informazioni sull'utilizzo di Jamulus possono essere trovate nel [Manuale del software](/wiki/Software-Manual)." #. type: Title ## diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Include-Client-Commands.po index c498148cd..17ca5e9dc 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Include-Client-Commands.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Include-Client-Commands.po @@ -3,18 +3,19 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Gico2006 , 2022. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. +# Marco Ciampa , 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-07 22:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-01 21:01+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Marco Ciampa \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: it\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13.1-dev\n" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3 @@ -38,8 +39,8 @@ msgstr "`-j` o `--nojackconnect` Disattiva le connessioni JACK automatiche" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6 -msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)" -msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` Canale del controller MIDI su cui ascoltare, offset del numero di controllo e numeri CC consecutivi (canali) e numero CC di Mute Myself. Formato: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` Vedi [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi- controllori)" +msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI channel to listen on, Jamulus control + MIDI control number and count of consecutive CC numbers (or Jamulus channels), device selection option. Format: `channel[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dDeviceName]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)." +msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` Canale MIDI su cui ascoltare, controllo Jamulus + numero di controllo MIDI e conteggio dei numeri CC consecutivi (o canali Jamulus), opzione di selezione del dispositivo. Formato: `canale[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dNomeDispositivo]` Vedere [Suggerimenti e trucchi](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)." #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Include-Shared-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Include-Shared-Commands.po index d4f3f87d9..e99de110d 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Include-Shared-Commands.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Include-Shared-Commands.po @@ -4,18 +4,19 @@ # Giuseppe , 2022. # Gico2006 , 2022. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. +# Marco Ciampa , 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-07 22:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-04 10:02+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Marco Ciampa \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: it\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13.1-rc\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:3 @@ -30,7 +31,7 @@ msgstr "`-h` or `--help` Visualizza il testo della guida" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default. On macOS simply provide a filename only, since config files can only be read from `/Users//Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/`. For the server replace `app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus` with `app.jamulussoftware.JamulusServer`. Turn on \"Show Library folder\" in \"Show view options\" in Finder to see this folder.)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`-i` o `--inifile` Imposta la posizione del file di inizializzazione (sovrascrive l'impostazione predefinita. Su macOS basta fornire solo un nome file, poiché i file di configurazione possono essere letti solo da `/Users//Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/`. Per il server, sostituire`app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus` con `app.jamulussoftware.JamulusServer`. Attivare \"Mostra cartella Libreria\" in \"Mostra opzioni di visualizzazione\" nel Finder per visualizzare questa cartella.)" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 @@ -54,10 +55,8 @@ msgstr "`--jsonrpcsecretfile` Obbligatorio quando si utilizza `--jsonrpcport`. I #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "`--jsonrpcbindip` \t\t The IP address the JSON-RPC server should bind to. (optional, defaults to 127.0.0.1)\n" msgid "`--jsonrpcbindip` The IP address the JSON-RPC server should bind to. (optional, defaults to 127.0.0.1)" -msgstr "`--jsonrpcbindip`\t\tL'indirizzo IP a cui il server JSON-RPC deve collegarsi. (facoltativo, il valore predefinito è 127.0.0.1)\n" +msgstr "`--jsonrpcbindip`L'indirizzo IP a cui il server JSON-RPC deve collegarsi. (facoltativo, il valore predefinito è 127.0.0.1)" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-Linux.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-Linux.po index b5d489f1b..49e2e9063 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-Linux.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-Linux.po @@ -4,11 +4,11 @@ # Giuseppe , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. # Gico2006 , 2022. -# Marco Ciampa , 2023. +# Marco Ciampa , 2023, 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-10-17 18:07+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-04 10:02+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Marco Ciampa \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: it\n" @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.1\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13.1-rc\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 @@ -62,25 +62,25 @@ msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:17 #, no-wrap msgid "**Upgrading?** You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Aggiornamento?** Forse sarebbe meglio prima [eseguire un backup della configurazione](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus).\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:19 #, no-wrap msgid "**Installing a server?** Read the [guide for server adminstrators](Running-a-Server) first.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Installazione di un server?** Leggere prima la [guida per gli amministratori del server](Running-a-Server).\n" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:20 #, no-wrap msgid "Debian and Ubuntu" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Debian e Ubuntu" #. type: Title #### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:22 #, no-wrap msgid "Using the official Repository (recommended)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utilizzo del Repository ufficiale (consigliato)" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:25 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-Macintosh.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-Macintosh.po index 6cd57b458..f8947ecbc 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-Macintosh.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-Macintosh.po @@ -4,11 +4,11 @@ # Giuseppe , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. # Gico2006 , 2022. -# Marco Ciampa , 2023. +# Marco Ciampa , 2023, 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-10-17 18:07+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-10-07 11:02+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Marco Ciampa \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: it\n" @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.1\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 @@ -61,28 +61,32 @@ msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:17 msgid "Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aggiornamento? Forse sarebbe meglio prima [eseguire un backup della configurazione](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:22 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"1. [Download Jamulus (Universal build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +"1. [Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n" " **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" "1. **Install Jamulus**: Open the downloaded `.dmg` file, agree to the licence, *drag and drop* each icon you see in the window (Jamulus Client and Server) into your *Applications folder*. After that, you can close this window.\n" "1. **Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" msgstr "" +"1. [Scarica Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +"**Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +"1. **Installa Jamulus**: Apri il file `.dmg` scaricato, accetta la licenza, *trascina e rilascia* ciascuna icona che vedi nella finestra (Jamulus Client e Server) nella tua *cartella Applicazioni*. Dopodiché, puoi chiudere la finestra.\n" +"1. **Esegui Jamulus**. Ora dovresti essere in grado di utilizzare Jamulus come qualsiasi altra applicazione.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:24 msgid "_You can remove the folder in the Downloads directory containing the `.dmg` and eject the \"Jamulus\" drive on your desktop. They are no longer needed._" -msgstr "" +msgstr "_È possibile rimuovere la cartella nella cartella Download contenente il file `.dmg` ed espellere l'unità \"Jamulus\" sul desktop. Non sono più necessari._" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:26 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** You can find old (legacy) versions supporting outdated operating systems on the [GitHub release page](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases).\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Nota:** Si possono trovare le vecchie versioni che supportano sistemi operativi obsoleti sulla [pagina di rilascio di GitHub](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases).\n" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:27 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-Windows.po index 0503b3653..511b07214 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-Windows.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-Windows.po @@ -5,11 +5,11 @@ # ignotus , 2022. # Gico2006 , 2022. # Massimo Pissarello , 2023. -# Marco Ciampa , 2023. +# Marco Ciampa , 2023, 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-10-17 18:07+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-04 10:02+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Marco Ciampa \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: it\n" @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.1\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13.1-rc\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 @@ -62,12 +62,12 @@ msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:17 msgid "Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aggiornamento? Forse sarebbe meglio prima [eseguire un backup della configurazione](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus)." #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:24 msgid "**Download and install an ASIO Driver**. Try to use the driver that your hardware manufacturer provides. If you can't find that, or you don't have an external sound card, you probably need to install ASIO4ALL. For more information scroll down to the [ASIO](#asio) section." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Scaricare e installare un driver ASIO**. Provare a utilizzare il driver fornito dal produttore dell'hardware. Se non si riesce a trovarlo o non si possiede una scheda audio esterna, probabilmente sarà necessario installare ASIO4ALL. Per maggiori informazioni, scorrere verso il basso fino alla sezione [ASIO](#asio)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:24 @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:26 msgid "_Please note that you are not permitted to redistribute this binary without acquiring a [licence agreement from Steinberg](https://www.steinberg.net/developers/)._" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Si prega di notare che non è consentito ridistribuire questo binario senza acquisire un [contratto di licenza da Steinberg](https://www.steinberg.net/developers/)._" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:28 @@ -114,94 +114,84 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:39 -msgid "You can try two versions of ASIO4ALL. ASIO4ALL v2.14 includes a workaround for a bug which might break other functionality." +msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.16 Download](https://asio4all.org/downloads/ASIO4ALL_2_16.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:41 -msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.15 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.15/ASIO4ALL_2_15_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:43 -msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:45 msgid "[ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:47 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:43 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting up ASIO4ALL" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:50 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:46 msgid "You may or may not need to experiment a bit depending on your sound hardware. If everything works out of the box, you don't need to do anything." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:52 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:48 #, no-wrap msgid "**Tip:** Set up your sound card while you're [connected to a Server](Getting-Started#connecting-to-a-server-and-testing-your-sound) to hear your instrument or voice and check if everything is correctly set up; but first read on.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:55 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:51 msgid "Before you start with Jamulus:" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:54 msgid "**Close all applications** (especially those which could access your sound card like your browser/media player). ASIO4ALL needs exclusive access to your sound card which means that other programs will not be able to use audio if ASIO4ALL and Jamulus are running." msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:54 msgid "If the Jamulus audio doesn’t work out of the box, make sure that only the **correct inputs/outputs** in ASIO4ALL **are switched on**. Everything else should be switched off. Search the [community list of working ASIO4ALL configurations](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) for your configuration or do it manually if you can't find yours:" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:59 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:55 #, no-wrap msgid "How to set up ASIO4ALL inputs (Guide)" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 msgid "Open Jamulus's settings" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 msgid "Go to _\"ASIO Device Settings\"_ (column on the left; directly under the selection of the driver)" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 msgid "Enable _advanced view_ in ASIO4ALL (click the tool icon on the bottom right)" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 msgid "Enable only the sound card you want to use by clicking on the button next to its name" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 msgid "Open your sound card inputs/outputs by clicking the _plus icon_ next to this sound card" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 msgid "Now enable the correct inputs/outputs in the list under your sound card and disable everything else. You can hover over the inputs/outputs to see which of both they are and if they support the required sample rate for Jamulus of 48kHz (DVD quality)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:72 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:68 #, no-wrap msgid "" "**Hints:**\n" @@ -211,43 +201,43 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:73 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:69 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "Risoluzione dei problemi" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:76 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:72 msgid "If nothing works, first restart Jamulus and/or your PC to close background processes that may be accessing your sound card." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:78 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:74 msgid "Afterwards, *set up the inputs/outputs again*. Enabled and accessible input/outputs show as lit up power buttons and play buttons in the ASIO4ALL settings. If instead you see a red cross or yellow symbol, close other applications that may be accessing your sound card (e.g. web browser, Zoom, etc)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:80 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:76 msgid "Have a look at [this video](https://youtu.be/_GzOsitVgLI) by [trombonepizza](https://github.com/trombonepizza) which gives more detailed setup information on ASIO4ALL." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:82 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:78 msgid "Official and further information about how to configure ASIO4ALL is documented in the official [ASIO4ALL FAQs on the ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/index.php/help/faq/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:83 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:79 #, no-wrap msgid "All installed?" msgstr "Tutto installato?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:86 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:82 msgid "Take a look at" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:87 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:83 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "[Pagina introduttiva](Getting-Started){: .button}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Privacy-Statement.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Privacy-Statement.po index 868d3339f..0e1ab1f90 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Privacy-Statement.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Privacy-Statement.po @@ -6,11 +6,12 @@ # Gico2006 , 2022. # Massimo Pissarello , 2023. # ignotus , 2023. -# Marco Ciampa , 2023. +# Marco Ciampa , 2023, 2025. +# peppedp , 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-10-17 18:07+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-10-07 11:02+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Marco Ciampa \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: it\n" @@ -18,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.1\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 @@ -65,23 +66,23 @@ msgstr "Definizioni dei termini" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18 msgid "\"**Server**\" The Jamulus software running as a Server and accepting connections from Clients" -msgstr "" +msgstr "\"**Server**\" Il software Jamulus in esecuzione come server e che accetta connessioni dai client" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18 msgid "\"**Client**\" The Jamulus software used to connect to a Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "\"**Client**\" Il software Jamulus utilizzato per connettersi a un server" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18 msgid "\"**Directory**\" A Jamulus Server configured to supply a list of Servers to Clients" -msgstr "" +msgstr "\"**Directory**\" Un server Jamulus configurato per fornire un elenco di server ai client" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:19 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus.io Website" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sito web Jamulus.io" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:22 @@ -97,7 +98,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:26 msgid "Jamulus is open source software that can be modified by anyone. As such, the Jamulus project can make no representations related to privacy, data collection, or security with respect to your use of the software." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus è un software open source che può essere modificato da chiunque. Per questo motivo, il progetto Jamulus non può rilasciare dichiarazioni circa la privacy, raccolta dati, o sicurezza, relativi al tuo utilizzo del software." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:27 @@ -107,7 +108,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:30 -msgid "Under normal use with software downloaded from this website that has not been modified, your user profile information is exchanged with Servers you connect to, peers connected to those same Servers, and to third parties (including Directories) that use the Jamulus protocol. This information is limited to your Jamulus name, city, country, instrument, and skill level as you have set them in your profile. The Servers you connect to will also have access to your internet address (IP Address) as it is required for the software to work; but this information is not shared with peers on the same Server or available to third parties." +msgid "Under normal use with software downloaded from this website that has not been modified, your user profile information is exchanged with Servers you connect to, peers connected to those same Servers, and to third parties (including Directories) that use the Jamulus protocol. This information is limited to your Jamulus name, city, country, instrument, and skill level as you have set them in your profile. Directories from which you request Server lists, Servers displayed in the Connect Dialog and Servers you connect to will also have access to your internet address (IP Address) as it is required for the software to work; but this information is not shared with peers on the same Server or available to third parties." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -157,7 +158,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:47 #, no-wrap msgid "Directories" -msgstr "Cartelle" +msgstr "Directory" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:49 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Running-a-Server.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Running-a-Server.po index b41be3d4d..35e31cde8 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Running-a-Server.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Running-a-Server.po @@ -6,18 +6,19 @@ # Gico2006 , 2022. # Giuseppe , 2023. # ignotus , 2024. +# Marco Ciampa , 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-06 08:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-03 12:01+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Marco Ciampa \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: it\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13.1-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 @@ -91,8 +92,9 @@ msgstr "Devo necessariamnete eseguire un server?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:23 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**No**. You don't need to run a Server. You can use the Servers listed by the built-in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server yourself. You can also use an unlisted Server if you know its internet address. Or you can use a third party hosting service such as [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/) or [KOORD](https://koord.live/). There's probably a Server nearby that you and your friends can use at low enough latency for most needs.\n" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "**No**. You don't need to run a Server. You can use the Servers listed by the built-in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server yourself. You can also use an unlisted Server if you know its internet address. Or you can use a third party hosting service such as [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/) or [KOORD](https://koord.live/). There's probably a Server nearby that you and your friends can use at low enough latency for most needs.\n" +msgid "**No**. You don't need to run a Server. You can use the Servers listed by the built-in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server yourself. You can also use an unlisted Server if you know its internet address. Or you can use a third party hosting service such as [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/). There's probably a Server nearby that you and your friends can use at low enough latency for most needs.\n" msgstr "**NO**. Non è necessario eseguire un server. Puoi utilizzare i server elencati dalle liste integrate e utilizzare Jamulus senza eseguire tu stesso un server. Puoi anche utilizzare un server non elencato se conosci il suo indirizzo Internet. Oppure puoi utilizzare un servizio di hosting di terze parti come [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/) o [KOORD](https://koord.live/). Probabilmente c'è un server nelle vicinanze che tu e i tuoi amici potete utilizzare con una latenza sufficientemente bassa per un buon ascolto.\n" #. type: Plain text @@ -593,186 +595,169 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:230 #, no-wrap -msgid "`-m or --htmlstatus`" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:232 -msgid "Enable HTML status file, set path and file name" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:234 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Note:** This feature is deprecated, and may disappear in a future release.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:235 -#, no-wrap msgid "`-P or --delaypan`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:237 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:232 msgid "Start with delay panning enabled. This option uses small differences in sound arrival time between the two ears. It produces a stereo effect similar to natural human hearing when compared to normal “volume” panning." msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:238 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:233 #, no-wrap msgid "`-s` or `--server`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:240 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:235 msgid "Start Jamulus in Server mode" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:236 #, no-wrap msgid "`--serverbindip`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:243 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:238 msgid "Specify the IP address the Jamulus process will bind to." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:245 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:240 msgid "Normally, Jamulus will listen on all IP addresses on the host machine. Where the host has multiple network addresses, this option allows one of the addresses to be chosen." msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:246 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241 #, no-wrap msgid "`-T or --multithreading`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:248 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:243 msgid "Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs. This setting may help the Server support more Clients. See also `--numchannels`" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:249 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:244 #, no-wrap msgid "`-u or --numchannels`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:251 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:246 msgid "Maximum number of channels (Clients)" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:252 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:247 #, no-wrap msgid "`-z or --startminimized`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:249 msgid "Start the Jamulus Server graphical user interface in the minimized window state." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:255 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:250 #, no-wrap msgid "Other options" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:258 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:253 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:259 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254 #, no-wrap msgid "Controlling the Server via API" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:262 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:257 msgid "Jamulus can be controlled via an experimental API which is subject to changes. You can find the [JSON-RPC API documented in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md). JSON-RPC allows you to control some features like changing the welcome message or starting recordings in headless mode from authenticated external applications. It works while the server is running." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:265 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:260 #, no-wrap msgid "Recording" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:267 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:262 #, no-wrap msgid "`-R or --recording`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:269 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:264 msgid "Set Server recording directory. By default, the Server will record when a session is active." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:271 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:266 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** You will need to save recordings to a path _outside_ of the jamulus home directory, or remove `ProtectHome=true` from your systemd unit file, but be aware that doing could be a security risk.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:273 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:268 msgid "Recordings are per track in [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` format and [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Open the respective files to listen to them in those applications." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:275 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:270 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** When your Server is recording, Clients display a red banner message that the session is being recorded.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:276 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:271 #, no-wrap msgid "`--norecord`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:278 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:273 msgid "Set server not to record by default when recording is configured." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:280 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:275 #, no-wrap msgid "Controlling Recording" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:283 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:278 msgid "Recording starts once the first person connects to the Server, and stops when the last person leaves." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:285 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:280 msgid "If the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new directory. SIGUSR2 will toggle recording on/off. If [JSON-RPC](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) is enabled, you will also be able to manage the server in a way comparable to the GUI. Please see the (experimental) [JSON-RPC documentation on the recorder](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md#jamulusserverstartrecording)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:288 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:283 msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:290 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:285 msgid "To turn recording on or off (depending on the current state):" msgstr "" #. type: Fenced code block -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:291 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:286 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [Unit]\n" @@ -785,12 +770,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:302 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:297 msgid "To start a new recording:" msgstr "" #. type: Fenced code block -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:303 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:298 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [Unit]\n" @@ -803,150 +788,150 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:314 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:309 msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name used by systemd to control your Jamulus Server. By default, if you use the `.deb` files from the repository, it is `jamulus-headless`, as in this example." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:316 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:311 msgid "Run `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` to register them for first use." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:318 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:313 msgid "Now you can run these with the `systemctl` command, for example:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:320 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:315 msgid "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:322 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:317 msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (or the respective service name you specified manually). You can also view your (sys)log." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:325 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:320 #, no-wrap msgid "Adding metadata to the Server" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:328 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:323 msgid "You can add metadata to the welcome message of a Server to add additional, hidden information like contact information or policy requests for bots (this is comparable to [robots.txt](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Robots.txt)). See the [Community Knowledge Base entry about metadata](/kb/2023/07/30/Server-Metadata.html) for more information." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:331 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:326 #, no-wrap msgid "Servers on the desktop" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:334 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:329 msgid "Jamulus can run in Server mode in the graphical environment of a computer. This gives you a graphical user interface to control most of the settings. To do this, first [install Jamulus for your platform](Getting-Started), then do one of the following:" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:336 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:331 msgid "**Windows users** - Use the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in the Windows Start menu. If you want the Server to start automatically when you start Windows, check the box for this option." msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:338 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:333 msgid "**macOS users** - Double-click the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in Applications." msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:340 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:335 msgid "**Linux users** - Launch the \"Jamulus Server\" shortcut. Or you can open a terminal window (`CTRL+ALT+t` on Debian and related distros), type `jamulus -s` and hit return." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:342 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:337 msgid "While most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, others can only be set using options given in a terminal window when the Server is launched. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:344 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:339 #, no-wrap msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose **Properties** > **Target**. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:346 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:341 #, no-wrap msgid " `\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:343 msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:350 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:345 #, no-wrap msgid " `/Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:352 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:347 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note** Command line options will set the Server’s defaults at startup. You can override them while the Server is running using their corresponding GUI controls.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:353 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348 #, no-wrap msgid "The Server status icon" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:356 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:351 msgid "When a Server is running in GUI mode, the operating system will show an icon in the system tray or status area that indicates whether the Server has connections:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:358 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:353 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
The Server is empty\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:360 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:355 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
The Server is occupied\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:363 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:358 #, no-wrap msgid "Backing up the Server" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:366 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:361 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:368 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:363 msgid "Headless Servers do not use `.ini` files. All configuration is given as command line options. If you are running a Server in GUI mode, after reading any command line options on start, it will store its configuration in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:369 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:364 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "Risoluzione dei problemi" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:371 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:366 msgid "If you are having other problems, [see this guide](Server-Troubleshooting)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Se riscontri altri problemi, [consulta questa guida](Server-Troubleshooting)." #~ msgid "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" #~ msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Server-Bandwidth.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Server-Bandwidth.po index 510cf07ea..551b3add2 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Server-Bandwidth.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Server-Bandwidth.po @@ -4,11 +4,11 @@ # Giuseppe , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. # Gico2006 , 2022. -# Marco Ciampa , 2023. +# Marco Ciampa , 2023, 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-10-17 18:07+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-04 10:02+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Marco Ciampa \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: it\n" @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.1\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13.1-rc\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ msgstr "Le impostazioni audio hanno un impatto sulla larghezza di banda di rete #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:21 msgid "With the following units * ms : milliseconds * Kbit/s : Kilo-bits per second (Reminder : 1 Mbit/s = 1024 Kbit/s, 1 KByte/s = 8 Kbit/s) * Mbit/s : Mega-bits per second" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Con le seguenti unità * ms : millisecondi * Kbit/s : Kilo-bit al secondo (Promemoria: 1 Mbit/s = 1024 Kbit/s, 1 KByte/s = 8 Kbit/s) * Mbit/s : Mega-bit al secondo" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:30 @@ -77,12 +77,20 @@ msgid "" "| Mono | Medium | 594 Kbit/s | 366 Kbit/s | 250 Kbit/s | 192 Kbit/s |\n" "| Mono | Low | 534 Kbit/s | 306 Kbit/s | 190 Kbit/s | 132 Kbit/s |\n" msgstr "" +"| Canali | Qualità | Larghezza di banda (per buffer: 2,67 ms) | Larghezza di banda (per buffer: 5,33 ms) | Larghezza di banda (per buffer: 10,67 ms) | Larghezza di banda (per buffer: 21,33 ms) |\n" +"| --------- | ------ | -------- | -------- | -------- | -------- |\n" +"| Stereo | Alta | 894 Kbit/s | 657 Kbit/s | 541 Kbit/s | 483 Kbit/s |\n" +"| Stereo | Media | 672 Kbit/s | 444 Kbit/s | 328 Kbit/s | 270 Kbit/s |\n" +"| Stereo | Bassa | 606 Kbit/s | 372 Kbit/s | 256 Kbit/s | 198 Kbit/s |\n" +"| Mono | Alta | 672 Kbit/s | 444 Kbit/s | 328 Kbit/s | 270 Kbit/s 8|\n" +"| Mono | Media | 594 Kbit/s | 366 Kbit/s | 250 Kbit/s | 192 Kbit/s |\n" +"| Mono | Bassa | 534 Kbit/s | 306 Kbit/s | 190 Kbit/s | 132 Kbit/s |\n" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:31 #, no-wrap msgid "Network bandwidth" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Larghezza di banda della rete" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:38 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Server-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Server-Troubleshooting.po index c4a11fe60..dc1a481c5 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Server-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Server-Troubleshooting.po @@ -5,20 +5,20 @@ # ignotus , 2022. # Gico2006 , 2022. # Giuseppe , 2023. -# Marco Ciampa , 2023. +# Marco Ciampa , 2023, 2025. # ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-06 08:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-04 10:02+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Marco Ciampa \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: it\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13.1-rc\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ msgstr "\n" #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:22 #, no-wrap msgid "Servers - Registered" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Server - Registrati" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:24 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Software-Manual.po index 8f0876705..ff72c8228 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Software-Manual.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Software-Manual.po @@ -5,20 +5,20 @@ # ignotus , 2022. # Gico2006 , 2022. # Giuseppe , 2023. -# Marco Ciampa , 2023. +# Marco Ciampa , 2023, 2025. # ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-06 08:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-10-07 11:02+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Marco Ciampa \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: it\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 @@ -38,17 +38,11 @@ msgstr "wiki" msgid "/wiki/Software-Manual" msgstr "/wiki/Software-Manual" -#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Software Manual" -msgstr "Manuale del software" - #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7 #, no-wrap -msgid "Jamulus User Manual" -msgstr "Manuale utente di Jamulus" +msgid "User Manual" +msgstr "Manuale utente" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:9 @@ -86,14 +80,14 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:20 #, no-wrap -msgid " \n" -msgstr "" +msgid "\n" +msgstr "\n" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:21 #, no-wrap msgid "Main Window" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Finestra principale" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:28 @@ -114,7 +108,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:32 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large. \n" +msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -226,7 +220,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:75 -msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message is received." +msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message arrives." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## @@ -248,7 +242,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:86 -msgid "The Connection Setup window shows a list of available Servers together with their \"distance\" (in terms of ping time), the number of occupants and the maximum number supported, and the Server's given location. Permanent Servers (those that have been listed for longer than 24 hours) are shown in bold." +msgid "The Connection Setup window shows a list of available Servers together with their \"distance\" (in terms of ping time), the number of occupants and the maximum number supported, the Server's given location and the Server's Version. Permanent Servers (those that have been listed for longer than 24 hours) are shown in bold." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -263,7 +257,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:98 -msgid "If you know the IP address or URL of a private Server, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Note that IPv6 addresses must be entirely enclosed in square brackets, for example `[::1]:22124`.) The field will also show a list of the most recently used server addresses. The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list." +msgid "If you know the hostname or IP address of a private Server, you can connect to it using the \"Server Address\" field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Note that IPv6 addresses must be entirely enclosed in square brackets, for example `[::1]:22124`.) The field will also show a list of the most recently used server addresses. The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## @@ -299,201 +293,343 @@ msgid "If you see a \"mute\" icon above a user, it means that person cannot hear msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:113 -msgid "Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. You can sort instead by name, instrument, group, or city using the View menu." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:116 +msgid "Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. When joining a server that already has participants, the default order depends on the versions of Jamulus at the client and the server. With a client version before 3.12.0 or a server version older than 3.5.5, the existing participants will be shown before your own fader channel. With a client of 3.12.0 or later connected to a server of 3.5.5 or newer, your own fader will be shown first, with the other existing participants shown to the right. In either case, participants joining subsequently will by default appear to the right of all the existing participants." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:115 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:118 +msgid "You can override this order and sort instead by name, instrument, group, city or channel number using the View menu. See Menu Commands below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:120 msgid "If the server operator has enabled recording, you will see a message above the mixer showing that you are being recorded." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:116 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:121 #, no-wrap msgid "Grp button" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:119 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:124 msgid "You can group users together using the \"group\" toggle. Moving the fader of any member of the group will move the other faders in that group by the same amount. You can isolate a channel from the group temporarily with shift-click-drag. Up to 8 groups can be defined." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:120 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:125 #, no-wrap msgid "Mute button" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:123 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:128 msgid "Prevents users being heard in your local mix. Be aware that when you mute someone, they will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader to indicate that you cannot hear them. Note also that you will continue to see their VU meters moving if sound from the muted user is reaching the server. Your fader position for them is also unaffected." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:125 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130 msgid "Note that muting your **own** channel only means you will not hear your signal from the server (and is not advised as it can lead to you becoming out of time with other players). This is therefore not the same as using \"[Mute Myself](#mute-myself-button)\"." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:126 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:131 #, no-wrap msgid "Solo button" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:129 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:134 msgid "Allows you to hear one or more users on their own. Those not soloed will be muted. Note also that those people who are not soloed will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader." msgstr "" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:135 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Menu commands" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:137 +#, no-wrap +msgid "File > Connection Setup..." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140 +msgid "Opens the [connection dialogue (see above)](#connectdisconnect-button)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:141 +#, no-wrap +msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:144 +msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band. This stores your settings for each person's fader volume, pan setting, mute and solo state. You can load this mix any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:145 +#, no-wrap +msgid "File > Exit" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:148 +msgid "Closes all the windows and exits the application." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:149 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Edit > Clear All Stored Solo/Mute Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:152 +msgid "Whenever you Solo or Mute a channel, Jamulus remembers these settings. Even if that person leaves and rejoins - or you join a server where they are playing - the settings will automatically be applied. Use this command to clear _all_ these stored settings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:153 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Edit > Set All Faders to New Client Level" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:156 +msgid "Applies the [configured \"New Client Level\"](#new-client-level) to all currently connected channels." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:157 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:160 +msgid "Applies a one-off fader adjustment to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:161 +#, no-wrap +msgid "View > (sort options)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:166 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"Most items under the \"View\" menu allow you to adjust the order Jamulus chooses to display channels on the server:\n" +"* Own Fader First
\n" +"This option can be used in addition to the others to move your own channel to always be the leftmost, irrespective of the sort order of the other channels.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:178 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* No user sorting
\n" +"This does not take any user details into account when sorting. It sorts by the order channels join the current server as described further up, with new channels being added to the right-hand end.\n" +"* Sort by Name
\n" +"Sorts by the name someone has chosen in their profile.\n" +"* Sort by Instrument / City
\n" +"Sorts by the instrument or city someone has in their profile, along with their name.\n" +"* Sort by Group
\n" +"Where the fader group feature is in use, this sorts in ascending group number from left to right (and within that, by name), with any ungrouped channels off to the right.\n" +"* Sort by Channel
\n" +"Where Jamulus channel controls (fader, mute, solo, etc) are being controlled by MIDI (see [Using --ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)), this sorts by the channel number to help ensure a stable sort order that aligns with MIDI hardware controls.\n" +"Note that in Jamulus clients before version 3.12.0, channel numbers are assigned directly by the server. Clients from 3.12.0 onwards manage their own channel number assignments and always assign channel 0 to the local user (provided the server version is at least 3.5.5).\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179 +#, no-wrap +msgid "View > Chat" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:182 +msgid "Opens the [Chat](#chat) window." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Settings Menu" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:186 +msgid "Allows direct access to each of the [Settings](#settings) tabs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:187 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Help" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:190 +msgid "Provides access to the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) and [User Manual](Software-Manual) (this page) on the website, along with copyright, licence and acknowledgement details. There is also a \"What's This?\" option for getting more details on parts of the client display." +msgstr "" + #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:192 #, no-wrap msgid "Settings" msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194 #, no-wrap msgid "My Profile" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:136 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198 msgid "From the Settings menu, select \"My Profile...\" to set your Alias/Name which is displayed below your fader in the server audio mixer board." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:200 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:202 msgid "If you set an instrument and/or country, icons for these selections will also be shown below your fader. The skill setting changes the background colour of the fader tag and the city entry shows up in the tool tip of the fader tag:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:204 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:143 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:205 #, no-wrap msgid "Skin" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:146 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:208 msgid "This applies a skin to the main window, some of which are designed to accommodate larger ensembles." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:147 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:209 #, no-wrap msgid "Meter style" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:150 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:212 msgid "This changes the visual style of the audio meters, independently of the chosen skin." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:151 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:213 #, no-wrap msgid "Mixer rows" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:154 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:216 msgid "This sets the number of rows displayed in the server audio mixer, for use with larger ensembles." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:155 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:217 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio Alerts" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:158 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220 msgid "This turns on a sound alert for when someone joins a Server, or when receiving a new chat message." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:159 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:221 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio/Network Setup" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:162 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:224 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:225 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio Device" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:167 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:229 msgid "Under the Windows operating system the ASIO driver (sound card) can be selected using Jamulus. If the selected ASIO driver is not valid an error message is shown and the previous valid driver is selected. Under macOS the input and output hardware can be selected." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:168 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230 #, no-wrap msgid "Input/output channel mapping" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:233 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237 msgid "If the selected sound card device offers more than one input or output channel, the _Input Channel Mapping and Output Channel Mapping_ settings are visible. For each Jamulus input/output channel (left and right channel) a different actual sound card channel can be selected." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:176 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:238 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio channels" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179 -msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and server." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241 +msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and Server." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:181 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:243 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note**: It is better to run separate Client instances per voice/instrument, where each Client has its own ini file, rather than using this built-in mono pair to stereo mixer.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:245 msgid "There are three modes available:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:185 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:247 #, no-wrap msgid "**Mono** and **Stereo** modes use one and two audio channels respectively.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:188 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250 #, no-wrap msgid "" "**Mono-in/Stereo-out**: The audio signal sent to the server is mono but the return signal is stereo. This is useful if the sound card has the instrument on one input channel and the microphone on the other. In that case\n" @@ -501,151 +637,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:191 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:253 msgid "Enabling stereo mode will increase your stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:256 msgid "In stereo streaming mode, no audio channel selection for the reverb effect will be available on the main window since the effect is applied to both channels in this case." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:195 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:257 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio quality" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:260 msgid "The higher the audio quality, the higher your audio stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:261 #, no-wrap msgid "Buffer Delay" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:203 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265 msgid "The buffer delay setting is a fundamental setting of the Jamulus software. This setting has an influence on many connection properties. Three buffer sizes are supported:" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269 msgid "**64 samples** Provides the lowest latency but does not work with all sound cards." msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269 msgid "**128 samples** The preferred setting. Should work for most available sound cards." msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269 msgid "**256 samples** Should only be used on very slow computers, or with a slow internet connection." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:210 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272 msgid "Some sound card drivers do not allow the buffer delay to be changed from within the Jamulus software. In this case the buffer delay setting is disabled and has to be changed using the sound card driver. On Windows, press the ASIO Setup button to open the driver settings panel." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:214 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:276 msgid "On Linux: - when using JACK, use `QJackCtl` to change the buffer size and restart JACK; - when using PipeWire's JACK server, change PipeWire's Quantum parameter with its own configuration tools." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:218 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:280 msgid "The actual buffer delay has an influence on the connection status, the current upload rate and the overall delay. The lower the buffer size, the higher the probability of a red light in the status indicator (dropouts) and the higher the upload rate and the lower the overall delay." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:282 msgid "The buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:221 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:283 #, no-wrap msgid "Jitter Buffer" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:226 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288 msgid "The jitter buffer compensates for network and sound card timing jitters. The size of the buffer influences the quality of the audio stream (how many dropouts occur) and the overall delay (the longer the buffer, the higher the delay)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:292 msgid "You can set the jitter buffer size manually for your local Client and the remote server. For the local jitter buffer, dropouts in the audio stream are indicated by the light below the jitter buffer size faders. If the light turns to red, a buffer overrun/underrun has taken place and the audio stream is interrupted." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:232 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:294 msgid "The jitter buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:236 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:298 msgid "If the Auto setting is enabled, the jitter buffers of your local Client and the remote server are set automatically based on measurements of the network and sound card timing jitter. If the Auto check is enabled, the jitter buffer size faders are disabled (they cannot be moved with the mouse)." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:299 #, no-wrap msgid "Small Network Buffers" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:303 msgid "Allows support for very small network audio packets. These are only used if the sound card buffer delay is smaller than 128 samples. The smaller the network buffers, the lower the audio latency. But at the same time the network load increases and the probability of audio dropouts also increases (particuarly if your network connection has any significant jitter). Try enabling this option if you are suffering from high latency or bad audio quality. However, keeping it disabled will normally mean better audio quality." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:242 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio Stream Rate" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:246 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:308 msgid "Depends on the current audio packet size and compression setting. Make sure that the upstream rate is not higher than your available internet upload speed (check this with a service such as [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/))." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:247 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:309 #, no-wrap msgid "Advanced Setup" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:312 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:251 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:313 #, no-wrap msgid "Custom Directories" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258 -msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here. If you know the IP address or host name of a custom Directory, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Note that IPv6 is not currently supported for Directories.) The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:320 +msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here. Enter the hostname or IP address of the custom Directory. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Note that IPv6 is not currently supported for Directories.) The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:259 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:321 #, no-wrap msgid "New Client Level" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:264 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:326 #, no-wrap msgid "" "This setting defines the fader level of a newly connected Client in percent. If a new user connects\n" @@ -654,140 +790,116 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:327 #, no-wrap msgid "Input Boost" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:268 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:330 msgid "Increases the gain from your device. Use this if your device delivers a gain that is too quiet for Jamulus." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:331 #, no-wrap msgid "Feedback Protection" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:334 msgid "Attempts to detect audio feedback loops or loud noise in the first three seconds after you connected to a server. Once detected, this feature will show a message and activate the \"Mute Myself\" button to mute you in your own mix." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:273 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:335 #, no-wrap msgid "Input Balance" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:278 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:340 msgid "Controls the relative levels of the left and right local audio channels. For a mono signal it acts as a pan between the two channels. For example, if a microphone is connected to the right input channel and an instrument is connected to the left input channel which is much louder than the microphone, move the audio fader to increase the relative volume of the mic." msgstr "" #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:279 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Menu commands" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281 -#, no-wrap -msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:284 -msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band rehearsals (fader, mute, pan, solo etc.) and load these any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:285 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders " -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288 -msgid "Applies a one-off fader setting to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:289 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:341 #, no-wrap msgid "Backing up Jamulus" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:293 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:345 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:347 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n" +msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in\n" msgstr "" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:347 #, no-wrap msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:299 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:351 #, no-wrap msgid "Command Line Options" msgstr "Opzioni della riga di comando" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:302 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:354 msgid "Most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, but these and others can also be set using options given in a terminal window. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:356 #, no-wrap msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" msgstr "" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:305 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:357 #, no-wrap msgid " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:310 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:362 msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" msgstr "" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:311 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:363 #, no-wrap msgid " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:316 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:368 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:318 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:370 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:319 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:371 #, no-wrap msgid "Controlling the Client via API" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:321 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:373 msgid "In addition to the CLI, Jamulus can be controlled using an API. This is beneficial for advanced use cases - for example, where there is no GUI, or another application needs to interact with Jamulus. Please note that the API is still experimental. Information on the [JSON-RPC API can be found in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)." msgstr "" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Software Manual" +#~ msgstr "Manuale del software" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Tips-Tricks-More.po index e6cee14cf..28e0e719e 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Tips-Tricks-More.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Tips-Tricks-More.po @@ -6,20 +6,20 @@ # Gico2006 , 2022. # Massimo Pissarello , 2023. # Giuseppe , 2023. -# Marco Ciampa , 2023. +# Marco Ciampa , 2023, 2025. # ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-06 08:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-10-09 19:07+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Marco Ciampa \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: it\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 @@ -100,88 +100,88 @@ msgstr "" #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:24 #, no-wrap msgid "Using the Jamulus Client" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uso del client Jamulus" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:26 #, no-wrap msgid "Have an undisturbed session on any Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Avere una sessione indisturbata su qualsiasi server" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:29 msgid "You can have an undisturbed session with other people on any Server by simply soloing each other. You will then not be able to hear anyone else if they enter your Server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Si può avere una sessione indisturbata con altre persone su qualsiasi server semplicemente rendendo solista ogni altro. In questo modo non si potrà sentire nessuno se qualcuno entra nel proprio server." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:31 #, no-wrap msgid "**NOTE:** This does not stop people from hearing you, using the chat function, or seeing your profile information.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**NOTA:** Questo non impedisce alle persone di ascoltarti, di usare la funzione chat o di vedere le informazioni del tuo profilo.\n" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:32 #, no-wrap msgid "Using Jamulus audio in Zoom (or other) meeting apps" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utilizzo dell'audio Jamulus in Zoom (o altre) app per riunioni" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:35 msgid "Several users have reported success allowing a \"virtual audience\" for a Jamulus session by using [JACK audio](https://jackaudio.org) to route the Jamulus signal through JackRouter to the target application (in this case, Zoom meetings)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Diversi utenti hanno segnalato di essere riusciti a consentire a un \"pubblico virtuale\" di partecipare a una sessione Jamulus utilizzando [JACK audio](https://jackaudio.org) per instradare il segnale Jamulus tramite JackRouter all'applicazione di destinazione (in questo caso, riunioni Zoom)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:37 msgid "You can also use [VoiceMeeter](https://www.vb-audio.com/Voicemeeter/banana.htm) (Banana) for Windows or [BlackHole](https://github.com/ExistentialAudio/BlackHole) for macOS to route the Jamulus output to multiple destinations, for example to your headphones and the meeting application at the same time." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Si può anche usare [VoiceMeeter](https://www.vb-audio.com/Voicemeeter/banana.htm) (Banana) per Windows o [BlackHole](https://github.com/ExistentialAudio/BlackHole) per macOS per indirizzare l'output di Jamulus a più destinazioni, ad esempio alle proprie cuffie e all'applicazione per riunioni contemporaneamente." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:38 #, no-wrap msgid "Recording Jamulus on Windows with Reaper" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Registrazione di Jamulus su Windows con Reaper" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:41 msgid "Jamulus user [Rob Durkin](https://sourceforge.net/u/bentwrench/profile/) has written a [guide to recording the output of Jamulus](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1tENfNKTWHasuTg33OdLLEo4-OOhWJolOo42ffSARxhY/edit) (Google Doc) using the ReaRoute add-on for [Reaper](https://www.reaper.fm/)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "L'utente Jamulus [Rob Durkin](https://sourceforge.net/u/bentwrench/profile/) ha scritto una [guida per registrare l'output di Jamulus](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1tENfNKTWHasuTg33OdLLEo4-OOhWJolOo42ffSARxhY/edit) (Google Doc) utilizzando il componente aggiuntivo ReaRoute per [Reaper](https://www.reaper.fm/)." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:42 #, no-wrap msgid "Sharing song/chord sheets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Condivisione di spartiti di canzoni/accordi" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:45 msgid "Jamulus user [BTDT](https://sourceforge.net/u/btdt/profile/) has written a system called [305keepers](https://github.com/keepers305/Song-Sheet-Sharing-Web-Pages), a web application that allows a \"Jam leader\" to push song sheets (in PDF format) to \"Jammers\" in real time using standard web browsers." -msgstr "" +msgstr "L'utente Jamulus [BTDT](https://sourceforge.net/u/btdt/profile/) ha scritto un sistema chiamato [305keepers](https://github.com/keepers305/Song-Sheet-Sharing-Web-Pages), un'applicazione web che consente a un \"Jam leader\" di inviare spartiti musicali (in formato PDF) ai \"Jammers\" in tempo reale utilizzando un browser web standard." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:46 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus Client Linux start script" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Script di avvio del client Linux Jamulus" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:49 msgid "Here's a Linux start script for Jamulus using an old Audigy4 sound card, the large number of available audio faders for which makes it hard to get the correct settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ecco uno script di avvio Linux per Jamulus che utilizza una vecchia scheda audio Audigy4, per la quale è difficile ottenere le impostazioni corrette a causa dell'elevato numero di fader audio disponibili." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:51 msgid "This script therefore includes the most important audio fader settings. The second part of the script deals with the JACK connections. I use Guitarix as my guitar effect processor which I plug in in the JACK audio path." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Questo script include quindi le impostazioni più importanti dei fader audio. La seconda parte dello script riguarda le connessioni JACK. Utilizzo Guitarix come processore di effetti per chitarra, che collego al percorso audio JACK." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:53 msgid "Finally I start Jamulus automatically connecting to the Directory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Infine avvio Jamulus connettendolo automaticamente alla Directory." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:55 msgid "Here is the script:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ecco lo script:" #. type: Fenced code block #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:57 @@ -215,98 +215,280 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83 #, no-wrap -msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers" -msgstr "" +msgid "Using `--ctrlmidich` for MIDI controllers" +msgstr "Uso di `--ctrlmidich` per i controller MIDI" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86 -msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:" +msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a connected MIDI controller. This feature is available from version 3.7.0 on macOS, Linux, and the JACK version of Jamulus for Windows. From Jamulus 3.12.0 onwards, it is also available for the non-JACK (ASIO) Windows version. To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with the `--ctrlmidich` command-line option." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88 -msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`" +msgid "When this option is used on the command line, Jamulus will prepend a channel number to each Client name, which can be used to control the channel using MIDI CC numbers. In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first when sorted by channel or when \"Own Fader First\" is enabled." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90 -msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64." +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Tip*: With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n" +msgid "When using JACK or macOS, make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), Audio/MIDI Setup (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch `a2jmidid` so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl. For non-JACK Windows, Jamulus will find the MIDI device(s) automatically, but see the `d` option below if more than one MIDI device is connected." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94 +msgid "`--ctrlmidich` takes a single argument. If you omit it, the parameter is ignored. There are two formats for the argument:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96 +msgid "The legacy definition has one or two numbers in the format:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:97 #, no-wrap -msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n" +msgid " [MIDI channel];[offset for first fader]\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:126 +msgid "`MIDI channel` is required or else the parameter argument is ignored and the feature is not active. `0` means \"any channel\", `1`-`16` listen only to MIDI messages on the specified MIDI channel." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104 +msgid "`offset for first fader` is the first MIDI CC to use to control a Jamulus Channel fader (default 70, which matches the Behringer X-Touch defaults), with all MIDI CCs after that being used; must be a number or else the long form is used." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96 -msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth." +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106 +#, no-wrap +msgid " For example\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112 +#, no-wrap +msgid " would listen on all MIDI channels and use MIDI controller 70 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on. Here's another example:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" --ctrlmidich \"2;50\"\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:118 +#, no-wrap +msgid " This would listen on MIDI channel 2 and use MIDI controller 50 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '2. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:120 +msgid "The long form is a sequence of offsets and counts for various controllers:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:121 +#, no-wrap +msgid " [MIDI channel];[control letter][offset](*[count])(;...)\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:128 +msgid "`control letter` defines which Jamulus Control the MIDI controller number is assigned to:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:135 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" | control letter | Jamulus Control |\n" +" |--------:|---------|\n" +" | `f` | Fader |\n" +" | `p` | Pan |\n" +" | `s` | Solo |\n" +" | `m` | Mute |\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:137 +msgid "`offset` is the base MIDI CC number for the control." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:139 +msgid "`count` is the number of CC values for the control, defaulting to 1 (i.e. the number Jamulus channels that can be controlled)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98 -msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl." +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:141 +#, no-wrap +msgid " An example for a Korg nanoKONTROL2 using eight sliders starting at MIDI CC 0 to control faders and eight knobs starting at MIDI CC 16 to control pan, on any MIDI channnel, for eight Jamulus channels would be\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:142 +#, no-wrap +msgid " --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:147 #, no-wrap -msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n" +msgid " Enhancing this to add eight Solo buttons starting at CC 32, and eight Mute buttons starting at CC 48 would give:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:148 +#, no-wrap +msgid " --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8\"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:153 +msgid "Two additional `control letter` values are available:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: ' 1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:155 +msgid "`o` controls Mute Myself and has a single `offset` (i.e. `count` is ignored and taken as 1)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: ' 2. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:157 +msgid "`d` is an option on Windows non-JACK Jamulus to specify a particular MIDI input device by name -- without this, all devices will be assigned to Jamulus; with it, only the specified device will be used. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:161 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;dnanoKontrol\"\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:163 +#, no-wrap +msgid " would listen for CC0 through CC7 on MIDI channel 1 from a MIDI device called \"nanoKontrol\". Remember to wrap the whole of the `--ctrlmidich` argument in double quotes and you will have no problems with device names containing spaces.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:165 +#, no-wrap +msgid " In order to discover the correct device name to use, start Jamulus from the command line with `--ctrlmidich` and observe the output. Jamulus will list all discovered MIDI devices:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:173 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n" +" - MIDI controller settings: 0\n" +" - allocated port number: 22134\n" +" - MIDI devices found: 2\n" +" 0: nanoKONTROL2\n" +" 1: Keystation Mini 32\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:181 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\"\n" +" - MIDI controller settings: 1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\n" +" - allocated port number: 22134\n" +" - MIDI devices found: 2\n" +" 0: nanoKONTROL2\n" +" 1: Keystation Mini 32 (ignored)\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:183 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\tNote that if only one MIDI device is connected, the `d` option is not necessary, as Jamulus will use the device automatically.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:185 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\tOn macOS, Linux or Windows with JACK, the `d` option is accepted if given, but ignored.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:187 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself, that is, buttons on your MIDI controller need to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:188 #, no-wrap msgid "For Server admins" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:103 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:190 #, no-wrap msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:193 msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:107 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:194 #, no-wrap msgid "Remote management of recordings" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:197 msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:111 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:198 #, no-wrap msgid "Making a Server status page" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:201 msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:203 msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):" msgstr "" #. type: Fenced code block -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:117 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:204 #, no-wrap msgid "" ", 2023. -# Marco Ciampa , 2023. +# Marco Ciampa , 2023, 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-10-17 18:07+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-04 10:02+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Marco Ciampa \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: it\n" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.1\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13.1-rc\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 @@ -55,29 +55,29 @@ msgstr "Si raccomanda vivamente di testare il proprio server registrandolo **pri #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:14 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting up a Server behind a home router" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurazione di un server dietro un router domestico" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:17 msgid "If you set up your Server at home, you will probably need to change some settings in your router/firewall:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Se si installa il proprio server a casa, probabilmente si dovrà modificare alcune impostazioni del router/firewall:" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:18 #, no-wrap msgid "Port forwarding" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Port forwarding" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:21 msgid "Normally, people from outside your home network cannot see things inside it. To let external Jamulus Clients connect to your Server, you need to set up port forwarding in your router's settings. The exact setup differs for every router. For help, see your router's documentation or [portforward.com](https://portforward.com)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Normalmente, le persone esterne alla rete domestica non possono vedere ciò che avviene al suo interno. Per consentire ai client Jamulus esterni di connettersi al server, è necessario configurare il port forwarding nelle impostazioni del router. La configurazione esatta varia da router a router. Per assistenza, consultare la documentazione del router oppure [portforward.com](https://portforward.com)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:23 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** The default port for Jamulus is **UDP** (not TCP) port **22124**. You will usually forward the port **22124** from outside your network to the port **22124** of the computer running the Server.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Nota:** la porta predefinita per Jamulus è la porta **UDP** (non TCP) **22124**. Solitamente si inoltra la porta **22124** dall'esterno della rete alla porta **22124** del computer che esegue il server.\n" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:24 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/navigation.po b/_translator-files/po/it/navigation.po index 446e95a5c..305e780cc 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/navigation.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/navigation.po @@ -3,11 +3,11 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Giuseppe , 2022. # Gico2006 , 2022. -# Massimo Pissarello , 2023. +# Massimo Pissarello , 2023, 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-02-28 03:39+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-12-05 06:13+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Massimo Pissarello \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: it\n" @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.16-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.9-dev\n" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ msgstr "/wiki/Getting-Started" #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "User Manual" -msgstr "Manuale d'uso" +msgstr "Manuale utente" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ msgstr "Usare Jamulus" #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Server Manual" -msgstr "Manuale del server" +msgstr "Manuale server" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/1-index.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/1-index.po index 07c48c732..b6483ebb7 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/1-index.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/1-index.po @@ -3,40 +3,23 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # 이정희 , 2022. # 이정희 , 2022. -# 이정희 , 2023. +# 이정희 , 2023, 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-25 23:49+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-02-02 17:02+0000\n" "Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: ko_KR\n" +"Language: ko-KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.10-dev\n" #. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?) #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:1 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "" -#| "---\n" -#| "title: \"Jamulus ‒ Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" -#| "lang: \"en\"\n" -#| "permalink: /\n" -#| "layout: mainhomepage\n" -#| "ldjAppCategory: \"Music\"\n" -#| "ldjSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" -#| "ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer and contributors\"\n" -#| "metadescription: \"Jamulus is free and open source software that lets musicians perform music, rehearse or jam together, in real time over the Internet.\"\n" -#| "mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icon\"\n" -#| "mTSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" -#| "mTGetStartedNow: \"Get started now!\"\n" -#| "mTDownloadNow: 'Download now for'\n" -#| "mTPlatformsAnd: 'and'\n" -#| "mTOtherPlatforms: 'other platforms'\n" -#| "---\n" +#, no-wrap msgid "" "---\n" "title: \"Jamulus ‒ Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" @@ -57,65 +40,68 @@ msgid "" "[//]: # Markdown sections should not be indented, otherwise they are treated as code blocks.\n" msgstr "" "---\n" -"title: \"Jamulus ‒ 온라인으로 음악을 재생합니다. 친구들과 함께. 무료로.\"\n" +"title: \"Jamulus ‒ 온라인에서 음악을 재생하세요. 친구들과 함께. 무료로.\"\n" "lang: \"ko-KR\"\n" "permalink: /\n" "layout: mainhomepage\n" "ldjAppCategory: \"음악\"\n" -"ldjSlogan: \"온라인으로 음악을 재생합니다. 친구들과 함께. 무료로.\"\n" +"ldjSlogan: \"온라인으로 음악을 재생하세요. 친구들과 함께. 무료로.\"\n" "ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer 및 기여자\"\n" "metadescription: \"Jamulus는 뮤지션들이 인터넷을 통해 실시간으로 함께 음악을 연주하고, 리허설하거나 즉흥 연주할 수 있는 무료 오픈 소스 소프트웨어입니다.\"\n" "mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus 아이콘\"\n" -"mTSlogan: \"온라인으로 음악을 재생합니다. 친구들과 함께. 무료로.\"\n" +"mTSlogan: \"온라인으로 음악을 재생하세요. 친구들과 함께. 무료로.\"\n" "mTGetStartedNow: \"지금 시작하세요!\"\n" "mTDownloadNow: '지금 다운로드'\n" "mTPlatformsAnd: '및'\n" "mTOtherPlatforms: '다른 플랫폼'\n" "---\n" +"[//]: # 마크다운 섹션은 들여쓰기를 해서는 안 됩니다. 그렇지 않으면 코드 블록으로 처리됩니다.\n" #. type: Content of:

#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:21 #, no-wrap msgid "What is Jamulus?" -msgstr "Jamulus란 무엇일까요?" +msgstr "Jamulus는 어떤 프로그램인가?" #. type: Content of:
#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:23 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid " Jamulus lets you play, rehearse, or jam with your friends, your band, or anyone you find online. Play together remotely in time with high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection. " +#, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus lets you play, rehearse, or jam with your friends, your band, or anyone you find online. Play together remotely in time with high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection. [Download it here!](wiki/Getting-Started)\n" -msgstr " Jamulus를 사용하면 친구, 밴드 또는 온라인에서 찾은 모든 사람과 연주, 리허설 또는 즉흥 연주를 할 수 있습니다. 일반 광대역 연결에서 지연 시간이 짧은 고음질 사운드로 원격으로 함께 플레이하세요. " +msgstr "Jamulus를 사용하면 친구, 밴드 또는 온라인에서 만난 누구와도 함께 연주, 리허설 또는 즉흥 연주를 할 수 있습니다. 일반적인 광대역 연결에서도 지연 시간이 짧은 고음질 사운드로 원격으로 함께 연주해 보세요. [여기에서 다운로드하세요!](wiki/Getting-Started)\n" + +#. type: Attribute 'src' of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:32 +msgid "{% include img/en-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc %}" +msgstr "{% include img/en-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc %}" + +#. type: Attribute 'alt' of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:32 +msgid "A screenshot of the main mixer window showing five people from different countries connected." +msgstr "서로 다른 국가의 5명이 연결된 모습을 보여주는 메인 믹서 창의 스크린샷입니다." #. type: Content of:
#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:34 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus is international" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus는 전 세계적으로 사용됩니다" #. type: Content of:

#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:40 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus worldwide" -msgstr "세계 속의 Jamulus" +msgstr "전 세계 어디서나 Jamulus" #. type: Content of:
#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:42 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "" -#| " All over the world Jamulus allows choirs to rehearse and rock bands to play. Jamulus brings folk and classical musicians together. It's being used for remote music lessons,\n" -#| " in schools and universities, in private and in public — all in real time on the Internet, as if you were there in person.\n" -#| " " +#, no-wrap msgid "All over the world Jamulus allows choirs to rehearse and rock bands to play. Jamulus brings folk and classical musicians together. It's being used for remote music lessons, in schools and universities, in private and in public — all in real time on the Internet, as if you were there in person.\n" -msgstr "" -" 전 세계적으로 Jamulus는 합창단들이 리허설을 하고 록 밴드들이 연주할 수 있도록 허용합니다. Jamulus는 포크 뮤지션들과 클래식 뮤지션들을 하나로 모았습니다. 원격 음악 수업, 학교와 대학, \n" -" 사립학교와 공공장소에서 사용되고 있습니다 — 마치 당신이 직접 그곳에 있는 것처럼 인터넷에서 실시간으로.\n" -" " +msgstr "전 세계적으로 Jamulus는 합창단이 연습하고, 록 밴드가 연주할 수 있도록 합니다. Jamulus는 포크 및 클래식 뮤지션들을 함께 모이게 합니다. 개인 및 공립 학교와 대학에서, 개인적으로 그리고 공적으로 원격 음악 수업에 사용되고 있으며, 마치 직접 그곳에 있는 것처럼 인터넷을 통해 실시간으로 이루어집니다.\n" #. type: Content of:

#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:44 #, no-wrap msgid "Help needed?" -msgstr "도움이 필요하십니까?" +msgstr "도움말이 필요하신가요?" #. type: Content of:

#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:47 @@ -124,6 +110,8 @@ msgid "" "Check out the [documentation](wiki/Getting-Started) and consider the [troubleshooting section](wiki/Client-Troubleshooting)!\n" "You can also ask on the [forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions).\n" msgstr "" +"[문서](wiki/Getting-Started)를 확인하고 [문제 해결 섹션](wiki/Client-Troubleshooting)을 참고하세요!\n" +"[포럼](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)에서 문의할 수 있습니다.\n" #. type: Content of:

#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:53 @@ -135,19 +123,19 @@ msgstr "참여하고 싶으신가요?" #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:56 #, no-wrap msgid "Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help [translating](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/TRANSLATING.md) Jamulus into your language? Since Jamulus is [free and open source software](https://www.gnu.org/philosophy/free-sw.en.html) (FOSS) licensed under the [GPL](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.en.html) you can help us!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "아이디어가 있으신가요? 버그를 발견하셨나요? 코드 작성에 참여하거나 Jamulus를 여러분의 언어로 [번역](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/TRANSLATING.md)하는 데 도움을 주고 싶으신가요? Jamulus는 [무료 오픈 소스 소프트웨어](https://www.gnu.org/philosophy/free-sw.en.html)(FOSS)이며 [GPL](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.en.html) 라이선스 하에 있으므로 여러분이 저희를 도울 수 있습니다!" #. type: Content of:

#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:58 #, no-wrap msgid "Take a look at our [contribution guidelines](wiki/Contribution) to find out how. Everybody is welcome!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "[기여 가이드라인](wiki/Contribution)을 확인하여 방법을 알아보세요. 누구나 환영합니다!" #. type: Content of:

#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:60 #, no-wrap msgid "_For detailed information on how Jamulus works, see [this paper by Volker Fischer (PDF)](/PerformingBandRehearsalsontheInternetWithJamulus.pdf)._\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "_Jamulus의 작동 방식에 대한 자세한 내용은 [Volker Fischer의 이 논문(PDF)](/PerformingBandRehearsalsontheInternetWithJamulus.pdf)을 참조하세요._\n" #. type: Content of:
#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:65 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Client-Troubleshooting.po index 77ce98d8e..6fd54f945 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Client-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Client-Troubleshooting.po @@ -3,21 +3,21 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # 이정희 , 2022. # 이정희 , 2022. -# 이정희 , 2023. +# 이정희 , 2023, 2025. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. # ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-02-02 17:02+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: ko-KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.10-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 @@ -171,8 +171,8 @@ msgstr "직접 신호를 듣지 않는 정확한 방법은 사운드 인터페 #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:50 -msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [software manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this." -msgstr "서버의 신호를 들으면서 다른 음악가와 동기화할 수 있지만 전체 대기 시간(Jamulus의 \"지연\" 표시등으로 표시됨)이 녹색이 아니거나 대부분 노란색인 경우에도 문제가 발생할 수 있습니다. 시간. 이를 돕기 위해 설정을 조정하는 방법을 알아보려면 [소프트웨어 설명서](/wiki/Software-Manual)를 참조하세요." +msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this." +msgstr "서버의 신호를 들으면 다른 뮤지션과 동기화가 보장되지만, 전반적인 지연 시간(Jamulus의 \"지연\" 표시등으로 표시됨)이 대부분 녹색이 아니거나 적어도 노란색이 아닌 경우 문제가 발생할 수도 있습니다. [사용자 설명서](/wiki/Software-Manual)를 참조하여 설정을 조정하여 이를 해결하는 방법을 알아보세요." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:51 @@ -333,8 +333,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:108 -msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" -msgstr "그 밖의 사항은 [토론 포럼](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)에서 검색하거나 게시해 주세요" +msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/discussions)" +msgstr "그 외의 사항은 [토론 포럼](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/discussions)에서 검색하거나 게시해 주세요" #~ msgid "TOC" #~ msgstr "목차" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/FAQ.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/FAQ.po index b261f20ab..ec2cf0279 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/FAQ.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/FAQ.po @@ -4,20 +4,20 @@ # 이정희 , 2022. # 이정희 , 2022. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. -# 이정희 , 2023. +# 이정희 , 2023, 2025. # ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 21:35+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-02-02 17:02+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: ko-KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.10-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Getting-Started.po index f0a3f6e1d..71d50fbc1 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Getting-Started.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Getting-Started.po @@ -2,20 +2,20 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # 이정희 , 2022. -# 이정희 , 2023. +# 이정희 , 2023, 2024. # ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 21:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-12-10 14:00+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: ko-KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.9-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 @@ -45,17 +45,17 @@ msgstr "구성" #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:8 #, no-wrap msgid "Setup - getting started with Jamulus" -msgstr "설정 - Jamulus 시작하기" +msgstr "구성 - Jamulus 사용법 배우기" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:11 msgid "To get the best from Jamulus, at a minimum you will need:" -msgstr "Jamulus를 최대한 활용하려면, 최소한 다음이 필요합니다:" +msgstr "Jamulus를 제대로 사용하려면, 다음과 같은 것들이 필요합니다:" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15 msgid "**A wired internet connection** (and turn wi-fi off. See the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))" -msgstr "**유선 인터넷 연결**(및 Wi-Fi 끄기. [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment) 참조)" +msgstr "**유선 인터넷 연결** (그리고 Wi-Fi를 끕니다. [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment) 참조)" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15 @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ msgstr "**유선 헤드폰** (블루투스 또는 스피커 아님 - [FAQ](/wiki #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15 msgid "**A reasonable audio device, sound card and/or mic** ([see this list](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) for examples)" -msgstr "**알맞은 오디오 장치, 사운드 카드 및/또는 마이크** (예시를 보려면 [이 목록 참조](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html))" +msgstr "**적당한 오디오 장치, 사운드 카드 및/또는 마이크** (예시를 보려면 [이 목록 참조](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html))" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:17 @@ -255,8 +255,8 @@ msgstr "연결되어 있는 동안 언제든지 채팅 기능을 사용하여 #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:88 -msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [Software Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)." -msgstr "Jamulus 사용에 대한 자세한 내용은 [소프트웨어 설명서](/wiki/Software-Manual)에서 확인할 수 있습니다." +msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)." +msgstr "Jamulus 사용에 대한 자세한 내용은 [사용자 설명서](/wiki/Software-Manual)에서 확인할 수 있습니다." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:89 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Include-Client-Commands.po index bd8b2f1f8..475fd1166 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Include-Client-Commands.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Include-Client-Commands.po @@ -2,19 +2,19 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # 이정희 , 2022. -# 이정희 , 2023. +# 이정희 , 2023, 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-28 13:55+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-02-02 17:02+0000\n" "Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: ko_KR\n" +"Language: ko-KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.10-dev\n" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3 @@ -38,8 +38,8 @@ msgstr "`-j` 또는 `--nojackconnect` 자동 JACK 연결 비활성화" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6 -msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)" -msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` 청취할 MIDI 컨트롤러 채널, 제어 번호 오프셋 및 연속 CC 번호(채널) 및 직접 음소거 CC 번호입니다. 형식: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` [팁 & 트릭](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)" +msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI channel to listen on, Jamulus control + MIDI control number and count of consecutive CC numbers (or Jamulus channels), device selection option. Format: `channel[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dDeviceName]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)." +msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` 청취할 MIDI 채널, Jamulus 제어 + MIDI 제어 번호 및 연속된 CC 번호(또는 Jamulus 채널)의 개수, 장치 선택 옵션입니다. 형식: `channel[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dDeviceName]` [팁 & 요령](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)을 참조하세요." #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Installation-for-Linux.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Installation-for-Linux.po index 68e580499..c4bb79f68 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Installation-for-Linux.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Installation-for-Linux.po @@ -4,20 +4,20 @@ # ignotus , 2022. # 이정희 , 2022. # 이정희 , 2022. -# 이정희 , 2023. +# 이정희 , 2023, 2025. # ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-02-02 17:02+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: ko-KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.10-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ msgstr "사용자의 하드웨어 설정" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:60 msgid "The Jamulus Client needs to connect to a running [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) server in order to start. You need to find out which is the low-latency sound server for your distribution. - If your distribution uses [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/), see how to [configure JACK with QjackCtl](Installation-for-Linux#configure-jack-with-qjackctl). - If your distribution uses PipeWire, see how to [configure PipeWire](Installation-for-Linux#configure-pipewire)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus 클라이언트는 시작하려면 실행 중인 [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) 서버에 연결해야 합니다. 배포판에 적합한 로우 레이턴시 사운드 서버를 찾아야 합니다. - 배포판에서 [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/)을 사용하는 경우 [QjackCtl로 JACK 구성](Installation-for-Linux#configure-jack-with-qjackctl) 방법을 참조하세요. - 배포판에서 PipeWire를 사용하는 경우 [PipeWire 구성](Installation-for-Linux#configure-pipewire) 방법을 참조하세요." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:61 @@ -194,64 +194,54 @@ msgstr "QjackCtl로 JACK 구성하기" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:64 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Jamulus Clients need [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) to run, but you need to configure that first. The recommended method is to use `QjackCtl`." msgid "To run a [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) server, the recommended method is to use `QjackCtl`." -msgstr "Jamulus 클라이언트를 실행하려면 [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/)가 필요하지만, 먼저 구성해야 합니다. 권장되는 방법은 `QjackCtl`을 사용하는 것입니다." +msgstr "[JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) 서버를 실행하려면 `QjackCtl`을 사용하는 것이 좋습니다." #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Launch QjackCtl. You will see the **Qt JACK Control utility main page**" msgid "Launch QjackCtl. You will see the **Qt JACK Control utility main page**." -msgstr "QjackCtl을 실행합니다. **Qt JACK 컨트롤 유틸리티 기본 페이지**가 표시됩니다" +msgstr "QjackCtl을 실행합니다. **Qt JACK 컨트롤 유틸리티 메인 페이지**가 표시됩니다**." #. type: Bullet: '2. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 msgid "Configure your sound hardware as follows:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "다음과 같이 사용자의 사운드 하드웨어 구성:" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Set the audio **Interface** to the one you want (there may be several in the list)" msgid "Set the audio **Interface** to the one you want (there may be several in the list - choose the correct one as this cannot be changed without stopping Jamulus and JACK)." -msgstr "오디오 **인터페이스**를 원하는 것으로 설정합니다(목록에 여러 개 있을 수 있음)" +msgstr "오디오 **인터페이스**를 원하는 것으로 설정합니다(목록에 여러 개 있을 수 있음 - Jamulus와 JACK을 멈추지 않고는 변경할 수 없으므로 올바른 것을 선택하세요)." #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Set the **Sample Rate to 48000**" msgid "Set the **Sample Rate to 48000**." -msgstr "**샘플 속도를 48000**으로 설정합니다" +msgstr "**샘플 레이트를 48000**으로 지정합니다." #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Set the **Frames/Period to 128** and Periods/Buffer at 2 at first" msgid "Set the **Frames/Period to 128** and **Periods/Buffer at 2** at first." -msgstr "**프레임/주기 128**로 설정하고 주기/버퍼를 처음에는 2로 설정합니다" +msgstr "**프레임/주기를 128로**, 처음에는 **주기/버퍼를 2로** 지정합니다." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:73 msgid "Restart JACK for the new settings to take effect and continue from the [Start Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#start-jamulus) section below." -msgstr "" +msgstr "새로운 설정을 적용하려면 JACK을 다시 시작하고 아래 [Jamulus 시작](Installation-for-Linux#start-jamulus) 섹션부터 계속하세요." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:74 #, no-wrap msgid "Configure PipeWire" -msgstr "" +msgstr "PipeWire 구성하기" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:79 msgid "PipeWire provides its own JACK server. When you launch the Jamulus Client, PipeWire automatically runs a JACK server. However, there are a few parameters to adjust. You need to set your audio interface to the \"pro-audio\" profile and define PipeWire's \"rate\" and \"quantum\" parameters beforehand. You can find more information about the configuration in the [PipeWire wiki](https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/pipewire/pipewire/-/wikis/Config-JACK#jack-server)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "PipeWire는 자체 JACK 서버를 제공합니다. Jamulus Client를 실행하면 PipeWire는 자동으로 JACK 서버를 실행합니다. 그러나 조정해야 할 몇 가지 매개변수가 있습니다. 오디오 인터페이스를 \"프로 오디오\" 프로필로 설정하고 PipeWire의 \"rate\" 및 \"quantum\" 매개변수를 미리 정의해야 합니다. [PipeWire wiki](https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/pipewire/pipewire/-/wikis/Config-JACK#jack-server)에서 구성에 대한 자세한 정보를 찾을 수 있습니다." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:83 msgid "To set up your system: 1. Open `pavucontrol` (the audio mixer) and choose the \"pro-audio\" profile for your sound hardware in the configuration tab. 2. In a terminal use the following two commands to force PipeWire's rate and quantum:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "시스템을 설정하려면: 1. `pavucontrol`(오디오 믹서)을 열고 구성 탭에서 사운드 하드웨어에 대한 \"pro-audio\" 프로필을 선택합니다. 2. 터미널에서 다음 두 명령을 사용하여 PipeWire의 rate와 quantum을 강제로 적용합니다:" #. type: Fenced code block (bash) #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:83 @@ -260,11 +250,13 @@ msgid "" "pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-rate 48000\n" "pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-quantum 128\n" msgstr "" +"pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-rate 48000\n" +"pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-quantum 128\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:88 msgid "After this, continue from the [Start Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#start-jamulus) section below." -msgstr "" +msgstr "그 후 아래의 [Jamulus 시작하기](Installation-for-Linux#start-jamulus) 섹션부터 계속 진행하세요." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:89 @@ -274,15 +266,13 @@ msgstr "Jamulus 시작하기" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:92 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "With JACK running and configured, launch Jamulus." msgid "With JACK or PipeWire configured, launch Jamulus." -msgstr "JACK이 실행되고 구성된 상태에서 Jamulus를 시작합니다." +msgstr "JACK 또는 PipeWire를 구성한 후 Jamulus를 실행합니다." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:94 msgid "If you have any problems, first check [the troubleshooting page](Client-Troubleshooting)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "문제가 있는 경우 먼저 [문제해결 페이지](Client-Troubleshooting)를 확인해 주세요." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:95 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Installation-for-Macintosh.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Installation-for-Macintosh.po index cd1acab75..b8d569f9f 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Installation-for-Macintosh.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Installation-for-Macintosh.po @@ -66,9 +66,14 @@ msgstr "업그레이드중입니까? 먼저 [사용자의 구성 백업](Softwar #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:22 -#, no-wrap +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "1. [Download Jamulus (Universal build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +#| " **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +#| "1. **Install Jamulus**: Open the downloaded `.dmg` file, agree to the licence, *drag and drop* each icon you see in the window (Jamulus Client and Server) into your *Applications folder*. After that, you can close this window.\n" +#| "1. **Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" msgid "" -"1. [Download Jamulus (Universal build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +"1. [Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n" " **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" "1. **Install Jamulus**: Open the downloaded `.dmg` file, agree to the licence, *drag and drop* each icon you see in the window (Jamulus Client and Server) into your *Applications folder*. After that, you can close this window.\n" "1. **Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Installation-for-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Installation-for-Windows.po index df1088bb5..5b9f044a0 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Installation-for-Windows.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Installation-for-Windows.po @@ -4,21 +4,21 @@ # ignotus , 2022. # 이정희 , 2022. # 이정희 , 2022. -# 이정희 , 2023. +# 이정희 , 2023, 2025. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. # ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-01-09 19:20+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: ko-KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.10-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 @@ -120,94 +120,84 @@ msgstr "외부 사운드 카드가 없으면 ASIO 드라이버가 없을 것이 #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:39 -msgid "You can try two versions of ASIO4ALL. ASIO4ALL v2.14 includes a workaround for a bug which might break other functionality." -msgstr "ASIO4ALL의 두 가지 버전을 사용해 볼 수 있습니다. ASIO4ALL v2.14에는 다른 기능을 손상시킬 수 있는 버그에 대한 해결 방법이 포함되어 있습니다." +msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.16 Download](https://asio4all.org/downloads/ASIO4ALL_2_16.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" +msgstr "[ASIO4ALL v2.16 다운로드](https://asio4all.org/downloads/ASIO4ALL_2_16.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:41 -msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.15 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.15/ASIO4ALL_2_15_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" -msgstr "[ASIO4ALL v2.15 다운로드](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.15/ASIO4ALL_2_15_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:43 -msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" -msgstr "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 다운로드](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:45 msgid "[ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" msgstr "[ASIO4ALL 웹사이트](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:47 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:43 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting up ASIO4ALL" msgstr "ASIO4ALL 설정하기" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:50 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:46 msgid "You may or may not need to experiment a bit depending on your sound hardware. If everything works out of the box, you don't need to do anything." msgstr "사운드 하드웨어에 따라 약간의 실험이 필요하거나 필요하지 않을 수 있습니다. 모든 것이 기본적으로 작동하면 아무 것도 할 필요가 없습니다." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:52 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:48 #, no-wrap msgid "**Tip:** Set up your sound card while you're [connected to a Server](Getting-Started#connecting-to-a-server-and-testing-your-sound) to hear your instrument or voice and check if everything is correctly set up; but first read on.\n" msgstr "**팁:** [서버에 연결됨](Getting-Started#connecting-to-a-server-and-testing-your-sound)을 사용하는 동안 사운드 카드를 설정하여 악기나 음성을 듣고 모든 것이 올바르게 설정되었는지 확인합니다; 그러나 먼저 계속 읽으십시오.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:55 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:51 msgid "Before you start with Jamulus:" msgstr "Jamulus로 시작하기 전에:" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:54 msgid "**Close all applications** (especially those which could access your sound card like your browser/media player). ASIO4ALL needs exclusive access to your sound card which means that other programs will not be able to use audio if ASIO4ALL and Jamulus are running." msgstr "**모든 응용 프로그램을 닫습니다**(특히 브라우저/미디어 플레이어와 같이 사운드 카드에 액세스할 수 있는 응용 프로그램). ASIO4ALL은 사운드 카드에 대한 독점 액세스가 필요합니다. 즉, ASIO4ALL 및 Jamulus가 실행 중인 경우 다른 프로그램에서 오디오를 사용할 수 없습니다." #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:54 msgid "If the Jamulus audio doesn’t work out of the box, make sure that only the **correct inputs/outputs** in ASIO4ALL **are switched on**. Everything else should be switched off. Search the [community list of working ASIO4ALL configurations](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) for your configuration or do it manually if you can't find yours:" msgstr "Jamulus 오디오가 기본적으로 작동하지 않는 경우 ASIO4ALL의 **올바른 입력/출력**만 **켜져 있는지 확인하십시오**. 그 외의 모든 것은 꺼져 있어야 합니다. 사용자의 구성에 대한 [작업 중인 ASIO4ALL 구성의 커뮤니티 목록](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html)을 검색하거나, 사용자의 구성을 찾을 수 없는 경우 수동으로 수행하십시오:" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:59 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:55 #, no-wrap msgid "How to set up ASIO4ALL inputs (Guide)" msgstr "ASIO4ALL 입력을 설정하는 방법 (가이드)" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 msgid "Open Jamulus's settings" msgstr "Jamulus의 설정 열기" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 msgid "Go to _\"ASIO Device Settings\"_ (column on the left; directly under the selection of the driver)" msgstr "_\"ASIO 장치 설정\"_으로 갑니다(왼쪽 열, 드라이버 선택 바로 아래)" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 msgid "Enable _advanced view_ in ASIO4ALL (click the tool icon on the bottom right)" msgstr "ASIO4ALL에서 _고급 보기_ 활성화(오른쪽 하단의 도구 아이콘 클릭)" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 msgid "Enable only the sound card you want to use by clicking on the button next to its name" msgstr "이름 옆에 있는 버튼을 클릭하여 사용하려는 사운드 카드만 활성화합니다" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 msgid "Open your sound card inputs/outputs by clicking the _plus icon_ next to this sound card" msgstr "이 사운드 카드 옆에 있는 _＋ 아이콘_을 클릭하여 사운드 카드 입력/출력을 엽니다" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 msgid "Now enable the correct inputs/outputs in the list under your sound card and disable everything else. You can hover over the inputs/outputs to see which of both they are and if they support the required sample rate for Jamulus of 48kHz (DVD quality)." msgstr "이제 사운드 카드 아래의 목록에서 올바른 입력 / 출력을 활성화하고 다른 모든 것을 비활성화하십시오. 입력/출력 위로 마우스를 가져가면 둘 다 어느 것인지 그리고 48kHz(DVD 품질)의 Jamulus에 필요한 샘플 속도를 지원하는지 확인할 수 있습니다." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:72 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:68 #, no-wrap msgid "" "**Hints:**\n" @@ -221,47 +211,53 @@ msgstr "" "1. 스테레오 믹스/스테레오 입력은 일반적으로 원하는 입력/출력이 아닙니다. 따라서 이 표시가 보이면 끄세요.\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:73 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:69 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "문제 해결하기" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:76 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:72 msgid "If nothing works, first restart Jamulus and/or your PC to close background processes that may be accessing your sound card." msgstr "아무 것도 작동하지 않으면 먼저 Jamulus 및/또는 PC를 다시 시작하여 사운드 카드에 액세스할 수 있는 백그라운드 프로세스를 닫습니다." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:78 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:74 msgid "Afterwards, *set up the inputs/outputs again*. Enabled and accessible input/outputs show as lit up power buttons and play buttons in the ASIO4ALL settings. If instead you see a red cross or yellow symbol, close other applications that may be accessing your sound card (e.g. web browser, Zoom, etc)." msgstr "그런 다음 *입력/출력을 다시 설정*합니다. 활성화되고 액세스 가능한 입력/출력은 ASIO4ALL 설정에서 전원 버튼과 재생 버튼이 켜진 상태로 표시됩니다. 대신 빨간색 십자가 또는 노란색 기호가 표시되면 사운드 카드에 액세스할 수 있는 다른 응용 프로그램(예: 웹 브라우저, Zoom 등)을 닫습니다." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:80 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:76 msgid "Have a look at [this video](https://youtu.be/_GzOsitVgLI) by [trombonepizza](https://github.com/trombonepizza) which gives more detailed setup information on ASIO4ALL." msgstr "ASIO4ALL에 대한 자세한 설정 정보를 제공하는 [trombonepizza](https://github.com/trombonepizza)의 [이 영상](https://youtu.be/_GzOsitVgLI)을 살펴보십시오." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:82 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:78 msgid "Official and further information about how to configure ASIO4ALL is documented in the official [ASIO4ALL FAQs on the ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/index.php/help/faq/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}." msgstr "ASIO4ALL을 구성하는 방법에 대한 공식 및 추가 정보는 공식 [ASIO4ALL 웹 사이트의 모든 FAQ](https://www.asio4all.org/index.php/help/faq/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}에 설명되어 있습니다." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:83 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:79 #, no-wrap msgid "All installed?" msgstr "모두 설치되었습니까?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:86 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:82 msgid "Take a look at" msgstr "살펴보기" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:87 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:83 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "[시작하기 페이지](Getting-Started){: .button}" +#~ msgid "You can try two versions of ASIO4ALL. ASIO4ALL v2.14 includes a workaround for a bug which might break other functionality." +#~ msgstr "ASIO4ALL의 두 가지 버전을 사용해 볼 수 있습니다. ASIO4ALL v2.14에는 다른 기능을 손상시킬 수 있는 버그에 대한 해결 방법이 포함되어 있습니다." + +#~ msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" +#~ msgstr "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 다운로드](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" + #~ msgid "# Installation for Windows" #~ msgstr "# Windows용 설치" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Installation-for-iOS.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Installation-for-iOS.po index c1cfca50d..8bda974aa 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Installation-for-iOS.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Installation-for-iOS.po @@ -4,20 +4,20 @@ # ignotus , 2022. # 이정희 , 2022. # 이정희 , 2022. -# 이정희 , 2023. +# 이정희 , 2023, 2025. # ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-02-02 17:02+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: ko-KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.10-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 @@ -81,20 +81,18 @@ msgstr "Apple 개발자 계정에 대한 비용을 지불하지 않으면, Jamul #. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well on new devices if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. To connect these to your iOS device, you should use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub." msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. If you own an older device which has a Lightning port and not USB-C, you can use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub." -msgstr "iOS의 Jamulus는 모든 것이 올바르게 설정되어 있으면 새 장치에서 아주 잘 작동합니다. 그러나 오디오 인터페이스와 USB 이더넷 어댑터를 사용하는 것이 좋습니다. 이것을 iOS 기기에 연결하려면, [라이트닝-USB 카메라 어댑터](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) 및 (전원이 공급되는) USB 허브와 같은 것을 사용해야 합니다." +msgstr "모든 것이 올바르게 설정되어 있다면 iOS의 Jamulus는 아주 잘 작동합니다. 그러나 오디오 인터페이스와 USB-이더넷 어댑터를 사용하는 것이 좋습니다. 라이트닝 포트가 있고 USB-C가 아닌 오래된 기기를 소유하고 있다면 [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter)와 (전원이 공급되는) USB 허브와 같은 것을 사용할 수 있습니다." #. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 msgid "If you must use Jamulus on a wireless network, you should prefer a cellular (5G) connection over WiFi." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus를 무선 환경에서 사용해야 할 경우, WiFi 연결보다 5G와 같은 셀룰러 연결을 사용하는 것이 더 나은 선택입니다." #. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 msgid "Unofficial Jamulus compatible apps like [KOORD](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/koord/id1621509341) are available on the AppStore but may not have the same features as the official Jamulus release." -msgstr "" +msgstr "[KOORD](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/koord/id1621509341)와 같은 비공식 Jamulus 호환 앱은 AppStore에서 사용할 수 있지만 공식 Jamulus 릴리스와 동일한 기능을 제공하지 않을 수 있습니다." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:28 @@ -146,10 +144,8 @@ msgstr "피드백 및 개발" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:45 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "iOS support isn't mature yet and far from ready to be published on the AppStore. Feel free to help out: Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." msgid "Our view is that the iOS version is not sufficiently mature to be published on the AppStore. Feel free to help out: Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." -msgstr "iOS 지원은 아직 성숙되지 않았으며 앱스토어에 게시될 준비가 되지 않았습니다. 자유롭게 도움을 주세요: [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)로 이동하십시오." +msgstr "iOS 버전은 AppStore에 게시할 만큼 충분히 성숙하지 않았다고 생각합니다. 부담 갖지 말고 도와주세요: [Jamulus GitHub 저장소](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)로 이동하면 됩니다." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:47 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Privacy-Statement.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Privacy-Statement.po index de89311f0..ece66f084 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Privacy-Statement.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Privacy-Statement.po @@ -105,7 +105,9 @@ msgstr "일반 정보" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:30 -msgid "Under normal use with software downloaded from this website that has not been modified, your user profile information is exchanged with Servers you connect to, peers connected to those same Servers, and to third parties (including Directories) that use the Jamulus protocol. This information is limited to your Jamulus name, city, country, instrument, and skill level as you have set them in your profile. The Servers you connect to will also have access to your internet address (IP Address) as it is required for the software to work; but this information is not shared with peers on the same Server or available to third parties." +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Under normal use with software downloaded from this website that has not been modified, your user profile information is exchanged with Servers you connect to, peers connected to those same Servers, and to third parties (including Directories) that use the Jamulus protocol. This information is limited to your Jamulus name, city, country, instrument, and skill level as you have set them in your profile. The Servers you connect to will also have access to your internet address (IP Address) as it is required for the software to work; but this information is not shared with peers on the same Server or available to third parties." +msgid "Under normal use with software downloaded from this website that has not been modified, your user profile information is exchanged with Servers you connect to, peers connected to those same Servers, and to third parties (including Directories) that use the Jamulus protocol. This information is limited to your Jamulus name, city, country, instrument, and skill level as you have set them in your profile. Directories from which you request Server lists, Servers displayed in the Connect Dialog and Servers you connect to will also have access to your internet address (IP Address) as it is required for the software to work; but this information is not shared with peers on the same Server or available to third parties." msgstr "본 웹사이트에서 다운로드한 소프트웨어를 수정하지 않고 정상적으로 사용하는 경우, 사용자의 사용자 프로필 정보는 사용자가 접속한 서버, 동일한 서버에 연결된 피어 및 Jamulus 프로토콜을 사용하는 제3자(디렉터리 포함)와 교환됩니다. 이 정보는 사용자의 프로필에 설정한 Jamulus 이름, 도시, 국가, 악기 및 스킬 레벨로 제한됩니다. 사용자가 접속하는 서버는 소프트웨어가 작동하는 데 필요한 사용자의 인터넷 주소(IP 주소)에도 액세스할 수 있지만, 이 정보는 같은 서버에 있는 동료와 공유되거나 제3자에게 제공되지 않습니다." #. type: Plain text diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Running-a-Server.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Running-a-Server.po index e8efe6384..ed3401e04 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Running-a-Server.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Running-a-Server.po @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ msgstr "서버를 실행해야 합니까?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:23 #, no-wrap -msgid "**No**. You don't need to run a Server. You can use the Servers listed by the built-in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server yourself. You can also use an unlisted Server if you know its internet address. Or you can use a third party hosting service such as [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/) or [KOORD](https://koord.live/). There's probably a Server nearby that you and your friends can use at low enough latency for most needs.\n" +msgid "**No**. You don't need to run a Server. You can use the Servers listed by the built-in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server yourself. You can also use an unlisted Server if you know its internet address. Or you can use a third party hosting service such as [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/). There's probably a Server nearby that you and your friends can use at low enough latency for most needs.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -599,186 +599,169 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:230 #, no-wrap -msgid "`-m or --htmlstatus`" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:232 -msgid "Enable HTML status file, set path and file name" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:234 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Note:** This feature is deprecated, and may disappear in a future release.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:235 -#, no-wrap msgid "`-P or --delaypan`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:237 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:232 msgid "Start with delay panning enabled. This option uses small differences in sound arrival time between the two ears. It produces a stereo effect similar to natural human hearing when compared to normal “volume” panning." msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:238 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:233 #, no-wrap msgid "`-s` or `--server`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:240 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:235 msgid "Start Jamulus in Server mode" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:236 #, no-wrap msgid "`--serverbindip`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:243 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:238 msgid "Specify the IP address the Jamulus process will bind to." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:245 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:240 msgid "Normally, Jamulus will listen on all IP addresses on the host machine. Where the host has multiple network addresses, this option allows one of the addresses to be chosen." msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:246 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241 #, no-wrap msgid "`-T or --multithreading`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:248 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:243 msgid "Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs. This setting may help the Server support more Clients. See also `--numchannels`" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:249 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:244 #, no-wrap msgid "`-u or --numchannels`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:251 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:246 msgid "Maximum number of channels (Clients)" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:252 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:247 #, no-wrap msgid "`-z or --startminimized`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:249 msgid "Start the Jamulus Server graphical user interface in the minimized window state." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:255 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:250 #, no-wrap msgid "Other options" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:258 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:253 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:259 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254 #, no-wrap msgid "Controlling the Server via API" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:262 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:257 msgid "Jamulus can be controlled via an experimental API which is subject to changes. You can find the [JSON-RPC API documented in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md). JSON-RPC allows you to control some features like changing the welcome message or starting recordings in headless mode from authenticated external applications. It works while the server is running." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:265 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:260 #, no-wrap msgid "Recording" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:267 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:262 #, no-wrap msgid "`-R or --recording`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:269 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:264 msgid "Set Server recording directory. By default, the Server will record when a session is active." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:271 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:266 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** You will need to save recordings to a path _outside_ of the jamulus home directory, or remove `ProtectHome=true` from your systemd unit file, but be aware that doing could be a security risk.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:273 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:268 msgid "Recordings are per track in [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` format and [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Open the respective files to listen to them in those applications." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:275 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:270 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** When your Server is recording, Clients display a red banner message that the session is being recorded.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:276 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:271 #, no-wrap msgid "`--norecord`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:278 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:273 msgid "Set server not to record by default when recording is configured." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:280 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:275 #, no-wrap msgid "Controlling Recording" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:283 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:278 msgid "Recording starts once the first person connects to the Server, and stops when the last person leaves." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:285 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:280 msgid "If the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new directory. SIGUSR2 will toggle recording on/off. If [JSON-RPC](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) is enabled, you will also be able to manage the server in a way comparable to the GUI. Please see the (experimental) [JSON-RPC documentation on the recorder](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md#jamulusserverstartrecording)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:288 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:283 msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:290 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:285 msgid "To turn recording on or off (depending on the current state):" msgstr "" #. type: Fenced code block -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:291 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:286 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [Unit]\n" @@ -791,12 +774,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:302 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:297 msgid "To start a new recording:" msgstr "" #. type: Fenced code block -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:303 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:298 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [Unit]\n" @@ -809,148 +792,148 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:314 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:309 msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name used by systemd to control your Jamulus Server. By default, if you use the `.deb` files from the repository, it is `jamulus-headless`, as in this example." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:316 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:311 msgid "Run `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` to register them for first use." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:318 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:313 msgid "Now you can run these with the `systemctl` command, for example:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:320 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:315 msgid "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:322 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:317 msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (or the respective service name you specified manually). You can also view your (sys)log." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:325 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:320 #, no-wrap msgid "Adding metadata to the Server" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:328 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:323 msgid "You can add metadata to the welcome message of a Server to add additional, hidden information like contact information or policy requests for bots (this is comparable to [robots.txt](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Robots.txt)). See the [Community Knowledge Base entry about metadata](/kb/2023/07/30/Server-Metadata.html) for more information." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:331 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:326 #, no-wrap msgid "Servers on the desktop" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:334 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:329 msgid "Jamulus can run in Server mode in the graphical environment of a computer. This gives you a graphical user interface to control most of the settings. To do this, first [install Jamulus for your platform](Getting-Started), then do one of the following:" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:336 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:331 msgid "**Windows users** - Use the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in the Windows Start menu. If you want the Server to start automatically when you start Windows, check the box for this option." msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:338 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:333 msgid "**macOS users** - Double-click the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in Applications." msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:340 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:335 msgid "**Linux users** - Launch the \"Jamulus Server\" shortcut. Or you can open a terminal window (`CTRL+ALT+t` on Debian and related distros), type `jamulus -s` and hit return." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:342 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:337 msgid "While most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, others can only be set using options given in a terminal window when the Server is launched. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:344 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:339 #, no-wrap msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose **Properties** > **Target**. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:346 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:341 #, no-wrap msgid " `\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:343 msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:350 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:345 #, no-wrap msgid " `/Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:352 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:347 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note** Command line options will set the Server’s defaults at startup. You can override them while the Server is running using their corresponding GUI controls.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:353 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348 #, no-wrap msgid "The Server status icon" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:356 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:351 msgid "When a Server is running in GUI mode, the operating system will show an icon in the system tray or status area that indicates whether the Server has connections:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:358 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:353 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
The Server is empty\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:360 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:355 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
The Server is occupied\n" msgstr "
\"Jamulus
서버가 사용 중입니다\n" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:363 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:358 #, no-wrap msgid "Backing up the Server" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:366 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:361 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:368 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:363 msgid "Headless Servers do not use `.ini` files. All configuration is given as command line options. If you are running a Server in GUI mode, after reading any command line options on start, it will store its configuration in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:369 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:364 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "문제 해결하기" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:371 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:366 msgid "If you are having other problems, [see this guide](Server-Troubleshooting)." msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Software-Manual.po index 7606262d5..c1d924b31 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Software-Manual.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Software-Manual.po @@ -4,12 +4,12 @@ # 이정희 , 2022. # 이정희 , 2022. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. -# 이정희 , 2023. -# ignotus , 2024. +# 이정희 , 2023, 2025. +# ignotus , 2024, 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 21:35+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-02-12 08:02+0000\n" "Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: ko-KR\n" @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.10-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 @@ -37,17 +37,11 @@ msgstr "wiki" msgid "/wiki/Software-Manual" msgstr "/wiki/Software-Manual" -#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Software Manual" -msgstr "소프트웨어 설명서" - #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7 #, no-wrap -msgid "Jamulus User Manual" -msgstr "Jamulus 사용자 설명서" +msgid "User Manual" +msgstr "사용자 설명서" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:9 @@ -85,8 +79,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:20 #, no-wrap -msgid " \n" -msgstr " \n" +msgid "\n" +msgstr "\n" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:21 @@ -117,7 +111,7 @@ msgstr "핑, 딜레이 및 지터" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:32 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large. \n" +msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -229,7 +223,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:75 -msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message is received." +msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message arrives." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## @@ -251,7 +245,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:86 -msgid "The Connection Setup window shows a list of available Servers together with their \"distance\" (in terms of ping time), the number of occupants and the maximum number supported, and the Server's given location. Permanent Servers (those that have been listed for longer than 24 hours) are shown in bold." +msgid "The Connection Setup window shows a list of available Servers together with their \"distance\" (in terms of ping time), the number of occupants and the maximum number supported, the Server's given location and the Server's Version. Permanent Servers (those that have been listed for longer than 24 hours) are shown in bold." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -266,7 +260,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:98 -msgid "If you know the IP address or URL of a private Server, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Note that IPv6 addresses must be entirely enclosed in square brackets, for example `[::1]:22124`.) The field will also show a list of the most recently used server addresses. The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list." +msgid "If you know the hostname or IP address of a private Server, you can connect to it using the \"Server Address\" field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Note that IPv6 addresses must be entirely enclosed in square brackets, for example `[::1]:22124`.) The field will also show a list of the most recently used server addresses. The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## @@ -302,210 +296,343 @@ msgid "If you see a \"mute\" icon above a user, it means that person cannot hear msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:113 -msgid "Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. You can sort instead by name, instrument, group, or city using the View menu." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:116 +msgid "Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. When joining a server that already has participants, the default order depends on the versions of Jamulus at the client and the server. With a client version before 3.12.0 or a server version older than 3.5.5, the existing participants will be shown before your own fader channel. With a client of 3.12.0 or later connected to a server of 3.5.5 or newer, your own fader will be shown first, with the other existing participants shown to the right. In either case, participants joining subsequently will by default appear to the right of all the existing participants." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:115 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:118 +msgid "You can override this order and sort instead by name, instrument, group, city or channel number using the View menu. See Menu Commands below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:120 msgid "If the server operator has enabled recording, you will see a message above the mixer showing that you are being recorded." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:116 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:121 #, no-wrap msgid "Grp button" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:119 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:124 msgid "You can group users together using the \"group\" toggle. Moving the fader of any member of the group will move the other faders in that group by the same amount. You can isolate a channel from the group temporarily with shift-click-drag. Up to 8 groups can be defined." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:120 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:125 #, no-wrap msgid "Mute button" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:123 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:128 msgid "Prevents users being heard in your local mix. Be aware that when you mute someone, they will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader to indicate that you cannot hear them. Note also that you will continue to see their VU meters moving if sound from the muted user is reaching the server. Your fader position for them is also unaffected." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:125 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130 msgid "Note that muting your **own** channel only means you will not hear your signal from the server (and is not advised as it can lead to you becoming out of time with other players). This is therefore not the same as using \"[Mute Myself](#mute-myself-button)\"." msgstr "사용자 **자신의** 채널을 음소거하면 서버에서 신호가 들리지 않는다는 의미일 뿐입니다(다른 플레이어와 시간을 맞추지 못할 수 있으므로 권장하지 않습니다). 따라서 이는 \"[직접 음소거](#mute-myself-button)\"를 사용하는 것과 동일하지 않습니다." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:126 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:131 #, no-wrap msgid "Solo button" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:129 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:134 msgid "Allows you to hear one or more users on their own. Those not soloed will be muted. Note also that those people who are not soloed will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader." msgstr "" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:135 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Menu commands" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:137 +#, no-wrap +msgid "File > Connection Setup..." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140 +msgid "Opens the [connection dialogue (see above)](#connectdisconnect-button)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:141 +#, no-wrap +msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:144 +msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band. This stores your settings for each person's fader volume, pan setting, mute and solo state. You can load this mix any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:145 +#, no-wrap +msgid "File > Exit" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:148 +msgid "Closes all the windows and exits the application." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:149 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Edit > Clear All Stored Solo/Mute Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:152 +msgid "Whenever you Solo or Mute a channel, Jamulus remembers these settings. Even if that person leaves and rejoins - or you join a server where they are playing - the settings will automatically be applied. Use this command to clear _all_ these stored settings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:153 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Edit > Set All Faders to New Client Level" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:156 +msgid "Applies the [configured \"New Client Level\"](#new-client-level) to all currently connected channels." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:157 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:160 +msgid "Applies a one-off fader adjustment to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:161 +#, no-wrap +msgid "View > (sort options)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:166 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"Most items under the \"View\" menu allow you to adjust the order Jamulus chooses to display channels on the server:\n" +"* Own Fader First
\n" +"This option can be used in addition to the others to move your own channel to always be the leftmost, irrespective of the sort order of the other channels.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:178 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* No user sorting
\n" +"This does not take any user details into account when sorting. It sorts by the order channels join the current server as described further up, with new channels being added to the right-hand end.\n" +"* Sort by Name
\n" +"Sorts by the name someone has chosen in their profile.\n" +"* Sort by Instrument / City
\n" +"Sorts by the instrument or city someone has in their profile, along with their name.\n" +"* Sort by Group
\n" +"Where the fader group feature is in use, this sorts in ascending group number from left to right (and within that, by name), with any ungrouped channels off to the right.\n" +"* Sort by Channel
\n" +"Where Jamulus channel controls (fader, mute, solo, etc) are being controlled by MIDI (see [Using --ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)), this sorts by the channel number to help ensure a stable sort order that aligns with MIDI hardware controls.\n" +"Note that in Jamulus clients before version 3.12.0, channel numbers are assigned directly by the server. Clients from 3.12.0 onwards manage their own channel number assignments and always assign channel 0 to the local user (provided the server version is at least 3.5.5).\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179 +#, no-wrap +msgid "View > Chat" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:182 +msgid "Opens the [Chat](#chat) window." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Settings Menu" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:186 +msgid "Allows direct access to each of the [Settings](#settings) tabs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:187 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Help" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:190 +msgid "Provides access to the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) and [User Manual](Software-Manual) (this page) on the website, along with copyright, licence and acknowledgement details. There is also a \"What's This?\" option for getting more details on parts of the client display." +msgstr "웹사이트의 [시작하기](시작하기) 및 [사용자 설명서](Software-Manual)(이 페이지)에 대한 액세스를 제공하며, 저작권, 라이선스 및 인정 세부 정보도 제공합니다. 클라이언트 디스플레이의 일부에 대한 자세한 내용을 얻을 수 있는 \"이건 뭘까?\" 옵션도 있습니다." + #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:192 #, no-wrap msgid "Settings" msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194 #, no-wrap msgid "My Profile" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:136 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198 msgid "From the Settings menu, select \"My Profile...\" to set your Alias/Name which is displayed below your fader in the server audio mixer board." msgstr "설정 메뉴에서 \"내 프로필...\"을 선택하여 서버 오디오 믹서 보드의 페이더 아래에 표시되는 가명/이름을 설정합니다." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:200 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:202 msgid "If you set an instrument and/or country, icons for these selections will also be shown below your fader. The skill setting changes the background colour of the fader tag and the city entry shows up in the tool tip of the fader tag:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "" -#| "
\n" -#| "\t\"Image\n" -#| "\t
Your local mix when connected to a Server
\n" -#| "
\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:204 +#, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" -msgstr "" -"
\n" -"\t\"Jamulus\n" -"\t
서버에 연결된 경우 사용자의 로컬 믹스
\n" -"
\n" +msgstr "
\"프로필
\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:143 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:205 #, no-wrap msgid "Skin" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:146 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:208 msgid "This applies a skin to the main window, some of which are designed to accommodate larger ensembles." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:147 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:209 #, no-wrap msgid "Meter style" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:150 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:212 msgid "This changes the visual style of the audio meters, independently of the chosen skin." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:151 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:213 #, no-wrap msgid "Mixer rows" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:154 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:216 msgid "This sets the number of rows displayed in the server audio mixer, for use with larger ensembles." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:155 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:217 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio Alerts" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:158 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220 msgid "This turns on a sound alert for when someone joins a Server, or when receiving a new chat message." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:159 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:221 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio/Network Setup" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:162 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:224 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:225 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio Device" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:167 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:229 msgid "Under the Windows operating system the ASIO driver (sound card) can be selected using Jamulus. If the selected ASIO driver is not valid an error message is shown and the previous valid driver is selected. Under macOS the input and output hardware can be selected." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:168 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230 #, no-wrap msgid "Input/output channel mapping" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:233 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237 msgid "If the selected sound card device offers more than one input or output channel, the _Input Channel Mapping and Output Channel Mapping_ settings are visible. For each Jamulus input/output channel (left and right channel) a different actual sound card channel can be selected." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:176 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:238 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio channels" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179 -msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and server." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241 +msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and Server." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:181 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:243 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note**: It is better to run separate Client instances per voice/instrument, where each Client has its own ini file, rather than using this built-in mono pair to stereo mixer.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:245 msgid "There are three modes available:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:185 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:247 #, no-wrap msgid "**Mono** and **Stereo** modes use one and two audio channels respectively.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:188 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250 #, no-wrap msgid "" "**Mono-in/Stereo-out**: The audio signal sent to the server is mono but the return signal is stereo. This is useful if the sound card has the instrument on one input channel and the microphone on the other. In that case\n" @@ -513,151 +640,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:191 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:253 msgid "Enabling stereo mode will increase your stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:256 msgid "In stereo streaming mode, no audio channel selection for the reverb effect will be available on the main window since the effect is applied to both channels in this case." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:195 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:257 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio quality" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:260 msgid "The higher the audio quality, the higher your audio stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:261 #, no-wrap msgid "Buffer Delay" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:203 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265 msgid "The buffer delay setting is a fundamental setting of the Jamulus software. This setting has an influence on many connection properties. Three buffer sizes are supported:" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269 msgid "**64 samples** Provides the lowest latency but does not work with all sound cards." msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269 msgid "**128 samples** The preferred setting. Should work for most available sound cards." msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269 msgid "**256 samples** Should only be used on very slow computers, or with a slow internet connection." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:210 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272 msgid "Some sound card drivers do not allow the buffer delay to be changed from within the Jamulus software. In this case the buffer delay setting is disabled and has to be changed using the sound card driver. On Windows, press the ASIO Setup button to open the driver settings panel." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:214 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:276 msgid "On Linux: - when using JACK, use `QJackCtl` to change the buffer size and restart JACK; - when using PipeWire's JACK server, change PipeWire's Quantum parameter with its own configuration tools." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:218 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:280 msgid "The actual buffer delay has an influence on the connection status, the current upload rate and the overall delay. The lower the buffer size, the higher the probability of a red light in the status indicator (dropouts) and the higher the upload rate and the lower the overall delay." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:282 msgid "The buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:221 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:283 #, no-wrap msgid "Jitter Buffer" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:226 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288 msgid "The jitter buffer compensates for network and sound card timing jitters. The size of the buffer influences the quality of the audio stream (how many dropouts occur) and the overall delay (the longer the buffer, the higher the delay)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:292 msgid "You can set the jitter buffer size manually for your local Client and the remote server. For the local jitter buffer, dropouts in the audio stream are indicated by the light below the jitter buffer size faders. If the light turns to red, a buffer overrun/underrun has taken place and the audio stream is interrupted." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:232 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:294 msgid "The jitter buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:236 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:298 msgid "If the Auto setting is enabled, the jitter buffers of your local Client and the remote server are set automatically based on measurements of the network and sound card timing jitter. If the Auto check is enabled, the jitter buffer size faders are disabled (they cannot be moved with the mouse)." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:299 #, no-wrap msgid "Small Network Buffers" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:303 msgid "Allows support for very small network audio packets. These are only used if the sound card buffer delay is smaller than 128 samples. The smaller the network buffers, the lower the audio latency. But at the same time the network load increases and the probability of audio dropouts also increases (particuarly if your network connection has any significant jitter). Try enabling this option if you are suffering from high latency or bad audio quality. However, keeping it disabled will normally mean better audio quality." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:242 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio Stream Rate" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:246 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:308 msgid "Depends on the current audio packet size and compression setting. Make sure that the upstream rate is not higher than your available internet upload speed (check this with a service such as [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/))." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:247 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:309 #, no-wrap msgid "Advanced Setup" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:312 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:251 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:313 #, no-wrap msgid "Custom Directories" msgstr "사용자 지정 디렉터리" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258 -msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here. If you know the IP address or host name of a custom Directory, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Note that IPv6 is not currently supported for Directories.) The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:320 +msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here. Enter the hostname or IP address of the custom Directory. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Note that IPv6 is not currently supported for Directories.) The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:259 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:321 #, no-wrap msgid "New Client Level" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:264 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:326 #, no-wrap msgid "" "This setting defines the fader level of a newly connected Client in percent. If a new user connects\n" @@ -666,143 +793,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:327 #, no-wrap msgid "Input Boost" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:268 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:330 msgid "Increases the gain from your device. Use this if your device delivers a gain that is too quiet for Jamulus." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:331 #, no-wrap msgid "Feedback Protection" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:334 msgid "Attempts to detect audio feedback loops or loud noise in the first three seconds after you connected to a server. Once detected, this feature will show a message and activate the \"Mute Myself\" button to mute you in your own mix." msgstr "서버에 연결한 후 처음 3초 동안 오디오 피드백 루프 또는 큰 소음을 감지하려고 시도합니다. 일단 감지되면 이 기능은 메시지를 표시하고, \"직접 음소거\" 버튼을 활성화하여 사용자 자신의 믹스에서 자신을 음소거할 수 있습니다." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:273 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:335 #, no-wrap msgid "Input Balance" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:278 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:340 msgid "Controls the relative levels of the left and right local audio channels. For a mono signal it acts as a pan between the two channels. For example, if a microphone is connected to the right input channel and an instrument is connected to the left input channel which is much louder than the microphone, move the audio fader to increase the relative volume of the mic." msgstr "" #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:279 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Menu commands" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281 -#, no-wrap -msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:284 -msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band rehearsals (fader, mute, pan, solo etc.) and load these any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:285 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders " -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288 -msgid "Applies a one-off fader setting to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:289 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:341 #, no-wrap msgid "Backing up Jamulus" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:293 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:345 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:347 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n" +msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in\n" msgstr "" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:347 #, no-wrap msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:299 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:351 #, no-wrap msgid "Command Line Options" msgstr "명령 줄 옵션" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:302 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:354 msgid "Most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, but these and others can also be set using options given in a terminal window. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:356 #, no-wrap msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" msgstr "" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:305 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:357 #, no-wrap msgid " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:310 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:362 msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" msgstr "" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:311 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:363 #, no-wrap msgid " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:316 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:368 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:318 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:370 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:319 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:371 #, no-wrap msgid "Controlling the Client via API" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:321 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:373 msgid "In addition to the CLI, Jamulus can be controlled using an API. This is beneficial for advanced use cases - for example, where there is no GUI, or another application needs to interact with Jamulus. Please note that the API is still experimental. Information on the [JSON-RPC API can be found in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)." msgstr "" +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Software Manual" +#~ msgstr "소프트웨어 설명서" + #~ msgid "TOC" #~ msgstr "목차" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Tips-Tricks-More.po index 5faa7644c..dadf619e0 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Tips-Tricks-More.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Tips-Tricks-More.po @@ -3,21 +3,21 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # 이정희 , 2022. # 이정희 , 2022. -# 이정희 , 2023. +# 이정희 , 2023, 2025. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. # ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-02-02 17:02+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: ko-KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.10-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ msgstr "팁, 요령 등" #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:8 #, no-wrap msgid "Tips & Tricks" -msgstr "팁 & 트릭" +msgstr "팁 & 요령" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:10 @@ -236,98 +236,280 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83 #, no-wrap -msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers" -msgstr "MIDI 컨트롤러에 ctrlmidich 사용" +msgid "Using `--ctrlmidich` for MIDI controllers" +msgstr "MIDI 컨트롤러에 `--ctrlmidich` 사용" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86 -msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:" -msgstr "클라이언트 믹서 창 스트립의 볼륨 페이더, 팬 제어, 음소거 및 솔로 버튼은 `--ctrlmidich` 매개변수(참고: Jamulus 버전 3.7.0 이상을 사용하는 macOS 및 Linux에서만 사용할 수 있으며 JACK을 지원하는 Jamulus 버전을 사용하는 Windows에서만 사용할 수 있습니다.)를 사용하여 MIDI 컨트롤러를 사용하여 제어할 수 있습니다. 이 기능을 활성화하려면 `--ctrlmidich`를 사용하여 Jamulus를 시작해야 합니다. 하나의 전역 MIDI 채널 매개변수(1-16)와 제어되는 각 항목에 대해 설정할 수 있는 두 개의 매개변수('오프셋' 및 '연속 CC 번호')가 있습니다. 첫 번째 매개변수를 Jamulus가 (모든 채널에 대해 0에서) 수신하도록 하려는 채널로 설정한 다음 오프셋(시작할 CC 번호)과 연속 CC 번호 수로 제어(f = 볼륨 페이더; p = 팬; m = 음소거; s = 솔로; o = 직접 음소거)하려는 항목을 지정합니다. \"직접 음소거\" 명령인 연속 CC 번호 설정이 필요하지 않은 한 가지 예외가 있습니다. 이 명령은 자신의 오디오 스트림에만 적용되므로 단일 CC 번호만 필요합니다. 다음 예시를 들어보세요:" +msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a connected MIDI controller. This feature is available from version 3.7.0 on macOS, Linux, and the JACK version of Jamulus for Windows. From Jamulus 3.12.0 onwards, it is also available for the non-JACK (ASIO) Windows version. To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with the `--ctrlmidich` command-line option." +msgstr "클라이언트 믹서 창 스트립의 볼륨 페이더, 팬 컨트롤, 음소거 및 솔로 버튼은 연결된 미디 컨트롤러를 사용해 제어할 수 있습니다. 이 기능은 macOS, Linux의 버전 3.7.0부터 제공되며, Windows용 Jamulus의 JACK 버전에서도 사용할 수 있습니다. Jamulus 3.12.0 이후 버전부터는 비-JACK(ASIO) Windows 버전에서도 사용할 수 있습니다. 이 기능을 사용하려면 `--ctrlmidich` 명령줄 옵션으로 Jamulus를 실행해야 합니다." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88 -msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`" -msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`" +msgid "When this option is used on the command line, Jamulus will prepend a channel number to each Client name, which can be used to control the channel using MIDI CC numbers. In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first when sorted by channel or when \"Own Fader First\" is enabled." +msgstr "명령줄에서 이 옵션을 사용하면 Jamulus는 각 클라이언트 이름 앞에 채널 번호를 추가하며, 이 채널 번호는 미디 CC 번호를 사용해 채널을 제어하는 데 사용할 수 있습니다. Jamulus 버전 3.12.0 이상에서 버전 3.5.5 이상의 서버에 연결된 경우, 자신의 페이더는 항상 채널 0이 지정되므로 채널별로 정렬하거나 “Own Fader First”가 활성화된 경우 가장 먼저 표시됩니다." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90 -msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64." -msgstr "여기서 Jamulus는 MIDI 채널 1을 수신합니다. 볼륨 페이더 CC 번호는 0에서 시작하고 그 중 8개가 있습니다(따라서 CC 번호 7에서 끝납니다). 팬 컨트롤은 CC 번호 16에서 시작하여 23에서 끝납니다. 솔로 32~39 및 음소거 48~55입니다. 직접 음소거는 CC 번호 64에 의해 활성화/비활성화됩니다." +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Tip*: With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).\n" +msgstr "*팁*: 기본 설정에서 일부 사용자가 떠나고 다른 사용자가 합류하면 GUI에서 좌우 배열이 숫자 순서를 따르지 않게 되어 MIDI 컨트롤러의 각 물리적 페이더/노브가 누구에 해당하는지 알기가 더 어려워질 수 있습니다. 페이더 스트립이 숫자 순서를 따르도록 하려면 상단 메뉴 바에서 \"보기\"로 이동하여 \"채널별 정렬\"로 전환합니다(또는 `Ctrl+E`를 입력합니다).\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n" -msgstr "버튼으로 제어되는 기능이 제대로 작동하려면 MIDI 컨트롤러에서 버튼을 \"토글\" 모드로 설정해야 합니다. 즉, 컨트롤을 '켜기' 위해 누르면 값이 64보다 큰 MIDI CC 번호를 보내야 하고, 컨트롤을 끄려면 값이 64보다 큰 동일한 CC 번호를 보내야 합니다. 이를 설정하는 방법을 알아보려면 컨트롤러 설명서를 읽어보세요.\n" +msgid "When using JACK or macOS, make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), Audio/MIDI Setup (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch `a2jmidid` so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl. For non-JACK Windows, Jamulus will find the MIDI device(s) automatically, but see the `d` option below if more than one MIDI device is connected." +msgstr "JACK 또는 macOS를 사용하는 경우 MIDI 장치의 출력 포트를 Jamulus MIDI 입력 포트(QjackCtl(Linux/Windows), 오디오/MIDI 설정(macOS) 또는 연결 관리에 사용하는 것)에 연결해야 합니다. Linux에서는 Qjackctl의 MIDI 탭에 장치가 표시되도록 `a2jmidid`를 설치하고 실행해야 할 수 있습니다. JACK이 아닌 Windows의 경우 Jamulus는 MIDI 장치를 자동으로 찾지만 두 개 이상의 MIDI 장치가 연결된 경우 아래의 `d` 옵션을 참조하세요." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94 +msgid "`--ctrlmidich` takes a single argument. If you omit it, the parameter is ignored. There are two formats for the argument:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96 +msgid "The legacy definition has one or two numbers in the format:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:97 #, no-wrap -msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n" -msgstr "*참고*: Jamulus 버튼의 켜기/끄기 상태에 대한 피드백을 제공하지 않으므로, 컨트롤러가 직접 LED(있는 경우)를 추적하고 '켜기' 또는 '끄기'로 토글해야 합니다.\n" +msgid " [MIDI channel];[offset for first fader]\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:126 +msgid "`MIDI channel` is required or else the parameter argument is ignored and the feature is not active. `0` means \"any channel\", `1`-`16` listen only to MIDI messages on the specified MIDI channel." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104 +msgid "`offset for first fader` is the first MIDI CC to use to control a Jamulus Channel fader (default 70, which matches the Behringer X-Touch defaults), with all MIDI CCs after that being used; must be a number or else the long form is used." +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96 -msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth." -msgstr "믹서 창의 페이더 스트립은 왼쪽에서 오른쪽으로 오름차순으로 제어됩니다. 위의 예를 계속하면 스트립 번호 1(가장 왼쪽)에서 볼륨 페이더는 CC 번호 0으로 제어됩니다. 16만큼 팬; 솔로는 32, 음소거는 48입니다. 각 매개변수에 대해 8개의 연속 컨트롤러를 지정했으므로 믹서 창에서 8개 스트립(각각의 볼륨, 팬, 솔로 및 음소거)에 대한 MIDI 제어를 제공합니다. 다음 스트립은 1, 17, 33, 49 등으로 제어됩니다." +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106 +#, no-wrap +msgid " For example\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112 +#, no-wrap +msgid " would listen on all MIDI channels and use MIDI controller 70 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on. Here's another example:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" --ctrlmidich \"2;50\"\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:118 +#, no-wrap +msgid " This would listen on MIDI channel 2 and use MIDI controller 50 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '2. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:120 +msgid "The long form is a sequence of offsets and counts for various controllers:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:121 +#, no-wrap +msgid " [MIDI channel];[control letter][offset](*[count])(;...)\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:128 +msgid "`control letter` defines which Jamulus Control the MIDI controller number is assigned to:" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98 -msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl." -msgstr "MIDI 장치의 출력 포트를 Jamulus MIDI 입력 포트(QjackCtl(Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio(macOS) 또는 연결 관리에 사용하는 모든 항목)에 연결했는지 확인하세요. Linux에서는 a2jmidid를 설치하고 실행해야 장치가 Qjackctl의 MIDI 탭에 표시됩니다." +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:135 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" | control letter | Jamulus Control |\n" +" |--------:|---------|\n" +" | `f` | Fader |\n" +" | `p` | Pan |\n" +" | `s` | Solo |\n" +" | `m` | Mute |\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:137 +msgid "`offset` is the base MIDI CC number for the control." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:139 +msgid "`count` is the number of CC values for the control, defaulting to 1 (i.e. the number Jamulus channels that can be controlled)." +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:141 +#, no-wrap +msgid " An example for a Korg nanoKONTROL2 using eight sliders starting at MIDI CC 0 to control faders and eight knobs starting at MIDI CC 16 to control pan, on any MIDI channnel, for eight Jamulus channels would be\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:142 #, no-wrap -msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n" -msgstr "*팁*: Jamulus에서 MIDI 컨트롤을 활성화하면 각 사용자의 이름 앞에 숫자가 붙으며 가장 왼쪽의 사용자는 0부터 시작하고 그 다음에는 1, 등등이 됩니다. 기본 설정에서는 일부 사용자가 나가고 다른 사용자가 합류하면 왼쪽에서 오른쪽으로 GUI의 배열은 숫자 순서를 따르지 않아 MIDI 컨트롤러의 각 물리적 페이더/노브가 누구에 해당하는지 알기가 더 어려워질 수 있습니다. 숫자 순서에 따라 페이더 스트립을 유지하려면 상단 메뉴 표시줄의 \"보기\"로 이동하여 \"사용자 정렬 없음\"과 다른 옵션 사이를 전환한 다음 다시 돌아갑니다(예: `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O 입력`).\n" +msgid " --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n" +msgstr " --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:147 +#, no-wrap +msgid " Enhancing this to add eight Solo buttons starting at CC 32, and eight Mute buttons starting at CC 48 would give:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:148 +#, no-wrap +msgid " --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8\"\n" +msgstr " --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8\"\n" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:153 +msgid "Two additional `control letter` values are available:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: ' 1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:155 +msgid "`o` controls Mute Myself and has a single `offset` (i.e. `count` is ignored and taken as 1)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: ' 2. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:157 +msgid "`d` is an option on Windows non-JACK Jamulus to specify a particular MIDI input device by name -- without this, all devices will be assigned to Jamulus; with it, only the specified device will be used. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:161 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;dnanoKontrol\"\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:163 +#, no-wrap +msgid " would listen for CC0 through CC7 on MIDI channel 1 from a MIDI device called \"nanoKontrol\". Remember to wrap the whole of the `--ctrlmidich` argument in double quotes and you will have no problems with device names containing spaces.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:165 +#, no-wrap +msgid " In order to discover the correct device name to use, start Jamulus from the command line with `--ctrlmidich` and observe the output. Jamulus will list all discovered MIDI devices:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:173 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n" +" - MIDI controller settings: 0\n" +" - allocated port number: 22134\n" +" - MIDI devices found: 2\n" +" 0: nanoKONTROL2\n" +" 1: Keystation Mini 32\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:181 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\"\n" +" - MIDI controller settings: 1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\n" +" - allocated port number: 22134\n" +" - MIDI devices found: 2\n" +" 0: nanoKONTROL2\n" +" 1: Keystation Mini 32 (ignored)\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:183 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\tNote that if only one MIDI device is connected, the `d` option is not necessary, as Jamulus will use the device automatically.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:185 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\tOn macOS, Linux or Windows with JACK, the `d` option is accepted if given, but ignored.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:187 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself, that is, buttons on your MIDI controller need to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n" +msgstr "*참고*: Jamulus는 버튼의 켜짐/꺼짐 상태에 대한 피드백을 제공하지 않습니다. 즉, 컨트롤러가 자체적으로 켜짐/꺼짐 상태를 추적하고 LED(있는 경우)를 켜거나 꺼야 합니다. 다시 말해, MIDI 컨트롤러의 버튼은 \"토글\" 모드로 설정해야 합니다. 이는 컨트롤을 \"켜기\" 위해 눌렀을 때 64 이상의 값을 가진 MIDI CC 번호를 보내야 하고, 컨트롤을 \"끄기\" 위해 눌렀을 때 동일한 CC 번호와 64 미만의 값을 보내야 함을 의미합니다. 이를 설정하는 방법은 컨트롤러 설명서를 읽어보세요.\n" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:188 #, no-wrap msgid "For Server admins" msgstr "서버 관리자의 경우" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:103 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:190 #, no-wrap msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly" msgstr "등록된 서버를 미등록된 서버로 즉시 변환하기" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:193 msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)" msgstr "사람들이 연결할 수 있을 만큼 오랫동안 등록된 서버로 실행한 다음 서버 GUI에서 디렉터리를 \"없음\"으로 설정하여 \"비공개\"(미등록됨)로 전환할 수 있습니다. 뮤지션들은 연결이 끊어질 때까지 서버에 계속 연결되어 있습니다. (이 팁을 제공해 주신 [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff)에게 감사드립니다!)" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:107 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:194 #, no-wrap msgid "Remote management of recordings" msgstr "녹음 원격 관리" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:197 msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script." msgstr "Jamulus 사용자 [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea)는 Linux에서 녹화를 시작하고 중지하기 위한 [웹 기반 원격 도구](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote)를 작성했습니다. 서버를 사용하면 브라우저에서 다운로드할 수 있습니다. [pljones](https://github.com/pljones)의 [Jamulus Jam Importer](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter)도 참조하세요. 여기에는 서버 녹음 복구 스크립트도 포함되어 있습니다." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:111 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:198 #, no-wrap msgid "Making a Server status page" msgstr "서버 상태 페이지 만들기" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:201 msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page." msgstr "`-m` 명령줄 인수를 사용하면 서버 통계를 생성하여 웹페이지에 표시할 수 있습니다." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:203 msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):" msgstr "다음은 HTML 페이지에 현재 서버 상태를 표시하기 위해 서버 상태 파일을 사용하는 PHP 스크립트 예입니다(다음 명령줄 인수를 사용한다고 가정: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):" #. type: Fenced code block -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:117 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:204 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" "\n" +#~ msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:" +#~ msgstr "클라이언트 믹서 창 스트립의 볼륨 페이더, 팬 제어, 음소거 및 솔로 버튼은 `--ctrlmidich` 매개변수(참고: Jamulus 버전 3.7.0 이상을 사용하는 macOS 및 Linux에서만 사용할 수 있으며 JACK을 지원하는 Jamulus 버전을 사용하는 Windows에서만 사용할 수 있습니다.)를 사용하여 MIDI 컨트롤러를 사용하여 제어할 수 있습니다. 이 기능을 활성화하려면 `--ctrlmidich`를 사용하여 Jamulus를 시작해야 합니다. 하나의 전역 MIDI 채널 매개변수(1-16)와 제어되는 각 항목에 대해 설정할 수 있는 두 개의 매개변수('오프셋' 및 '연속 CC 번호')가 있습니다. 첫 번째 매개변수를 Jamulus가 (모든 채널에 대해 0에서) 수신하도록 하려는 채널로 설정한 다음 오프셋(시작할 CC 번호)과 연속 CC 번호 수로 제어(f = 볼륨 페이더; p = 팬; m = 음소거; s = 솔로; o = 직접 음소거)하려는 항목을 지정합니다. \"직접 음소거\" 명령인 연속 CC 번호 설정이 필요하지 않은 한 가지 예외가 있습니다. 이 명령은 자신의 오디오 스트림에만 적용되므로 단일 CC 번호만 필요합니다. 다음 예시를 들어보세요:" + +#~ msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64." +#~ msgstr "여기서 Jamulus는 MIDI 채널 1을 수신합니다. 볼륨 페이더 CC 번호는 0에서 시작하고 그 중 8개가 있습니다(따라서 CC 번호 7에서 끝납니다). 팬 컨트롤은 CC 번호 16에서 시작하여 23에서 끝납니다. 솔로 32~39 및 음소거 48~55입니다. 직접 음소거는 CC 번호 64에 의해 활성화/비활성화됩니다." + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n" +#~ msgstr "*참고*: Jamulus 버튼의 켜기/끄기 상태에 대한 피드백을 제공하지 않으므로, 컨트롤러가 직접 LED(있는 경우)를 추적하고 '켜기' 또는 '끄기'로 토글해야 합니다.\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth." +#~ msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth." +#~ msgstr "믹서 창의 페이더 스트립은 왼쪽에서 오른쪽으로 오름차순으로 제어됩니다. 위의 예를 계속하면 스트립 번호 1(가장 왼쪽)에서 볼륨 페이더는 CC 번호 0으로 제어됩니다. 16만큼 팬; 솔로는 32, 음소거는 48입니다. 각 매개변수에 대해 8개의 연속 컨트롤러를 지정했으므로 믹서 창에서 8개 스트립(각각의 볼륨, 팬, 솔로 및 음소거)에 대한 MIDI 제어를 제공합니다. 다음 스트립은 1, 17, 33, 49 등으로 제어됩니다." + #~ msgid "TOC" #~ msgstr "목차" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/navigation.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/navigation.po index fd84fd43c..1611f5caf 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/navigation.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/navigation.po @@ -2,19 +2,19 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # 이정희 , 2022. -# 이정희 , 2023. +# 이정희 , 2023, 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-03-30 17:41+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-02-02 17:02+0000\n" "Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: ko_KR\n" +"Language: ko-KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.17-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.10-dev\n" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ msgstr "/wiki/Running-a-Server" #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Tips & Tricks" -msgstr "팁 & 트릭" +msgstr "팁 & 요령" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/1-index.po b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/1-index.po index 0acaaa5c2..9bad37485 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/1-index.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/1-index.po @@ -82,6 +82,16 @@ msgstr "Hva er Jamulus?" msgid "Jamulus lets you play, rehearse, or jam with your friends, your band, or anyone you find online. Play together remotely in time with high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection. [Download it here!](wiki/Getting-Started)\n" msgstr " Jamulus lar deg spille, øve, eller jamme med dine venner, bandet ditt, eller noen du finner på nett. Spill sammen hver for dere synkronisert, med høy kvalitet, lav latens — på vanlig bredbånd. " +#. type: Attribute 'src' of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:32 +msgid "{% include img/en-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc %}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'alt' of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:32 +msgid "A screenshot of the main mixer window showing five people from different countries connected." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of:
#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:34 #, no-wrap diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Client-Troubleshooting.po index 2cfa90624..3f7df8d74 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Client-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Client-Troubleshooting.po @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:50 -msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [software manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this." +msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### @@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:108 -msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" +msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/discussions)" msgstr "" #, no-wrap diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Getting-Started.po index 9c284c4e2..360ecbbac 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Getting-Started.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Getting-Started.po @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:88 -msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [Software Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)." +msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Include-Client-Commands.po index 664ca073f..3c55c0e27 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Include-Client-Commands.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Include-Client-Commands.po @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6 -msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)" +msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI channel to listen on, Jamulus control + MIDI control number and count of consecutive CC numbers (or Jamulus channels), device selection option. Format: `channel[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dDeviceName]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)." msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Installation-for-Macintosh.po b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Installation-for-Macintosh.po index 8769c61ae..ab9a0ca7b 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Installation-for-Macintosh.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Installation-for-Macintosh.po @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:22 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"1. [Download Jamulus (Universal build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +"1. [Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n" " **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" "1. **Install Jamulus**: Open the downloaded `.dmg` file, agree to the licence, *drag and drop* each icon you see in the window (Jamulus Client and Server) into your *Applications folder*. After that, you can close this window.\n" "1. **Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Installation-for-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Installation-for-Windows.po index f1d4590f4..f51218eb3 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Installation-for-Windows.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Installation-for-Windows.po @@ -115,94 +115,84 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:39 -msgid "You can try two versions of ASIO4ALL. ASIO4ALL v2.14 includes a workaround for a bug which might break other functionality." +msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.16 Download](https://asio4all.org/downloads/ASIO4ALL_2_16.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:41 -msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.15 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.15/ASIO4ALL_2_15_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:43 -msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:45 msgid "[ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:47 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:43 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting up ASIO4ALL" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:50 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:46 msgid "You may or may not need to experiment a bit depending on your sound hardware. If everything works out of the box, you don't need to do anything." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:52 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:48 #, no-wrap msgid "**Tip:** Set up your sound card while you're [connected to a Server](Getting-Started#connecting-to-a-server-and-testing-your-sound) to hear your instrument or voice and check if everything is correctly set up; but first read on.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:55 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:51 msgid "Before you start with Jamulus:" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:54 msgid "**Close all applications** (especially those which could access your sound card like your browser/media player). ASIO4ALL needs exclusive access to your sound card which means that other programs will not be able to use audio if ASIO4ALL and Jamulus are running." msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:54 msgid "If the Jamulus audio doesn’t work out of the box, make sure that only the **correct inputs/outputs** in ASIO4ALL **are switched on**. Everything else should be switched off. Search the [community list of working ASIO4ALL configurations](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) for your configuration or do it manually if you can't find yours:" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:59 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:55 #, no-wrap msgid "How to set up ASIO4ALL inputs (Guide)" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 msgid "Open Jamulus's settings" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 msgid "Go to _\"ASIO Device Settings\"_ (column on the left; directly under the selection of the driver)" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 msgid "Enable _advanced view_ in ASIO4ALL (click the tool icon on the bottom right)" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 msgid "Enable only the sound card you want to use by clicking on the button next to its name" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 msgid "Open your sound card inputs/outputs by clicking the _plus icon_ next to this sound card" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 msgid "Now enable the correct inputs/outputs in the list under your sound card and disable everything else. You can hover over the inputs/outputs to see which of both they are and if they support the required sample rate for Jamulus of 48kHz (DVD quality)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:72 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:68 #, no-wrap msgid "" "**Hints:**\n" @@ -212,45 +202,45 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:73 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:69 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:76 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:72 msgid "If nothing works, first restart Jamulus and/or your PC to close background processes that may be accessing your sound card." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:78 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:74 msgid "Afterwards, *set up the inputs/outputs again*. Enabled and accessible input/outputs show as lit up power buttons and play buttons in the ASIO4ALL settings. If instead you see a red cross or yellow symbol, close other applications that may be accessing your sound card (e.g. web browser, Zoom, etc)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:80 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:76 msgid "Have a look at [this video](https://youtu.be/_GzOsitVgLI) by [trombonepizza](https://github.com/trombonepizza) which gives more detailed setup information on ASIO4ALL." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:82 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:78 msgid "Official and further information about how to configure ASIO4ALL is documented in the official [ASIO4ALL FAQs on the ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/index.php/help/faq/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:83 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:79 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "## All installed?" msgid "All installed?" msgstr "## Alt klart?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:86 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:82 msgid "Take a look at" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:87 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:83 #, fuzzy msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "[Nybegynnersiden](Getting-Started){: .button}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Privacy-Statement.po b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Privacy-Statement.po index 483afa975..bd3aa9831 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Privacy-Statement.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Privacy-Statement.po @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ msgstr "Generell info" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:30 -msgid "Under normal use with software downloaded from this website that has not been modified, your user profile information is exchanged with Servers you connect to, peers connected to those same Servers, and to third parties (including Directories) that use the Jamulus protocol. This information is limited to your Jamulus name, city, country, instrument, and skill level as you have set them in your profile. The Servers you connect to will also have access to your internet address (IP Address) as it is required for the software to work; but this information is not shared with peers on the same Server or available to third parties." +msgid "Under normal use with software downloaded from this website that has not been modified, your user profile information is exchanged with Servers you connect to, peers connected to those same Servers, and to third parties (including Directories) that use the Jamulus protocol. This information is limited to your Jamulus name, city, country, instrument, and skill level as you have set them in your profile. Directories from which you request Server lists, Servers displayed in the Connect Dialog and Servers you connect to will also have access to your internet address (IP Address) as it is required for the software to work; but this information is not shared with peers on the same Server or available to third parties." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Running-a-Server.po b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Running-a-Server.po index d442a42f6..44d203279 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Running-a-Server.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Running-a-Server.po @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:23 #, no-wrap -msgid "**No**. You don't need to run a Server. You can use the Servers listed by the built-in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server yourself. You can also use an unlisted Server if you know its internet address. Or you can use a third party hosting service such as [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/) or [KOORD](https://koord.live/). There's probably a Server nearby that you and your friends can use at low enough latency for most needs.\n" +msgid "**No**. You don't need to run a Server. You can use the Servers listed by the built-in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server yourself. You can also use an unlisted Server if you know its internet address. Or you can use a third party hosting service such as [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/). There's probably a Server nearby that you and your friends can use at low enough latency for most needs.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -589,186 +589,169 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:230 #, no-wrap -msgid "`-m or --htmlstatus`" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:232 -msgid "Enable HTML status file, set path and file name" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:234 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Note:** This feature is deprecated, and may disappear in a future release.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:235 -#, no-wrap msgid "`-P or --delaypan`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:237 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:232 msgid "Start with delay panning enabled. This option uses small differences in sound arrival time between the two ears. It produces a stereo effect similar to natural human hearing when compared to normal “volume” panning." msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:238 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:233 #, no-wrap msgid "`-s` or `--server`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:240 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:235 msgid "Start Jamulus in Server mode" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:236 #, no-wrap msgid "`--serverbindip`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:243 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:238 msgid "Specify the IP address the Jamulus process will bind to." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:245 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:240 msgid "Normally, Jamulus will listen on all IP addresses on the host machine. Where the host has multiple network addresses, this option allows one of the addresses to be chosen." msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:246 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241 #, no-wrap msgid "`-T or --multithreading`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:248 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:243 msgid "Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs. This setting may help the Server support more Clients. See also `--numchannels`" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:249 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:244 #, no-wrap msgid "`-u or --numchannels`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:251 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:246 msgid "Maximum number of channels (Clients)" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:252 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:247 #, no-wrap msgid "`-z or --startminimized`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:249 msgid "Start the Jamulus Server graphical user interface in the minimized window state." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:255 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:250 #, no-wrap msgid "Other options" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:258 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:253 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:259 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254 #, no-wrap msgid "Controlling the Server via API" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:262 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:257 msgid "Jamulus can be controlled via an experimental API which is subject to changes. You can find the [JSON-RPC API documented in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md). JSON-RPC allows you to control some features like changing the welcome message or starting recordings in headless mode from authenticated external applications. It works while the server is running." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:265 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:260 #, no-wrap msgid "Recording" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:267 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:262 #, no-wrap msgid "`-R or --recording`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:269 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:264 msgid "Set Server recording directory. By default, the Server will record when a session is active." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:271 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:266 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** You will need to save recordings to a path _outside_ of the jamulus home directory, or remove `ProtectHome=true` from your systemd unit file, but be aware that doing could be a security risk.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:273 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:268 msgid "Recordings are per track in [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` format and [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Open the respective files to listen to them in those applications." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:275 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:270 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** When your Server is recording, Clients display a red banner message that the session is being recorded.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:276 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:271 #, no-wrap msgid "`--norecord`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:278 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:273 msgid "Set server not to record by default when recording is configured." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:280 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:275 #, no-wrap msgid "Controlling Recording" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:283 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:278 msgid "Recording starts once the first person connects to the Server, and stops when the last person leaves." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:285 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:280 msgid "If the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new directory. SIGUSR2 will toggle recording on/off. If [JSON-RPC](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) is enabled, you will also be able to manage the server in a way comparable to the GUI. Please see the (experimental) [JSON-RPC documentation on the recorder](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md#jamulusserverstartrecording)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:288 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:283 msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:290 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:285 msgid "To turn recording on or off (depending on the current state):" msgstr "" #. type: Fenced code block -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:291 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:286 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [Unit]\n" @@ -781,12 +764,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:302 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:297 msgid "To start a new recording:" msgstr "" #. type: Fenced code block -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:303 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:298 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [Unit]\n" @@ -799,148 +782,148 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:314 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:309 msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name used by systemd to control your Jamulus Server. By default, if you use the `.deb` files from the repository, it is `jamulus-headless`, as in this example." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:316 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:311 msgid "Run `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` to register them for first use." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:318 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:313 msgid "Now you can run these with the `systemctl` command, for example:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:320 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:315 msgid "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:322 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:317 msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (or the respective service name you specified manually). You can also view your (sys)log." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:325 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:320 #, no-wrap msgid "Adding metadata to the Server" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:328 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:323 msgid "You can add metadata to the welcome message of a Server to add additional, hidden information like contact information or policy requests for bots (this is comparable to [robots.txt](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Robots.txt)). See the [Community Knowledge Base entry about metadata](/kb/2023/07/30/Server-Metadata.html) for more information." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:331 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:326 #, no-wrap msgid "Servers on the desktop" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:334 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:329 msgid "Jamulus can run in Server mode in the graphical environment of a computer. This gives you a graphical user interface to control most of the settings. To do this, first [install Jamulus for your platform](Getting-Started), then do one of the following:" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:336 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:331 msgid "**Windows users** - Use the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in the Windows Start menu. If you want the Server to start automatically when you start Windows, check the box for this option." msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:338 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:333 msgid "**macOS users** - Double-click the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in Applications." msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:340 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:335 msgid "**Linux users** - Launch the \"Jamulus Server\" shortcut. Or you can open a terminal window (`CTRL+ALT+t` on Debian and related distros), type `jamulus -s` and hit return." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:342 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:337 msgid "While most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, others can only be set using options given in a terminal window when the Server is launched. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:344 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:339 #, no-wrap msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose **Properties** > **Target**. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:346 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:341 #, no-wrap msgid " `\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:343 msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:350 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:345 #, no-wrap msgid " `/Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:352 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:347 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note** Command line options will set the Server’s defaults at startup. You can override them while the Server is running using their corresponding GUI controls.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:353 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348 #, no-wrap msgid "The Server status icon" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:356 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:351 msgid "When a Server is running in GUI mode, the operating system will show an icon in the system tray or status area that indicates whether the Server has connections:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:358 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:353 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
The Server is empty\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:360 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:355 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
The Server is occupied\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:363 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:358 #, no-wrap msgid "Backing up the Server" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:366 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:361 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:368 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:363 msgid "Headless Servers do not use `.ini` files. All configuration is given as command line options. If you are running a Server in GUI mode, after reading any command line options on start, it will store its configuration in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:369 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:364 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "## Troubleshooting" msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "## Feilsporing" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:371 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:366 msgid "If you are having other problems, [see this guide](Server-Troubleshooting)." msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Software-Manual.po index fbe3d47ee..32f664ed2 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Software-Manual.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Software-Manual.po @@ -35,16 +35,10 @@ msgstr "wiki" msgid "/wiki/Software-Manual" msgstr "/wiki/Software-Manual" -#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Software Manual" -msgstr "" - #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7 #, no-wrap -msgid "Jamulus User Manual" +msgid "User Manual" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -81,7 +75,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:20 #, no-wrap -msgid " \n" +msgid "\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title # @@ -109,7 +103,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:32 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large. \n" +msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -221,7 +215,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:75 -msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message is received." +msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message arrives." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## @@ -243,7 +237,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:86 -msgid "The Connection Setup window shows a list of available Servers together with their \"distance\" (in terms of ping time), the number of occupants and the maximum number supported, and the Server's given location. Permanent Servers (those that have been listed for longer than 24 hours) are shown in bold." +msgid "The Connection Setup window shows a list of available Servers together with their \"distance\" (in terms of ping time), the number of occupants and the maximum number supported, the Server's given location and the Server's Version. Permanent Servers (those that have been listed for longer than 24 hours) are shown in bold." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -258,7 +252,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:98 -msgid "If you know the IP address or URL of a private Server, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Note that IPv6 addresses must be entirely enclosed in square brackets, for example `[::1]:22124`.) The field will also show a list of the most recently used server addresses. The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list." +msgid "If you know the hostname or IP address of a private Server, you can connect to it using the \"Server Address\" field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Note that IPv6 addresses must be entirely enclosed in square brackets, for example `[::1]:22124`.) The field will also show a list of the most recently used server addresses. The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## @@ -294,201 +288,343 @@ msgid "If you see a \"mute\" icon above a user, it means that person cannot hear msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:113 -msgid "Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. You can sort instead by name, instrument, group, or city using the View menu." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:116 +msgid "Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. When joining a server that already has participants, the default order depends on the versions of Jamulus at the client and the server. With a client version before 3.12.0 or a server version older than 3.5.5, the existing participants will be shown before your own fader channel. With a client of 3.12.0 or later connected to a server of 3.5.5 or newer, your own fader will be shown first, with the other existing participants shown to the right. In either case, participants joining subsequently will by default appear to the right of all the existing participants." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:118 +msgid "You can override this order and sort instead by name, instrument, group, city or channel number using the View menu. See Menu Commands below." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:115 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:120 msgid "If the server operator has enabled recording, you will see a message above the mixer showing that you are being recorded." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:116 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:121 #, no-wrap msgid "Grp button" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:119 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:124 msgid "You can group users together using the \"group\" toggle. Moving the fader of any member of the group will move the other faders in that group by the same amount. You can isolate a channel from the group temporarily with shift-click-drag. Up to 8 groups can be defined." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:120 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:125 #, no-wrap msgid "Mute button" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:123 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:128 msgid "Prevents users being heard in your local mix. Be aware that when you mute someone, they will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader to indicate that you cannot hear them. Note also that you will continue to see their VU meters moving if sound from the muted user is reaching the server. Your fader position for them is also unaffected." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:125 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130 msgid "Note that muting your **own** channel only means you will not hear your signal from the server (and is not advised as it can lead to you becoming out of time with other players). This is therefore not the same as using \"[Mute Myself](#mute-myself-button)\"." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:126 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:131 #, no-wrap msgid "Solo button" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:129 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:134 msgid "Allows you to hear one or more users on their own. Those not soloed will be muted. Note also that those people who are not soloed will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader." msgstr "" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:135 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Menu commands" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:137 +#, no-wrap +msgid "File > Connection Setup..." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140 +msgid "Opens the [connection dialogue (see above)](#connectdisconnect-button)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:141 +#, no-wrap +msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:144 +msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band. This stores your settings for each person's fader volume, pan setting, mute and solo state. You can load this mix any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:145 +#, no-wrap +msgid "File > Exit" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:148 +msgid "Closes all the windows and exits the application." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:149 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Edit > Clear All Stored Solo/Mute Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:152 +msgid "Whenever you Solo or Mute a channel, Jamulus remembers these settings. Even if that person leaves and rejoins - or you join a server where they are playing - the settings will automatically be applied. Use this command to clear _all_ these stored settings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:153 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Edit > Set All Faders to New Client Level" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:156 +msgid "Applies the [configured \"New Client Level\"](#new-client-level) to all currently connected channels." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:157 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:160 +msgid "Applies a one-off fader adjustment to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:161 +#, no-wrap +msgid "View > (sort options)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:166 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"Most items under the \"View\" menu allow you to adjust the order Jamulus chooses to display channels on the server:\n" +"* Own Fader First
\n" +"This option can be used in addition to the others to move your own channel to always be the leftmost, irrespective of the sort order of the other channels.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:178 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* No user sorting
\n" +"This does not take any user details into account when sorting. It sorts by the order channels join the current server as described further up, with new channels being added to the right-hand end.\n" +"* Sort by Name
\n" +"Sorts by the name someone has chosen in their profile.\n" +"* Sort by Instrument / City
\n" +"Sorts by the instrument or city someone has in their profile, along with their name.\n" +"* Sort by Group
\n" +"Where the fader group feature is in use, this sorts in ascending group number from left to right (and within that, by name), with any ungrouped channels off to the right.\n" +"* Sort by Channel
\n" +"Where Jamulus channel controls (fader, mute, solo, etc) are being controlled by MIDI (see [Using --ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)), this sorts by the channel number to help ensure a stable sort order that aligns with MIDI hardware controls.\n" +"Note that in Jamulus clients before version 3.12.0, channel numbers are assigned directly by the server. Clients from 3.12.0 onwards manage their own channel number assignments and always assign channel 0 to the local user (provided the server version is at least 3.5.5).\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179 +#, no-wrap +msgid "View > Chat" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:182 +msgid "Opens the [Chat](#chat) window." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Settings Menu" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:186 +msgid "Allows direct access to each of the [Settings](#settings) tabs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:187 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Help" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:190 +msgid "Provides access to the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) and [User Manual](Software-Manual) (this page) on the website, along with copyright, licence and acknowledgement details. There is also a \"What's This?\" option for getting more details on parts of the client display." +msgstr "" + #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:192 #, no-wrap msgid "Settings" msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194 #, no-wrap msgid "My Profile" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:136 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198 msgid "From the Settings menu, select \"My Profile...\" to set your Alias/Name which is displayed below your fader in the server audio mixer board." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:200 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:202 msgid "If you set an instrument and/or country, icons for these selections will also be shown below your fader. The skill setting changes the background colour of the fader tag and the city entry shows up in the tool tip of the fader tag:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:204 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:143 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:205 #, no-wrap msgid "Skin" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:146 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:208 msgid "This applies a skin to the main window, some of which are designed to accommodate larger ensembles." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:147 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:209 #, no-wrap msgid "Meter style" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:150 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:212 msgid "This changes the visual style of the audio meters, independently of the chosen skin." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:151 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:213 #, no-wrap msgid "Mixer rows" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:154 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:216 msgid "This sets the number of rows displayed in the server audio mixer, for use with larger ensembles." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:155 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:217 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio Alerts" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:158 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220 msgid "This turns on a sound alert for when someone joins a Server, or when receiving a new chat message." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:159 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:221 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio/Network Setup" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:162 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:224 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:225 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio Device" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:167 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:229 msgid "Under the Windows operating system the ASIO driver (sound card) can be selected using Jamulus. If the selected ASIO driver is not valid an error message is shown and the previous valid driver is selected. Under macOS the input and output hardware can be selected." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:168 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230 #, no-wrap msgid "Input/output channel mapping" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:233 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237 msgid "If the selected sound card device offers more than one input or output channel, the _Input Channel Mapping and Output Channel Mapping_ settings are visible. For each Jamulus input/output channel (left and right channel) a different actual sound card channel can be selected." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:176 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:238 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio channels" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179 -msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and server." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241 +msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and Server." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:181 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:243 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note**: It is better to run separate Client instances per voice/instrument, where each Client has its own ini file, rather than using this built-in mono pair to stereo mixer.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:245 msgid "There are three modes available:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:185 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:247 #, no-wrap msgid "**Mono** and **Stereo** modes use one and two audio channels respectively.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:188 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250 #, no-wrap msgid "" "**Mono-in/Stereo-out**: The audio signal sent to the server is mono but the return signal is stereo. This is useful if the sound card has the instrument on one input channel and the microphone on the other. In that case\n" @@ -496,151 +632,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:191 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:253 msgid "Enabling stereo mode will increase your stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:256 msgid "In stereo streaming mode, no audio channel selection for the reverb effect will be available on the main window since the effect is applied to both channels in this case." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:195 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:257 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio quality" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:260 msgid "The higher the audio quality, the higher your audio stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:261 #, no-wrap msgid "Buffer Delay" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:203 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265 msgid "The buffer delay setting is a fundamental setting of the Jamulus software. This setting has an influence on many connection properties. Three buffer sizes are supported:" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269 msgid "**64 samples** Provides the lowest latency but does not work with all sound cards." msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269 msgid "**128 samples** The preferred setting. Should work for most available sound cards." msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269 msgid "**256 samples** Should only be used on very slow computers, or with a slow internet connection." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:210 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272 msgid "Some sound card drivers do not allow the buffer delay to be changed from within the Jamulus software. In this case the buffer delay setting is disabled and has to be changed using the sound card driver. On Windows, press the ASIO Setup button to open the driver settings panel." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:214 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:276 msgid "On Linux: - when using JACK, use `QJackCtl` to change the buffer size and restart JACK; - when using PipeWire's JACK server, change PipeWire's Quantum parameter with its own configuration tools." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:218 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:280 msgid "The actual buffer delay has an influence on the connection status, the current upload rate and the overall delay. The lower the buffer size, the higher the probability of a red light in the status indicator (dropouts) and the higher the upload rate and the lower the overall delay." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:282 msgid "The buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:221 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:283 #, no-wrap msgid "Jitter Buffer" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:226 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288 msgid "The jitter buffer compensates for network and sound card timing jitters. The size of the buffer influences the quality of the audio stream (how many dropouts occur) and the overall delay (the longer the buffer, the higher the delay)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:292 msgid "You can set the jitter buffer size manually for your local Client and the remote server. For the local jitter buffer, dropouts in the audio stream are indicated by the light below the jitter buffer size faders. If the light turns to red, a buffer overrun/underrun has taken place and the audio stream is interrupted." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:232 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:294 msgid "The jitter buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:236 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:298 msgid "If the Auto setting is enabled, the jitter buffers of your local Client and the remote server are set automatically based on measurements of the network and sound card timing jitter. If the Auto check is enabled, the jitter buffer size faders are disabled (they cannot be moved with the mouse)." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:299 #, no-wrap msgid "Small Network Buffers" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:303 msgid "Allows support for very small network audio packets. These are only used if the sound card buffer delay is smaller than 128 samples. The smaller the network buffers, the lower the audio latency. But at the same time the network load increases and the probability of audio dropouts also increases (particuarly if your network connection has any significant jitter). Try enabling this option if you are suffering from high latency or bad audio quality. However, keeping it disabled will normally mean better audio quality." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:242 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio Stream Rate" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:246 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:308 msgid "Depends on the current audio packet size and compression setting. Make sure that the upstream rate is not higher than your available internet upload speed (check this with a service such as [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/))." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:247 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:309 #, no-wrap msgid "Advanced Setup" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:312 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:251 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:313 #, no-wrap msgid "Custom Directories" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258 -msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here. If you know the IP address or host name of a custom Directory, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Note that IPv6 is not currently supported for Directories.) The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:320 +msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here. Enter the hostname or IP address of the custom Directory. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Note that IPv6 is not currently supported for Directories.) The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:259 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:321 #, no-wrap msgid "New Client Level" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:264 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:326 #, no-wrap msgid "" "This setting defines the fader level of a newly connected Client in percent. If a new user connects\n" @@ -649,140 +785,112 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:327 #, no-wrap msgid "Input Boost" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:268 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:330 msgid "Increases the gain from your device. Use this if your device delivers a gain that is too quiet for Jamulus." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:331 #, no-wrap msgid "Feedback Protection" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:334 msgid "Attempts to detect audio feedback loops or loud noise in the first three seconds after you connected to a server. Once detected, this feature will show a message and activate the \"Mute Myself\" button to mute you in your own mix." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:273 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:335 #, no-wrap msgid "Input Balance" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:278 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:340 msgid "Controls the relative levels of the left and right local audio channels. For a mono signal it acts as a pan between the two channels. For example, if a microphone is connected to the right input channel and an instrument is connected to the left input channel which is much louder than the microphone, move the audio fader to increase the relative volume of the mic." msgstr "" #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:279 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Menu commands" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281 -#, no-wrap -msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:284 -msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band rehearsals (fader, mute, pan, solo etc.) and load these any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:285 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders " -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288 -msgid "Applies a one-off fader setting to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:289 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:341 #, no-wrap msgid "Backing up Jamulus" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:293 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:345 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:347 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n" +msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in\n" msgstr "" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:347 #, no-wrap msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:299 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:351 #, no-wrap msgid "Command Line Options" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:302 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:354 msgid "Most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, but these and others can also be set using options given in a terminal window. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:356 #, no-wrap msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" msgstr "" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:305 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:357 #, no-wrap msgid " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:310 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:362 msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" msgstr "" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:311 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:363 #, no-wrap msgid " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:316 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:368 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:318 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:370 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" msgstr "" #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:319 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:371 #, no-wrap msgid "Controlling the Client via API" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:321 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:373 msgid "In addition to the CLI, Jamulus can be controlled using an API. This is beneficial for advanced use cases - for example, where there is no GUI, or another application needs to interact with Jamulus. Please note that the API is still experimental. Information on the [JSON-RPC API can be found in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)." msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Tips-Tricks-More.po index 8b133ea02..6bb594f02 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Tips-Tricks-More.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Tips-Tricks-More.po @@ -211,99 +211,281 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83 #, no-wrap -msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers" +msgid "Using `--ctrlmidich` for MIDI controllers" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86 -msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:" +msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a connected MIDI controller. This feature is available from version 3.7.0 on macOS, Linux, and the JACK version of Jamulus for Windows. From Jamulus 3.12.0 onwards, it is also available for the non-JACK (ASIO) Windows version. To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with the `--ctrlmidich` command-line option." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88 -msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`" +msgid "When this option is used on the command line, Jamulus will prepend a channel number to each Client name, which can be used to control the channel using MIDI CC numbers. In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first when sorted by channel or when \"Own Fader First\" is enabled." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90 -msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64." +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Tip*: With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n" +msgid "When using JACK or macOS, make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), Audio/MIDI Setup (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch `a2jmidid` so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl. For non-JACK Windows, Jamulus will find the MIDI device(s) automatically, but see the `d` option below if more than one MIDI device is connected." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94 +msgid "`--ctrlmidich` takes a single argument. If you omit it, the parameter is ignored. There are two formats for the argument:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96 +msgid "The legacy definition has one or two numbers in the format:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:97 #, no-wrap -msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n" +msgid " [MIDI channel];[offset for first fader]\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:126 +msgid "`MIDI channel` is required or else the parameter argument is ignored and the feature is not active. `0` means \"any channel\", `1`-`16` listen only to MIDI messages on the specified MIDI channel." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104 +msgid "`offset for first fader` is the first MIDI CC to use to control a Jamulus Channel fader (default 70, which matches the Behringer X-Touch defaults), with all MIDI CCs after that being used; must be a number or else the long form is used." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96 -msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth." +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106 +#, no-wrap +msgid " For example\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98 -msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl." +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n" +" ```\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112 +#, no-wrap +msgid " would listen on all MIDI channels and use MIDI controller 70 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on. Here's another example:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" --ctrlmidich \"2;50\"\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:118 +#, no-wrap +msgid " This would listen on MIDI channel 2 and use MIDI controller 50 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '2. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:120 +msgid "The long form is a sequence of offsets and counts for various controllers:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:121 +#, no-wrap +msgid " [MIDI channel];[control letter][offset](*[count])(;...)\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:128 +msgid "`control letter` defines which Jamulus Control the MIDI controller number is assigned to:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:135 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" | control letter | Jamulus Control |\n" +" |--------:|---------|\n" +" | `f` | Fader |\n" +" | `p` | Pan |\n" +" | `s` | Solo |\n" +" | `m` | Mute |\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:137 +msgid "`offset` is the base MIDI CC number for the control." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:139 +msgid "`count` is the number of CC values for the control, defaulting to 1 (i.e. the number Jamulus channels that can be controlled)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:141 +#, no-wrap +msgid " An example for a Korg nanoKONTROL2 using eight sliders starting at MIDI CC 0 to control faders and eight knobs starting at MIDI CC 16 to control pan, on any MIDI channnel, for eight Jamulus channels would be\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:142 #, no-wrap -msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n" +msgid " --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:147 +#, no-wrap +msgid " Enhancing this to add eight Solo buttons starting at CC 32, and eight Mute buttons starting at CC 48 would give:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:148 +#, no-wrap +msgid " --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8\"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:153 +msgid "Two additional `control letter` values are available:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: ' 1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:155 +msgid "`o` controls Mute Myself and has a single `offset` (i.e. `count` is ignored and taken as 1)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: ' 2. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:157 +msgid "`d` is an option on Windows non-JACK Jamulus to specify a particular MIDI input device by name -- without this, all devices will be assigned to Jamulus; with it, only the specified device will be used. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:161 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;dnanoKontrol\"\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:163 +#, no-wrap +msgid " would listen for CC0 through CC7 on MIDI channel 1 from a MIDI device called \"nanoKontrol\". Remember to wrap the whole of the `--ctrlmidich` argument in double quotes and you will have no problems with device names containing spaces.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:165 +#, no-wrap +msgid " In order to discover the correct device name to use, start Jamulus from the command line with `--ctrlmidich` and observe the output. Jamulus will list all discovered MIDI devices:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:173 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n" +" - MIDI controller settings: 0\n" +" - allocated port number: 22134\n" +" - MIDI devices found: 2\n" +" 0: nanoKONTROL2\n" +" 1: Keystation Mini 32\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:181 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\"\n" +" - MIDI controller settings: 1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\n" +" - allocated port number: 22134\n" +" - MIDI devices found: 2\n" +" 0: nanoKONTROL2\n" +" 1: Keystation Mini 32 (ignored)\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:183 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\tNote that if only one MIDI device is connected, the `d` option is not necessary, as Jamulus will use the device automatically.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:185 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\tOn macOS, Linux or Windows with JACK, the `d` option is accepted if given, but ignored.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:187 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself, that is, buttons on your MIDI controller need to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:188 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "## For Server admins" msgid "For Server admins" msgstr "## For tjeneradministratorer" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:103 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:190 #, no-wrap msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:193 msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:107 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:194 #, no-wrap msgid "Remote management of recordings" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:197 msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:111 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:198 #, no-wrap msgid "Making a Server status page" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:201 msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:203 msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):" msgstr "" #. type: Fenced code block -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:117 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:204 #, no-wrap msgid "" ", 2022. +# Maksim_220 Кабанов , 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-23 12:07+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-08-11 15:01+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Maksim_220 Кабанов \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: nb_NO\n" +"Language: nb-NO\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13-dev\n" #. type: Hash Value: footer alt facebook #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus Facebook group" msgstr "Facebook-gruppe" @@ -59,9 +60,9 @@ msgstr "Kommentarer" #. type: Hash Value: kb kbintro #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Community knowledge base
Feel free to add your own article!" -msgstr "Gemenskapsdrevet kunnskapsbase
Legg gjerne til din egen artikkel." +msgstr "Gemenskapsdrevet kunnskapsbase
Legg gjerne til din egen artikkel!" #. type: Hash Value: kb mainpage #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/1-index.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/1-index.po index 6d85b9476..0a6da0b9a 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/1-index.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/1-index.po @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# Henk De Groot , 2023, 2024. +# Henk De Groot , 2023, 2024, 2025. # Dklfajsjfi49wefklsf32 , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-07 19:09+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-10-13 20:07+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: nl\n" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n" #. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?) #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:1 @@ -67,6 +67,16 @@ msgstr "Wat is Jamulus?" msgid "Jamulus lets you play, rehearse, or jam with your friends, your band, or anyone you find online. Play together remotely in time with high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection. [Download it here!](wiki/Getting-Started)\n" msgstr "Met Jamulus kun je spelen, repeteren of jammen met je vrienden, je band of iedereen die je online vindt. Speel samen op afstand met hoogwaardig geluid met lage latentie via een normale breedbandverbinding. [Download het hier!](wiki/Getting-Started)\n" +#. type: Attribute 'src' of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:32 +msgid "{% include img/en-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc %}" +msgstr "{% include img/nl-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc %}" + +#. type: Attribute 'alt' of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:32 +msgid "A screenshot of the main mixer window showing five people from different countries connected." +msgstr "Een schermafbeelding van het hoofdmixervenster waarop vijf mensen uit verschillende landen met elkaar verbonden zijn." + #. type: Content of:
#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:34 #, no-wrap diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Client-Troubleshooting.po index 0ff649c8f..a7edd489f 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Client-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Client-Troubleshooting.po @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Henk De Groot , 2022. -# Henk De Groot , 2023. +# Henk De Groot , 2023, 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-07-30 20:06+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-10-08 18:07+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: nl\n" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ msgstr "Hoe je precies vermijdt om naar je directe signaal te luisteren, hangt a #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:50 -msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [software manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this." +msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this." msgstr "Houd er rekening mee dat wanneer je naar het signaal van de server luistert, je ervoor zorgt dat je synchroon loopt met andere muzikanten maar dat je ook problemen kunt ondervinden als jouw algehele latency (aangegeven door het \"Vertraging\"-lampje in Jamulus) niet groen of op zijn minst geel is voor de meeste tijd. Raadpleeg de [gebruikershandleiding](/wiki/Software-Manual) om te begrijpen hoe je jouw installatie kunt aanpassen om hierbij te helpen." #. type: Title ### @@ -330,8 +330,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:108 -msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" -msgstr "Voor iets anders, zoek of post in de [discussie forums (engelstalig)](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" +msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/discussions)" +msgstr "Voor iets anders, zoek of post in de [discussie forums (engelstalig)](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/discussions)" #, no-wrap #~ msgid "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Directories.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Directories.po index 8f436644f..4fc826396 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Directories.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Directories.po @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# Henk De Groot , 2023, 2024. +# Henk De Groot , 2023, 2024, 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-18 20:28+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-10-13 20:07+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: nl\n" @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 @@ -90,12 +90,12 @@ msgstr "Wanneer je een server achter een NAT-firewall op een particulier netwerk #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:29 msgid "When running a Client behind a NAT firewall on a private network with a Directory on the same network, the Directory itself needs to be run using the `--serverpublicip` option to specify the public IP address, so that any Servers on the public Internet registering with the Directory that require the \"hole punch\" can be accessed by the Client(s). (This is because otherwise the Directory would provide the local network address of the Client to the Server and the \"hole punch\" would fail.)" -msgstr "Wanneer een client achter een NAT-firewall wordt uitgevoerd op een particulier netwerk met een adresboek op hetzelfde netwerk, dan moet het adresboek zelf worden uitgevoerd met de optie `--serverpublicip' om het openbare IP-adres op te geven, zodat alle servers op het openbare internet die willen registreren bij het adresboek waarvoor de \"perforatie\" vereist is, toegankelijk is de client(s). (Dit komt omdat anders het adresboek het lokale netwerkadres van de client aan de server zou verstrekken en de \"perforatie\" zou mislukken.)" +msgstr "Wanneer een client achter een NAT-firewall wordt uitgevoerd op een particulier netwerk met een adresboek op hetzelfde netwerk, dan moet het adresboek zelf worden uitgevoerd met de optie `--serverpublicip` om het openbare IP-adres op te geven, zodat alle servers op het openbare internet die willen registreren bij het adresboek waarvoor de \"perforatie\" vereist is, toegankelijk is de client(s). (Dit komt omdat anders het adresboek het lokale netwerkadres van de client aan de server zou verstrekken en de \"perforatie\" zou mislukken.)" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:31 msgid "If you need to restart your Directory for any reason (for example when rebooting the host), Servers connected to it will be disconnected until they re-register. This does not mean that Clients connected to those Servers will be disconnected, but does mean that new Clients will be not able to see Servers listed by your Directory until those Servers reconnect. To enable the list of registered Servers to persist between restarts, use the `--directoryfile` option to specify the location and name of a file that the Directory can read and write to." -msgstr "Als je het adresboek om welke reden dan ook opnieuw moet opstarten (bijvoorbeeld bij het opnieuw opstarten van de host), dan worden de servers die ermee verbonden zijn losgekoppeld totdat ze zich opnieuw registreren. Dit betekent niet dat de verbinding met clients die met die servers zijn verbonden wordt verbroken maar het betekent wel dat nieuwe clients geen servers in je adresboek kunnen zien totdat die servers opnieuw verbinding maken. Om ervoor te zorgen dat de lijst met geregistreerde servers blijft bestaan tussen herstarts, gebruik je de optie `--directoryfile' om de locatie en naam op te geven van een bestand waarnaar het adresboek kan lezen en schrijven." +msgstr "Als je het adresboek om welke reden dan ook opnieuw moet opstarten (bijvoorbeeld bij het opnieuw opstarten van de host), dan worden de servers die ermee verbonden zijn losgekoppeld totdat ze zich opnieuw registreren. Dit betekent niet dat de verbinding met clients die met die servers zijn verbonden wordt verbroken maar het betekent wel dat nieuwe clients geen servers in je adresboek kunnen zien totdat die servers opnieuw verbinding maken. Om ervoor te zorgen dat de lijst met geregistreerde servers blijft bestaan tussen herstarts, gebruik je de optie `--directoryfile` om de locatie en naam op te geven van een bestand waarnaar het adresboek kan lezen en schrijven." #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:32 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Getting-Started.po index 5fff3cccf..a181e4f4b 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Getting-Started.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Getting-Started.po @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# Henk De Groot , 2023. +# Henk De Groot , 2023, 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-07-30 20:06+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-10-08 18:07+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: nl\n" @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ msgstr "Houd er rekening mee dat je de chatfunctie op elk moment kunt gebruiken #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:88 -msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [Software Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)." +msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)." msgstr "Meer informatie over het gebruik van Jamulus vind je in de [gebruikershandleiding](/wiki/Software-Manual)." #. type: Title ## diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Include-Client-Commands.po index 2a4d024ff..63d36dacd 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Include-Client-Commands.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Include-Client-Commands.po @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# Henk De Groot , 2023. +# Henk De Groot , 2023, 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-03-26 08:40+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-10-13 20:07+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: nl\n" @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.17-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3 @@ -37,8 +37,8 @@ msgstr "`-j` of `--nojackconnect` Schakel automatisch JACK verbindingen uit" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6 -msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)" -msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller kanaal om naar te luisteren, control nummer offset en opeenvolgend CC nummers (kanalen) en demp mijzelf CC nummer. Formaat: `kanaal[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` Zie [Tips & trucs](Tips-Tricks-More#ctrlmidich-gebruiken-voor-midi-controllers)" +msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI channel to listen on, Jamulus control + MIDI control number and count of consecutive CC numbers (or Jamulus channels), device selection option. Format: `channel[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dDeviceName]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)." +msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI kanaal om naar te luisteren, Jamulus control + MIDI control nummer en opeenvolgend aantal CC nummers (of Jamulus kanalen), optie voor apparaatselectie. Formaat: `kanaa[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dApparaatnaam]` Zie [Tips & trucs](Tips-Tricks-More#gebruik---ctrlmidich-voor-midi-controllers)." #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Include-Shared-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Include-Shared-Commands.po index 0f624ad19..7de9d77fb 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Include-Shared-Commands.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Include-Shared-Commands.po @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# Henk De Groot , 2023. +# Henk De Groot , 2023, 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-05 21:22+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-10-08 18:07+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: nl\n" @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:3 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Installation-for-Linux.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Installation-for-Linux.po index 83f404d87..d28cb0c0f 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Installation-for-Linux.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Installation-for-Linux.po @@ -1,20 +1,20 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# Henk De Groot , 2023, 2024. +# Henk De Groot , 2023, 2024, 2025. # ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-09-01 20:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-10-08 18:07+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: nl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Installation-for-Macintosh.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Installation-for-Macintosh.po index b065d963e..ce8840608 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Installation-for-Macintosh.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Installation-for-Macintosh.po @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# Henk De Groot , 2023. +# Henk De Groot , 2023, 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-07-30 20:06+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-10-08 18:07+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: nl\n" @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 @@ -64,12 +64,12 @@ msgstr "Upgraden? Misschien wil je eerst een [back-up van je configuratie](Softw #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:22 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"1. [Download Jamulus (Universal build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +"1. [Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n" " **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" "1. **Install Jamulus**: Open the downloaded `.dmg` file, agree to the licence, *drag and drop* each icon you see in the window (Jamulus Client and Server) into your *Applications folder*. After that, you can close this window.\n" "1. **Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" msgstr "" -"1. [Download Jamulus (Universal build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +"1. [Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n" " **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" "1. **Installeer Jamulus**: Open het gedownloade `.dmg`-bestand, ga akkoord met de licentie, *sleep* elk pictogram dat je in het venster ziet (Jamulus Client en Server) naar je *Applicaties-map*. Daarna kunt je dit venster sluiten.\n" "1. **Jamulus uitvoeren**. Nu zou je Jamulus net als elke andere applicatie moeten kunnen gebruiken.\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Installation-for-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Installation-for-Windows.po index 9dae15846..f71187f47 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Installation-for-Windows.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Installation-for-Windows.po @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# Henk De Groot , 2023. +# Henk De Groot , 2023, 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-07-31 07:04+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-10-08 18:07+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: nl\n" @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 @@ -115,94 +115,84 @@ msgstr "Als je geen externe geluidskaart hebt, heb je waarschijnlijk geen ASIO-s #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:39 -msgid "You can try two versions of ASIO4ALL. ASIO4ALL v2.14 includes a workaround for a bug which might break other functionality." -msgstr "Je kunt twee versies van ASIO4ALL proberen. ASIO4ALL v2.14 bevat een tijdelijke oplossing voor een bug die andere functionaliteit zou kunnen verstoren." +msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.16 Download](https://asio4all.org/downloads/ASIO4ALL_2_16.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" +msgstr "[ASIO4ALL v2.16 Download](https://asio4all.org/downloads/ASIO4ALL_2_16.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:41 -msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.15 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.15/ASIO4ALL_2_15_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" -msgstr "[ASIO4ALL v2.15 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.15/ASIO4ALL_2_15_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:43 -msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" -msgstr "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:45 msgid "[ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" msgstr "[ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:47 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:43 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting up ASIO4ALL" msgstr "ASIO4ALL instellen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:50 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:46 msgid "You may or may not need to experiment a bit depending on your sound hardware. If everything works out of the box, you don't need to do anything." msgstr "Je moet wellicht een beetje experimenteren, afhankelijk van je geluidshardware. Als alles meteen werkt, hoeft je verder niets te doen." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:52 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:48 #, no-wrap msgid "**Tip:** Set up your sound card while you're [connected to a Server](Getting-Started#connecting-to-a-server-and-testing-your-sound) to hear your instrument or voice and check if everything is correctly set up; but first read on.\n" msgstr "**Tip:** Stel je geluidskaart in terwijl je [verbonden bent met een server](Getting-Started#verbinding-maken-met-een-server-en-je-geluid-testen) om je instrument of stem te horen en te controleren of alles correct is ingesteld, maar lees eerst verder.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:55 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:51 msgid "Before you start with Jamulus:" msgstr "Voordat je begint met Jamulus:" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:54 msgid "**Close all applications** (especially those which could access your sound card like your browser/media player). ASIO4ALL needs exclusive access to your sound card which means that other programs will not be able to use audio if ASIO4ALL and Jamulus are running." msgstr "**Sluit alle toepassingen** (vooral toepassingen die toegang kunnen krijgen tot je geluidskaart, zoals je webbrowser/mediaspeler). ASIO4ALL heeft exclusieve toegang tot je geluidskaart nodig, wat betekent dat andere programma's geen audio kunnen gebruiken als ASIO4ALL en Jamulus actief zijn." #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:54 msgid "If the Jamulus audio doesn’t work out of the box, make sure that only the **correct inputs/outputs** in ASIO4ALL **are switched on**. Everything else should be switched off. Search the [community list of working ASIO4ALL configurations](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) for your configuration or do it manually if you can't find yours:" msgstr "Als het geluid in Jamulus niet meteen werkt, zorg er dan voor dat alleen de **juiste in-/uitgangen** in ASIO4ALL **aanstaan**. Alle andere moet worden uitgeschakeld. Zoek in de [community lijst met werkende ASIO4ALL-configuraties (engelstalig)](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) naar jouw configuratie of doe het handmatig als je de jouwe niet kunt vinden." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:59 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:55 #, no-wrap msgid "How to set up ASIO4ALL inputs (Guide)" msgstr "ASIO4ALL-ingangen instellen (gids)" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 msgid "Open Jamulus's settings" msgstr "Open Jamulus's instellingen" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 msgid "Go to _\"ASIO Device Settings\"_ (column on the left; directly under the selection of the driver)" msgstr "Klik op _\"ASIO Apparaatinstellingen\"_ (knop aan de linkerkant; direct onder de selectie van het apparaat)" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 msgid "Enable _advanced view_ in ASIO4ALL (click the tool icon on the bottom right)" msgstr "Schakel de _advanced view/options_ in voor ASIO4ALL (klik op het gereedschaps-/tandwielpictogram rechtsonder)" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 msgid "Enable only the sound card you want to use by clicking on the button next to its name" msgstr "Schakel alleen de geluidskaart in die je wilt gebruiken door op de knop naast de naam te klikken" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 msgid "Open your sound card inputs/outputs by clicking the _plus icon_ next to this sound card" msgstr "Open de in-/uitgangen van je geluidskaart door op het _pluspictogram_ naast deze geluidskaart te klikken" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 msgid "Now enable the correct inputs/outputs in the list under your sound card and disable everything else. You can hover over the inputs/outputs to see which of both they are and if they support the required sample rate for Jamulus of 48kHz (DVD quality)." msgstr "Schakel nu de juiste in-/uitgangen in de lijst onder je geluidskaart in en schakel al het andere uit. Je kunt de muisaanwijzer over de in-/uitgangen bewegen om te zien welke van beide het zijn en of ze de vereiste samplefrequentie voor Jamulus van 48 kHz (dvd-kwaliteit) ondersteunen." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:72 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:68 #, no-wrap msgid "" "**Hints:**\n" @@ -216,47 +206,53 @@ msgstr "" "1. Stereo Mix/Stereo Input is meestal niet de input/output die je zoekt. Schakel het daarom uit als je het ziet.\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:73 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:69 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "Problemen oplossen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:76 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:72 msgid "If nothing works, first restart Jamulus and/or your PC to close background processes that may be accessing your sound card." msgstr "Als niets werkt, herstart dan eerst Jamulus en/of je pc om achtergrondprocessen te sluiten die mogelijk toegang hebben tot de geluidskaart." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:78 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:74 msgid "Afterwards, *set up the inputs/outputs again*. Enabled and accessible input/outputs show as lit up power buttons and play buttons in the ASIO4ALL settings. If instead you see a red cross or yellow symbol, close other applications that may be accessing your sound card (e.g. web browser, Zoom, etc)." msgstr "Daarna *stel je de in-/uitgangen opnieuw in*. Ingeschakelde en toegankelijke in-/uitgangen worden weergegeven als verlichte aan/uit-knoppen en afspeelknoppen in de ASIO4ALL instellingen. Als je in plaats daarvan een rood kruis of geel symbool ziet, sluit dan andere toepassingen die mogelijk toegang hebben tot de geluidskaart (bijv. webbrowser, Zoom, enz.)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:80 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:76 msgid "Have a look at [this video](https://youtu.be/_GzOsitVgLI) by [trombonepizza](https://github.com/trombonepizza) which gives more detailed setup information on ASIO4ALL." msgstr "Kijk eens naar [deze video (engelstalig)](https://youtu.be/_GzOsitVgLI) van [trombonepizza](https://github.com/trombonepizza) die meer gedetailleerde informatie geeft over het instellen van ASIO4ALL." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:82 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:78 msgid "Official and further information about how to configure ASIO4ALL is documented in the official [ASIO4ALL FAQs on the ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/index.php/help/faq/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}." msgstr "Officiële en verdere informatie over het configureren van ASIO4ALL is gedocumenteerd in de officiële [ASIO4ALL FAQs op de ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/index.php/help/faq/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:83 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:79 #, no-wrap msgid "All installed?" msgstr "Alles geïnstalleerd?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:86 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:82 msgid "Take a look at" msgstr "Kijk eens naar de" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:87 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:83 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "[Aan de slag pagina](Getting-Started){: .button}" +#~ msgid "You can try two versions of ASIO4ALL. ASIO4ALL v2.14 includes a workaround for a bug which might break other functionality." +#~ msgstr "Je kunt twee versies van ASIO4ALL proberen. ASIO4ALL v2.14 bevat een tijdelijke oplossing voor een bug die andere functionaliteit zou kunnen verstoren." + +#~ msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" +#~ msgstr "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" + #~ msgid "# Installation for Windows" #~ msgstr "# Installatie voor Windows" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Privacy-Statement.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Privacy-Statement.po index b94872ba5..4d2406c9f 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Privacy-Statement.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Privacy-Statement.po @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# Henk De Groot , 2023. +# Henk De Groot , 2023, 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-05 19:50+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-10-08 18:07+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: nl\n" @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 @@ -102,8 +102,8 @@ msgstr "Algemene informatie" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:30 -msgid "Under normal use with software downloaded from this website that has not been modified, your user profile information is exchanged with Servers you connect to, peers connected to those same Servers, and to third parties (including Directories) that use the Jamulus protocol. This information is limited to your Jamulus name, city, country, instrument, and skill level as you have set them in your profile. The Servers you connect to will also have access to your internet address (IP Address) as it is required for the software to work; but this information is not shared with peers on the same Server or available to third parties." -msgstr "Bij normaal gebruik met software die van deze website is gedownload en die niet is gewijzigd, wordt je gebruikersprofielinformatie uitgewisseld met servers waarmee je verbinding maakt, peers die zijn verbonden met diezelfde servers en met derden (inclusief mappen) die het Jamulus-protocol gebruiken. Deze informatie is beperkt tot je Jamulus-naam, stad, land, instrument en vaardigheidsniveau zoals je deze in je profiel hebt ingesteld. De servers waarmee je verbinding maakt, hebben ook toegang tot je internetadres (IP-adres), aangezien dit nodig is om de software te laten werken maar deze informatie wordt niet gedeeld met peers op dezelfde server of beschikbaar gesteld aan derden." +msgid "Under normal use with software downloaded from this website that has not been modified, your user profile information is exchanged with Servers you connect to, peers connected to those same Servers, and to third parties (including Directories) that use the Jamulus protocol. This information is limited to your Jamulus name, city, country, instrument, and skill level as you have set them in your profile. Directories from which you request Server lists, Servers displayed in the Connect Dialog and Servers you connect to will also have access to your internet address (IP Address) as it is required for the software to work; but this information is not shared with peers on the same Server or available to third parties." +msgstr "Bij normaal gebruik met software die van deze website is gedownload en die niet is gewijzigd, wordt je gebruikersprofielinformatie uitgewisseld met servers waarmee je verbinding maakt, peers die zijn verbonden met diezelfde servers en met derden (inclusief mappen) die het Jamulus-protocol gebruiken. Deze informatie is beperkt tot je Jamulus-naam, stad, land, instrument en vaardigheidsniveau zoals je deze in je profiel hebt ingesteld. Adresboeken waarvan je serverlijsten opvraagt, servers die worden weergegeven in het verbindingsdialoogvenster en servers waarmee je verbinding maakt, hebben ook toegang tot je internetadres (IP-adres), aangezien dit nodig is om de software te laten werken maar deze informatie wordt niet gedeeld met peers op dezelfde server of beschikbaar gesteld aan derden." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:32 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Running-a-Server.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Running-a-Server.po index bc17bad09..39b530fb4 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Running-a-Server.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Running-a-Server.po @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Henk De Groot , 2022. -# Henk De Groot , 2023, 2024. +# Henk De Groot , 2023, 2024, 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-25 10:27+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-10-08 18:07+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: nl\n" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 @@ -89,8 +89,8 @@ msgstr "Moet ik een eigen server hebben?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:23 #, no-wrap -msgid "**No**. You don't need to run a Server. You can use the Servers listed by the built-in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server yourself. You can also use an unlisted Server if you know its internet address. Or you can use a third party hosting service such as [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/) or [KOORD](https://koord.live/). There's probably a Server nearby that you and your friends can use at low enough latency for most needs.\n" -msgstr "**Nee**. Je hoeft geen server te hebben. Je kunt de servers gebruiken die worden vermeld door de ingebouwde adresboeken en Jamulus gebruiken zonder zelf een server uit te voeren. Je kunt ook een niet-geregistreerde server gebruiken als je het internetadres kent. Of je kunt een externe hostingservice gebruiken, zoals [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/) of [KOORD](https://koord.live/). Er is waarschijnlijk een server in de buurt die jij en je vrienden kunnen gebruiken met een voldoende lage latentie voor de meeste behoeften.\n" +msgid "**No**. You don't need to run a Server. You can use the Servers listed by the built-in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server yourself. You can also use an unlisted Server if you know its internet address. Or you can use a third party hosting service such as [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/). There's probably a Server nearby that you and your friends can use at low enough latency for most needs.\n" +msgstr "**Nee**. Je hoeft geen server te hebben. Je kunt de servers gebruiken die worden vermeld door de ingebouwde adresboeken en Jamulus gebruiken zonder zelf een server uit te voeren. Je kunt ook een niet-geregistreerde server gebruiken als je het internetadres kent. Of je kunt een externe hostingservice gebruiken, zoals [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/). Er is waarschijnlijk een server in de buurt die jij en je vrienden kunnen gebruiken met een voldoende lage latentie voor de meeste behoeften.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:25 @@ -626,186 +626,169 @@ msgstr "Logboekregistratie inschakelen, pad en bestandsnaam instellen" #. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:230 #, no-wrap -msgid "`-m or --htmlstatus`" -msgstr "`-m of --htmlstatus`" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:232 -msgid "Enable HTML status file, set path and file name" -msgstr "HTML-statusbestand inschakelen, pad en bestandsnaam instellen" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:234 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Note:** This feature is deprecated, and may disappear in a future release.\n" -msgstr "**Opmerking:** Deze functie is verouderd en verdwijnt mogelijk in een toekomstige release.\n" - -#. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:235 -#, no-wrap msgid "`-P or --delaypan`" msgstr "`-P of --delaypan`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:237 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:232 msgid "Start with delay panning enabled. This option uses small differences in sound arrival time between the two ears. It produces a stereo effect similar to natural human hearing when compared to normal “volume” panning." msgstr "Begin met delay panning ingeschakeld. Deze optie maakt gebruik van kleine verschillen in de aankomsttijd van het geluid tussen de twee oren. Het produceert een stereo-effect dat vergelijkbaar is met het natuurlijke gehoor van de mens in vergelijking met normale \"volume\"-panning." #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:238 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:233 #, no-wrap msgid "`-s` or `--server`" msgstr "`-s` of `--server`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:240 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:235 msgid "Start Jamulus in Server mode" msgstr "Start Jamulus in servermodus" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:236 #, no-wrap msgid "`--serverbindip`" msgstr "`--serverbindip`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:243 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:238 msgid "Specify the IP address the Jamulus process will bind to." msgstr "Geef het IP-adres op waaraan het Jamulus proces zal binden." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:245 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:240 msgid "Normally, Jamulus will listen on all IP addresses on the host machine. Where the host has multiple network addresses, this option allows one of the addresses to be chosen." msgstr "Normaal gesproken luistert Jamulus naar alle IP-adressen op de hostcomputer. Als de host meerdere netwerkadressen heeft, kan met deze optie een van de adressen worden gekozen." #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:246 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241 #, no-wrap msgid "`-T or --multithreading`" msgstr "`-T of --multithreading`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:248 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:243 msgid "Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs. This setting may help the Server support more Clients. See also `--numchannels`" msgstr "Gebruik multithreading om beter gebruik te maken van multi-core CPU's. Deze instelling kan de server helpen meer clients te ondersteunen. Zie ook `--numchannels`" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:249 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:244 #, no-wrap msgid "`-u or --numchannels`" msgstr "`-u of --numchannels`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:251 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:246 msgid "Maximum number of channels (Clients)" msgstr "Maximaal aantal kanalen (clients)" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:252 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:247 #, no-wrap msgid "`-z or --startminimized`" msgstr "`-z of --startminimized`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:249 msgid "Start the Jamulus Server graphical user interface in the minimized window state." msgstr "Start de grafische gebruikersinterface van de Jamulus server in de geminimaliseerde vensterstatus." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:255 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:250 #, no-wrap msgid "Other options" msgstr "Andere opties" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:258 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:253 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:259 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254 #, no-wrap msgid "Controlling the Server via API" msgstr "Server aansturen via API" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:262 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:257 msgid "Jamulus can be controlled via an experimental API which is subject to changes. You can find the [JSON-RPC API documented in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md). JSON-RPC allows you to control some features like changing the welcome message or starting recordings in headless mode from authenticated external applications. It works while the server is running." msgstr "Jamulus kan worden aangestuurd via een experimentele API die onderhevig is aan wijzigingen. Je kunt de [JSON-RPC API documentatie (engelstalig)](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) in de hoofdrepository vinden. Met JSON-RPC kun je bepaalde functies beheren, zoals het wijzigen van het welkomstbericht of het starten van opnames in headless-modus vanuit geverifieerde externe applicaties. Het werkt terwijl de server draait." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:265 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:260 #, no-wrap msgid "Recording" msgstr "Opname" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:267 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:262 #, no-wrap msgid "`-R or --recording`" msgstr "`-R of --recording`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:269 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:264 msgid "Set Server recording directory. By default, the Server will record when a session is active." msgstr "Stel de serveropnamemap in. Standaard neemt de server op wanneer een sessie actief is." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:271 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:266 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** You will need to save recordings to a path _outside_ of the jamulus home directory, or remove `ProtectHome=true` from your systemd unit file, but be aware that doing could be a security risk.\n" msgstr "**Opmerking:** Je moet opnames opslaan in een pad _buiten_ de jamulus home directory of `ProtectHome=true` uit je systemd unit-bestand verwijderen, maar houd er rekening mee dat dit een beveiligingsrisico kan zijn.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:273 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:268 msgid "Recordings are per track in [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` format and [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Open the respective files to listen to them in those applications." msgstr "Opnames zijn per track in [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` formaat en [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Open de respectievelijke bestanden om ernaar te luisteren in die toepassingen." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:275 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:270 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** When your Server is recording, Clients display a red banner message that the session is being recorded.\n" msgstr "**Opmerking:** Wanneer je server aan het opnemen is, geven clients een bericht met een rode banner weer dat de sessie wordt opgenomen.\n" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:276 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:271 #, no-wrap msgid "`--norecord`" msgstr "`--norecord`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:278 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:273 msgid "Set server not to record by default when recording is configured." msgstr "Stel de server in om standaard niet op te nemen wanneer opnemen is geconfigureerd." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:280 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:275 #, no-wrap msgid "Controlling Recording" msgstr "Opname regelen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:283 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:278 msgid "Recording starts once the first person connects to the Server, and stops when the last person leaves." msgstr "De opname begint zodra de eerste persoon verbinding maakt met de server en stopt wanneer de laatste persoon vertrekt." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:285 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:280 msgid "If the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new directory. SIGUSR2 will toggle recording on/off. If [JSON-RPC](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) is enabled, you will also be able to manage the server in a way comparable to the GUI. Please see the (experimental) [JSON-RPC documentation on the recorder](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md#jamulusserverstartrecording)." msgstr "Als de server tijdens een opname een SIGUSR1-signaal ontvangt, start hij een nieuwe opname in een nieuwe map. SIGUSR2 schakelt opname in/uit. Als [JSON-RPC](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) is ingeschakeld, kun je de server ook beheren op een manier die vergelijkbaar is met de GUI . Zie de (experimentele) [JSON-RPC-documentatie over de opname (engelstalig)](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md#jamulusserverstartrecording)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:288 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:283 msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." msgstr "Om deze signalen met systemd te verzenden, maak je de volgende twee `.service`-bestanden in `/etc/systemd/system` en geef je ze een passendse naam (bijv. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:290 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:285 msgid "To turn recording on or off (depending on the current state):" msgstr "Opnemen in- of uitschakelen (afhankelijk van de huidige status):" #. type: Fenced code block -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:291 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:286 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [Unit]\n" @@ -825,12 +808,12 @@ msgstr "" " ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 jamulus-headless\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:302 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:297 msgid "To start a new recording:" msgstr "Een nieuwe opname starten:" #. type: Fenced code block -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:303 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:298 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [Unit]\n" @@ -850,151 +833,162 @@ msgstr "" " ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 jamulus-headless\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:314 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:309 msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name used by systemd to control your Jamulus Server. By default, if you use the `.deb` files from the repository, it is `jamulus-headless`, as in this example." msgstr "_Opmerking: De Jamulus-servicenaam in de regel `ExecStart` moet hetzelfde zijn als de bestandsnaam `.service` die systemd gebruikt om jouw Jamulus server te beheren. Als je de `.deb`-bestanden uit de repository gebruikt, is dit standaard `jamulus-headless`, zoals in dit voorbeeld." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:316 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:311 msgid "Run `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` to register them for first use." msgstr "Voer `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` uit om ze te registreren voor het eerste gebruik." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:318 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:313 msgid "Now you can run these with the `systemctl` command, for example:" msgstr "Nu kun je deze uitvoeren met het commando `service start`, bijvoorbeeld:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:320 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:315 msgid "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec`" msgstr "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:322 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:317 msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (or the respective service name you specified manually). You can also view your (sys)log." msgstr "Je kunt het resultaat van deze commando's zien als je `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (of de betreffende servicenaam die u handmatig hebt opgegeven) uitvoert. Je kunt ook de (sys)log bekijken." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:325 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:320 #, no-wrap msgid "Adding metadata to the Server" msgstr "Metadata toevoegen aan de server" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:328 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:323 msgid "You can add metadata to the welcome message of a Server to add additional, hidden information like contact information or policy requests for bots (this is comparable to [robots.txt](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Robots.txt)). See the [Community Knowledge Base entry about metadata](/kb/2023/07/30/Server-Metadata.html) for more information." msgstr "Je kunt metadata toevoegen aan het welkomstbericht van een server om aanvullende, verborgen informatie toe te voegen, zoals contactgegevens of beleidsverzoeken voor bots (dit is vergelijkbaar met [robots.txt](https://nl.wikipedia.org/wiki/Robots_Exclusion_Protocol)). Zie de [Community Knowledge Base-vermelding over metadata (engelstalig)](/kb/2023/07/30/Server-Metadata.html) voor meer informatie." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:331 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:326 #, no-wrap msgid "Servers on the desktop" msgstr "Servers vanaf een desktop" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:334 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:329 msgid "Jamulus can run in Server mode in the graphical environment of a computer. This gives you a graphical user interface to control most of the settings. To do this, first [install Jamulus for your platform](Getting-Started), then do one of the following:" msgstr "Jamulus kan in servermodus worden uitgevoerd in de grafische omgeving van een computer. Dit geeft je een grafische gebruikersinterface om de meeste instellingen te beheren. Om dit te doen, [installeer je Jamulus voor jouw platform](Getting-Started) en voer je vervolgens een van de volgende handelingen uit:" #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:336 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:331 msgid "**Windows users** - Use the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in the Windows Start menu. If you want the Server to start automatically when you start Windows, check the box for this option." msgstr "**Windows-gebruikers** - Gebruik het pictogram \"Jamulus Server\" in het Windows Start-menu. Als je wilt dat de server automatisch start wanneer je Windows start, vink je het vakje voor deze optie aan." #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:338 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:333 msgid "**macOS users** - Double-click the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in Applications." msgstr "**macOS-gebruikers** - Dubbelklik op het pictogram \"Jamulus Server\" in Toepassingen." #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:340 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:335 msgid "**Linux users** - Launch the \"Jamulus Server\" shortcut. Or you can open a terminal window (`CTRL+ALT+t` on Debian and related distros), type `jamulus -s` and hit return." msgstr "**Linux gebruikers** - Start de \"Jamulus Server\" snelkoppeling of open een terminalvenster (`CTRL+ALT+t` op Debian en gerelateerde distributies) en typ `jamulus -s` en druk op enter." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:342 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:337 msgid "While most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, others can only be set using options given in a terminal window when the Server is launched. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." msgstr "Hoewel de meeste algemene functies in Jamulus kunnen worden ingesteld met behulp van de GUI, kunnen sommige alleen worden ingesteld met behulp van opties die in een terminalvenster worden gegeven wanneer de server wordt gestart. Hoe je dit precies doet, hangt af van jouw besturingssysteem." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:344 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:339 #, no-wrap msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose **Properties** > **Target**. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" msgstr "Als je bijvoorbeeld in Windows een specifiek instellingenbestand wilt gebruiken, klik je met de rechtermuisknop op de Jamulus-snelkoppeling en kies je **Eigenschappen** > **Doel**. Voeg de nodige argumenten toe aan Jamulus.exe:\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:346 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:341 #, no-wrap msgid " `\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" msgstr " `\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:343 msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" msgstr "Voor macOS, start een terminal venster en voer Jamulus uit met gewenste opties op deze manier:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:350 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:345 #, no-wrap msgid " `/Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" msgstr " `/Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:352 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:347 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note** Command line options will set the Server’s defaults at startup. You can override them while the Server is running using their corresponding GUI controls.\n" msgstr "**Opmerking** Opdrachtregelopties stellen de standaardinstellingen van de server in bij het opstarten. Je kunt ze overschrijven terwijl de server wordt uitgevoerd met behulp van de bijbehorende GUI-besturingselementen.\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:353 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348 #, no-wrap msgid "The Server status icon" msgstr "Het serverstatuspictogram" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:356 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:351 msgid "When a Server is running in GUI mode, the operating system will show an icon in the system tray or status area that indicates whether the Server has connections:" msgstr "Wanneer een server in GUI-modus wordt uitgevoerd, toont het besturingssysteem een pictogram in het systeemvak of statusgebied dat aangeeft of de server verbindingen heeft:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:358 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:353 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
The Server is empty\n" msgstr "
\"afbeelding
De server is niet ingebruik\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:360 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:355 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
The Server is occupied\n" msgstr "
\"afbeelding
De server is in gebruik\n" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:363 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:358 #, no-wrap msgid "Backing up the Server" msgstr "Een back-up maken van de server" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:366 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:361 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:368 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:363 msgid "Headless Servers do not use `.ini` files. All configuration is given as command line options. If you are running a Server in GUI mode, after reading any command line options on start, it will store its configuration in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file." msgstr "Headless Servers gebruiken geen `.ini` bestanden. Alle configuratie wordt gegeven als opdrachtregelopties. Als je een server in GUI-modus uitvoert, zal deze na het lezen van de opdrachtregelopties bij het opstarten de configuratie opslaan in het bestand `Jamulusserver.ini`." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:369 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:364 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "Problemen oplossen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:371 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:366 msgid "If you are having other problems, [see this guide](Server-Troubleshooting)." msgstr "Als je problemen hebt, [zie deze handleiding](Server-Troubleshooting)." +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "`-m or --htmlstatus`" +#~ msgstr "`-m of --htmlstatus`" + +#~ msgid "Enable HTML status file, set path and file name" +#~ msgstr "HTML-statusbestand inschakelen, pad en bestandsnaam instellen" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**Note:** This feature is deprecated, and may disappear in a future release.\n" +#~ msgstr "**Opmerking:** Deze functie is verouderd en verdwijnt mogelijk in een toekomstige release.\n" + #~ msgid "If you want to run a Server on a **Raspberry Pi** (or a different armhf/arm64 Debian-based computer), you will need to download the [latest armhf .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}) or [latest arm64 .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }}) depending on your CPU - not the default `amd64` ones for use on Intel/AMD machines." #~ msgstr "Als je een server wilt uitvoeren op een **Raspberry Pi** (of een andere armhf/arm64 Debian-gebaseerde computer), moet je het [nieuwste armhf .deb-bestand]({{ site.download_root_link }}{ { site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}) of [nieuwste arm64 .deb-bestand]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }}) afhankelijk van je CPU downloaden - niet de standaard `amd64` degenen voor gebruik op Intel/AMD machines." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Software-Manual.po index b7fbb403b..5a0b61a69 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Software-Manual.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Software-Manual.po @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# Henk De Groot , 2023, 2024. +# Henk De Groot , 2023, 2024, 2025. +# Dklfajsjfi49wefklsf32 , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-08 13:59+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-10-13 20:07+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: nl\n" @@ -13,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 @@ -33,17 +34,11 @@ msgstr "wiki" msgid "/wiki/Software-Manual" msgstr "/wiki/Software-Manual" -#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Software Manual" -msgstr "Softwarehandleiding" - #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7 #, no-wrap -msgid "Jamulus User Manual" -msgstr "Jamulus gebruikershandleiding" +msgid "User Manual" +msgstr "Gebruikershandleiding" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:9 @@ -81,8 +76,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:20 #, no-wrap -msgid " \n" -msgstr " \n" +msgid "\n" +msgstr "\n" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:21 @@ -113,8 +108,8 @@ msgstr "Ping, vertraging en jitter" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:32 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large. \n" -msgstr "**Ping** toont de netwerklatency in milliseconden, hoe lager hoe beter. De ping tijd draagt bij aan de algehele vertraging (zie hieronder). De meest waarschijnlijke oorzaak van een hoge ping waarde is dat je afstand tot de server te groot is. \n" +msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large.\n" +msgstr "**Ping** toont de netwerklatency in milliseconden, hoe lager hoe beter. De ping tijd draagt bij aan de algehele vertraging (zie hieronder). De meest waarschijnlijke oorzaak van een hoge ping waarde is dat je afstand tot de server te groot is.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:34 @@ -225,8 +220,8 @@ msgstr "Chat" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:75 -msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message is received." -msgstr "Opent het chatvenster. De ingevoerde tekst wordt naar alle aangesloten clients verzonden. Als er een nieuw chatbericht binnenkomt en de chatdialoog nog niet is geopend, wordt deze automatisch geopend voor alle clients. Zie instellingen om optioneel een geluidswaarschuwing in te schakelen wanneer een nieuw chatbericht wordt ontvangen." +msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message arrives." +msgstr "Opent het chatvenster. De ingevoerde tekst wordt naar alle aangesloten clients verzonden. Als er een nieuw chatbericht binnenkomt en de chatdialoog nog niet is geopend, wordt deze automatisch geopend voor alle clients. Zie instellingen om optioneel een geluidswaarschuwing in te schakelen wanneer er een nieuw chatbericht binnenkomt." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:76 @@ -247,8 +242,8 @@ msgstr "
Connection Setup..." +msgstr "Bestand > Verbindingsinstellingen..." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140 +msgid "Opens the [connection dialogue (see above)](#connectdisconnect-button)." +msgstr "Opent het [verbindingsdialoogvenster (zie hierboven)](#verbindenafmelden-knop)." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:141 +#, no-wrap +msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup" +msgstr "Bestand > Mixer kanaalinstellingen laden/opslaan" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:144 +msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band. This stores your settings for each person's fader volume, pan setting, mute and solo state. You can load this mix any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window." +msgstr "Je kunt de mix die je hebt voor je band opslaan en herstellen. Hier worden je instellingen voor fadervolume, pan-instelling, demp en solo status van elke persoon opgeslagen. Je kunt deze mix op elk moment laden (zelfs tijdens het spelen). Je kunt de mix ook laden door hem naar het mengpaneel te slepen." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:145 +#, no-wrap +msgid "File > Exit" +msgstr "Bestand > Afsluiten" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:148 +msgid "Closes all the windows and exits the application." +msgstr "Sluit alle vensters en verlaat de toepassing." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:149 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Edit > Clear All Stored Solo/Mute Settings" +msgstr "Bewerken > Wis alle opgeslagen solo- en demp-instellingen" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:152 +msgid "Whenever you Solo or Mute a channel, Jamulus remembers these settings. Even if that person leaves and rejoins - or you join a server where they are playing - the settings will automatically be applied. Use this command to clear _all_ these stored settings." +msgstr "Wanneer je een kanaal solo maakt of dempt, onthoudt Jamulus deze instellingen. Zelfs als die persoon vertrekt en weer terugkeert - of als je verbinding maakt met een server waar hij/zij speelt - worden de instellingen automatisch toegepast. Gebruik deze opdracht om _alle_ opgeslagen instellingen te wissen." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:153 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Edit > Set All Faders to New Client Level" +msgstr "Bewerken > Zet alle faders op nieuw client-niveau" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:156 +msgid "Applies the [configured \"New Client Level\"](#new-client-level) to all currently connected channels." +msgstr "Past het [geconfigureerde \"Nieuw clientniveau\"](#nieuw-client-niveau) toe op alle momenteel verbonden kanalen." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:157 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders" +msgstr "Bewerken > Stel alle faders automatisch in" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:160 +msgid "Applies a one-off fader adjustment to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece." +msgstr "Past een eenmalige fader-aanpassing toe op elk kanaal, afhankelijk van het volume. Handig voor grote ensembles om een redelijke algehele mix te krijgen, hoewel individuele aanpassingen nog steeds nodig kunnen zijn. Het beste kan dit worden toegepast tijdens een warming-up of een uniform deel van het muziekstuk." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:161 +#, no-wrap +msgid "View > (sort options)" +msgstr "Weergave > (sorteer opties)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:166 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"Most items under the \"View\" menu allow you to adjust the order Jamulus chooses to display channels on the server:\n" +"* Own Fader First
\n" +"This option can be used in addition to the others to move your own channel to always be the leftmost, irrespective of the sort order of the other channels.\n" +msgstr "" +"Met de meeste opties in het menu 'Weergave' kun je de volgorde aanpassen die Jamulus kiest om kanalen op de server weer te geven:\n" +"* Eigen fader eerst
\n" +"Deze optie kan naast de andere opties worden gebruikt om je eigen kanaal altijd helemaal links te plaatsen, ongeacht de sorteervolgorde van de andere kanalen.\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:178 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* No user sorting
\n" +"This does not take any user details into account when sorting. It sorts by the order channels join the current server as described further up, with new channels being added to the right-hand end.\n" +"* Sort by Name
\n" +"Sorts by the name someone has chosen in their profile.\n" +"* Sort by Instrument / City
\n" +"Sorts by the instrument or city someone has in their profile, along with their name.\n" +"* Sort by Group
\n" +"Where the fader group feature is in use, this sorts in ascending group number from left to right (and within that, by name), with any ungrouped channels off to the right.\n" +"* Sort by Channel
\n" +"Where Jamulus channel controls (fader, mute, solo, etc) are being controlled by MIDI (see [Using --ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)), this sorts by the channel number to help ensure a stable sort order that aligns with MIDI hardware controls.\n" +"Note that in Jamulus clients before version 3.12.0, channel numbers are assigned directly by the server. Clients from 3.12.0 onwards manage their own channel number assignments and always assign channel 0 to the local user (provided the server version is at least 3.5.5).\n" +msgstr "" +"* Kanalen niet sorteren
\n" +"Hierbij wordt geen rekening gehouden met gebruikersgegevens. Er wordt gesorteerd op de volgorde waarin kanalen zich bij de huidige server voegen, zoals verderop beschreven, waarbij nieuwe kanalen aan de rechterkant worden toegevoegd.\n" +"* Sorteer muzikanten op Naam
\n" +"Sorteert op de naam die iemand in zijn of haar profiel heeft gekozen.\n" +"* Sorteer muzikanten op Instrument / Stad
\n" +"Sorteert op het instrument of de stad die iemand in zijn of haar profiel heeft staan, samen met de naam.\n" +"* Sorteer muzikanten op Groep
\n" +"Wanneer de fadergroepeerfunctie wordt gebruikt, wordt er gesorteerd op oplopend groepsnummer van links naar rechts (en daarbinnen op naam), met eventuele niet-gegroepeerde kanalen aan de rechterkant.\n" +"* Sorteer muzikanten op Kanaal
\n" +"Waar Jamulus-kanalen (fader, demp, solo, enz.) worden aangestuurd via MIDI (zie [Gebruik van --ctrlmidich voor MIDI-controllers](Tips-Tricks-More#gebruik---ctrlmidich-voor-midi-controllers)), wordt hiermee gesorteerd op kanaalnummer om een stabiele sorteervolgorde te garanderen die overeenkomt met de MIDI-hardwarebedieningen.\n" +"Houd er rekening mee dat in Jamulus-clients vóór versie 3.12.0 kanaalnummers rechtstreeks door de server worden toegewezen. Clients vanaf 3.12.0 beheren hun eigen kanaalnummertoewijzingen en wijzen altijd kanaal 0 toe aan de lokale gebruiker (mits de serverversie minimaal 3.5.5 is).\n" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179 +#, no-wrap +msgid "View > Chat" +msgstr "Weergave > Chat..." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:182 +msgid "Opens the [Chat](#chat) window." +msgstr "Opent het [chat](#chat)-venster." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Settings Menu" +msgstr "Instellingen (menu)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:186 +msgid "Allows direct access to each of the [Settings](#settings) tabs." +msgstr "Geeft directe toegang tot elk van de tabbladen [instellingen](#instellingen)." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:187 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Help" +msgstr "Hulp" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:190 +msgid "Provides access to the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) and [User Manual](Software-Manual) (this page) on the website, along with copyright, licence and acknowledgement details. There is also a \"What's This?\" option for getting more details on parts of the client display." +msgstr "Geeft toegang tot [aan de slag](Getting-Started) en [gebruikershandleiding](Software-Manual) (deze pagina) op de website, inclusief informatie over copyright, licentie en erkenning. Er is ook een optie \"Wat Is Dit?\" voor meer informatie over onderdelen van het clientscherm." + #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:192 #, no-wrap msgid "Settings" msgstr "Instellingen" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194 #, no-wrap msgid "My Profile" msgstr "Mijn profiel" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:136 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198 msgid "From the Settings menu, select \"My Profile...\" to set your Alias/Name which is displayed below your fader in the server audio mixer board." msgstr "In het Instellingen menu kies je \"Mijn profiel...\" om je alias/naam die wordt weergegeven onder je fader in het server mengpaneel in te stellen." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:200 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"afbeelding
\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:202 msgid "If you set an instrument and/or country, icons for these selections will also be shown below your fader. The skill setting changes the background colour of the fader tag and the city entry shows up in the tool tip of the fader tag:" msgstr "Als je een instrument en/of land instelt, worden de pictogrammen voor deze selecties ook onder je fader weergegeven. De vaardigheidsinstelling verandert de achtergrondkleur van het faderlabel en het stadsitem verschijnt in de tooltip van het faderlabel:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:204 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"afbeelding
\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:143 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:205 #, no-wrap msgid "Skin" msgstr "Skin" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:146 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:208 msgid "This applies a skin to the main window, some of which are designed to accommodate larger ensembles." msgstr "Dit past een skin toe op het hoofdvenster, waarvan sommige zijn ontworpen voor grotere ensembles." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:147 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:209 #, no-wrap msgid "Meter style" msgstr "Meterstijl" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:150 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:212 msgid "This changes the visual style of the audio meters, independently of the chosen skin." msgstr "Dit verandert de weergavestijl van de VU-meters, onafhankelijk van de gekozen skin." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:151 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:213 #, no-wrap msgid "Mixer rows" msgstr "Mengpaneel rijen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:154 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:216 msgid "This sets the number of rows displayed in the server audio mixer, for use with larger ensembles." msgstr "Dit stelt het aantal rijen in dat wordt weergegeven in de server audiomengpaneel, voor gebruik met grotere ensembles." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:155 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:217 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio Alerts" msgstr "Audiowaarschuwingen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:158 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220 msgid "This turns on a sound alert for when someone joins a Server, or when receiving a new chat message." msgstr "Hiermee wordt een geluidswaarschuwing ingeschakeld voor wanneer iemand lid wordt van een server of wanneer een nieuw chatbericht wordt ontvangen." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:159 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:221 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio/Network Setup" msgstr "Audio-/netwerk-instellingen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:162 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:224 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"afbeelding
\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:225 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio Device" msgstr "Audioapparaat" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:167 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:229 msgid "Under the Windows operating system the ASIO driver (sound card) can be selected using Jamulus. If the selected ASIO driver is not valid an error message is shown and the previous valid driver is selected. Under macOS the input and output hardware can be selected." msgstr "Bij het Windows-besturingssysteem kan de ASIO-driver (geluidskaart/audio-interface) worden geselecteerd voor gebruik met Jamulus. Als het geselecteerde ASIO-stuurprogramma niet geschikt is dan wordt er een foutmelding weergegeven en wordt de vorige geschikte stuurprogramma geselecteerd. Bij macOS kan de invoer- en uitvoerhardware worden geselecteerd." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:168 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230 #, no-wrap msgid "Input/output channel mapping" msgstr "In-/uitvoerkanaaltoewijzing" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:233 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"afbeelding
\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237 msgid "If the selected sound card device offers more than one input or output channel, the _Input Channel Mapping and Output Channel Mapping_ settings are visible. For each Jamulus input/output channel (left and right channel) a different actual sound card channel can be selected." msgstr "Als het geselecteerde apparaat meer dan één ingangs- of uitgangskanaal biedt, zijn de instellingen _Invoerkanaaltoewijzing en Uitvoerkanaaltoewijzing_ zichtbaar. Voor elk Jamulus ingangs-/uitgangskanaal (linker- en rechterkanaal) kan een ander daadwerkelijk geluidskaartkanaal worden geselecteerd." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:176 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:238 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio channels" msgstr "Audiokanalen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179 -msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and server." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241 +msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and Server." msgstr "Selecteert het aantal audiokanalen dat moet worden gebruikt voor communicatie tussen client en server." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:181 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:243 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note**: It is better to run separate Client instances per voice/instrument, where each Client has its own ini file, rather than using this built-in mono pair to stereo mixer.\n" msgstr "**Opmerking**: Het is beter om afzonderlijke client-instanties per stem/instrument te gebruiken, waarbij elke client zijn eigen ini-bestand heeft, in plaats van dit ingebouwde monopaar naar stereomixer te gebruiken.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:245 msgid "There are three modes available:" msgstr "Er zijn drie modi beschikbaar:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:185 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:247 #, no-wrap msgid "**Mono** and **Stereo** modes use one and two audio channels respectively.\n" msgstr "**Mono** en **Stereo** modi gebruikt respectievelijk één en twee audiokanalen.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:188 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250 #, no-wrap msgid "" "**Mono-in/Stereo-out**: The audio signal sent to the server is mono but the return signal is stereo. This is useful if the sound card has the instrument on one input channel and the microphone on the other. In that case\n" @@ -500,151 +651,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "**Mono-in/stereo-uit**: Het audiosignaal dat naar de server wordt gestuurd, is mono, maar het retoursignaal is stereo. Dit is handig als de geluidskaart het instrument op het ene ingangskanaal heeft en de microfoon op het andere. In dat geval zullen de twee ingangssignalen kunnen worden gemengd tot één monokanaal, maar de servermix is in stereo te horen.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:191 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:253 msgid "Enabling stereo mode will increase your stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." msgstr "Als je de stereomodus inschakelt, wordt de gegevenssnelheid van je stream verhoogd. Zorg ervoor dat je uploadsnelheid de beschikbare uploadsnelheid van je internetverbinding niet overschrijdt." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:256 msgid "In stereo streaming mode, no audio channel selection for the reverb effect will be available on the main window since the effect is applied to both channels in this case." msgstr "In stereostreamingmodus is er geen audiokanaalselectie voor het galm-effect beschikbaar in het hoofdvenster, aangezien het effect in dit geval op beide kanalen wordt toegepast." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:195 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:257 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio quality" msgstr "Audiokwaliteit" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:260 msgid "The higher the audio quality, the higher your audio stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." msgstr "Hoe hoger de audiokwaliteit, hoe hoger de datasnelheid van je audiostream. Zorg ervoor dat je uploadsnelheid de beschikbare uploadsnelheid van je internetverbinding niet overschrijdt." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:261 #, no-wrap msgid "Buffer Delay" msgstr "Buffervertraging" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:203 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265 msgid "The buffer delay setting is a fundamental setting of the Jamulus software. This setting has an influence on many connection properties. Three buffer sizes are supported:" msgstr "De instelling voor buffervertraging is een fundamentele instelling van de Jamulus-software. Deze instelling heeft invloed op veel verbindingseigenschappen. Er worden drie buffergroottes ondersteund:" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269 msgid "**64 samples** Provides the lowest latency but does not work with all sound cards." msgstr "**64 samples** Biedt de laagste latency, maar werkt niet met alle geluidskaarten." #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269 msgid "**128 samples** The preferred setting. Should work for most available sound cards." msgstr "**128 samples** De voorkeursinstelling. Zou moeten werken voor de meeste beschikbare geluidskaarten." #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269 msgid "**256 samples** Should only be used on very slow computers, or with a slow internet connection." msgstr "**256 samples** Zou alleen moeten worden gebruikt op zeer trage computers of met een trage internetverbinding." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:210 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272 msgid "Some sound card drivers do not allow the buffer delay to be changed from within the Jamulus software. In this case the buffer delay setting is disabled and has to be changed using the sound card driver. On Windows, press the ASIO Setup button to open the driver settings panel." msgstr "Bij sommige stuurprogramma's voor geluidskaarten kan de buffervertraging niet worden gewijzigd vanuit de Jamulus-software. In dit geval is de instelling van de buffervertraging uitgeschakeld en moet deze worden gewijzigd met behulp van het stuurprogramma van de geluidskaart. Druk in Windows op de ASIO Apparaatinstellingen-knop om het venster met driverinstellingen te openen." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:214 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:276 msgid "On Linux: - when using JACK, use `QJackCtl` to change the buffer size and restart JACK; - when using PipeWire's JACK server, change PipeWire's Quantum parameter with its own configuration tools." msgstr "Voor Linux: - wanneer je JACK gebruikt, gebruik je `QJackCtl` om de buffergrootte te wijzigen en JACK opnieuw te starten; - wanneer je de JACK-server van PipeWire gebruikt, wijzig je de Quantum-parameter van PipeWire met de eigen configuratietools." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:218 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:280 msgid "The actual buffer delay has an influence on the connection status, the current upload rate and the overall delay. The lower the buffer size, the higher the probability of a red light in the status indicator (dropouts) and the higher the upload rate and the lower the overall delay." msgstr "De werkelijke buffervertraging heeft invloed op de verbindingsstatus, de huidige uploadsnelheid en de algehele vertraging. Hoe kleiner de buffergrootte, hoe groter de kans op een rood lampje in de statusindicator (uitval) en hoe hoger de uploadsnelheid en hoe lager de algehele vertraging." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:282 msgid "The buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." msgstr "De bufferinstelling is daarom een afweging tussen audiokwaliteit en algehele vertraging." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:221 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:283 #, no-wrap msgid "Jitter Buffer" msgstr "Jitterbuffer" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:226 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288 msgid "The jitter buffer compensates for network and sound card timing jitters. The size of the buffer influences the quality of the audio stream (how many dropouts occur) and the overall delay (the longer the buffer, the higher the delay)." msgstr "De jitterbuffer compenseert voor netwerk- en geluidskaarttimingjitters. De grootte van de buffer heeft invloed op de kwaliteit van de audiostream (hoeveel dropouts zijn er) en de totale vertraging (hoe langer de buffer, hoe groter de vertraging)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:292 msgid "You can set the jitter buffer size manually for your local Client and the remote server. For the local jitter buffer, dropouts in the audio stream are indicated by the light below the jitter buffer size faders. If the light turns to red, a buffer overrun/underrun has taken place and the audio stream is interrupted." msgstr "Je kunt de jitterbuffergrootte handmatig instellen voor je lokale client en de externe server. Voor de lokale jitterbuffer word uitval in de audiostream aangegeven door het lampje onder de invoer VU-meters. Als het lampje op rood springt, heeft er een buffer over-/underrun plaatsgevonden en wordt de audiostream onderbroken." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:232 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:294 msgid "The jitter buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." msgstr "De jitterbufferinstelling is daarom een afweging tussen audiokwaliteit en algehele vertraging." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:236 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:298 msgid "If the Auto setting is enabled, the jitter buffers of your local Client and the remote server are set automatically based on measurements of the network and sound card timing jitter. If the Auto check is enabled, the jitter buffer size faders are disabled (they cannot be moved with the mouse)." msgstr "Als de Auto-instelling is ingeschakeld, dan worden de jitterbuffers van je lokale client en de externe server automatisch ingesteld op basis van metingen van de netwerk- en geluidskaarttimingjitter. Als de automatische controle is ingeschakeld dan zijn de faders van de jitterbuffergrootte uitgeschakeld (ze kunnen niet met de muis worden verplaatst)." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:299 #, no-wrap msgid "Small Network Buffers" msgstr "Kleine netwerkbuffers" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:303 msgid "Allows support for very small network audio packets. These are only used if the sound card buffer delay is smaller than 128 samples. The smaller the network buffers, the lower the audio latency. But at the same time the network load increases and the probability of audio dropouts also increases (particuarly if your network connection has any significant jitter). Try enabling this option if you are suffering from high latency or bad audio quality. However, keeping it disabled will normally mean better audio quality." msgstr "Biedt ondersteuning voor zeer kleine netwerkaudiopakketten. Deze worden alleen gebruikt als de buffervertraging van de geluidskaart kleiner is dan 128 samples. Hoe kleiner de netwerkbuffers, hoe lager de audiolatency. Maar tegelijkertijd neemt de netwerkbelasting toe en neemt de kans op audio-uitval ook toe (vooral als je netwerkverbinding aanzienlijke jitter heeft). Probeer deze optie in te schakelen als je last hebt van hoge latency of slechte geluidskwaliteit. Als je het echter uitgeschakeld houdt, betekent dit normaal gesproken een betere geluidskwaliteit." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:242 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio Stream Rate" msgstr "Audiobitsnelheid" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:246 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:308 msgid "Depends on the current audio packet size and compression setting. Make sure that the upstream rate is not higher than your available internet upload speed (check this with a service such as [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/))." msgstr "De audiobitsnelheid is afhankelijk van de huidige audiopakketgrootte en compressie-instelling. Zorg ervoor dat de upstream-snelheid niet hoger is dan je beschikbare internet-uploadsnelheid (controleer dit met een service zoals [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/))." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:247 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:309 #, no-wrap msgid "Advanced Setup" msgstr "Geavanceerde instellingen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:312 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"afbeelding
\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:251 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:313 #, no-wrap msgid "Custom Directories" msgstr "Eigen adresboeken" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258 -msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here. If you know the IP address or host name of a custom Directory, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Note that IPv6 is not currently supported for Directories.) The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list." -msgstr "Als je andere adresboekadressen wilt toevoegen dan de ingebouwde adressen, dan kun je dat hier doen. Als je het IP-adres of de hostnaam van een eigen adresboek weet, dan kun je er verbinding mee maken via het Serveradres veld. Een optioneel poortnummer kan worden toegevoegd na het adres met een dubbele punt als scheidingsteken, bijvoorbeeld `jamulus.voorbeeld.com:22124`. (Houd er rekening mee dat IPv6 momenteel niet wordt ondersteund voor adresboeken). Met de knop naast het veld kun je het huidige item uit de lijst verwijderen." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:320 +msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here. Enter the hostname or IP address of the custom Directory. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Note that IPv6 is not currently supported for Directories.) The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list." +msgstr "Als je andere adresboekadressen wilt toevoegen dan de ingebouwde adressen, dan kun je dat hier doen. Voer de hostnaam of het IP-adres van een eigen adresboekserver in. Een optioneel poortnummer kan worden toegevoegd na het adres met een dubbele punt als scheidingsteken, bijvoorbeeld `jamulus.voorbeeld.com:22124`. (Houd er rekening mee dat IPv6 momenteel niet wordt ondersteund voor adresboeken). Met de knop naast het veld kun je het huidige item uit de lijst verwijderen." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:259 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:321 #, no-wrap msgid "New Client Level" msgstr "Nieuw client-niveau" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:264 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:326 #, no-wrap msgid "" "This setting defines the fader level of a newly connected Client in percent. If a new user connects\n" @@ -656,144 +807,120 @@ msgstr "" "van die gebruiker was opgeslagen. Je kunt alle gebruikers in een gebruikte server op dit niveau instellen met Bewerken > \"Zet alle faders op nieuw client-niveau\".\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:327 #, no-wrap msgid "Input Boost" msgstr "Ingangsversterking" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:268 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:330 msgid "Increases the gain from your device. Use this if your device delivers a gain that is too quiet for Jamulus." msgstr "Verhoogt de gain van je apparaat. Gebruik dit als je apparaat een gain heeft die te laag is voor Jamulus." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:331 #, no-wrap msgid "Feedback Protection" msgstr "Feedback bescherming" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:334 msgid "Attempts to detect audio feedback loops or loud noise in the first three seconds after you connected to a server. Once detected, this feature will show a message and activate the \"Mute Myself\" button to mute you in your own mix." msgstr "Probeert om audiofeedbacklussen of hard geluid te detecteren in de eerste drie seconden nadat je verbinding hebt gemaakt met een server. Eenmaal gedetecteerd, zal deze functie een bericht tonen en de \"Demp mijzelf\"-knop activeren om je in je eigen mix te dempen." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:273 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:335 #, no-wrap msgid "Input Balance" msgstr "Ingangsbalans" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:278 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:340 msgid "Controls the relative levels of the left and right local audio channels. For a mono signal it acts as a pan between the two channels. For example, if a microphone is connected to the right input channel and an instrument is connected to the left input channel which is much louder than the microphone, move the audio fader to increase the relative volume of the mic." msgstr "Regelt de relatieve niveaus van de linker en rechter lokale audiokanalen. Voor een monosignaal fungeert het als een balans tussen de twee kanalen. Als er bijvoorbeeld een microfoon is aangesloten op het rechter ingangskanaal en een instrument is aangesloten op het linker ingangskanaal dat veel luider is dan de microfoon, verplaatst je de fader om het relatieve volume van de microfoon te verhogen." #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:279 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Menu commands" -msgstr "Menu opties" - -#. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281 -#, no-wrap -msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup" -msgstr "Bestand > Mixer kanaalinstellingen laden/opslaan" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:284 -msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band rehearsals (fader, mute, pan, solo etc.) and load these any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window." -msgstr "Je kunt de mix die je hebt voor je bandrepetities opslaan en herstellen (fader, demp, balans, solo enz.) en deze op elk moment laden (zelfs terwijl je speelt). Laden kan ook door middel van het slepen van het bestand naar het mengpaneel." - -#. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:285 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders " -msgstr "Bewerken > Stel alle faders automatisch in " - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288 -msgid "Applies a one-off fader setting to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece." -msgstr "Past een eenmalige fader-instelling toe op elk kanaal, afhankelijk van het volume. Handig voor grote ensembles om een redelijke algehele mix te krijgen, hoewel individuele aanpassingen nog steeds nodig kunnen zijn. Het beste kan dit worden toegepast tijdens een warming-up of een uniform deel van het muziekstuk." - -#. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:289 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:341 #, no-wrap msgid "Backing up Jamulus" msgstr "Een back-up maken van Jamulus" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:293 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:345 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want." msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * Je kunt verschillende mixerinstellingen opslaan en laden met [Mixer kanaalinstellingen laden/opslaan](Software-Manual#bestand--mixer-kanaalinstellingen-ladenopslaan) en deze bestanden opslaan waar je maar wilt." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:347 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n" -msgstr "**Opmerking voor macOS-gebruikers:** Vanaf Jamulus 3.8.1 hebben we een ondertekend installatieprogramma. Hierbij worden de instellingen opgeslagen in \n" +msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in\n" +msgstr "**Opmerking voor macOS-gebruikers:** Vanaf Jamulus 3.8.1 hebben we een ondertekend installatieprogramma. Hierbij worden de instellingen opgeslagen in\n" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:347 #, no-wrap msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" msgstr "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:299 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:351 #, no-wrap msgid "Command Line Options" msgstr "Opdrachtregelopties" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:302 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:354 msgid "Most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, but these and others can also be set using options given in a terminal window. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." msgstr "De meest voorkomende functies in Jamulus kunnen worden ingesteld met behulp van de GUI, maar deze en andere kunnen ook worden ingesteld met behulp van opties die in een terminalvenster/opdrachtprompt worden ingegeven. Hoe je dit precies doet, hangt af van je besturingssysteem." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:356 #, no-wrap msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" msgstr "Als je bijvoorbeeld in Windows een specifiek instellingenbestand wilt gebruiken, klik je met de rechtermuisknop op de Jamulus-snelkoppeling en kies je \"Eigenschappen\" > Doel. Voeg de benodigde argumenten toe aan Jamulus.exe:\n" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:305 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:357 #, no-wrap msgid " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n" msgstr " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\pad\\naar\\mijninibestand.ini\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:310 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:362 msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" msgstr "Voor macOS, start een terminal venster en voer Jamulus uit met gewenste opties op deze manier:" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:311 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:363 #, no-wrap msgid " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n" msgstr " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/pad/naar/mijninibetand.ini\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:316 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:368 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:318 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:370 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:319 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:371 #, no-wrap msgid "Controlling the Client via API" msgstr "Client aansturen via API" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:321 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:373 msgid "In addition to the CLI, Jamulus can be controlled using an API. This is beneficial for advanced use cases - for example, where there is no GUI, or another application needs to interact with Jamulus. Please note that the API is still experimental. Information on the [JSON-RPC API can be found in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)." msgstr "Naast de opdrachtregelopties kan Jamulus worden bestuurd met behulp van een API. Dit is gunstig voor geavanceerde gebruikssituaties, bijvoorbeeld wanneer er geen GUI is of een andere toepassing moet communiceren met Jamulus. Houd er rekening mee dat de API nog steeds experimenteel is. Informatie over de [JSON-RPC API (engelstalig)](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) is te vinden in de hoofdrepository." +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Software Manual" +#~ msgstr "Softwarehandleiding" + #~ msgid "You can filter the list by server name or location. To list only occupied servers, enter a \"#\" character." #~ msgstr "Je kunt deze lijst filteren op servernaam of locatie. Om alleen bezette servers weer te geven, voer je een \"#\"-teken in." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Tips-Tricks-More.po index 186dbb295..a002327cc 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Tips-Tricks-More.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Tips-Tricks-More.po @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# Henk De Groot , 2023. +# Henk De Groot , 2023, 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-05 21:22+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-10-13 20:07+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: nl\n" @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 @@ -232,98 +232,309 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83 #, no-wrap -msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers" -msgstr "Ctrlmidich gebruiken voor MIDI controllers" +msgid "Using `--ctrlmidich` for MIDI controllers" +msgstr "Gebruik `--ctrlmidich` voor MIDI controllers" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86 -msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:" -msgstr "De volumefader, balanscontrole en demp- en solo-knoppen in het mengpaneelvenster van de client kunnen worden bediend met een MIDI-controller met behulp van de parameter `--ctrlmidich` (opmerking: alleen beschikbaar voor gebruik met macOS en Linux met Jamulus versie 3.7.0 of hoger en voor Windows door gebruik te maken van de versie met ondersteuning voor JACK). Om deze functie in te schakelen, moet Jamulus worden gestart met `--ctrlmidich`. Er is één globale MIDI-kanaalparameter (1-16) en twee parameters die je voor elk te bedienen item kunt instellen: `offset` en `opeenvolgende CC-nummers`. Stel de eerste parameter in op het kanaal waarnaar je Jamulus wilt laten luisteren (0 voor alle kanalen) en specificeer vervolgens de items die je wilt regelen (f = volumefader; p = balans; m = demp; s = solo; o = demp mijzelf) met de offset (CC-nummer om mee te beginnen) en het aantal opeenvolgende CC-nummers. Er is één uitzondering waarbij het niet nodig is om opeenvolgende CC-nummers in te stellen, namelijk het \"demp mijzelf\"-commando - dit vereist slechts het CC-nummer omdat het alleen wordt toegepast op de eigen audiostream. Neem het volgende voorbeeld:" +msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a connected MIDI controller. This feature is available from version 3.7.0 on macOS, Linux, and the JACK version of Jamulus for Windows. From Jamulus 3.12.0 onwards, it is also available for the non-JACK (ASIO) Windows version. To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with the `--ctrlmidich` command-line option." +msgstr "De volumefader, pan-regelaar en demp- en soloknoppen in het mengpaneel van de client kunnen worden bediend met een aangesloten MIDI-controller. Deze functie is beschikbaar vanaf versie 3.7.0 op macOS, Linux en de JACK-versie van Jamulus voor Windows. Vanaf Jamulus 3.12.0 is het ook beschikbaar voor de niet-JACK (ASIO) Windows-versie. Om deze functie te activeren, moet Jamulus worden gestart met de opdrachtregeloptie `--ctrlmidich`." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88 -msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`" -msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`" +msgid "When this option is used on the command line, Jamulus will prepend a channel number to each Client name, which can be used to control the channel using MIDI CC numbers. In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first when sorted by channel or when \"Own Fader First\" is enabled." +msgstr "Wanneer deze optie met de opdrachtregel wordt gebruikt, voegt Jamulus een kanaalnummer toe aan elke clientnaam, waarmee het kanaal kan worden aangestuurd met MIDI CC-nummers. Vanaf Jamulus versie 3.12.0 krijgt je eigen fader, wanneer je verbinding maakt met een server van minimaal versie 3.5.5, altijd kanaal 0 toegewezen. Dit kanaal wordt dus als eerste weergegeven wanneer je sorteert op kanaal of wanneer \"Eigen fader eerst\" is ingeschakeld." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90 -msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64." -msgstr "Hier luistert Jamulus op MIDI kanaal 1. Volume fader CC nummers beginnen bij 0 en er zijn er 8 (dus eindigen bij CC nummer 7). Balansknoppen beginnen bij CC nummer 16 en eindigen bij 23; Solo 32 tot 39 en Demp 48 tot 55. Demp mijzelf wordt aan-/uitgezet door middel van CC nummer 64." +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Tip*: With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).\n" +msgstr "*Tip*: Met standaardinstellingen, wanneer gebruikers de sessie verlaten en anderen erbij komen, kan het zijn dat de links-rechts volgorde in de GUI niet meer overeenkomt met de numerieke volgorde waardoor het moeilijker wordt om te weten wie met welke fysieke fader/knop op jouw MIDI-controller overeenkomt. Om de faders in numerieke volgorde te houden, ga je naar \"Weergave\" in de menubalk en wissel je naar \"Sorteer muzikanten op Kanael\" (of typ `Ctrl+E`).\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n" -msgstr "Houd er rekening mee dat om de functies die worden bestuurd door knoppen goed te laten werken, jouw MIDI-controller de knoppen in de \"toggle\" -modus moet hebben staan. Dit betekent dat wanneer deze wordt ingedrukt om een functie 'aan' te zetten, deze een MIDI CC-nummer met een waarde >=64 moet verzenden en om de besturing 'uit' te schakelen moet hetzelfde CC-nummer met een waarde <64 worden verzonden. Je kunt de handleiding van jouw controller lezen om erachter te komen hoe je dit instelt.\n" +msgid "When using JACK or macOS, make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), Audio/MIDI Setup (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch `a2jmidid` so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl. For non-JACK Windows, Jamulus will find the MIDI device(s) automatically, but see the `d` option below if more than one MIDI device is connected." +msgstr "Bij gebruik van JACK of macOS, zorg ervoor dat je de uitvoerpoort van je MIDI-apparaat aansluit op de Jamulus MIDI-ingang (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), Audio/MIDI Setup (macOS) of wat je ook gebruikt voor het beheren van verbindingen). In Linux moet je mogelijk `a2jmidid` installeren en starten, zodat je apparaat verschijnt op het MIDI-tabblad in Qjackctl. Voor Windows-versies die zonder JACK, vindt Jamulus automatisch het MIDI-apparaat. Als er meer dan één MIDI-apparaat is aangesloten, zie de optie `d` hieronder." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94 +msgid "`--ctrlmidich` takes a single argument. If you omit it, the parameter is ignored. There are two formats for the argument:" +msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` accepteert één argument. Als je dit weglaat, wordt de parameter genegeerd. Er zijn twee formaten voor het argument:" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96 +msgid "The legacy definition has one or two numbers in the format:" +msgstr "De oude definitie heeft een of twee getallen in de volgende indeling:" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:97 #, no-wrap -msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n" -msgstr "*Opmerking*: Jamulus geeft geen feedback over de status van de knoppen, wat betekent dat je controller de LED's (indien aanwezig) moet bijhouden en zelf moet 'aan' of 'uit' zetten.\n" +msgid " [MIDI channel];[offset for first fader]\n" +msgstr " [MIDI-kanaal];[offset voor eerste fader]\n" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:126 +msgid "`MIDI channel` is required or else the parameter argument is ignored and the feature is not active. `0` means \"any channel\", `1`-`16` listen only to MIDI messages on the specified MIDI channel." +msgstr "`MIDI-kanaal` is vereist, anders wordt het parameterargument genegeerd en is de functie niet actief. `0` betekent `elk kanaal`, `1`-`16` luisteren alleen naar MIDI-berichten op het opgegeven MIDI-kanaal." + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104 +msgid "`offset for first fader` is the first MIDI CC to use to control a Jamulus Channel fader (default 70, which matches the Behringer X-Touch defaults), with all MIDI CCs after that being used; must be a number or else the long form is used." +msgstr "`offset voor eerste fader` is de eerste MIDI CC die gebruikt wordt om een Jamulus kanaalfader te besturen (standaard 70, wat overeenkomt met de standaardinstellingen van de Behringer X-Touch). Alle MIDI CC's daarna worden gebruikt. Dit moet een getal zijn, anders wordt de lange vorm gebruikt." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96 -msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth." -msgstr "Faders in het mengpaneel worden in oplopende volgorde van links naar rechts bediend. Verdergaand met het bovenstaande voorbeeld, in fader nummer 1 (uiterst links), wordt de volumefader bestuurd door CC nummer 0; balans met 16; solo met 32 en demp met 48. Aangezien we 8 opeenvolgende controllers voor elke parameter hebben gespecificeerd, zou dit ons MIDI-controle geven over 8 faders (volume, balans, solo en demp in elk) in het mengpaneel. De volgende fader wordt bestuurd door 1, 17, 33 en 49, enzovoort." +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106 +#, no-wrap +msgid " For example\n" +msgstr " Bijvoorbeeld\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n" +" ```\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112 +#, no-wrap +msgid " would listen on all MIDI channels and use MIDI controller 70 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on. Here's another example:\n" +msgstr " zou op alle MIDI-kanalen luisteren en MIDI-controller 70 gebruiken om de Jamulus kanaal 0 fader te bedienen, enzovoort. Hier is nog een voorbeeld:\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" --ctrlmidich \"2;50\"\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" --ctrlmidich \"2;50\"\n" +" ```\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:118 +#, no-wrap +msgid " This would listen on MIDI channel 2 and use MIDI controller 50 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.\n" +msgstr " Dit zou op MIDI-kanaal 2 luisteren en MIDI-controller 50 gebruiken om de fader van Jamulus kanaal 0 te bedienen, enzovoort.\n" + +#. type: Bullet: '2. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:120 +msgid "The long form is a sequence of offsets and counts for various controllers:" +msgstr "De lange vorm is een reeks offsets en aantallen voor verschillende controllers:" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:121 +#, no-wrap +msgid " [MIDI channel];[control letter][offset](*[count])(;...)\n" +msgstr " [MIDI-kanaal];[besturingsletter][offset](*[aantal])(;...)\n" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:128 +msgid "`control letter` defines which Jamulus Control the MIDI controller number is assigned to:" +msgstr "`besturingsletter` definieert aan welke Jamulus besturing het MIDI-controllernummer is toegewezen:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98 -msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl." -msgstr "Zorg ervoor dat je de uitvoerpoort van je MIDI-apparaat aansluit op de Jamulus MIDI-ingang (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) of wat je ook gebruikt voor het beheren van verbindingen). In Linux moet je a2jmidid installeren en starten, zodat je apparaat verschijnt op het MIDI-tabblad in Qjackctl." +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:135 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" | control letter | Jamulus Control |\n" +" |--------:|---------|\n" +" | `f` | Fader |\n" +" | `p` | Pan |\n" +" | `s` | Solo |\n" +" | `m` | Mute |\n" +msgstr "" +" | besturingsletter | Jamulus besturing |\n" +" |--------:|---------|\n" +" | `f` | Fader |\n" +" | `p` | Pan |\n" +" | `s` | Solo |\n" +" | `m` | Demp |\n" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:137 +msgid "`offset` is the base MIDI CC number for the control." +msgstr "`offset` is het basis MIDI CC-nummer voor de besturing." + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:139 +msgid "`count` is the number of CC values for the control, defaulting to 1 (i.e. the number Jamulus channels that can be controlled)." +msgstr "`aantal` is het aantal CC-waarden voor de besturing, standaard ingesteld op 1 (d.w.z. het aantal Jamulus-kanalen dat kan worden bestuurd)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:141 #, no-wrap -msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n" -msgstr "*Tip*: Wanneer je MIDI-besturing in Jamulus inschakelt dan wordt de naam van iedere gebruiker voorafgegaan door een nummer, waarbij de meest linkse gebruiker begint bij 0, dan 1, enz. Met standaardinstellingen, wanneer gebruikers de sessie verlaten en anderen erbij komen, kan het zijn dat de links-rechts volgorde in de GUI niet meer overeenkomt met de numerieke volgorde waardoor het moeilijker wordt om te weten wie met welke fysieke fader/knop op jouw MIDI-controller overeenkomt. Om de faders in numerieke volgorde te houden, ga je naar \"Weergave\" in de menubalk en wissel je tussen de \"Kanalen niet sorteren\" en een andere optie en dan weer terug (bijv. typ `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n" +msgid " An example for a Korg nanoKONTROL2 using eight sliders starting at MIDI CC 0 to control faders and eight knobs starting at MIDI CC 16 to control pan, on any MIDI channnel, for eight Jamulus channels would be\n" +msgstr " Een voorbeeld voor een Korg nanoKONTROL2 met acht schuifregelaars beginnend bij MIDI CC 0 om de faders te bedienen en acht knoppen beginnend bij MIDI CC 16 om de pan te bedienen, op elk MIDI-kanaal, voor acht Jamulus-kanalen zou zijn:\n" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:142 +#, no-wrap +msgid " --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n" +msgstr " --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:147 +#, no-wrap +msgid " Enhancing this to add eight Solo buttons starting at CC 32, and eight Mute buttons starting at CC 48 would give:\n" +msgstr " Als we dit uitbreiden met acht Solo-knoppen, te beginnen bij CC 32, en acht Demp-knoppen, te beginnen bij CC 48, krijgen we:\n" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:148 +#, no-wrap +msgid " --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8\"\n" +msgstr " --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8\"\n" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:153 +msgid "Two additional `control letter` values are available:" +msgstr "Er zijn twee extra waarden voor `besturingsletters` beschikbaar:" + +#. type: Bullet: ' 1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:155 +msgid "`o` controls Mute Myself and has a single `offset` (i.e. `count` is ignored and taken as 1)." +msgstr "`o` bestuurt Demp mijzelf en heeft een enkele `offset` (d.w.z. `aantal` wordt genegeerd en als 1 beschouwd)." + +#. type: Bullet: ' 2. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:157 +msgid "`d` is an option on Windows non-JACK Jamulus to specify a particular MIDI input device by name -- without this, all devices will be assigned to Jamulus; with it, only the specified device will be used. For example:" +msgstr "`d` is een optie op Windows Jamulus (zonder JACK) om een specifiek MIDI-invoerapparaat bij naam te specificeren. Zonder deze optie worden alle apparaten aan Jamulus toegewezen en met deze optie wordt alleen het opgegeven apparaat gebruikt. Bijvoorbeeld:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:161 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;dnanoKontrol\"\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;dnanoKontrol\"\n" +" ```\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:163 +#, no-wrap +msgid " would listen for CC0 through CC7 on MIDI channel 1 from a MIDI device called \"nanoKontrol\". Remember to wrap the whole of the `--ctrlmidich` argument in double quotes and you will have no problems with device names containing spaces.\n" +msgstr " zou luisteren naar CC0 tot en met CC7 op MIDI-kanaal 1 van een MIDI-apparaat genaamd \"nanoKontrol\". Vergeet niet om het hele argument `--ctrlmidich` tussen dubbele aanhalingstekens te plaatsen, zodat je geen problemen hebt met apparaatnamen die spaties bevatten.\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:165 +#, no-wrap +msgid " In order to discover the correct device name to use, start Jamulus from the command line with `--ctrlmidich` and observe the output. Jamulus will list all discovered MIDI devices:\n" +msgstr " Om de juiste apparaatnaam te vinden, start je Jamulus vanaf de opdrachtregel met `--ctrlmidich` en bekijk je de uitvoer. Jamulus geeft een overzicht van alle gevonden MIDI-apparaten:\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:173 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n" +" - MIDI controller settings: 0\n" +" - allocated port number: 22134\n" +" - MIDI devices found: 2\n" +" 0: nanoKONTROL2\n" +" 1: Keystation Mini 32\n" +msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n" +" - MIDI controller settings: 0\n" +" - allocated port number: 22134\n" +" - MIDI devices found: 2\n" +" 0: nanoKONTROL2\n" +" 1: Keystation Mini 32\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:181 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\"\n" +" - MIDI controller settings: 1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\n" +" - allocated port number: 22134\n" +" - MIDI devices found: 2\n" +" 0: nanoKONTROL2\n" +" 1: Keystation Mini 32 (ignored)\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" +" C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\"\n" +" - MIDI controller settings: 1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\n" +" - allocated port number: 22134\n" +" - MIDI devices found: 2\n" +" 0: nanoKONTROL2\n" +" 1: Keystation Mini 32 (ignored)\n" +" ```\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:183 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\tNote that if only one MIDI device is connected, the `d` option is not necessary, as Jamulus will use the device automatically.\n" +msgstr "\tHoud er rekening mee dat als er slechts één MIDI-apparaat is aangesloten, de optie `d` niet nodig is, omdat Jamulus het apparaat automatisch gebruikt.\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:185 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\tOn macOS, Linux or Windows with JACK, the `d` option is accepted if given, but ignored.\n" +msgstr "\tOp macOS, Linux of Windows met JACK wordt de optie `d` geaccepteerd als deze wordt meegegeven, maar genegeerd.\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:187 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself, that is, buttons on your MIDI controller need to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n" +msgstr "*Opmerking*: Jamulus geeft geen feedback over de aan/uit-status van knoppen wat betekent dat je controller zelf de LED's (indien aanwezig) moet bijhouden en in- of uitschakelen. Hiervoor dienen de knoppen op je MIDI-controller in de \"toggle\"-modus te staan. Dit betekent dat wanneer je erop drukt om een controller in te schakelen, deze een MIDI CC-nummer met een waarde >= 64 moet verzenden en om de controller uit te schakelen, hetzelfde CC-nummer met een waarde <64 moet verzenden. Je kunt de handleiding van je controller raadplegen om te zien hoe je dit kunt instellen.\n" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:188 #, no-wrap msgid "For Server admins" msgstr "Voor serverbeheerders" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:103 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:190 #, no-wrap msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly" msgstr "On-the-fly een geregistreerde server naar een niet-geregistreerde server omzetten" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:193 msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)" msgstr "Je kunt een geregistreerde server uitvoeren die lang genoeg beschikbaar is om mensen verbinding te laten maken en vervolgens kun je \"prive\" (niet-geregistreerd) gaan door het adresboek in de server GUI op \"Geen\" te zetten. De muzikanten zijn nog steeds verbonden met de server totdat ze de verbinding verbreken.(Met dank aan [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) voor deze tip!)" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:107 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:194 #, no-wrap msgid "Remote management of recordings" msgstr "Opname op afstand bedienen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:197 msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script." msgstr "Jamulus gebruiker [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) heeft een [webgebaseerd hulpmiddel](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) geschreven voor het op afstand starten en stoppen van opnamen op Linux servers, zodat je ze vervolgens vanuit je browser kunt downloaden. Zie ook [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) van [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), dat ook een herstelscript voor serveropnames bevat." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:111 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:198 #, no-wrap msgid "Making a Server status page" msgstr "Een serverstatuspagina maken" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:201 msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page." msgstr "Met het opdrachtregeloptie `-m` kunnen serverstatistieken worden gegenereerd om op een webpagina te worden geplaatst." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:203 msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):" msgstr "Hier is een voorbeeld van een php-script dat het serverstatusbestand gebruikt om de huidige serverstatus op een html-pagina weer te geven (ervan uitgaande dat het volgende opdrachtregeloptie is gebruikt: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):" #. type: Fenced code block -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:117 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:204 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" "\n" +#~ msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:" +#~ msgstr "De volumefader, balanscontrole en demp- en solo-knoppen in het mengpaneelvenster van de client kunnen worden bediend met een MIDI-controller met behulp van de parameter `--ctrlmidich` (opmerking: alleen beschikbaar voor gebruik met macOS en Linux met Jamulus versie 3.7.0 of hoger en voor Windows door gebruik te maken van de versie met ondersteuning voor JACK). Om deze functie in te schakelen, moet Jamulus worden gestart met `--ctrlmidich`. Er is één globale MIDI-kanaalparameter (1-16) en twee parameters die je voor elk te bedienen item kunt instellen: `offset` en `opeenvolgende CC-nummers`. Stel de eerste parameter in op het kanaal waarnaar je Jamulus wilt laten luisteren (0 voor alle kanalen) en specificeer vervolgens de items die je wilt regelen (f = volumefader; p = balans; m = demp; s = solo; o = demp mijzelf) met de offset (CC-nummer om mee te beginnen) en het aantal opeenvolgende CC-nummers. Er is één uitzondering waarbij het niet nodig is om opeenvolgende CC-nummers in te stellen, namelijk het \"demp mijzelf\"-commando - dit vereist slechts het CC-nummer omdat het alleen wordt toegepast op de eigen audiostream. Neem het volgende voorbeeld:" + +#~ msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64." +#~ msgstr "Hier luistert Jamulus op MIDI kanaal 1. Volume fader CC nummers beginnen bij 0 en er zijn er 8 (dus eindigen bij CC nummer 7). Balansknoppen beginnen bij CC nummer 16 en eindigen bij 23; Solo 32 tot 39 en Demp 48 tot 55. Demp mijzelf wordt aan-/uitgezet door middel van CC nummer 64." + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n" +#~ msgstr "*Opmerking*: Jamulus geeft geen feedback over de status van de knoppen, wat betekent dat je controller de LED's (indien aanwezig) moet bijhouden en zelf moet 'aan' of 'uit' zetten.\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth." +#~ msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth." +#~ msgstr "Faders in het mengpaneel worden in oplopende volgorde van links naar rechts bediend. Verdergaand met het bovenstaande voorbeeld, in fader nummer 1 (uiterst links), wordt de volumefader bestuurd door CC nummer 0; balans met 16; solo met 32 en demp met 48. Aangezien we 8 opeenvolgende controllers voor elke parameter hebben gespecificeerd, zou dit ons MIDI-controle geven over 8 faders (volume, balans, solo en demp in elk) in het mengpaneel. De volgende fader wordt bestuurd door 1, 17, 33 en 49, enzovoort." + #, no-wrap #~ msgid "" #~ "# Tips & Tricks\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/1-index.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/1-index.po index 86db771a7..c627a62b5 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/1-index.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/1-index.po @@ -6,18 +6,20 @@ # Douglas Montovaneli , 2024. # lucasmz , 2024. # Melcon Moraes , 2024. +# Adriano Camilo , 2025. +# Dhefferson Victor Dias Costa , 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-07 02:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Melcon Moraes \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-08 14:01+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Dhefferson Victor Dias Costa \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: pt-BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n" #. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?) #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:1 @@ -71,6 +73,16 @@ msgstr "O que é Jamulus?" msgid "Jamulus lets you play, rehearse, or jam with your friends, your band, or anyone you find online. Play together remotely in time with high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection. [Download it here!](wiki/Getting-Started)\n" msgstr "Jamulus permite que você toque, ensaie ou faça um som com seus amigos, sua banda ou com qualquer um que estiver online. Toque juntos remotamente em tempo real com som de alta qualidade e baixa latência através de uma conexão de banda larga. [Baixe aqui!](wiki/Getting-Started)\n" +#. type: Attribute 'src' of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:32 +msgid "{% include img/en-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc %}" +msgstr "{% include img/en-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc %}" + +#. type: Attribute 'alt' of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:32 +msgid "A screenshot of the main mixer window showing five people from different countries connected." +msgstr "Uma captura de tela da janela principal de mixagem está sendo mostrada para cinco pessoas conectadas de diferentes países." + #. type: Content of:
#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:34 #, no-wrap diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Client-Troubleshooting.po index 348c20ea1..278b7c1cc 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Client-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Client-Troubleshooting.po @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:50 -msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [software manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this." +msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### @@ -329,7 +329,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:108 -msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" +msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/discussions)" msgstr "" #~ msgid "TOC" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Getting-Started.po index 9ce1ecff9..63203d501 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Getting-Started.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Getting-Started.po @@ -6,18 +6,20 @@ # Felipe Nogueira , 2023. # HackerSinhos , 2024. # ignotus , 2024. +# menestrel - mkmb <56491958+menestrel-mkmb@users.noreply.github.com>, 2024. +# Dhefferson Victor Dias Costa , 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 21:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-08 14:01+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Dhefferson Victor Dias Costa \n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) \n" "Language: pt-BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 @@ -87,14 +89,7 @@ msgstr "Para que o Jamulus funcione com o seu sistema operacional, siga o guia d #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:28 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "" -#| "
\n" -#| " Windows\n" -#| " macOS\n" -#| " Linux\n" -#| "
\n" -#| "_[Android](Installation-for-Android) and [iOS](Installation-for-iOS) can be used too, but are still considered experimental._\n" +#, no-wrap msgid "" "
\n" " Windows\n" @@ -108,7 +103,7 @@ msgstr "" " macOS\n" " Linux\n" "
\n" -"_[Android](Installation-for-Android) e [iOS](Installation-for-iOS) podem ser utilizados também, mas ainda são considerados experimentais._\n" +"_[Android](Installation-for-Android) e [iOS](Installation-for-iOS) também podem ser utilizados, mas ainda são considerados experimentais._\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:30 @@ -220,23 +215,23 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:71 msgid "The most important thing about Servers is their “ping time”. The bigger the number, the harder it will be to play in time with others. Usually, you would select a Server with a ping of less than 50ms if you can." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A coisa mais importante entre servidores é seu \"tempo de resposta\". Quanto maior o número, mais difícil será para acompanhar sincronamente com os outros. Idealmente, e se for possível, você deve selecionar um servidor com um tempo de resposta abaixo de 50ms." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:73 msgid "Once connected to a Server, make sure you can hear yourself OK and fix any input volume or other problems. You can have a look at the [troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) for common problems. And of course, check that you are also able to obey [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uma vez conectado ao servidor, tenha certeza de que todos possam te ouvir e conserte qualquer problema com seu microfone ou outra entrada. Você pode dar uma olhada na [página passo-a-passo](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) para os erros comuns. E claro, verifique que você está seguindo a [regra de ouro](wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:74 #, no-wrap msgid "Playing for the first time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tocar pela primeira vez" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:77 msgid "With your sound all set up, you are ready to go. When you connect to a Server (you may want to select a genre from the list), the faders you see on the right are your own personal mix. Everything you change here will change what you hear, but won’t affect others. If you move a fader down, that channel will be quieter, if you move it up, the channel will be louder for you." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Com o seu som configurado, você está pronto para prosseguir. Quando você se conecta a um Servidor (talvez você queira selecionar um gênero da lista), os moduladores que você vê à direita são seu mix pessoal. Tudo que você modificar aqui mudará o que você vai ouvir, mas não afetará outros. Se você mover o modulador para baixo, o canal ficará mais quieto, se você mover para cima, o canal ficará mais alto para você." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:82 @@ -247,21 +242,25 @@ msgid "" "
The main window when you are connected to a Server
\n" "
\n" msgstr "" +"
\n" +" \"Screenshot\" \n" +"
Janela principal quando conectado a um Servidor
\n" +"
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:84 msgid "If you don’t want others to hear your audio, click on the “Mute Myself” button which will stop your audio from being sent to other people. They won’t be able to tell you have done this though. But if you see a “mute” icon above a fader, that means they can’t hear you because they've muted your channel in their mix." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Se você não quiser que outros escutem seu áudio, clique no botão \"Me Silenciar\" que seu áudio vai parar de ser enviado para outras pessoas. Elas não serão capazes de saber que você fez isso. Mas se você ver um ícone \"Silenciar\" acima de um fader, isso significa que eles não conseguem te ouvir porque eles silenciaram seu canal em seus mixers." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:86 msgid "Note that you can use the Chat facility at any time to message other people while you are connected. The welcome message in the chat may also state some guidelines for use." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Note que você pode usar o Chat facilmente à qualquer hora para mandar mensagens para outras pessoas enquanto você estiver conectado. A mensagem de boas-vindas no chat têm algumas instruções para o uso." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:88 -msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [Software Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)." -msgstr "" +msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)." +msgstr "Mais informações para aprender a como usar Jamulus podem ser encontradas no [Manual do Usuário] (/wiki/Software-Manual)." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:89 @@ -272,4 +271,4 @@ msgstr "Solução de problemas" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:91 msgid "Having audio trouble? Can't see Servers, or some other issue? Have a look at the [Troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting), or feel free to ask in the [Discussions](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tendo dificuldades com o áudio? Não consegue ver Servidores, ou outros problemas? Dê uma olhada na [Página de solução de problemas], ou se sinta livre para perguntar em [Discussões] (https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Include-Backing-Up.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Include-Backing-Up.po index 3495ec70b..3cdb46e5c 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Include-Backing-Up.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Include-Backing-Up.po @@ -1,25 +1,25 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy +# Melcon Moraes , 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-08 14:02+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Melcon Moraes \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" +"Language: pt-BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:2 #, no-wrap msgid "\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:4 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Include-Client-Commands.po index 08cae3772..bc70b6fbe 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Include-Client-Commands.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Include-Client-Commands.po @@ -1,24 +1,24 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy +# Melcon Moraes , 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-08 14:01+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Melcon Moraes \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" +"Language: pt-BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3 msgid "`-M` or `--mutestream` Prevent others on a server from hearing what I play" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`-M` ou `--mutestream` Evita que outros no servidor escutem o que toco" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6 -msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)" +msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI channel to listen on, Jamulus control + MIDI control number and count of consecutive CC numbers (or Jamulus channels), device selection option. Format: `channel[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dDeviceName]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)." msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Include-Shared-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Include-Shared-Commands.po index 006217a9c..96e75f293 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Include-Shared-Commands.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Include-Shared-Commands.po @@ -1,24 +1,24 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy +# Melcon Moraes , 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-08 14:01+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Melcon Moraes \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" +"Language: pt-BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:3 msgid "[comment]: # (This is an include file for use in multiple documents)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "[comment]: # (Este é um arquivo de incluir para uso em múltiplos documentos)" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Installation-for-Linux.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Installation-for-Linux.po index 04cc84764..dfe55b698 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Installation-for-Linux.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Installation-for-Linux.po @@ -4,19 +4,21 @@ # Melcon Moraes , 2022. # NamelessGO <66227691+NameLessGO@users.noreply.github.com>, 2024. # delvani , 2024. -# ignotus , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024, 2025. +# HackerSinhos , 2025. +# Dhefferson Victor Dias Costa , 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-08 14:01+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Dhefferson Victor Dias Costa \n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) \n" "Language: pt-BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 @@ -41,7 +43,7 @@ msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux" #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:10 #, no-wrap msgid "Installation for Linux" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Instalar para Linux" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:9 @@ -51,7 +53,7 @@ msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Usando Jamulus\" branch1=\"Primeiros p #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:13 msgid "Make sure you read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tenha certeza que você leia a página [Iniciando](Getting-Started)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:15 @@ -68,19 +70,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:19 #, no-wrap msgid "**Installing a server?** Read the [guide for server adminstrators](Running-a-Server) first.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Instalando um servidor?** Leia a [guia para administradores de servidor](Running-a-server) primeiro.\n" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:20 #, no-wrap msgid "Debian and Ubuntu" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Debian e Ubuntu" #. type: Title #### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:22 #, no-wrap msgid "Using the official Repository (recommended)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Usando o repositório oficial (recomendado)" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:25 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Installation-for-Macintosh.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Installation-for-Macintosh.po index 742dbc69e..cf2e96b92 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Installation-for-Macintosh.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Installation-for-Macintosh.po @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:22 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"1. [Download Jamulus (Universal build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +"1. [Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n" " **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" "1. **Install Jamulus**: Open the downloaded `.dmg` file, agree to the licence, *drag and drop* each icon you see in the window (Jamulus Client and Server) into your *Applications folder*. After that, you can close this window.\n" "1. **Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Installation-for-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Installation-for-Windows.po index a6aebfd57..8000aa415 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Installation-for-Windows.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Installation-for-Windows.po @@ -6,18 +6,19 @@ # NamelessGO <66227691+NameLessGO@users.noreply.github.com>, 2024. # delvani , 2024. # ignotus , 2024. +# HackerSinhos , 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-02-24 10:39+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: HackerSinhos \n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) \n" "Language: pt-BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.10.1-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 @@ -52,7 +53,7 @@ msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Usando Jamulus\" branch1=\"Primeiros p #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:13 msgid "Make sure you read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tenha certeza que você leia a página [Iniciando](Getting-Started)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:15 @@ -114,94 +115,84 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:39 -msgid "You can try two versions of ASIO4ALL. ASIO4ALL v2.14 includes a workaround for a bug which might break other functionality." +msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.16 Download](https://asio4all.org/downloads/ASIO4ALL_2_16.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:41 -msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.15 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.15/ASIO4ALL_2_15_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:43 -msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:45 msgid "[ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:47 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:43 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting up ASIO4ALL" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:50 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:46 msgid "You may or may not need to experiment a bit depending on your sound hardware. If everything works out of the box, you don't need to do anything." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:52 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:48 #, no-wrap msgid "**Tip:** Set up your sound card while you're [connected to a Server](Getting-Started#connecting-to-a-server-and-testing-your-sound) to hear your instrument or voice and check if everything is correctly set up; but first read on.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:55 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:51 msgid "Before you start with Jamulus:" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:54 msgid "**Close all applications** (especially those which could access your sound card like your browser/media player). ASIO4ALL needs exclusive access to your sound card which means that other programs will not be able to use audio if ASIO4ALL and Jamulus are running." msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:54 msgid "If the Jamulus audio doesn’t work out of the box, make sure that only the **correct inputs/outputs** in ASIO4ALL **are switched on**. Everything else should be switched off. Search the [community list of working ASIO4ALL configurations](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) for your configuration or do it manually if you can't find yours:" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:59 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:55 #, no-wrap msgid "How to set up ASIO4ALL inputs (Guide)" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 msgid "Open Jamulus's settings" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 msgid "Go to _\"ASIO Device Settings\"_ (column on the left; directly under the selection of the driver)" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 msgid "Enable _advanced view_ in ASIO4ALL (click the tool icon on the bottom right)" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 msgid "Enable only the sound card you want to use by clicking on the button next to its name" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 msgid "Open your sound card inputs/outputs by clicking the _plus icon_ next to this sound card" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 msgid "Now enable the correct inputs/outputs in the list under your sound card and disable everything else. You can hover over the inputs/outputs to see which of both they are and if they support the required sample rate for Jamulus of 48kHz (DVD quality)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:72 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:68 #, no-wrap msgid "" "**Hints:**\n" @@ -211,43 +202,43 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:73 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:69 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "Solução de problemas" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:76 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:72 msgid "If nothing works, first restart Jamulus and/or your PC to close background processes that may be accessing your sound card." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:78 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:74 msgid "Afterwards, *set up the inputs/outputs again*. Enabled and accessible input/outputs show as lit up power buttons and play buttons in the ASIO4ALL settings. If instead you see a red cross or yellow symbol, close other applications that may be accessing your sound card (e.g. web browser, Zoom, etc)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:80 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:76 msgid "Have a look at [this video](https://youtu.be/_GzOsitVgLI) by [trombonepizza](https://github.com/trombonepizza) which gives more detailed setup information on ASIO4ALL." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:82 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:78 msgid "Official and further information about how to configure ASIO4ALL is documented in the official [ASIO4ALL FAQs on the ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/index.php/help/faq/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:83 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:79 #, no-wrap msgid "All installed?" msgstr "Tudo instalado?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:86 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:82 msgid "Take a look at" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:87 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:83 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "[Página de Primeiros Passos](Getting-Started){: .button}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Privacy-Statement.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Privacy-Statement.po index 62806b817..51729d39c 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Privacy-Statement.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Privacy-Statement.po @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:30 -msgid "Under normal use with software downloaded from this website that has not been modified, your user profile information is exchanged with Servers you connect to, peers connected to those same Servers, and to third parties (including Directories) that use the Jamulus protocol. This information is limited to your Jamulus name, city, country, instrument, and skill level as you have set them in your profile. The Servers you connect to will also have access to your internet address (IP Address) as it is required for the software to work; but this information is not shared with peers on the same Server or available to third parties." +msgid "Under normal use with software downloaded from this website that has not been modified, your user profile information is exchanged with Servers you connect to, peers connected to those same Servers, and to third parties (including Directories) that use the Jamulus protocol. This information is limited to your Jamulus name, city, country, instrument, and skill level as you have set them in your profile. Directories from which you request Server lists, Servers displayed in the Connect Dialog and Servers you connect to will also have access to your internet address (IP Address) as it is required for the software to work; but this information is not shared with peers on the same Server or available to third parties." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Running-a-Server.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Running-a-Server.po index 6f643bc6d..678d224b7 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Running-a-Server.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Running-a-Server.po @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:23 #, no-wrap -msgid "**No**. You don't need to run a Server. You can use the Servers listed by the built-in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server yourself. You can also use an unlisted Server if you know its internet address. Or you can use a third party hosting service such as [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/) or [KOORD](https://koord.live/). There's probably a Server nearby that you and your friends can use at low enough latency for most needs.\n" +msgid "**No**. You don't need to run a Server. You can use the Servers listed by the built-in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server yourself. You can also use an unlisted Server if you know its internet address. Or you can use a third party hosting service such as [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/). There's probably a Server nearby that you and your friends can use at low enough latency for most needs.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -591,186 +591,169 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:230 #, no-wrap -msgid "`-m or --htmlstatus`" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:232 -msgid "Enable HTML status file, set path and file name" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:234 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Note:** This feature is deprecated, and may disappear in a future release.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:235 -#, no-wrap msgid "`-P or --delaypan`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:237 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:232 msgid "Start with delay panning enabled. This option uses small differences in sound arrival time between the two ears. It produces a stereo effect similar to natural human hearing when compared to normal “volume” panning." msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:238 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:233 #, no-wrap msgid "`-s` or `--server`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:240 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:235 msgid "Start Jamulus in Server mode" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:236 #, no-wrap msgid "`--serverbindip`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:243 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:238 msgid "Specify the IP address the Jamulus process will bind to." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:245 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:240 msgid "Normally, Jamulus will listen on all IP addresses on the host machine. Where the host has multiple network addresses, this option allows one of the addresses to be chosen." msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:246 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241 #, no-wrap msgid "`-T or --multithreading`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:248 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:243 msgid "Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs. This setting may help the Server support more Clients. See also `--numchannels`" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:249 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:244 #, no-wrap msgid "`-u or --numchannels`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:251 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:246 msgid "Maximum number of channels (Clients)" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:252 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:247 #, no-wrap msgid "`-z or --startminimized`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:249 msgid "Start the Jamulus Server graphical user interface in the minimized window state." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:255 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:250 #, no-wrap msgid "Other options" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:258 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:253 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:259 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254 #, no-wrap msgid "Controlling the Server via API" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:262 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:257 msgid "Jamulus can be controlled via an experimental API which is subject to changes. You can find the [JSON-RPC API documented in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md). JSON-RPC allows you to control some features like changing the welcome message or starting recordings in headless mode from authenticated external applications. It works while the server is running." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:265 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:260 #, no-wrap msgid "Recording" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:267 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:262 #, no-wrap msgid "`-R or --recording`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:269 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:264 msgid "Set Server recording directory. By default, the Server will record when a session is active." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:271 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:266 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** You will need to save recordings to a path _outside_ of the jamulus home directory, or remove `ProtectHome=true` from your systemd unit file, but be aware that doing could be a security risk.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:273 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:268 msgid "Recordings are per track in [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` format and [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Open the respective files to listen to them in those applications." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:275 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:270 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** When your Server is recording, Clients display a red banner message that the session is being recorded.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:276 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:271 #, no-wrap msgid "`--norecord`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:278 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:273 msgid "Set server not to record by default when recording is configured." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:280 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:275 #, no-wrap msgid "Controlling Recording" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:283 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:278 msgid "Recording starts once the first person connects to the Server, and stops when the last person leaves." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:285 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:280 msgid "If the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new directory. SIGUSR2 will toggle recording on/off. If [JSON-RPC](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) is enabled, you will also be able to manage the server in a way comparable to the GUI. Please see the (experimental) [JSON-RPC documentation on the recorder](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md#jamulusserverstartrecording)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:288 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:283 msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:290 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:285 msgid "To turn recording on or off (depending on the current state):" msgstr "" #. type: Fenced code block -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:291 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:286 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [Unit]\n" @@ -783,12 +766,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:302 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:297 msgid "To start a new recording:" msgstr "" #. type: Fenced code block -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:303 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:298 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [Unit]\n" @@ -801,148 +784,148 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:314 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:309 msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name used by systemd to control your Jamulus Server. By default, if you use the `.deb` files from the repository, it is `jamulus-headless`, as in this example." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:316 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:311 msgid "Run `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` to register them for first use." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:318 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:313 msgid "Now you can run these with the `systemctl` command, for example:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:320 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:315 msgid "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:322 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:317 msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (or the respective service name you specified manually). You can also view your (sys)log." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:325 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:320 #, no-wrap msgid "Adding metadata to the Server" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:328 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:323 msgid "You can add metadata to the welcome message of a Server to add additional, hidden information like contact information or policy requests for bots (this is comparable to [robots.txt](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Robots.txt)). See the [Community Knowledge Base entry about metadata](/kb/2023/07/30/Server-Metadata.html) for more information." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:331 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:326 #, no-wrap msgid "Servers on the desktop" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:334 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:329 msgid "Jamulus can run in Server mode in the graphical environment of a computer. This gives you a graphical user interface to control most of the settings. To do this, first [install Jamulus for your platform](Getting-Started), then do one of the following:" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:336 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:331 msgid "**Windows users** - Use the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in the Windows Start menu. If you want the Server to start automatically when you start Windows, check the box for this option." msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:338 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:333 msgid "**macOS users** - Double-click the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in Applications." msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:340 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:335 msgid "**Linux users** - Launch the \"Jamulus Server\" shortcut. Or you can open a terminal window (`CTRL+ALT+t` on Debian and related distros), type `jamulus -s` and hit return." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:342 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:337 msgid "While most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, others can only be set using options given in a terminal window when the Server is launched. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:344 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:339 #, no-wrap msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose **Properties** > **Target**. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:346 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:341 #, no-wrap msgid " `\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:343 msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:350 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:345 #, no-wrap msgid " `/Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:352 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:347 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note** Command line options will set the Server’s defaults at startup. You can override them while the Server is running using their corresponding GUI controls.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:353 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348 #, no-wrap msgid "The Server status icon" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:356 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:351 msgid "When a Server is running in GUI mode, the operating system will show an icon in the system tray or status area that indicates whether the Server has connections:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:358 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:353 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
The Server is empty\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:360 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:355 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
The Server is occupied\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:363 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:358 #, no-wrap msgid "Backing up the Server" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:366 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:361 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:368 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:363 msgid "Headless Servers do not use `.ini` files. All configuration is given as command line options. If you are running a Server in GUI mode, after reading any command line options on start, it will store its configuration in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:369 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:364 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "Solução de problemas" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:371 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:366 msgid "If you are having other problems, [see this guide](Server-Troubleshooting)." msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Software-Manual.po index 8e1253eea..2c38fbd10 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Software-Manual.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Software-Manual.po @@ -4,18 +4,19 @@ # Melcon Moraes , 2022. # gbonaspetti , 2023. # ignotus , 2024. +# Dhefferson Victor Dias Costa , 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 21:35+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-08 14:02+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Dhefferson Victor Dias Costa \n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) \n" "Language: pt-BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 @@ -35,22 +36,11 @@ msgstr "wiki" msgid "/wiki/Software-Manual" msgstr "/wiki/Software-Manual" -#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Software Manual" -msgstr "Manual do Software" - #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "" -#| "# Jamulus User Manual\n" -#| " {:.no_toc}\n" -msgid "Jamulus User Manual" -msgstr "" -"# Manual do Usuário do Jamulus \n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7 +#, no-wrap +msgid "User Manual" +msgstr "Manual do Usuário" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:9 @@ -87,17 +77,15 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:20 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "" -msgid " \n" -msgstr "" +#, no-wrap +msgid "\n" +msgstr "\n" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:21 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "# Main Window" +#, no-wrap msgid "Main Window" -msgstr "# Janela Principal" +msgstr "Janela Principal" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:28 @@ -115,16 +103,15 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:29 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Ping, Delay and Jitter" +#, no-wrap msgid "Ping, Delay and Jitter" -msgstr "## Ping, Atraso and Jitter" +msgstr "Ping, Atraso e Tremor" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:32 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large. \n" -msgstr "**Ping** mostra a latência da rede em milissegundos, quanto menor, melhor. O tempo de ping contribui para o atraso geral (veja abaixo). A causa mais provável de um ping alto é que sua distância para o servidor é muito grande. \n" +msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large.\n" +msgstr "**Ping** mostra a latência da rede em milissegundos, quanto menor, melhor. O tempo de ping contribui para o atraso geral (veja abaixo). A causa mais provável de um ping alto é que sua distância para o servidor é muito grande.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:34 @@ -134,8 +121,7 @@ msgstr "**Atraso** mostra a latência geral calculada a partir do tempo de ping #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:36 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "
\"Image
" +#, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"Imagem
\n" @@ -147,10 +133,9 @@ msgstr "**Verde** - O delay é perfeito para uma jam session\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:40 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "
\"Image
" +#, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" -msgstr "
\"Imagem
\n" +msgstr "
\"Imagem\"Image
" +#, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"Imagem
\n" @@ -199,100 +183,92 @@ msgstr "A CPU do cliente ou servidor está em 100%." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:54 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Input" +#, no-wrap msgid "Input" -msgstr "## Entrada" +msgstr "Entrada" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:58 msgid "Shows the level of the two stereo channels for your audio input. Make sure not to clip the input signal to avoid distortions of your sound (the LEDs will indicate clipping when it occurs)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mostrar o nível de dois canais estéreis da sua entrada de áudio. Tenha certeza de não grampear o sinal de entrada para evitar distorções no som (os LEDs vão indicar o grampeamento quando ele ocorrer)." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:59 #, no-wrap msgid "Mute Myself button" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Botão Me Silenciar" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:62 msgid "Cuts your audio stream to the server so that you will be able to hear yourself and see your own input levels, but other musicians will not. Be aware that other musicians will not know if you have muted yourself." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Corta a transmissão de áudio para o servidor para que você possa se ouvir e ver seus próprios níveis de entrada, mas outros músicos não. Esteja ciente de que outros músicos não saberão se você se silenciou." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:63 #, no-wrap msgid "Reverb effect" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Efeito reverb" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:69 msgid "Adds reverb to your local mono audio channel, or to both channels in stereo mode. The mono channel selection and the reverberation level can be modified. For example, if a microphone signal is fed in to the right audio channel of the sound card and a reverb effect needs to be applied, set the channel selector to the right and move the fader upwards until the desired reverb level is reached." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adicionar reverb no seu canal de áudio local mono, ou nos dois canais com modo estéreo. A seleção do canal mono e o nível de reverbação podem ser modificados. Por exemplo, se um sinal de um microfone é colocado no canal de áudio direito da carta de som e o efeito reverb tem que ser aplicado, defina o seletor de canais para o direito e mova o fader para cima até que o nível de reverb desejado seja atingido." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:70 #, no-wrap msgid "Chat" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Chat" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:75 -msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message is received." -msgstr "" +msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message arrives." +msgstr "Abre a janela de chat. O texto digitado é enviado para todos os Clientes conectados. Se uma nova mensagem do chat chega e o diálogo por chat não está aberto, ele vai abrir automaticamente pera todos os Clientes. Veja as configurações para selecionar se quer ligar um som de alerta quando uma nova mensagem de chat chegar." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:76 #, no-wrap msgid "Connect/disconnect button" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Botão conectar/desconectar" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:81 msgid "Opens a dialogue where you can select a server to connect to. If you are connected, pressing this button will end the session. You can also open the dialogue using \"File>Connection Setup...\". This will leave you connected to any current session until you join another." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Abre um diálogo onde você pode selecionar um servidor para se conectar. Se você estiver conectado, pressionando esse botão a sessão vai ser encerrada. Você sempre pode abrir o diálogo usando \"File>Connection Setup...\". Isso vai deixar você conectado em qualquer sessão atual até você entrar em outra." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:83 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "" -#| "
\n" -#| "\t\"Image\n" -#| "\t
Your local mix when connected to a Server
\n" -#| "
\n" +#, no-wrap msgid "
\"Screenshot
\n" -msgstr "" -"
\n" -"\t\"Imagem\n" -"\t
Sua mixagem local quando conectado a um Servidor
\n" -"
\n" +msgstr "
\"Captura
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:86 -msgid "The Connection Setup window shows a list of available Servers together with their \"distance\" (in terms of ping time), the number of occupants and the maximum number supported, and the Server's given location. Permanent Servers (those that have been listed for longer than 24 hours) are shown in bold." -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The Connection Setup window shows a list of available Servers together with their \"distance\" (in terms of ping time), the number of occupants and the maximum number supported, and the Server's given location. Permanent Servers (those that have been listed for longer than 24 hours) are shown in bold." +msgid "The Connection Setup window shows a list of available Servers together with their \"distance\" (in terms of ping time), the number of occupants and the maximum number supported, the Server's given location and the Server's Version. Permanent Servers (those that have been listed for longer than 24 hours) are shown in bold." +msgstr "A janela de configuração de conexão mostra uma lista dos servidores disponíveis juntos com suas \"distâncias\" (em termos de tempo de ping), o número de ocupantes e o máximo número suportado, e a localização dada do servidor. Servidores permantentes (aqueles que estão na lista por mais que 24 horas) serão mostrados em negrito." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:88 msgid "Click on the Server you want to join and press the Connect button to connect to it. Alternatively, double-click on the server name." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Clique no servidor que você quiser entrar e pressione o botão Conectar para se conectar nele. Alternativamente, clicando duas vezes no nome do servidor." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:92 msgid "Server operators register their servers with Directories. These are either genre-specific or for any genre, or additional [custom entries](#custom-directories). Use the Directory dropdown to select a genre. You can filter the list by server name or location. To list only occupied Servers, enter a \"#\" character. If you choose \"Show All Musicians\" the current occupants will be shown." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Operadores de servidores registram seus servidores com Diretórios. Esses são qualquer gênero específico ou para qualquer gênero, ou adicionais [entradas personalizadas] (#custom-directories). Use o Diretório descartado para selecionar um gênero. Você pode filtrar a lista por nome de servidor ou localização. Para listar apenas servidores ocupados, entre um \"#\" caractere. Se você escolher \"Mostre Todos os Músicos\", os ocupantes atuais vão ser mostrados." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:98 -msgid "If you know the IP address or URL of a private Server, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Note that IPv6 addresses must be entirely enclosed in square brackets, for example `[::1]:22124`.) The field will also show a list of the most recently used server addresses. The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list." -msgstr "" +msgid "If you know the hostname or IP address of a private Server, you can connect to it using the \"Server Address\" field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Note that IPv6 addresses must be entirely enclosed in square brackets, for example `[::1]:22124`.) The field will also show a list of the most recently used server addresses. The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list." +msgstr "Se você saber que o hostname ou o endereço IP de um servidor provado, você pode se conectar nele usando o campo de \"Endereço do Servidor\". Um número de porta opcional pode ser adicionado depois do endereço usando dois pontos como separador, e.g, 'jamulus.exemplo.com:22124'. (Note que o endereço IPv6 deve ser inteiramente entre colchetes, por exemplo '[::1]:22124'.). O campo também mostra uma lista dos endereços de servidor mais usados recentemente. O botão que segue o campo permite que a entrada atual seja removida da lista." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:99 #, no-wrap msgid "Server audio mixer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mixer de áudio do servidor" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:102 @@ -304,223 +280,365 @@ msgstr "
Connection Setup..." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140 +msgid "Opens the [connection dialogue (see above)](#connectdisconnect-button)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:141 +#, no-wrap +msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:144 +msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band. This stores your settings for each person's fader volume, pan setting, mute and solo state. You can load this mix any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:145 +#, no-wrap +msgid "File > Exit" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:148 +msgid "Closes all the windows and exits the application." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:149 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Edit > Clear All Stored Solo/Mute Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:152 +msgid "Whenever you Solo or Mute a channel, Jamulus remembers these settings. Even if that person leaves and rejoins - or you join a server where they are playing - the settings will automatically be applied. Use this command to clear _all_ these stored settings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:153 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Edit > Set All Faders to New Client Level" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:156 +msgid "Applies the [configured \"New Client Level\"](#new-client-level) to all currently connected channels." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:157 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:160 +msgid "Applies a one-off fader adjustment to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:161 +#, no-wrap +msgid "View > (sort options)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:166 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"Most items under the \"View\" menu allow you to adjust the order Jamulus chooses to display channels on the server:\n" +"* Own Fader First
\n" +"This option can be used in addition to the others to move your own channel to always be the leftmost, irrespective of the sort order of the other channels.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:178 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* No user sorting
\n" +"This does not take any user details into account when sorting. It sorts by the order channels join the current server as described further up, with new channels being added to the right-hand end.\n" +"* Sort by Name
\n" +"Sorts by the name someone has chosen in their profile.\n" +"* Sort by Instrument / City
\n" +"Sorts by the instrument or city someone has in their profile, along with their name.\n" +"* Sort by Group
\n" +"Where the fader group feature is in use, this sorts in ascending group number from left to right (and within that, by name), with any ungrouped channels off to the right.\n" +"* Sort by Channel
\n" +"Where Jamulus channel controls (fader, mute, solo, etc) are being controlled by MIDI (see [Using --ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)), this sorts by the channel number to help ensure a stable sort order that aligns with MIDI hardware controls.\n" +"Note that in Jamulus clients before version 3.12.0, channel numbers are assigned directly by the server. Clients from 3.12.0 onwards manage their own channel number assignments and always assign channel 0 to the local user (provided the server version is at least 3.5.5).\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179 +#, no-wrap +msgid "View > Chat" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:182 +msgid "Opens the [Chat](#chat) window." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Settings Menu" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:186 +msgid "Allows direct access to each of the [Settings](#settings) tabs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:187 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Help" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:190 +msgid "Provides access to the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) and [User Manual](Software-Manual) (this page) on the website, along with copyright, licence and acknowledgement details. There is also a \"What's This?\" option for getting more details on parts of the client display." +msgstr "" + #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:192 #, no-wrap msgid "Settings" msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194 #, no-wrap msgid "My Profile" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:136 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198 msgid "From the Settings menu, select \"My Profile...\" to set your Alias/Name which is displayed below your fader in the server audio mixer board." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:200 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "
\"Image
" msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"Imagem
\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:202 msgid "If you set an instrument and/or country, icons for these selections will also be shown below your fader. The skill setting changes the background colour of the fader tag and the city entry shows up in the tool tip of the fader tag:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:204 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "
\"Image
" msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"Imagem
\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:143 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:205 #, no-wrap msgid "Skin" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:146 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:208 msgid "This applies a skin to the main window, some of which are designed to accommodate larger ensembles." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:147 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:209 #, no-wrap msgid "Meter style" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:150 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:212 msgid "This changes the visual style of the audio meters, independently of the chosen skin." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:151 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:213 #, no-wrap msgid "Mixer rows" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:154 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:216 msgid "This sets the number of rows displayed in the server audio mixer, for use with larger ensembles." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:155 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:217 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio Alerts" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:158 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220 msgid "This turns on a sound alert for when someone joins a Server, or when receiving a new chat message." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:159 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:221 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio/Network Setup" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:162 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:224 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "
\"Image
" msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"Imagem
\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:225 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio Device" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:167 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:229 msgid "Under the Windows operating system the ASIO driver (sound card) can be selected using Jamulus. If the selected ASIO driver is not valid an error message is shown and the previous valid driver is selected. Under macOS the input and output hardware can be selected." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:168 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230 #, no-wrap msgid "Input/output channel mapping" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:233 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "
\"Image
" msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"Imagem
\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237 msgid "If the selected sound card device offers more than one input or output channel, the _Input Channel Mapping and Output Channel Mapping_ settings are visible. For each Jamulus input/output channel (left and right channel) a different actual sound card channel can be selected." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:176 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:238 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio channels" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179 -msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and server." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241 +msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and Server." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:181 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:243 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note**: It is better to run separate Client instances per voice/instrument, where each Client has its own ini file, rather than using this built-in mono pair to stereo mixer.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:245 msgid "There are three modes available:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:185 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:247 #, no-wrap msgid "**Mono** and **Stereo** modes use one and two audio channels respectively.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:188 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250 #, no-wrap msgid "" "**Mono-in/Stereo-out**: The audio signal sent to the server is mono but the return signal is stereo. This is useful if the sound card has the instrument on one input channel and the microphone on the other. In that case\n" @@ -528,152 +646,152 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:191 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:253 msgid "Enabling stereo mode will increase your stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:256 msgid "In stereo streaming mode, no audio channel selection for the reverb effect will be available on the main window since the effect is applied to both channels in this case." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:195 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:257 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio quality" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:260 msgid "The higher the audio quality, the higher your audio stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:261 #, no-wrap msgid "Buffer Delay" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:203 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265 msgid "The buffer delay setting is a fundamental setting of the Jamulus software. This setting has an influence on many connection properties. Three buffer sizes are supported:" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269 msgid "**64 samples** Provides the lowest latency but does not work with all sound cards." msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269 msgid "**128 samples** The preferred setting. Should work for most available sound cards." msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269 msgid "**256 samples** Should only be used on very slow computers, or with a slow internet connection." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:210 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272 msgid "Some sound card drivers do not allow the buffer delay to be changed from within the Jamulus software. In this case the buffer delay setting is disabled and has to be changed using the sound card driver. On Windows, press the ASIO Setup button to open the driver settings panel." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:214 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:276 msgid "On Linux: - when using JACK, use `QJackCtl` to change the buffer size and restart JACK; - when using PipeWire's JACK server, change PipeWire's Quantum parameter with its own configuration tools." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:218 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:280 msgid "The actual buffer delay has an influence on the connection status, the current upload rate and the overall delay. The lower the buffer size, the higher the probability of a red light in the status indicator (dropouts) and the higher the upload rate and the lower the overall delay." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:282 msgid "The buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:221 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:283 #, no-wrap msgid "Jitter Buffer" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:226 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288 msgid "The jitter buffer compensates for network and sound card timing jitters. The size of the buffer influences the quality of the audio stream (how many dropouts occur) and the overall delay (the longer the buffer, the higher the delay)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:292 msgid "You can set the jitter buffer size manually for your local Client and the remote server. For the local jitter buffer, dropouts in the audio stream are indicated by the light below the jitter buffer size faders. If the light turns to red, a buffer overrun/underrun has taken place and the audio stream is interrupted." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:232 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:294 msgid "The jitter buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:236 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:298 msgid "If the Auto setting is enabled, the jitter buffers of your local Client and the remote server are set automatically based on measurements of the network and sound card timing jitter. If the Auto check is enabled, the jitter buffer size faders are disabled (they cannot be moved with the mouse)." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:299 #, no-wrap msgid "Small Network Buffers" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:303 msgid "Allows support for very small network audio packets. These are only used if the sound card buffer delay is smaller than 128 samples. The smaller the network buffers, the lower the audio latency. But at the same time the network load increases and the probability of audio dropouts also increases (particuarly if your network connection has any significant jitter). Try enabling this option if you are suffering from high latency or bad audio quality. However, keeping it disabled will normally mean better audio quality." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:242 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio Stream Rate" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:246 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:308 msgid "Depends on the current audio packet size and compression setting. Make sure that the upstream rate is not higher than your available internet upload speed (check this with a service such as [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/))." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:247 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:309 #, no-wrap msgid "Advanced Setup" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:312 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "
\"Image
" msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"Imagem
\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:251 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:313 #, no-wrap msgid "Custom Directories" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258 -msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here. If you know the IP address or host name of a custom Directory, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Note that IPv6 is not currently supported for Directories.) The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:320 +msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here. Enter the hostname or IP address of the custom Directory. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Note that IPv6 is not currently supported for Directories.) The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:259 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:321 #, no-wrap msgid "New Client Level" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:264 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:326 #, no-wrap msgid "" "This setting defines the fader level of a newly connected Client in percent. If a new user connects\n" @@ -682,143 +800,119 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:327 #, no-wrap msgid "Input Boost" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:268 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:330 msgid "Increases the gain from your device. Use this if your device delivers a gain that is too quiet for Jamulus." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:331 #, no-wrap msgid "Feedback Protection" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:334 msgid "Attempts to detect audio feedback loops or loud noise in the first three seconds after you connected to a server. Once detected, this feature will show a message and activate the \"Mute Myself\" button to mute you in your own mix." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:273 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:335 #, no-wrap msgid "Input Balance" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:278 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:340 msgid "Controls the relative levels of the left and right local audio channels. For a mono signal it acts as a pan between the two channels. For example, if a microphone is connected to the right input channel and an instrument is connected to the left input channel which is much louder than the microphone, move the audio fader to increase the relative volume of the mic." msgstr "" #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:279 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Menu commands" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281 -#, no-wrap -msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:284 -msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band rehearsals (fader, mute, pan, solo etc.) and load these any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:285 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders " -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288 -msgid "Applies a one-off fader setting to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:289 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:341 #, no-wrap msgid "Backing up Jamulus" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:293 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:345 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:347 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n" +msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in\n" msgstr "" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:347 #, no-wrap msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:299 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:351 #, no-wrap msgid "Command Line Options" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:302 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:354 msgid "Most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, but these and others can also be set using options given in a terminal window. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:356 #, no-wrap msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" msgstr "" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:305 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:357 #, no-wrap msgid " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:310 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:362 msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" msgstr "" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:311 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:363 #, no-wrap msgid " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:316 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:368 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:318 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:370 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" msgstr "" #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:319 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:371 #, no-wrap msgid "Controlling the Client via API" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:321 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:373 msgid "In addition to the CLI, Jamulus can be controlled using an API. This is beneficial for advanced use cases - for example, where there is no GUI, or another application needs to interact with Jamulus. Please note that the API is still experimental. Information on the [JSON-RPC API can be found in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)." msgstr "" +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Software Manual" +#~ msgstr "Manual do Software" + #~ msgid "TOC" #~ msgstr "TOC" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Tips-Tricks-More.po index 79e00abdf..7dd110852 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Tips-Tricks-More.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Tips-Tricks-More.po @@ -211,98 +211,280 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83 #, no-wrap -msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers" +msgid "Using `--ctrlmidich` for MIDI controllers" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86 -msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:" +msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a connected MIDI controller. This feature is available from version 3.7.0 on macOS, Linux, and the JACK version of Jamulus for Windows. From Jamulus 3.12.0 onwards, it is also available for the non-JACK (ASIO) Windows version. To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with the `--ctrlmidich` command-line option." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88 -msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`" +msgid "When this option is used on the command line, Jamulus will prepend a channel number to each Client name, which can be used to control the channel using MIDI CC numbers. In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first when sorted by channel or when \"Own Fader First\" is enabled." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90 -msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64." +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Tip*: With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n" +msgid "When using JACK or macOS, make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), Audio/MIDI Setup (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch `a2jmidid` so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl. For non-JACK Windows, Jamulus will find the MIDI device(s) automatically, but see the `d` option below if more than one MIDI device is connected." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94 +msgid "`--ctrlmidich` takes a single argument. If you omit it, the parameter is ignored. There are two formats for the argument:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96 +msgid "The legacy definition has one or two numbers in the format:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:97 #, no-wrap -msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n" +msgid " [MIDI channel];[offset for first fader]\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:126 +msgid "`MIDI channel` is required or else the parameter argument is ignored and the feature is not active. `0` means \"any channel\", `1`-`16` listen only to MIDI messages on the specified MIDI channel." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104 +msgid "`offset for first fader` is the first MIDI CC to use to control a Jamulus Channel fader (default 70, which matches the Behringer X-Touch defaults), with all MIDI CCs after that being used; must be a number or else the long form is used." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96 -msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth." +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106 +#, no-wrap +msgid " For example\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98 -msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl." +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n" +" ```\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112 +#, no-wrap +msgid " would listen on all MIDI channels and use MIDI controller 70 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on. Here's another example:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" --ctrlmidich \"2;50\"\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:118 +#, no-wrap +msgid " This would listen on MIDI channel 2 and use MIDI controller 50 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '2. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:120 +msgid "The long form is a sequence of offsets and counts for various controllers:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:121 +#, no-wrap +msgid " [MIDI channel];[control letter][offset](*[count])(;...)\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:128 +msgid "`control letter` defines which Jamulus Control the MIDI controller number is assigned to:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:135 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" | control letter | Jamulus Control |\n" +" |--------:|---------|\n" +" | `f` | Fader |\n" +" | `p` | Pan |\n" +" | `s` | Solo |\n" +" | `m` | Mute |\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:137 +msgid "`offset` is the base MIDI CC number for the control." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:139 +msgid "`count` is the number of CC values for the control, defaulting to 1 (i.e. the number Jamulus channels that can be controlled)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:141 +#, no-wrap +msgid " An example for a Korg nanoKONTROL2 using eight sliders starting at MIDI CC 0 to control faders and eight knobs starting at MIDI CC 16 to control pan, on any MIDI channnel, for eight Jamulus channels would be\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:142 #, no-wrap -msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n" +msgid " --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:147 +#, no-wrap +msgid " Enhancing this to add eight Solo buttons starting at CC 32, and eight Mute buttons starting at CC 48 would give:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:148 +#, no-wrap +msgid " --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8\"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:153 +msgid "Two additional `control letter` values are available:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: ' 1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:155 +msgid "`o` controls Mute Myself and has a single `offset` (i.e. `count` is ignored and taken as 1)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: ' 2. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:157 +msgid "`d` is an option on Windows non-JACK Jamulus to specify a particular MIDI input device by name -- without this, all devices will be assigned to Jamulus; with it, only the specified device will be used. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:161 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;dnanoKontrol\"\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:163 +#, no-wrap +msgid " would listen for CC0 through CC7 on MIDI channel 1 from a MIDI device called \"nanoKontrol\". Remember to wrap the whole of the `--ctrlmidich` argument in double quotes and you will have no problems with device names containing spaces.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:165 +#, no-wrap +msgid " In order to discover the correct device name to use, start Jamulus from the command line with `--ctrlmidich` and observe the output. Jamulus will list all discovered MIDI devices:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:173 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n" +" - MIDI controller settings: 0\n" +" - allocated port number: 22134\n" +" - MIDI devices found: 2\n" +" 0: nanoKONTROL2\n" +" 1: Keystation Mini 32\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:181 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\"\n" +" - MIDI controller settings: 1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\n" +" - allocated port number: 22134\n" +" - MIDI devices found: 2\n" +" 0: nanoKONTROL2\n" +" 1: Keystation Mini 32 (ignored)\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:183 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\tNote that if only one MIDI device is connected, the `d` option is not necessary, as Jamulus will use the device automatically.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:185 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\tOn macOS, Linux or Windows with JACK, the `d` option is accepted if given, but ignored.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:187 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself, that is, buttons on your MIDI controller need to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:188 #, no-wrap msgid "For Server admins" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:103 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:190 #, no-wrap msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:193 msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:107 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:194 #, no-wrap msgid "Remote management of recordings" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:197 msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:111 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:198 #, no-wrap msgid "Making a Server status page" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:201 msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:203 msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):" msgstr "" #. type: Fenced code block -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:117 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:204 #, no-wrap msgid "" ", YEAR. # -#, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-08 14:02+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Melcon Moraes \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" +"Language: pt-BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n" #. type: Hash Value: footer asio #: ../wiki/en/misc/copyright.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "ASIO ® compatible - ASIO is a trademark and software of Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ASIO ® compatible - ASIO é uma marca comercial e software de Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH" #. type: Hash Value: nav docs #: ../wiki/en/misc/copyright.yml:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/navigation.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/navigation.po index 7da4d8321..d8beb0fd1 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/navigation.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/navigation.po @@ -5,18 +5,21 @@ # gbonaspetti , 2023. # Felipe Nogueira , 2023. # Adonias Almeida , 2023. +# HackerSinhos , 2025. +# ignotus , 2025. +# Dhefferson Victor Dias Costa , 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-10 20:00+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Adonias Almeida \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-08 14:02+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Dhefferson Victor Dias Costa \n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) \n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Language: pt-BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/1-index.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/1-index.po index e8c32ee80..103c89585 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/1-index.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/1-index.po @@ -7,18 +7,19 @@ # ignotus , 2024. # Melcon Moraes , 2024. # ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2024. +# Manuela Silva , 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-09-01 20:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-08-12 20:01+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Manuela Silva \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: pt-PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13-dev\n" #. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?) #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:1 @@ -43,22 +44,22 @@ msgid "" "[//]: # Markdown sections should not be indented, otherwise they are treated as code blocks.\n" msgstr "" "---\n" -"título: \"Jamulus - Toca música online. Com amigos. De graça.\"\n" +"title: \"Jamulus - Tocar música ''on-line''. Com amigos. Gratuitamente.\"\n" "lang: \"pt-PT\"\n" "permalink: /\n" "layout: mainhomepage\n" "ldjAppCategory: \"Música\"\n" -"ldjSlogan: \"Tocar música online. Com amigos. De graça.\"\n" +"ldjSlogan: \"Tocar música ''on-line''. Com amigos. Gratuitamente.\"\n" "ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer e colaboradores\"\n" -"metadescrição: \"Jamulus é um software gratuito e de código aberto que permite aos músicos tocar música, ensaiar ou improvisar em conjunto, em tempo real, através da Internet.\"\n" +"metadescrição: \"Jamulus é um programa gratuito e de código aberto que permite aos músicos tocarem música, ensaiarem ou improvisarem em conjunto, em tempo real na Internet.\"\n" "mAltProgIcon: \"Ícone do Jamulus\"\n" -"mTSlogan: \"Tocar música online. Com amigos. De graça.\"\n" +"mTSlogan: \"Tocar música ''on-line''. Com amigos. Gratuitamente.\"\n" "mTGetStartedNow: \"Começar agora!\"\n" -"mTDownloadNow: \"Descarregar agora para\"\n" +"mTDownloadNow: \"Transferir agora para\"\n" "mTPlatformsAnd: 'e'\n" "mTOtherPlatforms: 'outras plataformas'\n" "---\n" -"[//]: # As secções Markdown não devem ser indentadas, caso contrário são tratadas como blocos de código.\n" +"[//]: # As secções de \"Marcação\" não devem ser indentadas, caso contrário, são tratadas como blocos de código.\n" #. type: Content of:

#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:21 @@ -70,7 +71,17 @@ msgstr "O que é Jamulus?" #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:23 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus lets you play, rehearse, or jam with your friends, your band, or anyone you find online. Play together remotely in time with high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection. [Download it here!](wiki/Getting-Started)\n" -msgstr "O Jamulus permite-lhe tocar, ensaiar ou improvisar com os seus amigos, a sua banda ou qualquer pessoa que encontre online. Toquem juntos remotamente em tempo real com som de alta qualidade e baixa latência numa ligação de banda larga normal. [Descarregue-o aqui!](wiki/Getting-Started)\n" +msgstr "O Jamulus permite-lhe tocar, ensaiar ou improvisar com os seus amigos, a sua banda, ou qualquer pessoa que encontre ''on-line''. Tocarem juntos remotamente em tempo real com som de alta qualidade e baixa latência numa ligação de banda larga normal. [Transfira-o aqui!](wiki/Getting-Started)\n" + +#. type: Attribute 'src' of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:32 +msgid "{% include img/en-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc %}" +msgstr "{% include img/en-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc %}" + +#. type: Attribute 'alt' of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:32 +msgid "A screenshot of the main mixer window showing five people from different countries connected." +msgstr "Uma captura de ecrã da janela principal do misturador mostrando cinco pessoas de diferentes países ligadas." #. type: Content of:
#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:34 @@ -88,7 +99,7 @@ msgstr "Jamulus no mundo" #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:42 #, no-wrap msgid "All over the world Jamulus allows choirs to rehearse and rock bands to play. Jamulus brings folk and classical musicians together. It's being used for remote music lessons, in schools and universities, in private and in public — all in real time on the Internet, as if you were there in person.\n" -msgstr "Em todo o mundo, o Jamulus permite que os coros ensaiem e as bandas de rock toquem. O Jamulus junta músicos populares e clássicos. Está a ser utilizado para aulas de música à distância, em escolas e universidades, em privado e em público - tudo em tempo real na Internet, como se estivesse lá pessoalmente.\n" +msgstr "Em todo o mundo, o Jamulus permite que os coros ensaiem e as bandas de Rock toquem. Jamulus junta músicos populares e clássicos. Está a ser utilizado para aulas de música à distância, em escolas e universidades, em privado e em público - tudo em tempo real na Internet, como se estivesse lá pessoalmente.\n" #. type: Content of:

#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:44 @@ -110,25 +121,25 @@ msgstr "" #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:53 #, no-wrap msgid "Want to get involved?" -msgstr "Quer contribuir?" +msgstr "Quer participar?" #. type: Content of:

#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:56 #, no-wrap msgid "Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help [translating](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/TRANSLATING.md) Jamulus into your language? Since Jamulus is [free and open source software](https://www.gnu.org/philosophy/free-sw.en.html) (FOSS) licensed under the [GPL](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.en.html) you can help us!" -msgstr "Ideias? Encontrou um erro? Quer contribuir com algum código ou ajudar a [traduzir](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/TRANSLATING.md) o Jamulus para a sua língua? Como o Jamulus é [software livre e de código aberto](https://www.gnu.org/philosophy/free-sw.en.html) (FOSS) licenciado sob a [GPL](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.en.html) você pode ajudar-nos!" +msgstr "Ideias? Encontrou um erro? Quer contribuir com algum código ou ajudar a [traduzir](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/TRANSLATING.md) o Jamulus para o seu idioma? Como o Jamulus é um [programa livre e de código aberto](https://www.gnu.org/philosophy/free-sw.en.html) (FOSS) licenciado sob a [GPL](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.en.html) você pode ajudar-nos!" #. type: Content of:

#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:58 #, no-wrap msgid "Take a look at our [contribution guidelines](wiki/Contribution) to find out how. Everybody is welcome!" -msgstr "Dá uma vista de olhos às nossas [directrizes de contribuição](wiki/Contribution) para saberes como. Todos são bem-vindos!" +msgstr "Dê uma vista de olhos nas nossas [linhas diretrizes de contribuição](wiki/Contribution) para saber como. Todos são bem-vindos!" #. type: Content of:

#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:60 #, no-wrap msgid "_For detailed information on how Jamulus works, see [this paper by Volker Fischer (PDF)](/PerformingBandRehearsalsontheInternetWithJamulus.pdf)._\n" -msgstr "_Para obter informações pormenorizadas sobre o funcionamento do Jamulus, ver [este documento de Volker Fischer (PDF)](/PerformingBandRehearsalsontheInternetWithJamulus.pdf)._\n" +msgstr "_Para obter informação detalhada sobre o funcionamento do Jamulus, consulte [este documento de Volker Fischer (PDF)](/PerformingBandRehearsalsontheInternetWithJamulus.pdf)._\n" #. type: Content of:
#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:65 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Client-Troubleshooting.po index b5ebc5af6..0ac61a65c 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Client-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Client-Troubleshooting.po @@ -6,18 +6,19 @@ # Andre Costa , 2024. # ssantos , 2024. # ignotus , 2024. +# Manuela Silva , 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-05-03 11:02+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Manuela Silva \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: pt-PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.12-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 @@ -35,13 +36,13 @@ msgstr "wiki" #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Client Troubleshooting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Resolução de Problemas do Cliente" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:8 @@ -53,14 +54,13 @@ msgstr "Resolução de problemas" #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:10 #, no-wrap msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:12 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "
" +#, no-wrap msgid "
\n" -msgstr "
" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:14 @@ -75,18 +75,20 @@ msgid "" "* TOC\n" " {:toc}\n" msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:19 #, no-wrap msgid "
\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:20 #, no-wrap msgid "Don’t hear any sound/Others don’t hear you?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Não houve qualquer som/Os outros não o ouvem?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:23 @@ -170,7 +172,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:50 -msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [software manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this." +msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### @@ -269,12 +271,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:86 msgid "To open Jamulus" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Para abrir o Jamulus" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 msgid "Go to the Applications folder via Finder" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vá para a pasta Aplicações via Finder" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 @@ -284,7 +286,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 msgid "Close this message by clicking on \"Cancel\"" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Feche esta mensagem, clicando em \"Cancelar\"" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 @@ -305,7 +307,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:97 msgid "See [this forum discussion](https://sourceforge.net/p/llcon/discussion/533517/thread/d3dd58eedc/#b994)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Consulte [esta discussão do fórum](https://sourceforge.net/p/llcon/discussion/533517/thread/d3dd58eedc/#b994)" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:98 @@ -326,11 +328,14 @@ msgid "" "* Go to `Preferences` > `Security & Privacy` > `Privacy` tab\n" "* Find `Microphone` on the left and then make sure `Jamulus` is enabled on the right-hand list\n" msgstr "" +"Talvez não tenha respondido \"Sim\" quando solicitado `\"Jamulus quer aceder ao seu microfone\"`. Para corrigir isto:\n" +"* Vá para o separador `Preferências` > `Segurança e Privacidade` > `Privacidade`\n" +"* Encontre `Microfone` à esquerda e certifique-se que `Jamulus` está ativado na lista à direita\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:108 -msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" -msgstr "" +msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/discussions)" +msgstr "Para outra coisa qualquer, por favor, procure ou publique nos [Fóruns de Discussão](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/discussions)" #, no-wrap #~ msgid "***\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Command-Line-Options.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Command-Line-Options.po index 8e24befb2..a4951fd89 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Command-Line-Options.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Command-Line-Options.po @@ -3,18 +3,19 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # ignotus , 2022. # ignotus , 2024. +# Manuela Silva , 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-05-04 06:05+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Manuela Silva \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: pt-PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.12-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 @@ -32,49 +33,49 @@ msgstr "wiki" #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Command-Line-Options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Command-Line-Options" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus – Command Line Options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus – Opções da Linha de Comandos" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:8 #, no-wrap msgid "Command Line Options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Opções da Linha de Comandos" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:10 #, no-wrap msgid "Shared commands" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comandos partilhados" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:13 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:14 #, no-wrap msgid "Client only commands" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comando de cliente apenas" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:17 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:18 #, no-wrap msgid "Server only commands" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comandos de servidor apenas" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:20 msgid "See [Running a Server](Running-a-Server#server-mode-related-options)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Consulte [Executar um Servidor](Running-a-Server#server-mode-related-options)" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Contribution.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Contribution.po index e0b958535..935c96534 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Contribution.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Contribution.po @@ -3,18 +3,19 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # ignotus , 2022. # ignotus , 2024. +# Manuela Silva , 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-07-03 17:02+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Manuela Silva \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: pt-PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 @@ -32,44 +33,44 @@ msgstr "wiki" #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Contribution" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Contribution" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Contribution" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Contribuição" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:8 #, no-wrap msgid "Contributing to the Jamulus Project" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Contribuição para o Projeto Jamulus" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:11 #, no-wrap msgid "If you find a mistake, typo or something out of date (in any language) on this website or in Jamulus itself, you can raise it as a bug.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Se encontrar um erro, erro de digitação ou algo desatualizado (em qualquer idioma) neste ''site'' da Web ou no próprio Jamulus, pode reportar como um erro.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:13 #, no-wrap msgid "If you think some documentation or information is missing or can be improved, post about it on this forum so it can be discussed first.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Se pensar que alguma documentação está em falta ou pode ser melhorada, publique sobre isso neste fórum para que possa ser discutido primeiro.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:15 msgid "We use [Weblate](https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/#languages) to translate our documentation. Read about our [documentation and translation process](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamuluswebsite/blob/release/README.md), and [introduce yourself](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions) if you’d like to get involved." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nós utilizamos o [Weblate](https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/#languages) para traduzir a nossa documentação. Leia sobre a nossa [documentação e processo de tradução](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamuluswebsite/blob/release/README.md), e [introduza-se a si mesmo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions) se pretender participar." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:17 #, no-wrap msgid "Want to contribute code?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Quer contribuir com código?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:19 msgid "See our [guidelines for getting involved in development](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Consulte as nossas [linhas diretrizes para participar no desenvolvimento](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md)." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Directories.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Directories.po index 1c7801300..e4a974642 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Directories.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Directories.po @@ -3,18 +3,19 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # ignotus , 2022. # ignotus , 2024. +# Manuela Silva , 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-05-19 17:47+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Manuela Silva \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: pt-PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.12-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 @@ -32,29 +33,29 @@ msgstr "wiki" #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Directories" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Directories" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Directories" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pastas" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:9 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Mais\" branch1=\"Administração do Servidor\" branch1-url=\"Executar-um-Servidor\" %}" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:11 #, no-wrap msgid "Running a Directory" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Executar uma Pasta" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:14 msgid "This is a specialised Jamulus Server configuration, as described in [Server Modes](Running-a-Server#server-modes)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Esta é uma configuração especializada do Jamulus Server, conforme descrito em [Modos de Servidor](Running-a-Server#server-modes)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:16 @@ -101,4 +102,4 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:32 msgid "Up to 150 Servers can then register with a Directory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Depois, podem ser registados até 150 Servidores com a Pasta." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/FAQ.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/FAQ.po index defb18b0f..c894461b7 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/FAQ.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/FAQ.po @@ -5,18 +5,19 @@ # ignotus , 2022. # ssantos , 2024. # ignotus , 2024. +# Manuela Silva , 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-07-03 17:02+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Manuela Silva \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: pt-PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 @@ -34,13 +35,13 @@ msgstr "wiki" #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/FAQ" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/FAQ" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "FAQ" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Perguntas Mais Frequentes" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:8 @@ -52,14 +53,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:10 #, no-wrap msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:12 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "
" +#, no-wrap msgid "
\n" -msgstr "
" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:14 @@ -74,12 +74,14 @@ msgid "" "* TOC\n" " {:toc}\n" msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:19 #, no-wrap msgid "
\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:21 @@ -166,7 +168,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:51 #, no-wrap msgid "Do I need to run a Server?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Eu preciso de executar um servidor?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:54 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Getting-Started.po index fed065dfb..1070a4e9a 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Getting-Started.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Getting-Started.po @@ -5,18 +5,19 @@ # ignotus , 2022. # Andre Costa , 2024. # ignotus , 2024. +# Manuela Silva , 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 21:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-05-03 11:01+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Manuela Silva \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: pt-PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.12-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 @@ -40,7 +41,7 @@ msgstr "/wiki/Getting-Started" #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Setup" +msgstr "Configuração" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:8 @@ -51,27 +52,27 @@ msgstr "Configuração - começar a utilizar o Jamulus" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:11 msgid "To get the best from Jamulus, at a minimum you will need:" -msgstr "Para obter o melhor de Jamulus, você precisa no mínimo de:" +msgstr "Para obter o melhor do Jamulus, precisa no mínimo de:" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15 msgid "**A wired internet connection** (and turn wi-fi off. See the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))" -msgstr "**Uma ligação à Internet com fios** (e desligar o wi-fi. Ver [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))" +msgstr "**Uma ligação à Internet com fios** (e desligar o Wi-Fi. Consulte [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15 msgid "**Wired headphones** (not Bluetooth or speakers - see the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))" -msgstr "**Auscultadores com fios** (não Bluetooth ou altifalantes - ver [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))" +msgstr "**Auscultadores com fios** (não Bluetooth ou altifalantes - consulte [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15 msgid "**A reasonable audio device, sound card and/or mic** ([see this list](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) for examples)" -msgstr "**Um dispositivo áudio razoável, placa de som e/ou microfone** ([ver esta lista](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) para exemplos)" +msgstr "**Um dispositivo de áudio razoável, placa de som e/ou microfone** ([consulte esta lista](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) para exemplos)" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:17 msgid "If you have any questions, please see the [Discussions](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" -msgstr "Se tiver alguma dúvida, dê uma olhada na página de [Discussões](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" +msgstr "Se tiver quaisquer perguntas, por favor, consulte [Discussões](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:18 @@ -82,7 +83,7 @@ msgstr "Instalação" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:21 msgid "To get Jamulus working with your operating system, please follow the installation guide for your platform:" -msgstr "Para fazer Jamulus funcionar com o seu hardware, siga as seguintes instruções de acordo com sua plataforma:" +msgstr "Para que o Jamulus funcione com o seu sistema operativo, por favor, siga o guia de instalação para a sua plataforma:" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:28 @@ -105,18 +106,18 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:30 msgid "And for now, close all other applications. It’s best to start simple at first." -msgstr "E feche todos os outros programas por ora. É melhor começar de maneira simples." +msgstr "E por agora, feche todas as outras aplicações. Primeiro, é melhor começar de uma maneira simples." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:31 #, no-wrap msgid "Hardware Setup" -msgstr "Configuração de hardware" +msgstr "Configuração de Hardware" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:34 msgid "If you use external audio hardware, plug that in before you start Jamulus. If you haven't configured your hardware, please see the installation guides mentioned above." -msgstr "Se utiliza um hardware áudio externo, ligue-o antes de iniciar o Jamulus. Se não tiver configurado o seu hardware, consulte os guias de instalação acima mencionados." +msgstr "Se utiliza um ''hardware'' de áudio externo, ligue-o antes de iniciar o Jamulus. Se não tiver configurado o seu ''hardware'', consulte os guias de instalação acima mencionados." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:35 @@ -127,7 +128,7 @@ msgstr "Janela principal do Jamulus" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:38 msgid "When you open Jamulus, you will see a window which looks like this:" -msgstr "Quando você abre o Jamulus, você vê a seguinte janela parecida com essa:" +msgstr "Quando abre o Jamulus, irá ver uma janela parecida com esta:" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:43 @@ -140,7 +141,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "\n" " \"Screenshot\"\n" -"
A janela principal antes de se conectar a um servidor
\n" +"
A janela principal antes de se ligar a um servidor
\n" "\n" #. type: Title ## @@ -152,7 +153,7 @@ msgstr "Configurar um perfil" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:48 msgid "First, let others know who you are. Click on the “Settings” button on the bottom left and go to “My Profile…”. Now you will see this:" -msgstr "Em primeiro lugar, diga aos outros quem é. Clique no botão \"Definições\" no canto inferior esquerdo e aceda a \"O meu perfil...\". Agora verá isto:" +msgstr "Em primeiro lugar, diga aos outros quem é. Clique no botão \"Definições\" no canto inferior esquerdo e vá até \"Meu Perfil...\". Agora verá isto:" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:53 @@ -165,7 +166,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "
\n" " \"Captura\n" -"
Deixe as pessoas saberem quem você é
\n" +"
Deixe as pessoas saibam quem é você
\n" "
\n" #. type: Plain text @@ -177,23 +178,23 @@ msgstr "Preencha pelo menos o campo “Apelido/Nome” e feche a janela." #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:57 #, no-wrap msgid "Connecting to a Server and testing your sound" -msgstr "Ligar a um servidor e testar o som" +msgstr "Ligar a um Servidor e testar o seu som" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:60 msgid "Before you connect to a Server, you should **not** be able to hear yourself. Listening to your sound from Jamulus (and not from yourself) is called “The Golden Rule” and enables you to play in time with others ([see the FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-should-i-not-listen-to-my-own-signal))." -msgstr "Antes de se conectar a um servidor, você não deve **ser** capaz de se ouvir. Ouvir o som do Jamulus (e não de si próprio) é chamado \"A Regra de Ouro\" e permite-lhe tocar a tempo com os outros ([ver a FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-should-i-not-listen-to-my-own-signal))." +msgstr "Antes de se ligar a um Servidor, não deverá **ser** capaz de se ouvir. Ouvir o seu som do Jamulus (e não de si próprio) é chamado de \"A Regra de Ouro\" e permite-lhe tocar a tempo com os outros ([consulte FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-should-i-not-listen-to-my-own-signal))." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:62 #, no-wrap msgid "**Before playing with others, we recommend that you connect to an empty Server to test your setup**, and make sure you are listening to the signal coming back from the Server (if possible) and not yourself.\n" -msgstr "**Antes de jogar com outras pessoas, recomendamos que se ligue a um servidor vazio para testar a sua configuração**, e certifique-se de que está a ouvir o sinal proveniente do servidor (se possível) e não de si próprio.\n" +msgstr "**Antes de tocar com as outras pessoas, nós recomendamos que se ligue a um Servidor vazio para testar a sua configuração**, e certifique-se que está a ouvir o sinal proveniente do Servidor (se possível) e não de si próprio.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:64 msgid "Now use the “Connect” button in the Jamulus main window to join a Server. A window will now open:" -msgstr "Agora use o botão \"Ligar\" na janela principal do Jamulus para se juntar a um servidor. Uma janela se abrirá:" +msgstr "Agora utilize o botão \"Ligar\" na janela principal do Jamulus para se juntar a um Servidor. Agora, será aberta uma janela:" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:69 @@ -204,31 +205,31 @@ msgid "" "
Connect to a Server
\n" "

\n" msgstr "" -"\n" +"
\n" " \"Captura\n" -"
Conectar a um servidor
\n" +"
Ligar a um Servidor
\n" "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:71 msgid "The most important thing about Servers is their “ping time”. The bigger the number, the harder it will be to play in time with others. Usually, you would select a Server with a ping of less than 50ms if you can." -msgstr "O aspeto mais importante dos servidores é o seu \"tempo de ping\". Quanto maior for o número, mais difícil será jogar a tempo com os outros. Normalmente, deve selecionar um servidor com um ping inferior a 50 ms, se possível." +msgstr "O aspeto mais importante dos Servidores é o seu \"tempo de ping\". Quanto maior for o número, mais difícil será tocar a tempo com os outros. Normalmente, deveria selecionar um Servidor com um ''ping'' inferior a 50 ms, se possível." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:73 msgid "Once connected to a Server, make sure you can hear yourself OK and fix any input volume or other problems. You can have a look at the [troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) for common problems. And of course, check that you are also able to obey [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)." -msgstr "Uma vez ligado a um servidor, certifique-se de que consegue ouvir-se bem e corrija quaisquer problemas de volume de entrada ou outros. Podes dar uma vista de olhos na [página de resolução de problemas](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) para problemas comuns. E, claro, verifica se também és capaz de obedecer à [Regra de Ouro](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)." +msgstr "Uma vez ligado a um Servidor, certifique-se que consegue ouvir-se bem e corrija quaisquer problemas de volume de entrada ou outros. Pode dar uma vista de olhos na [página de Resolução de Problemas](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) para problemas comuns. E claro, verifique se também é capaz de obedecer à [Regra de Ouro](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:74 #, no-wrap msgid "Playing for the first time" -msgstr "Jogar pela primeira vez" +msgstr "Tocar pela primeira vez" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:77 msgid "With your sound all set up, you are ready to go. When you connect to a Server (you may want to select a genre from the list), the faders you see on the right are your own personal mix. Everything you change here will change what you hear, but won’t affect others. If you move a fader down, that channel will be quieter, if you move it up, the channel will be louder for you." -msgstr "Com o seu som configurado, está pronto para começar. Quando se liga a um servidor (pode querer selecionar um género da lista), os faders que vê à direita são a sua mistura pessoal. Tudo o que alterar aqui irá alterar o que ouve, mas não irá afetar os outros. Se mover um fader para baixo, esse canal ficará mais silencioso, se o mover para cima, o canal ficará mais alto para si." +msgstr "Com o seu som configurado, está pronto para começar. Quando se liga a um Servidor (pode querer selecionar um género da lista), os controles que vê à direita são a sua mistura pessoal. Tudo o que alterar aqui irá alterar o que ouve, mas não irá afetar os outros. Se mover um controle para baixo, esse canal ficará mais silencioso, se o mover para cima, o canal ficará mais alto para si." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:82 @@ -239,25 +240,25 @@ msgid "" "
The main window when you are connected to a Server
\n" "
\n" msgstr "" -"\n" +"
\n" " \"Screenshot\"\n" -"
A janela principal quando você está conectado a um servidor
\n" -"\n" +"
A janela principal quando está ligado a um Servidor
\n" +"
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:84 msgid "If you don’t want others to hear your audio, click on the “Mute Myself” button which will stop your audio from being sent to other people. They won’t be able to tell you have done this though. But if you see a “mute” icon above a fader, that means they can’t hear you because they've muted your channel in their mix." -msgstr "Se você não quer que outros ouçam o seu áudio, clique no botão “Silenciar-me”. Isso vai fazer com que seu áudio não seja mais transmitido para outras pessoas, mas eles não vão poder ver que você fez isso. No entanto, se você vir um ícone “mudo” em cima de um controle, isso significa que eles não podem ouvi-lo porque eles silenciaram o seu canal no mix deles." +msgstr "Se não quer que os outros ouçam o seu áudio, clique no botão “Silenciar-me” que irá fazer com que o seu áudio não seja transmitido para as outras pessoas. Eles não vão poder ver que fez isto. Mas, se vir um ícone “silêncio” em cima de um controle, isso significa que eles não podem ouvi-lo porque eles silenciaram o seu canal no misturador deles." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:86 msgid "Note that you can use the Chat facility at any time to message other people while you are connected. The welcome message in the chat may also state some guidelines for use." -msgstr "Preste atenção que você pode usar a função Chat a qualquer momento em que você estiver conectado para mandar mensages para outros participantes. A mensage de boas-vindas também pode informá-lo sobre as regras de uso." +msgstr "Note que pode utilizar a função \"Conversar\" em qualquer altura em que estiver ligado para mandar mensagens para as outras pessoas. A mensagem de boas-vindas nessa conversação também pode informá-lo sobre as regras de utilização." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:88 -msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [Software Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)." -msgstr "Mais informações sobre como usar Jamulus você encontra no [Manual do software](/wiki/Software-Manual)." +msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)." +msgstr "Mais informação sobre como utilizar o Jamulus pode ser encontrada no [Manual do Utilizador](/wiki/Software-Manual)." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:89 @@ -268,4 +269,4 @@ msgstr "Resolução de problemas" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:91 msgid "Having audio trouble? Can't see Servers, or some other issue? Have a look at the [Troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting), or feel free to ask in the [Discussions](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)." -msgstr "Está a ter problemas de áudio? Não consegue ver os Servidores, ou algum outro problema? Dê uma vista de olhos na [Página de resolução de problemas](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting), ou sinta-se à vontade para perguntar nas [Discussões](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)." +msgstr "Está a ter problemas de áudio? Não consegue ver os Servidores, ou algum outro problema? Dê uma vista de olhos na [página da Resolução de Problemas](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting), ou fique à vontade para perguntar nas [Discussões](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Include-Backing-Up.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Include-Backing-Up.po index 3495ec70b..04aeb3793 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Include-Backing-Up.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Include-Backing-Up.po @@ -1,25 +1,25 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy +# Manuela Silva , 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-08-12 20:01+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Manuela Silva \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" +"Language: pt-PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13-dev\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:2 #, no-wrap msgid "\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:4 @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:10 msgid "`find ~ -name Jamulus.ini -ls`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`find ~ -name Jamulus.ini -ls`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:13 @@ -49,12 +49,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:16 msgid "Do not back up or restore settings files when Jamulus is running." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Não realize a cópia de segurança ou restaure os ficheiros das definições quando o Jamulus estiver em execução." #. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:16 msgid "It is not recommended to manually edit settings files (they're not designed for that)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Não é recomendável editar manualmente os ficheiros das definições (eles não foram projetados para isso)." #. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:16 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Include-Client-Commands.po index 08cae3772..fc90f06a0 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Include-Client-Commands.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Include-Client-Commands.po @@ -1,29 +1,29 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy +# Manuela Silva , 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-08-12 20:02+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Manuela Silva \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" +"Language: pt-PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13-dev\n" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3 msgid "`-M` or `--mutestream` Prevent others on a server from hearing what I play" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`-M` ou `--mutestream` Impede que outras pessoas num servidor ouçam o que eu toco" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3 msgid "`--mutemyown` Prevent me from hearing what I play in the server mix (headless only)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`--mutemyown` Impede que eu ouça o que eu toco no servidor \"mix\" (apenas simples)" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3 @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6 -msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)" +msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI channel to listen on, Jamulus control + MIDI control number and count of consecutive CC numbers (or Jamulus channels), device selection option. Format: `channel[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dDeviceName]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)." msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Include-Shared-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Include-Shared-Commands.po index 006217a9c..2a1d9ff20 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Include-Shared-Commands.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Include-Shared-Commands.po @@ -1,29 +1,29 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy +# Manuela Silva , 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-08-12 20:01+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Manuela Silva \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" +"Language: pt-PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13-dev\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:3 msgid "[comment]: # (This is an include file for use in multiple documents)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "[comment]: # (Este é um ficheiro incluído para utilizar em múltiplos documentos)" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 msgid "`-h` or `--help` Display help text" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`-h` ou `--help` Exibe o texto da ajuda" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 msgid "`-n` or `--nogui` Disable GUI (for use in headless mode)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`-n` ou `--nogui` Desativa a GUI (para utilizar no modo simples)" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 msgid "`-t` or `--notranslation` Disable UI language translations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`-t` or `--notranslation` Desativar as traduções do idioma da IU" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Installation-for-Android.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Installation-for-Android.po index 42d9a35e2..5b822d492 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Installation-for-Android.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Installation-for-Android.po @@ -3,18 +3,19 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # ignotus , 2022. # ignotus , 2024. +# Manuela Silva , 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-07-03 17:02+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Manuela Silva \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: pt-PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 @@ -44,17 +45,17 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:9 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" -msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Usand Jamulus\" branch1=\"Começando\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Começar\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:14 msgid "Make sure you've already read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." -msgstr "Primeiro tenha certeza que você já leu a página [Começando](Getting-Started)." +msgstr "Certifique-se que já leu a página de [Começar](Getting-Started)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:16 msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:17 @@ -106,22 +107,19 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:35 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## All installed?" +#, no-wrap msgid "All installed?" -msgstr "## Tudo instalado?" +msgstr "Tudo instalado?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:38 msgid "Jamulus has been installed and can be used now. You can now take a look at the" -msgstr "Jamulus foi instalado e pode ser usado agora. Talvez você queira dar uma olhada na página" +msgstr "Jamulus foi instalado e pode ser usado agora. Talvez queira dar uma vista de olhos na página" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:39 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "[Jamulus Onboarding page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" -msgstr "[Jamulus Onboarding](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgstr "[Página de Começar](Getting-Started){: .button}" #, no-wrap #~ msgid "***\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Installation-for-Linux.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Installation-for-Linux.po index 6335d588f..eb903aa84 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Installation-for-Linux.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Installation-for-Linux.po @@ -3,18 +3,19 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # ignotus , 2022. # ignotus , 2024. +# Manuela Silva , 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-08-11 16:02+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Manuela Silva \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: pt-PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 @@ -44,17 +45,17 @@ msgstr "Instalação no Linux" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:9 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" -msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Usand Jamulus\" branch1=\"Começando\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Começar\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:13 msgid "Make sure you read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." -msgstr "Primeiro tenha certeza que você já leu a página [Começando](Getting-Started)" +msgstr "Certifique-se que leu a página [Começar](Getting-Started)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:15 msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:17 @@ -70,10 +71,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:20 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Debian and Ubuntu" +#, no-wrap msgid "Debian and Ubuntu" -msgstr "### Debian e Ubuntu" +msgstr "Debian and Ubuntu" #. type: Title #### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:22 @@ -138,38 +138,29 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Download the [latest .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }})" msgid "Download Jamulus for your architecture: [amd64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}), [armf]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}) or [arm64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }})" -msgstr "Baixe o [pacote .deb atual]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }})" +msgstr "Transfira o Jamulus para a sua arquitetura: [amd64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}), [armf]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}) ou [arm64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }})" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Update apt by opening a console window (CTRL+ALT+T should work) and type: `sudo apt-get update`" msgid "Update apt by opening a console window (CTRL+ALT+T should work) and type: `sudo apt-get update`" -msgstr "Atualize o apt: `sudo apt-get update`" +msgstr "Atualize apt abrindo a janela da consola (CTRL+ALT+T deveria funcionar) e digite: `sudo apt-get update`" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Navigate to where you downloaded the installer and either double-click on it, or use the command line: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}`." msgid "Go to where you downloaded the installer and either double-click on it, or use the command line: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` (or for Raspberry Pi etc. as above)" -msgstr "Instale o pacote de onde você o baixou: `sudo apt install {{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}`." +msgstr "Vá para onde transferiu o instalador e duplo clique no mesmo, ou utilize a linha de comandos: `sudo apt install {{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}`(ou para Raspberry Pi etc..., como acima)" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Once installed, you can delete the file and close any console windows." msgid "Once installed, you can delete the file and close any console windows." -msgstr "Feito isso, Você pode fechar essa janela." +msgstr "Assim que instalado, pode eliminar o ficheiro e fechar quaisquer janelas da consola." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:50 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "Note that if you need to upgrade Jamulus to a newer version, just download the new .deb file and re-install as above." +#, no-wrap msgid "**Upgrades:** If you need to upgrade Jamulus to a newer version and install Jamulus manually, just download the new .deb file and re-install as above.\n" -msgstr "Note que se você precisar atualizar o Jamulus para uma nova versão, simplesmente baixe o novo arquivo .deb e reinstale como descrito acima." +msgstr "**Atualizações:*** Se precisar de atualizar o Jamulus para uma nova versão e instalar o novo Jamulus manualmente, basta transferir o novo ficheiro .deb file e reinstalar como acima.\n" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:51 @@ -179,17 +170,14 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:54 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "For installers on other distributions, see [Repology](https://repology.org/project/jamulus/versions). You may also wish to use one of the contributed [installation scripts](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/installscripts)." msgid "For installers on other distributions, see their package managers and [Repology](https://repology.org/project/jamulus/versions). If an up-to-date version of Jamulus is not included in your distribution, you can [compile Jamulus from source](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md). Note also the contributed [installation scripts](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/installscripts)." -msgstr "Para pacotes de instalação em outras distribuições, dê uma olhada em [Repology](https://repology.org/project/jamulus/versions). Você também pode querer usar um dos [scripts de instalação](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/installscripts) de terceiros." +msgstr "Para instaladores em outras distribuiçóes,consulte os gestores de pacote e [Repology](https://repology.org/project/jamulus/versions). Se na sua distribuição não estiver incluida uma versão atualizada do Jamulus, pode [compilar o Jamulus a partir da fonte](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md). Consulte também os [scripts de instalação](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/installscripts) contribuidos." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:55 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Set up your hardware" +#, no-wrap msgid "Set up your hardware" -msgstr "## Configurando o hardware" +msgstr "Configurar o seu hardware" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:60 @@ -198,24 +186,19 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:61 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Configure JACK with QjackCtl" +#, no-wrap msgid "Configure JACK with QjackCtl" -msgstr "### Configure JACK com QjackCtl" +msgstr "Configurar JACK com QjackCtl" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:64 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Jamulus clients need [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) to run, but you need to configure that first. The recommended method is to use `QjackCtl`." msgid "To run a [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) server, the recommended method is to use `QjackCtl`." -msgstr "Clientes Jamulus precisam de [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) para rodar, mas você tem que configurá-lo primeiro. O método recomendado é usando `QjackCtl`." +msgstr "Para executar um servidor [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/), O método recomendado é utilizar `QjackCtl`." #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Launch QjackCtl. You will see the **Qt JACK Control utility main page**" msgid "Launch QjackCtl. You will see the **Qt JACK Control utility main page**." -msgstr "Execute o comando `qjackctl`. Você vai ver a **Página principal do utilitário Qt JACK**" +msgstr "Execute QjackCtl. Irá ver a página principal do utilitário **Qt JACK Control**." #. type: Bullet: '2. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 @@ -224,24 +207,18 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Set the audio **Interface** to the one you want (there may be several in the list)" msgid "Set the audio **Interface** to the one you want (there may be several in the list - choose the correct one as this cannot be changed without stopping Jamulus and JACK)." -msgstr "Configure a **Interface** de áudio usando a que você quiser (pode haver várias na lista)" +msgstr "Defina a **Interface** de áudio para a que desejar (pode haver várias na lista - escolha a correta, pois isto não pode ser alterado sem interromper Jamulus e Jack)." #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Set the **Sample Rate to 48000**" msgid "Set the **Sample Rate to 48000**." -msgstr "Configure o **Taxa de Samples em 48000**" +msgstr "Defina a **Taxa de Amostra para 48000**." #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Set the **Frames/Period to 128** and Periods/Buffer at 2 at first" msgid "Set the **Frames/Period to 128** and **Periods/Buffer at 2** at first." -msgstr "Configure os **Frames/Período em 128** e Períodos/Buffer em 2 para começar" +msgstr "Defina **Frames/Período para 128** e **Períodos/Buffer em 2** para começar." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:73 @@ -279,17 +256,14 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:89 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Start Jamulus" +#, no-wrap msgid "Start Jamulus" -msgstr "### Abra o Jamulus" +msgstr "Iniciar Jamulus" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:92 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "With JACK running and configured, launch Jamulus." msgid "With JACK or PipeWire configured, launch Jamulus." -msgstr "Com o JACK configurado e rodando, abra o Jamulus no seu desktop launcher (ou usando o terminal execute o comando `jamulus`)" +msgstr "Com JACK ou PipeWire configurado, execute o Jamulus." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:94 @@ -298,22 +272,19 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:95 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## All installed?" +#, no-wrap msgid "All installed?" -msgstr "## Tudo instalado?" +msgstr "Tudo instalado?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:98 msgid "Take a look at the" -msgstr "Dê uma olhada na página" +msgstr "Dê uma vista de olhos em" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:99 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "[Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" -msgstr "[Configurando o Jamulus](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgstr "[Página de Começar](Getting-Started){: .button}" #~ msgid "Configure your audio hardware as follows (the exact settings for JACK will depend on what your audio hardware is capable of):" #~ msgstr "Configure seu equipamento de áudio da seguinte maneira (as exatas configurações do JACK vão depender seu equipamento):" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Installation-for-Macintosh.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Installation-for-Macintosh.po index 7dfe90d99..afdc7ef97 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Installation-for-Macintosh.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Installation-for-Macintosh.po @@ -3,18 +3,19 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # ignotus , 2022. # ignotus , 2024. +# Manuela Silva , 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-07-03 17:02+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Manuela Silva \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: pt-PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 @@ -39,67 +40,68 @@ msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh" #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:10 #, no-wrap msgid "Installation for macOS" -msgstr "Instalação no macOS" +msgstr "Instalação para macOS" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:9 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" -msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Usand Jamulus\" branch1=\"Começando\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Começar\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:13 msgid "Make sure you've already read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." -msgstr "Primeiro tenha certeza que você já leu a página [Começando](Getting-Started)." +msgstr "Certifique-se que já leu a página de [Começar](Getting-Started)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:15 msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:17 msgid "Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A atualizar? Pode querer efetuar primeiro uma [cópia de segurança da sua configuração](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:22 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"1. [Download Jamulus (Universal build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +"1. [Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n" " **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" "1. **Install Jamulus**: Open the downloaded `.dmg` file, agree to the licence, *drag and drop* each icon you see in the window (Jamulus Client and Server) into your *Applications folder*. After that, you can close this window.\n" "1. **Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" msgstr "" +"1. [Transferir Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +" **Site Réplica 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +"1. **Instalar Jamulus**: Abra o ficheiro `.dmg` transferido, concorde com a licença, *arraste e largue* cada ícone que vê na janela (Cliente e Servidor do Jamulus) na sua pasta *Aplicações*. Depois disso, pode fechar esta janela.\n" +"1. **Executar Jamulus**. Agora deveria poder utilizar o Jamulus como qualquer outra aplicação.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:24 msgid "_You can remove the folder in the Downloads directory containing the `.dmg` and eject the \"Jamulus\" drive on your desktop. They are no longer needed._" -msgstr "_Você pode ejetar o drive \"Jamulus\" do seu desktop e deletar a pasta no seu diretório de Downloads que contém o `.dmg`. Você não vai mais precisar deles._" +msgstr "_Pode remover a pasta na diretoria de Transferências com `.dmg`e ejetar a unidade \"Jamulus\" no seu ambiente de trabalho. Estas já não são precisas._" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:26 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** You can find old (legacy) versions supporting outdated operating systems on the [GitHub release page](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases).\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Nota:** Pode encontrar as versões antigas (legado) suportando os sistemas operativos desatualizados na [página de lançamentos no GitHub](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases).\n" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:27 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## All installed?" +#, no-wrap msgid "All installed?" -msgstr "## Tudo instalado?" +msgstr "Tudo instalado?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:30 msgid "Take a look at the" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dê uma vista de olhos em" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:31 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "[Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" -msgstr "[Configurando o Jamulus](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgstr "[Página de Começar](Getting-Started){: .button}" #, fuzzy, no-wrap #~| msgid "## \"Jamulus\" can't be opened because the developer cannot be verified" @@ -143,11 +145,6 @@ msgstr "[Configurando o Jamulus](Getting-Started){: .button}" #~ "**Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" #~ msgstr "[Baixe o Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\" -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#~| msgid "**Install Jamulus**: Open the downloaded `.dmg` file, agree to the license, *drag and drop* the two icons you see in the window (Jamulus client and server) into your *Applications folder*. After that, you can close this window.\n" -#~ msgid "**Install Jamulus**: Open the downloaded `.dmg` file, agree to the licence, *drag and drop* each icon you see in the window (Jamulus Client and Server) into your *Applications folder*. After that, you can close this window.\n" -#~ msgstr "**Instale o Jamulus**: Abra o arquivo `.dmg` que você baixou, concorde com os termos de licensa, *clique e arraste* os dois ícones que você está vendo (Jamulus - cliente e servidor) na sua *Pasta de programas*. Feito isso, Você pode fechar essa janela.\n" - #, no-wrap #~ msgid "***\n" #~ msgstr "***\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Installation-for-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Installation-for-Windows.po index 78084635e..4bda5a419 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Installation-for-Windows.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Installation-for-Windows.po @@ -4,18 +4,19 @@ # ignotus , 2022. # Andre Costa , 2024. # ignotus , 2024. +# Manuela Silva , 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-07-03 17:02+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Manuela Silva \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: pt-PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 @@ -40,182 +41,161 @@ msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows" #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:10 #, no-wrap msgid "Installation for Windows" -msgstr "Instalação no Windows" +msgstr "Instalação para Windows" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:9 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" -msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Usand Jamulus\" branch1=\"Começando\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Começar\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:13 msgid "Make sure you read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." -msgstr "Primeiro tenha certeza que você já leu a página [Começando](Getting-Started)" +msgstr "Certifique-se que leu a página [Começar](Getting-Started)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:15 msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:17 msgid "Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A atualizar? Pode querer efetuar primeiro uma [cópia de segurança da sua configuração](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus)." #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:24 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "**Download and install an ASIO Driver**. Try to use the driver that your hardware manufacturer provides. If you can't find that, or you don't have an external sound card, you probably need to install ASIO4ALL. For more information scroll down to the [ASIO](#asio) section.\n" msgid "**Download and install an ASIO Driver**. Try to use the driver that your hardware manufacturer provides. If you can't find that, or you don't have an external sound card, you probably need to install ASIO4ALL. For more information scroll down to the [ASIO](#asio) section." -msgstr "**Baixe e instale um driver ASIO**. É recomendável usar uma placa ou interface de som com um driver ASIO nativo. Se você não possui uma placa de som externa, você provavelmente deve instalar um driver genérico como ASIO4ALL. Para mais informações vá até a seção [ASIO](#asio) abaixo.\n" +msgstr "**Transfira e instale um Controlador ASIO**. Tente utilizar um controlador que o seu fabricante de ''hardware'' forneça. Se não o conseguir encontrar, ou não tem uma placa de som externa, provavelmente precisa de instalar ASIO4ALL. Para mais informação deslize para baixo até a secção [ASIO](#asio)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:24 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "**Install Jamulus**: Double click the installer to launch it. If you get a warning notice from SmartScreen, click on \"More info\" and \"Run anyway\" to install Jamulus. (If you grabbed a new version of Jamulus and are one of the first people who downloaded it, Jamulus won't be whitelisted by SmartScreen yet. We don't pay for code signing.)\n" +#, no-wrap msgid "" "1. [Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows }}){: .button}\\\\\n" " **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" "1. **Install Jamulus**: Double click the installer to launch it. If you get a warning notice from SmartScreen, click on \"More info\" and \"Run anyway\" to install Jamulus. (If you grabbed a new version of Jamulus and are one of the first people who downloaded it, Jamulus won't be whitelisted by SmartScreen yet. We don't pay for code signing.)\n" "1. **Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" "1. **Set up your sound card**. When you're done, you need to set up your audio hardware. And if you are using ASIO4ALL, have a look at how to set that up below.\n" -msgstr "**Instale o Jamulus**: Dê um clique duplo no instalador para rodá-lo. Se você vir uma mensagem de alerta do SmartScreen, clique em \"Mais informações\" e \"Iniciar assim mesmo\" para instalar o Jamulus. (Se você for uma das primeiras pessoas a baixar uma nova versão do Jamulus, ele ainda não vai estar na lista do SmartScreen. Nós não pagamos por assinatura de código.)\n" +msgstr "" +"1. [Transferir Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +" **Site Réplica 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +"1. **Instalar Jamulus**: Duplo clique no instalador para o iniciar. Se vir um aviso do Ecrã Inteligente, clique em \"Mais Informação\" e \"Execute, mesmo assim\" para instalar o Jamulus. Se obteve uma nova versão do Jamulus e é uma das primeiras pessoas que o transferiram, o Jamulus ainda não será incluído na lista de permissões do Ecrã Inteligente. Nós não pagamos pela assinatura de código.)\n" +"1. **Executar Jamulus**. Agora deveria conseguir utilizar o Jamulus como outra aplicação qualquer.\n" +"1. **Configurar a sua placa de som**. Quando concluir, deve configurar o seu ''hardware'' de áudio. e se estiver a utilizar ASIO4ALL, dê uma vista de olhos em como configurar em baixo.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:26 msgid "_Please note that you are not permitted to redistribute this binary without acquiring a [licence agreement from Steinberg](https://www.steinberg.net/developers/)._" -msgstr "" +msgstr "_Por favor, note que não tem permissão para redistribuir este binário sem adquirir um [acordo da licença da Steinberg](https://www.steinberg.net/developers/)._" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:28 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** If you don't want to use ASIO or prefer [JACK on Windows](https://jackaudio.org/faq/jack_on_windows.html), you can also use the [JACK version of Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows-jack }}). You can find old (legacy) versions supporting outdated operating systems on the [GitHub release page](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases).\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Nota:** Se não quiser utilizar o ASIO ou preferir [JACK on Windows](https://jackaudio.org/faq/jack_on_windows.html), também pode utilizar a [versão do Jamulus JACK]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows-jack }}). Também pode encontrar as versões antigas (legado) suportando os sistemas operativos desatualizados na [página de lançamentos do GitHub](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases).\n" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:31 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## ASIO" +#, no-wrap msgid "ASIO" -msgstr "## ASIO" +msgstr "ASIO" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:34 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Jamulus uses [ASIO](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Audio_Stream_Input/Output) to provide the lowest latency." msgid "Jamulus can use [ASIO](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Audio_Stream_Input/Output)." -msgstr "Jamulus faz uso do [ASIO](https://pt.wikipedia.org/wiki/Audio_Stream_Input/Output) para poder trabalhar com a menor latência possível." +msgstr "Jamulus pode utilizar [ASIO](https://pt.wikipedia.org/wiki/Audio_Stream_Input/Output)." #. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:37 msgid "If you have an external sound card/audio interface, use its official ASIO driver if you can (they usually provide the best quality)." -msgstr "Se você usa uma placa ou interface de áudio externa, use seu driver ASIO oficial (eles oferecem a melhor qualidade)." +msgstr "Se utiliza uma placa de som/interface de áudio externa, utilize o seu controlador ASIO oficial (eles oferecem a melhor qualidade)." #. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:37 msgid "If you don't have an external sound card, you will probably not have an ASIO driver so will need to install a generic one like ASIO4ALL:" -msgstr "Se você não possui uma placa externa de som, provavelmente não existe tem um driver ASIO específico. Nesse caso instale um driver genérico, como ASIO4ALL:" +msgstr "Se não possui uma placa de som externa, provavelmente não tem um controlador ASIO, assim tem de instalar um genérico, como ASIO4ALL:" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:39 -msgid "You can try two versions of ASIO4ALL. ASIO4ALL v2.14 includes a workaround for a bug which might break other functionality." -msgstr "Você pode experimentar duas versões diferentes de ASIO4ALL. A versão 2.14 inclui uma solução para um bug que pode causar conflito com outras funções." +msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.16 Download](https://asio4all.org/downloads/ASIO4ALL_2_16.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" +msgstr "[Transferir ASIO4ALL v2.16](https://asio4all.org/downloads/ASIO4ALL_2_16.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:41 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" -msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.15 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.15/ASIO4ALL_2_15_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" -msgstr "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:43 -msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" -msgstr "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:45 msgid "[ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" -msgstr "[ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" +msgstr "[Site da Web ASIO4ALL](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:47 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Setting up ASIO4ALL" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:43 +#, no-wrap msgid "Setting up ASIO4ALL" -msgstr "### Configurando o ASIO4ALL" +msgstr "Configurar ASIO4ALL" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:50 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:46 msgid "You may or may not need to experiment a bit depending on your sound hardware. If everything works out of the box, you don't need to do anything." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pode ou não precisar de experimentar um pouco, dependendo do seu ''hardware'' de som. Se tudo funcionar bem, não precisa de fazer nada." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:52 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:48 #, no-wrap msgid "**Tip:** Set up your sound card while you're [connected to a Server](Getting-Started#connecting-to-a-server-and-testing-your-sound) to hear your instrument or voice and check if everything is correctly set up; but first read on.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Dica:** Configure a sua placa de som enquanto está [ligado a um Servidor](Getting-Started#connecting-to-a-server-and-testing-your-sound) topara ouvir o seu instrumento ou voz e verificar se tudo está bem configurado; mas primeiro leia.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:55 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:51 msgid "Before you start with Jamulus:" -msgstr "Antes de começar a usar o Jamulus:" +msgstr "Antes de começar a utilizar o Jamulus:" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "**Close all applications** (especially those which could access your sound card like your browser/media player). ASIO4ALL needs exclusive access to your sound card which means that other programs will not be able to use audio if ASIO4ALL and Jamulus are running.\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:54 msgid "**Close all applications** (especially those which could access your sound card like your browser/media player). ASIO4ALL needs exclusive access to your sound card which means that other programs will not be able to use audio if ASIO4ALL and Jamulus are running." -msgstr "" -"**Feche todos os programas** (especialmente aqueles que acessam sua placa de som, como navegador ou reprodutor de mídia) pois Jamulus precisa de acesso exclusivo à sua placa de som. Outros programas não vão poder usar o áudio se ASIO4ALL e Jamulus estiverem rodando.\n" -"\n" +msgstr "**Feche todas as aplicações** (especialmente aquelas que acedem à sua placa de som, como o seu navegador ou reprodutor de multimédia). ASIO4ALL precisa de acesso exclusivo à sua placa de som, o que significa que outros programas não poderão utilizar o áudio se ASIO4ALL e Jamulus estiverem em execução." #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "If the Jamulus audio doesn’t work out of the box, make sure that only the **correct inputs/outputs** in ASIO4ALL **are switched on**. Everything else should be switched off. Search the [community list of working ASIO4ALL configurations](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) for your configuration or do it manually if you can't find yours:\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:54 msgid "If the Jamulus audio doesn’t work out of the box, make sure that only the **correct inputs/outputs** in ASIO4ALL **are switched on**. Everything else should be switched off. Search the [community list of working ASIO4ALL configurations](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) for your configuration or do it manually if you can't find yours:" -msgstr "Se o áudio do Jamulus não funcionar diretamente, assegure-se que somente as **entradas e saídas corretas** no ASIO4ALL **estejam ativadas**. Todo o resto deve estar desligado. Procure nas [listas comunitárias de configurações válidas para ASIO4ALL](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) para o seu sistema ou configure-o manualmente se não achá-lo:\n" +msgstr "Se o áudio do Jamulus não funcionar bem, certifique-se que apenas as **entradas/saídas corretas** no ASIO4ALL **estão ativadas**. Todo o resto deve estar desativado. Procure nas [listas comunitárias das configurações válidas para ASIO4ALL](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) para o seu sistema ou configure-o manualmente se não encontrar a sua:" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:59 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### How to set up ASIO4ALL inputs (Guide)" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:55 +#, no-wrap msgid "How to set up ASIO4ALL inputs (Guide)" -msgstr "### Como configurar as entradas no ASIO4ALL (Guia)" +msgstr "Como configurar o ASIO4ALL (Guia)" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 msgid "Open Jamulus's settings" msgstr "Abra as definições do Jamulus" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 msgid "Go to _\"ASIO Device Settings\"_ (column on the left; directly under the selection of the driver)" -msgstr "Vá até _\"Definições do dispositivo ASIO\"_ (coluna à esquerda, direto sob a seleção do driver)" +msgstr "Vá até _\"Definições do Dispositivo ASIO\"_ (coluna à esquerda; diretamente sob a seleção do controlador)" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 msgid "Enable _advanced view_ in ASIO4ALL (click the tool icon on the bottom right)" -msgstr "Habilite _Configuração avançada_ no ASIO4ALL (clique na ferramente embaixo à direita)" +msgstr "Ative _visualização avançada_ no ASIO4ALL (clique no ícone da ferramenta em baixo à direita)" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 msgid "Enable only the sound card you want to use by clicking on the button next to its name" -msgstr "Habilite somente o dispositivo de som que você quer usar, clicando no botão próximo ao seu nome" +msgstr "Ative apenas a placa de som que quer utilizar, clicando no botão próximo do seu nome" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 msgid "Open your sound card inputs/outputs by clicking the _plus icon_ next to this sound card" -msgstr "Abra as entradas e saídas de sua placa de som clicando no _sinal de mais_ próximo do nome da placa" +msgstr "Abra as entradas/saídas da sua placa de som, clicando no ícone _sinal de mais_ ao lado desta placa de som" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 msgid "Now enable the correct inputs/outputs in the list under your sound card and disable everything else. You can hover over the inputs/outputs to see which of both they are and if they support the required sample rate for Jamulus of 48kHz (DVD quality)." -msgstr "Agora habilite as entradas/saídas corretas na lista abaixo do dispositivo de áudio e desabilite todo o resto. Você pode passar o mouse por cima das opções para ver quais delas suportam o sample rate requirido de 48kHz para Jamulus (qualidade DVD)." +msgstr "Agora ative as entradas/saídas corretas na lista debaixo da placa de som e desative todo o resto. Pode passar o rato por cima de entradas/saídas para ver quais delas suportam a frequência requirida o para Jamulus de 48 kHz (qualidade DVD)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:72 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:68 #, no-wrap msgid "" "**Hints:**\n" @@ -223,51 +203,58 @@ msgid "" "1. Headphones and speakers are often labelled as \"output\" and microphones as \"input\" or \"capture\".\n" "1. Stereo Mix/Stereo Input is usually not the input/output you're looking for. Therefore, switch it off if you see it.\n" msgstr "" +"**Dicas:**\n" +"1. Pode não ser óbvio como o dispositivo de som correto é chamado. Muitas placas de som internas são chamadas de \"Realtek High Definition Audio\", \"Conexant\" ou similar.\n" +"1. Os auscultadores e os altifalantes são frequentemente rotulados como \"saída\" e os microfones como \"entrada\" ou \"captura\".\n" +"1. Entrada de Mistura de estéreo/Estéreo geralmente não é a entrada/saída que está à procura. Por isso, desative-a se a vir.\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:73 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:69 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "Resolução de problemas" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:76 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:72 msgid "If nothing works, first restart Jamulus and/or your PC to close background processes that may be accessing your sound card." -msgstr "Se nada funcionar, primeiro reinicie o Jamulus e/ou seu PC para terminar processos em segundo plano que possam estar acessando sua placa de som." +msgstr "Se nada funcionar, primeiro reinicie o Jamulus e/ou o seu PC para terminar os processos em segundo plano que possam estar a aceder à sua placa de som." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:78 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:74 msgid "Afterwards, *set up the inputs/outputs again*. Enabled and accessible input/outputs show as lit up power buttons and play buttons in the ASIO4ALL settings. If instead you see a red cross or yellow symbol, close other applications that may be accessing your sound card (e.g. web browser, Zoom, etc)." -msgstr "Feito isso, *configure as entradas e saídas de novo*. As entradas/saídas que estiverem acessíveis e ativas aparecem com botões acesos (liga/desliga ou play). Se ao invés disso você vir uma cruz vermelha ou um símbolo amarelo, feche outras aplicações que podem estar acessando seu dispositivo de som (como browser, Zoom, etc)." +msgstr "Depois, *configure novamente as entradas/saídas*. As entradas/saídas que estiverem acessíveis e ativadas aparecem com botões acessos e botões de reproduzir nas definições do ASIO4ALL. Se em vez disto vir uma cruz vermelha ou um símbolo amarelo, feche as outras aplicações que possam estar a aceder à sua placa de som (exemplo, navegador da web, Zoom, etc)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:80 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:76 msgid "Have a look at [this video](https://youtu.be/_GzOsitVgLI) by [trombonepizza](https://github.com/trombonepizza) which gives more detailed setup information on ASIO4ALL." -msgstr "Dê uma olhada [nesse vídeo](https://youtu.be/_GzOsitVgLI) feito por [trombonepizza](https://github.com/trombonepizza) que dá informações detalhadas sobre a configuração do ASIO4ALL." +msgstr "Dê uma vista de olhos [neste vídeo](https://youtu.be/_GzOsitVgLI) de [trombonepizza](https://github.com/trombonepizza) que dá informação detalhada sobre a configuração no ASIO4ALL." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:82 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:78 msgid "Official and further information about how to configure ASIO4ALL is documented in the official [ASIO4ALL FAQs on the ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/index.php/help/faq/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}." -msgstr "Outras informações, oficiais e informais, sobre como configurar ASIO4ALL você encontra nos [FAQs ASIO4ALL no site ASIO4ALL](https://www.asio4all.org/index.php/help/faq/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"} e no manual ASIO4ALL que você encontra no seu desktop ou na pasta onde os arquivos ASIO4ALL foram instalados (normalmente `C:\\Program Files (x86)\\ASIO4ALL v2\\`))." +msgstr "Informação oficial e outra, sobre como configurar o ASIO4ALL está documentada nas [FAQs no Site da Web do ASIO4ALL](https://www.asio4all.org/index.php/help/faq/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:83 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## All installed?" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:79 +#, no-wrap msgid "All installed?" -msgstr "## Tudo instalado?" +msgstr "Tudo instalado?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:86 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:82 msgid "Take a look at" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dê uma vista de olhos em" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:87 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Take a look at [Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:83 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" -msgstr "[Configurando o Jamulus](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgstr "[Página de Começar](Getting-Started){: .button}" + +#~ msgid "You can try two versions of ASIO4ALL. ASIO4ALL v2.14 includes a workaround for a bug which might break other functionality." +#~ msgstr "Você pode experimentar duas versões diferentes de ASIO4ALL. A versão 2.14 inclui uma solução para um bug que pode causar conflito com outras funções." + +#~ msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" +#~ msgstr "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" #~ msgid "# Installation for Windows" #~ msgstr "# Instalação no Windows" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Installation-for-iOS.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Installation-for-iOS.po index 02a179140..b9f6d4e5b 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Installation-for-iOS.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Installation-for-iOS.po @@ -3,18 +3,19 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # ignotus , 2022. # ignotus , 2024. +# Manuela Silva , 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-07-03 17:02+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Manuela Silva \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: pt-PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 @@ -32,28 +33,28 @@ msgstr "wiki" #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-iOS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-iOS" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:11 #, no-wrap msgid "Installation for iOS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Instalação para iOS" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:9 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Começar\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:14 msgid "Make sure you've already read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Certifique-se que já leu a página de [Começar](Getting-Started)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:16 msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:17 @@ -153,14 +154,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:50 #, no-wrap msgid "All installed?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tudo instalado?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:53 msgid "Jamulus has been installed and can be used now. You can now take a look at the" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus foi instalado e pode ser usado agora. Talvez queira dar uma vista de olhos na página" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:54 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "[Página de Começar](Getting-Started){: .button}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Privacy-Statement.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Privacy-Statement.po index 403db6a43..067733719 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Privacy-Statement.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Privacy-Statement.po @@ -3,18 +3,19 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # ignotus , 2022. # ignotus , 2024. +# Manuela Silva , 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-05-19 17:47+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Manuela Silva \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: pt-PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.12-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 @@ -32,7 +33,7 @@ msgstr "wiki" #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Privacy-Statement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Privacy-Statement" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 @@ -44,7 +45,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:8 #, no-wrap msgid "Privacy Statement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Declaração de Privacidade" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:11 @@ -103,7 +104,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:30 -msgid "Under normal use with software downloaded from this website that has not been modified, your user profile information is exchanged with Servers you connect to, peers connected to those same Servers, and to third parties (including Directories) that use the Jamulus protocol. This information is limited to your Jamulus name, city, country, instrument, and skill level as you have set them in your profile. The Servers you connect to will also have access to your internet address (IP Address) as it is required for the software to work; but this information is not shared with peers on the same Server or available to third parties." +msgid "Under normal use with software downloaded from this website that has not been modified, your user profile information is exchanged with Servers you connect to, peers connected to those same Servers, and to third parties (including Directories) that use the Jamulus protocol. This information is limited to your Jamulus name, city, country, instrument, and skill level as you have set them in your profile. Directories from which you request Server lists, Servers displayed in the Connect Dialog and Servers you connect to will also have access to your internet address (IP Address) as it is required for the software to work; but this information is not shared with peers on the same Server or available to third parties." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -153,7 +154,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:47 #, no-wrap msgid "Directories" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pastas" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:49 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/QOS-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/QOS-Windows.po index f2c434a6d..915cff741 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/QOS-Windows.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/QOS-Windows.po @@ -3,18 +3,19 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # ignotus , 2022. # ignotus , 2024. +# Manuela Silva , 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-05-04 06:05+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Manuela Silva \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: pt-PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.12-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 @@ -32,39 +33,39 @@ msgstr "wiki" #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/QOS-Windows" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/QOS-Windows" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Quality of Service (QoS)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Qualidade de Serviço (QoS)" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:9 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" %}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Mais\" %}" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:10 #, no-wrap msgid "Use of QoS on Windows" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utilização de QoS no Windows" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:13 msgid "Jamulus uses Quality of Service (QoS) to mitigate network jitter delays." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus utiliza a Qualidade de Serviço (QoS) para mitigar atrasos no ''jitter'' da rede." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:15 msgid "If you want to explore the effect of non-default settings, see [RFC4594](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc4594) pages 16-18. Jamulus sets the DS Field byte to 128 (or 0x80) to select DSCP/CS4 in an IPv4 or IPv6 packet header. Other byte values can be set using the -Q option, e.g. -Q [0..255]. However, most people will have no need to do this." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Se pretender explorar o efeito das definições não predefinidas, consulte as páginas 16 - 18 de [RFC4594](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc4594). Jamulus define o ''byte'' do Campo DS para 128 (ou 0x80) para selecionar DSCP/CS4 num cabeçalho de pacote IPv4 ou IPv6. Podem ser definidos outros valores, utilizando a opção -Q, exemplo, -Q [0..255]. Contudo, a maioria das pessoas não irão precisar disto." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:17 msgid "Jamulus' QoS settings (including the default) are set to 0 on recent Windows and macOS because of the operating system. To use QoS on Windows, follow these instructions. Note that you may need to repeat this procedure every time Jamulus is updated." -msgstr "" +msgstr "As definições de QoS do Jamulus (incluindo a predefinição) estão definidas como 0 no Windows e macOS recentes por causa do sistema operativo. Para utilizar QoS no Windows, siga estas instruções. Tenha em atenção que poderá ter de repetir este procedimento sempre que o Jamulus for atualizado." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:37 @@ -90,8 +91,27 @@ msgid "" "    UDP
\n" "    Finish
\n" msgstr "" +"Na caixa de Pesquisa no menu Início, Digite: Local Group Policy Editor (Enter)
\n" +"Na nova janela, (clique) no ícone do menu para exibir o painel de terceiros Ações
\n" +"Ver o primeiro do painel do Editor de Política do Grupo Local
\n" +" Política do Computador Local
\n" +"  Configuração do Computador
\n" +"   Definições do Windows
\n" +"    Política baseada em QoS (clique)
\n" +"Veja o painel de terceiros (Ações) do Editor de Política do Grupo Local
\n" +" Política baseada em QoS
\n" +"  Mais Ações
\n" +"   Criar nova Política (clique)
\n" +"    Nome da Política: Jamulus
\n" +"    Especificar valor DSCP: 32
\n" +"    Seguinte
\n" +"    Esta política QoS aplica-se \"Apenas\" às aplicações com o nome Jamulus.exe
\n" +"    Seguinte
\n" +"    Seguinte
\n" +"    UDP
\n" +"    Terminar
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:39 msgid "(Notice Jamulus policy in center panel may be edited)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "(O aviso da política do Jamulus no painel central pode ser editado)" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Running-a-Server.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Running-a-Server.po index 6bdec720e..9f216aa39 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Running-a-Server.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Running-a-Server.po @@ -6,18 +6,19 @@ # Andre Costa , 2024. # ssantos , 2024. # ignotus , 2024. +# Manuela Silva , 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:10+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-07-03 17:02+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Manuela Silva \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: pt-PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 @@ -35,32 +36,31 @@ msgstr "wiki" #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Running-a-Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Running-a-Server" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Running a Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Executar um Servidor" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:8 #, no-wrap msgid "Server Administration Manual" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Manual de Administração do Servidor" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:10 #, no-wrap msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:12 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "
" +#, no-wrap msgid "
\n" -msgstr "
" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:14 @@ -75,23 +75,25 @@ msgid "" "* TOC\n" " {:toc}\n" msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:19 #, no-wrap msgid "
\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:20 #, no-wrap msgid "Do I need to run a Server?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Eu preciso de executar um servidor?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:23 #, no-wrap -msgid "**No**. You don't need to run a Server. You can use the Servers listed by the built-in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server yourself. You can also use an unlisted Server if you know its internet address. Or you can use a third party hosting service such as [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/) or [KOORD](https://koord.live/). There's probably a Server nearby that you and your friends can use at low enough latency for most needs.\n" +msgid "**No**. You don't need to run a Server. You can use the Servers listed by the built-in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server yourself. You can also use an unlisted Server if you know its internet address. Or you can use a third party hosting service such as [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/). There's probably a Server nearby that you and your friends can use at low enough latency for most needs.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -103,13 +105,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:28 #, no-wrap msgid "Requirements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Requisitos" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:30 #, no-wrap msgid "Speed and latency" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Velocidade e latência" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:33 @@ -136,7 +138,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:40 #, no-wrap msgid "General notes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Notas gerais" #. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46 @@ -183,7 +185,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:62 msgid "Download the setup script:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Transferir o ''script'' de configuração:" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:66 @@ -193,6 +195,9 @@ msgid "" " curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh\n" " ```\n" msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh\n" +" ```\n" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:68 @@ -273,7 +278,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:101 #, no-wrap msgid "Server Modes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Modos de Servidor" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:104 @@ -284,7 +289,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:105 #, no-wrap msgid "Unregistered mode" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Modo não registado" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:108 @@ -340,7 +345,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:127 #, no-wrap msgid "Directory mode" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Modo de diretoria" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:130 @@ -356,7 +361,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:135 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuration options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Opções de configuração" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:138 @@ -378,7 +383,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:144 #, no-wrap msgid "**For the GUI** (all platforms)\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Para a GUI** (todas as plataformas)\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:146 @@ -426,7 +431,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:166 #, no-wrap msgid "`-e or --directoryaddress`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`-e ou --directoryaddress`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:169 @@ -467,7 +472,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:187 #, no-wrap msgid "`-o or --serverinfo`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`-o ou --serverinfo`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:190 @@ -494,7 +499,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:199 #, no-wrap msgid "`-L or --licence`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`-L ou --licence`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:201 @@ -516,7 +521,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:207 #, no-wrap msgid "`--serverpublicip`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`--serverpublicip`" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:209 @@ -549,7 +554,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:218 #, no-wrap msgid "General Server options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Opções Gerais do Servidor" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:220 @@ -592,186 +597,169 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:230 #, no-wrap -msgid "`-m or --htmlstatus`" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:232 -msgid "Enable HTML status file, set path and file name" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:234 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Note:** This feature is deprecated, and may disappear in a future release.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:235 -#, no-wrap msgid "`-P or --delaypan`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:237 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:232 msgid "Start with delay panning enabled. This option uses small differences in sound arrival time between the two ears. It produces a stereo effect similar to natural human hearing when compared to normal “volume” panning." msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:238 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:233 #, no-wrap msgid "`-s` or `--server`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:240 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:235 msgid "Start Jamulus in Server mode" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:236 #, no-wrap msgid "`--serverbindip`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:243 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:238 msgid "Specify the IP address the Jamulus process will bind to." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:245 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:240 msgid "Normally, Jamulus will listen on all IP addresses on the host machine. Where the host has multiple network addresses, this option allows one of the addresses to be chosen." msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:246 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241 #, no-wrap msgid "`-T or --multithreading`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:248 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:243 msgid "Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs. This setting may help the Server support more Clients. See also `--numchannels`" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:249 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:244 #, no-wrap msgid "`-u or --numchannels`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:251 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:246 msgid "Maximum number of channels (Clients)" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:252 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:247 #, no-wrap msgid "`-z or --startminimized`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:249 msgid "Start the Jamulus Server graphical user interface in the minimized window state." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:255 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:250 #, no-wrap msgid "Other options" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:258 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:253 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:259 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254 #, no-wrap msgid "Controlling the Server via API" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:262 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:257 msgid "Jamulus can be controlled via an experimental API which is subject to changes. You can find the [JSON-RPC API documented in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md). JSON-RPC allows you to control some features like changing the welcome message or starting recordings in headless mode from authenticated external applications. It works while the server is running." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:265 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:260 #, no-wrap msgid "Recording" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:267 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:262 #, no-wrap msgid "`-R or --recording`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:269 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:264 msgid "Set Server recording directory. By default, the Server will record when a session is active." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:271 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:266 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** You will need to save recordings to a path _outside_ of the jamulus home directory, or remove `ProtectHome=true` from your systemd unit file, but be aware that doing could be a security risk.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:273 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:268 msgid "Recordings are per track in [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` format and [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Open the respective files to listen to them in those applications." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:275 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:270 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** When your Server is recording, Clients display a red banner message that the session is being recorded.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:276 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:271 #, no-wrap msgid "`--norecord`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:278 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:273 msgid "Set server not to record by default when recording is configured." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:280 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:275 #, no-wrap msgid "Controlling Recording" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:283 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:278 msgid "Recording starts once the first person connects to the Server, and stops when the last person leaves." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:285 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:280 msgid "If the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new directory. SIGUSR2 will toggle recording on/off. If [JSON-RPC](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) is enabled, you will also be able to manage the server in a way comparable to the GUI. Please see the (experimental) [JSON-RPC documentation on the recorder](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md#jamulusserverstartrecording)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:288 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:283 msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:290 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:285 msgid "To turn recording on or off (depending on the current state):" msgstr "" #. type: Fenced code block -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:291 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:286 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [Unit]\n" @@ -784,12 +772,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:302 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:297 msgid "To start a new recording:" msgstr "" #. type: Fenced code block -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:303 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:298 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [Unit]\n" @@ -802,147 +790,147 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:314 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:309 msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name used by systemd to control your Jamulus Server. By default, if you use the `.deb` files from the repository, it is `jamulus-headless`, as in this example." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:316 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:311 msgid "Run `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` to register them for first use." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:318 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:313 msgid "Now you can run these with the `systemctl` command, for example:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:320 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:315 msgid "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:322 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:317 msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (or the respective service name you specified manually). You can also view your (sys)log." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:325 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:320 #, no-wrap msgid "Adding metadata to the Server" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:328 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:323 msgid "You can add metadata to the welcome message of a Server to add additional, hidden information like contact information or policy requests for bots (this is comparable to [robots.txt](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Robots.txt)). See the [Community Knowledge Base entry about metadata](/kb/2023/07/30/Server-Metadata.html) for more information." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:331 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:326 #, no-wrap msgid "Servers on the desktop" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:334 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:329 msgid "Jamulus can run in Server mode in the graphical environment of a computer. This gives you a graphical user interface to control most of the settings. To do this, first [install Jamulus for your platform](Getting-Started), then do one of the following:" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:336 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:331 msgid "**Windows users** - Use the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in the Windows Start menu. If you want the Server to start automatically when you start Windows, check the box for this option." msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:338 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:333 msgid "**macOS users** - Double-click the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in Applications." msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:340 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:335 msgid "**Linux users** - Launch the \"Jamulus Server\" shortcut. Or you can open a terminal window (`CTRL+ALT+t` on Debian and related distros), type `jamulus -s` and hit return." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:342 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:337 msgid "While most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, others can only be set using options given in a terminal window when the Server is launched. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:344 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:339 #, no-wrap msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose **Properties** > **Target**. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:346 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:341 #, no-wrap msgid " `\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:343 msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:350 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:345 #, no-wrap msgid " `/Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:352 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:347 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note** Command line options will set the Server’s defaults at startup. You can override them while the Server is running using their corresponding GUI controls.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:353 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348 #, no-wrap msgid "The Server status icon" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:356 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:351 msgid "When a Server is running in GUI mode, the operating system will show an icon in the system tray or status area that indicates whether the Server has connections:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:358 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:353 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
The Server is empty\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:360 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:355 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
The Server is occupied\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:363 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:358 #, no-wrap msgid "Backing up the Server" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:366 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:361 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:368 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:363 msgid "Headless Servers do not use `.ini` files. All configuration is given as command line options. If you are running a Server in GUI mode, after reading any command line options on start, it will store its configuration in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:369 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:364 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "Resolução de problemas" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:371 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:366 msgid "If you are having other problems, [see this guide](Server-Troubleshooting)." msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Server-Bandwidth.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Server-Bandwidth.po index 7f17ad64d..9a84a74b9 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Server-Bandwidth.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Server-Bandwidth.po @@ -3,18 +3,19 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # ignotus , 2022. # ignotus , 2024. +# Manuela Silva , 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-05-19 17:47+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Manuela Silva \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: pt-PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.12-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 @@ -32,34 +33,34 @@ msgstr "wiki" #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Server-Bandwidth" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Server-Bandwidth" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Bandwidth Use" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utilização da Largura de Banda" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:9 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Mais\" branch1=\"Administração do Servidor\" branch1-url=\"Executar-um-Servidor\" %}" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:10 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio bandwidth" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Largura de banda do áudio" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:16 msgid "The audio settings have an impact on the required network bandwidth. The table below summarises network requirements with respect to the configuration of: * Channels : stereo/mono * Quality : high/medium/low * Audio buffer duration : 2.67 ms, 5.33 ms, 10.67 ms, 21.33 ms" -msgstr "" +msgstr "As definições de áudio tem impacto na largura de banda necessária da rede. A tabela em baixo resume os requisitos da rede com respeito à configuração de: * Canais : estéreo/mono * Qualidade : alta/média/baixa * Duração do buffer do áudio: 2.67 ms, 5.33 ms, 10.67 ms, 21.33 ms" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:21 msgid "With the following units * ms : milliseconds * Kbit/s : Kilo-bits per second (Reminder : 1 Mbit/s = 1024 Kbit/s, 1 KByte/s = 8 Kbit/s) * Mbit/s : Mega-bits per second" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Com as unidades seguintes * ms : milissegundos* Kbit/s : Kilo-bits por segundo (Lembre-se : 1 Mbit/s = 1024 Kbit/s, 1 KByte/s = 8 Kbit/s) * Mbit/s : Mega-bits por segundo" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:30 @@ -74,6 +75,14 @@ msgid "" "| Mono | Medium | 594 Kbit/s | 366 Kbit/s | 250 Kbit/s | 192 Kbit/s |\n" "| Mono | Low | 534 Kbit/s | 306 Kbit/s | 190 Kbit/s | 132 Kbit/s |\n" msgstr "" +"| Canais | Qualidade | Largura de Banda (para buffer : 2.67 ms) | Largura de Banda (para buffer : 5.33 ms) | Largura de Banda (para buffer : 10.67 ms) | Largura de Banda (para buffer : 21.33 ms) |\n" +"| --------- | ------ | -------- | -------- | -------- | -------- |\n" +"| Estéreo | Alta | 894 Kbit/s | 657 Kbit/s | 541 Kbit/s | 483 Kbit/s |\n" +"| Estéreo | Médio | 672 Kbit/s | 444 Kbit/s | 328 Kbit/s | 270 Kbit/s |\n" +"| Estéreo | Baixa | 606 Kbit/s | 372 Kbit/s | 256 Kbit/s | 198 Kbit/s |\n" +"| Mono | Alta | 672 Kbit/s | 444 Kbit/s | 328 Kbit/s | 270 Kbit/s 8|\n" +"| Mono | Média | 594 Kbit/s | 366 Kbit/s | 250 Kbit/s | 192 Kbit/s |\n" +"| Mono | Baixa | 534 Kbit/s | 306 Kbit/s | 190 Kbit/s | 132 Kbit/s |\n" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:31 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Server-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Server-Troubleshooting.po index 6c3bd0794..f9f23a2ff 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Server-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Server-Troubleshooting.po @@ -5,18 +5,19 @@ # ignotus , 2022. # ssantos , 2024. # ignotus , 2024. +# Manuela Silva , 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:10+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-05-19 17:47+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Manuela Silva \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: pt-PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.12-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 @@ -46,20 +47,19 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:9 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Mais\" branch1=\"Administração do Servidor\" branch1-url=\"Executar-um-Servidor\" %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:12 #, no-wrap msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:14 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "
" +#, no-wrap msgid "
\n" -msgstr "
" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:16 @@ -74,12 +74,14 @@ msgid "" "* TOC\n" " {:toc}\n" msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:21 #, no-wrap msgid "
\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:22 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Software-Manual.po index 7621593f2..98f858b0b 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Software-Manual.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Software-Manual.po @@ -5,18 +5,19 @@ # ignotus , 2022. # ssantos , 2024. # ignotus , 2024. +# Manuela Silva , 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:10+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-05-19 17:47+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Manuela Silva \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: pt-PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.12-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 @@ -34,25 +35,19 @@ msgstr "wiki" #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Software-Manual" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Software Manual" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Software-Manual" #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7 #, no-wrap -msgid "Jamulus User Manual" -msgstr "" +msgid "User Manual" +msgstr "Manual do Utilizador" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:9 #, no-wrap msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:11 @@ -61,10 +56,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:13 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "
" +#, no-wrap msgid "
\n" -msgstr "
" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:15 @@ -79,12 +73,14 @@ msgid "" "* TOC\n" " {:toc}\n" msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:20 #, no-wrap -msgid "
\n" -msgstr "" +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:21 @@ -111,7 +107,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:32 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large. \n" +msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -223,7 +219,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:75 -msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message is received." +msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message arrives." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## @@ -245,7 +241,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:86 -msgid "The Connection Setup window shows a list of available Servers together with their \"distance\" (in terms of ping time), the number of occupants and the maximum number supported, and the Server's given location. Permanent Servers (those that have been listed for longer than 24 hours) are shown in bold." +msgid "The Connection Setup window shows a list of available Servers together with their \"distance\" (in terms of ping time), the number of occupants and the maximum number supported, the Server's given location and the Server's Version. Permanent Servers (those that have been listed for longer than 24 hours) are shown in bold." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -260,7 +256,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:98 -msgid "If you know the IP address or URL of a private Server, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Note that IPv6 addresses must be entirely enclosed in square brackets, for example `[::1]:22124`.) The field will also show a list of the most recently used server addresses. The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list." +msgid "If you know the hostname or IP address of a private Server, you can connect to it using the \"Server Address\" field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Note that IPv6 addresses must be entirely enclosed in square brackets, for example `[::1]:22124`.) The field will also show a list of the most recently used server addresses. The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## @@ -296,201 +292,343 @@ msgid "If you see a \"mute\" icon above a user, it means that person cannot hear msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:113 -msgid "Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. You can sort instead by name, instrument, group, or city using the View menu." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:116 +msgid "Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. When joining a server that already has participants, the default order depends on the versions of Jamulus at the client and the server. With a client version before 3.12.0 or a server version older than 3.5.5, the existing participants will be shown before your own fader channel. With a client of 3.12.0 or later connected to a server of 3.5.5 or newer, your own fader will be shown first, with the other existing participants shown to the right. In either case, participants joining subsequently will by default appear to the right of all the existing participants." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:115 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:118 +msgid "You can override this order and sort instead by name, instrument, group, city or channel number using the View menu. See Menu Commands below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:120 msgid "If the server operator has enabled recording, you will see a message above the mixer showing that you are being recorded." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:116 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:121 #, no-wrap msgid "Grp button" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:119 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:124 msgid "You can group users together using the \"group\" toggle. Moving the fader of any member of the group will move the other faders in that group by the same amount. You can isolate a channel from the group temporarily with shift-click-drag. Up to 8 groups can be defined." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:120 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:125 #, no-wrap msgid "Mute button" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:123 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:128 msgid "Prevents users being heard in your local mix. Be aware that when you mute someone, they will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader to indicate that you cannot hear them. Note also that you will continue to see their VU meters moving if sound from the muted user is reaching the server. Your fader position for them is also unaffected." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:125 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130 msgid "Note that muting your **own** channel only means you will not hear your signal from the server (and is not advised as it can lead to you becoming out of time with other players). This is therefore not the same as using \"[Mute Myself](#mute-myself-button)\"." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:126 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:131 #, no-wrap msgid "Solo button" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:129 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:134 msgid "Allows you to hear one or more users on their own. Those not soloed will be muted. Note also that those people who are not soloed will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader." msgstr "" +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:135 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Menu commands" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:137 +#, no-wrap +msgid "File > Connection Setup..." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140 +msgid "Opens the [connection dialogue (see above)](#connectdisconnect-button)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:141 +#, no-wrap +msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:144 +msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band. This stores your settings for each person's fader volume, pan setting, mute and solo state. You can load this mix any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:145 +#, no-wrap +msgid "File > Exit" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:148 +msgid "Closes all the windows and exits the application." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:149 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Edit > Clear All Stored Solo/Mute Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:152 +msgid "Whenever you Solo or Mute a channel, Jamulus remembers these settings. Even if that person leaves and rejoins - or you join a server where they are playing - the settings will automatically be applied. Use this command to clear _all_ these stored settings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:153 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Edit > Set All Faders to New Client Level" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:156 +msgid "Applies the [configured \"New Client Level\"](#new-client-level) to all currently connected channels." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:157 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:160 +msgid "Applies a one-off fader adjustment to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:161 +#, no-wrap +msgid "View > (sort options)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:166 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"Most items under the \"View\" menu allow you to adjust the order Jamulus chooses to display channels on the server:\n" +"* Own Fader First
\n" +"This option can be used in addition to the others to move your own channel to always be the leftmost, irrespective of the sort order of the other channels.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:178 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* No user sorting
\n" +"This does not take any user details into account when sorting. It sorts by the order channels join the current server as described further up, with new channels being added to the right-hand end.\n" +"* Sort by Name
\n" +"Sorts by the name someone has chosen in their profile.\n" +"* Sort by Instrument / City
\n" +"Sorts by the instrument or city someone has in their profile, along with their name.\n" +"* Sort by Group
\n" +"Where the fader group feature is in use, this sorts in ascending group number from left to right (and within that, by name), with any ungrouped channels off to the right.\n" +"* Sort by Channel
\n" +"Where Jamulus channel controls (fader, mute, solo, etc) are being controlled by MIDI (see [Using --ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)), this sorts by the channel number to help ensure a stable sort order that aligns with MIDI hardware controls.\n" +"Note that in Jamulus clients before version 3.12.0, channel numbers are assigned directly by the server. Clients from 3.12.0 onwards manage their own channel number assignments and always assign channel 0 to the local user (provided the server version is at least 3.5.5).\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179 +#, no-wrap +msgid "View > Chat" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:182 +msgid "Opens the [Chat](#chat) window." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Settings Menu" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:186 +msgid "Allows direct access to each of the [Settings](#settings) tabs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:187 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Help" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:190 +msgid "Provides access to the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) and [User Manual](Software-Manual) (this page) on the website, along with copyright, licence and acknowledgement details. There is also a \"What's This?\" option for getting more details on parts of the client display." +msgstr "" + #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:192 #, no-wrap msgid "Settings" msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194 #, no-wrap msgid "My Profile" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:136 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198 msgid "From the Settings menu, select \"My Profile...\" to set your Alias/Name which is displayed below your fader in the server audio mixer board." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:200 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:202 msgid "If you set an instrument and/or country, icons for these selections will also be shown below your fader. The skill setting changes the background colour of the fader tag and the city entry shows up in the tool tip of the fader tag:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:204 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:143 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:205 #, no-wrap msgid "Skin" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:146 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:208 msgid "This applies a skin to the main window, some of which are designed to accommodate larger ensembles." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:147 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:209 #, no-wrap msgid "Meter style" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:150 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:212 msgid "This changes the visual style of the audio meters, independently of the chosen skin." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:151 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:213 #, no-wrap msgid "Mixer rows" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:154 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:216 msgid "This sets the number of rows displayed in the server audio mixer, for use with larger ensembles." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:155 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:217 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio Alerts" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:158 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220 msgid "This turns on a sound alert for when someone joins a Server, or when receiving a new chat message." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:159 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:221 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio/Network Setup" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:162 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:224 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:225 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio Device" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:167 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:229 msgid "Under the Windows operating system the ASIO driver (sound card) can be selected using Jamulus. If the selected ASIO driver is not valid an error message is shown and the previous valid driver is selected. Under macOS the input and output hardware can be selected." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:168 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230 #, no-wrap msgid "Input/output channel mapping" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:233 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237 msgid "If the selected sound card device offers more than one input or output channel, the _Input Channel Mapping and Output Channel Mapping_ settings are visible. For each Jamulus input/output channel (left and right channel) a different actual sound card channel can be selected." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:176 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:238 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio channels" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179 -msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and server." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241 +msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and Server." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:181 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:243 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note**: It is better to run separate Client instances per voice/instrument, where each Client has its own ini file, rather than using this built-in mono pair to stereo mixer.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:245 msgid "There are three modes available:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:185 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:247 #, no-wrap msgid "**Mono** and **Stereo** modes use one and two audio channels respectively.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:188 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250 #, no-wrap msgid "" "**Mono-in/Stereo-out**: The audio signal sent to the server is mono but the return signal is stereo. This is useful if the sound card has the instrument on one input channel and the microphone on the other. In that case\n" @@ -498,151 +636,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:191 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:253 msgid "Enabling stereo mode will increase your stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:256 msgid "In stereo streaming mode, no audio channel selection for the reverb effect will be available on the main window since the effect is applied to both channels in this case." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:195 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:257 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio quality" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:260 msgid "The higher the audio quality, the higher your audio stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:261 #, no-wrap msgid "Buffer Delay" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:203 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265 msgid "The buffer delay setting is a fundamental setting of the Jamulus software. This setting has an influence on many connection properties. Three buffer sizes are supported:" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269 msgid "**64 samples** Provides the lowest latency but does not work with all sound cards." msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269 msgid "**128 samples** The preferred setting. Should work for most available sound cards." msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269 msgid "**256 samples** Should only be used on very slow computers, or with a slow internet connection." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:210 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272 msgid "Some sound card drivers do not allow the buffer delay to be changed from within the Jamulus software. In this case the buffer delay setting is disabled and has to be changed using the sound card driver. On Windows, press the ASIO Setup button to open the driver settings panel." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:214 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:276 msgid "On Linux: - when using JACK, use `QJackCtl` to change the buffer size and restart JACK; - when using PipeWire's JACK server, change PipeWire's Quantum parameter with its own configuration tools." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:218 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:280 msgid "The actual buffer delay has an influence on the connection status, the current upload rate and the overall delay. The lower the buffer size, the higher the probability of a red light in the status indicator (dropouts) and the higher the upload rate and the lower the overall delay." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:282 msgid "The buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:221 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:283 #, no-wrap msgid "Jitter Buffer" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:226 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288 msgid "The jitter buffer compensates for network and sound card timing jitters. The size of the buffer influences the quality of the audio stream (how many dropouts occur) and the overall delay (the longer the buffer, the higher the delay)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:292 msgid "You can set the jitter buffer size manually for your local Client and the remote server. For the local jitter buffer, dropouts in the audio stream are indicated by the light below the jitter buffer size faders. If the light turns to red, a buffer overrun/underrun has taken place and the audio stream is interrupted." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:232 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:294 msgid "The jitter buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:236 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:298 msgid "If the Auto setting is enabled, the jitter buffers of your local Client and the remote server are set automatically based on measurements of the network and sound card timing jitter. If the Auto check is enabled, the jitter buffer size faders are disabled (they cannot be moved with the mouse)." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:299 #, no-wrap msgid "Small Network Buffers" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:303 msgid "Allows support for very small network audio packets. These are only used if the sound card buffer delay is smaller than 128 samples. The smaller the network buffers, the lower the audio latency. But at the same time the network load increases and the probability of audio dropouts also increases (particuarly if your network connection has any significant jitter). Try enabling this option if you are suffering from high latency or bad audio quality. However, keeping it disabled will normally mean better audio quality." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:242 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio Stream Rate" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:246 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:308 msgid "Depends on the current audio packet size and compression setting. Make sure that the upstream rate is not higher than your available internet upload speed (check this with a service such as [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/))." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:247 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:309 #, no-wrap msgid "Advanced Setup" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:312 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:251 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:313 #, no-wrap msgid "Custom Directories" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258 -msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here. If you know the IP address or host name of a custom Directory, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Note that IPv6 is not currently supported for Directories.) The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:320 +msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here. Enter the hostname or IP address of the custom Directory. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Note that IPv6 is not currently supported for Directories.) The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:259 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:321 #, no-wrap msgid "New Client Level" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:264 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:326 #, no-wrap msgid "" "This setting defines the fader level of a newly connected Client in percent. If a new user connects\n" @@ -651,140 +789,112 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:327 #, no-wrap msgid "Input Boost" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:268 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:330 msgid "Increases the gain from your device. Use this if your device delivers a gain that is too quiet for Jamulus." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:331 #, no-wrap msgid "Feedback Protection" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:334 msgid "Attempts to detect audio feedback loops or loud noise in the first three seconds after you connected to a server. Once detected, this feature will show a message and activate the \"Mute Myself\" button to mute you in your own mix." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:273 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:335 #, no-wrap msgid "Input Balance" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:278 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:340 msgid "Controls the relative levels of the left and right local audio channels. For a mono signal it acts as a pan between the two channels. For example, if a microphone is connected to the right input channel and an instrument is connected to the left input channel which is much louder than the microphone, move the audio fader to increase the relative volume of the mic." msgstr "" #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:279 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Menu commands" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281 -#, no-wrap -msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:284 -msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band rehearsals (fader, mute, pan, solo etc.) and load these any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:285 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders " -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288 -msgid "Applies a one-off fader setting to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:289 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:341 #, no-wrap msgid "Backing up Jamulus" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:293 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:345 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:347 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n" +msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in\n" msgstr "" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:347 #, no-wrap msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:299 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:351 #, no-wrap msgid "Command Line Options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Opções da Linha de Comandos" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:302 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:354 msgid "Most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, but these and others can also be set using options given in a terminal window. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:356 #, no-wrap msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" msgstr "" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:305 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:357 #, no-wrap msgid " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:310 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:362 msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" msgstr "" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:311 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:363 #, no-wrap msgid " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:316 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:368 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:318 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:370 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:319 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:371 #, no-wrap msgid "Controlling the Client via API" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:321 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:373 msgid "In addition to the CLI, Jamulus can be controlled using an API. This is beneficial for advanced use cases - for example, where there is no GUI, or another application needs to interact with Jamulus. Please note that the API is still experimental. Information on the [JSON-RPC API can be found in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)." msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Tips-Tricks-More.po index eeb333e5c..46ead6b95 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Tips-Tricks-More.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Tips-Tricks-More.po @@ -5,18 +5,19 @@ # ignotus , 2022. # ssantos , 2024. # ignotus , 2024. +# Manuela Silva , 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:10+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-07-03 17:02+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Manuela Silva \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: pt-PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 @@ -34,7 +35,7 @@ msgstr "wiki" #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 @@ -46,20 +47,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:8 #, no-wrap msgid "Tips & Tricks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dicas e Truques" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:10 #, no-wrap msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:12 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "
" +#, no-wrap msgid "
\n" -msgstr "
" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:14 @@ -74,12 +74,14 @@ msgid "" "* TOC\n" " {:toc}\n" msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:19 #, no-wrap msgid "
\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:20 @@ -96,7 +98,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:24 #, no-wrap msgid "Using the Jamulus Client" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utilizar o Cliente Jamulus" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:26 @@ -119,7 +121,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:32 #, no-wrap msgid "Using Jamulus audio in Zoom (or other) meeting apps" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utilizar o áudio de Janmulus nas aplicações de reunião, como Zoom (ou outra)" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:35 @@ -135,7 +137,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:38 #, no-wrap msgid "Recording Jamulus on Windows with Reaper" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gravar Jamulus no Windows com Reaper" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:41 @@ -211,98 +213,280 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83 #, no-wrap -msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers" +msgid "Using `--ctrlmidich` for MIDI controllers" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86 -msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:" +msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a connected MIDI controller. This feature is available from version 3.7.0 on macOS, Linux, and the JACK version of Jamulus for Windows. From Jamulus 3.12.0 onwards, it is also available for the non-JACK (ASIO) Windows version. To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with the `--ctrlmidich` command-line option." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88 -msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`" +msgid "When this option is used on the command line, Jamulus will prepend a channel number to each Client name, which can be used to control the channel using MIDI CC numbers. In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first when sorted by channel or when \"Own Fader First\" is enabled." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90 -msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64." +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Tip*: With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n" +msgid "When using JACK or macOS, make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), Audio/MIDI Setup (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch `a2jmidid` so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl. For non-JACK Windows, Jamulus will find the MIDI device(s) automatically, but see the `d` option below if more than one MIDI device is connected." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94 +msgid "`--ctrlmidich` takes a single argument. If you omit it, the parameter is ignored. There are two formats for the argument:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96 +msgid "The legacy definition has one or two numbers in the format:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:97 +#, no-wrap +msgid " [MIDI channel];[offset for first fader]\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:126 +msgid "`MIDI channel` is required or else the parameter argument is ignored and the feature is not active. `0` means \"any channel\", `1`-`16` listen only to MIDI messages on the specified MIDI channel." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104 +msgid "`offset for first fader` is the first MIDI CC to use to control a Jamulus Channel fader (default 70, which matches the Behringer X-Touch defaults), with all MIDI CCs after that being used; must be a number or else the long form is used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106 #, no-wrap -msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n" +msgid " For example\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96 -msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth." +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n" +" ```\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98 -msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl." +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112 +#, no-wrap +msgid " would listen on all MIDI channels and use MIDI controller 70 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on. Here's another example:\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" --ctrlmidich \"2;50\"\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:118 +#, no-wrap +msgid " This would listen on MIDI channel 2 and use MIDI controller 50 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '2. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:120 +msgid "The long form is a sequence of offsets and counts for various controllers:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:121 #, no-wrap -msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n" +msgid " [MIDI channel];[control letter][offset](*[count])(;...)\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:128 +msgid "`control letter` defines which Jamulus Control the MIDI controller number is assigned to:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:135 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" | control letter | Jamulus Control |\n" +" |--------:|---------|\n" +" | `f` | Fader |\n" +" | `p` | Pan |\n" +" | `s` | Solo |\n" +" | `m` | Mute |\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:137 +msgid "`offset` is the base MIDI CC number for the control." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:139 +msgid "`count` is the number of CC values for the control, defaulting to 1 (i.e. the number Jamulus channels that can be controlled)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:141 +#, no-wrap +msgid " An example for a Korg nanoKONTROL2 using eight sliders starting at MIDI CC 0 to control faders and eight knobs starting at MIDI CC 16 to control pan, on any MIDI channnel, for eight Jamulus channels would be\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:142 +#, no-wrap +msgid " --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:147 +#, no-wrap +msgid " Enhancing this to add eight Solo buttons starting at CC 32, and eight Mute buttons starting at CC 48 would give:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:148 +#, no-wrap +msgid " --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8\"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:153 +msgid "Two additional `control letter` values are available:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: ' 1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:155 +msgid "`o` controls Mute Myself and has a single `offset` (i.e. `count` is ignored and taken as 1)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: ' 2. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:157 +msgid "`d` is an option on Windows non-JACK Jamulus to specify a particular MIDI input device by name -- without this, all devices will be assigned to Jamulus; with it, only the specified device will be used. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:161 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;dnanoKontrol\"\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:163 +#, no-wrap +msgid " would listen for CC0 through CC7 on MIDI channel 1 from a MIDI device called \"nanoKontrol\". Remember to wrap the whole of the `--ctrlmidich` argument in double quotes and you will have no problems with device names containing spaces.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:165 +#, no-wrap +msgid " In order to discover the correct device name to use, start Jamulus from the command line with `--ctrlmidich` and observe the output. Jamulus will list all discovered MIDI devices:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:173 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n" +" - MIDI controller settings: 0\n" +" - allocated port number: 22134\n" +" - MIDI devices found: 2\n" +" 0: nanoKONTROL2\n" +" 1: Keystation Mini 32\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:181 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\"\n" +" - MIDI controller settings: 1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\n" +" - allocated port number: 22134\n" +" - MIDI devices found: 2\n" +" 0: nanoKONTROL2\n" +" 1: Keystation Mini 32 (ignored)\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:183 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\tNote that if only one MIDI device is connected, the `d` option is not necessary, as Jamulus will use the device automatically.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:185 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\tOn macOS, Linux or Windows with JACK, the `d` option is accepted if given, but ignored.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:187 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself, that is, buttons on your MIDI controller need to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:188 #, no-wrap msgid "For Server admins" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:103 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:190 #, no-wrap msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:193 msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:107 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:194 #, no-wrap msgid "Remote management of recordings" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:197 msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:111 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:198 #, no-wrap msgid "Making a Server status page" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:201 msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:203 msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):" msgstr "" #. type: Fenced code block -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:117 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:204 #, no-wrap msgid "" ", 2024. +# Manuela Silva , 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:10+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-06-03 15:04+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Manuela Silva \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: pt-PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.12-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 @@ -31,18 +32,18 @@ msgstr "wiki" #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Unregistered-Servers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Unregistered-Servers" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:10 #, no-wrap msgid "Running an Unregistered Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Executar um Servidor Não Registado" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:9 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Mais\" branch1=\"Administração do Servidor\" branch1-url=\"Executar-um-Servidor\" %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:13 @@ -64,7 +65,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:18 #, no-wrap msgid "Port forwarding" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Reencaminhamento de porta" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:21 @@ -81,7 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:24 #, no-wrap msgid "Getting the public IP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Obter o IP público" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:28 @@ -92,7 +93,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:30 #, no-wrap msgid "Dynamic DNS and why you will probably need it" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DNS dinâmico e por que provavelmente irá precisar dele" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:33 @@ -103,7 +104,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:34 #, no-wrap msgid "DNS SRV record support" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Suporte para gravar SRV DNS" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:37 @@ -114,7 +115,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:38 #, no-wrap msgid "Why is this helpful?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Porque é que isto é útil?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:41 @@ -135,7 +136,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:46 #, no-wrap msgid "Creating SRV records" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Criação de registos SRV" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:49 @@ -152,6 +153,11 @@ msgid "" " \n" " _jamulus._udp.example.com. 60 IN SRV 0 5 12345 jamulus.example.com\n" msgstr "" +" _service._proto.name. ttl IN SRV priority weight port target\n" +" \n" +" # ou, mais especificamente\n" +" \n" +" _jamulus._udp.example.com. 60 IN SRV 0 5 12345 jamulus.example.com\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:59 @@ -162,7 +168,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:61 msgid "See the documentation of your DNS provider for instructions on creating an SRV record." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Consulte a documentação do seu provedor DNS para instruções na criação de um registo SRV." #. type: Title #### #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:62 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/copyright.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/copyright.po index 43859214a..8b585fbb8 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/copyright.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/copyright.po @@ -3,26 +3,27 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # -#, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-05-04 06:05+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Manuela Silva \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" +"Language: pt-PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.12-dev\n" #. type: Hash Value: footer asio #: ../wiki/en/misc/copyright.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "ASIO ® compatible - ASIO is a trademark and software of Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Compatível com ASIO ® - ASIO é uma marca registada e programa de Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH" #. type: Hash Value: nav docs #: ../wiki/en/misc/copyright.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "This documentation is CC BY-SA" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Esta documentação é CC BY-SA" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/general.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/general.po index e2351e250..6a7252854 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/general.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/general.po @@ -3,18 +3,19 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Melcon Moraes , 2022. # Andre Costa , 2024. +# Manuela Silva , 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-03-04 18:01+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Andre Costa \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-05-03 11:01+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Manuela Silva \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: pt_PT\n" +"Language: pt-PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.5-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.12-dev\n" #. type: Hash Value: footer alt facebook #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 @@ -26,49 +27,49 @@ msgstr "Grupo Jamulus no Facebook" #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus GitHub repo" -msgstr "Jamulus GitHub repo" +msgstr "Repositório do Jamulus no GitHub" #. type: Hash Value: footer alt help #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Help and support" -msgstr "Ajuda e suporte" +msgstr "Ajuda e apoio" #. type: Hash Value: footer copyright software #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Software by Volker Fischer and contributors - want to get involved?" -msgstr "Software por Volker Fischer e colaboradores - quer envolver-se?" +msgstr "Programa de Volker Fischer e colaboradores - querem participar?" #. type: Hash Value: kb by #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "by" -msgstr "by" +msgstr "por" #. type: Hash Value: kb discuss linktitle #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Discuss this content" -msgstr "Discussão sobre este conteúdo" +msgstr "Discuta este conteúdo" #. type: Hash Value: kb discuss title #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Comments" -msgstr "Commentários" +msgstr "Comentários" #. type: Hash Value: kb kbintro #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Community knowledge base
Feel free to add your own article!" -msgstr "Base de informação comunitária
Fique livre para adicionar seu próprio artigo!" +msgstr "Base de conhecimentos comunitária
Fique à vontade para adicionar o seu próprio artigo!" #. type: Hash Value: kb mainpage #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Knowledge Base overview" -msgstr "Visão geral da base de dados de conhecimento" +msgstr "Sinopse da Base de Conhecimentos" #. type: Hash Value: kb navpages #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 @@ -80,7 +81,7 @@ msgstr "Mais páginas" #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Add a new page via GitHub" -msgstr "Adicione uma página via GitHub" +msgstr "Adicione uma nova página via GitHub" #. type: Hash Value: kb readmore #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 @@ -92,13 +93,13 @@ msgstr "Leia mais..." #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "– Jamulus Knowledge Base" -msgstr "– Base de informação do Jamulus" +msgstr "– Base de Conhecimentos do Jamulus" #. type: Hash Value: nav altJamulusIcon #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus Icon. Links to homepage" -msgstr "Ícone Jamulus. Link para a página inicial" +msgstr "Ícone do Jamulus. Leva-o para a página inicial" #. type: Hash Value: nav btnOpenNavigation #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 @@ -110,13 +111,13 @@ msgstr "Abrir navegação" #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Your browser has JavaScript disabled. That's totally fine. This site has been designed to provide basic functionality without JS. Enabling JavaScript may give you additional functionality on this site." -msgstr "Seu browser desabilitou JavaScript, o que é perfeitamente ok. Este site foi desenvolvido para prover funcionalidade básica mesmo sem JS. Se vocé habilitá-lo, você pode usufruir de funções adicionais." +msgstr "O seu navegador desativou o JavaScript. O que é perfeitamente normal. Este ''site'' foi desenvolvido para proporcionar uma funcionalidade básica sem o JS. Se o ativar, pode usufruir de funções adicionais neste ''site''." #. type: Hash Value: wiki titleAdd #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "– Jamulus Website" -msgstr "- Site do Jamulus" +msgstr "- Site da Web do Jamulus" #, no-wrap #~ msgid "Jamulus 3.9.1 addresses a MIDI controller-related bug that could result in the loss of old fader levels: If you used `--ctrlmidich`, you can start the app once with `--cleanuplegacyfadersettings` to try to convert the old format to the new one. This option will be removed in a future release. Read the Change Log for more information." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/navigation.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/navigation.po index 44d2bedf0..347d94fd0 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/navigation.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/navigation.po @@ -2,24 +2,25 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Andre Costa , 2024. +# Manuela Silva , 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-04-15 17:01+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Andre Costa \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-05-19 17:47+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Manuela Silva \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: pt_PT\n" +"Language: pt-PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.5-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.12-dev\n" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting Up" -msgstr "Configurando" +msgstr "Configuração" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems page #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 @@ -67,7 +68,7 @@ msgstr "/wiki/Getting-Started" #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "User Manual" -msgstr "Manual do Software" +msgstr "Manual do Utilizador" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 @@ -79,7 +80,7 @@ msgstr "/wiki/Software-Manual" #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "FAQ" -msgstr "FAQ" +msgstr "Perguntas Mais Frequentes" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 @@ -103,13 +104,13 @@ msgstr "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting" #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Using Jamulus" -msgstr "Usando Jamulus" +msgstr "Utilização de Jamulus" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Server Manual" -msgstr "Manual do servidor" +msgstr "Manual do Servidor" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 @@ -121,7 +122,7 @@ msgstr "/wiki/Running-a-Server" #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Tips & Tricks" -msgstr "Dicas e truques" +msgstr "Dicas e Truques" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 @@ -133,13 +134,13 @@ msgstr "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More" #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Community Knowledge Base" -msgstr "Base de Conhecimento Comunitária" +msgstr "Base de Conhecimentos da Comunidade" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems selectOnLayout #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "post" -msgstr "post" +msgstr "publicar" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ru/1-index.po b/_translator-files/po/ru/1-index.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..028057aa1 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/ru/1-index.po @@ -0,0 +1,143 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Maksim_220 Кабанов , 2025. +# ignotus , 2025. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-29 14:07+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: ru\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n" + +#. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?) +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"---\n" +"title: \"Jamulus ‒ Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +"lang: \"en\"\n" +"permalink: /\n" +"layout: mainhomepage\n" +"ldjAppCategory: \"Music\"\n" +"ldjSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +"ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer and contributors\"\n" +"metadescription: \"Jamulus is free and open source software that lets musicians perform music, rehearse or jam together, in real time over the Internet.\"\n" +"mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icon\"\n" +"mTSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +"mTGetStartedNow: \"Get started now!\"\n" +"mTDownloadNow: 'Download now for'\n" +"mTPlatformsAnd: 'and'\n" +"mTOtherPlatforms: 'other platforms'\n" +"---\n" +"[//]: # Markdown sections should not be indented, otherwise they are treated as code blocks.\n" +msgstr "" +"---\n" +"title: \"Jamulus - Слушайте музыку онлайн. С друзьями. Бесплатно.\"\n" +"lang: \"ru\"\n" +"permalink: /\n" +"layout: mainhomepage\n" +"ldjAppCategory: \"Музыка\"\n" +"ldjSlogan: \"Слушайте музыку онлайн. С друзьями. Бесплатно.\"\n" +"ldjCreator: \"Фолькер Фишер и соавторы.\"\n" +"metadescription: \"Jamulus - это бесплатное программное обеспечение с открытым исходным кодом, позволяющее музыкантам исполнять музыку, репетировать или устраивать совместные джемы в режиме реального времени через Интернет.\"\n" +"mAltProgIcon: \"Значок Jamulus\"\n" +"mTSlogan: \"Играйте музыку онлайн. С друзьями. Бесплатно.\"\n" +"mTGetStartedNow: \"Начните прямо сейчас!\"\n" +"mTDownloadNow: \"Загрузите сейчас для.\"\n" +"mTPlatformsAnd: \"и\"\n" +"mTOtherPlatforms: 'другие платформы'\n" +"---\n" +"[//]: # Разделы Markdown не должны иметь отступов, иначе они будут рассматриваться как блоки кода.\n" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:21 +#, no-wrap +msgid "What is Jamulus?" +msgstr "Что такое Jamulus?" + +#. type: Content of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:23 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus lets you play, rehearse, or jam with your friends, your band, or anyone you find online. Play together remotely in time with high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection. [Download it here!](wiki/Getting-Started)\n" +msgstr "Jamulus позволяет играть, репетировать или устраивать джемы с друзьями, группой или любым человеком, которого вы найдете в сети. Играйте вместе удаленно в такт с высококачественным звуком с низкой задержкой при обычном широкополосном соединении. [Скачать здесь!](wiki/Getting-Started)\n" + +#. type: Attribute 'src' of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:32 +msgid "{% include img/en-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc %}" +msgstr "{% include img/en-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc %}" + +#. type: Attribute 'alt' of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:32 +msgid "A screenshot of the main mixer window showing five people from different countries connected." +msgstr "Снимок главного окна микшера с изображением пяти подключенных людей из разных стран." + +#. type: Content of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus is international" +msgstr "Jamulus - международный" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus worldwide" +msgstr "Jamulus по всему миру" + +#. type: Content of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:42 +#, no-wrap +msgid "All over the world Jamulus allows choirs to rehearse and rock bands to play. Jamulus brings folk and classical musicians together. It's being used for remote music lessons, in schools and universities, in private and in public — all in real time on the Internet, as if you were there in person.\n" +msgstr "По всему миру Jamulus позволяет репетировать хорам и играть рок-группам. Jamulus объединяет народных и классических музыкантов. Его используют для дистанционных уроков музыки, в школах и университетах, в частном порядке и публично - все в режиме реального времени через Интернет, как если бы вы присутствовали лично.\n" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:44 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Help needed?" +msgstr "Нужна помощь?" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"Check out the [documentation](wiki/Getting-Started) and consider the [troubleshooting section](wiki/Client-Troubleshooting)!\n" +"You can also ask on the [forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions).\n" +msgstr "" +"Ознакомьтесь с [документацией](wiki/Getting-Started) и рассмотрите раздел [устранение неполадок](wiki/Client-Troubleshooting)!\n" +"Вы также можете задать вопрос на [форумах](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions).\n" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:53 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Want to get involved?" +msgstr "Хотите принять участие?" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:56 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help [translating](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/TRANSLATING.md) Jamulus into your language? Since Jamulus is [free and open source software](https://www.gnu.org/philosophy/free-sw.en.html) (FOSS) licensed under the [GPL](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.en.html) you can help us!" +msgstr "Идеи? Нашли ошибку? Хотите внести свой код или помочь [перевести](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/TRANSLATING.md) Jamulus на ваш язык? Поскольку Jamulus - это [свободное и открытое ПО](https://www.gnu.org/philosophy/free-sw.en.html) (FOSS), лицензированное по [GPL](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.en.html), вы можете помочь нам!" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:58 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Take a look at our [contribution guidelines](wiki/Contribution) to find out how. Everybody is welcome!" +msgstr "Ознакомьтесь с нашими [правилами внесения вклада](wiki/Contribution), чтобы узнать, как это сделать. Приглашаем всех!" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:60 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_For detailed information on how Jamulus works, see [this paper by Volker Fischer (PDF)](/PerformingBandRehearsalsontheInternetWithJamulus.pdf)._\n" +msgstr "_Подробную информацию о том, как работает Jamulus, можно найти в [этой статье Фолькера Фишера (PDF)](/PerformingBandRehearsalsontheInternetWithJamulus.pdf)._\n" + +#. type: Content of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:65 +#, no-wrap +msgid "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}" +msgstr "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ru/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/ru/Client-Troubleshooting.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..37636d96a --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/ru/Client-Troubleshooting.po @@ -0,0 +1,332 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Maksim_220 Кабанов , 2025. +# Roman Akimov , 2025. +# Ахматов Тамерлан , 2025. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-10-02 07:01+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Ахматов Тамерлан \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: ru\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "ru" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting" +msgstr "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Client Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Устранение неполадок с клиентом" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Устранение неполадок" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:12 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:14 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" +msgstr "Оглавление\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" +msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:19 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Don’t hear any sound/Others don’t hear you?" +msgstr "Не слышите ни звука /Другие вас не слышат?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:23 +msgid "Start with the simple stuff: make sure your instrument/microphone and headphones are connected to the correct sockets. Make sure no other applications like your browser, video conferencing tool etc. is also using your sound card. You should shut those down when using Jamulus. If that all looks OK and the problem persists, it's likely there's an issue with your sound device settings. This will depend on your particular setup (platform, hardware, software and drivers), so it's best to ask on [the forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions) for guidance." +msgstr "Начните с самого простого: убедитесь, что ваш инструмент / микрофон и наушники подключены к правильным разъемам. Убедитесь, что ваша звуковая карта не используется другими приложениями, такими как браузер, видеоконференцсвязь и т.д. Вы должны отключить их при использовании Jamulus. Если все выглядит нормально и проблема не устраняется, скорее всего, проблема связана с настройками вашего звукового устройства. Это зависит от ваших конкретных настройк (платформы, аппаратного обеспечения, программ и драйверов), так что лучше всего спросить об этом [на форуме](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:25 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Windows users (ASIO4ALL)**: If you’re using the ASIO4ALL driver have a look at the [ASIO4ALL setup section](Installation-for-Windows#setting-up-asio4all)\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Not seeing the headphone or microphone you just connected to your PC?" +msgstr "Не работают наушники или микрофон, которые вы только что подключили к компьютеру?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:29 +msgid "Just restart Jamulus with your device plugged in. Jamulus currently doesn't show devices which were plugged in after the sound system was loaded." +msgstr "Просто перезапустите Jamulus с уже подключённым устройством. В настоящее время Jamulus не отображает устройства, которые были подключены после загрузки звуковой системы." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:30 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Your sound is stuttering" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:33 +msgid "Your audio device may not work with the buffer size you selected. Select a bigger buffer size in Jamulus's settings. If possible though, use another device, since large buffer sizes mean higher latency." +msgstr "Ваше аудиоустройство может не работать с выбранным размером буфера. Увеличьте размер буфера в настройках Jamulus. Однако, по возможности, используйте другое устройство, так как большой размер буфера увеличивает задержку." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "You all sound OK, but it's difficult to keep together" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:37 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**If at all possible, DO NOT listen to your direct signal.** Make sure you are listening as much as you can to the sound of your own instrument/voice _coming back from the Server_. This signal has you and your playing partners mixed together in sync, and will be the signal that your bandmates are hearing too. So listening to that means you will be in sync with each other (assuming you all have reasonably low latency). Note that if one or more musicians are not following this rule, they will slow down as they play or sing.\n" +msgstr "**По возможности, НЕ слушайте свой прямой сигнал.** Старайтесь как можно больше слушать звук своего инструмента/голоса, _возвращающийся с сервера_. В этом сигнале вы и ваши партнёры по игре сведены синхронно, и именно этот сигнал слышат и другие участники вашей группы. Таким образом, слушая его, вы будете играть синхронно друг с другом (при условии, что у всех вас достаточно низкая задержка). Обратите внимание: если один или несколько музыкантов не следуют этому правилу, они будут замедляться во время игры или пения.\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:39 +msgid "You can test whether you are hearing your signal correctly by doing the following:" +msgstr "Вы можете проверить, правильно ли вы слышите свой сигнал, следующим образом:" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44 +msgid "Run Jamulus and connect to a Server with a long ping time (greater than 200ms)" +msgstr "Запустите Jamulus и подключитесь к серверу с большим временем пинга (более 200 мс)" + +#. type: Bullet: '2. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44 +msgid "Clap your hands once (or play one short note on an instrument). You should hear the sound from the Jamulus Server come back, but significantly delayed." +msgstr "Хлопните в ладоши один раз (или сыграйте одну короткую ноту на инструменте). Вы должны услышать, как звук вернётся с сервера Jamulus, но со значительной задержкой." + +#. type: Bullet: '3. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44 +msgid "Click the \"Mute\" button under your Jamulus name/slider in the main Jamulus mixer window (**NOT** the \"Mute Myself\" button on the left)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '4. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44 +msgid "Clap your hands again." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:46 +msgid "If you hear two claps after step 2, or any claps after step 4, then you are **not** obeying Rule Number One - you have your local audio enabled and should disable it." +msgstr "Если после шага 2 вы слышите два хлопка или какие-либо хлопки после шага 4, то вы **не** соблюдаете Правило номер один — у вас включён локальный звук, и его следует отключить." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:48 +msgid "Exactly how you avoid listening to your direct signal will depend on your individual setup - your sound interface, mixing desk, headphone connection point, etc. For example, some audio interfaces have \"monitor\" buttons (turn these off), or similar options. **If you are still having problems**, try asking on the [forum](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:50 +msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:51 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Can't work out your mic settings?" +msgstr "Не можете разобраться с настройками микрофона?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:54 +msgid "When using a microphone while playing your other instrument, you can use a stereo audio input signal in your settings where one channel is connected to the instrument and the other channel is connected to a microphone signal. On the microphone channel an optional reverberation effect can be applied." +msgstr "При использовании микрофона во время игры на другом инструменте в настройках можно задействовать стереофонический входной сигнал, где один канал подключён к инструменту, а другой — к микрофону. К микрофонному каналу можно по желанию применить реверберацию." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:55 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Buffer LEDs suddenly going red, outages, [jittering](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jitter), weird sounds?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:58 +msgid "Your computer may be under too much load. Try not to have anything competing with Jamulus (like Zoom Meetings or Facebook live streams) on your machine. Or at least quit them while you're playing. Prevent things like virus scanners doing scans, or software updates happening, etc. Be aware that the reverb setting in Jamulus also uses more CPU the more reverb you have." +msgstr "Ваш компьютер может быть перегружен. Постарайтесь не запускать на нём ничего, что будет конкурировать с Jamulus (например, конференции в Zoom или прямые трансляции в Facebook). Или хотя бы закрывайте эти программы на время игры. Не допускайте фоновых процессов, таких как сканирование антивирусом или установка обновлений. Имейте в виду, что настройка реверберации в Jamulus также нагружает процессор, и чем она сильнее, тем выше нагрузка." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Ping times and latency start well, then get worse, causing issues" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:62 +msgid "This can indicate something else is competing with Jamulus on your network, so make sure nobody is watching HD Netflix movies or taking part in Zoom video conferences while you are playing. A more permanent solution for technically-minded users may be found by investigating [the issue of buffer bloat](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/) on their router and whether you can implement Smart Queue Management (SQM). [More details here](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/What_can_I_do_about_Bufferbloat/)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:63 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Getting frustrated with software channels, audio routing, sample rates and more?" +msgstr "Устали от программных каналов, маршрутизации звука, частот дискретизации и прочего?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:66 +msgid "It's usually far easier and more reliable to have a [mixing desk](https://www.thomann.de/pics/bdb/191244/7355025_800.jpg) to connect your kit (instruments, mic, recorder etc.) and then send a simple stereo signal to your sound interface (be sure to listen to the resulting sound from the Jamulus Server via your computer though!). The huge variety of possible hardware, software and instrument combinations means that setting up your sound card to work with your particular configuration can otherwise get complicated very fast." +msgstr "Обычно гораздо проще и надёжнее подключить всё ваше оборудование (инструменты, микрофон, рекордер и т. д.) к [микшерному пульту](https://www.thomann.de/pics/bdb/191244/7355025_800.jpg), а с него уже посылать простой стереосигнал на ваш звуковой интерфейс (но не забывайте, что итоговый звук с сервера Jamulus нужно слушать через компьютер!). В противном случае, из-за огромного разнообразия возможных комбинаций оборудования, программного обеспечения и инструментов, настройка звуковой карты под вашу конкретную конфигурацию может очень быстро усложниться." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:67 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Somebody joining your jam and being too loud?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:70 +msgid "You can set your \"New Client Level\" to a low value (e.g. 10), or set the musicians you are playing with to \"Solo\" state (in the mixer panel on the right side). That way, either new entrants will be very quiet, or you won't hear them at all." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:71 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Can't see the Server you want to join?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:74 +msgid "First check that you have the right genre Server selected in your Connect window. Sometimes network issues mean your Client won't list all the available Servers. If you know the name of the Server you want to join, you can [look up its IP address here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/). Enter that address in the \"Server Address\" field in the Connect Setup window to connect to it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:75 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Not seeing a list of Servers at all?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:78 +msgid "In the UK (and possibly other regions/routers) the Virgin Media Cable Internet Modem setting can cause an issue. \"Block Fragmented IP Packets\" should not be checked. For other routers/ISP, also try turning off SPI (Stateful Packet Inspection) and if that fixes it, you can make a judgment about whether to leave that off or not." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:80 +msgid "In some cases, it may be your ISP that is blocking your use of Jamulus. See the note on the [server troubleshooting page](Server-Troubleshooting#nobody-can-connect-to-my-server---but-i-can-connect-locally) about \"Nobody can connect to my Server\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:81 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Getting an error message saying \"Jamulus\" can't be opened because the developer cannot be verified" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:84 +msgid "If you are using a \"legacy\" version of Jamulus (because you are running an older version of macOS) or an intermediate build, the first time you run Jamulus, you will see a message saying it cannot be opened." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:86 +msgid "To open Jamulus" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 +msgid "Go to the Applications folder via Finder" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 +msgid "Double-click on Jamulus and wait for the above-mentioned message" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 +msgid "Close this message by clicking on \"Cancel\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 +msgid "Now control-click (or right-click) on Jamulus, and select \"Open\" from the top of the menu." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:93 +msgid "You will then get a slightly different version of the same message, which allows you to click \"Open\". From then on, you can run Jamulus in the normal way and the message won't appear. For further information about this warning see [this Apple Support Page](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:94 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Trouble using Garageband (or other DAW) with Jamulus?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:97 +msgid "See [this forum discussion](https://sourceforge.net/p/llcon/discussion/533517/thread/d3dd58eedc/#b994)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:98 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Using a Mac and your input is not heard?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:101 +msgid "(With thanks to [Mark Anthony De Souza](https://www.facebook.com/groups/619274602254947/permalink/765122847670121/?comment_id=765525034296569))" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:105 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"Maybe you did not answer \"Yes\" to the `\"Jamulus wants to access your microphone\"` challenge. To fix this:\n" +"* Go to `Preferences` > `Security & Privacy` > `Privacy` tab\n" +"* Find `Microphone` on the left and then make sure `Jamulus` is enabled on the right-hand list\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:108 +msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/discussions)" +msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ru/Command-Line-Options.po b/_translator-files/po/ru/Command-Line-Options.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d782e3694 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/ru/Command-Line-Options.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Maksim_220 Кабанов , 2025. +# vanapro1 , 2025. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-08-15 02:02+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: vanapro1 \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: ru\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13-dev\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "ru" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Command-Line-Options" +msgstr "/wiki/Command-Line-Options" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus – Command Line Options" +msgstr "Jamulus - параметры командной строки" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Command Line Options" +msgstr "Параметры командной строки" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Shared commands" +msgstr "Общие команды" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:13 +msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" +msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:14 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Client only commands" +msgstr "Команды только для клиентов" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:17 +msgid "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" +msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server only commands" +msgstr "Команды только для сервера" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:20 +msgid "See [Running a Server](Running-a-Server#server-mode-related-options)" +msgstr "См. раздел [Запуск сервера](Running-a-Server#server-mode-related-options)" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ru/Contribution.po b/_translator-files/po/ru/Contribution.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a778862a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/ru/Contribution.po @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Maksim_220 Кабанов , 2025. +# vanapro1 , 2025. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-08-15 02:02+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: vanapro1 \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: ru\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13-dev\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "ru" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Contribution" +msgstr "/wiki/Contribution" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title +#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Contribution" +msgstr "Вклад" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Contributing to the Jamulus Project" +msgstr "Вклад в проект Jamulus" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:11 +#, no-wrap +msgid "If you find a mistake, typo or something out of date (in any language) on this website or in Jamulus itself, you can raise it as a bug.\n" +msgstr "Если вы обнаружили ошибку, опечатку или что-то устаревшее (на любом языке) на этом сайте или в самом Jamulus, вы можете поднять это как ошибку.\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:13 +#, no-wrap +msgid "If you think some documentation or information is missing or can be improved, post about it on this forum so it can be discussed first.\n" +msgstr "Если вы считаете, что какая-то документация или информация отсутствует или может быть улучшена, постите об этом на этом форуме, чтобы это можно было обсудить в первую очередь.\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:15 +msgid "We use [Weblate](https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/#languages) to translate our documentation. Read about our [documentation and translation process](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamuluswebsite/blob/release/README.md), and [introduce yourself](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions) if you’d like to get involved." +msgstr "Мы используем [Weblate](https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/#languages) для перевода нашей документации. Прочитайте о нашем [процессе документирования и перевода](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamuluswebsite/blob/release/README.md) и [представьтесь](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions), если вы хотите принять в нем участие." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Want to contribute code?" +msgstr "Хотите внести свой вклад в код?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:19 +msgid "See our [guidelines for getting involved in development](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md)." +msgstr "См. наше [руководство по участию в разработке](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md)." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ru/Directories.po b/_translator-files/po/ru/Directories.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a80dfd729 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/ru/Directories.po @@ -0,0 +1,104 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Maksim_220 Кабанов , 2025. +# vanapro1 , 2025. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-08-15 02:02+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: vanapro1 \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: ru\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13-dev\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "ru" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Directories" +msgstr "/wiki/Directories" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Directories" +msgstr "Справочники" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:9 +msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Администрирование сервера\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:11 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Running a Directory" +msgstr "Запуск каталога" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:14 +msgid "This is a specialised Jamulus Server configuration, as described in [Server Modes](Running-a-Server#server-modes)." +msgstr "Это специальная конфигурация сервера Jamulus, описанная в разделе [Режимы сервера](Running-a-Server#server-modes)." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:16 +#, no-wrap +msgid "To view Servers listed by a Custom Directory, users must enter the address of that Directory in their Client's Settings > Advanced Setup > Custom Directories field. Multiple addresses can be added in this way if needed. Custom Directories will then appear in the Directory drop-down list on their Connect window. Custom Directories otherwise work for Clients in the same way as Public Directories, displaying a list of Servers registered with them.\n" +msgstr "Чтобы просмотреть серверы, перечисленные в пользовательском каталоге, пользователи должны ввести адрес этого каталога в поле \"Настройки клиента\" > \"Расширенная настройка\" > \"Пользовательские каталоги\". При необходимости таким образом можно добавить несколько адресов. После этого пользовательские каталоги появятся в раскрывающемся списке Directory в окне Connect. В остальном пользовательские директории работают для клиентов так же, как и публичные директории, отображая список зарегистрированных в них серверов.\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:18 +msgid "To run a Server as a Directory, it should be started with the `--directoryaddress` option to make itself (that is, `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`) the Directory to query for Servers." +msgstr "Чтобы запустить сервер как каталог, его следует запустить с опцией `--directoryaddress`, чтобы сделать себя (то есть `localhost` или `127.0.0.1`) каталогом для запроса серверов." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:20 +msgid "When running a Server with the GUI, set the Custom Directory server address in the Options tab to \"localhost\", then select \"Custom\" from the Directory drop-down list." +msgstr "При запуске сервера с графическим интерфейсом установите для адреса сервера Custom Directory на вкладке Options значение \"localhost\", а затем выберите \"Custom\" в раскрывающемся списке Directory." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Points to note about Directories" +msgstr "Что следует отметить о каталогах" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:25 +msgid "If you want to control which Servers can register with your Directory, you can enable a whitelist with the `--listfilter` command line option in the format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]`." +msgstr "Если вы хотите контролировать, какие серверы могут регистрироваться в вашем каталоге, вы можете включить белый список с помощью опции командной строки `--listfilter` в формате `ip address 1[;ip address 2]`." + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:27 +msgid "When running a Server behind a NAT firewall on a private network and registering with a Directory on the same network, run the Server using the `--serverpublicip` option to specify the public IP address. This is necessary to allow Clients on the public Internet to connect to the correct address. Note that for the Server(s) using this option, you will still need proper port forwarding in your router/firewall." +msgstr "При запуске сервера за брандмауэром NAT в частной сети и регистрации в каталоге в той же сети запустите сервер с помощью опции `--serverpublicip`, чтобы указать публичный IP-адрес. Это необходимо для того, чтобы клиенты в публичном Интернете могли подключаться к нужному адресу. Обратите внимание, что для сервера(ов), использующего(их) эту опцию, вам все равно потребуется соответствующая проброска портов в вашем маршрутизаторе/брандмауэре." + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:29 +msgid "When running a Client behind a NAT firewall on a private network with a Directory on the same network, the Directory itself needs to be run using the `--serverpublicip` option to specify the public IP address, so that any Servers on the public Internet registering with the Directory that require the \"hole punch\" can be accessed by the Client(s). (This is because otherwise the Directory would provide the local network address of the Client to the Server and the \"hole punch\" would fail.)" +msgstr "При запуске клиента за брандмауэром NAT в частной сети с каталогом в той же сети сам каталог должен быть запущен с использованием опции `--serverpublicip` для указания публичного IP-адреса, чтобы все серверы в публичном Интернете, регистрирующиеся в каталоге и требующие \"пробивки дыр\", могли быть доступны клиенту(ам). (Это необходимо потому, что в противном случае Каталог предоставит серверу адрес локальной сети клиента, и \"пробивка дыр\" не удастся.)" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:31 +msgid "If you need to restart your Directory for any reason (for example when rebooting the host), Servers connected to it will be disconnected until they re-register. This does not mean that Clients connected to those Servers will be disconnected, but does mean that new Clients will be not able to see Servers listed by your Directory until those Servers reconnect. To enable the list of registered Servers to persist between restarts, use the `--directoryfile` option to specify the location and name of a file that the Directory can read and write to." +msgstr "Если по какой-либо причине вам потребуется перезапустить каталог (например, при перезагрузке хоста), подключенные к нему серверы будут отключены до тех пор, пока они не перерегистрируются. Это не означает, что клиенты, подключенные к этим серверам, будут отключены, но означает, что новые клиенты не смогут видеть серверы, перечисленные в вашем каталоге, пока эти серверы не перерегистрируются. Чтобы список зарегистрированных серверов сохранялся между перезагрузками, используйте опцию `--directoryfile`, чтобы указать местоположение и имя файла, который Каталог может читать и записывать." + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:32 +msgid "Up to 150 Servers can then register with a Directory." +msgstr "В каталоге может быть зарегистрировано до 150 серверов." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ru/FAQ.po b/_translator-files/po/ru/FAQ.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f0c89e468 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/ru/FAQ.po @@ -0,0 +1,223 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Maksim_220 Кабанов , 2025. +# vanapro1 , 2025. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-08-15 02:02+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: vanapro1 \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: ru\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13-dev\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "ru" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/FAQ" +msgstr "/wiki/FAQ" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "FAQ" +msgstr "FAQ" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus FAQ" +msgstr "ЧЗВ о Jamulus" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:12 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:14 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" +msgstr "Оглавление\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" +msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:19 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:21 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**For common problems and their solutions when using Jamulus, see the [Troubleshooting](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) page.**\n" +msgstr "**Об общих проблемах и их решениях при использовании Jamulus см. на странице [Устранение неполадок](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting).**.\n" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:23 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Is there a metronome, synchronization, or some other way of keeping in time?" +msgstr "Есть ли метроном, синхронизация или другой способ следить за временем?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:26 +msgid "No. Musicians on a Jamulus Server play in real time together as they would in person. If you want a time signal, there are shared metronome solutions on the Internet you can try. But it’s probably best to just minimise latency so nobody has an overall delay more than about 30-50 ms." +msgstr "Нет. Музыканты на сервере Jamulus играют в реальном времени вместе, как и при личной встрече. Если вам нужен сигнал времени, в Интернете есть решения с общим метрономом, которые вы можете попробовать. Но, вероятно, лучше всего просто минимизировать задержку, чтобы ни у кого не было общей задержки более 30-50 мс." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:28 +msgid "Bear in mind also that all participants should follow [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together) which will also determine whether you can play in time properly." +msgstr "Помните также, что все участники должны следовать [Золотому правилу](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together), которое также определит, сможете ли вы сыграть в такт правильно." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:29 +#, no-wrap +msgid "How do I know if I can join a Server? Are there rules?" +msgstr "Как узнать, могу ли я присоединиться к серверу? Есть ли правила?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:32 +msgid "If somebody lists a Server on one of the Directories built into Jamulus, they accept that anyone can play on it. Jamulus has no password protection or other authentication mechanisms. Whilst some Servers may state their policies in the welcome message you will see in the chat window, Jamulus itself does nothing to enforce these." +msgstr "Если кто-то указывает сервер в одном из каталогов, встроенных в Jamulus, он соглашается с тем, что любой может играть на нем. В Jamulus нет защиты паролем или других механизмов аутентификации. Хотя некоторые серверы могут указывать свои правила в приветственном сообщении, которое вы увидите в окне чата, Jamulus сам по себе ничего не делает для их соблюдения." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:34 +msgid "Note also that Servers do not have to be registered on a Directory in order for Jamulus Clients to connect to them. Server operators can just give out the address of their Servers to those they want to play with, and they can then connect directly. Have a look at [this overview for more information](/wiki/Running-a-Server#server-modes)." +msgstr "Обратите внимание, что серверы не обязательно должны быть зарегистрированы в каталоге, чтобы клиенты Jamulus могли к ним подключиться. Операторы серверов могут просто сообщать адреса своих серверов тем, с кем они хотят играть, и те смогут подключаться напрямую. Посмотрите [этот обзор для получения дополнительной информации](/wiki/Running-a-Server#server-modes)." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:35 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why shouldn’t I use wireless equipment?" +msgstr "Почему не стоит использовать беспроводное оборудование?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:38 +msgid "Whether or not you will be able to play in time with other musicians depends mainly on how much latency (delay) you have in your sound signal and whether you are all following [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together). An overall delay much bigger than 50 ms usually makes it too hard to play in time unless you train yourself to do so. Some musicians report they can play in time with delays of up to 70 ms by playing ahead of the beat. But much beyond that and it becomes too difficult unless timing isn’t an important factor in the music or you just want to listen." +msgstr "Сможете ли вы играть в такт с другими музыкантами, зависит в основном от того, насколько велика задержка (delay) в вашем звуковом сигнале и соблюдаете ли вы все [Золотое правило](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together). Общая задержка, превышающая 50 мс, обычно делает игру в такт слишком трудной, если только вы не приучите себя к этому. Некоторые музыканты сообщают, что могут играть в такт с задержкой до 70 мс, играя впереди такта. Но если время не является важным фактором в музыке или вы просто хотите послушать, это становится слишком сложно." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:40 +msgid "So it makes sense to minimise any sources of delay or other problems with the signal. Even fast wi-fi is usually too variable to use for long periods with Jamulus, and Bluetooth headphones and mics usually introduce latencies of about 50 ms or more." +msgstr "Поэтому имеет смысл свести к минимуму любые источники задержки или других проблем с сигналом. Даже быстрый wi-fi обычно слишком нестабилен для длительного использования Jamulus, а наушники и микрофоны Bluetooth обычно создают задержки около 50 мс и более." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why should I not listen to my own signal?" +msgstr "Почему я не должен прислушиваться к собственному сигналу?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:44 +msgid "For the same reason as you need to minimise delay in your signal in order to play in time, you need to make sure you are playing to your own sound that other musicians are hearing. More information on this, and a way of testing your setup to make sure you are obeying this “Golden Rule” [can be found here](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)." +msgstr "По той же причине, по которой вам нужно минимизировать задержку сигнала, чтобы играть в такт, вам нужно убедиться, что вы играете в соответствии со своим собственным звуком, который слышат другие музыканты. Более подробную информацию об этом, а также о том, как проверить свою установку, чтобы убедиться, что вы соблюдаете это \"золотое правило\" [можно найти здесь](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:46 +msgid "Of course, if you are playing an acoustic instrument, or are a singer, it will be hard to exclude your “local” sound. But you should at least try to do so by for example using closed-back headphones turned up as loud as you are able to mask your own sound. This will let you concentrate on the mix coming back to you from the Server." +msgstr "Конечно, если вы играете на акустическом инструменте или поете, вам будет сложно исключить свой \"local\" звук. Но вы должны хотя бы попытаться сделать это, например, используя закрытые наушники, включенные настолько громко, насколько вы в состоянии замаскировать свой собственный звук. Это позволит вам сконцентрироваться на миксе, поступающем к вам с сервера." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Do I need a fast Internet connection?" +msgstr "Нужно ли мне быстрое подключение к Интернету?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:50 +msgid "No, especially if you don't run a Server to host other musicians. Having a low ping is more important. Most people on standard broadband (e.g. 10 Mbit/s down and 1 Mbit/s up) will have no problems. For those running Servers at home, depending on how many people join, you may encounter issues if your _upstream_ bandwidth is lower than about 5 Mbit/s." +msgstr "Нет, особенно если вы не используете сервер для размещения других музыкантов. Более важно иметь низкий пинг. У большинства людей со стандартным широкополосным доступом (например, 10 Мбит/с вниз и 1 Мбит/с вверх) проблем не будет. Для тех, кто запускает серверы дома, в зависимости от того, сколько человек к нему присоединяется, могут возникнуть проблемы, если пропускная способность вашего _upstream_ канала ниже примерно 5 Мбит/с." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:51 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Do I need to run a Server?" +msgstr "Нужно ли мне запускать сервер?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:54 +msgid "No. If you just intend to connect to other people’s Servers, then all you need is a Client. [Read this if you think you need to run your own Server](/wiki/Running-a-Server)." +msgstr "Нет. Если вы собираетесь просто подключаться к чужим серверам, то вам нужен только клиент. [Прочтите это, если вы считаете, что вам нужен собственный сервер](/wiki/Running-a-Server)." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:55 +#, no-wrap +msgid "How does Jamulus work (in general)?" +msgstr "Как работает Jamulus (в целом)?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:58 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\"Diagram\n" +msgstr "\"Диаграмма,\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:61 +msgid "Jamulus works on the Client-server principle. Everybody’s audio is sent to a Server, mixed and processed there. Afterwards, the audio is sent back to each Client. If a Server is registered in a Jamulus Directory, the Server's information will be provided to all Clients using that Directory." +msgstr "Jamulus работает по принципу клиент-сервер. Все аудио отправляются на сервер, микшируются и обрабатываются там. После этого аудио отправляется обратно каждому клиенту. Если сервер зарегистрирован в каталоге Jamulus, информация о нем будет предоставлена всем клиентам, использующим этот каталог." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:62 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why doesn't Jamulus provide video support?" +msgstr "Почему Jamulus не обеспечивает поддержку видео?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:65 +msgid "Adding video support adds a lot of complexity. You can use other software like Jitsi or Zoom if you want to see others when playing (or have an \"audience\"), but the video will be significantly behind the Jamulus audio." +msgstr "Добавление поддержки видео значительно усложняет задачу. Вы можете использовать другие программы, такие как Jitsi или Zoom, если хотите видеть других во время игры (или иметь \"зрителей\"), но видео будет значительно отставать от звука Jamulus." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:67 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server FAQ" +msgstr "ЧЗВ о сервере" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:69 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why do Registered Servers not need port forwarding?" +msgstr "Почему зарегистрированным серверам не требуется проброс портов?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:72 +msgid "Normally, network address translation (NAT) blocks incoming requests initiated from outside the local network. Inbound traffic is only possible for packets relating to an outbound request (strictly speaking, “related” and “established” packets to an initial outbound connection). In Registered Server mode, your Jamulus Server initiates an outbound connection when it connects to a Directory. From then on, the Directory sends (established/related) connection “pings” (not ICMP pings) to your Server at regular intervals to keep the relevant port(s) open on your router." +msgstr "Обычно трансляция сетевых адресов (NAT) блокирует входящие запросы, инициированные извне локальной сети. Входящий трафик возможен только для пакетов, относящихся к исходящему запросу (строго говоря, \"связанные\" и \"установленные\" пакеты для первоначального исходящего соединения). В режиме Registered Server ваш Jamulus Server инициирует исходящее соединение при подключении к каталогу. С этого момента каталог посылает (установленное/связанное) соединение \"пингами\" (не ICMP-пингами) на ваш сервер через регулярные промежутки времени, чтобы держать соответствующий порт(ы) открытым на вашем маршрутизаторе." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:73 +msgid "However, to reach an Unregistered Server, each Client has to initiate a connection into the Server’s network. A NAT prevents this, so you need to configure your router to allow incoming connection requests on the Jamulus port using port forwarding." +msgstr "Однако, чтобы связаться с незарегистрированным сервером, каждый клиент должен инициировать подключение к сети сервера. NAT препятствует этому, поэтому необходимо настроить маршрутизатор так, чтобы он разрешал входящие запросы на соединение через порт Jamulus с помощью переадресации портов." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ru/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/ru/Getting-Started.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1529e3e12 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/ru/Getting-Started.po @@ -0,0 +1,268 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Maksim_220 Кабанов , 2025. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-08-11 15:02+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Maksim_220 Кабанов \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: ru\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13-dev\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "ru" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Getting-Started" +msgstr "/wiki/Getting-Started" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Конфигурация" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Setup - getting started with Jamulus" +msgstr "Настройка - начало работы с Jamulus" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:11 +msgid "To get the best from Jamulus, at a minimum you will need:" +msgstr "Чтобы получить максимальную отдачу от Jamulus, вам как минимум потребуется:" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15 +msgid "**A wired internet connection** (and turn wi-fi off. See the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))" +msgstr "**Проводное подключение к Интернету** (и отключите wi-fi. См. раздел [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15 +msgid "**Wired headphones** (not Bluetooth or speakers - see the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))" +msgstr "**Проводные наушники** (не Bluetooth или колонки - см. [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15 +msgid "**A reasonable audio device, sound card and/or mic** ([see this list](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) for examples)" +msgstr "** Разумное аудиоустройство, звуковая карта и/или микрофон** ([см. этот список](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) для примеров)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:17 +msgid "If you have any questions, please see the [Discussions](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" +msgstr "Если у вас возникли вопросы, обратитесь к [Обсуждения](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "Установка" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:21 +msgid "To get Jamulus working with your operating system, please follow the installation guide for your platform:" +msgstr "Чтобы Jamulus работал в вашей ОС, следуйте руководству по установке для вашей платформы:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:28 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"
\n" +" Windows\n" +" macOS\n" +" Linux\n" +"
\n" +"_[Android](Installation-for-Android) and [iOS](Installation-for-iOS) can be used too, but are considered experimental._\n" +msgstr "" +"
\n" +" Windows\n" +" macOS\n" +" Linux\n" +"
\n" +"_[Android](Установка для-Android) и [iOS](Установка для-iOS) тоже могут быть использованы, но считаются экспериментальными._\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:30 +msgid "And for now, close all other applications. It’s best to start simple at first." +msgstr "А пока закройте все остальные приложения. Сначала лучше начать с простого." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Hardware Setup" +msgstr "Настройка оборудования" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:34 +msgid "If you use external audio hardware, plug that in before you start Jamulus. If you haven't configured your hardware, please see the installation guides mentioned above." +msgstr "Если вы используете внешнее аудио оборудование, подключите его перед запуском Jamulus. Если вы еще не настроили оборудование, обратитесь к руководствам по установке, упомянутым выше." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:35 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus main window" +msgstr "Главное окно Jamulus" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:38 +msgid "When you open Jamulus, you will see a window which looks like this:" +msgstr "Когда вы откроете Jamulus, вы увидите окно, которое выглядит следующим образом:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:43 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"
\n" +" \"Screenshot\"\n" +"
The main window before you connect to a Server
\n" +"
\n" +msgstr "" +"
\n" +" \"Screenshot\"\n" +"
Главное окно перед подключением к серверу
\n" +"
\n" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:45 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Setting up a profile" +msgstr "Настройка профиля" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:48 +msgid "First, let others know who you are. Click on the “Settings” button on the bottom left and go to “My Profile…”. Now you will see this:" +msgstr "Во-первых, дайте другим знать, кто вы. Нажмите на кнопку \"Настройки\" в левом нижнем углу и перейдите в раздел \"Мой профиль...\". Теперь вы увидите следующее:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:53 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"
\n" +" \"Screenshot\"\n" +"
Let people know who you are
\n" +"
\n" +msgstr "" +"
\n" +" \"Screenshot\"\n" +"
Пусть люди знают, кто вы
\n" +"
\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:56 +msgid "Fill in at least “Alias/Name” and close the window." +msgstr "Заполните хотя бы \"Ник/Имя\" и закройте окно." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:57 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Connecting to a Server and testing your sound" +msgstr "Подключение к серверу и тестирование звука" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:60 +msgid "Before you connect to a Server, you should **not** be able to hear yourself. Listening to your sound from Jamulus (and not from yourself) is called “The Golden Rule” and enables you to play in time with others ([see the FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-should-i-not-listen-to-my-own-signal))." +msgstr "Прежде чем подключиться к серверу, вы не должны **не** слышать себя. Слушать свой звук от Jamulus (а не от себя) называется \"Золотым правилом\" и позволяет вам играть в такт с другими ([см. FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-should-i-not-listen-to-my-own-signal))." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:62 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Before playing with others, we recommend that you connect to an empty Server to test your setup**, and make sure you are listening to the signal coming back from the Server (if possible) and not yourself.\n" +msgstr "**Прежде чем играть с другими, мы рекомендуем вам подключиться к пустому серверу, чтобы проверить свою настройку**, и убедиться, что вы слушаете сигнал, исходящий от сервера (если это возможно), а не от себя.\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:64 +msgid "Now use the “Connect” button in the Jamulus main window to join a Server. A window will now open:" +msgstr "Теперь используйте кнопку \"Подключиться\" в главном окне Jamulus, чтобы присоединиться к серверу. Теперь откроется окно:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:69 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"
\n" +" \"Screenshot\n" +"
Connect to a Server
\n" +"
\n" +msgstr "" +"
\n" +" \"Screenshot\n" +"
Подключение к серверу
\n" +"
\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:71 +msgid "The most important thing about Servers is their “ping time”. The bigger the number, the harder it will be to play in time with others. Usually, you would select a Server with a ping of less than 50ms if you can." +msgstr "Самое важное в серверах - это их \"пинг-тайм\". Чем больше это число, тем сложнее будет играть одновременно с другими. Обычно вы выбираете сервер с пингом менее 50 мс, если можете." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:73 +msgid "Once connected to a Server, make sure you can hear yourself OK and fix any input volume or other problems. You can have a look at the [troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) for common problems. And of course, check that you are also able to obey [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)." +msgstr "Подключившись к серверу, убедитесь, что вы слышите себя нормально, и устраните любые проблемы с громкостью входного сигнала или другие проблемы. Вы можете заглянуть на страницу [Устранение неполадок](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting), чтобы узнать о распространенных проблемах. И, конечно, проверьте, что вы также способны соблюдать [Золотое правило](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:74 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Playing for the first time" +msgstr "Играем в первый раз" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:77 +msgid "With your sound all set up, you are ready to go. When you connect to a Server (you may want to select a genre from the list), the faders you see on the right are your own personal mix. Everything you change here will change what you hear, but won’t affect others. If you move a fader down, that channel will be quieter, if you move it up, the channel will be louder for you." +msgstr "Когда звук настроен, вы готовы к работе. Когда вы подключаетесь к серверу (вы можете выбрать жанр из списка), регуляторы, которые вы видите справа, являются вашим личным миксом. Все, что вы измените здесь, изменит то, что вы слышите, но не повлияет на других. Если вы переместите фейдер вниз, этот канал станет тише, если вверх - громче." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:82 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"
\n" +" \"Screenshot\"\n" +"
The main window when you are connected to a Server
\n" +"
\n" +msgstr "" +"
\n" +" \"Screenshot\"\n" +"
Главное окно при подключении к серверу
\n" +"
\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:84 +msgid "If you don’t want others to hear your audio, click on the “Mute Myself” button which will stop your audio from being sent to other people. They won’t be able to tell you have done this though. But if you see a “mute” icon above a fader, that means they can’t hear you because they've muted your channel in their mix." +msgstr "Если вы не хотите, чтобы другие слышали ваше аудио, нажмите на кнопку \"Отключить звук\", и ваше аудио перестанет передаваться другим людям. Однако они не смогут узнать, что вы это сделали. Но если вы увидите значок \"отключить звук\" над фейдером, это значит, что они не слышат вас, потому что отключили ваш канал в своем миксе." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:86 +msgid "Note that you can use the Chat facility at any time to message other people while you are connected. The welcome message in the chat may also state some guidelines for use." +msgstr "Обратите внимание, что вы можете в любой момент воспользоваться функцией чата, чтобы отправить сообщение другим людям, находящимся на связи. В приветственном сообщении в чате также могут быть указаны некоторые рекомендации по использованию." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:88 +msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)." +msgstr "Более подробную информацию об использовании Jamulus можно найти в [Руководстве пользователя](/wiki/Software-Manual)." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:89 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Устранение неполадок" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:91 +msgid "Having audio trouble? Can't see Servers, or some other issue? Have a look at the [Troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting), or feel free to ask in the [Discussions](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)." +msgstr "Проблемы со звуком? Не видите серверы или возникла другая проблема? Загляните на страницу [Устранение неполадок](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) или задайте вопрос в [Обсуждениях](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ru/Include-Backing-Up.po b/_translator-files/po/ru/Include-Backing-Up.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5847cd493 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/ru/Include-Backing-Up.po @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# vanapro1 , 2025. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-08-15 02:02+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: vanapro1 \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: ru\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13-dev\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:2 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\n" +msgstr "\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:4 +msgid "Once installed and running, you may want to keep a copy of your settings. Having a backup is always a good idea, and settings files are not backwardly compatible between versions of Jamulus. So if you want to go back to the previous version, you will need to restore the settings you had." +msgstr "После установки и запуска вы можете захотеть сохранить копию своих настроек. Наличие резервной копии - всегда хорошая идея, а файлы настроек не имеют обратной совместимости между версиями Jamulus. Поэтому, если вы захотите вернуться к предыдущей версии, вам придется восстановить прежние настройки." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:6 +msgid "To find your settings file on Windows, type `%APPDATA%` into the search bar and look for a folder named `Jamulus`. There will be one or more `.ini` files in this folder. Now back up Jamulus' settings." +msgstr "Чтобы найти файл настроек в Windows, введите `%APPDATA%` в строку поиска и найдите папку с названием `Jamulus`. В этой папке будет один или несколько файлов `.ini`. Теперь создайте резервную копию настроек Jamulus." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:8 +msgid "For all other platforms, run the following from the command line to find where they live and copy the files to another location:" +msgstr "Для всех остальных платформ выполните следующую команду из командной строки, чтобы найти их местоположение и скопировать файлы в другое место:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:10 +msgid "`find ~ -name Jamulus.ini -ls`" +msgstr "`find ~ -name Jamulus.ini -ls`" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:13 +msgid "If you used the `--inifile` parameter to save an inifile to a different location, don't forget to also backup these files. **Points to note**" +msgstr "Если вы использовали параметр `--inifile` для сохранения inifile в другом месте, не забудьте также сделать резервную копию этих файлов. **Примечания**" + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:16 +msgid "Do not back up or restore settings files when Jamulus is running." +msgstr "Не создавайте резервные копии и не восстанавливайте файлы настроек во время работы Jamulus." + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:16 +msgid "It is not recommended to manually edit settings files (they're not designed for that)." +msgstr "Не рекомендуется вручную редактировать файлы настроек (они для этого не предназначены)." + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:16 +msgid "You can revert all settings to their defaults by just deleting the settings file (after closing Jamulus)." +msgstr "Вы можете вернуть все настройки к значениям по умолчанию, просто удалив файл настроек (после закрытия Jamulus)." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ru/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/ru/Include-Client-Commands.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..576914237 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/ru/Include-Client-Commands.po @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# vanapro1 , 2025. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-08-15 02:02+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: vanapro1 \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: ru\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13-dev\n" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3 +msgid "`-M` or `--mutestream` Prevent others on a server from hearing what I play" +msgstr "`-M` или `--mutestream` Запретить другим на сервере слышать то, что я играю" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3 +msgid "`--mutemyown` Prevent me from hearing what I play in the server mix (headless only)" +msgstr "`--mutemyown` Запрещает мне слышать то, что я играю в миксе сервера (только для headless)" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3 +msgid "`-c` or `--connect` Connect to given server address on startup, format `address[:port]`" +msgstr "`-c` или `--connect` Подключение к заданному адресу сервера при запуске, формат `адрес[:порт]`" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:4 +msgid "`-j` or `--nojackconnect` Disable auto JACK connections" +msgstr "`-j` or `--nojackconnect` Отключение автоматического подключения JACK" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6 +msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI channel to listen on, Jamulus control + MIDI control number and count of consecutive CC numbers (or Jamulus channels), device selection option. Format: `channel[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dDeviceName]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)." +msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI-канал для прослушивания, управление Jamulus + номер MIDI-управления и счетчик последовательных номеров CC (или каналов Jamulus), возможность выбора устройства. Формат: `channel[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dDeviceName]` См. раздел [Советы и приемы](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)." + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6 +msgid "`--clientname` Window title and JACK client name" +msgstr "`--clientname` Заголовок окна и имя клиента JACK" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ru/Include-Shared-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/ru/Include-Shared-Commands.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..33d01a480 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/ru/Include-Shared-Commands.po @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# vanapro1 , 2025. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-08-15 02:02+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: vanapro1 \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: ru\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13-dev\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:3 +msgid "[comment]: # (This is an include file for use in multiple documents)" +msgstr "[комментарий]: # (Это включаемый файл для использования в нескольких документах)" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-h` or `--help` Display help text" +msgstr "`-h` или `--help` Отображение текста справки" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default. On macOS simply provide a filename only, since config files can only be read from `/Users//Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/`. For the server replace `app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus` with `app.jamulussoftware.JamulusServer`. Turn on \"Show Library folder\" in \"Show view options\" in Finder to see this folder.)" +msgstr "`-i` или `--inifile` Устанавливает расположение файла инициализации (переопределяет значение по умолчанию. На macOS достаточно указать только имя файла, так как файлы конфигурации могут быть прочитаны только из `/Users//Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/`. Для сервера замените `app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus` на `app.jamulussoftware.JamulusServer`. Включите \"Показывать папку библиотеки\" в \"Показать параметры просмотра\" в Finder, чтобы увидеть эту папку.)" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-n` or `--nogui` Disable GUI (for use in headless mode)" +msgstr "`-n` или `--nogui` Отключить графический интерфейс (для использования в безголовом режиме)" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-p` or `--port` Sets the local UDP port number. Default is 22124" +msgstr "`-p` или `--port` Задает номер локального UDP-порта. (По умолчанию: 22124)" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`--jsonrpcport` Enables JSON-RPC API server to control the app, set TCP port number (EXPERIMENTAL, APIs might change; only accessible from localhost). Please see [the JSON-RPC API Documentation file](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)." +msgstr "`--jsonrpcport` Позволяет серверу JSON-RPC API управлять приложением, задайте номер TCP-порта (ЭКСПЕРИМЕНТАЛЬНО, API может измениться; доступен только с localhost). Пожалуйста, смотрите [файл документации JSON-RPC API](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)." + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`--jsonrpcsecretfile` Required when using `--jsonrpcport`. Sets a path to a text file containing an authentication string for getting access to the JSON-RPC API." +msgstr "`--jsonrpcsecretfile` Требуется при использовании `--jsonrpcport`. Задает путь к текстовому файлу, содержащему строку аутентификации для получения доступа к JSON-RPC API." + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`--jsonrpcbindip` The IP address the JSON-RPC server should bind to. (optional, defaults to 127.0.0.1)" +msgstr "`--jsonrpcbindip` IP-адрес, к которому должен привязаться сервер JSON-RPC. (необязательно, по умолчанию 127.0.0.1)" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-Q` or `--qos` Sets the quality of service DS Field byte. Default is 128 (DSCP/CS4). QoS is ignored by Windows. To enable it, [see this page](QOS-Windows)" +msgstr "`-Q` или `--qos` Задает байт поля DS качества обслуживания. По умолчанию 128 (DSCP/CS4). QoS игнорируется Windows. Чтобы включить его, [см. эту страницу](QOS-Windows)" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-t` or `--notranslation` Disable UI language translations" +msgstr "`-t` или `--notranslation` Отключить перевод языка пользовательского интерфейса" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-6` or `--enableipv6` Enable IPv6 addressing (IPv4 is always enabled)" +msgstr "`-6` или `--enableipv6` Включение IPv6-адресации (IPv4 всегда включен)" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-v` or `--version` Output version information and exit" +msgstr "`-v` или `--version` Вывод информации о версии и выход" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ru/Installation-for-Android.po b/_translator-files/po/ru/Installation-for-Android.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ab2a22191 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/ru/Installation-for-Android.po @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Maksim_220 Кабанов , 2025. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-08-11 16:02+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Maksim_220 Кабанов \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: ru\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13-dev\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "ru" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Android" +msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Android" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:11 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installation for Android" +msgstr "Установка для Android" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:9 +msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Использование Jamulus\" branch1=\"Начало работы\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:14 +msgid "Make sure you've already read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." +msgstr "Убедитесь, что вы уже прочитали страницу [Начало работы](Getting-Started)." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:16 +msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" +msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Things to note about Android" +msgstr "Что следует отметить об Android" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:20 +msgid "Although you **can** install Jamulus on Android devices (and hear sound), we strongly recommend **not** doing so. Sound quality - especially over WiFi - is usually bad and latency is high. If you have don't own a PC, we suggest you to buy a [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } which is an inexpensive and small device that performs very well with Jamulus. Android support is just a proof of concept." +msgstr "Хотя вы **можете** установить Jamulus на Android-устройства (и слышать звук), мы настоятельно рекомендуем **не делать этого. Качество звука - особенно по WiFi - обычно плохое, а задержки высоки. Если у вас нет ПК, мы советуем вам приобрести [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" }, который является недорогим и небольшим устройством, отлично работающим с Jamulus. Поддержка Android - это лишь пробный вариант." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:21 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Install the Android PoC" +msgstr "Установите Android PoC" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:24 +msgid "If you do want to try Jamulus on Android:" +msgstr "Если вы все же хотите попробовать Jamulus на Android:" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:28 +msgid "Allow the installation of apps from unknown sources (look in Settings>Security. Note: The exact way to do this depends on your device and OS-version)" +msgstr "Разрешите установку приложений из неизвестных источников (см. Настройки>Безопасность. Примечание: точный способ сделать это зависит от вашего устройства и версии ОС)" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:28 +msgid "[Download and install Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.android }}){: .button}" +msgstr "[Скачать и установить Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.android }}){: .button}" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:28 +msgid "You should now be able to run Jamulus on your Android device" +msgstr "Теперь вы должны иметь возможность запускать Jamulus на своем Android-устройстве" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:29 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Feedback and development" +msgstr "Обратная связь и Разработка" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:32 +msgid "We are very happy to get feedback from Android users and developers. Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." +msgstr "Мы будем рады получить отзывы от пользователей и разработчиков Android. Просто зайдите на [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:35 +#, no-wrap +msgid "All installed?" +msgstr "Всё установлено?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:38 +msgid "Jamulus has been installed and can be used now. You can now take a look at the" +msgstr "Jamulus был установлен и теперь им можно пользоваться. Теперь вы можете взглянуть на" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:39 +msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgstr "[Страница „Начало работы“](Getting-Started){: .button}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ru/Installation-for-Linux.po b/_translator-files/po/ru/Installation-for-Linux.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3d88be835 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/ru/Installation-for-Linux.po @@ -0,0 +1,288 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Maksim_220 Кабанов , 2025. +# vanapro1 , 2025. +# Roman Akimov , 2025. +# Ахматов Тамерлан , 2025. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-10-02 07:02+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Ахматов Тамерлан \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: ru\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "ru" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux" +msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installation for Linux" +msgstr "Установка для Linux" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:9 +msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Использование Jamulus\" branch1=\"Начало работы\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:13 +msgid "Make sure you read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." +msgstr "Обязательно прочитайте страницу [Начало работы](Getting-Started)." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:15 +msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" +msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Upgrading?** You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first.\n" +msgstr "**Обновление? ** Возможно, сначала вам захочется сделать [резервную копию конфигурации](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus).\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:19 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Installing a server?** Read the [guide for server adminstrators](Running-a-Server) first.\n" +msgstr "**Установка сервера? ** Сначала прочитайте [руководство для администраторов серверов](Running-a-Server).\n" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Debian and Ubuntu" +msgstr "Debian и Ubuntu" + +#. type: Title #### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Using the official Repository (recommended)" +msgstr "Использование официального репозитория (рекомендуется)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:25 +msgid "We provide a repository for Debian and Ubuntu based distributions that allows automatic updates alongside your other system updates. To use the repository:" +msgstr "Мы предоставляем репозиторий для дистрибутивов на базе Debian и Ubuntu, который позволяет автоматически обновлять систему наряду с другими обновлениями. Чтобы воспользоваться репозиторием:" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 +msgid "Open your Terminal (CTRL+ALT+T should work)" +msgstr "Откройте терминал (CTRL+ALT+T)" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +msgid "*Ubuntu only* - Enable the Ubuntu \"universe\" repository (you can use the [GUI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/148645) or [CLI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/227788))." +msgstr "* Только для Ubuntu* - Включите репозиторий \"Вселенная\" Ubuntu (можно использовать [подход на основе графического интерфейса](https://askubuntu.com/a/148645) или [подход на основе CLI](https://askubuntu.com/a/227788))." + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 +msgid "Download the repository setup script:\\\\" +msgstr "Загрузите скрипт настройки репозитория:\\\\" + +#. type: Fenced code block (bash) +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 +#, no-wrap +msgid "curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh\n" +msgstr "curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh\n" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:33 +msgid "Make the script executable:\\\\" +msgstr "Сделайте скрипт исполняемым:\\\\" + +#. type: Fenced code block (bash) +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:33 +#, no-wrap +msgid "chmod +x setup_repo.sh\n" +msgstr "chmod +x setup_repo.sh\n" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:37 +msgid "Run the setup script and install Jamulus:\\\\" +msgstr "Запустите сценарий установки и установите Jamulus:\\\\" + +#. type: Fenced code block (bash) +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:37 +#, no-wrap +msgid "sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title #### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installing the .deb files manually" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +msgid "Download Jamulus for your architecture: [amd64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}), [armf]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}) or [arm64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }})" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +msgid "Update apt by opening a console window (CTRL+ALT+T should work) and type: `sudo apt-get update`" +msgstr "Обновите apt, открыв окно консоли (должно сработать сочетание клавиш CTRL+ALT+T) и введите: `sudo apt-get update`" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +msgid "Go to where you downloaded the installer and either double-click on it, or use the command line: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` (or for Raspberry Pi etc. as above)" +msgstr "Перейдите в папку, куда вы скачали установщик, и либо дважды щёлкните по нему, либо воспользуйтесь командной строкой: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` (или для Raspberry Pi и т. д., как указано выше)" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +msgid "Once installed, you can delete the file and close any console windows." +msgstr "После установки можно удалить файл и закрыть все консольные окна." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Upgrades:** If you need to upgrade Jamulus to a newer version and install Jamulus manually, just download the new .deb file and re-install as above.\n" +msgstr "**Обновления:** Если вам нужно обновить Jamulus до более новой версии, а вы устанавливали его вручную, просто скачайте новый .deb-файл и переустановите его, как описано выше.\n" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:51 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Other distributions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:54 +msgid "For installers on other distributions, see their package managers and [Repology](https://repology.org/project/jamulus/versions). If an up-to-date version of Jamulus is not included in your distribution, you can [compile Jamulus from source](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md). Note also the contributed [installation scripts](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/installscripts)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:55 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Set up your hardware" +msgstr "Настройте ваше оборудование" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:60 +msgid "The Jamulus Client needs to connect to a running [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) server in order to start. You need to find out which is the low-latency sound server for your distribution. - If your distribution uses [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/), see how to [configure JACK with QjackCtl](Installation-for-Linux#configure-jack-with-qjackctl). - If your distribution uses PipeWire, see how to [configure PipeWire](Installation-for-Linux#configure-pipewire)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:61 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Configure JACK with QjackCtl" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:64 +msgid "To run a [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) server, the recommended method is to use `QjackCtl`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 +msgid "Launch QjackCtl. You will see the **Qt JACK Control utility main page**." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '2. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 +msgid "Configure your sound hardware as follows:" +msgstr "Настройте ваше звуковое оборудование следующим образом:" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71 +msgid "Set the audio **Interface** to the one you want (there may be several in the list - choose the correct one as this cannot be changed without stopping Jamulus and JACK)." +msgstr "Выберите нужный звуковой **интерфейс** (в списке их может быть несколько — выберите правильный, так как его нельзя будет изменить, не остановив Jamulus и JACK)." + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71 +msgid "Set the **Sample Rate to 48000**." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71 +msgid "Set the **Frames/Period to 128** and **Periods/Buffer at 2** at first." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:73 +msgid "Restart JACK for the new settings to take effect and continue from the [Start Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#start-jamulus) section below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:74 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Configure PipeWire" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:79 +msgid "PipeWire provides its own JACK server. When you launch the Jamulus Client, PipeWire automatically runs a JACK server. However, there are a few parameters to adjust. You need to set your audio interface to the \"pro-audio\" profile and define PipeWire's \"rate\" and \"quantum\" parameters beforehand. You can find more information about the configuration in the [PipeWire wiki](https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/pipewire/pipewire/-/wikis/Config-JACK#jack-server)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:83 +msgid "To set up your system: 1. Open `pavucontrol` (the audio mixer) and choose the \"pro-audio\" profile for your sound hardware in the configuration tab. 2. In a terminal use the following two commands to force PipeWire's rate and quantum:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Fenced code block (bash) +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:83 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-rate 48000\n" +"pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-quantum 128\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:88 +msgid "After this, continue from the [Start Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#start-jamulus) section below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:89 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Start Jamulus" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:92 +msgid "With JACK or PipeWire configured, launch Jamulus." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:94 +msgid "If you have any problems, first check [the troubleshooting page](Client-Troubleshooting)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:95 +#, no-wrap +msgid "All installed?" +msgstr "Всё установлено?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:98 +msgid "Take a look at the" +msgstr "Взгляните на" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:99 +msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgstr "[Страница „Начало работы“](Getting-Started){: .button}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ru/Installation-for-Macintosh.po b/_translator-files/po/ru/Installation-for-Macintosh.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..be5fa7e69 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/ru/Installation-for-Macintosh.po @@ -0,0 +1,104 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Maksim_220 Кабанов , 2025. +# vanapro1 , 2025. +# Roman Akimov , 2025. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-29 07:02+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Roman Akimov \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: ru\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "ru" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh" +msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installation for macOS" +msgstr "Установка для macOS" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:9 +msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Использование Jamulus\" branch1=\"Начало работы\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:13 +msgid "Make sure you've already read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." +msgstr "Убедитесь, что вы уже прочитали страницу [Начало работы](Getting-Started)." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:15 +msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" +msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:17 +msgid "Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first." +msgstr "Обновление? Возможно, сначала вам захочется сделать [резервную копию конфигурации](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus)." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"1. [Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +" **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +"1. **Install Jamulus**: Open the downloaded `.dmg` file, agree to the licence, *drag and drop* each icon you see in the window (Jamulus Client and Server) into your *Applications folder*. After that, you can close this window.\n" +"1. **Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" +msgstr "" +"1. [Скачать Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\\\\\n" +" **Зеркало 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +"1. **Установите Jamulus**: Откройте скачанный файл `.dmg`, согласитесь с лицензией, *перетащите* каждый значок, который вы видите в окне (Jamulus Client и Server) в папку *Applications*. После этого вы можете закрыть это окно.\n" +"1. **Запустите Jamulus**. Теперь вы можете использовать Jamulus так же, как и любое другое приложение.\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:24 +msgid "_You can remove the folder in the Downloads directory containing the `.dmg` and eject the \"Jamulus\" drive on your desktop. They are no longer needed._" +msgstr "_Вы можете удалить папку в директории Downloads, содержащую `.dmg`, и извлечь диск \"Jamulus\" на рабочий стол. Они больше не нужны._" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** You can find old (legacy) versions supporting outdated operating systems on the [GitHub release page](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases).\n" +msgstr "**Примечание:** Вы можете найти старые (legacy) версии, поддерживающие устаревшие ОС, на [Странице на GitHub](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases).\n" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:27 +#, no-wrap +msgid "All installed?" +msgstr "Всё установлено?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:30 +msgid "Take a look at the" +msgstr "Взгляните на" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:31 +msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgstr "[Страница „Начало работы“](Getting-Started){: .button}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ru/Installation-for-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/ru/Installation-for-Windows.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ad9b64e64 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/ru/Installation-for-Windows.po @@ -0,0 +1,248 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Maksim_220 Кабанов , 2025. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-08-11 16:02+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Maksim_220 Кабанов \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: ru\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13-dev\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "ru" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows" +msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installation for Windows" +msgstr "Установка для Windows" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:9 +msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Использование Jamulus\" branch1=\"Начало работы\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:13 +msgid "Make sure you read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." +msgstr "Обязательно прочитайте страницу [Начало работы](Getting-Started)." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:15 +msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" +msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:17 +msgid "Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first." +msgstr "Обновление? Возможно, сначала вам захочется сделать [резервную копию конфигурации](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus)." + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:24 +msgid "**Download and install an ASIO Driver**. Try to use the driver that your hardware manufacturer provides. If you can't find that, or you don't have an external sound card, you probably need to install ASIO4ALL. For more information scroll down to the [ASIO](#asio) section." +msgstr "**Скачайте и установите драйвер ASIO**. Попробуйте использовать драйвер, который предоставляет производитель вашего оборудования. Если вы не можете его найти или у вас нет внешней звуковой карты, вам, вероятно, нужно установить ASIO4ALL. Для получения дополнительной информации прокрутите страницу вниз до раздела [ASIO](#asio)." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"1. [Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +" **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +"1. **Install Jamulus**: Double click the installer to launch it. If you get a warning notice from SmartScreen, click on \"More info\" and \"Run anyway\" to install Jamulus. (If you grabbed a new version of Jamulus and are one of the first people who downloaded it, Jamulus won't be whitelisted by SmartScreen yet. We don't pay for code signing.)\n" +"1. **Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" +"1. **Set up your sound card**. When you're done, you need to set up your audio hardware. And if you are using ASIO4ALL, have a look at how to set that up below.\n" +msgstr "" +"1. [Скачать Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows }}){: .button}\\\\\\\\\n" +" **Зеркало 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +"1. **Установите Jamulus**: Дважды щелкните на программе установки, чтобы запустить ее. Если SmartScreen выдаст предупреждение, нажмите на \"Подробнее\" и \"Запустить в любом случае\", чтобы установить Jamulus. (Если вы получили новую версию Jamulus и являетесь одним из первых людей, скачавших ее, Jamulus еще не будет внесен в белый список SmartScreen. Мы не платим за подписание кода).\n" +"1. **Запустите Jamulus**. Теперь вы можете использовать Jamulus так же, как и любое другое приложение.\n" +"1. **Настройте вашу звуковую карту**. Когда вы закончите, вам нужно настроить ваше звуковое оборудование. Если вы используете ASIO4ALL, посмотрите, как его настроить, ниже.\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:26 +msgid "_Please note that you are not permitted to redistribute this binary without acquiring a [licence agreement from Steinberg](https://www.steinberg.net/developers/)._" +msgstr "_Пожалуйста, обратите внимание, что вы не имеете права распространять этот двоичный файл без получения [лицензионного соглашения от Steinberg](https://www.steinberg.net/developers/)._" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:28 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** If you don't want to use ASIO or prefer [JACK on Windows](https://jackaudio.org/faq/jack_on_windows.html), you can also use the [JACK version of Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows-jack }}). You can find old (legacy) versions supporting outdated operating systems on the [GitHub release page](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases).\n" +msgstr "**Примечание:** Если вы не хотите использовать ASIO или предпочитаете [JACK под Windows](https://jackaudio.org/faq/jack_on_windows.html), вы также можете использовать [JACK-версию Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows-jack }}). Старые (legacy) версии, поддерживающие устаревшие операционные системы, можно найти на [Страница выпуска на GitHub](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases).\n" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ASIO" +msgstr "ASIO" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:34 +msgid "Jamulus can use [ASIO](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Audio_Stream_Input/Output)." +msgstr "Jamulus может использовать [ASIO](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Audio_Stream_Input/Output)." + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:37 +msgid "If you have an external sound card/audio interface, use its official ASIO driver if you can (they usually provide the best quality)." +msgstr "Если у вас есть внешняя звуковая карта/аудиоинтерфейс, используйте ее официальный драйвер ASIO, если это возможно (они обычно обеспечивают наилучшее качество)." + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:37 +msgid "If you don't have an external sound card, you will probably not have an ASIO driver so will need to install a generic one like ASIO4ALL:" +msgstr "Если у вас нет внешней звуковой карты, то, скорее всего, у вас нет драйвера ASIO, поэтому вам придется установить универсальный драйвер, например ASIO4ALL:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:39 +msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.16 Download](https://asio4all.org/downloads/ASIO4ALL_2_16.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" +msgstr "[ASIO4ALL v2.16 Скачать](https://asio4all.org/downloads/ASIO4ALL_2_16.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:41 +msgid "[ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" +msgstr "[ASIO4ALL сайт](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:43 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Setting up ASIO4ALL" +msgstr "Настройка ASIO4ALL" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:46 +msgid "You may or may not need to experiment a bit depending on your sound hardware. If everything works out of the box, you don't need to do anything." +msgstr "Возможно, вам придется немного поэкспериментировать в зависимости от вашего звукового оборудования. Если все работает из коробки, вам не нужно ничего делать." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:48 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Tip:** Set up your sound card while you're [connected to a Server](Getting-Started#connecting-to-a-server-and-testing-your-sound) to hear your instrument or voice and check if everything is correctly set up; but first read on.\n" +msgstr "**Совет: ** Настройте звуковую карту во время [подключения к серверу](Getting-Started#connecting-to-a-server-and-testing-your-sound), чтобы услышать свой инструмент или голос и проверить, все ли правильно настроено; но сначала прочитайте дальше.\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:51 +msgid "Before you start with Jamulus:" +msgstr "Прежде чем начать работу с Jamulus:" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:54 +msgid "**Close all applications** (especially those which could access your sound card like your browser/media player). ASIO4ALL needs exclusive access to your sound card which means that other programs will not be able to use audio if ASIO4ALL and Jamulus are running." +msgstr "**Закройте все приложения** (особенно те, которые могут обращаться к вашей звуковой карте, например браузер/медиаплеер). ASIO4ALL нужен эксклюзивный доступ к вашей звуковой карте, а это значит, что другие программы не смогут использовать звук, если ASIO4ALL и Jamulus запущены." + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:54 +msgid "If the Jamulus audio doesn’t work out of the box, make sure that only the **correct inputs/outputs** in ASIO4ALL **are switched on**. Everything else should be switched off. Search the [community list of working ASIO4ALL configurations](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) for your configuration or do it manually if you can't find yours:" +msgstr "Если звук Jamulus не работает из коробки, убедитесь, что в ASIO4ALL **включены только **правильные входы/выходы**. Все остальное должно быть выключено. Найдите свою конфигурацию в [списке рабочих конфигураций ASIO4ALL](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) или сделайте это вручную, если не можете найти свою:" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:55 +#, no-wrap +msgid "How to set up ASIO4ALL inputs (Guide)" +msgstr "Как настроить входы ASIO4ALL (Руководство)" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 +msgid "Open Jamulus's settings" +msgstr "Откройте настройки Jamulus" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 +msgid "Go to _\"ASIO Device Settings\"_ (column on the left; directly under the selection of the driver)" +msgstr "Перейдите в раздел _\"ASIO Device Settings\"_ (колонка слева; непосредственно под выбором драйвера)" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 +msgid "Enable _advanced view_ in ASIO4ALL (click the tool icon on the bottom right)" +msgstr "Включите _расширенный вид_ в ASIO4ALL (нажмите на значок инструмента в правом нижнем углу)" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 +msgid "Enable only the sound card you want to use by clicking on the button next to its name" +msgstr "Включите только ту звуковую карту, которую вы хотите использовать, нажав на кнопку рядом с ее названием" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 +msgid "Open your sound card inputs/outputs by clicking the _plus icon_ next to this sound card" +msgstr "Откройте входы/выходы вашей звуковой карты, нажав на значок _+_ рядом с этой звуковой картой" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 +msgid "Now enable the correct inputs/outputs in the list under your sound card and disable everything else. You can hover over the inputs/outputs to see which of both they are and if they support the required sample rate for Jamulus of 48kHz (DVD quality)." +msgstr "Теперь включите нужные входы/выходы в списке под вашей звуковой картой и отключите все остальные. Вы можете навести курсор на входы/выходы, чтобы увидеть, какие из них и поддерживают ли они требуемую для Jamulus частоту дискретизации 48 кГц (качество DVD)." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:68 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"**Hints:**\n" +"1. It may not be obvious what the correct sound device is called. Many internal sound cards are named \"Realtek High Definition Audio\", \"Conexant\" or similar.\n" +"1. Headphones and speakers are often labelled as \"output\" and microphones as \"input\" or \"capture\".\n" +"1. Stereo Mix/Stereo Input is usually not the input/output you're looking for. Therefore, switch it off if you see it.\n" +msgstr "" +"** Подсказки:**\n" +"1. Название правильного звукового устройства может быть неочевидным. Многие внутренние звуковые карты называются \"Realtek High Definition Audio\", \"Conexant\" или аналогично.\n" +"1. Наушники и колонки часто обозначаются как \"выход\", а микрофоны - как \"вход\" или \"захват\".\n" +"1. Стерео микс/стерео вход обычно не является тем входом/выходом, который вы ищете. Поэтому отключите его, если видите.\n" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:69 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Устранение неполадок" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:72 +msgid "If nothing works, first restart Jamulus and/or your PC to close background processes that may be accessing your sound card." +msgstr "Если ничего не помогает, сначала перезапустите Jamulus и/или компьютер, чтобы закрыть фоновые процессы, которые могут обращаться к вашей звуковой карте." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:74 +msgid "Afterwards, *set up the inputs/outputs again*. Enabled and accessible input/outputs show as lit up power buttons and play buttons in the ASIO4ALL settings. If instead you see a red cross or yellow symbol, close other applications that may be accessing your sound card (e.g. web browser, Zoom, etc)." +msgstr "После этого *настройте входы/выходы снова*. Включенные и доступные входы/выходы отображаются как подсвеченные кнопки питания и кнопки воспроизведения в настройках ASIO4ALL. Если вместо этого вы видите красный крест или желтый символ, закройте другие приложения, которые могут обращаться к вашей звуковой карте (например, веб-браузер, Zoom и т. д.)." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:76 +msgid "Have a look at [this video](https://youtu.be/_GzOsitVgLI) by [trombonepizza](https://github.com/trombonepizza) which gives more detailed setup information on ASIO4ALL." +msgstr "Посмотрите [это видео](https://youtu.be/_GzOsitVgLI) от [trombonepizza](https://github.com/trombonepizza), в котором дается более подробная информация о настройке ASIO4ALL." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:78 +msgid "Official and further information about how to configure ASIO4ALL is documented in the official [ASIO4ALL FAQs on the ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/index.php/help/faq/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}." +msgstr "Официальная и дополнительная информация о том, как настроить ASIO4ALL, содержится в официальном документе [ASIO4ALL FAQs на сайте ASIO4ALL](https://www.asio4all.org/index.php/help/faq/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:79 +#, no-wrap +msgid "All installed?" +msgstr "Всё установлено?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:82 +msgid "Take a look at" +msgstr "Взгляните на" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:83 +msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgstr "[Страница „Начало работы“](Getting-Started){: .button}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ru/Installation-for-iOS.po b/_translator-files/po/ru/Installation-for-iOS.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7e12e9312 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/ru/Installation-for-iOS.po @@ -0,0 +1,165 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Maksim_220 Кабанов , 2025. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-08-11 16:02+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Maksim_220 Кабанов \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: ru\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13-dev\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "ru" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-iOS" +msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-iOS" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:11 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installation for iOS" +msgstr "Установка для iOS" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:9 +msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Использование Jamulus\" branch1=\"Начало работы\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:14 +msgid "Make sure you've already read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." +msgstr "Убедитесь, что вы уже прочитали страницу [Начало работы](Getting-Started)." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:16 +msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" +msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Things to note about iOS" +msgstr "Что следует отметить в iOS" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:20 +msgid "If you have don't own a PC, we suggest you to buy a [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } which is an inexpensive and small device that performs very well with Jamulus. iOS support is just a proof of concept." +msgstr "Если у вас нет ПК, мы предлагаем вам приобрести [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } - это недорогое и небольшое устройство, которое отлично работает с Jamulus. Поддержка iOS - это лишь пробный вариант." + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 +msgid "To install Jamulus on your iOS device, you need a (free or paid) Apple Developer account and preferably a computer." +msgstr "Чтобы установить Jamulus на iOS-устройство, вам понадобится (бесплатная или платная) учетная запись Apple Developer и, желательно, компьютер." + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 +msgid "If you don't pay for an Apple developer account, Jamulus will only run for at most 7 days before you need to re-install it." +msgstr "Если вы не оплатите учетную запись разработчика Apple, Jamulus будет работать не более 7 дней, после чего вам придется переустановить его." + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 +msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. If you own an older device which has a Lightning port and not USB-C, you can use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub." +msgstr "Jamulus на iOS работает достаточно хорошо, если все настроено правильно. Однако мы настоятельно рекомендуем вам использовать аудиоинтерфейс и адаптер USB-Ethernet. Если у вас старое устройство с портом Lightning, а не USB-C, вы можете использовать что-то вроде [Переходник для камеры с разъемом Lightning на USB](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) и USB-концентратор (с питанием)." + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 +msgid "If you must use Jamulus on a wireless network, you should prefer a cellular (5G) connection over WiFi." +msgstr "Если вам необходимо использовать Jamulus в беспроводной сети, отдайте предпочтение сотовому (5G) соединению, а не WiFi." + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 +msgid "Unofficial Jamulus compatible apps like [KOORD](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/koord/id1621509341) are available on the AppStore but may not have the same features as the official Jamulus release." +msgstr "Неофициальные приложения, совместимые с Jamulus, такие как [KOORD](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/koord/id1621509341), доступны в AppStore, но могут не обладать теми же функциями, что и официальный релиз Jamulus." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:28 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Install for iOS (for experienced users only)" +msgstr "Установка для iOS (только для опытных пользователей)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note**: We provide an unsigned .ipa file which you need to sign and then install on your device. If you are not Jailbroken (and have AppSync installed), you might need additional software to install Jamulus. There are multiple ways to do that, but this guide only explains the most standard approach. Please note that we assume you already have a (free) Apple developer account. If you don't have one, create an Apple ID and [Sign up for a developer account](https://developer.apple.com/membercenter). We recommend to create one without two factor authentification and unrelated to your potential personal account. You will need to enter the password in non-Apple software.\n" +msgstr "**Примечание**: Мы предоставляем неподписанный файл .ipa, который вам нужно подписать и установить на свое устройство. Если у вас нет джейлбрейка (и установлен AppSync), вам может понадобиться дополнительное программное обеспечение для установки Jamulus. Существует несколько способов сделать это, но в данном руководстве описан только самый стандартный. Обратите внимание, что мы предполагаем, что у вас уже есть (бесплатная) учетная запись разработчика Apple. Если у вас его нет, создайте Apple ID и [Зарегистрируйтесь для получения учетной записи разработчика](https://developer.apple.com/membercenter). Мы рекомендуем создать учетную запись без двухфакторной аутентификации и не связанную с вашей потенциальной личной учетной записью. Вам нужно будет вводить пароль в программах, не относящихся к Apple.\n" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 +msgid "[Download Jamulus (.ipa) on a PC/Mac]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}" +msgstr "[Скачать Jamulus (.ipa) на PC/Mac]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}" + +#. type: Bullet: '2. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 +msgid "Sign the .ipa file (e.g. via Xcode or some other **trusted** app. We won't give recommendations here, but there exist apps for every operating system)" +msgstr "Подпишите файл .ipa (например, с помощью Xcode или другого **надежного** приложения. Мы не будем давать здесь рекомендаций, но существуют приложения для каждой ОС)" + +#. type: Bullet: '3. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 +msgid "Once signed and installed; on your iOS device open Settings, navigate to General>Profiles (or VPN and Device Management). Tap on the developer account corresponding to your account and trust the account." +msgstr "После подписания и установки на устройстве iOS откройте \"Настройки\", перейдите в раздел \"Общие>Файлы\" (или \"VPN и управление устройством\"). Нажмите на учетную запись разработчика, соответствующую вашей учетной записи, и доверьте ей." + +#. type: Bullet: '4. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 +msgid "Open Jamulus from your home-screen" +msgstr "Откройте Jamulus с домашнего экрана" + +#. type: Bullet: '5. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 +msgid "After 7 days you will need to re-sign Jamulus if you are using a free developer account. Re-do everything from Step 4." +msgstr "Через 7 дней вам нужно будет заново подписать Jamulus, если вы используете бесплатную учетную запись разработчика. Повторите все действия, начиная с шага 4." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:39 +msgid "If you own a Mac and have Xcode installed, compiling Jamulus from source might be another, more native option. Please have a look at the [compilation instructions for iOS](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md#ios)." +msgstr "Если у вас Mac и установлен Xcode, то компиляция Jamulus из исходников может быть другим, более удобным вариантом. Пожалуйста, взгляните на [инструкции по компиляции для iOS](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md#ios)." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Feedback and development" +msgstr "Обратная связь и Разработка" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:45 +msgid "Our view is that the iOS version is not sufficiently mature to be published on the AppStore. Feel free to help out: Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." +msgstr "Мы считаем, что версия для iOS недостаточно зрелая для публикации в AppStore. Не стесняйтесь помочь: Просто зайдите на [Репозиторий Jamulus на GitHub](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:47 +msgid "Please also read the [APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER) concerning Jamulus being published via the Apple AppStore." +msgstr "Пожалуйста, ознакомьтесь также с [APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER), касающимся публикации Jamulus через Apple AppStore." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "All installed?" +msgstr "Всё установлено?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:53 +msgid "Jamulus has been installed and can be used now. You can now take a look at the" +msgstr "Jamulus был установлен и теперь им можно пользоваться. Теперь вы можете взглянуть на" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:54 +msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgstr "[Страница „Начало работы“](Getting-Started){: .button}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ru/Privacy-Statement.po b/_translator-files/po/ru/Privacy-Statement.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8c55c72a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/ru/Privacy-Statement.po @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Maksim_220 Кабанов , 2025. +# vanapro1 , 2025. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-08-15 02:02+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: vanapro1 \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: ru\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13-dev\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "ru" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Privacy-Statement" +msgstr "/wiki/Privacy-Statement" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus – Privacy Statement" +msgstr "Jamulus - Заявление о конфиденциальности" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Privacy Statement" +msgstr "Заявление о конфиденциальности" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:11 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**The English version of this document represents the official privacy statement for the _current version_ of the software available on this website. Earlier versions of the software and non-English translations of this privacy policy may have different terms that are no longer applicable or supported.**\n" +msgstr "**Английская версия этого документа представляет собой официальное заявление о конфиденциальности для _текущей версии_ программного обеспечения, доступного на этом сайте. Более ранние версии программного обеспечения и неанглоязычные переводы данной политики конфиденциальности могут содержать иные условия, которые более не применяются или не поддерживаются**\n" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:13 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Definition of Terms" +msgstr "Определение терминов" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18 +msgid "\"**Server**\" The Jamulus software running as a Server and accepting connections from Clients" +msgstr "\"**Сервер**\" ПО Jamulus, работающее в качестве сервера и принимающее соединения от клиентов" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18 +msgid "\"**Client**\" The Jamulus software used to connect to a Server" +msgstr "\"**Клиент**\" ПО Jamulus, используемое для подключения к серверу" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18 +msgid "\"**Directory**\" A Jamulus Server configured to supply a list of Servers to Clients" +msgstr "\"**Каталог**\" Сервер Jamulus, настроенный на предоставление списка серверов клиентам" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:19 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus.io Website" +msgstr "Jamulus.io Сайт" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:22 +msgid "The website at [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) is served using GitHub Pages. The Jamulus team has not constructed the website to set tracking cookies, but see Github's [privacy policy](https://docs.github.com/en/site-policy/privacy-policies/github-privacy-statement) for information relating to data collection and privacy overall. The community knowledge base uses [giscus](https://github.com/giscus/giscus) for discussions and comments. You can find the [Privacy Policy of giscus on their GitHub repository](https://github.com/giscus/giscus/blob/main/PRIVACY-POLICY.md)." +msgstr "Сайт по адресу [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) обслуживается с помощью GitHub Pages. Команда Jamulus не создавала сайт для установки отслеживающих куки-файлов, но смотрите [политику конфиденциальности](https://docs.github.com/en/site-policy/privacy-policies/github-privacy-statement) на Github для информации, касающейся сбора данных и конфиденциальности в целом. База знаний сообщества использует [giscus](https://github.com/giscus/giscus) для обсуждений и комментариев. Вы можете ознакомиться с [Политикой конфиденциальности giscus на их репозитории GitHub](https://github.com/giscus/giscus/blob/main/PRIVACY-POLICY.md)." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:23 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus Software" +msgstr "ПО Jamulus" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:26 +msgid "Jamulus is open source software that can be modified by anyone. As such, the Jamulus project can make no representations related to privacy, data collection, or security with respect to your use of the software." +msgstr "Jamulus - это ПО с открытым исходным кодом, которое может быть изменено любым человеком. В связи с этим проект Jamulus не может делать никаких заявлений, касающихся конфиденциальности, сбора данных или безопасности в связи с использованием вами этого ПО." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:27 +#, no-wrap +msgid "General Information" +msgstr "Общая информация" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:30 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Under normal use with software downloaded from this website that has not been modified, your user profile information is exchanged with Servers you connect to, peers connected to those same Servers, and to third parties (including Directories) that use the Jamulus protocol. This information is limited to your Jamulus name, city, country, instrument, and skill level as you have set them in your profile. The Servers you connect to will also have access to your internet address (IP Address) as it is required for the software to work; but this information is not shared with peers on the same Server or available to third parties." +msgid "Under normal use with software downloaded from this website that has not been modified, your user profile information is exchanged with Servers you connect to, peers connected to those same Servers, and to third parties (including Directories) that use the Jamulus protocol. This information is limited to your Jamulus name, city, country, instrument, and skill level as you have set them in your profile. Directories from which you request Server lists, Servers displayed in the Connect Dialog and Servers you connect to will also have access to your internet address (IP Address) as it is required for the software to work; but this information is not shared with peers on the same Server or available to third parties." +msgstr "При обычном использовании ПО, загруженного с этого сайта и не подвергавшегося модификации, информация о вашем профиле пользователя обменивается с серверами, к которым вы подключаетесь, с другими пользователями, подключенными к этим же серверам, и с третьими сторонами (включая каталоги), которые используют протокол Jamulus. Эта информация ограничивается вашим именем Jamulus, городом, страной, инструментом и уровнем мастерства, которые вы указали в своем профиле. Серверы, к которым вы подключаетесь, также будут иметь доступ к вашему интернет-адресу (IP-адресу), поскольку он необходим для работы программы; но эта информация не передается коллегам на том же сервере и не доступна третьим лицам." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:32 +msgid "All communications between and among Clients, Servers, Directories, and third-party protocol users are sent without encryption." +msgstr "Все сообщения между Клиентами, Серверами, Директориями и пользователями сторонних протоколов передаются без шифрования." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:33 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus Servers" +msgstr "Серверы Jamulus" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:36 +msgid "When you connect to a Server, either directly or through a Directory, the operator of that Server is responsible for its operation policy, privacy policy, and data use policy. While unmodified Servers do not log or store your connection or profile information by default, some Servers may be configured to do so. Therefore, you should have no expectation of privacy with respect to your profile information or internet address." +msgstr "Когда вы подключаетесь к серверу напрямую или через каталог, оператор этого сервера несет ответственность за его политику работы, политику конфиденциальности и использования данных. Хотя не модифицированные серверы по умолчанию не регистрируют и не хранят информацию о вашем подключении или профиле, некоторые серверы могут быть настроены на это. Поэтому вы не должны рассчитывать на конфиденциальность в отношении информации вашего профиля или интернет-адреса." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:37 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Chat Exchanges" +msgstr "Обмен чатами" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:40 +msgid "Chats are textual messages that can be exchanged between Clients connected to the same Server. Everyone connected to a Server can see all chats and there should be no expectation of privacy with respect to information sent through the chat feature of Jamulus. While unmodified Servers do not log or store chats, some modified Servers may do this." +msgstr "Чаты - это текстовые сообщения, которыми могут обмениваться клиенты, подключенные к одному и тому же серверу. Все подключенные к Серверу могут видеть все чаты, поэтому не следует ожидать конфиденциальности в отношении информации, отправленной через функцию чата Jamulus. Хотя не модифицированные серверы не регистрируют и не хранят чаты, некоторые модифицированные серверы могут это делать." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio Recordings" +msgstr "Аудиозаписи" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:44 +msgid "Unmodified Servers will display a notice if recording is turned on. Recordings of each channel are stored by the Server and are controlled by the Server operator." +msgstr "На не модифицированных серверах будет отображаться уведомление о включении записи. Записи каждого канала хранятся на сервере и контролируются оператором сервера." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:46 +msgid "It is possible for connected Clients to make recordings of sessions outside of Jamulus itself, for which there may be no notice or indication. Jamulus has no way to detect or control these situations and makes no representations as to the collection or use of such recording data." +msgstr "Подключенные клиенты могут делать записи сеансов за пределами Jamulus, о чем может не быть никаких уведомлений или указаний. Jamulus не имеет возможности обнаружить или контролировать такие ситуации и не делает никаких заявлений относительно сбора или использования таких данных записи." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Directories" +msgstr "Справочники" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:49 +msgid "Directories are central connection points for locating Servers. The Jamulus Client comes with a pre-defined list of Directories for the convenience of users. These Directories are independently operated but are represented as running unmodified versions of the Jamulus software. If you do not wish to send your information to the Directories, you will need to connect to Servers directly." +msgstr "Директории - это центральные точки подключения для определения местоположения серверов. Для удобства пользователей Jamulus Client поставляется с заранее определенным списком директорий. Эти каталоги работают независимо друг от друга, но представляются как запущенные не модифицированные версии ПО Jamulus. Если вы не хотите отправлять свою информацию в директории, вам придется подключаться к серверам напрямую." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ru/QOS-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/ru/QOS-Windows.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2b63b3d56 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/ru/QOS-Windows.po @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Maksim_220 Кабанов , 2025. +# vanapro1 , 2025. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-08-15 02:02+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: vanapro1 \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: ru\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13-dev\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "ru" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/QOS-Windows" +msgstr "/wiki/QOS-Windows" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title +#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Quality of Service (QoS)" +msgstr "Качество обслуживания (QoS)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:9 +msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" %}" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Подробнее\" %}" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Use of QoS on Windows" +msgstr "Использование QoS в Windows" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:13 +msgid "Jamulus uses Quality of Service (QoS) to mitigate network jitter delays." +msgstr "Jamulus использует качество обслуживания (QoS) для уменьшения задержек, вызванных сетевым джиттером." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:15 +msgid "If you want to explore the effect of non-default settings, see [RFC4594](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc4594) pages 16-18. Jamulus sets the DS Field byte to 128 (or 0x80) to select DSCP/CS4 in an IPv4 or IPv6 packet header. Other byte values can be set using the -Q option, e.g. -Q [0..255]. However, most people will have no need to do this." +msgstr "Если вы хотите изучить влияние настроек не по умолчанию, смотрите [RFC4594](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc4594) страницы 16-18. Jamulus устанавливает байт поля DS равным 128 (или 0x80) для выбора DSCP/CS4 в заголовке пакета IPv4 или IPv6. Другие значения байтов можно задать с помощью опции -Q, например -Q [0..255]. Однако большинству пользователей это не нужно." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:17 +msgid "Jamulus' QoS settings (including the default) are set to 0 on recent Windows and macOS because of the operating system. To use QoS on Windows, follow these instructions. Note that you may need to repeat this procedure every time Jamulus is updated." +msgstr "Настройки QoS в Jamulus (в том числе по умолчанию) установлены на 0 в последних версиях Windows и macOS из-за особенностей операционной системы. Чтобы использовать QoS в Windows, следуйте этим инструкциям. Обратите внимание, что вам, возможно, придется повторять эту процедуру при каждом обновлении Jamulus." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:37 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"In Search box beside Start menu, Type: Local Group Policy Editor (enter)
\n" +"In new window, (click) on the menu icon to display the Actions third panel
\n" +"Looking at the first panel of the Local Group Policy Editor
\n" +" Local Computer Policy
\n" +"  Computer Configuration
\n" +"   Windows Settings
\n" +"    Policy-based QoS (click)
\n" +"Looking at the third panel (Actions) of the Local Group Policy Editor
\n" +" Policy-based QoS
\n" +"  More Actions
\n" +"   Create new Policy (click)
\n" +"    Policy Name: Jamulus
\n" +"    Specify DSCP value: 32
\n" +"    Next
\n" +"    This QoS policy applies Only to applications with name Jamulus.exe
\n" +"    Next
\n" +"    Next
\n" +"    UDP
\n" +"    Finish
\n" +msgstr "" +"В поле Поиск рядом с меню Пуск введите: Редактор локальной групповой политики (введите)
\n" +"В новом окне нажмите на значок меню, чтобы отобразить третью панель \"Действия\"
\n" +"Посмотрите на первую панель редактора локальной групповой политики
\n" +" Политика использования локальных компьютеров
\n" +"  Конфигурация компьютера
\n" +"   Настройки Windows
\n" +"    QoS на основе политики (нажмите)
\n" +"Смотрим на третью панель (Действия) редактора локальной групповой политики
\n" +" QoS на основе политики
\n" +"  Другие действия
\n" +"   Создать новую политику (нажмите)
\n" +"    Название политики: Jamulus
\n" +"    Укажите значение DSCP: 32
\n" +"    Следующая
\n" +"    Эта политика QoS применяется только к приложениям с именем Jamulus.exe
\n" +"    Следующая
\n" +"    Следующая
\n" +"    UDP
\n" +"    Конец
\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:39 +msgid "(Notice Jamulus policy in center panel may be edited)" +msgstr "(Обратите внимание, что политика Jamulus на центральной панели может быть отредактирована)" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ru/Running-a-Server.po b/_translator-files/po/ru/Running-a-Server.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..383e33227 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/ru/Running-a-Server.po @@ -0,0 +1,980 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Maksim_220 Кабанов , 2025. +# vanapro1 , 2025. +# Roman Akimov , 2025. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-10-15 09:07+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Roman Akimov \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: ru\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "ru" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Running-a-Server" +msgstr "/wiki/Running-a-Server" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Running a Server" +msgstr "Запуск сервера" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server Administration Manual" +msgstr "Руководство по администрированию сервера" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:12 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:14 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" +msgstr "Оглавление\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" +msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:19 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Do I need to run a Server?" +msgstr "Нужно ли мне запускать сервер?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:23 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**No**. You don't need to run a Server. You can use the Servers listed by the built-in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server yourself. You can also use an unlisted Server if you know its internet address. Or you can use a third party hosting service such as [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/). There's probably a Server nearby that you and your friends can use at low enough latency for most needs.\n" +msgstr "**Нет**. Вам не нужно запускать сервер. Вы можете использовать серверы, перечисленные во встроенных каталогах, и пользоваться Jamulus без запуска сервера. Вы также можете использовать сервер, не внесенный в список, если знаете его интернет-адрес. Или вы можете воспользоваться услугами стороннего хостинга, например [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/) . Вероятно, поблизости есть сервер, который вы и ваши друзья сможете использовать с достаточно низкой задержкой для большинства нужд.\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:25 +msgid "Using a public Server might introduce you to strangers. If you want an undisturbed session, you can use the soloing technique described on the [Tips and Tricks page](Tips-Tricks-More#have-an-undisturbed-session-on-any-server). You won't hear strangers who connect to the Server, but they can hear you if they wish." +msgstr "Использование публичного сервера может познакомить вас с незнакомцами. Если вы хотите провести сессию без помех, воспользуйтесь техникой солирования, описанной на странице [Советы и приемы](Tips-Tricks-More#have-an-undisturbed-session-on-any-server). Вы не будете слышать незнакомцев, подключившихся к серверу, но они могут услышать вас, если захотят." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:28 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Requirements" +msgstr "Требования" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:30 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Speed and latency" +msgstr "Скорость и Задержка" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:33 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**_The capability of the Server itself (and the network it's on) is NOT the main determinant of the quality of a Jamulus session!_**\n" +msgstr "**_Возможности самого сервера (и сети, в которой он находится) НЕ являются основным фактором, определяющим качество сессии Jamulus!_**\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:35 +msgid "Usually, problems are on the _Client_ side and should be fixed there. Have a look at the [Troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) if needed." +msgstr "Обычно проблемы возникают на стороне _клиента_ и должны быть устранены там. При необходимости загляните на страницу [Устранение неполадок](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting)." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:37 +msgid "However, various problems can also arise when setting up Servers - especially when run on a low-bandwidth home connection. It's usually fine to have less than 5 players on a slower-speed home connection (eg 10 Mbit/s down and 1 Mbit/s up). You can read more about network requirements at [different quality settings here](Server-Bandwidth)." +msgstr "Однако при настройке серверов могут возникнуть различные проблемы - особенно если они работают на домашнем соединении с низкой пропускной способностью. Обычно при низкоскоростном домашнем соединении (например, 10 Мбит/с вниз и 1 Мбит/с вверх) количество игроков не превышает 5. Подробнее о требованиях к сети вы можете прочитать в разделе [различные настройки качества здесь](Пропускная способность сервера)." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:39 +msgid "Consider using a cloud host, not your home internet connection, to get better ping times if you're having problems." +msgstr "Если у вас возникли проблемы, используйте облачный хостинг, а не домашнее интернет-соединение, чтобы увеличить время пинга." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "General notes" +msgstr "Общие замечания" + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46 +msgid "Any Server should have at least 1.6GHz CPU frequency and 1GB RAM" +msgstr "Любой сервер должен иметь частоту процессора не менее 1,6 ГГц и 1 ГБ ОЗУ" + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46 +msgid "Running a Server may require you to adjust any firewalls running on or outside of your machine or cloud host." +msgstr "Запуск сервера может потребовать от вас настройки брандмауэров, работающих на вашем компьютере или облачном хосте." + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46 +msgid "You must set up port forwarding on your router to run an [Unregistered Server](Unregistered-Servers) at home. This should not be necessary when running a Registered Server in most cases. However, some home networks can require port forwarding for a Registered Server." +msgstr "Чтобы запустить [Незарегистрированный сервер](Unregistered-Servers) дома, необходимо настроить проброс портов на маршрутизаторе. В большинстве случаев при работе Зарегистрированного сервера это не требуется. Однако некоторые домашние сети могут потребовать переадресации портов для Зарегистрированного сервера." + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46 +msgid "Jamulus offers limited IPv6 support that you can turn on for a Client or Server from the command line." +msgstr "Jamulus предлагает ограниченную поддержку IPv6, которую можно включить для клиента или сервера из командной строки." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:49 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "Установка" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:52 +msgid "Most people run Jamulus on a 3rd party/cloud host as a \"headless\" Server (no video display or keyboard) on **hardware without audio** running Linux. You can also run a Server in a [**desktop environment**](#servers-on-the-desktop)." +msgstr "Большинство людей запускают Jamulus на стороннем/облачном хосте в качестве \"безголового\" сервера (без видеодисплея и клавиатуры) на **аппаратном обеспечении без звука** под управлением Linux. Вы также можете запустить сервер в [**настольной среде**](#servers-on-the-desktop)." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:56 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note** The following steps will result in you running an \"Unregistered\" Server. For more information, see [the Server Modes section](#server-modes) below.\n" +msgstr "**Примечание** Следующие шаги приведут к запуску \"Незарегистрированного\" сервера. Для получения дополнительной информации см. раздел [Режимы сервера](#server-modes) ниже.\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:60 +msgid "To run a headless server on Linux, the following steps assume you are familiar with the command line and Debian/Ubuntu or similar distribution that uses systemd." +msgstr "Чтобы запустить headless-сервер в Linux, следующие шаги предполагают, что вы знакомы с командной строкой и Debian/Ubuntu или аналогичным дистрибутивом, использующим systemd." + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:62 +msgid "Download the setup script:" +msgstr "Загрузите установочный скрипт:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:66 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh\n" +" ```\n" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:68 +msgid "Make the script executable:" +msgstr "Сделайте скрипт исполняемым:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:72 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" chmod +x setup_repo.sh\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" chmod +x setup_repo.sh\n" +" ```\n" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:74 +msgid "Run the script and install the headless server:" +msgstr "Запустите скрипт и установите headless-сервер:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:78 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:80 +msgid "Enable the headless Server process:" +msgstr "Включите процесс Headless Server:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:84 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:86 +msgid "Add your desired [command line options](Running-a-Server#configuration-options) to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file:" +msgstr "Добавьте желаемые [параметры командной строки](Running-a-Server#configuration-options) в строку `ExecStart` в файле службы systemd:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:90 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:92 +msgid "Reload the systemd files and restart the headless Server:" +msgstr "Перезагрузите файлы systemd и перезапустите headless Server:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:96 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" sudo systemctl daemon-reload && sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" sudo systemctl daemon-reload && sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:98 +msgid "_To edit your Server configuration, just repeat the last two steps above._" +msgstr "_Чтобы изменить конфигурацию сервера, просто повторите два последних шага._" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:101 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server Modes" +msgstr "Режимы сервера" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:104 +msgid "Servers can be run in one of three modes (either at home or on a 3rd party host), depending on your needs." +msgstr "Серверы могут работать в одном из трех режимов (дома или на стороннем хосте), в зависимости от ваших потребностей." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:105 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Unregistered mode" +msgstr "Незарегистрированный режим" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:108 +msgid "This is the default when starting a Server for the first time. Unregistered Servers are not listed by Directories, so only musicians who know your Server's address can connect to it." +msgstr "Это значение используется по умолчанию при первом запуске сервера. Незарегистрированные серверы не отображаются в каталогах, поэтому подключиться к ним могут только те музыканты, которые знают адрес вашего сервера." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:110 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**For information about running an Unregistered Server [see this guide](Unregistered-Servers).**\n" +msgstr "**Для получения информации о запуске незарегистрированного сервера [см. это руководство](Unregistered-Servers)**.\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:114 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"
\n" +"\t\"Diagram\n" +"
\n" +msgstr "" +"
\n" +"\t\"Диаграмма\n" +"
\n" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:115 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Registered mode" +msgstr "Зарегистрированный режим" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:118 +msgid "In this mode your Server will appear in the server list supplied by a Directory. Jamulus Clients come with a list of Directories built-in. If you register your Server with one of these, anyone can discover and connect to it." +msgstr "В этом режиме ваш сервер будет отображаться в списке серверов, предоставленном директорией. Клиенты Jamulus поставляются со встроенным списком директорий. Если вы зарегистрируете свой сервер в одном из них, любой сможет обнаружить его и подключиться к нему." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:120 +msgid "Alternatively, you can list your Server on a Custom Directory (see below). Clients will only find your Server if they enter the Custom Directory's internet address." +msgstr "Кроме того, вы можете внести свой сервер в список пользовательских каталогов (см. ниже). Клиенты смогут найти ваш сервер, только если введут интернет-адрес пользовательского каталога." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:122 +msgid "Note that Directories can only register up to 150 Servers. If you see a message that says you cannot register your Server because the Directory is full, you can try registering with a different Directory." +msgstr "Обратите внимание, что в каталогах может быть зарегистрировано не более 150 серверов. Если вы видите сообщение о том, что вы не можете зарегистрировать свой сервер, потому что каталог переполнен, вы можете попробовать зарегистрироваться в другом каталоге." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:126 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"
\n" +"\t\"Diagram\n" +"
\n" +msgstr "" +"
\n" +"\t\"Диаграмма\n" +"
\n" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:127 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Directory mode" +msgstr "Режим каталога" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:130 +msgid "If you want to run a number of Servers, possibly also behind a firewall or on a LAN, you may want to run your Server as a Directory. Examples include online events, music associations, sectional rehearsals or music lessons for schools." +msgstr "Если вы хотите запустить несколько серверов, возможно, за брандмауэром или в локальной сети, вам может понадобиться сервер в виде каталога. В качестве примера можно привести онлайновые мероприятия, музыкальные ассоциации, секционные репетиции или уроки музыки в школах." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:132 +msgid "For information, [see the Directories guide](Directories)." +msgstr "Для получения информации [см. руководство по каталогам](Directories)." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:135 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Configuration options" +msgstr "Параметры конфигурации" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:138 +msgid "Depending on your operating system and how you are running the Server, you can set Server options and make them persistent between reloads by following these steps:" +msgstr "В зависимости от операционной системы и способа работы сервера вы можете установить параметры сервера и сделать их постоянными между перезагрузками, выполнив следующие действия:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:140 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**For Linux headless** (Debian/Ubuntu using systemd)\n" +msgstr "**Для Linux headless** (Debian/Ubuntu using systemd)\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:142 +msgid "Add your desired command line options to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file by running `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` (You will need to reload or restart for the changes to take effect. See [Installation](#installation))." +msgstr "Добавьте нужные вам параметры командной строки в строку `ExecStart` в служебном файле systemd, выполнив команду `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` (Чтобы изменения вступили в силу, вам потребуется перезагрузка или перезапуск. См. раздел [Установка](#installation))." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:144 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**For the GUI** (all platforms)\n" +msgstr "**Для графического интерфейса** (все платформы)\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:146 +msgid "Any settings made using the graphical interface will be stored in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file. (Do **not** edit this file by hand!) However, some options are not available in the GUI and need to be set using the command line. For more information, see [Servers on the desktop](#servers-on-the-desktop)." +msgstr "Все настройки, сделанные с помощью графического интерфейса, будут сохранены в файле `Jamulusserver.ini`. (**Не **редактируйте этот файл вручную!) Однако некоторые параметры недоступны в графическом интерфейсе и должны быть установлены с помощью командной строки. Для получения дополнительной информации смотрите раздел [Серверы на рабочем столе](#servers-on-the-desktop)." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:149 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Minimum setup to run in Registered mode" +msgstr "Минимальная настройка для работы в режиме регистрации" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:153 +msgid "You can run a headless Server on Linux using systemd (with `systemctl`), which is covered in other sections. You can also run a Server directly from the command line. Enter the following command to [run a Registered Server](#server-modes):" +msgstr "Вы можете запустить безголовый сервер в Linux с помощью systemd (с `systemctl`), о чем мы расскажем в других разделах. Вы также можете запустить сервер непосредственно из командной строки. Введите следующую команду, чтобы [запустить зарегистрированный сервер](#server-modes):" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:154 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"jamulus-headless --nogui --server \\\n" +" --directoryaddress hostname:port \\\n" +" --serverinfo \"[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code or Qt5 Locale]\"\n" +msgstr "" +"jamulus-headless --nogui --server \\\n" +" --directoryaddress hostname:port \\\n" +" --serverinfo \"[имя];[город];[страна как двухбуквенный код страны ISO или Qt5 Locale]\"\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:161 +msgid "See the table below for `hostname:port` values." +msgstr "Значения `имя хоста:порт` приведены в таблице ниже." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:163 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note**: Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `[name]` and `[city]` within the `--serverinfo` argument. See the [Server mode-related options](#server-mode-related-options) for more information on the country code. \n" +msgstr "**Примечание**: В аргументах `[name]` и `[city]` в аргументе `--serverinfo` не допускаются символы точки с запятой и новой строки. Дополнительные сведения о коде страны см. в разделе [Опции, связанные с режимом сервера](#server-mode-related-options). \n" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:164 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server mode-related options" +msgstr "Параметры, связанные с режимом сервера" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:166 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-e or --directoryaddress`" +msgstr "`-e or --directoryaddress`" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:169 +msgid "Required for a [Registered Server](Running-a-Server#registered-mode). Also required to run Jamulus as a [Directory](Directories)." +msgstr "Требуется для [Зарегистрированного сервера](Running-a-Server#registered-mode). Также требуется для запуска Jamulus в качестве [Директории](Директории)." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:171 ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:192 +msgid "This option takes the format:" +msgstr "Этот параметр имеет формат:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:173 +msgid "`--directoryaddress hostname:port` where `hostname` is the Genre Directory host name and `port` is its port number." +msgstr "`--directoryaddress hostname:port`, где `hostname` - имя хоста Genre Directory, а `port` - номер его порта." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:175 +msgid "To register with one of the Directories built into the Jamulus Client, replace `hostname:port` with one of the following options:" +msgstr "Чтобы зарегистрироваться в одном из каталогов, встроенных в Jamulus Client, замените `hostname:port` одним из следующих параметров:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:185 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"| Genre | `hostname:port` |\n" +"|-----------|------------------|\n" +"|**Any Genre 1** |`anygenre1.jamulus.io:22124`|\n" +"|**Any Genre 2** |`anygenre2.jamulus.io:22224`|\n" +"|**Any Genre 3** |`anygenre3.jamulus.io:22624`|\n" +"|**Genre Rock** |`rock.jamulus.io:22424`|\n" +"|**Genre Jazz** |`jazz.jamulus.io:22324`|\n" +"|**Genre Classical/Folk** |`classical.jamulus.io:22524`|\n" +"|**Genre Choral/Barbershop** |`choral.jamulus.io:22724`|\n" +msgstr "" +"| Жанр | `hostname:port` |\n" +"|-----------|------------------|\n" +"|**Any Genre 1** |`anygenre1.jamulus.io:22124`|\n" +"|**Any Genre 2** |`anygenre2.jamulus.io:22224`|\n" +"|**Any Genre 3** |`anygenre3.jamulus.io:22624`|\n" +"|**Genre Rock** |`rock.jamulus.io:22424`|\n" +"|**Genre Jazz** |`jazz.jamulus.io:22324`|\n" +"|**Genre Classical/Folk** |`classical.jamulus.io:22524`|\n" +"|**Genre Choral/Barbershop** |`choral.jamulus.io:22724`|\n" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:187 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-o or --serverinfo`" +msgstr "`-o or --serverinfo`" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:190 +msgid "When registering your Server with a Directory, this lets you supply a Server name and location details so that users can then search for these values from their Client." +msgstr "При регистрации сервера в каталоге это позволяет указать имя сервера и данные о его местоположении, чтобы пользователи могли искать эти значения в своем клиенте." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:194 +msgid "`[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code]`" +msgstr "`[имя];[город];[страна в виде двухбуквенного кода страны ISO]`" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:196 +msgid "See [two-letter ISO country codes](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements)" +msgstr "См. [двухбуквенные коды стран ISO](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:198 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `name` and `city` values.\n" +msgstr "**Примечание:** В значениях `name` и `city` не допускаются символы точки с запятой и новой строки.\n" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:199 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-L or --licence`" +msgstr "`-L или --licence`" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:201 +msgid "Show an agreement window before users can connect. The text of the agreement to be shown should be supplied as the `--welcomemessage` (see below)." +msgstr "Показывает окно соглашения перед тем, как пользователи смогут подключиться. Текст соглашения, которое будет показано, должен быть предоставлен в качестве `--welcomemessage` (см. ниже)." + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:202 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-w or --welcomemessage`" +msgstr "`-w или --welcomemessage`" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:206 +msgid "A \"welcome message\" to display in the Client chat window on connect. Can be given as a string or filename, and can contain HTML. When a path is used, the file must be accessible by the user account running Jamulus. (On most Linux installations, user `jamulus` is used by default.) If not accessible, the literal path (rather than its contents) will appear." +msgstr "Приветственное сообщение, отображаемое в окне чата клиента при подключении. Может быть задано в виде строки или имени файла и может содержать HTML. Если используется путь, файл должен быть доступен учетной записи пользователя, под которым запущен Jamulus. (В большинстве Linux по умолчанию используется пользователь `jamulus`.) Если доступа к файлу нет, будет показан буквальный путь (а не его содержимое)." + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:207 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`--serverpublicip`" +msgstr "`--serverpublicip`" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:209 +msgid "The public IP address of the Server if connecting to a Directory behind the same NAT. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." +msgstr "Публичный IP-адрес сервера при подключении к каталогу за тем же NAT. Дополнительную информацию см. в [руководстве по справочникам](Справочники)." + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:210 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`--directoryfile`" +msgstr "`--directoryfile`" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:212 +msgid "_Directories only:_ Remember registered Servers even if the Directory is restarted. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." +msgstr "_Только каталоги:_ Помните зарегистрированные серверы даже при перезапуске каталога. Дополнительную информацию см. в [руководстве по каталогам](Каталоги)." + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:213 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-f or --listfilter`" +msgstr "`-f или--listfilter`" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:215 +msgid "_Directories only:_ Specify which Servers can register on the Directory Server. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." +msgstr "_ Только каталоги:_ Укажите, какие серверы могут регистрироваться на сервере каталогов. Дополнительную информацию см. в [руководстве по каталогам](Справочники)." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:218 +#, no-wrap +msgid "General Server options" +msgstr "Общие параметры сервера" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:220 +msgid "These options can be used regardless of which mode your Server is running in (although some may not be relevant for Directories)." +msgstr "Эти параметры можно использовать независимо от того, в каком режиме работает ваш сервер (хотя некоторые из них могут быть неактуальны для каталогов)." + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:221 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-d or --discononquit`" +msgstr "`-d или --discononquit`" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:223 +msgid "Normally, when a Server is stopped or restarted, any Clients that have not pressed their **Disconnect** buttons will automatically re-establish the connection when the Server returns. This option forces Clients to manually re-establish their connections to the Server in this scenario." +msgstr "Обычно, когда сервер останавливается или перезапускается, все клиенты, не нажавшие кнопку **Disconnect**, автоматически восстанавливают соединение, когда сервер возвращается. Эта опция заставляет клиентов вручную восстанавливать свои соединения с сервером в этом случае." + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:224 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-F or --fastupdate`" +msgstr "`-F или --fastupdate`" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:226 +msgid "Reduces latency if Clients connect with the **Small Network Buffers** option. Requires faster CPU to avoid dropouts, and more bandwidth to enabled Clients." +msgstr "Уменьшает задержку, если клиенты подключаются с опцией **Small Network Buffers**. Требуется более быстрый процессор, чтобы избежать выпадений, и большая пропускная способность для включенных клиентов." + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:227 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-l or --log`" +msgstr "`-l или --log`" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:229 +msgid "Enable logging, set path and file name" +msgstr "Включить ведение журнала, задать путь и имя файла" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:230 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-P or --delaypan`" +msgstr "`-P или --delaypan`" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:232 +msgid "Start with delay panning enabled. This option uses small differences in sound arrival time between the two ears. It produces a stereo effect similar to natural human hearing when compared to normal “volume” panning." +msgstr "Запустите панорамирование с включенной задержкой. Эта опция использует небольшую разницу во времени поступления звука в два уха. Это создает стереоэффект, похожий на естественный человеческий слух, по сравнению с обычным \"громким\" панорамированием." + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:233 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-s` or `--server`" +msgstr "`-s` или `--server`" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:235 +msgid "Start Jamulus in Server mode" +msgstr "Запустите Jamulus в режиме сервера" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:236 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`--serverbindip`" +msgstr "`--serverbindip`" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:238 +msgid "Specify the IP address the Jamulus process will bind to." +msgstr "Укажите IP-адрес, к которому будет привязан процесс Jamulus." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:240 +msgid "Normally, Jamulus will listen on all IP addresses on the host machine. Where the host has multiple network addresses, this option allows one of the addresses to be chosen." +msgstr "Обычно Jamulus прослушивает все IP-адреса хост-машины. Если хост имеет несколько сетевых адресов, эта опция позволяет выбрать один из них." + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-T or --multithreading`" +msgstr "`-T или --multithreading`" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:243 +msgid "Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs. This setting may help the Server support more Clients. See also `--numchannels`" +msgstr "Использовать многопоточность, чтобы лучше использовать многоядерные процессоры. Эта настройка может помочь серверу поддерживать больше клиентов. См. также `--numchannels`" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:244 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-u or --numchannels`" +msgstr "`-u или --numchannels`" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:246 +msgid "Maximum number of channels (Clients)" +msgstr "Макс. кол-во каналов (Клиенты)" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:247 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-z or --startminimized`" +msgstr "`-z или --startminimized`" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:249 +msgid "Start the Jamulus Server graphical user interface in the minimized window state." +msgstr "Запустите графический интерфейс пользователя Jamulus Server в свернутом состоянии окна." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:250 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Other options" +msgstr "Другие варианты" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:253 +msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" +msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Controlling the Server via API" +msgstr "Управление сервером через API" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:257 +msgid "Jamulus can be controlled via an experimental API which is subject to changes. You can find the [JSON-RPC API documented in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md). JSON-RPC allows you to control some features like changing the welcome message or starting recordings in headless mode from authenticated external applications. It works while the server is running." +msgstr "Jamulus можно управлять с помощью экспериментального API, который может быть изменен. Вы можете найти [JSON-RPC API, задокументированный в основном репозитории](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md). JSON-RPC позволяет управлять некоторыми функциями, такими как изменение приветственного сообщения или запуск записи в режиме headless, из аутентифицированных внешних приложений. Он работает во время работы сервера." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:260 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Recording" +msgstr "Запись" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:262 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-R or --recording`" +msgstr "`-R или --recording`" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:264 +msgid "Set Server recording directory. By default, the Server will record when a session is active." +msgstr "Установите каталог записи сервера (По умолчанию сервер будет вести запись, когда сессия активна)." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:266 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** You will need to save recordings to a path _outside_ of the jamulus home directory, or remove `ProtectHome=true` from your systemd unit file, but be aware that doing could be a security risk.\n" +msgstr "**Примечание:** Вам нужно будет сохранять записи по пути, находящемуся _вне_ домашнего каталога jamulus, или удалить `ProtectHome=true` из файла блока systemd, но имейте в виду, что это может быть риском для безопасности.\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:268 +msgid "Recordings are per track in [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` format and [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Open the respective files to listen to them in those applications." +msgstr "Записи представлены по трекам в формате [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` и [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Откройте соответствующие файлы, чтобы прослушать их в этих приложениях." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:270 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** When your Server is recording, Clients display a red banner message that the session is being recorded.\n" +msgstr "**Примечание:** Когда ваш сервер ведет запись, клиенты отображают красный баннер с сообщением о том, что сессия записывается.\n" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:271 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`--norecord`" +msgstr "`--norecord`" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:273 +msgid "Set server not to record by default when recording is configured." +msgstr "Настройте сервер не записывать по умолчанию, если запись настроена." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:275 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Controlling Recording" +msgstr "Управление записью" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:278 +msgid "Recording starts once the first person connects to the Server, and stops when the last person leaves." +msgstr "Запись начинается, как только первый человек подключается к серверу, и прекращается, когда последний человек уходит." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:280 +msgid "If the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new directory. SIGUSR2 will toggle recording on/off. If [JSON-RPC](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) is enabled, you will also be able to manage the server in a way comparable to the GUI. Please see the (experimental) [JSON-RPC documentation on the recorder](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md#jamulusserverstartrecording)." +msgstr "Если во время записи сервер получит сигнал SIGUSR1, он начнет новую запись в новую директорию. Сигнал SIGUSR2 включит/выключит запись. Если [JSON-RPC](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) включен, вы также сможете управлять сервером способом, сравнимым с графическим интерфейсом. Пожалуйста, ознакомьтесь с (экспериментальной) [JSON-RPC документацией по рекордеру](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md#jamulusserverstartrecording)." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:283 +msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." +msgstr "Чтобы отправить эти сигналы с помощью systemd, создайте следующие два файла `.service` в `/etc/systemd/system`, назвав их как-нибудь подходяще (например, `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:285 +msgid "To turn recording on or off (depending on the current state):" +msgstr "Чтобы включить или выключить запись (в зависимости от текущего состояния):" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:286 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" [Unit]\n" +" Description=Toggle recording state of Jamulus Server\n" +" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +"\n" +" [Service]\n" +" Type=oneshot\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 jamulus-headless\n" +msgstr "" +" [Unit]\n" +" Описание= Переключение состояния записи на сервере Jamulus Server\n" +" Реквизит=Jamulus-Server\n" +"\n" +" [Сервис]\n" +" Тип=oneshot\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 jamulus-headless\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:297 +msgid "To start a new recording:" +msgstr "Чтобы начать новую запись:" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:298 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" [Unit]\n" +" Description=Start a new recording on Jamulus Server\n" +" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +"\n" +" [Service]\n" +" Type=oneshot\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 jamulus-headless\n" +msgstr "" +" [Unit]\n" +" Описание=Начать новую запись на сервере Jamulus Server\n" +" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +"\n" +" [Сервис]\n" +" Type=oneshot\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 jamulus-headless\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:309 +msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name used by systemd to control your Jamulus Server. By default, if you use the `.deb` files from the repository, it is `jamulus-headless`, as in this example." +msgstr "Примечание: Имя службы Jamulus в строке `ExecStart` должно совпадать с именем файла `.service`, используемого systemd для управления вашим сервером Jamulus. По умолчанию, если вы используете файлы `.deb` из репозитория, это `jamulus-headless`, как в этом примере." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:311 +msgid "Run `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` to register them for first use." +msgstr "Запустите `sudo systemctl daemon-reload`, чтобы зарегистрировать их для первого использования." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:313 +msgid "Now you can run these with the `systemctl` command, for example:" +msgstr "Теперь вы можете запустить их, например, с помощью команды `systemctl`:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:315 +msgid "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec`" +msgstr "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec`" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:317 +msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (or the respective service name you specified manually). You can also view your (sys)log." +msgstr "Вы можете увидеть результат выполнения этих команд, если запустите команду `systemctl status jamulus-headless `(или соответствующее имя службы, которое вы указали вручную). Вы также можете просмотреть свой (sys)log." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:320 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Adding metadata to the Server" +msgstr "Добавление метаданных на сервер" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:323 +msgid "You can add metadata to the welcome message of a Server to add additional, hidden information like contact information or policy requests for bots (this is comparable to [robots.txt](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Robots.txt)). See the [Community Knowledge Base entry about metadata](/kb/2023/07/30/Server-Metadata.html) for more information." +msgstr "Вы можете добавить метаданные в приветственное сообщение сервера, чтобы добавить дополнительную, скрытую информацию, например контактную информацию или запросы политики для ботов (это сравнимо с [robots.txt](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Robots.txt)). Дополнительную информацию см. в [Записи базы знаний сообщества о метаданных](/kb/2023/07/30/Server-Metadata.html)." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:326 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Servers on the desktop" +msgstr "Серверы на рабочем столе" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:329 +msgid "Jamulus can run in Server mode in the graphical environment of a computer. This gives you a graphical user interface to control most of the settings. To do this, first [install Jamulus for your platform](Getting-Started), then do one of the following:" +msgstr "Jamulus может работать в режиме сервера в графической среде компьютера. Это дает вам графический пользовательский интерфейс для управления большинством настроек. Для этого сначала [установите Jamulus для вашей платформы](Getting-Started), а затем выполните одно из следующих действий:" + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:331 +msgid "**Windows users** - Use the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in the Windows Start menu. If you want the Server to start automatically when you start Windows, check the box for this option." +msgstr "**Пользователи Windows** - Используйте значок \"Jamulus Server\" в меню \"Пуск\" Windows. Если вы хотите, чтобы сервер запускался автоматически при запуске Windows, установите флажок для этой опции." + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:333 +msgid "**macOS users** - Double-click the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in Applications." +msgstr "**пользователи macOS** - Дважды щелкните значок \"Jamulus Server\" в разделе Приложения." + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:335 +msgid "**Linux users** - Launch the \"Jamulus Server\" shortcut. Or you can open a terminal window (`CTRL+ALT+t` on Debian and related distros), type `jamulus -s` and hit return." +msgstr "**Пользователи Linux** - Запустите ярлык \"Jamulus Server\". Или вы можете открыть окно терминала (`CTRL+ALT+t` в Debian и смежных дистрибутивах), ввести `jamulus -s` и нажать return." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:337 +msgid "While most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, others can only be set using options given in a terminal window when the Server is launched. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." +msgstr "Хотя большинство функций Jamulus можно настроить с помощью графического интерфейса, другие могут быть установлены только с помощью опций, задаваемых в окне терминала при запуске сервера. Как именно это сделать, зависит от вашей ОС." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:339 +#, no-wrap +msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose **Properties** > **Target**. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" +msgstr "Например, в Windows, чтобы использовать определенный файл настроек, щелкните правой кнопкой мыши на ярлыке Jamulus и выберите **Свойства** > **Цель**. Добавьте необходимые аргументы в Jamulus.exe:\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:341 +#, no-wrap +msgid " `\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" +msgstr " `\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:343 +msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" +msgstr "Для macOS откройте окно Terminal и запустите Jamulus с нужными параметрами, как показано ниже:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:345 +#, no-wrap +msgid " `/Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" +msgstr " `/Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:347 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note** Command line options will set the Server’s defaults at startup. You can override them while the Server is running using their corresponding GUI controls.\n" +msgstr "**Примечание** Параметры командной строки устанавливают настройки сервера по умолчанию при запуске. Вы можете отменить их во время работы сервера, используя соответствующие элементы управления графического интерфейса.\n" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The Server status icon" +msgstr "Иконка состояния сервера" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:351 +msgid "When a Server is running in GUI mode, the operating system will show an icon in the system tray or status area that indicates whether the Server has connections:" +msgstr "Когда сервер работает в режиме GUI, ОС отображает значок в системном трее или области состояния, который показывает, есть ли у сервера подключения:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:353 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
The Server is empty\n" +msgstr "
\"Image
Сервер пуст\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:355 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
The Server is occupied\n" +msgstr "
\"Image
Сервер занят\n" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:358 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Backing up the Server" +msgstr "Резервное копирование сервера" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:361 +msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" +msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:363 +msgid "Headless Servers do not use `.ini` files. All configuration is given as command line options. If you are running a Server in GUI mode, after reading any command line options on start, it will store its configuration in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file." +msgstr "Серверы Headless не используют файлы `.ini`. Вся конфигурация задается в виде опций командной строки. Если вы запускаете сервер в режиме GUI, то после считывания любых параметров командной строки при запуске, он сохранит свою конфигурацию в файле `Jamulusserver.ini`." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:364 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Устранение неполадок" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:366 +msgid "If you are having other problems, [see this guide](Server-Troubleshooting)." +msgstr "Если у вас возникли другие проблемы, [см. это руководство](Server-Troubleshooting)." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ru/Server-Bandwidth.po b/_translator-files/po/ru/Server-Bandwidth.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..50150fee0 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/ru/Server-Bandwidth.po @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Maksim_220 Кабанов , 2025. +# vanapro1 , 2025. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-08-15 02:02+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: vanapro1 \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: ru\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13-dev\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "ru" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Server-Bandwidth" +msgstr "/wiki/Server-Bandwidth" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Bandwidth Use" +msgstr "Использование полосы пропускания" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:9 +msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Администрирование сервера\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio bandwidth" +msgstr "Пропускная способность аудиосистемы" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:16 +msgid "The audio settings have an impact on the required network bandwidth. The table below summarises network requirements with respect to the configuration of: * Channels : stereo/mono * Quality : high/medium/low * Audio buffer duration : 2.67 ms, 5.33 ms, 10.67 ms, 21.33 ms" +msgstr "Настройки звука влияют на требуемую пропускную способность сети. В таблице ниже приведены требования к сети в зависимости от конфигурации: * Каналы: стерео/моно * Качество: высокое/среднее/низкое * Продолжительность звукового буфера: 2,67 мс, 5,33 мс, 10,67 мс, 21,33 мс" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:21 +msgid "With the following units * ms : milliseconds * Kbit/s : Kilo-bits per second (Reminder : 1 Mbit/s = 1024 Kbit/s, 1 KByte/s = 8 Kbit/s) * Mbit/s : Mega-bits per second" +msgstr "Со следующими единицами измерения * мс : миллисекунды * Кбит/с : Килобит в секунду (напоминание: 1 Мбит/с = 1024 Кбит/с, 1 Кбайт/с = 8 Кбит/с) * Мбит/с : Мегабит в секунду" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:30 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"| Channels | Quality | Bandwidth (for buffer : 2.67 ms) | Bandwidth (for buffer : 5.33 ms) | Bandwidth (for buffer : 10.67 ms) | Bandwidth (for buffer : 21.33 ms) |\n" +"| --------- | ------ | -------- | -------- | -------- | -------- |\n" +"| Stereo | High | 894 Kbit/s | 657 Kbit/s | 541 Kbit/s | 483 Kbit/s |\n" +"| Stereo | Medium | 672 Kbit/s | 444 Kbit/s | 328 Kbit/s | 270 Kbit/s |\n" +"| Stereo | Low | 606 Kbit/s | 372 Kbit/s | 256 Kbit/s | 198 Kbit/s |\n" +"| Mono | High | 672 Kbit/s | 444 Kbit/s | 328 Kbit/s | 270 Kbit/s 8|\n" +"| Mono | Medium | 594 Kbit/s | 366 Kbit/s | 250 Kbit/s | 192 Kbit/s |\n" +"| Mono | Low | 534 Kbit/s | 306 Kbit/s | 190 Kbit/s | 132 Kbit/s |\n" +msgstr "" +"| Каналы | Качество | Пропускная способность (для буфера : 2,67 мс) | Пропускная способность (для буфера : 5,33 мс) | Пропускная способность (для буфера : 10,67 мс) | Пропускная способность (для буфера : 21,33 мс)|\n" +"| --------- | ------ | -------- | -------- | -------- | -------- |\n" +"| Стерео | Высокий | 894 Кбит/с | 657 Кбит/с | 541 Кбит/с | 483 Кбит/с |\n" +"| Стерео | Среднее | 672 Кбит/с | 444 Кбит/с | 328 Кбит/с | 270 Кбит/с |\n" +"| Стерео | Низкий | 606 Кбит/с | 372 Кбит/с | 256 Кбит/с | 198 Кбит/с |\n" +"| Моно | Высокий | 672 Кбит/с | 444 Кбит/с | 328 Кбит/с | 270 Кбит/с 8|\n" +"| Моно | Средний | 594 Кбит/с | 366 Кбит/с | 250 Кбит/с | 192 Кбит/с |\n" +"| Моно | Низкий | 534 Кбит/с | 306 Кбит/с | 190 Кбит/с | 132 Кбит/с |\n" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Network bandwidth" +msgstr "Пропускная способность сети" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"There is one upstream (musician sending to the Server) and one downstream (server sending back the mix to the musician)\n" +"
\n" +" \"A\n" +"
Calculate bandwidth use
\n" +"
\n" +msgstr "" +"Есть один восходящий поток (музыкант отправляет на сервер) и один нисходящий поток (сервер отправляет микс обратно музыканту).)\n" +"
\n" +" \"Диаграмма\n" +"
Рассчитайте использование полосы пропускания
\n" +"
\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:40 +msgid "Note also that mean ADSL2 transfer rate is 10 Mbit/s for downstream and 1 Mbit/s for upstream. The actual performance depends on distance to the provider, which may [theoretically range from 24 Mbit/s at 0.3 km to 1.5 Mbit/s at 5.2 km](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Asymmetric_digital_subscriber_line) for download rate." +msgstr "Отметим также, что средняя скорость передачи данных ADSL2 составляет 10 Мбит/с для нисходящего потока и 1 Мбит/с для восходящего. Фактическая производительность зависит от расстояния до провайдера, которое может [теоретически варьироваться от 24 Мбит/с на расстоянии 0,3 км до 1,5 Мбит/с на расстоянии 5,2 км](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Asymmetric_digital_subscriber_line) для скорости загрузки." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ru/Server-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/ru/Server-Troubleshooting.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..96dc8b7eb --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/ru/Server-Troubleshooting.po @@ -0,0 +1,173 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Maksim_220 Кабанов , 2025. +# vanapro1 , 2025. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-08-15 02:02+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: vanapro1 \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: ru\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13-dev\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "ru" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Server-Troubleshooting" +msgstr "/wiki/Server-Troubleshooting" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Устранение неполадок на сервере" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:9 +msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Администрирование сервера\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:12 +#, no-wrap +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:14 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:16 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" +msgstr "Оглавление\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:19 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" +msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:21 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Servers - Registered" +msgstr "Серверы - зарегистрированные" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why doesn't my Server show up in the list? Why isn't it registering?" +msgstr "Почему мой сервер не отображается в списке? Почему он не регистрируется?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:27 +msgid "If you are registered OK (you can [see it here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)) and you or your friends can't see your Server, you may need to wait, or start your Client with the `--showallservers` option and try connecting from there ([see command line options](Software-Manual#command-line-options)) on how to start your Client with a config option). In some network configurations, you may also need to configure your router to [forward the port number](Unregistered-Servers#port-forwarding) used by Jamulus Server." +msgstr "Если вы зарегистрированы нормально (вы можете [увидеть это здесь](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)), но вы или ваши друзья не видите свой сервер, вам может потребоваться подождать, или запустить ваш клиент с опцией `--showallservers` и попробовать подключиться оттуда ([см. опции командной строки](Software-Manual#command-line-options)) о том, как запустить ваш клиент с опцией конфигурации). В некоторых сетевых конфигурациях вам также может потребоваться настроить ваш маршрутизатор на [перенаправление номера порта](Unregistered-Servers#port-forwarding), используемого Jamulus Server." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:29 +msgid "If you are seeing a message that says the Server is full, you will need to wait until a slot becomes free." +msgstr "Если вы видите сообщение о том, что сервер переполнен, вам придется подождать, пока освободится слот." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:31 +msgid "You can verify that your Server is listed in the relevant genre by [checking it here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)." +msgstr "Вы можете убедиться, что ваш сервер включен в список соответствующего жанра, [проверив его здесь](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:32 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Servers - Unregistered" +msgstr "Серверы - незарегистрированные" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I'm running my Client on the same machine/network as my Server but I can't connect to it" +msgstr "Я запускаю своего клиента на той же машине/сети, что и сервер, но не могу подключиться к нему" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:37 +msgid "Connect your Client to `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`. If you're running the Client on a different machine to the Server but on the same network, then connect to the _local network_ address of the Server. Do not connect via the Server's public (WAN) address." +msgstr "Подключите клиента к `localhost` или `127.0.0.1`. Если вы запускаете клиент на другой машине, чем сервер, но в той же сети, то подключитесь к _локальному сетевому_ адресу сервера. Не подключайтесь через публичный (WAN) адрес Сервера." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "What address do I give to people so that they can connect to my Server?" +msgstr "Какой адрес я должен указывать людям, чтобы они могли подключиться к моему серверу?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:41 +msgid "This should be your **public** IP address (find that with [Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=whatsmyip)). Connect your **own** Jamulus Client to the **local** IP address of your Server (`localhost` or `127.0.0.1` if it's on the same machine as your Client). Note that your public IP address can change - see the note on \"dynamic DNS\" in [this guide](Unregistered-Servers#dynamic-dns-and-why-you-will-probably-need-it)." +msgstr "Это должен быть ваш **публичный** IP-адрес (найдите его с помощью [Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=whatsmyip) или (2ip.ru)). Подключите ваш **собственный** клиент Jamulus к **локальному** IP-адресу вашего сервера (`localhost` или `127.0.0.1`, если он находится на той же машине, что и ваш клиент). Обратите внимание, что ваш публичный IP-адрес может меняться - см. примечание о \"динамическом DNS\" в [этом руководстве](Unregistered-Servers#dynamic-dns-and-why-you-will-probably-need-it)." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:43 +#, no-wrap +msgid "What port numbers can I use?" +msgstr "Какие номера портов я могу использовать?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:46 +msgid "You can set your Server to listen on a custom port with the `--port` option. If you do this, you will need to tell people which port to connect on. They will need to append the port number to the address of your Server in the format `[serverAddress]:[portNumber]`." +msgstr "Вы можете настроить свой сервер на прослушивание пользовательского порта с помощью опции `--port`. Если вы это сделаете, вам нужно будет указать людям, через какой порт подключаться. Им нужно будет добавить номер порта к адресу вашего сервера в формате `[serverAddress]:[portNumber]`." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Nobody can connect to my Server - but I can connect locally" +msgstr "Никто не может подключиться к моему серверу - но я могу подключиться локально" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:50 +msgid "First of all, make sure you've enabled [port forwarding](Unregistered-Servers#port-forwarding). If you still don't see your server from outside of your local network, you may have issues with your Internet Service Provider (ISP)." +msgstr "Прежде всего, убедитесь, что вы включили [проброс портов](Unregistered-Servers#port-forwarding). Если вы по-прежнему не видите свой сервер извне локальной сети, возможно, у вас проблемы с поставщиком услуг Интернета(возможно подключение за доп. плату в месяц от провайдера) (ISP)." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:52 +msgid "Some ISPs use techniques like [Address plus Port (A+P)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Address_plus_Port) or [Carrier-grade NAT (CGN)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carrier-grade_NAT) to conserve address space (usually for IPv4). That makes it impossible to host services like Jamulus at home as they are not visible outside your local network." +msgstr "Некоторые интернет-провайдеры используют такие методы, как [Адрес плюс порт (A+P)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Address_plus_Port) или [NAT операторского класса (CGN)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carrier-grade_NAT), для экономии адресного пространства (обычно для IPv4). Это делает невозможным размещение таких сервисов, как Jamulus, у себя дома, поскольку они не видны за пределами вашей локальной сети." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:54 +msgid "To detect if CGN is the issue, go to your router's configuration screen (typically, 192.168.X.X) and look at the WAN Status page. If your listed IPv4 address doesn't match with your public IPv4 address (check it [here](https://ifconfig.me)), it suggests that CGN may be enabled. You can try using an IPv6 connection by starting clients and server with the `-6` flag if IPv6 is available for the server and all clients." +msgstr "Чтобы определить, является ли проблема CGN проблемой, перейдите на экран конфигурации вашего маршрутизатора (обычно 192.168.X.X) и посмотрите на страницу WAN Status. Если указанный вами IPv4-адрес не совпадает с публичным IPv4-адресом (проверьте его [здесь](https://ifconfig.me)), это говорит о том, что CGN может быть включен. Вы можете попробовать использовать IPv6-соединение, запустив клиентов и сервер с флагом `-6`, если IPv6 доступен для сервера и всех клиентов." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:55 +msgid "To fix the issue with IPv4, contact your ISP technical support team, and tell them that you want to host a public server at home, so you need a real WAN IP address. Furthermore, you can help them with info that CGN might be the issue. Also, you can ask for a static IP address to avoid using DDNS." +msgstr "Чтобы решить проблему с IPv4, свяжитесь со службой технической поддержки вашего провайдера и скажите, что вы хотите разместить публичный сервер у себя дома, поэтому вам нужен настоящий IP-адрес WAN. Кроме того, вы можете помочь им с информацией о том, что проблема может заключаться в CGN. Также вы можете попросить статический IP-адрес, чтобы избежать использования DDNS." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ru/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/ru/Software-Manual.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f8e52cf9e --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/ru/Software-Manual.po @@ -0,0 +1,903 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Maksim_220 Кабанов , 2025. +# vanapro1 , 2025. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-08-15 02:02+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: vanapro1 \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: ru\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13-dev\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "ru" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Software-Manual" +msgstr "/wiki/Software-Manual" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7 +#, no-wrap +msgid "User Manual" +msgstr "Руководство пользователя" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:9 +#, no-wrap +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:11 +msgid "This manual documents the Jamulus Client application for use by musicians and singers using the software to connect to a server." +msgstr "В этом руководстве описано приложение Jamulus Client, предназначенное для музыкантов и певцов, использующих программу для подключения к серверу." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:13 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:15 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" +msgstr "Оглавление\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" +msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:21 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Main Window" +msgstr "Главное окно" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:28 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"
\n" +"\t\"Image\n" +"\t
Your local mix when connected to a Server
\n" +"
\n" +msgstr "" +"
\n" +"\t\"Image\n" +"\t
Ваш локальный микс при подключении к серверу
\n" +"
\n" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:29 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Ping, Delay and Jitter" +msgstr "Пинг, задержка и TPS" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:32 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large.\n" +msgstr "**Ping** показывает задержку в сети в миллисекундах, чем меньше, тем лучше. Время пинга влияет на общую задержку (см. ниже). Наиболее вероятной причиной высокого пинга является слишком большое расстояние до сервера.\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Delay** shows overall latency calculated from the current ping time and the delay introduced by the current audio buffer settings. The LEDs show the status of this as:\n" +msgstr "**Задержка** показывает общую задержку, рассчитанную на основе текущего времени пинга и задержки, вносимой текущими настройками аудиобуфера. Светодиодные индикаторы показывают состояние этого параметра:\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:36 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgstr "
\"Image
\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Green** - The delay is perfect for a jam session\n" +msgstr "**Зеленый** - Задержка идеально подходит для джем-сессии\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:40 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgstr "
\"Image
\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:42 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Yellow** - A session is still possible but it may be harder to play\n" +msgstr "**Желтый** - сеанс все еще возможен, но играть может быть сложнее\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:44 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgstr "
\"Image
\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:46 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Red** - The delay is too large for jamming\n" +msgstr "**Красный** - Задержка слишком велика для глушения\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:48 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Jitter** shows the current audio/streaming status. If the light is **red**, the audio stream is interrupted. This is caused by one of the following problems:\n" +msgstr "Индикатор **Джиттер** показывает текущее состояние аудио/потока. Если индикатор **красный**, аудиопоток прерван. Это вызвано одной из следующих проблем:\n" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53 +msgid "The network jitter buffer is not large enough for the current network/audio interface jitter." +msgstr "Буфер сетевого джиттера недостаточно велик для текущего джиттера сети/аудио интерфейса." + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53 +msgid "The sound card's buffer delay (buffer size) is too small (see Settings window)." +msgstr "Задержка в буфере звуковой карты (размер буфера) слишком мала (см. окно \"Настройки\")." + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53 +msgid "The upload or download stream rate is too high for your internet bandwidth." +msgstr "Скорость загрузки или скачивания потока слишком высока для пропускной способности вашего интернета." + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53 +msgid "The CPU of the Client or server is at 100%." +msgstr "Процессор клиента или сервера работает на 100 %." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:54 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Input" +msgstr "Вход" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:58 +msgid "Shows the level of the two stereo channels for your audio input. Make sure not to clip the input signal to avoid distortions of your sound (the LEDs will indicate clipping when it occurs)." +msgstr "Показывает уровень двух стереоканалов для вашего аудиовхода. Следите за тем, чтобы не зажать входной сигнал, чтобы избежать искажений звука (светодиодные индикаторы укажут на зажатие, когда оно произойдет)." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Mute Myself button" +msgstr "Кнопка отключения звука" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:62 +msgid "Cuts your audio stream to the server so that you will be able to hear yourself and see your own input levels, but other musicians will not. Be aware that other musicians will not know if you have muted yourself." +msgstr "Отключает ваш аудиопоток на сервер таким образом, что вы можете слышать себя и видеть свои входные уровни, а другие музыканты - нет. Имейте в виду, что другие музыканты не будут знать, отключили ли вы звук." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:63 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Reverb effect" +msgstr "Эффект реверберации" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:69 +msgid "Adds reverb to your local mono audio channel, or to both channels in stereo mode. The mono channel selection and the reverberation level can be modified. For example, if a microphone signal is fed in to the right audio channel of the sound card and a reverb effect needs to be applied, set the channel selector to the right and move the fader upwards until the desired reverb level is reached." +msgstr "Добавляет реверберацию в локальный монофонический аудиоканал или в оба канала в стереорежиме. Выбор моноканала и уровень реверберации можно изменять. Например, если сигнал с микрофона подается на правый аудиоканал звуковой карты и необходимо применить эффект реверберации, установите селектор каналов в правое положение и перемещайте регулятор вверх до достижения нужного уровня реверберации." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:70 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Chat" +msgstr "Чат" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:75 +msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message arrives." +msgstr "Открывает окно чата. Введенный текст отправляется всем подключенным Клиентам. Если поступает новое сообщение в чате и диалог чата еще не открыт, он откроется автоматически для всех Клиентов. В разделе Настройки можно включить звуковое оповещение о поступлении нового сообщения в чат." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:76 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Connect/disconnect button" +msgstr "Кнопка подключения/отключения" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:81 +msgid "Opens a dialogue where you can select a server to connect to. If you are connected, pressing this button will end the session. You can also open the dialogue using \"File>Connection Setup...\". This will leave you connected to any current session until you join another." +msgstr "Открывает диалог, в котором можно выбрать сервер для подключения. Если вы подключились, нажатие этой кнопки завершит сеанс. Вы также можете открыть диалог с помощью команды \"File>Connection Setup...\". В этом случае вы останетесь подключенным к текущей сессии, пока не присоединитесь к другой." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:83 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Screenshot
\n" +msgstr "
\"Screenshot
\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:86 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The Connection Setup window shows a list of available Servers together with their \"distance\" (in terms of ping time), the number of occupants and the maximum number supported, and the Server's given location. Permanent Servers (those that have been listed for longer than 24 hours) are shown in bold." +msgid "The Connection Setup window shows a list of available Servers together with their \"distance\" (in terms of ping time), the number of occupants and the maximum number supported, the Server's given location and the Server's Version. Permanent Servers (those that have been listed for longer than 24 hours) are shown in bold." +msgstr "В окне Настройка соединения отображается список доступных серверов с указанием их \"расстояния\" (по времени пинга), количества пользователей и максимального поддерживаемого числа, а также местоположения сервера. Постоянные серверы (те, которые находятся в списке более 24 часов) выделены жирным шрифтом." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:88 +msgid "Click on the Server you want to join and press the Connect button to connect to it. Alternatively, double-click on the server name." +msgstr "Щелкните на сервере, к которому вы хотите присоединиться, и нажмите кнопку Connect, чтобы подключиться к нему. Также можно дважды щелкнуть по имени сервера." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:92 +msgid "Server operators register their servers with Directories. These are either genre-specific or for any genre, or additional [custom entries](#custom-directories). Use the Directory dropdown to select a genre. You can filter the list by server name or location. To list only occupied Servers, enter a \"#\" character. If you choose \"Show All Musicians\" the current occupants will be shown." +msgstr "Операторы серверов регистрируют свои серверы в каталогах. Они могут быть либо специфическими для жанра, либо для любого жанра, либо дополнительными [пользовательскими записями](#custom-directories). Используйте выпадающий список Directory для выбора жанра. Вы можете отфильтровать список по имени или местоположению сервера. Чтобы указать только занятые серверы, введите символ \"#\". Если вы выберете \"Показать всех музыкантов\", будут показаны все занятые в данный момент серверы." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:98 +msgid "If you know the hostname or IP address of a private Server, you can connect to it using the \"Server Address\" field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Note that IPv6 addresses must be entirely enclosed in square brackets, for example `[::1]:22124`.) The field will also show a list of the most recently used server addresses. The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list." +msgstr "Если вы знаете имя хоста или IP-адрес частного сервера, вы можете подключиться к нему с помощью поля \"Адрес сервера\". После адреса можно добавить необязательный номер порта, используя двоеточие в качестве разделителя, например `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Обратите внимание, что адреса IPv6 должны быть полностью заключены в квадратные скобки, например `[::1]:22124`). В поле также отображается список последних использованных адресов серверов. Кнопка, расположенная после поля, позволяет удалить текущую запись из списка." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:99 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server audio mixer" +msgstr "Серверный аудиомикшер" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:102 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgstr "
\"Image
\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:105 +msgid "The audio mixer screen shows each user connected to the server (including yourself). The faders allow you to adjust the level of what you hear without affecting what others hear." +msgstr "На экране аудиомикшера отображаются все пользователи, подключенные к серверу (включая вас). Регуляторы позволяют регулировать уровень того, что слышите вы, не влияя на то, что слышат другие." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:107 +msgid "The VU meter shows the input level at the server - that is, the sound being sent." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:109 +msgid "If you have set your Audio Channel to Stereo or Stereo Out in your Settings, you will also see a pan control (shift-click to reset)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:111 +msgid "If you see a \"mute\" icon above a user, it means that person cannot hear you. Either they have muted you, soloed one or more users not including you, or have set your fader in their mix to zero." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:116 +msgid "Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. When joining a server that already has participants, the default order depends on the versions of Jamulus at the client and the server. With a client version before 3.12.0 or a server version older than 3.5.5, the existing participants will be shown before your own fader channel. With a client of 3.12.0 or later connected to a server of 3.5.5 or newer, your own fader will be shown first, with the other existing participants shown to the right. In either case, participants joining subsequently will by default appear to the right of all the existing participants." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:118 +msgid "You can override this order and sort instead by name, instrument, group, city or channel number using the View menu. See Menu Commands below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:120 +msgid "If the server operator has enabled recording, you will see a message above the mixer showing that you are being recorded." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:121 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Grp button" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:124 +msgid "You can group users together using the \"group\" toggle. Moving the fader of any member of the group will move the other faders in that group by the same amount. You can isolate a channel from the group temporarily with shift-click-drag. Up to 8 groups can be defined." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:125 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Mute button" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:128 +msgid "Prevents users being heard in your local mix. Be aware that when you mute someone, they will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader to indicate that you cannot hear them. Note also that you will continue to see their VU meters moving if sound from the muted user is reaching the server. Your fader position for them is also unaffected." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130 +msgid "Note that muting your **own** channel only means you will not hear your signal from the server (and is not advised as it can lead to you becoming out of time with other players). This is therefore not the same as using \"[Mute Myself](#mute-myself-button)\"." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:131 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Solo button" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:134 +msgid "Allows you to hear one or more users on their own. Those not soloed will be muted. Note also that those people who are not soloed will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:135 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Menu commands" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:137 +#, no-wrap +msgid "File > Connection Setup..." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140 +msgid "Opens the [connection dialogue (see above)](#connectdisconnect-button)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:141 +#, no-wrap +msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:144 +msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band. This stores your settings for each person's fader volume, pan setting, mute and solo state. You can load this mix any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:145 +#, no-wrap +msgid "File > Exit" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:148 +msgid "Closes all the windows and exits the application." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:149 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Edit > Clear All Stored Solo/Mute Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:152 +msgid "Whenever you Solo or Mute a channel, Jamulus remembers these settings. Even if that person leaves and rejoins - or you join a server where they are playing - the settings will automatically be applied. Use this command to clear _all_ these stored settings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:153 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Edit > Set All Faders to New Client Level" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:156 +msgid "Applies the [configured \"New Client Level\"](#new-client-level) to all currently connected channels." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:157 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:160 +msgid "Applies a one-off fader adjustment to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:161 +#, no-wrap +msgid "View > (sort options)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:166 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"Most items under the \"View\" menu allow you to adjust the order Jamulus chooses to display channels on the server:\n" +"* Own Fader First
\n" +"This option can be used in addition to the others to move your own channel to always be the leftmost, irrespective of the sort order of the other channels.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:178 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* No user sorting
\n" +"This does not take any user details into account when sorting. It sorts by the order channels join the current server as described further up, with new channels being added to the right-hand end.\n" +"* Sort by Name
\n" +"Sorts by the name someone has chosen in their profile.\n" +"* Sort by Instrument / City
\n" +"Sorts by the instrument or city someone has in their profile, along with their name.\n" +"* Sort by Group
\n" +"Where the fader group feature is in use, this sorts in ascending group number from left to right (and within that, by name), with any ungrouped channels off to the right.\n" +"* Sort by Channel
\n" +"Where Jamulus channel controls (fader, mute, solo, etc) are being controlled by MIDI (see [Using --ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)), this sorts by the channel number to help ensure a stable sort order that aligns with MIDI hardware controls.\n" +"Note that in Jamulus clients before version 3.12.0, channel numbers are assigned directly by the server. Clients from 3.12.0 onwards manage their own channel number assignments and always assign channel 0 to the local user (provided the server version is at least 3.5.5).\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179 +#, no-wrap +msgid "View > Chat" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:182 +msgid "Opens the [Chat](#chat) window." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Settings Menu" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:186 +msgid "Allows direct access to each of the [Settings](#settings) tabs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:187 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Help" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:190 +msgid "Provides access to the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) and [User Manual](Software-Manual) (this page) on the website, along with copyright, licence and acknowledgement details. There is also a \"What's This?\" option for getting more details on parts of the client display." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:192 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194 +#, no-wrap +msgid "My Profile" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198 +msgid "From the Settings menu, select \"My Profile...\" to set your Alias/Name which is displayed below your fader in the server audio mixer board." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:200 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:202 +msgid "If you set an instrument and/or country, icons for these selections will also be shown below your fader. The skill setting changes the background colour of the fader tag and the city entry shows up in the tool tip of the fader tag:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:204 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:205 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Skin" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:208 +msgid "This applies a skin to the main window, some of which are designed to accommodate larger ensembles." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:209 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Meter style" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:212 +msgid "This changes the visual style of the audio meters, independently of the chosen skin." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:213 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Mixer rows" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:216 +msgid "This sets the number of rows displayed in the server audio mixer, for use with larger ensembles." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:217 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio Alerts" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220 +msgid "This turns on a sound alert for when someone joins a Server, or when receiving a new chat message." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:221 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio/Network Setup" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:224 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:225 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio Device" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:229 +msgid "Under the Windows operating system the ASIO driver (sound card) can be selected using Jamulus. If the selected ASIO driver is not valid an error message is shown and the previous valid driver is selected. Under macOS the input and output hardware can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Input/output channel mapping" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:233 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237 +msgid "If the selected sound card device offers more than one input or output channel, the _Input Channel Mapping and Output Channel Mapping_ settings are visible. For each Jamulus input/output channel (left and right channel) a different actual sound card channel can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:238 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio channels" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241 +msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and Server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:243 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note**: It is better to run separate Client instances per voice/instrument, where each Client has its own ini file, rather than using this built-in mono pair to stereo mixer.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:245 +msgid "There are three modes available:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:247 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Mono** and **Stereo** modes use one and two audio channels respectively.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"**Mono-in/Stereo-out**: The audio signal sent to the server is mono but the return signal is stereo. This is useful if the sound card has the instrument on one input channel and the microphone on the other. In that case\n" +"the two input signals can be mixed to one mono channel but the server mix is heard in stereo.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:253 +msgid "Enabling stereo mode will increase your stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:256 +msgid "In stereo streaming mode, no audio channel selection for the reverb effect will be available on the main window since the effect is applied to both channels in this case." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:257 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio quality" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:260 +msgid "The higher the audio quality, the higher your audio stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:261 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Buffer Delay" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265 +msgid "The buffer delay setting is a fundamental setting of the Jamulus software. This setting has an influence on many connection properties. Three buffer sizes are supported:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269 +msgid "**64 samples** Provides the lowest latency but does not work with all sound cards." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269 +msgid "**128 samples** The preferred setting. Should work for most available sound cards." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269 +msgid "**256 samples** Should only be used on very slow computers, or with a slow internet connection." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272 +msgid "Some sound card drivers do not allow the buffer delay to be changed from within the Jamulus software. In this case the buffer delay setting is disabled and has to be changed using the sound card driver. On Windows, press the ASIO Setup button to open the driver settings panel." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:276 +msgid "On Linux: - when using JACK, use `QJackCtl` to change the buffer size and restart JACK; - when using PipeWire's JACK server, change PipeWire's Quantum parameter with its own configuration tools." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:280 +msgid "The actual buffer delay has an influence on the connection status, the current upload rate and the overall delay. The lower the buffer size, the higher the probability of a red light in the status indicator (dropouts) and the higher the upload rate and the lower the overall delay." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:282 +msgid "The buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:283 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jitter Buffer" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288 +msgid "The jitter buffer compensates for network and sound card timing jitters. The size of the buffer influences the quality of the audio stream (how many dropouts occur) and the overall delay (the longer the buffer, the higher the delay)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:292 +msgid "You can set the jitter buffer size manually for your local Client and the remote server. For the local jitter buffer, dropouts in the audio stream are indicated by the light below the jitter buffer size faders. If the light turns to red, a buffer overrun/underrun has taken place and the audio stream is interrupted." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:294 +msgid "The jitter buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:298 +msgid "If the Auto setting is enabled, the jitter buffers of your local Client and the remote server are set automatically based on measurements of the network and sound card timing jitter. If the Auto check is enabled, the jitter buffer size faders are disabled (they cannot be moved with the mouse)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:299 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Small Network Buffers" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:303 +msgid "Allows support for very small network audio packets. These are only used if the sound card buffer delay is smaller than 128 samples. The smaller the network buffers, the lower the audio latency. But at the same time the network load increases and the probability of audio dropouts also increases (particuarly if your network connection has any significant jitter). Try enabling this option if you are suffering from high latency or bad audio quality. However, keeping it disabled will normally mean better audio quality." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio Stream Rate" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:308 +msgid "Depends on the current audio packet size and compression setting. Make sure that the upstream rate is not higher than your available internet upload speed (check this with a service such as [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/))." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:309 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Advanced Setup" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:312 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:313 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Custom Directories" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:320 +msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here. Enter the hostname or IP address of the custom Directory. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Note that IPv6 is not currently supported for Directories.) The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:321 +#, no-wrap +msgid "New Client Level" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:326 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"This setting defines the fader level of a newly connected Client in percent. If a new user connects\n" +"to the current server, they will get the specified initial fader level if no other fader level from a previous connection of\n" +"that user was already stored. You can set all users in an occupied server to this level using Edit > \"Set All Faders to New Client Level\".\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:327 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Input Boost" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:330 +msgid "Increases the gain from your device. Use this if your device delivers a gain that is too quiet for Jamulus." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:331 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Feedback Protection" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:334 +msgid "Attempts to detect audio feedback loops or loud noise in the first three seconds after you connected to a server. Once detected, this feature will show a message and activate the \"Mute Myself\" button to mute you in your own mix." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:335 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Input Balance" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:340 +msgid "Controls the relative levels of the left and right local audio channels. For a mono signal it acts as a pan between the two channels. For example, if a microphone is connected to the right input channel and an instrument is connected to the left input channel which is much louder than the microphone, move the audio fader to increase the relative volume of the mic." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:341 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Backing up Jamulus" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:345 +msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:347 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Fenced code block (shell) +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:347 +#, no-wrap +msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:351 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Command Line Options" +msgstr "Параметры командной строки" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:354 +msgid "Most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, but these and others can also be set using options given in a terminal window. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:356 +#, no-wrap +msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Fenced code block (shell) +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:357 +#, no-wrap +msgid " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:362 +msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" +msgstr "Для macOS откройте окно Terminal и запустите Jamulus с нужными параметрами, как показано ниже:" + +#. type: Fenced code block (shell) +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:363 +#, no-wrap +msgid " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:368 +msgid "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" +msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:370 +msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" +msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:371 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Controlling the Client via API" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:373 +msgid "In addition to the CLI, Jamulus can be controlled using an API. This is beneficial for advanced use cases - for example, where there is no GUI, or another application needs to interact with Jamulus. Please note that the API is still experimental. Information on the [JSON-RPC API can be found in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)." +msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ru/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/ru/Tips-Tricks-More.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0ed557906 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/ru/Tips-Tricks-More.po @@ -0,0 +1,504 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Maksim_220 Кабанов , 2025. +# vanapro1 , 2025. +# Roman Akimov , 2025. +# Ахматов Тамерлан , 2025. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-10-02 07:02+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Ахматов Тамерлан \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: ru\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "ru" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More" +msgstr "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Tips, Tricks and More" +msgstr "Советы, хитрости и многое другое" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Tips & Tricks" +msgstr "Советы & Рекомендации" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:12 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:14 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" +msgstr "Оглавление\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" +msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:19 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Learning about remote band rehearsing" +msgstr "Узнайте о репетициях удаленной группы" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:23 +msgid "Jamulus user [Chris Rimple](https://sourceforge.net/u/chrisrimple/profile/) has compiled a massive amount of information relating to [Remote Band Rehearsals](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1smcvsxdaaViPQvGMQHmah_6BQeqowhmGSFMHfnlY2FI/) (Google doc), which covers topics such as hardware and software configuration including examples and advice for newcomers to the field. He also includes a section on Jamulus in comparison to other solutions." +msgstr "Пользователь Jamulus [Крис Римпл](https://sourceforge.net/u/chrisrimple/profile/) собрал огромное кол-во информации, касающейся [Удаленные репетиции оркестра](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1smcvsxdaaViPQvGMQHmah_6BQeqowhmGSFMHfnlY2FI/) (Google doc), которая охватывает такие темы, как настройка аппаратного и ПО, включая примеры и советы для новичков в этой области. Он также включает раздел о Jamulus в сравнении с другими решениями." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Using the Jamulus Client" +msgstr "Использование клиента Jamulus" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Have an undisturbed session on any Server" +msgstr "Наслаждайтесь бесперебойной работой на любом сервере" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:29 +msgid "You can have an undisturbed session with other people on any Server by simply soloing each other. You will then not be able to hear anyone else if they enter your Server." +msgstr "Вы можете провести сессию с другими людьми на любом сервере так, чтобы вам никто не мешал, просто включив сольный режим друг для друга. Тогда вы не будете слышать никого, кто зайдёт на ваш сервер." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**NOTE:** This does not stop people from hearing you, using the chat function, or seeing your profile information.\n" +msgstr "**ПРИМЕЧАНИЕ:** Это не помешает другим слышать вас, пользоваться чатом или видеть информацию вашего профиля.\n" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:32 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Using Jamulus audio in Zoom (or other) meeting apps" +msgstr "Использование звука из Jamulus в Zoom (или других) приложениях для конференций" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:35 +msgid "Several users have reported success allowing a \"virtual audience\" for a Jamulus session by using [JACK audio](https://jackaudio.org) to route the Jamulus signal through JackRouter to the target application (in this case, Zoom meetings)." +msgstr "Некоторые пользователи сообщали об успешном создании \"виртуальной аудитории\" для сеанса Jamulus с помощью [JACK audio](https://jackaudio.org) для маршрутизации сигнала Jamulus через JackRouter в целевое приложение (в данном случае - собрания Zoom)." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:37 +msgid "You can also use [VoiceMeeter](https://www.vb-audio.com/Voicemeeter/banana.htm) (Banana) for Windows or [BlackHole](https://github.com/ExistentialAudio/BlackHole) for macOS to route the Jamulus output to multiple destinations, for example to your headphones and the meeting application at the same time." +msgstr "Вы также можете использовать [VoiceMeeter](https://www.vb-audio.com/Voicemeeter/banana.htm) (Banana) для Windows или [BlackHole](https://github.com/ExistentialAudio/BlackHole) для macOS, чтобы направить выход Jamulus в несколько мест назначения, например, в наушники и в приложение для совещаний одновременно." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Recording Jamulus on Windows with Reaper" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:41 +msgid "Jamulus user [Rob Durkin](https://sourceforge.net/u/bentwrench/profile/) has written a [guide to recording the output of Jamulus](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1tENfNKTWHasuTg33OdLLEo4-OOhWJolOo42ffSARxhY/edit) (Google Doc) using the ReaRoute add-on for [Reaper](https://www.reaper.fm/)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:42 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Sharing song/chord sheets" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:45 +msgid "Jamulus user [BTDT](https://sourceforge.net/u/btdt/profile/) has written a system called [305keepers](https://github.com/keepers305/Song-Sheet-Sharing-Web-Pages), a web application that allows a \"Jam leader\" to push song sheets (in PDF format) to \"Jammers\" in real time using standard web browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:46 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus Client Linux start script" +msgstr "Скрипт запуска клиента Jamulus для Linux" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:49 +msgid "Here's a Linux start script for Jamulus using an old Audigy4 sound card, the large number of available audio faders for which makes it hard to get the correct settings." +msgstr "Вот скрипт запуска Jamulus для Linux, предназначенный для старой звуковой карты Audigy4, которую сложно правильно настроить из-за большого количества доступных аудиофейдеров." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:51 +msgid "This script therefore includes the most important audio fader settings. The second part of the script deals with the JACK connections. I use Guitarix as my guitar effect processor which I plug in in the JACK audio path." +msgstr "Поэтому этот скрипт включает в себя самые важные настройки аудиофейдеров. Вторая часть скрипта отвечает за соединения JACK. Я использую Guitarix в качестве гитарного процессора эффектов, который я подключаю в звуковой тракт JACK." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:53 +msgid "Finally I start Jamulus automatically connecting to the Directory." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:55 +msgid "Here is the script:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:57 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" amixer sset 'Mic' capture 30% cap\n" +" amixer sset 'Mic' playback 0%\n" +" amixer sset 'Line' playback 60% unmute\n" +" amixer sset 'Audigy Analog/Digital Output Jack' unmute\n" +" amixer sset 'Analog Mix' capture 100%\n" +" amixer sset 'Analog Mix' playback 0%\n" +" amixer sset 'Wave' 100%\n" +" amixer sset 'Master' capture 100% cap\n" +" amixer sset 'Master' playback 100%\n" +" amixer sset 'Master' playback 100%\n" +" amixer sset 'PCM' playback 100%\n" +" amixer sset 'PCM' capture 0%\n" +" guitarix &\n" +" /home/corrados/llcon/Jamulus -c myJamulusServer.domain.com &\n" +" sleep 3\n" +" jack_disconnect system:capture_1 Jamulus:'input left'\n" +" jack_disconnect system:capture_2 Jamulus:'input right'\n" +" jack_connect system:capture_1 gx_head_amp:in_0\n" +" jack_connect gx_head_amp:out_0 gx_head_fx:in_0\n" +" jack_connect gx_head_fx:out_0 Jamulus:'input left'\n" +" jack_connect gx_head_fx:out_1 Jamulus:'input right'\n" +" jack_connect Jamulus:'output left' system:playback_1\n" +" jack_connect Jamulus:'output right' system:playback_2\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Using `--ctrlmidich` for MIDI controllers" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86 +msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a connected MIDI controller. This feature is available from version 3.7.0 on macOS, Linux, and the JACK version of Jamulus for Windows. From Jamulus 3.12.0 onwards, it is also available for the non-JACK (ASIO) Windows version. To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with the `--ctrlmidich` command-line option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88 +msgid "When this option is used on the command line, Jamulus will prepend a channel number to each Client name, which can be used to control the channel using MIDI CC numbers. In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first when sorted by channel or when \"Own Fader First\" is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Tip*: With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92 +msgid "When using JACK or macOS, make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), Audio/MIDI Setup (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch `a2jmidid` so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl. For non-JACK Windows, Jamulus will find the MIDI device(s) automatically, but see the `d` option below if more than one MIDI device is connected." +msgstr "При использовании JACK или macOS убедитесь, что вы подключили выходной порт вашего MIDI-устройства к входному MIDI-порту Jamulus (с помощью QjackCtl (для Linux/Windows), Audio/MIDI Setup (для macOS) или любой другой программы, которую вы используете для управления соединениями). В Linux вам может потребоваться установить и запустить `a2jmidid`, чтобы ваше устройство появилось во вкладке MIDI в Qjackctl. В Windows без использования JACK Jamulus автоматически найдёт MIDI-устройства, но если подключено более одного MIDI-устройства, см. опцию `d` ниже." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94 +msgid "`--ctrlmidich` takes a single argument. If you omit it, the parameter is ignored. There are two formats for the argument:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96 +msgid "The legacy definition has one or two numbers in the format:" +msgstr "Устаревшее определение содержит одно или два числа в формате:" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:97 +#, no-wrap +msgid " [MIDI channel];[offset for first fader]\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:126 +msgid "`MIDI channel` is required or else the parameter argument is ignored and the feature is not active. `0` means \"any channel\", `1`-`16` listen only to MIDI messages on the specified MIDI channel." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104 +msgid "`offset for first fader` is the first MIDI CC to use to control a Jamulus Channel fader (default 70, which matches the Behringer X-Touch defaults), with all MIDI CCs after that being used; must be a number or else the long form is used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106 +#, no-wrap +msgid " For example\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112 +#, no-wrap +msgid " would listen on all MIDI channels and use MIDI controller 70 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on. Here's another example:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" --ctrlmidich \"2;50\"\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:118 +#, no-wrap +msgid " This would listen on MIDI channel 2 and use MIDI controller 50 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '2. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:120 +msgid "The long form is a sequence of offsets and counts for various controllers:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:121 +#, no-wrap +msgid " [MIDI channel];[control letter][offset](*[count])(;...)\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:128 +msgid "`control letter` defines which Jamulus Control the MIDI controller number is assigned to:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:135 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" | control letter | Jamulus Control |\n" +" |--------:|---------|\n" +" | `f` | Fader |\n" +" | `p` | Pan |\n" +" | `s` | Solo |\n" +" | `m` | Mute |\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:137 +msgid "`offset` is the base MIDI CC number for the control." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:139 +msgid "`count` is the number of CC values for the control, defaulting to 1 (i.e. the number Jamulus channels that can be controlled)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:141 +#, no-wrap +msgid " An example for a Korg nanoKONTROL2 using eight sliders starting at MIDI CC 0 to control faders and eight knobs starting at MIDI CC 16 to control pan, on any MIDI channnel, for eight Jamulus channels would be\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:142 +#, no-wrap +msgid " --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:147 +#, no-wrap +msgid " Enhancing this to add eight Solo buttons starting at CC 32, and eight Mute buttons starting at CC 48 would give:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:148 +#, no-wrap +msgid " --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8\"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:153 +msgid "Two additional `control letter` values are available:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: ' 1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:155 +msgid "`o` controls Mute Myself and has a single `offset` (i.e. `count` is ignored and taken as 1)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: ' 2. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:157 +msgid "`d` is an option on Windows non-JACK Jamulus to specify a particular MIDI input device by name -- without this, all devices will be assigned to Jamulus; with it, only the specified device will be used. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:161 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;dnanoKontrol\"\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:163 +#, no-wrap +msgid " would listen for CC0 through CC7 on MIDI channel 1 from a MIDI device called \"nanoKontrol\". Remember to wrap the whole of the `--ctrlmidich` argument in double quotes and you will have no problems with device names containing spaces.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:165 +#, no-wrap +msgid " In order to discover the correct device name to use, start Jamulus from the command line with `--ctrlmidich` and observe the output. Jamulus will list all discovered MIDI devices:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:173 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n" +" - MIDI controller settings: 0\n" +" - allocated port number: 22134\n" +" - MIDI devices found: 2\n" +" 0: nanoKONTROL2\n" +" 1: Keystation Mini 32\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:181 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\"\n" +" - MIDI controller settings: 1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\n" +" - allocated port number: 22134\n" +" - MIDI devices found: 2\n" +" 0: nanoKONTROL2\n" +" 1: Keystation Mini 32 (ignored)\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:183 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\tNote that if only one MIDI device is connected, the `d` option is not necessary, as Jamulus will use the device automatically.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:185 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\tOn macOS, Linux or Windows with JACK, the `d` option is accepted if given, but ignored.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:187 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself, that is, buttons on your MIDI controller need to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:188 +#, no-wrap +msgid "For Server admins" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:190 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:193 +msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:194 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Remote management of recordings" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:197 +msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:198 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Making a Server status page" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:201 +msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:203 +msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:204 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ru/Unregistered-Servers.po b/_translator-files/po/ru/Unregistered-Servers.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..83d9ef8f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/ru/Unregistered-Servers.po @@ -0,0 +1,209 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Maksim_220 Кабанов , 2025. +# vanapro1 , 2025. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-08-15 02:02+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: vanapro1 \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: ru\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13-dev\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "ru" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Unregistered-Servers" +msgstr "/wiki/Unregistered-Servers" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Running an Unregistered Server" +msgstr "Запуск незарегистрированного сервера" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:9 +msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Администрирование сервера\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:13 +msgid "It is highly recommended to test your Server by registering it on one of the built-in Directories **first**. This will help you tackle general problems before you try unregistered mode." +msgstr "Настоятельно рекомендуется сначала протестировать ваш сервер, зарегистрировав его в одном из встроенных каталогов **начала**. Это поможет вам справиться с общими проблемами до того, как вы попробуете работать в незарегистрированном режиме." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:14 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Setting up a Server behind a home router" +msgstr "Настройка сервера за домашним маршрутизатором" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:17 +msgid "If you set up your Server at home, you will probably need to change some settings in your router/firewall:" +msgstr "Если вы устанавливаете сервер дома, вам, вероятно, придется изменить некоторые настройки вашего маршрутизатора/брандмауэра:" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Port forwarding" +msgstr "Переадресация портов" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:21 +msgid "Normally, people from outside your home network cannot see things inside it. To let external Jamulus Clients connect to your Server, you need to set up port forwarding in your router's settings. The exact setup differs for every router. For help, see your router's documentation or [portforward.com](https://portforward.com)." +msgstr "Обычно люди, находящиеся за пределами вашей домашней сети, не могут видеть то, что находится внутри нее. Чтобы позволить внешним клиентам Jamulus подключаться к вашему серверу, необходимо настроить проброс портов в настройках вашего маршрутизатора. Точная настройка отличается для каждого маршрутизатора. За помощью обратитесь к документации по маршрутизатору или к сайту [portforward.com](https://portforward.com)." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:23 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** The default port for Jamulus is **UDP** (not TCP) port **22124**. You will usually forward the port **22124** from outside your network to the port **22124** of the computer running the Server.\n" +msgstr "**Примечание:** По умолчанию для Jamulus используется **UDP** (не TCP) порт **22124**. Обычно вы перенаправляете порт **22124** извне вашей сети на порт **22124** компьютера, на котором установлен сервер.\n" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Getting the public IP" +msgstr "Получение публичного IP-адреса" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:28 +msgid "To allow others to connect to your Server from the internet, give them your public IP address. You can [learn your current public IP address using Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=what+is+my+ip). You should connect yourself using the local network address of the computer the Server is running on. If you are running a Client on the same computer as your Server, the address is `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`." +msgstr "Чтобы другие пользователи могли подключаться к вашему серверу из Интернета, укажите им свой публичный IP-адрес. Вы можете [узнать свой текущий публичный IP-адрес с помощью Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=what+is+my+ip). Вы должны подключаться сами, используя адрес локальной сети компьютера, на котором работает Сервер. Если вы запускаете Клиент на том же компьютере, что и Сервер, то адрес будет `localhost` или `127.0.0.1`." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:30 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Dynamic DNS and why you will probably need it" +msgstr "Динамический DNS и зачем он вам нужен" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:33 +msgid "Unless your ISP provides you with a fixed IP address, you may find that your address changes over time. You might want to associate your IP address with a domain name you can share with others that uses \"dynamic DNS\" (DDNS). A \"dynamic DNS\" provider can supply you with the domain name and you keep refreshing your IP address with the provider. Your router might support certain DDNS providers to do this. If this is not the case, the provider will have instructions on how to set up a dynamic DNS client." +msgstr "Если ваш интернет-провайдер не предоставляет вам фиксированный IP-адрес, вы можете обнаружить, что ваш адрес со временем меняется. Возможно, вы захотите связать свой IP-адрес с доменным именем, которое вы можете использовать совместно с другими пользователями, используя \"динамический DNS\" (DDNS). Провайдер \"динамического DNS\" может предоставить вам доменное имя, а вы будете обновлять свой IP-адрес у провайдера. Ваш маршрутизатор может поддерживать определенные провайдеры DDNS. Если это не так, у провайдера будут инструкции по настройке клиента динамического DNS." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "DNS SRV record support" +msgstr "Поддержка SRV-записей DNS" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:37 +msgid "Jamulus Clients support [DNS SRV records (\"service\" records)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_record). If a Client finds an SRV record associated with the domain name given in the Connect window, it will try to connect to the endpoint host and port listed in the SRV record. This process is similar to HTTP redirection in a web browser, only it's between Jamulus Clients and the DNS server. The Jamulus Server is not involved in this interaction. Jamulus Servers just listen for connections on the same port listed in the SRV record." +msgstr "Клиенты Jamulus поддерживают [DNS SRV-записи (\"служебные\" записи)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_record). Если клиент находит SRV-запись, связанную с доменным именем, указанным в окне Connect, он попытается подключиться к хосту и порту конечной точки, указанным в SRV-записи. Этот процесс похож на HTTP-переадресацию в веб-браузере, только он происходит между клиентами Jamulus и DNS-сервером. Сервер Jamulus не участвует в этом взаимодействии. Серверы Jamulus просто прослушивают соединения на том же порту, который указан в SRV-записи." + +#. type: Title #### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why is this helpful?" +msgstr "Почему это полезно?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:41 +msgid "A Jamulus Client can connect to a Server on a non-default port by specifying the port as part of the server address. A server administrator may want to give users a simple address without the port details, while still serving Jamulus on a non-default port. For this case, the port information can be acquired from an SRV record." +msgstr "Клиент Jamulus может подключиться к серверу с портом не по умолчанию, указав порт в качестве части адреса сервера. Администратор сервера может захотеть предоставить пользователям простой адрес без информации о порте, но при этом обслуживать Jamulus на порту, не заданном по умолчанию. В этом случае информация о порте может быть получена из SRV-записи." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:43 +msgid "An address entered in the Connect window could look like ```jamulus.example.com```. If an SRV record is found for this DNS domain, Jamulus Client will try to connect to the Server on the host:port listed in the SRV record, such as ```jamulus.example.com:12345```." +msgstr "Адрес, введенный в окне Connect, может выглядеть как ```jamulus.example.com```. Если для этого DNS-домена найдена SRV-запись, Jamulus Client попытается подключиться к серверу по адресу host:port, указанному в SRV-записи, например ```jamulus.example.com:12345```." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:45 +msgid "If no SRV records are found on the DNS server, a Client will attempt to connect to the Server as specified in the connection window." +msgstr "Если на DNS-сервере не найдено SRV-записей, клиент попытается подключиться к серверу, как указано в окне подключения." + +#. type: Title #### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:46 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Creating SRV records" +msgstr "Создание SRV-записей" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:49 +msgid "SRV records are created by the administrator of the domain being used to host the Jamulus server. The SRV records are added through the administration portal (or API if available) of the domain's DNS hosting service. The format of the SRV record entry can vary by DNS hosting service but will generally look something like this." +msgstr "SRV-записи создаются администратором домена, используемого для размещения сервера Jamulus. SRV-записи добавляются через портал администрирования (или API, если он доступен) службы DNS-хостинга домена. Формат записи SRV может варьироваться в зависимости от службы DNS-хостинга, но обычно выглядит примерно так." + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" _service._proto.name. ttl IN SRV priority weight port target\n" +" \n" +" # or, more specifically\n" +" \n" +" _jamulus._udp.example.com. 60 IN SRV 0 5 12345 jamulus.example.com\n" +msgstr "" +" _service._proto.name. ttl IN SRV priority weight port target\n" +" \n" +" # или, более конкретно\n" +" \n" +" _jamulus._udp.example.com. 60 IN SRV 0 5 12345 jamulus.example.com\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** You can host many Jamulus Servers at different ports on one host by giving each its own SRV record.\n" +msgstr "**Примечание:** Вы можете разместить множество серверов Jamulus с разными портами на одном хосте, предоставив каждому из них свою собственную SRV-запись.\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:61 +msgid "See the documentation of your DNS provider for instructions on creating an SRV record." +msgstr "Инструкции по созданию SRV-записи см. в документации вашего DNS-провайдера." + +#. type: Title #### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:62 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Example use case with SRV records" +msgstr "Пример использования записей SRV" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:65 +msgid "This example assumes the DNS contains an A or CNAME record that resolves to ```server1.example.com```, where three Jamulus Server instances are running, each listening on one of the three ports listed below." +msgstr "В этом примере предполагается, что DNS содержит запись A или CNAME, которая разрешается на ```сервер1.example.com```, где запущены три экземпляра Jamulus Server, каждый из которых прослушивает один из трех портов, перечисленных ниже." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:67 +msgid "Alternatively, `server1.example.com` can be a router, NAT-gateway, or load-balancer that forwards each of the ports to a backend Jamulus server (or servers)." +msgstr "В качестве альтернативы `server1.example.com` может быть маршрутизатором, NAT-шлюзом или балансировщиком нагрузки, который перенаправляет каждый из портов на внутренний сервер (или серверы) Jamulus." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:74 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"| JAMULUS CLIENT | DNS SRV RECORD | JAMULUS SERVER |\n" +"| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------- |\n" +"| rock.example.com | _jamulus._udp.rock.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22124 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22124 |\n" +"| jazz.example.com | _jamulus._udp.jazz.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22125 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22125 |\n" +"| blues.example.com | _jamulus._udp.blues.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22126 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22126 |\n" +msgstr "" +"| JAMULUS КЛИЕНТ | Запись DNS SRV | СЕРВЕР JAMULUS |\n" +"| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------- |\n" +"| rock.example.com | _jamulus._udp.rock.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22124 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22124 |\n" +"| jazz.example.com | _jamulus._udp.jazz.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22125 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22125 |\n" +"| blues.example.com | _jamulus._udp.blues.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22126 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22126 |\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:76 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*It's important to remember that DNS is not forwarding connections. It's simply telling Jamulus Client what public host:port to connect to.*\n" +msgstr "*Важно помнить, что DNS не перенаправляет соединения. Он просто сообщает Jamulus Client, к какому публичному host:port подключаться.*\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ru/copyright.po b/_translator-files/po/ru/copyright.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1200f3c7a --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/ru/copyright.po @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-08-15 02:02+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: vanapro1 \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: ru\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13-dev\n" + +#. type: Hash Value: footer asio +#: ../wiki/en/misc/copyright.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ASIO ® compatible - ASIO is a trademark and software of Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH" +msgstr "ASIO ® совместимо - ASIO является торговой маркой и программным обеспечением компании Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav docs +#: ../wiki/en/misc/copyright.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "This documentation is CC BY-SA" +msgstr "Эта документация CC BY-SA" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ru/general.po b/_translator-files/po/ru/general.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0d1e525ed --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/ru/general.po @@ -0,0 +1,118 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Maksim_220 Кабанов , 2025. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-08-11 15:01+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Maksim_220 Кабанов \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: ru\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13-dev\n" + +#. type: Hash Value: footer alt facebook +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus Facebook group" +msgstr "Группа Jamulus в Facebook" + +#. type: Hash Value: footer alt github +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus GitHub repo" +msgstr "Репозиторий Jamulus на GitHub" + +#. type: Hash Value: footer alt help +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Help and support" +msgstr "Помощь и поддержка" + +#. type: Hash Value: footer copyright software +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Software by Volker Fischer and contributors - want to get involved?" +msgstr "ПО Фолькер Фишер ивкладчики - хотите участвовать ?" + +#. type: Hash Value: kb by +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "by" +msgstr "на" + +#. type: Hash Value: kb discuss linktitle +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Discuss this content" +msgstr "Обсудить это содержание" + +#. type: Hash Value: kb discuss title +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Comments" +msgstr "Комментарии" + +#. type: Hash Value: kb kbintro +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Community knowledge base
Feel free to add your own article!" +msgstr "База знаний сообщества
Не стесняйтесь добавить свою статью!" + +#. type: Hash Value: kb mainpage +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Knowledge Base overview" +msgstr "Обзор базы знаний" + +#. type: Hash Value: kb navpages +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "More pages" +msgstr "Другие страницы" + +#. type: Hash Value: kb newpage +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Add a new page via GitHub" +msgstr "Добавьте новую страницу через GitHub" + +#. type: Hash Value: kb readmore +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Read more..." +msgstr "Читать дальше..." + +#. type: Hash Value: kb titleAdd +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "– Jamulus Knowledge Base" +msgstr "- База знаний Jamulus" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav altJamulusIcon +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus Icon. Links to homepage" +msgstr "Jamulus Icon. Ссылки на домашнюю страницу" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav btnOpenNavigation +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Open navigation" +msgstr "Открытая навигация" + +#. type: Hash Value: tNoJSEnabled +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Your browser has JavaScript disabled. That's totally fine. This site has been designed to provide basic functionality without JS. Enabling JavaScript may give you additional functionality on this site." +msgstr "В вашем браузере отключен JavaScript. Это совершенно нормально. Этот сайт был разработан для обеспечения базовой функциональности без JS. Включение JavaScript может дать вам дополнительные возможности на этом сайте." + +#. type: Hash Value: wiki titleAdd +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "– Jamulus Website" +msgstr "- Веб-сайт Jamulus" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ru/navigation.po b/_translator-files/po/ru/navigation.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..35d6a4989 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/ru/navigation.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Maksim_220 Кабанов , 2025. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-08-11 15:01+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Maksim_220 Кабанов \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: ru\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13-dev\n" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Setting Up" +msgstr "Настройка" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems page +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Windows" +msgstr "Windows" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems url +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows" +msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems page +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "macOS" +msgstr "macOS" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems url +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh" +msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems page +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Linux" +msgstr "Linux" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems url +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux" +msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Getting-Started" +msgstr "/wiki/Getting-Started" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "User Manual" +msgstr "Руководство пользователя" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Software-Manual" +msgstr "/wiki/Software-Manual" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "FAQ" +msgstr "FAQ" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/FAQ" +msgstr "/wiki/FAQ" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Устранение неполадок" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting" +msgstr "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav title +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Using Jamulus" +msgstr "Использование Jamulus" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server Manual" +msgstr "Руководство по эксплуатации сервера" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Running-a-Server" +msgstr "/wiki/Running-a-Server" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Tips & Tricks" +msgstr "Советы & Рекомендации" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More" +msgstr "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Community Knowledge Base" +msgstr "База знаний сообщества" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems selectOnLayout +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "post" +msgstr "почта" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/kb/index.html" +msgstr "/kb/index.html" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Privacy Statement" +msgstr "Заявление о конфиденциальности" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Privacy-Statement" +msgstr "/wiki/Privacy-Statement" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav title +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "More" +msgstr "Подробнее" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/1-index.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/1-index.po index 4ab32fdaa..de883c53f 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/1-index.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/1-index.po @@ -2,18 +2,19 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Daniel , 2024. +# tygyh , 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 10:42+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Daniel \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-07-07 12:01+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: tygyh \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: sv-SE\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13-dev\n" #. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?) #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:1 @@ -67,6 +68,16 @@ msgstr "Vad är Jamulus?" msgid "Jamulus lets you play, rehearse, or jam with your friends, your band, or anyone you find online. Play together remotely in time with high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection. [Download it here!](wiki/Getting-Started)\n" msgstr "Jamulus låter dig spela, öva eller jamma med dina vänner, ditt band eller vem som helst du hittar online. Spela tillsammans på distans i takt med högkvalitativt ljud och låg latens via en vanlig bredbandsuppkoppling. [Ladda ner här!](wiki/Getting-Started)\n" +#. type: Attribute 'src' of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:32 +msgid "{% include img/en-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc %}" +msgstr "{% include img/en-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc %}" + +#. type: Attribute 'alt' of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:32 +msgid "A screenshot of the main mixer window showing five people from different countries connected." +msgstr "En skärmdump av huvudmixar-fönstret där fem personer från olika länder är sammankopplade." + #. type: Content of:
#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:34 #, no-wrap diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Client-Troubleshooting.po index 8743066c9..847ae2452 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Client-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Client-Troubleshooting.po @@ -1,21 +1,22 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# Daniel , 2024. +# Daniel , 2024, 2025. # ignotus , 2024. # ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2024. +# bittin1ddc447d824349b2 , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-24 13:59+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-01 22:01+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Daniel \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: sv-SE\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13.1-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 @@ -96,7 +97,7 @@ msgstr "Börja med de enkla sakerna: se till att ditt instrument/mikrofon och h #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:25 #, no-wrap msgid "**Windows users (ASIO4ALL)**: If you’re using the ASIO4ALL driver have a look at the [ASIO4ALL setup section](Installation-for-Windows#setting-up-asio4all)\n" -msgstr "**Windows-användare (ASIO4ALL)**: Om du använder ASIO4ALL-drivrutinen ta en titt på [ASIO4ALL-installationsavsnittet](Installation-for-Windows#setting-up-asio4all)\n" +msgstr "**Windows-användare (ASIO4ALL)**: Om du använder ASIO4ALL-drivrutinen ta en titt på [ASIO4ALL-installationsavsnittet](Installation-for-Windows#konfigurera-asio4all)\n" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:26 @@ -169,8 +170,8 @@ msgstr "Exakt hur du undviker att lyssna på din direkta signal kommer att bero #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:50 -msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [software manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this." -msgstr "Var medveten om att medan du lyssnar på serverns signal säkerställer att du kommer att vara synkroniserad med andra musiker, kan du också uppleva problem om din totala latens (indikeras av \"Delay\"-lampan i Jamulus) inte är grön eller åtminstone gul större delen av tid. Se [mjukvarumanualen](/wiki/Software-Manual) för att förstå hur du justerar din inställning för att hjälpa till med detta." +msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this." +msgstr "Var medveten om att medan du lyssnar på serverns signal säkerställer att du kommer att vara synkroniserad med andra musiker, kan du också uppleva problem om din totala latens (indikeras av \"Delay\"-lampan i Jamulus) inte är grön eller åtminstone gul större delen av tid. Se [användarmanual](/wiki/Software-Manual) för att förstå hur du justerar din inställning för att hjälpa till med detta." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:51 @@ -331,5 +332,5 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:108 -msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" -msgstr "För något annat, sök eller lägg upp på [diskussionsforumen](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" +msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/discussions)" +msgstr "För något annat, sök eller lägg upp på [diskussionsforumen](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/discussions)" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Command-Line-Options.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Command-Line-Options.po index d94b4745a..919059ced 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Command-Line-Options.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Command-Line-Options.po @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# Daniel , 2024. +# Daniel , 2024, 2025. # ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 13:09+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-01 22:01+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: sv-SE\n" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13.1-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 @@ -77,4 +77,4 @@ msgstr "Kommandon endast för server" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:20 msgid "See [Running a Server](Running-a-Server#server-mode-related-options)" -msgstr "Se [Köra en server](Running-a-Server#server-mode-related-options)" +msgstr "Se [Köra en server](Running-a-Server#serverrelaterade-alternativ)" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Contribution.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Contribution.po index 3bccd9cbe..43fb0ab69 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Contribution.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Contribution.po @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# Daniel , 2024. +# Daniel , 2024, 2025. # ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 13:09+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-01 22:01+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: sv-SE\n" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13.1-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Directories.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Directories.po index 92272708f..90f6492b9 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Directories.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Directories.po @@ -1,21 +1,21 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# Daniel , 2024. +# Daniel , 2024, 2025. # ignotus , 2024. # ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-24 13:59+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-01 22:01+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Daniel \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: sv-SE\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13.1-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ msgstr "Köra en katalog" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:14 msgid "This is a specialised Jamulus Server configuration, as described in [Server Modes](Running-a-Server#server-modes)." -msgstr "Detta är en specialiserad Jamulus Server-konfiguration, som beskrivs i [Serverlägen](Running-a-Server#server-modes)." +msgstr "Detta är en specialiserad Jamulus Server-konfiguration, som beskrivs i [Serverlägen](Running-a-Server#serverlägen)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:16 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/FAQ.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/FAQ.po index 1b7406756..2645791b2 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/FAQ.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/FAQ.po @@ -1,20 +1,20 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# Daniel , 2024. +# Daniel , 2024, 2025. # ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 20:36+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-01 22:01+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Daniel \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: sv-SE\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13.1-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ msgstr "Nej. Musiker på en Jamulus-server spelar i realtid tillsammans som de s #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:28 msgid "Bear in mind also that all participants should follow [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together) which will also determine whether you can play in time properly." -msgstr "Tänk också på att alla deltagare bör följa [Den gyllene regeln](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together), vilket också kommer att påverka om ni kan spela i takt på rätt sätt." +msgstr "Tänk också på att alla deltagare bör följa [Den gyllene regeln](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#ni-låter-alla-okej-men-det-är-svårt-att-hålla-ihop), vilket också kommer att påverka om ni kan spela i takt på rätt sätt." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:29 @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ msgstr "Om någon listar en server på en av de kataloger som ingår i Jamulus, #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:34 msgid "Note also that Servers do not have to be registered on a Directory in order for Jamulus Clients to connect to them. Server operators can just give out the address of their Servers to those they want to play with, and they can then connect directly. Have a look at [this overview for more information](/wiki/Running-a-Server#server-modes)." -msgstr "Observera också att servrar inte behöver vara registrerade i en katalog för att Jamulus-klienter ska kunna ansluta till dem. Serveroperatörer kan helt enkelt ge ut adressen till sina servrar till de vill spela med, och de kan då ansluta direkt. Ta en titt på [denna översikt för mer information](/wiki/Running-a-Server#server-modes)." +msgstr "Observera också att servrar inte behöver vara registrerade i en katalog för att Jamulus-klienter ska kunna ansluta till dem. Serveroperatörer kan helt enkelt ge ut adressen till sina servrar till de vill spela med, och de kan då ansluta direkt. Ta en titt på [denna översikt för mer information](/wiki/Running-a-Server#serverlägen)." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:35 @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ msgstr "Varför bör jag inte använda trådlös utrustning?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:38 msgid "Whether or not you will be able to play in time with other musicians depends mainly on how much latency (delay) you have in your sound signal and whether you are all following [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together). An overall delay much bigger than 50 ms usually makes it too hard to play in time unless you train yourself to do so. Some musicians report they can play in time with delays of up to 70 ms by playing ahead of the beat. But much beyond that and it becomes too difficult unless timing isn’t an important factor in the music or you just want to listen." -msgstr "Om du kan spela i takt med andra musiker beror främst på hur mycket latens (fördröjning) du har i ditt ljudsignal och om ni alla följer [Den gyllene regeln](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together). En total fördröjning som är mycket större än 50 ms gör det vanligtvis för svårt att spela i takt, om du inte tränar dig själv att göra det. Vissa musiker rapporterar att de kan spela i takt med fördröjningar på upp till 70 ms genom att spela före takten. Men mycket mer än så blir det för svårt om timing inte är en viktig faktor i musiken eller om du bara vill lyssna." +msgstr "Om du kan spela i takt med andra musiker beror främst på hur mycket latens (fördröjning) du har i ditt ljudsignal och om ni alla följer [Den gyllene regeln](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#ni-låter-alla-okej-men-det-är-svårt-att-hålla-ihop). En total fördröjning som är mycket större än 50 ms gör det vanligtvis för svårt att spela i takt, om du inte tränar dig själv att göra det. Vissa musiker rapporterar att de kan spela i takt med fördröjningar på upp till 70 ms genom att spela före takten. Men mycket mer än så blir det för svårt om timing inte är en viktig faktor i musiken eller om du bara vill lyssna." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:40 @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ msgstr "Varför bör jag inte lyssna på mitt eget ljud?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:44 msgid "For the same reason as you need to minimise delay in your signal in order to play in time, you need to make sure you are playing to your own sound that other musicians are hearing. More information on this, and a way of testing your setup to make sure you are obeying this “Golden Rule” [can be found here](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)." -msgstr "Av samma anledning som du behöver minimera fördröjning i din signal för att spela i takt, måste du se till att du spelar till ditt eget ljud som de andra musikerna hör. Mer information om detta och ett sätt att testa din setup för att säkerställa att du följer denna \"gyllene regel\" [kan du hitta här](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)." +msgstr "Av samma anledning som du behöver minimera fördröjning i din signal för att spela i takt, måste du se till att du spelar till ditt eget ljud som de andra musikerna hör. Mer information om detta och ett sätt att testa din setup för att säkerställa att du följer denna \"gyllene regel\" [kan du hitta här](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#ni-låter-alla-okej-men-det-är-svårt-att-hålla-ihop)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:46 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Getting-Started.po index 763bbbcce..8d7a789be 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Getting-Started.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Getting-Started.po @@ -1,20 +1,21 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# Daniel , 2024. +# Daniel , 2024, 2025. # ignotus , 2024. +# bittin1ddc447d824349b2 , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 21:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-01 22:01+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Daniel \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: sv-SE\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13.1-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 @@ -54,12 +55,12 @@ msgstr "För att få ut det bästa av Jamulus behöver du minst:" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15 msgid "**A wired internet connection** (and turn wi-fi off. See the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))" -msgstr "**En trådbunden internetanslutning** (och stäng av Wi-Fi. Se [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))" +msgstr "**En trådbunden internetanslutning** (och stäng av Wi-Fi. Se [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#varför-bör-jag-inte-använda-trådlös-utrustning))" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15 msgid "**Wired headphones** (not Bluetooth or speakers - see the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))" -msgstr "**Trådbundna hörlurar** (inte Bluetooth eller högtalare – se [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))" +msgstr "**Trådbundna hörlurar** (inte Bluetooth eller högtalare – se [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#varför-bör-jag-inte-använda-trådlös-utrustning))" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15 @@ -180,7 +181,7 @@ msgstr "Ansluta till en server och testa ditt ljud" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:60 msgid "Before you connect to a Server, you should **not** be able to hear yourself. Listening to your sound from Jamulus (and not from yourself) is called “The Golden Rule” and enables you to play in time with others ([see the FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-should-i-not-listen-to-my-own-signal))." -msgstr "Innan du ansluter till en server bör du **inte** kunna höra dig själv. Att lyssna på ditt ljud från Jamulus (och inte direkt från dig själv) kallas för \"Den gyllene regeln\" och gör det möjligt för dig att spela i takt med andra ([se FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-should-i-not-listen-to-my-own-signal))." +msgstr "Innan du ansluter till en server bör du **inte** kunna höra dig själv. Att lyssna på ditt ljud från Jamulus (och inte direkt från dig själv) kallas för \"Den gyllene regeln\" och gör det möjligt för dig att spela i takt med andra ([se FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#varför-bör-jag-inte-lyssna-på-mitt-eget-ljud))." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:62 @@ -215,7 +216,7 @@ msgstr "Det viktigaste med servrar är deras \"pingtid\". Ju större siffran är #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:73 msgid "Once connected to a Server, make sure you can hear yourself OK and fix any input volume or other problems. You can have a look at the [troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) for common problems. And of course, check that you are also able to obey [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)." -msgstr "När du är ansluten till en server, se till att du kan höra dig själv ordentligt och åtgärda eventuella problem med ingångsvolymen eller andra problem. Du kan titta på [troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) för vanliga problem. Och självklart, kontrollera att du också kan följa [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)." +msgstr "När du är ansluten till en server, se till att du kan höra dig själv ordentligt och åtgärda eventuella problem med ingångsvolymen eller andra problem. Du kan titta på [troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) för vanliga problem. Och självklart, kontrollera att du också kan följa [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#ni-låter-alla-okej-men-det-är-svårt-att-hålla-ihop)." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:74 @@ -254,8 +255,8 @@ msgstr "Observera att du kan använda chat-funktionen när som helst för att sk #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:88 -msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [Software Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)." -msgstr "Mer information om hur du använder Jamulus hittar du i [Software Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)." +msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)." +msgstr "Mer information om hur du använder Jamulus hittar du i [användarmanual](/wiki/Software-Manual)." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:89 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Include-Client-Commands.po index 8f582b00e..579a5c37c 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Include-Client-Commands.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Include-Client-Commands.po @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# Daniel , 2024. +# Daniel , 2024, 2025. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 13:09+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-01 21:02+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: sv-SE\n" @@ -13,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13.1-dev\n" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3 @@ -37,8 +38,8 @@ msgstr "`-j` eller `--nojackconnect` Inaktivera automatisk JACK-anslutning" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6 -msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)" -msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI-kontrollerkanal att lyssna på, kontrollnummer-offset och efterföljande CC-nummer (kanaler) och Mute Myself CC-nummer. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` Se [Råd & dåd](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)" +msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI channel to listen on, Jamulus control + MIDI control number and count of consecutive CC numbers (or Jamulus channels), device selection option. Format: `channel[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dDeviceName]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)." +msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI-kanal att lyssna på, Jamulus-kontroll + MIDI-kontrollnummer och antal på varandra följande CC-nummer (eller Jamulus-kanaler), enhetsvalsalternativ. Format: channel[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dDeviceName]." #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Android.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Android.po index 38aa8da03..a0db0afc5 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Android.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Android.po @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# Daniel , 2024. +# Daniel , 2024, 2025. # ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-06 18:09+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-01 22:01+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: sv-SE\n" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13.1-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Linux.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Linux.po index a45f5845e..d2d7ada27 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Linux.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Linux.po @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# Daniel , 2024. +# Daniel , 2024, 2025. # ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-06 18:09+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-01 22:01+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: sv-SE\n" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13.1-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:17 #, no-wrap msgid "**Upgrading?** You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first.\n" -msgstr "**Uppgraderar du?** Du kanske vill [säkerhetskopiera din konfiguration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) först.\n" +msgstr "**Uppgraderar du?** Du kanske vill [säkerhetskopiera din konfiguration](Software-Manual#säkerhetskopiera-jamulus) först.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:19 @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ msgstr "Ställ in din hårdvara" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:60 msgid "The Jamulus Client needs to connect to a running [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) server in order to start. You need to find out which is the low-latency sound server for your distribution. - If your distribution uses [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/), see how to [configure JACK with QjackCtl](Installation-for-Linux#configure-jack-with-qjackctl). - If your distribution uses PipeWire, see how to [configure PipeWire](Installation-for-Linux#configure-pipewire)." -msgstr "Jamulus-klienten behöver ansluta till en körande [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) server för att starta. Du behöver ta reda på vilken ljudserver med låg latens som används i din distribution.. - Om din distribution använder [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/), se hur du [konfigurerar JACK med QjackCtl](Installation-for-Linux#configure-jack-with-qjackctl).. - Om din distribution använder PipeWire, se hur du [konfigurerar PipeWire](Installation-for-Linux#configure-pipewire)." +msgstr "Jamulus-klienten behöver ansluta till en körande [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) server för att starta. Du behöver ta reda på vilken ljudserver med låg latens som används i din distribution. - Om din distribution använder [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/), se hur du [konfigurerar JACK med QjackCtl](Installation-for-Linux#konfigurera-jack-med-qjackctl). - Om din distribution använder PipeWire, se hur du [konfigurerar PipeWire](Installation-for-Linux#konfigurera-pipewire)." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:61 @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:88 msgid "After this, continue from the [Start Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#start-jamulus) section below." -msgstr "Efter detta, fortsätt från avsnittet [Starta Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#start-jamulus) nedan." +msgstr "Efter detta, fortsätt från avsnittet [Starta Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#starta-jamulus) nedan." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:89 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Macintosh.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Macintosh.po index 740e79871..e12410657 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Macintosh.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Macintosh.po @@ -1,12 +1,13 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# Daniel , 2024. +# Daniel , 2024, 2025. # ignotus , 2024. +# tygyh , 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-06 18:09+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-01 22:01+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: sv-SE\n" @@ -14,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13.1-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 @@ -59,18 +60,18 @@ msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:17 msgid "Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first." -msgstr "Uppgradera? Du kanske vill [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) först." +msgstr "Uppgradera? Du kanske vill [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#säkerhetskopiera-jamulus) först." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:22 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"1. [Download Jamulus (Universal build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +"1. [Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n" " **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" "1. **Install Jamulus**: Open the downloaded `.dmg` file, agree to the licence, *drag and drop* each icon you see in the window (Jamulus Client and Server) into your *Applications folder*. After that, you can close this window.\n" "1. **Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" msgstr "" -"1. [Download Jamulus (Universal build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +"1. [Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n" " **Spegel 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" "2. **Installera Jamulus**: Öppna den nedladdade `.dmg`-filen, godkänn licensen, *dra och släpp* varje ikon du ser i fönstret (Jamulus Client och Server) till din *Programmapp*. Efter det kan du stänga detta fönster.\n" "3. **Kör Jamulus**. Nu bör du kunna använda Jamulus precis som vilken annan applikation som helst.\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Windows.po index 292c828bc..2e0cf5c64 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Windows.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Windows.po @@ -1,12 +1,13 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# Daniel , 2024. +# Daniel , 2024, 2025. # ignotus , 2024. +# tygyh , 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-06 18:09+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-01 22:01+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: sv-SE\n" @@ -14,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13.1-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 @@ -59,7 +60,7 @@ msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:17 msgid "Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first." -msgstr "Uppgradera? Du kanske vill [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) först." +msgstr "Uppgradera? Du kanske vill [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#säkerhetskopiera-jamulus) först." #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:24 @@ -116,94 +117,84 @@ msgstr "Om du inte har ett externt ljudkort kommer du förmodligen inte ha en AS #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:39 -msgid "You can try two versions of ASIO4ALL. ASIO4ALL v2.14 includes a workaround for a bug which might break other functionality." -msgstr "Du kan prova två versioner av ASIO4ALL. ASIO4ALL v2.14 inkluderar en lösning för en bugg som kan påverka annan funktionalitet." +msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.16 Download](https://asio4all.org/downloads/ASIO4ALL_2_16.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" +msgstr "[ASIO4ALL v2.16 Nedladdning](https://asio4all.org/downloads/ASIO4ALL_2_16_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:41 -msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.15 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.15/ASIO4ALL_2_15_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" -msgstr "[ASIO4ALL v2.15 Nedladdning](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.15/ASIO4ALL_2_15_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:43 -msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" -msgstr "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Nedladdning](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:45 msgid "[ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" msgstr "[ASIO4ALL websida](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:47 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:43 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting up ASIO4ALL" msgstr "Konfigurera ASIO4ALL" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:50 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:46 msgid "You may or may not need to experiment a bit depending on your sound hardware. If everything works out of the box, you don't need to do anything." msgstr "Du kan behöva experimentera lite beroende på din ljudhårdvara. Om allt fungerar direkt behöver du inte göra något." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:52 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:48 #, no-wrap msgid "**Tip:** Set up your sound card while you're [connected to a Server](Getting-Started#connecting-to-a-server-and-testing-your-sound) to hear your instrument or voice and check if everything is correctly set up; but first read on.\n" -msgstr "**Tips:** Ställ in ditt ljudkort medan du är [ansluten till en server](Getting-Started#connecting-to-a-server-and-testing-your-sound) för att höra ditt instrument eller din röst och kontrollera om allt är korrekt inställt; men läs vidare först.\n" +msgstr "**Tips:** Ställ in ditt ljudkort medan du är [ansluten till en server](Getting-Started#ansluta-till-en-server-och-testa-ditt-ljud) för att höra ditt instrument eller din röst och kontrollera om allt är korrekt inställt; men läs vidare först.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:55 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:51 msgid "Before you start with Jamulus:" msgstr "Innan du börjar med Jamulus:" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:54 msgid "**Close all applications** (especially those which could access your sound card like your browser/media player). ASIO4ALL needs exclusive access to your sound card which means that other programs will not be able to use audio if ASIO4ALL and Jamulus are running." msgstr "**Stäng alla applikationer** (särskilt de som kan ha åtkomst till ditt ljudkort, som din webbläsare/mediaspelare). ASIO4ALL behöver exklusiv åtkomst till ditt ljudkort, vilket innebär att andra program inte kommer att kunna använda ljud om ASIO4ALL och Jamulus körs." #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:54 msgid "If the Jamulus audio doesn’t work out of the box, make sure that only the **correct inputs/outputs** in ASIO4ALL **are switched on**. Everything else should be switched off. Search the [community list of working ASIO4ALL configurations](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) for your configuration or do it manually if you can't find yours:" msgstr "Om Jamulus-ljudet inte fungerar direkt, se till att endast de **korrekta ingångarna/utgångarna** i ASIO4ALL **är aktiverade**. Allt annat bör stängas av. Sök i [community-listan över fungerande ASIO4ALL-konfigurationer](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) efter din konfiguration eller gör det manuellt om du inte hittar din:" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:59 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:55 #, no-wrap msgid "How to set up ASIO4ALL inputs (Guide)" msgstr "Hur man ställer in ASIO4ALL-ingångar (Guide)" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 msgid "Open Jamulus's settings" msgstr "Öppna Jamulus inställningar" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 msgid "Go to _\"ASIO Device Settings\"_ (column on the left; directly under the selection of the driver)" msgstr "Gå till _\"ASIO Device Settings\"_ (kolumn till vänster; direkt under valet av drivrutinen)" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 msgid "Enable _advanced view_ in ASIO4ALL (click the tool icon on the bottom right)" msgstr "Aktivera _avancerad vy_ i ASIO4ALL (klicka på verktygsikonen längst ner till höger)" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 msgid "Enable only the sound card you want to use by clicking on the button next to its name" msgstr "Aktivera endast det ljudkort du vill använda genom att klicka på knappen bredvid dess namn" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 msgid "Open your sound card inputs/outputs by clicking the _plus icon_ next to this sound card" msgstr "Öppna ditt ljudkorts ingångar/utgångar genom att klicka på _plusikonen_ bredvid detta ljudkort" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 msgid "Now enable the correct inputs/outputs in the list under your sound card and disable everything else. You can hover over the inputs/outputs to see which of both they are and if they support the required sample rate for Jamulus of 48kHz (DVD quality)." msgstr "Aktivera nu de korrekta ingångarna/utgångarna i listan under ditt ljudkort och inaktivera allt annat. Du kan hovra över ingångarna/utgångarna för att se vilken av dem det är och om de stöder den nödvändiga samplingsfrekvensen för Jamulus på 48kHz (DVD-kvalitet)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:72 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:68 #, no-wrap msgid "" "**Hints:**\n" @@ -217,43 +208,49 @@ msgstr "" "1. Stereo Mix/Stereo Input är vanligtvis inte den ingång/utgång du letar efter. Stäng därför av den om du ser den.\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:73 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:69 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "Felsökning" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:76 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:72 msgid "If nothing works, first restart Jamulus and/or your PC to close background processes that may be accessing your sound card." msgstr "Om inget fungerar, starta först om Jamulus och/eller din dator för att stänga bakgrundsprocesser som kan ha åtkomst till ditt ljudkort." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:78 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:74 msgid "Afterwards, *set up the inputs/outputs again*. Enabled and accessible input/outputs show as lit up power buttons and play buttons in the ASIO4ALL settings. If instead you see a red cross or yellow symbol, close other applications that may be accessing your sound card (e.g. web browser, Zoom, etc)." msgstr "Därefter, *ställ in ingångarna/utgångarna igen*. Aktiverade och tillgängliga ingångar/utgångar visas som upplysta strömknappar och uppspelningsknappar i ASIO4ALL-inställningarna. Om du istället ser ett rött kryss eller en gul symbol, stäng andra applikationer som kan ha åtkomst till ditt ljudkort (t.ex. webbläsare, Jitsi, Zoom, etc.)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:80 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:76 msgid "Have a look at [this video](https://youtu.be/_GzOsitVgLI) by [trombonepizza](https://github.com/trombonepizza) which gives more detailed setup information on ASIO4ALL." msgstr "Ta en titt på [denna video](https://youtu.be/_GzOsitVgLI) av [trombonepizza](https://github.com/trombonepizza) som ger mer detaljerad information om hur du ställer in ASIO4ALL." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:82 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:78 msgid "Official and further information about how to configure ASIO4ALL is documented in the official [ASIO4ALL FAQs on the ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/index.php/help/faq/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}." msgstr "Officiell och ytterligare information om hur du konfigurerar ASIO4ALL finns dokumenterad i den officiella [ASIO4ALL FAQ på ASIO4ALL:s webbplats](https://www.asio4all.org/index.php/help/faq/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:83 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:79 #, no-wrap msgid "All installed?" msgstr "Allt installerat?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:86 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:82 msgid "Take a look at" msgstr "Titta på" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:87 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:83 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "[Komma igång](Getting-Started){: .button}" + +#~ msgid "You can try two versions of ASIO4ALL. ASIO4ALL v2.14 includes a workaround for a bug which might break other functionality." +#~ msgstr "Du kan prova två versioner av ASIO4ALL. ASIO4ALL v2.14 inkluderar en lösning för en bugg som kan påverka annan funktionalitet." + +#~ msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" +#~ msgstr "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Nedladdning](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-iOS.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-iOS.po index ec2116303..90baac1d5 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-iOS.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-iOS.po @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# Daniel , 2024. +# Daniel , 2024, 2025. # ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-06 18:09+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-01 22:01+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: sv-SE\n" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13.1-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Privacy-Statement.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Privacy-Statement.po index c544bc63e..c4f0cdae6 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Privacy-Statement.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Privacy-Statement.po @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# Daniel , 2024. +# Daniel , 2024, 2025. # ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 13:45+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-01 22:01+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: sv-SE\n" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13.1-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 @@ -103,7 +103,9 @@ msgstr "Generell information" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:30 -msgid "Under normal use with software downloaded from this website that has not been modified, your user profile information is exchanged with Servers you connect to, peers connected to those same Servers, and to third parties (including Directories) that use the Jamulus protocol. This information is limited to your Jamulus name, city, country, instrument, and skill level as you have set them in your profile. The Servers you connect to will also have access to your internet address (IP Address) as it is required for the software to work; but this information is not shared with peers on the same Server or available to third parties." +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Under normal use with software downloaded from this website that has not been modified, your user profile information is exchanged with Servers you connect to, peers connected to those same Servers, and to third parties (including Directories) that use the Jamulus protocol. This information is limited to your Jamulus name, city, country, instrument, and skill level as you have set them in your profile. The Servers you connect to will also have access to your internet address (IP Address) as it is required for the software to work; but this information is not shared with peers on the same Server or available to third parties." +msgid "Under normal use with software downloaded from this website that has not been modified, your user profile information is exchanged with Servers you connect to, peers connected to those same Servers, and to third parties (including Directories) that use the Jamulus protocol. This information is limited to your Jamulus name, city, country, instrument, and skill level as you have set them in your profile. Directories from which you request Server lists, Servers displayed in the Connect Dialog and Servers you connect to will also have access to your internet address (IP Address) as it is required for the software to work; but this information is not shared with peers on the same Server or available to third parties." msgstr "Vid normal användning av programvaran som laddats ner från denna webbplats och som inte har modifierats, utbyts din användarprofilinformation med servrar du ansluter till, medkamrater anslutna till dessa servrar, samt med tredje parter (inklusive kataloger) som använder Jamulus-protokollet. Denna information är begränsad till ditt Jamulus-namn, stad, land, instrument och färdighetsnivå som du har angivit i din profil. Servrarna du ansluter till kommer också att ha tillgång till din internetadress (IP-adress) eftersom det krävs för att programvaran ska fungera; men denna information delas inte med medkamrater på samma server eller är tillgänglig för tredje parter." #. type: Plain text diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/QOS-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/QOS-Windows.po index 427a5b516..639333b37 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/QOS-Windows.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/QOS-Windows.po @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# Daniel , 2024. +# Daniel , 2024, 2025. # ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 13:09+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-01 22:01+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: sv-SE\n" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13.1-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Running-a-Server.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Running-a-Server.po index 6616a515f..fdb5f3aa3 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Running-a-Server.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Running-a-Server.po @@ -1,21 +1,21 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# Daniel , 2024. +# Daniel , 2024, 2025. # ignotus , 2024. # ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-09-01 20:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-01 22:01+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Daniel \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: sv-SE\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13.1-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 @@ -89,14 +89,15 @@ msgstr "Behöver jag köra en server?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:23 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**No**. You don't need to run a Server. You can use the Servers listed by the built-in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server yourself. You can also use an unlisted Server if you know its internet address. Or you can use a third party hosting service such as [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/) or [KOORD](https://koord.live/). There's probably a Server nearby that you and your friends can use at low enough latency for most needs.\n" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "**No**. You don't need to run a Server. You can use the Servers listed by the built-in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server yourself. You can also use an unlisted Server if you know its internet address. Or you can use a third party hosting service such as [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/) or [KOORD](https://koord.live/). There's probably a Server nearby that you and your friends can use at low enough latency for most needs.\n" +msgid "**No**. You don't need to run a Server. You can use the Servers listed by the built-in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server yourself. You can also use an unlisted Server if you know its internet address. Or you can use a third party hosting service such as [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/). There's probably a Server nearby that you and your friends can use at low enough latency for most needs.\n" msgstr "**Nej**. Du behöver inte köra en egen server. Du kan använda servrar som listas av de inbyggda katalogerna och använda Jamulus utan att köra en server själv. Du kan också använda en icke listad server om du känner till dess internetadress. Eller så kan du använda en tredjeparts hostingtjänst som [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/) eller [KOORD](https://koord.live/). Det finns förmodligen en server i närheten som du och dina vänner kan använda med tillräckligt låg fördröjning för de flesta behov.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:25 msgid "Using a public Server might introduce you to strangers. If you want an undisturbed session, you can use the soloing technique described on the [Tips and Tricks page](Tips-Tricks-More#have-an-undisturbed-session-on-any-server). You won't hear strangers who connect to the Server, but they can hear you if they wish." -msgstr "Att använda en offentlig server kan leda till att du kommer i kontakt med främlingar. Om du vill ha en ostörd session kan du använda solo-tekniken som beskrivs på [Tips och tricks-sidan](Tips-Tricks-More#have-an-undisturbed-session-on-any-server). Du kommer inte att höra främlingar som ansluter till servern, men de kan höra dig om de så önskar." +msgstr "Att använda en offentlig server kan leda till att du kommer i kontakt med främlingar. Om du vill ha en ostörd session kan du använda solo-tekniken som beskrivs på [Tips och tricks-sidan](Tips-Tricks-More#ha-en-ostörd-session-på-vilken-server-som-helst). Du kommer inte att höra främlingar som ansluter till servern, men de kan höra dig om de så önskar." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:28 @@ -166,13 +167,13 @@ msgstr "Installation" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:52 msgid "Most people run Jamulus on a 3rd party/cloud host as a \"headless\" Server (no video display or keyboard) on **hardware without audio** running Linux. You can also run a Server in a [**desktop environment**](#servers-on-the-desktop)." -msgstr "De flesta människor kör Jamulus på en tredjeparts/molnvärd som en \"huvudlös\" server (ingen videoskärm eller tangentbord) på **hårdvara utan ljud** som kör Linux. Du kan också köra en server i en [**skrivbordsmiljö**](#servers-on-the-desktop)." +msgstr "De flesta människor kör Jamulus på en tredjeparts/molnvärd som en \"huvudlös\" server (ingen videoskärm eller tangentbord) på **hårdvara utan ljud** som kör Linux. Du kan också köra en server i en [**skrivbordsmiljö**](#servrar-på-skrivbordet)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:56 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note** The following steps will result in you running an \"Unregistered\" Server. For more information, see [the Server Modes section](#server-modes) below.\n" -msgstr "**Obs** Följande steg kommer att resultera i att du kör en \"Oregistrerad\" server. För mer information, se [avsnittet Serverlägen](#server-modes) nedan.\n" +msgstr "**Obs** Följande steg kommer att resultera i att du kör en \"Oregistrerad\" server. För mer information, se [avsnittet Serverlägen](#serverlägen) nedan.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:60 @@ -250,7 +251,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:86 msgid "Add your desired [command line options](Running-a-Server#configuration-options) to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file:" -msgstr "Lägg till önskade [kommandoradsalternativ](Running-a-Server#configuration-options) till `ExecStart`-raden i systemd-tjänstfilen:" +msgstr "Lägg till önskade [kommandoradsalternativ](Running-a-Server#konfigurationsalternativ) till `ExecStart`-raden i systemd-tjänstfilen:" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:90 @@ -406,7 +407,7 @@ msgstr "**För GUI** (alla plattformar)\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:146 msgid "Any settings made using the graphical interface will be stored in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file. (Do **not** edit this file by hand!) However, some options are not available in the GUI and need to be set using the command line. For more information, see [Servers on the desktop](#servers-on-the-desktop)." -msgstr "Alla inställningar som görs med det grafiska gränssnittet kommer att lagras i filen `Jamulusserver.ini`. (Redigera **inte** den här filen för hand!) Vissa alternativ är dock inte tillgängliga i GUI och måste ställas in med hjälp av kommandoraden. För mer information, se [Server på skrivbordet](#servers-on-the-desktop)." +msgstr "Alla inställningar som görs med det grafiska gränssnittet kommer att lagras i filen `Jamulusserver.ini`. (Redigera **inte** den här filen för hand!) Vissa alternativ är dock inte tillgängliga i GUI och måste ställas in med hjälp av kommandoraden. För mer information, se [Server på skrivbordet](#servrar-på-skrivbordet)." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:149 @@ -417,7 +418,7 @@ msgstr "Minsta inställning för att köras i registrerat läge" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:153 msgid "You can run a headless Server on Linux using systemd (with `systemctl`), which is covered in other sections. You can also run a Server directly from the command line. Enter the following command to [run a Registered Server](#server-modes):" -msgstr "Du kan köra en huvudlös server på Linux med systemd (med `systemctl`), som behandlas i andra avsnitt. Du kan också köra en server direkt från kommandoraden. Ange följande kommando för att [köra en registrerad server](#server-modes):" +msgstr "Du kan köra en huvudlös server på Linux med systemd (med `systemctl`), som behandlas i andra avsnitt. Du kan också köra en server direkt från kommandoraden. Ange följande kommando för att [köra en registrerad server](#serverlägen):" #. type: Fenced code block #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:154 @@ -440,7 +441,7 @@ msgstr "Se tabellen nedan för värden för `hostname:port`." #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:163 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note**: Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `[name]` and `[city]` within the `--serverinfo` argument. See the [Server mode-related options](#server-mode-related-options) for more information on the country code. \n" -msgstr "**Obs**: Semikolon och nyradstecken är inte tillåtna i `[namn]` och `[stad]` i argumentet `--serverinfo`. Se [Serverrelaterade alternativ](#server-mode-related-options) för mer information om landskoden. \n" +msgstr "**Obs**: Semikolon och nyradstecken är inte tillåtna i `[namn]` och `[stad]` i argumentet `--serverinfo`. Se [Serverrelaterade alternativ](#serverrelaterade-alternativ) för mer information om landskoden. \n" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:164 @@ -627,186 +628,169 @@ msgstr "Aktivera loggning, ange sökväg och filnamn" #. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:230 #, no-wrap -msgid "`-m or --htmlstatus`" -msgstr "`-m eller --htmlstatus`" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:232 -msgid "Enable HTML status file, set path and file name" -msgstr "Aktivera HTML-statusfil, ange sökväg och filnamn" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:234 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Note:** This feature is deprecated, and may disappear in a future release.\n" -msgstr "**Obs!** Den här funktionen är utfasad och kan försvinna i en framtida version.\n" - -#. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:235 -#, no-wrap msgid "`-P or --delaypan`" msgstr "`-P eller --delaypan`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:237 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:232 msgid "Start with delay panning enabled. This option uses small differences in sound arrival time between the two ears. It produces a stereo effect similar to natural human hearing when compared to normal “volume” panning." msgstr "Börja med fördröjd panorering aktiverad. Detta alternativ använder små skillnader i ljudets ankomsttid mellan de två öronen. Den ger en stereoeffekt som liknar naturlig mänsklig hörsel jämfört med normal \"volym\" panorering." #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:238 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:233 #, no-wrap msgid "`-s` or `--server`" msgstr "`-s` eller `--server`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:240 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:235 msgid "Start Jamulus in Server mode" msgstr "Starta Jamulus i serverläge" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:236 #, no-wrap msgid "`--serverbindip`" msgstr "`--serverbindip`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:243 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:238 msgid "Specify the IP address the Jamulus process will bind to." msgstr "Ange IP-adressen som Jamulus-processen ska binda till." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:245 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:240 msgid "Normally, Jamulus will listen on all IP addresses on the host machine. Where the host has multiple network addresses, this option allows one of the addresses to be chosen." msgstr "Normalt lyssnar Jamulus på alla IP-adresser på värddatorn. Om värden har flera nätverksadresser tillåter detta alternativ att en av adresserna kan väljas." #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:246 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241 #, no-wrap msgid "`-T or --multithreading`" msgstr "`-T eller --multithreading`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:248 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:243 msgid "Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs. This setting may help the Server support more Clients. See also `--numchannels`" msgstr "Använd multithreading för att bättre utnyttja flerkärniga processorer. Den här inställningen kan hjälpa servern att stödja fler klienter. Se även `--numchannels`" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:249 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:244 #, no-wrap msgid "`-u or --numchannels`" msgstr "`-u eller --numchannels`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:251 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:246 msgid "Maximum number of channels (Clients)" msgstr "Maximalt antal kanaler (klienter)" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:252 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:247 #, no-wrap msgid "`-z or --startminimized`" msgstr "`-z eller --startminimized`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:249 msgid "Start the Jamulus Server graphical user interface in the minimized window state." msgstr "Starta det grafiska användargränssnittet för Jamulus Server i det minimerade fönstertillståndet." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:255 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:250 #, no-wrap msgid "Other options" msgstr "Andra alternativ" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:258 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:253 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:259 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254 #, no-wrap msgid "Controlling the Server via API" msgstr "Styr servern via API" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:262 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:257 msgid "Jamulus can be controlled via an experimental API which is subject to changes. You can find the [JSON-RPC API documented in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md). JSON-RPC allows you to control some features like changing the welcome message or starting recordings in headless mode from authenticated external applications. It works while the server is running." msgstr "Jamulus kan styras via ett experimentellt API som kan ändras. Du kan hitta [JSON-RPC API dokumenterat i huvudarkivet](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md). JSON-RPC låter dig styra vissa funktioner som att ändra välkomstmeddelandet eller starta inspelningar i huvudlöst läge från autentiserade externa applikationer. Det fungerar medan servern är igång." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:265 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:260 #, no-wrap msgid "Recording" msgstr "Inspelning" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:267 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:262 #, no-wrap msgid "`-R or --recording`" msgstr "`-R eller --recording`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:269 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:264 msgid "Set Server recording directory. By default, the Server will record when a session is active." msgstr "Ställ in serverinspelningskatalog. Som standard kommer servern att spela in när en session är aktiv." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:271 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:266 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** You will need to save recordings to a path _outside_ of the jamulus home directory, or remove `ProtectHome=true` from your systemd unit file, but be aware that doing could be a security risk.\n" msgstr "**Obs:** Du måste spara inspelningar till en sökväg _utanför_ av jamulus-hemkatalogen, eller ta bort `ProtectHome=true` från din systemd-enhetsfil, men var medveten om att det kan vara en säkerhetsrisk.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:273 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:268 msgid "Recordings are per track in [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` format and [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Open the respective files to listen to them in those applications." msgstr "Inspelningar är per spår i [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof`-format och [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Öppna respektive filer för att lyssna på dem i dessa applikationer." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:275 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:270 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** When your Server is recording, Clients display a red banner message that the session is being recorded.\n" msgstr "**Obs!** När din server spelar in visar klienter ett rött bannermeddelande om att sessionen spelas in.\n" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:276 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:271 #, no-wrap msgid "`--norecord`" msgstr "`--norecord`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:278 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:273 msgid "Set server not to record by default when recording is configured." msgstr "Ställ in servern att inte spela in som standard när inspelning är konfigurerad." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:280 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:275 #, no-wrap msgid "Controlling Recording" msgstr "Styra inspelning" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:283 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:278 msgid "Recording starts once the first person connects to the Server, and stops when the last person leaves." msgstr "Inspelningen startar när den första personen ansluter till servern och slutar när den sista personen lämnar." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:285 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:280 msgid "If the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new directory. SIGUSR2 will toggle recording on/off. If [JSON-RPC](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) is enabled, you will also be able to manage the server in a way comparable to the GUI. Please see the (experimental) [JSON-RPC documentation on the recorder](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md#jamulusserverstartrecording)." msgstr "Om servern tar emot en SIGUSR1-signal under en inspelning kommer den att starta en ny inspelning i en ny katalog. SIGUSR2 växlar inspelning på/av. Om [JSON-RPC](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) är aktiverat kommer du också att kunna hantera servern på ett sätt som är jämförbart med det grafiska användargränssnittet . Se den (experimentella) [JSON-RPC-dokumentationen på inspelaren](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md#jamulusserverstartrecording)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:288 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:283 msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." msgstr "För att skicka dessa signaler med systemd, skapa följande två `.service`-filer i `/etc/systemd/system`, kalla dem något lämpligt (t.ex. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:290 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:285 msgid "To turn recording on or off (depending on the current state):" msgstr "Så här slår du på eller av inspelning (beroende på aktuellt läge):" #. type: Fenced code block -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:291 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:286 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [Unit]\n" @@ -826,12 +810,12 @@ msgstr "" " ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 jamulus-headless\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:302 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:297 msgid "To start a new recording:" msgstr "För att starta en ny inspelning:" #. type: Fenced code block -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:303 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:298 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [Unit]\n" @@ -851,147 +835,158 @@ msgstr "" " ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 jamulus-headless\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:314 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:309 msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name used by systemd to control your Jamulus Server. By default, if you use the `.deb` files from the repository, it is `jamulus-headless`, as in this example." msgstr "_Obs: Jamulus-tjänstens namn i `ExecStart`-raden måste vara detsamma som `.service`-filnamnet som används av systemd för att styra din Jamulus-server. Som standard, om du använder `.deb`-filerna från förvaret, är det `jamulus-headless`, som i det här exemplet." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:316 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:311 msgid "Run `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` to register them for first use." msgstr "Kör `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` för att registrera dem för första användning." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:318 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:313 msgid "Now you can run these with the `systemctl` command, for example:" msgstr "Nu kan du köra dessa med kommandot `systemctl`, till exempel:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:320 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:315 msgid "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec`" msgstr "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:322 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:317 msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (or the respective service name you specified manually). You can also view your (sys)log." msgstr "Du kan se resultatet av dessa kommandon om du kör `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (eller respektive tjänstnamn du angav manuellt). Du kan också se din (sys)logg." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:325 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:320 #, no-wrap msgid "Adding metadata to the Server" msgstr "Lägga till metadata till servern" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:328 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:323 msgid "You can add metadata to the welcome message of a Server to add additional, hidden information like contact information or policy requests for bots (this is comparable to [robots.txt](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Robots.txt)). See the [Community Knowledge Base entry about metadata](/kb/2023/07/30/Server-Metadata.html) for more information." msgstr "Du kan lägga till metadata i välkomstmeddelandet från en server för att lägga till ytterligare, dold information som kontaktinformation eller policyförfrågningar för botar (detta är jämförbart med [robots.txt](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Robots. Text)). Se [Community Knowledge Base-posten om metadata](/kb/2023/07/30/Server-Metadata.html) för mer information." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:331 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:326 #, no-wrap msgid "Servers on the desktop" msgstr "Servrar på skrivbordet" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:334 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:329 msgid "Jamulus can run in Server mode in the graphical environment of a computer. This gives you a graphical user interface to control most of the settings. To do this, first [install Jamulus for your platform](Getting-Started), then do one of the following:" msgstr "Jamulus kan köras i serverläge i en dators grafiska miljö. Detta ger dig ett grafiskt användargränssnitt för att kontrollera de flesta inställningarna. För att göra detta, först [installera Jamulus för din plattform](Getting-Started), gör sedan något av följande:" #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:336 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:331 msgid "**Windows users** - Use the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in the Windows Start menu. If you want the Server to start automatically when you start Windows, check the box for this option." msgstr "**Windows-användare** - Använd ikonen \"Jamulus Server\" i Windows Start-meny. Om du vill att servern ska starta automatiskt när du startar Windows, markera rutan för det här alternativet." #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:338 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:333 msgid "**macOS users** - Double-click the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in Applications." msgstr "**macOS-användare** - Dubbelklicka på ikonen \"Jamulus Server\" i Applikationer." #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:340 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:335 msgid "**Linux users** - Launch the \"Jamulus Server\" shortcut. Or you can open a terminal window (`CTRL+ALT+t` on Debian and related distros), type `jamulus -s` and hit return." msgstr "**Linux-användare** - Starta genvägen \"Jamulus Server\". Eller så kan du öppna ett terminalfönster (`CTRL+ALT+t` på Debian och relaterade distros), skriv `jamulus -s` och tryck på retur." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:342 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:337 msgid "While most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, others can only be set using options given in a terminal window when the Server is launched. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." msgstr "Medan de vanligaste funktionerna i Jamulus kan ställas in med GUI, kan andra endast ställas in med alternativ som ges i ett terminalfönster när servern startas. Exakt hur du gör detta beror på ditt operativsystem." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:344 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:339 #, no-wrap msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose **Properties** > **Target**. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" msgstr "Till exempel i Windows, för att använda en specifik inställningsfil, högerklicka på Jamulus-genvägen och välj **Egenskaper** > **Mål**. Lägg till de nödvändiga argumenten till Jamulus.exe:\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:346 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:341 #, no-wrap msgid " `\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" msgstr " `\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:343 msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" msgstr "För macOS, starta ett terminalfönster och kör Jamulus med önskade alternativ så här:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:350 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:345 #, no-wrap msgid " `/Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" msgstr " `/Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:352 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:347 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note** Command line options will set the Server’s defaults at startup. You can override them while the Server is running using their corresponding GUI controls.\n" msgstr "**Obs** Kommandoradsalternativ kommer att ställa in serverns standardinställningar vid start. Du kan åsidosätta dem medan servern körs med deras motsvarande GUI-kontroller.\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:353 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348 #, no-wrap msgid "The Server status icon" msgstr "Serverstatusikonen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:356 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:351 msgid "When a Server is running in GUI mode, the operating system will show an icon in the system tray or status area that indicates whether the Server has connections:" msgstr "När en server körs i GUI-läge kommer operativsystemet att visa en ikon i systemfältet eller statusområdet som indikerar om servern har anslutningar:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:358 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:353 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
The Server is empty\n" msgstr "
\"Bild
Servern är tom\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:360 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:355 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
The Server is occupied\n" msgstr "
\"Bild
Servern är upptagen\n" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:363 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:358 #, no-wrap msgid "Backing up the Server" msgstr "Säkerhetskopiera servern" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:366 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:361 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:368 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:363 msgid "Headless Servers do not use `.ini` files. All configuration is given as command line options. If you are running a Server in GUI mode, after reading any command line options on start, it will store its configuration in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file." msgstr "Huvudlösa servrar använder inte `.ini`-filer. All konfiguration ges som kommandoradsalternativ. Om du kör en server i GUI-läge, efter att ha läst alla kommandoradsalternativ vid start, kommer den att lagra sin konfiguration i filen `Jamulusserver.ini`." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:369 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:364 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "Felsökning" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:371 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:366 msgid "If you are having other problems, [see this guide](Server-Troubleshooting)." msgstr "Om du har andra problem, [se den här guiden](Server-Troubleshooting)." + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "`-m or --htmlstatus`" +#~ msgstr "`-m eller --htmlstatus`" + +#~ msgid "Enable HTML status file, set path and file name" +#~ msgstr "Aktivera HTML-statusfil, ange sökväg och filnamn" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**Note:** This feature is deprecated, and may disappear in a future release.\n" +#~ msgstr "**Obs!** Den här funktionen är utfasad och kan försvinna i en framtida version.\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Server-Bandwidth.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Server-Bandwidth.po index e99df2806..c6724717d 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Server-Bandwidth.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Server-Bandwidth.po @@ -1,21 +1,21 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# Daniel , 2024. +# Daniel , 2024, 2025. # ignotus , 2024. # ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-24 13:59+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-01 22:01+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Daniel \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: sv-SE\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13.1-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Server-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Server-Troubleshooting.po index b98ed2c31..46cd30f90 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Server-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Server-Troubleshooting.po @@ -1,21 +1,21 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# Daniel , 2024. +# Daniel , 2024, 2025. # ignotus , 2024. # ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-24 13:59+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-01 22:01+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Daniel \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: sv-SE\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13.1-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ msgstr "Varför visas inte min server i listan? Varför registreras den inte?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:27 msgid "If you are registered OK (you can [see it here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)) and you or your friends can't see your Server, you may need to wait, or start your Client with the `--showallservers` option and try connecting from there ([see command line options](Software-Manual#command-line-options)) on how to start your Client with a config option). In some network configurations, you may also need to configure your router to [forward the port number](Unregistered-Servers#port-forwarding) used by Jamulus Server." -msgstr "Om du är korrekt registrerad (du kan [se det här](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)) och du eller dina vänner inte kan se din server, kan du behöva vänta eller starta din klient med alternativet `--showallservers` och försöka ansluta därifrån ([se kommandoradsalternativ](Software-Manual#command-line-options) för hur du startar din klient med en konfigurationsoption). I vissa nätverkskonfigurationer kan du också behöva konfigurera din router för att [vidarebefordra portnumret](Unregistered-Servers#port-forwarding) som används av Jamulus Server." +msgstr "Om du är korrekt registrerad (du kan [se det här](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)) och du eller dina vänner inte kan se din server, kan du behöva vänta eller starta din klient med alternativet `--showallservers` och försöka ansluta därifrån ([se kommandoradsalternativ](Software-Manual#kommandoradsalternativ) för hur du startar din klient med en konfigurationsoption). I vissa nätverkskonfigurationer kan du också behöva konfigurera din router för att [vidarebefordra portnumret](Unregistered-Servers#portvidarebefodran) som används av Jamulus Server." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:29 @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ msgstr "Vilken adress ska jag ge till andra så att de kan ansluta till min serv #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:41 msgid "This should be your **public** IP address (find that with [Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=whatsmyip)). Connect your **own** Jamulus Client to the **local** IP address of your Server (`localhost` or `127.0.0.1` if it's on the same machine as your Client). Note that your public IP address can change - see the note on \"dynamic DNS\" in [this guide](Unregistered-Servers#dynamic-dns-and-why-you-will-probably-need-it)." -msgstr "Detta bör vara din **offentliga** IP-adress (hitta den med [Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=whatsmyip)). Anslut din **egen** Jamulus-klient till den **lokala** IP-adressen för din server (`localhost` eller `127.0.0.1` om den är på samma maskin som din klient). Observera att din offentliga IP-adress kan ändras - se noteringen om \"dynamisk DNS\" i [denna guide](Unregistered-Servers#dynamic-dns-and-why-you-will-probably-need-it)." +msgstr "Detta bör vara din **offentliga** IP-adress (hitta den med [Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=whatsmyip)). Anslut din **egen** Jamulus-klient till den **lokala** IP-adressen för din server (`localhost` eller `127.0.0.1` om den är på samma maskin som din klient). Observera att din offentliga IP-adress kan ändras - se noteringen om \"dynamisk DNS\" i [denna guide](Unregistered-Servers#dynamisk-dns-och-varför-du-förmodligen-kommer-att-behöva-det)." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:43 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Software-Manual.po index 3714e3f4f..85f2815ac 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Software-Manual.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Software-Manual.po @@ -1,20 +1,21 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# Daniel , 2024. +# Daniel , 2024, 2025. # ignotus , 2024. +# bittin1ddc447d824349b2 , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-17 21:47+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-01 22:01+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Daniel \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: sv-SE\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13.1-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 @@ -34,17 +35,11 @@ msgstr "wiki" msgid "/wiki/Software-Manual" msgstr "/wiki/Software-Manual" -#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Software Manual" -msgstr "Mjukvaruhandbok" - #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7 #, no-wrap -msgid "Jamulus User Manual" -msgstr "Jamulus användarmanual" +msgid "User Manual" +msgstr "Användarmanual" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:9 @@ -82,8 +77,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:20 #, no-wrap -msgid "

\n" -msgstr "
\n" +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:21 @@ -114,8 +109,8 @@ msgstr "Ping, fördröjning och jitter" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:32 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large. \n" -msgstr "**Ping** visar din nätverkslatens i millisekunder, ju lägre desto bättre. Pingtid bidrar till den totala fördröjningen (se nedan). Den mest troliga orsaken till en hög ping är att ditt avstånd till servern är för stort. \n" +msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large.\n" +msgstr "**Ping** visar din nätverkslatens i millisekunder, ju lägre desto bättre. Pingtid bidrar till den totala fördröjningen (se nedan). Den mest troliga orsaken till en hög ping är att ditt avstånd till servern är för stort.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:34 @@ -226,8 +221,8 @@ msgstr "Chatt" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:75 -msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message is received." -msgstr "Öppnar chattfönstret. Inmatad text skickas till alla anslutna klienter. Om ett nytt chattmeddelande kommer och chattdialogen inte redan är öppen, öppnas den automatiskt för alla klienter. Se Inställningar om du vill aktivera en ljudvarning när ett nytt chattmeddelande tas emot." +msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message arrives." +msgstr "Öppnar chattfönstret. Text som skrivs in skickas till alla anslutna klienter. Om ett nytt chattmeddelande kommer och chattdialogen inte redan är öppen, öppnas den automatiskt för alla klienter. Se Inställningar för att valfritt aktivera en ljudsignal när ett nytt chattmeddelande anländer." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:76 @@ -248,7 +243,9 @@ msgstr "
Connection Setup..." +msgstr "Arkiv > Anslutningsinställningar…" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140 +msgid "Opens the [connection dialogue (see above)](#connectdisconnect-button)." +msgstr "Öppnar anslutningsdialogen (se ovan)](#connectdisconnect-button)." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:141 +#, no-wrap +msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup" +msgstr "Arkiv > Ladda/spara inställning av mixerkanaler" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:144 +msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band. This stores your settings for each person's fader volume, pan setting, mute and solo state. You can load this mix any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window." +msgstr "Du kan spara och återställa mixen du har för ditt band. Detta lagrar dina inställningar för varje persons fader-volym, panorering, mute och solo-läge. Du kan ladda denna mix när som helst (även medan du spelar). Inläsning kan också göras genom dra/och släpp till mixerfönstret." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:145 +#, no-wrap +msgid "File > Exit" +msgstr "Arkiv > Avsluta" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:148 +msgid "Closes all the windows and exits the application." +msgstr "Stänger alla fönster och avslutar applikationen." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:149 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Edit > Clear All Stored Solo/Mute Settings" +msgstr "Redigera > Rensa alla sparade Solo/Mute-inställningar" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:152 +msgid "Whenever you Solo or Mute a channel, Jamulus remembers these settings. Even if that person leaves and rejoins - or you join a server where they are playing - the settings will automatically be applied. Use this command to clear _all_ these stored settings." +msgstr "När du Solo- eller Mute-markerar en kanal kommer Jamulus ihåg dessa inställningar. Även om personen lämnar och återansluter – eller om du ansluter till en server där de spelar – kommer inställningarna att tillämpas automatiskt. Använd detta kommando för att rensa _alla_ dessa sparade inställningar." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:153 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Edit > Set All Faders to New Client Level" +msgstr "Redigera > Återställ alla faders till ny klientnivå" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:156 +msgid "Applies the [configured \"New Client Level\"](#new-client-level) to all currently connected channels." +msgstr "Tillämpas på den [konfigurerade “Ny klientnivå”](#new-client-level) för alla anslutna kanaler." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:157 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders" +msgstr "Ändra > Autojustera alla faders" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:160 +msgid "Applies a one-off fader adjustment to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece." +msgstr "Tillämpas som en engångsjustering av varje kanals fader beroende på dess volym. Användbart för stora ensembler för att få en rimlig övergripande mix, även om individuella justeringar fortfarande kan vara nödvändiga. Lämpligast att använda under uppvärmning eller en enhetlig del av musikstycket." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:161 +#, no-wrap +msgid "View > (sort options)" +msgstr "Visa > (sorteringsalternativ)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:166 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"Most items under the \"View\" menu allow you to adjust the order Jamulus chooses to display channels on the server:\n" +"* Own Fader First
\n" +"This option can be used in addition to the others to move your own channel to always be the leftmost, irrespective of the sort order of the other channels.\n" +msgstr "" +"De flesta alternativ under menyn “Visa” låter dig justera ordningen som Jamulus använder för att visa kanaler på servern:\n" +"* Eget reglage först
\n" +"Detta alternativ kan användas utöver de andra för att flytta din egen kanal så att den alltid visas längst till vänster, oavsett sorteringsordningen för de andra kanalerna.\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:178 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "* No user sorting
\n" +#| "This does not take any user details into account when sorting. It sorts by the order channels join the current server as described further up, with new channels being added to the right-hand end.\n" +#| "* Sort by Name
\n" +#| "Sorts by the name someone has chosen in their profile.\n" +#| "* Sort by Instrument / City
\n" +#| "Sorts by the instrument or city someone has in their profile, along with their name.\n" +#| "* Sort by Group
\n" +#| "Where the fader group feature is in use, this sorts in ascending group number from left to right (and within that, by name), with any ungrouped channels off to the right.\n" +#| "* Sort by Channel
\n" +#| "Where Jamulus channel controls (fader, mute, solo, etc) are being controlled by MIDI (see [Using --ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)), this sorts by the channel number to help ensure a stable sort order that aligns with MIDI hardware controls.\n" +#| "Note that in Jamulus clients before version 3.12.0, channel numbers are assigned directly by the server. Clients from 3.12.0 onwards manage their own channel number assignments and always assign channel 0 to the local user (provided the server version is at least 3.5.5).\n" +msgid "" +"* No user sorting
\n" +"This does not take any user details into account when sorting. It sorts by the order channels join the current server as described further up, with new channels being added to the right-hand end.\n" +"* Sort by Name
\n" +"Sorts by the name someone has chosen in their profile.\n" +"* Sort by Instrument / City
\n" +"Sorts by the instrument or city someone has in their profile, along with their name.\n" +"* Sort by Group
\n" +"Where the fader group feature is in use, this sorts in ascending group number from left to right (and within that, by name), with any ungrouped channels off to the right.\n" +"* Sort by Channel
\n" +"Where Jamulus channel controls (fader, mute, solo, etc) are being controlled by MIDI (see [Using --ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)), this sorts by the channel number to help ensure a stable sort order that aligns with MIDI hardware controls.\n" +"Note that in Jamulus clients before version 3.12.0, channel numbers are assigned directly by the server. Clients from 3.12.0 onwards manage their own channel number assignments and always assign channel 0 to the local user (provided the server version is at least 3.5.5).\n" +msgstr "" +"* Ingen användarsortering
\n" +"Tar inte hänsyn till några användardetaljer vid sortering. Sorterar efter den ordning kanaler ansluter till den aktuella servern som beskrivits ovan, där nya kanaler läggs till längst till höger.\n" +"* Sortera efter namn
\n" +"Sorterar efter det namn som någon har valt i sin profil.\n" +"* Sortera efter instrument / stad
\n" +"Sorterar efter instrument eller stad som någon har i sin profil, tillsammans med deras namn.\n" +"* Sortera efter grupp
\n" +"När fadergruppsfunktionen används sorteras i stigande gruppnummer från vänster till höger (och inom det efter namn), med eventuella ogrupperade kanaler längst till höger.\n" +"* Sortera efter kanal
\n" +"När Jamulus-kanalreglage (fader, mute, solo, etc.) styrs via MIDI (se Using –ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers), sorteras efter kanalnummer för att säkerställa en stabil sorteringsordning som överensstämmer med MIDI-hårdvaruregler.\n" +"Observera att i Jamulus-klienter före version 3.12.0 tilldelas kanalnummer direkt av servern. Klienter från version 3.12.0 och senare hanterar sina egna kanalnummer och tilldelar alltid kanal 0 till den lokala användaren (förutsatt att serverversionen är minst.\n" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179 +#, no-wrap +msgid "View > Chat" +msgstr "Visa > Chatt" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:182 +msgid "Opens the [Chat](#chat) window." +msgstr "Öppnar (Chatt](#chat)-fönstret." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Settings Menu" +msgstr "Inställningsmeny" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:186 +msgid "Allows direct access to each of the [Settings](#settings) tabs." +msgstr "Ger direkt åtkomst till var och en av flikarna under [Inställningar](#settings)." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:187 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Help" +msgstr "Hjälp" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:190 +msgid "Provides access to the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) and [User Manual](Software-Manual) (this page) on the website, along with copyright, licence and acknowledgement details. There is also a \"What's This?\" option for getting more details on parts of the client display." +msgstr "Ger åtkomst till [Kom igång](Getting-Started) och [Användarmanual](Software-Manual) (denna sida) på webbplatsen, tillsammans med information om copyright, licens och erkännanden. Det finns också ett alternativ “Vad är detta?” för att få mer information om delar av klientgränssnittet." + #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:192 #, no-wrap msgid "Settings" msgstr "Inställningar" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194 #, no-wrap msgid "My Profile" msgstr "Min profil" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:136 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198 msgid "From the Settings menu, select \"My Profile...\" to set your Alias/Name which is displayed below your fader in the server audio mixer board." msgstr "Från menyn Inställningar, välj \"Min profil...\" för att ställa in ditt Alias/namn som visas under din fader i serverns ljudmixerkort." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:200 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"Bild
\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:202 msgid "If you set an instrument and/or country, icons for these selections will also be shown below your fader. The skill setting changes the background colour of the fader tag and the city entry shows up in the tool tip of the fader tag:" msgstr "Om du ställer in ett instrument och/eller land, kommer även ikoner för dessa val att visas under din fader. Färdighetsinställningen ändrar bakgrundsfärgen för fader-taggen och stadsposten visas i verktygstipset för fader-taggen:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:204 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"Bild
\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:143 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:205 #, no-wrap msgid "Skin" msgstr "Skal" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:146 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:208 msgid "This applies a skin to the main window, some of which are designed to accommodate larger ensembles." msgstr "Detta applicerar ett skal på huvudfönstret, varav några är designade för att rymma större ensembler." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:147 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:209 #, no-wrap msgid "Meter style" msgstr "Ljudmätarstil" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:150 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:212 msgid "This changes the visual style of the audio meters, independently of the chosen skin." msgstr "Detta ändrar ljudmätarnas visuella stil, oberoende av vald skal." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:151 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:213 #, no-wrap msgid "Mixer rows" msgstr "Mixerrader" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:154 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:216 msgid "This sets the number of rows displayed in the server audio mixer, for use with larger ensembles." msgstr "Detta ställer in antalet rader som visas i serverljudmixern, för användning med större ensembler." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:155 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:217 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio Alerts" msgstr "Ljudvarningar" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:158 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220 msgid "This turns on a sound alert for when someone joins a Server, or when receiving a new chat message." msgstr "Detta aktiverar en ljudvarning när någon ansluter sig till en server eller när du tar emot ett nytt chattmeddelande." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:159 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:221 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio/Network Setup" msgstr "Ljud/nätverksinställningar" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:162 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:224 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"Bild
\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:225 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio Device" msgstr "Ljudenhet" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:167 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:229 msgid "Under the Windows operating system the ASIO driver (sound card) can be selected using Jamulus. If the selected ASIO driver is not valid an error message is shown and the previous valid driver is selected. Under macOS the input and output hardware can be selected." msgstr "Under Windows operativsystem kan ASIO-drivrutinen (ljudkortet) väljas med Jamulus. Om den valda ASIO-drivrutinen inte är giltig visas ett felmeddelande och den föregående giltiga drivrutinen väljs. Under macOS kan ingångs- och utgångshårdvaran väljas." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:168 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230 #, no-wrap msgid "Input/output channel mapping" msgstr "Ingångs-/utgångskanalmappning" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:233 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"Bild
\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237 msgid "If the selected sound card device offers more than one input or output channel, the _Input Channel Mapping and Output Channel Mapping_ settings are visible. For each Jamulus input/output channel (left and right channel) a different actual sound card channel can be selected." msgstr "Om den valda ljudkortsenheten erbjuder mer än en ingångs- eller utgångskanal, är inställningarna _Input Channel Mapping och Output Channel Mapping_ synliga. För varje Jamulus ingångs-/utgångskanal (vänster och höger kanal) kan en annan verklig ljudkortskanal väljas." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:176 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:238 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio channels" msgstr "Ljudkanaler" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179 -msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and server." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241 +msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and Server." msgstr "Väljer antalet ljudkanaler som ska användas för kommunikation mellan klient och server." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:181 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:243 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note**: It is better to run separate Client instances per voice/instrument, where each Client has its own ini file, rather than using this built-in mono pair to stereo mixer.\n" msgstr "**Obs**: Det är bättre att köra separata klientinstanser per röst/instrument, där varje klient har sin egen ini-fil, istället för att använda detta inbyggda monopar till stereomixer.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:245 msgid "There are three modes available:" msgstr "Det finns tre tillgängliga lägen:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:185 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:247 #, no-wrap msgid "**Mono** and **Stereo** modes use one and two audio channels respectively.\n" msgstr "**Mono** och **Stereo**-lägen använder en respektive två ljudkanaler.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:188 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250 #, no-wrap msgid "" "**Mono-in/Stereo-out**: The audio signal sent to the server is mono but the return signal is stereo. This is useful if the sound card has the instrument on one input channel and the microphone on the other. In that case\n" @@ -503,151 +668,151 @@ msgstr "" "de två ingångssignalerna kan mixas till en monokanal men servermixen hörs i stereo.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:191 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:253 msgid "Enabling stereo mode will increase your stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." msgstr "Aktivering av stereoläge ökar din streams datahastighet. Se till att din uppladdningshastighet inte överstiger den tillgängliga uppladdningshastigheten för din internetanslutning." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:256 msgid "In stereo streaming mode, no audio channel selection for the reverb effect will be available on the main window since the effect is applied to both channels in this case." msgstr "I stereostreamingläge kommer inget val av ljudkanal för efterklangseffekten att vara tillgängligt i huvudfönstret eftersom effekten appliceras på båda kanalerna i detta fall." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:195 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:257 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio quality" msgstr "Ljudkvalité" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:260 msgid "The higher the audio quality, the higher your audio stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." msgstr "Ju högre ljudkvalitet, desto högre datahastighet för din ljudström. Se till att din uppladdningshastighet inte överstiger den tillgängliga uppladdningshastigheten för din internetanslutning." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:261 #, no-wrap msgid "Buffer Delay" msgstr "Buffertfördröjning" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:203 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265 msgid "The buffer delay setting is a fundamental setting of the Jamulus software. This setting has an influence on many connection properties. Three buffer sizes are supported:" msgstr "Buffertfördröjningsinställningen är en grundläggande inställning av Jamulus-programvaran. Denna inställning påverkar många anslutningsegenskaper. Tre buffertstorlekar stöds:" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269 msgid "**64 samples** Provides the lowest latency but does not work with all sound cards." msgstr "**64 samples** Ger den lägsta latensen men fungerar inte med alla ljudkort." #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269 msgid "**128 samples** The preferred setting. Should work for most available sound cards." msgstr "**128 samples** Den föredragna inställningen. Bör fungera för de flesta tillgängliga ljudkort." #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269 msgid "**256 samples** Should only be used on very slow computers, or with a slow internet connection." msgstr "**256 samples** Bör endast användas på mycket långsamma datorer eller med en långsam internetanslutning." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:210 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272 msgid "Some sound card drivers do not allow the buffer delay to be changed from within the Jamulus software. In this case the buffer delay setting is disabled and has to be changed using the sound card driver. On Windows, press the ASIO Setup button to open the driver settings panel." msgstr "Vissa ljudkortsdrivrutiner tillåter inte att buffertfördröjningen ändras från Jamulus-programvaran. I det här fallet är buffertfördröjningsinställningen inaktiverad och måste ändras med ljudkortsdrivrutinen. I Windows, tryck på ASIO Setup-knappen för att öppna panelen för drivrutinsinställningar." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:214 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:276 msgid "On Linux: - when using JACK, use `QJackCtl` to change the buffer size and restart JACK; - when using PipeWire's JACK server, change PipeWire's Quantum parameter with its own configuration tools." msgstr "På Linux: - när du använder JACK, använd `QJackCtl` för att ändra buffertstorleken och starta om JACK; - när du använder PipeWires JACK-server, ändra PipeWires Quantum-parameter med sina egna konfigurationsverktyg." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:218 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:280 msgid "The actual buffer delay has an influence on the connection status, the current upload rate and the overall delay. The lower the buffer size, the higher the probability of a red light in the status indicator (dropouts) and the higher the upload rate and the lower the overall delay." msgstr "Den faktiska buffertfördröjningen påverkar anslutningsstatusen, den aktuella uppladdningshastigheten och den totala fördröjningen. Ju lägre buffertstorlek, desto högre är sannolikheten för ett rött ljus i statusindikatorn (bortfall) och desto högre uppladdningshastighet och desto lägre är den totala fördröjningen." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:282 msgid "The buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." msgstr "Buffertinställningen är därför en kompromiss mellan ljudkvalitet och total fördröjning." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:221 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:283 #, no-wrap msgid "Jitter Buffer" msgstr "Jitterbuffert" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:226 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288 msgid "The jitter buffer compensates for network and sound card timing jitters. The size of the buffer influences the quality of the audio stream (how many dropouts occur) and the overall delay (the longer the buffer, the higher the delay)." msgstr "Jitterbufferten kompenserar för nätverks- och ljudkorts timingjitter. Storleken på bufferten påverkar kvaliteten på ljudströmmen (hur många bortfall som inträffar) och den totala fördröjningen (ju längre buffert, desto högre fördröjning)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:292 msgid "You can set the jitter buffer size manually for your local Client and the remote server. For the local jitter buffer, dropouts in the audio stream are indicated by the light below the jitter buffer size faders. If the light turns to red, a buffer overrun/underrun has taken place and the audio stream is interrupted." msgstr "Du kan ställa in jitterbuffertens storlek manuellt för din lokala klient och fjärrservern. För den lokala jitterbufferten indikeras bortfall i ljudströmmen av ljuset under jitterbuffertstorleksfadarna. Om lampan övergår till rött har ett buffertöverskridande/underskridande skett och ljudströmmen avbryts." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:232 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:294 msgid "The jitter buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." msgstr "Inställningen av jitterbuffert är därför en kompromiss mellan ljudkvalitet och total fördröjning." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:236 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:298 msgid "If the Auto setting is enabled, the jitter buffers of your local Client and the remote server are set automatically based on measurements of the network and sound card timing jitter. If the Auto check is enabled, the jitter buffer size faders are disabled (they cannot be moved with the mouse)." msgstr "Om Auto-inställningen är aktiverad, ställs jitterbuffertarna för din lokala klient och fjärrservern in automatiskt baserat på mätningar av nätverket och ljudkortets timingjitter. Om den automatiska kontrollen är aktiverad, är jitterbuffertstorleksfadarna inaktiverade (de kan inte flyttas med musen)." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:299 #, no-wrap msgid "Small Network Buffers" msgstr "Små nätverksbuffertar" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:303 msgid "Allows support for very small network audio packets. These are only used if the sound card buffer delay is smaller than 128 samples. The smaller the network buffers, the lower the audio latency. But at the same time the network load increases and the probability of audio dropouts also increases (particuarly if your network connection has any significant jitter). Try enabling this option if you are suffering from high latency or bad audio quality. However, keeping it disabled will normally mean better audio quality." msgstr "Tillåter stöd för mycket små nätverksljudpaket. Dessa används endast om ljudkortets buffertfördröjning är mindre än 128 sampel. Ju mindre nätverksbuffertar, desto lägre ljudfördröjning. Men samtidigt ökar nätverksbelastningen och sannolikheten för ljudavbrott ökar också (särskilt om din nätverksanslutning har något betydande jitter). Försök att aktivera det här alternativet om du lider av hög latens eller dålig ljudkvalitet. Men att hålla den inaktiverad innebär normalt bättre ljudkvalitet." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:242 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio Stream Rate" msgstr "Ljudströmningshastighet" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:246 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:308 msgid "Depends on the current audio packet size and compression setting. Make sure that the upstream rate is not higher than your available internet upload speed (check this with a service such as [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/))." msgstr "Beror på aktuell ljudpaketstorlek och komprimeringsinställning. Se till att uppströmshastigheten inte är högre än din tillgängliga internetuppladdningshastighet (kontrollera detta med en tjänst som [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/))." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:247 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:309 #, no-wrap msgid "Advanced Setup" msgstr "Avancerade inställningar" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:312 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"Bild
\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:251 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:313 #, no-wrap msgid "Custom Directories" msgstr "Anpassade kataloger" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258 -msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here. If you know the IP address or host name of a custom Directory, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Note that IPv6 is not currently supported for Directories.) The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list." -msgstr "Om du behöver lägga till andra katalogadresser än de inbyggda kan du göra det här. Om du känner till IP-adressen eller värdnamnet för en anpassad katalog kan du ansluta till den med hjälp av fältet Servernamn/adress. Ett valfritt portnummer kan läggas till efter adressen med ett kolon som avgränsare, t.ex. `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Observera att IPv6 för närvarande inte stöds för kataloger.) Knappen som följer efter fältet gör att den aktuella posten kan tas bort från listan." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:320 +msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here. Enter the hostname or IP address of the custom Directory. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Note that IPv6 is not currently supported for Directories.) The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list." +msgstr "Om du behöver lägga till katalogadresser utöver de inbyggda kan du göra det här. Ange värdnamn eller IP-adress för den anpassade katalogen. Ett valfritt portnummer kan läggas till efter adressen med kolon som avgränsare, t.ex. jamulus.example.com:22124. (Observera att IPv6 för närvarande inte stöds för kataloger.) Knappen som följer efter fältet gör det möjligt att ta bort den aktuella posten från listan." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:259 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:321 #, no-wrap msgid "New Client Level" msgstr "Ny klientnivå" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:264 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:326 #, no-wrap msgid "" "This setting defines the fader level of a newly connected Client in percent. If a new user connects\n" @@ -659,140 +824,116 @@ msgstr "" "den användaren var redan lagrad. Du kan ställa in alla användare på en upptagen server till denna nivå genom att använda Redigera > \"Ställ in alla faders till ny klientnivå\".\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:327 #, no-wrap msgid "Input Boost" msgstr "Inmatnings boost" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:268 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:330 msgid "Increases the gain from your device. Use this if your device delivers a gain that is too quiet for Jamulus." msgstr "Ökar din gain från din enhet. Använd detta om din enhet ger en förstärkning som är för tyst för Jamulus." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:331 #, no-wrap msgid "Feedback Protection" msgstr "Återkopplingsskydd" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:334 msgid "Attempts to detect audio feedback loops or loud noise in the first three seconds after you connected to a server. Once detected, this feature will show a message and activate the \"Mute Myself\" button to mute you in your own mix." msgstr "Försöker att upptäcka ljudåterkopplingsslingor eller högt brus under de första tre sekunderna efter att du anslutit till en server. När den har upptäckts kommer den här funktionen att visa ett meddelande och aktivera knappen \"Stäng av mig själv\" för att stänga av dig i din egen mix.Feedback-skydd." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:273 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:335 #, no-wrap msgid "Input Balance" msgstr "Ingångsbalans" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:278 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:340 msgid "Controls the relative levels of the left and right local audio channels. For a mono signal it acts as a pan between the two channels. For example, if a microphone is connected to the right input channel and an instrument is connected to the left input channel which is much louder than the microphone, move the audio fader to increase the relative volume of the mic." msgstr "Styr de relativa nivåerna för vänster och höger lokala ljudkanaler. För en monosignal fungerar den som en panorering mellan de två kanalerna. Till exempel, om en mikrofon är ansluten till den högra ingångskanalen och ett instrument är anslutet till den vänstra ingångskanalen som är mycket starkare än mikrofonen, flytta ljudfadern för att öka den relativa volymen för mikrofonen." #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:279 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Menu commands" -msgstr "Menykommandon" - -#. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281 -#, no-wrap -msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup" -msgstr "Arkiv > Ladda/spara inställning av mixerkanaler" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:284 -msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band rehearsals (fader, mute, pan, solo etc.) and load these any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window." -msgstr "Du kan spara och återställa mixen du har för dina bandrepetitioner (fader, mute, pan, solo etc.) och ladda dessa när som helst (även när du spelar). Laddar kan också göras genom att dra/släppa till mixerfönstret." - -#. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:285 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders " -msgstr "Ändra > Autojustera alla faders " - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288 -msgid "Applies a one-off fader setting to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece." -msgstr "Tillämpar en engångsfaderinställning för varje kanal beroende på dess volym. Användbar för stora ensembler för att få en rimlig övergripande mix, även om individuella justeringar fortfarande kan vara nödvändiga. Appliceras bäst under en uppvärmning eller en enhetlig del av musikstycket." - -#. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:289 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:341 #, no-wrap msgid "Backing up Jamulus" msgstr "Säkerhetskopiera Jamulus" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:293 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:345 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want." -msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * Du kan spara och ladda olika mixerinställningar med [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) och lagra dessa filer var du vill." +msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * Du kan spara och ladda olika mixerinställningar med [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#frkiv--laddaspara-inställning-av-mixerkanaler) och lagra dessa filer var du vill." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:347 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n" -msgstr "**Obs för macOS-användare:** Från och med Jamulus 3.8.1 har vi ett signerat installationsprogram. Detta kommer att lagra inställningarna i \n" +msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in\n" +msgstr "**Obs för macOS-användare:** Från och med Jamulus 3.8.1 har vi ett signerat installationsprogram. Detta kommer att lagra inställningarna i\n" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:347 #, no-wrap msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" msgstr "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:299 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:351 #, no-wrap msgid "Command Line Options" msgstr "Kommandoradsalternativ" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:302 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:354 msgid "Most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, but these and others can also be set using options given in a terminal window. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." msgstr "De vanligaste funktionerna i Jamulus kan ställas in med hjälp av GUI, men dessa och andra kan också ställas in med alternativ som ges i ett terminalfönster. Exakt hur du gör detta beror på ditt operativsystem." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:356 #, no-wrap msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" msgstr "Till exempel i Windows, för att använda en specifik inställningsfil, högerklicka på Jamulus-genvägen och välj \"Egenskaper\" > Mål. Lägg till de nödvändiga argumenten till Jamulus.exe:\n" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:305 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:357 #, no-wrap msgid " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n" msgstr " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:310 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:362 msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" msgstr "För macOS, starta ett terminalfönster och kör Jamulus med önskade alternativ så här:" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:311 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:363 #, no-wrap msgid " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n" msgstr " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:316 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:368 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:318 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:370 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:319 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:371 #, no-wrap msgid "Controlling the Client via API" msgstr "Styra klienten via API" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:321 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:373 msgid "In addition to the CLI, Jamulus can be controlled using an API. This is beneficial for advanced use cases - for example, where there is no GUI, or another application needs to interact with Jamulus. Please note that the API is still experimental. Information on the [JSON-RPC API can be found in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)." msgstr "Förutom CLI kan Jamulus styras med hjälp av ett API. Detta är fördelaktigt för avancerade användningsfall - till exempel där det inte finns något GUI eller en annan applikation behöver interagera med Jamulus. Observera att API:et fortfarande är experimentellt. Information om [JSON-RPC API finns i huvudarkivet](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)." + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Software Manual" +#~ msgstr "Mjukvaruhandbok" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Tips-Tricks-More.po index 4a10e6f80..cf5790a1a 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Tips-Tricks-More.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Tips-Tricks-More.po @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# Daniel , 2024. +# Daniel , 2024, 2025. # ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-06 18:09+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-01 22:01+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: sv-SE\n" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13.1-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 @@ -233,98 +233,309 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83 #, no-wrap -msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers" -msgstr "Använder ctrlmidich för MIDI-kontroller" +msgid "Using `--ctrlmidich` for MIDI controllers" +msgstr "Använder `--ctrlmidich` för MIDI-kontroller" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86 -msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:" -msgstr "Volymfader-, pan-kontroll- och mute- och soloknapparna i klientens mixerfönsterremsor kan styras med en MIDI-kontroller genom att använda parametern `--ctrlmidich` (obs: endast tillgänglig för användning med macOS och Linux med Jamulus version 3.7.0 eller högre, och på Windows som använder Jamulus-versionen med JACK-stöd). För att aktivera den här funktionen måste Jamulus startas med `--ctrlmidich`. Det finns en global MIDI-kanalparameter (1-16) och två parametrar du kan ställa in för varje kontrollerad post: `offset` och `konsekutiv CC-nummer`. Ställ in den första parametern på den kanal du vill att Jamulus ska lyssna på (0 för alla kanaler) och ange sedan de objekt du vill styra (f = volymfader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself ) med offset (CC-nummer att börja från) och antal på varandra följande CC-nummer. Det finns ett undantag som inte kräver att man upprättar på varandra följande CC-nummer vilket är kommandot \"Mute Myself\" - det kräver bara ett enda CC-nummer eftersom det bara tillämpas på ens egen ljudström. Ta följande exempel:" +msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a connected MIDI controller. This feature is available from version 3.7.0 on macOS, Linux, and the JACK version of Jamulus for Windows. From Jamulus 3.12.0 onwards, it is also available for the non-JACK (ASIO) Windows version. To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with the `--ctrlmidich` command-line option." +msgstr "Volymreglaget, panoreringkontrollen samt knapparna för mute och solo i klientens mixerfönster kan styras med en ansluten MIDI-kontroller. Denna funktion är tillgänglig från version 3.7.0 på macOS, Linux och JACK-versionen av Jamulus för Windows. Från och med Jamulus 3.12.0 är den även tillgänglig för Windows-versionen utan JACK (ASIO). För att aktivera denna funktion måste Jamulus startas med kommandoradsflaggan `--ctrlmidich`." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88 -msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`" -msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`" +msgid "When this option is used on the command line, Jamulus will prepend a channel number to each Client name, which can be used to control the channel using MIDI CC numbers. In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first when sorted by channel or when \"Own Fader First\" is enabled." +msgstr "När detta alternativ används på kommandoraden kommer Jamulus att lägga till ett kanalnummer framför varje klientnamn, vilket kan användas för att styra kanalen med MIDI CC-nummer. I Jamulus version 3.12.0 och senare, när man är ansluten till en server av minst version 3.5.5, kommer ditt eget reglage alltid att tilldelas kanal 0 och visas därför först när sortering sker efter kanal eller när “Eget reglage först” är aktiverat." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90 -msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64." -msgstr "Här lyssnar Jamulus på MIDI-kanal 1. Volymfader-CC-nummer börjar på 0 och det finns 8 av dem (slutar alltså på CC-nummer 7). Panoreringskontrollerna börjar vid CC-nummer 16 och slutar vid 23; Solo 32 till 39 och Mute 48 till 55. Mute Myself är aktiverat/inaktiverat av CC-nummer 64." +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Tip*: With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).\n" +msgstr "\"Tips\": Med standardinställningar kan vänster–höger-ordningen i GUI:t sluta följa en numerisk ordning när vissa användare lämnar och andra ansluter, vilket gör det svårare att veta vilken fysisk fader/reglage på din MIDI-kontroller som motsvarar vem. För att behålla faderstrimlorna i numerisk ordning, gå till “Visa” i den övre menyraden och välj “Sortera efter kanal” (eller tryck Ctrl+E)).\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n" -msgstr "Observera att för att funktionerna som styrs av knappar ska fungera korrekt, behöver din MIDI-kontroller knapparna vara inställda på \"växlingsläge\". Detta betyder att när den trycks för att 'slå på' en kontroll måste den skicka ett MIDI CC-nummer med ett värde >=64, och för att 'stänga av' kontrollen måste den skicka samma CC-nummer med ett värde <64. Du kan läsa din kontrollers manual för att ta reda på hur du ställer in detta.\n" +msgid "When using JACK or macOS, make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), Audio/MIDI Setup (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch `a2jmidid` so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl. For non-JACK Windows, Jamulus will find the MIDI device(s) automatically, but see the `d` option below if more than one MIDI device is connected." +msgstr "När du använder JACK eller macOS, se till att ansluta din MIDI-enhets utport till Jamulus MIDI-inport (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), Audio/MIDI-inställningar (macOS) eller det verktyg du använder för att hantera anslutningar). I Linux kan du behöva installera och starta `a2jmidid` så att din enhet visas i MIDI-fliken i QjackCtl. För Windows utan JACK hittar Jamulus automatiskt MIDI-enhet(er), men se alternativet `d` nedan om fler än en MIDI-enhet är ansluten." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94 +msgid "`--ctrlmidich` takes a single argument. If you omit it, the parameter is ignored. There are two formats for the argument:" +msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` tar ett enda argument. Om du utelämnar det ignoreras parametern. Det finns två format för argumentet:" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96 +msgid "The legacy definition has one or two numbers in the format:" +msgstr "Den äldre definitionen har ett eller två nummer i formatet:" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:97 #, no-wrap -msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n" -msgstr "*Obs*: Jamulus ger ingen feedback om knapparnas på/av-läge, vilket innebär att din handkontroll måste hålla koll och växla lysdioder (om några) till \"på\" eller \"av\" själv.\n" +msgid " [MIDI channel];[offset for first fader]\n" +msgstr " [MIDI-kanal];[offset för första reglaget]\n" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:126 +msgid "`MIDI channel` is required or else the parameter argument is ignored and the feature is not active. `0` means \"any channel\", `1`-`16` listen only to MIDI messages on the specified MIDI channel." +msgstr "`MIDI-kanal` är obligatoriskt, annars ignoreras parameterargumentet och funktionen är inte aktiv. `0` betyder “vilken kanal som helst”, `1`–`16` lyssnar endast på MIDI-meddelanden på den angivna MIDI-kanalen." + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104 +msgid "`offset for first fader` is the first MIDI CC to use to control a Jamulus Channel fader (default 70, which matches the Behringer X-Touch defaults), with all MIDI CCs after that being used; must be a number or else the long form is used." +msgstr "`offset för första reglaget` är den första MIDI CC som används för att styra en Jamulus-kanal-fader (standard 70, vilket motsvarar Behringer X-Touch-standard), där alla efterföljande MIDI CC används; måste vara ett tal, annars används det långa formatet." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96 -msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth." -msgstr "Faderremsor i mixerfönstret styrs i stigande ordning från vänster till höger. Om vi fortsätter med exemplet ovan, i remsa nummer 1 (längst till vänster), skulle volymfadern styras av CC nummer 0; panorera med 16; solo med 32 och mute med 48. Eftersom vi har specificerat 8 på varandra följande kontroller för varje parameter, skulle detta ge oss MIDI-kontroll över 8 remsor (volym, panorering, solo och mute i var och en) i mixerfönstret. Nästa remsa skulle styras av 1, 17, 33 och 49, och så vidare." +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106 +#, no-wrap +msgid " For example\n" +msgstr " Till exampel\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n" +" ```\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112 +#, no-wrap +msgid " would listen on all MIDI channels and use MIDI controller 70 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on. Here's another example:\n" +msgstr " skulle lyssna på alla MIDI-kanaler och använda MIDI-kontroller 70 för att styra Jamulus kanal 0-reglaget och så vidare. Här är ett annat exempel:\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" --ctrlmidich \"2;50\"\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" --ctrlmidich \"2;50\"\n" +" ```\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:118 +#, no-wrap +msgid " This would listen on MIDI channel 2 and use MIDI controller 50 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.\n" +msgstr " Detta skulle lyssna på MIDI-kanal 2 och använda MIDI-kontroller 50 för att styra Jamulus kanal 0-reglaget och så vidare.\n" + +#. type: Bullet: '2. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:120 +msgid "The long form is a sequence of offsets and counts for various controllers:" +msgstr "Det långa formatet är en sekvens av offset och antal för olika kontroller:" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:121 +#, no-wrap +msgid " [MIDI channel];[control letter][offset](*[count])(;...)\n" +msgstr " [MIDI-kanal];[kontrollbokstav][offset](*[count])(;...)\n" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:128 +msgid "`control letter` defines which Jamulus Control the MIDI controller number is assigned to:" +msgstr "`kontrollbokstav` anger vilken Jamulus-kontroll MIDI-kontrollnumret tilldelas:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98 -msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl." -msgstr "Se till att du ansluter din MIDI-enhets utgångsport till Jamulus MIDI in-porten (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) eller vad du nu använder för att hantera anslutningar). I Linux måste du installera och starta a2jmidid så att din enhet dyker upp på MIDI-fliken i Qjackctl." +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:135 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" | control letter | Jamulus Control |\n" +" |--------:|---------|\n" +" | `f` | Fader |\n" +" | `p` | Pan |\n" +" | `s` | Solo |\n" +" | `m` | Mute |\n" +msgstr "" +" | kontrollbokstav | Jamulus-kontroll|\n" +" |--------:|---------|\n" +" | `f` | Fader |\n" +" | `p` | Pan |\n" +" | `s` | Solo |\n" +" | `m` | Mute |\n" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:137 +msgid "`offset` is the base MIDI CC number for the control." +msgstr "`offset` är det bas-MIDI CC-nummer som används för kontrollen." + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:139 +msgid "`count` is the number of CC values for the control, defaulting to 1 (i.e. the number Jamulus channels that can be controlled)." +msgstr "`count` är antalet CC-värden för kontrollen, med standardvärdet 1 (dvs. antalet Jamulus-kanaler som kan styras)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:141 #, no-wrap -msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n" -msgstr "*Tips*: När du aktiverar MIDI-kontroll i Jamulus, läggs varje användares namn före med en siffra, där användaren längst till vänster börjar på 0, sedan 1, etc. Med standardinställningar, när vissa användare lämnar och andra går med, deras vänster-höger arrangemanget i GUI kan sluta följa en numerisk ordning, vilket gör det svårare att veta vem varje fysisk fader/ratt på din MIDI-kontroller motsvarar. För att hålla faderremsorna i en numerisk ordning, gå till \"Visa\" på den övre menyraden och växla mellan \"Ingen användarsortering\" och ett annat alternativ och sedan tillbaka igen (t.ex. skriv `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O `).\n" +msgid " An example for a Korg nanoKONTROL2 using eight sliders starting at MIDI CC 0 to control faders and eight knobs starting at MIDI CC 16 to control pan, on any MIDI channnel, for eight Jamulus channels would be\n" +msgstr " Ett exempel för en Korg nanoKONTROL2 med åtta skjutreglage som börjar vid MIDI CC 0 för att styra faders och åtta rattar som börjar vid MIDI CC 16 för att styra panorering, på vilken MIDI-kanal som helst, för åtta Jamulus-kanaler skulle vara\n" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:142 +#, no-wrap +msgid " --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n" +msgstr " `--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8\"\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:147 +#, no-wrap +msgid " Enhancing this to add eight Solo buttons starting at CC 32, and eight Mute buttons starting at CC 48 would give:\n" +msgstr " Om detta utökas med åtta Solo-knappar som börjar på CC 32 och åtta Mute-knappar som börjar på CC 48 skulle det bli:\n" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:148 +#, no-wrap +msgid " --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8\"\n" +msgstr " `--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8\"\n" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:153 +msgid "Two additional `control letter` values are available:" +msgstr "Två extra `kontrollbokstav-värden` är tillgängliga:" + +#. type: Bullet: ' 1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:155 +msgid "`o` controls Mute Myself and has a single `offset` (i.e. `count` is ignored and taken as 1)." +msgstr "`o` styr Mute Myself och har ett enda `offset` (dvs. count ignoreras och räknas som 1)." + +#. type: Bullet: ' 2. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:157 +msgid "`d` is an option on Windows non-JACK Jamulus to specify a particular MIDI input device by name -- without this, all devices will be assigned to Jamulus; with it, only the specified device will be used. For example:" +msgstr "`d` är ett alternativ i Windows-versionen av Jamulus utan JACK för att ange en specifik MIDI-inmatningsenhet med namn – utan detta tilldelas alla enheter till Jamulus; med detta används endast den angivna enheten. Till exempel:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:161 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;dnanoKontrol\"\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;dnanoKontrol\"\n" +" ```\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:163 +#, no-wrap +msgid " would listen for CC0 through CC7 on MIDI channel 1 from a MIDI device called \"nanoKontrol\". Remember to wrap the whole of the `--ctrlmidich` argument in double quotes and you will have no problems with device names containing spaces.\n" +msgstr " skulle lyssna på CC0 till och med CC7 på MIDI-kanal 1 från en MIDI-enhet kallad \"nanoKontrol\". Kom ihåg att omsluta hela `--ctrlmidich`-argumentet med dubbla citattecken så får du inga problem med enhetsnamn som innehåller mellanslag.\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:165 +#, no-wrap +msgid " In order to discover the correct device name to use, start Jamulus from the command line with `--ctrlmidich` and observe the output. Jamulus will list all discovered MIDI devices:\n" +msgstr " För att ta reda på det korrekta enhetsnamnet att använda, starta Jamulus från kommandoraden med `--ctrlmidich` och observera utdata. Jamulus kommer att lista alla upptäckta MIDI-enheter:\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:173 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n" +" - MIDI controller settings: 0\n" +" - allocated port number: 22134\n" +" - MIDI devices found: 2\n" +" 0: nanoKONTROL2\n" +" 1: Keystation Mini 32\n" +msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n" +" - MIDI-kontrollerinställningar: 0\n" +" - tilldelat portnummer: 22134\n" +" - MIDI-enheter hittade: 2\n" +" 0: nanoKONTROL2\n" +" 1: Keystation Mini 32\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:181 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\"\n" +" - MIDI controller settings: 1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\n" +" - allocated port number: 22134\n" +" - MIDI devices found: 2\n" +" 0: nanoKONTROL2\n" +" 1: Keystation Mini 32 (ignored)\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" +" C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\"\n" +" - MIDI-kontrollerinställningar: 1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\n" +" - tilldelat portnummer: 22134\n" +" - MIDI-enheter hittade: 2\n" +" 0: nanoKONTROL2\n" +" 1: Keystation Mini 32 (ignorerad)\n" +" ```\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:183 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\tNote that if only one MIDI device is connected, the `d` option is not necessary, as Jamulus will use the device automatically.\n" +msgstr "\tObservera att om endast en MIDI-enhet är ansluten är alternativet `d` inte nödvändigt, eftersom Jamulus automatiskt kommer att använda enheten.\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:185 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\tOn macOS, Linux or Windows with JACK, the `d` option is accepted if given, but ignored.\n" +msgstr "\tPå macOS, Linux eller Windows med JACK accepteras alternativet `d` om det anges, men ignoreras.\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:187 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself, that is, buttons on your MIDI controller need to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n" +msgstr "\"Obs\": Jamulus ger ingen återkoppling om på/av-läget för knappar, vilket innebär att din kontroller själv måste hålla reda på och växla lysdioder (om sådana finns) till “på” eller “av”. Det betyder att knapparna på din MIDI-kontroller måste vara inställda på “toggle”-läge. Detta innebär att när en knapp trycks för att “slå på” en kontroll måste den skicka ett MIDI CC-nummer med ett värde ≥64, och för att “stänga av” kontrollen måste den skicka samma CC-nummer med ett värde <64. Du kan läsa i din kontrollers manual hur detta ställs in.\n" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:188 #, no-wrap msgid "For Server admins" msgstr "För serveradministratörer" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:103 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:190 #, no-wrap msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly" msgstr "Konvertera en registrerad server till en oregistrerad server i farten" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:193 msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)" msgstr "Du kan köra som en registrerad server tillräckligt länge för att människor ska kunna ansluta och sedan gå till \"privat\" (oregistrerad) genom att ställa in katalogen på \"ingen\" i serverns GUI. Musiker kommer fortfarande att vara anslutna till servern tills de kopplar från. (Tack till [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) för detta tips!)" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:107 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:194 #, no-wrap msgid "Remote management of recordings" msgstr "Fjärrhantering av inspelningar" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:197 msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script." msgstr "Jamulus-användare [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) har skrivit ett [webbaserat fjärrverktyg](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) för att starta och stoppa inspelningar på Linux Servrar, så att du sedan kan ladda ner dem från din webbläsare. Se även [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) av [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), som också inkluderar ett serverinspelningsåterställningsskript." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:111 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:198 #, no-wrap msgid "Making a Server status page" msgstr "Skapa en serverstatussida" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:201 msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page." msgstr "Med kommandoradsargumentet `-m` kan serverstatistik genereras för att läggas på en webbsida." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:203 msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):" msgstr "Här är ett exempel på ett php-skript som använder serverstatusfilen för att visa den aktuella serverstatusen på en html-sida (förutsatt att följande kommandoradsargument ska användas: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):" #. type: Fenced code block -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:117 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:204 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" "\n" + +#~ msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:" +#~ msgstr "Volymfader-, pan-kontroll- och mute- och soloknapparna i klientens mixerfönsterremsor kan styras med en MIDI-kontroller genom att använda parametern `--ctrlmidich` (obs: endast tillgänglig för användning med macOS och Linux med Jamulus version 3.7.0 eller högre, och på Windows som använder Jamulus-versionen med JACK-stöd). För att aktivera den här funktionen måste Jamulus startas med `--ctrlmidich`. Det finns en global MIDI-kanalparameter (1-16) och två parametrar du kan ställa in för varje kontrollerad post: `offset` och `konsekutiv CC-nummer`. Ställ in den första parametern på den kanal du vill att Jamulus ska lyssna på (0 för alla kanaler) och ange sedan de objekt du vill styra (f = volymfader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself ) med offset (CC-nummer att börja från) och antal på varandra följande CC-nummer. Det finns ett undantag som inte kräver att man upprättar på varandra följande CC-nummer vilket är kommandot \"Mute Myself\" - det kräver bara ett enda CC-nummer eftersom det bara tillämpas på ens egen ljudström. Ta följande exempel:" + +#~ msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64." +#~ msgstr "Här lyssnar Jamulus på MIDI-kanal 1. Volymfader-CC-nummer börjar på 0 och det finns 8 av dem (slutar alltså på CC-nummer 7). Panoreringskontrollerna börjar vid CC-nummer 16 och slutar vid 23; Solo 32 till 39 och Mute 48 till 55. Mute Myself är aktiverat/inaktiverat av CC-nummer 64." + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n" +#~ msgstr "*Obs*: Jamulus ger ingen feedback om knapparnas på/av-läge, vilket innebär att din handkontroll måste hålla koll och växla lysdioder (om några) till \"på\" eller \"av\" själv.\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth." +#~ msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth." +#~ msgstr "Faderremsor i mixerfönstret styrs i stigande ordning från vänster till höger. Om vi fortsätter med exemplet ovan, i remsa nummer 1 (längst till vänster), skulle volymfadern styras av CC nummer 0; panorera med 16; solo med 32 och mute med 48. Eftersom vi har specificerat 8 på varandra följande kontroller för varje parameter, skulle detta ge oss MIDI-kontroll över 8 remsor (volym, panorering, solo och mute i var och en) i mixerfönstret. Nästa remsa skulle styras av 1, 17, 33 och 49, och så vidare." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Unregistered-Servers.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Unregistered-Servers.po index 3dd33a579..076a35ff6 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Unregistered-Servers.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Unregistered-Servers.po @@ -1,21 +1,21 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# Daniel , 2024. +# Daniel , 2024, 2025. # ignotus , 2024. # ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-24 13:59+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-01 22:01+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Daniel \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: sv-SE\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13.1-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/1-index.po b/_translator-files/po/th/1-index.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..267b63010 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/th/1-index.po @@ -0,0 +1,143 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Thai Pangsakulyanont , 2024, 2025. +# ThaiWithNoBraincell , 2025. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-29 13:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: th\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n" + +#. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?) +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"---\n" +"title: \"Jamulus ‒ Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +"lang: \"en\"\n" +"permalink: /\n" +"layout: mainhomepage\n" +"ldjAppCategory: \"Music\"\n" +"ldjSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +"ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer and contributors\"\n" +"metadescription: \"Jamulus is free and open source software that lets musicians perform music, rehearse or jam together, in real time over the Internet.\"\n" +"mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icon\"\n" +"mTSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +"mTGetStartedNow: \"Get started now!\"\n" +"mTDownloadNow: 'Download now for'\n" +"mTPlatformsAnd: 'and'\n" +"mTOtherPlatforms: 'other platforms'\n" +"---\n" +"[//]: # Markdown sections should not be indented, otherwise they are treated as code blocks.\n" +msgstr "" +"---\n" +"title: \"Jamulus ‒ เล่นดนตรีออนไลน์ กับเพื่อนๆ ฟรี!\"\n" +"lang: \"th\"\n" +"permalink: /\n" +"layout: mainhomepage\n" +"ldjAppCategory: \"Music\"\n" +"ldjSlogan: \"เล่นดนตรีออนไลน์ กับเพื่อนๆ ฟรี!\"\n" +"ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer and contributors\"\n" +"metadescription: \"Jamulus เป็นซอฟต์แวร์ฟรีและโอเพนซอร์สที่ช่วยให้นักดนตรีสามารถเล่นดนตรี ซ้อม หรือแจมร่วมกันได้แบบเรียลไทม์ผ่านอินเตอร์เน็ต\"\n" +"mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icon\"\n" +"mTSlogan: \"เล่นดนตรีออนไลน์ กับเพื่อนๆ ฟรี!\"\n" +"mTGetStartedNow: \"เริ่มต้นใช้งานได้เลย!\"\n" +"mTDownloadNow: 'ดาวน์โหลดโปรแกรมเพื่อใช้งานบน'\n" +"mTPlatformsAnd: 'และ'\n" +"mTOtherPlatforms: 'แพลตฟอร์มอื่นๆ'\n" +"---\n" +"[//]: # Markdown sections should not be indented, otherwise they are treated as code blocks.\n" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:21 +#, no-wrap +msgid "What is Jamulus?" +msgstr "Jamulus คืออะไร?" + +#. type: Content of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:23 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus lets you play, rehearse, or jam with your friends, your band, or anyone you find online. Play together remotely in time with high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection. [Download it here!](wiki/Getting-Started)\n" +msgstr "Jamulus ให้คุณเล่นดนตรี ซ้อม หรือแจมกับเพื่อนๆ วงดนตรีของคุณ หรือใครก็ตามที่คุณเจอทางออนไลน์ เล่นด้วยกันได้อย่างพร้อมเพรียงด้วยคุณภาพเสียงสูงและดีเลย์ต่ำ ผ่านการเชื่อมต่ออินเทอร์เน็ตแบบทั่วไป [ดาวน์โหลดได้ที่นี่!](wiki/Getting-Started)\n" + +#. type: Attribute 'src' of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:32 +msgid "{% include img/en-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc %}" +msgstr "{% include img/en-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc %}" + +#. type: Attribute 'alt' of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:32 +msgid "A screenshot of the main mixer window showing five people from different countries connected." +msgstr "ภาพหน้าจอของหน้าต่างมิกเซอร์หลักที่แสดงผู้คนห้าคนจากประเทศต่างๆ ที่เชื่อมต่อกัน" + +#. type: Content of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus is international" +msgstr "Jamulus ใช้งานได้ทั่วโลก" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus worldwide" +msgstr "Jamulus เชื่อมโลกดนตรี" + +#. type: Content of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:42 +#, no-wrap +msgid "All over the world Jamulus allows choirs to rehearse and rock bands to play. Jamulus brings folk and classical musicians together. It's being used for remote music lessons, in schools and universities, in private and in public — all in real time on the Internet, as if you were there in person.\n" +msgstr "ทั่วทุกมุมโลก Jamulus ช่วยให้คณะนักร้องประสานเสียงสามารถฝึกซ้อม และวงดนตรีร็อกสามารถเล่นดนตรีร่วมกันได้ Jamulus เชื่อมโยงนักดนตรีพื้นบ้านและนักดนตรีคลาสสิกเข้าด้วยกัน มีการใช้งาน Jamulus สำหรับการเรียนดนตรีทางไกล ในโรงเรียนและมหาวิทยาลัย ทั้งในที่ส่วนตัวและที่สาธารณะ ทั้งหมดนี้เกิดขึ้นแบบเรียลไทม์บนอินเทอร์เน็ต ราวกับว่าคุณอยู่ที่นั่นด้วยตนเอง\n" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:44 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Help needed?" +msgstr "ต้องการความช่วยเหลือ?" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"Check out the [documentation](wiki/Getting-Started) and consider the [troubleshooting section](wiki/Client-Troubleshooting)!\n" +"You can also ask on the [forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions).\n" +msgstr "" +"หากต้องการความช่วยเหลือ ลองดู[คู่มือการใช้งาน](wiki/Getting-Started) และลองอ่าน[คู่มือการแก้ไขปัญหา](wiki/Client-Troubleshooting)!\n" +"คุณยังสามารถสอบถามได้ใน[ฟอรัม](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)\n" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:53 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Want to get involved?" +msgstr "อยากมีส่วนร่วมไหม?" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:56 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help [translating](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/TRANSLATING.md) Jamulus into your language? Since Jamulus is [free and open source software](https://www.gnu.org/philosophy/free-sw.en.html) (FOSS) licensed under the [GPL](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.en.html) you can help us!" +msgstr "มีไอเดีย? พบเจอบั๊ก? ต้องการช่วยเขียนโค้ด หรือช่วย[แปล](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/TRANSLATING.md) Jamulus เป็นภาษาของคุณ? เนื่องจาก Jamulus เป็น[ซอฟต์แวร์เสรีและโอเพนซอร์ส](https://www.gnu.org/philosophy/free-sw.en.html) (FOSS) ภายใต้ลิขสิทธิ์ [GPL](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.en.html) คุณสามารถช่วยเราได้!" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:58 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Take a look at our [contribution guidelines](wiki/Contribution) to find out how. Everybody is welcome!" +msgstr "ลองดู[แนวทางการมีส่วนร่วม](wiki/Contribution) ของเรา เพื่อดูวิธีการ พวกเรายินดีตอนรับทุกท่าน!" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:60 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_For detailed information on how Jamulus works, see [this paper by Volker Fischer (PDF)](/PerformingBandRehearsalsontheInternetWithJamulus.pdf)._\n" +msgstr "_สำหรับข้อมูลโดยละเอียดเกี่ยวกับวิธีการทำงานของ Jamulus โปรดอ่าน[บทความวิชาการโดย Volker Fischer (PDF)](/PerformingBandRehearsalsontheInternetWithJamulus.pdf)_\n" + +#. type: Content of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:65 +#, no-wrap +msgid "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}" +msgstr "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Client-Troubleshooting.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3ade35701 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Client-Troubleshooting.po @@ -0,0 +1,333 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Thai Pangsakulyanont , 2024. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 22:16+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: th\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "th" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting" +msgstr "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Client Troubleshooting" +msgstr "การแก้ไขปัญหาไคลเอนต์" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "การแก้ไขปัญหา" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:12 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:14 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" +msgstr "สารบัญ\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" +msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:19 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Don’t hear any sound/Others don’t hear you?" +msgstr "ไม่ได้ยินเสียง/คนอื่นไม่ได้ยินเสียงคุณ?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:23 +msgid "Start with the simple stuff: make sure your instrument/microphone and headphones are connected to the correct sockets. Make sure no other applications like your browser, video conferencing tool etc. is also using your sound card. You should shut those down when using Jamulus. If that all looks OK and the problem persists, it's likely there's an issue with your sound device settings. This will depend on your particular setup (platform, hardware, software and drivers), so it's best to ask on [the forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions) for guidance." +msgstr "เริ่มจากเบสิคก่อน: ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าเครื่องดนตรี/ไมโครโฟนและหูฟังของคุณเชื่อมต่อกับช่องเสียบที่ถูกต้อง ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าไม่มีแอปพลิเคชันอื่นๆ เช่น เบราว์เซอร์ วิดีโอคอล ฯลฯ ที่กำลังใช้งานการ์ดเสียงของคุณอยู่ คุณควรปิดแอปพลิเคชันเหล่านั้นขณะใช้งาน Jamulus หากมีปัญหาอยู่ แสดงว่าการตั้งค่าอุปกรณ์เสียงของคุณอาจมีปัญหา ซึ่งจะขึ้นอยู่กับการตั้งค่าเฉพาะของคุณ (แพลตฟอร์ม ฮาร์ดแวร์ ซอฟต์แวร์ และไดรเวอร์) ดังนั้น ทางที่ดีควรสอบถามดูใน[ฟอรัม](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions) เพื่อขอคำแนะนำ" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:25 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Windows users (ASIO4ALL)**: If you’re using the ASIO4ALL driver have a look at the [ASIO4ALL setup section](Installation-for-Windows#setting-up-asio4all)\n" +msgstr "**ผู้ใช้ Windows (ASIO4ALL)**: หากคุณกำลังใช้ไดรเวอร์ ASIO4ALL ให้ดูที่[ส่วนการตั้งค่า ASIO4ALL](Installation-for-Windows#setting-up-asio4all)\n" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Not seeing the headphone or microphone you just connected to your PC?" +msgstr "ไม่เห็นหูฟังหรือไมโครโฟนที่คุณเพิ่งเชื่อมต่อกับ PC ของคุณ?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:29 +msgid "Just restart Jamulus with your device plugged in. Jamulus currently doesn't show devices which were plugged in after the sound system was loaded." +msgstr "ให้รีสตาร์ท Jamulus หนึ่งครั้งโดยที่ยังคงเสียบอุปกรณ์ของคุณอยู่ เนื่องจากในตอนนี้ Jamulus ยังไม่สามารถแสดงอุปกรณ์ที่ถูกเสียบหลังจากที่เปิดแอพพลิเคชันได้" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:30 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Your sound is stuttering" +msgstr "เสียงของคุณกระตุก" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:33 +msgid "Your audio device may not work with the buffer size you selected. Select a bigger buffer size in Jamulus's settings. If possible though, use another device, since large buffer sizes mean higher latency." +msgstr "อุปกรณ์เสียงของคุณอาจทำงานไม่ได้กับ buffer size ที่คุณเลือก ให้ลองปรับ buffer size ให้ใหญ่ขึ้นในหน้า Settings ของ Jamulus แต่ถ้าเป็นไปได้ ควรใช้อุปกรณ์อื่น เนื่องจากยิ่งบัฟเฟอร์ใหญ่ดีเลย์ก็ยิ่งเยอะ" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "You all sound OK, but it's difficult to keep together" +msgstr "ทุกคนได้ยินเสียงชัดเจนดี แต่เล่นให้ตรงจังหวะกันยาก" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:37 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**If at all possible, DO NOT listen to your direct signal.** Make sure you are listening as much as you can to the sound of your own instrument/voice _coming back from the Server_. This signal has you and your playing partners mixed together in sync, and will be the signal that your bandmates are hearing too. So listening to that means you will be in sync with each other (assuming you all have reasonably low latency). Note that if one or more musicians are not following this rule, they will slow down as they play or sing.\n" +msgstr "**ถ้าเป็นไปได้ อย่าฟังสัญญาณเสียงของคุณเอง** ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าคุณกำลังฟังเสียงเครื่องดนตรี/เสียงของคุณ _ที่ส่งกลับมาจากเซิร์ฟเวอร์_ สัญญาณนี้จะมีทั้งเสียงของคุณและเสียงของเพื่อนร่วมวงของคุณที่มิกซ์เข้าด้วยกันอย่างพร้อมเพรียง และจะเป็นสัญญาณเดียวกับที่เพื่อนร่วมวงของคุณได้ยิน ดังนั้น การฟังสัญญาณนี้หมายความว่าคุณจะเล่นพร้อมเพรียงกับคนอื่นๆ ได้ (หากทุกคนมีค่า latency ที่ต่ำพอ) โปรดทราบว่า หากมีนักดนตรีที่ไม่ปฏิบัติตามกฎนี้ พวกเขาจะทำให้ดนตรีช้าลงเรื่อยๆ\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:39 +msgid "You can test whether you are hearing your signal correctly by doing the following:" +msgstr "คุณสามารถทดสอบได้ว่าคุณได้ยินสัญญาณเสียงอย่างถูกต้องหรือไม่ โดยทำตามขั้นตอนต่อไปนี้:" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44 +msgid "Run Jamulus and connect to a Server with a long ping time (greater than 200ms)" +msgstr "เปิด Jamulus และเชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่มี ping time นานๆ (มากกว่า 200 ms)" + +#. type: Bullet: '2. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44 +msgid "Clap your hands once (or play one short note on an instrument). You should hear the sound from the Jamulus Server come back, but significantly delayed." +msgstr "ตบมือหนึ่งครั้ง (หรือเล่นโน้ตสั้นๆ บนเครื่องดนตรี) คุณควรได้ยินเสียงที่ส่งกลับมาจากเซิร์ฟเวอร์ แต่เสียงนั้นควรจะดีเลย์อย่างเห็นได้ชัด" + +#. type: Bullet: '3. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44 +msgid "Click the \"Mute\" button under your Jamulus name/slider in the main Jamulus mixer window (**NOT** the \"Mute Myself\" button on the left)." +msgstr "คลิกปุ่ม \"Mute\" ใต้ชื่อ/เฟดเดอร์ของคุณในหน้าต่างมิกเซอร์หลักของ Jamulus (**ไม่ใช่**ปุ่ม \"Mute Myself\" ที่ทางด้านซ้าย)" + +#. type: Bullet: '4. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44 +msgid "Clap your hands again." +msgstr "ตบมืออีกครั้ง" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:46 +msgid "If you hear two claps after step 2, or any claps after step 4, then you are **not** obeying Rule Number One - you have your local audio enabled and should disable it." +msgstr "หากคุณได้ยินเสียงตบมือสองครั้งหลังจากขั้นตอนที่ 2 หรือได้ยินเสียงตบมือหลังจากขั้นตอนที่ 4 แสดงว่าคุณ**ไม่ได้**ปฏิบัติตาม Golden Rule — คุณกำลังฟังเสียงของคุณเองอยู่ และควรปิดมัน" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:48 +msgid "Exactly how you avoid listening to your direct signal will depend on your individual setup - your sound interface, mixing desk, headphone connection point, etc. For example, some audio interfaces have \"monitor\" buttons (turn these off), or similar options. **If you are still having problems**, try asking on the [forum](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)." +msgstr "วิธีที่คุณจะหลีกเลี่ยงการฟังสัญญาณเสียงของคุณเองนั้น ขึ้นอยู่กับการตั้งค่าเฉพาะของคุณ เช่น ออดิโออินเตอร์เฟส มิกเซอร์ จุดเชื่อมต่อหูฟัง ฯลฯ ตัวอย่างเช่น ออดิโออินเตอร์เฟสบางรุ่นมีปุ่ม \"monitor\" (ให้ปิดปุ่มนี้) หรือตัวเลือกที่คล้ายกัน **หากคุณยังคงประสบปัญหา** ลองสอบถามใน[ฟอรัม](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:50 +msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this." +msgstr "โปรดทราบว่า แม้ว่าการฟังสัญญาณของเซิร์ฟเวอร์จะทำให้มั่นใจได้ว่าคุณจะเล่นพร้อมเพรียงกับนักดนตรีคนอื่นๆ แต่คุณอาจประสบปัญหาได้ หากค่า latency โดยรวมของคุณ (แสดงด้วยไฟ \"Delay\" ใน Jamulus) ไม่เป็นสีเขียวหรืออย่างน้อยก็เป็นสีเหลืองเกือบตลอดเวลา ศึกษา[คู่มือสำหรับผู้ใช้](/wiki/Software-Manual) เพื่อทำความเข้าใจวิธีปรับการตั้งค่าของคุณเพื่อช่วยแก้ไขปัญหานี้" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:51 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Can't work out your mic settings?" +msgstr "ตั้งค่าไมโครโฟนไม่ได้?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:54 +msgid "When using a microphone while playing your other instrument, you can use a stereo audio input signal in your settings where one channel is connected to the instrument and the other channel is connected to a microphone signal. On the microphone channel an optional reverberation effect can be applied." +msgstr "เมื่อใช้ไมโครโฟนขณะเล่นเครื่องดนตรีของคุณ คุณสามารถใช้สัญญาณอินพุตเสียงแบบสเตอริโอในการตั้งค่าของคุณได้ โดยที่ช่องสัญญาณหนึ่งเชื่อมต่อกับเครื่องดนตรี และอีกช่องสัญญาณหนึ่งเชื่อมต่อกับสัญญาณไมโครโฟน และคุณสามารถเลือกใส่เอฟเฟกต์ reverb ในช่องสัญญาณไมโครโฟนได้" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:55 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Buffer LEDs suddenly going red, outages, [jittering](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jitter), weird sounds?" +msgstr "ไฟ LED ของบัฟเฟอร์เปลี่ยนเป็นสีแดงกะทันหัน เสียงขาดๆ หายๆ มีอาการ [jittering](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jitter) หรือมีเสียงแปลกๆ?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:58 +msgid "Your computer may be under too much load. Try not to have anything competing with Jamulus (like Zoom Meetings or Facebook live streams) on your machine. Or at least quit them while you're playing. Prevent things like virus scanners doing scans, or software updates happening, etc. Be aware that the reverb setting in Jamulus also uses more CPU the more reverb you have." +msgstr "คอมพิวเตอร์ของคุณอาจทำงานหนักเกินไป พยายามอย่าให้มีอะไรที่แย่งทรัพยากรกับ Jamulus (เช่น การประชุม Zoom หรือการไลฟ์สตรีม Facebook) บนเครื่องของคุณ หรืออย่างน้อยก็ให้ออกจากโปรแกรมเหล่านั้นในขณะที่คุณกำลังเล่น ป้องกันไม่ให้โปรแกรมอย่างเช่น โปรแกรมสแกนไวรัส หรือโปรแกรมที่กำลังอัปเดตซอฟต์แวร์ ทำงานในขณะที่คุณกำลังเล่น และโปรดทราบว่า ยิ่งตั้งค่า reverb ไว้ฉ่ำเท่าไหร่ Jamulus จะใช้ CPU มากขึ้นเท่านั้น" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Ping times and latency start well, then get worse, causing issues" +msgstr "ค่า ping time และ latency เริ่มต้นดี แต่แย่ลงเรื่อยๆ จนทำให้เกิดปัญหา" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:62 +msgid "This can indicate something else is competing with Jamulus on your network, so make sure nobody is watching HD Netflix movies or taking part in Zoom video conferences while you are playing. A more permanent solution for technically-minded users may be found by investigating [the issue of buffer bloat](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/) on their router and whether you can implement Smart Queue Management (SQM). [More details here](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/What_can_I_do_about_Bufferbloat/)." +msgstr "สิ่งนี้อาจบ่งชี้ว่ามีบางสิ่งกำลังแย่งแบนด์วิดท์กับ Jamulus บนเครือข่ายของคุณอยู่ ดังนั้น ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าไม่มีใครกำลังดูภาพยนตร์ Netflix ความละเอียดสูง หรือเข้าร่วมการประชุมทางวิดีโอ Zoom ในขณะที่คุณกำลังเล่น สำหรับผู้ใช้ที่มีความรู้ทางเทคนิค อาจหาวิธีแก้ปัญหาที่ยั่งยืนกว่านี้ได้โดยการตรวจสอบ[ปัญหา buffer bloat](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/) บนเราเตอร์ และดูว่าคุณสามารถตั้งค่า Smart Queue Management (SQM) ได้หรือไม่ [ดูรายละเอียดเพิ่มเติม](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/What_can_I_do_about_Bufferbloat/)" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:63 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Getting frustrated with software channels, audio routing, sample rates and more?" +msgstr "รู้สึกหงุดหงิดกับช่องสัญญาณซอฟต์แวร์ การกำหนดเส้นทางเสียง sample rate และอื่นๆ?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:66 +msgid "It's usually far easier and more reliable to have a [mixing desk](https://www.thomann.de/pics/bdb/191244/7355025_800.jpg) to connect your kit (instruments, mic, recorder etc.) and then send a simple stereo signal to your sound interface (be sure to listen to the resulting sound from the Jamulus Server via your computer though!). The huge variety of possible hardware, software and instrument combinations means that setting up your sound card to work with your particular configuration can otherwise get complicated very fast." +msgstr "โดยปกติแล้ว การมี[มิกเซอร์](https://www.thomann.de/pics/bdb/191244/7355025_800.jpg) เพื่อเชื่อมต่อชุดอุปกรณ์ของคุณ (เครื่องดนตรี ไมโครโฟน เครื่องบันทึกเสียง ฯลฯ) แล้วส่งสัญญาณเสียงแบบสเตอริโอไปยังออดิโออินเตอร์เฟสของคุณ จะง่ายกว่าและโอกาสตั้งค่าผิดพลาดน้อยกว่ามาก (แต่ต้องแน่ใจว่าคุณกำลังฟังเสียงที่ส่งกลับมาจากเซิร์ฟเวอร์ Jamulus ผ่านคอมพิวเตอร์ของคุณ) เนื่องจากชุดอุปกรณ์ ฮาร์ดแวร์ ซอฟต์แวร์ และเครื่องดนตรีที่เป็นไปได้นั้นมีหลากหลายมาก การตั้งค่าการ์ดเสียงของคุณให้ทำงานกับเซ็ตอัพเฉพาะของคุณอาจกลายเป็นเรื่องซับซ้อนได้อย่างรวดเร็ว" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:67 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Somebody joining your jam and being too loud?" +msgstr "มีคนเข้าร่วมแจมของคุณและเสียงดังเกินไป?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:70 +msgid "You can set your \"New Client Level\" to a low value (e.g. 10), or set the musicians you are playing with to \"Solo\" state (in the mixer panel on the right side). That way, either new entrants will be very quiet, or you won't hear them at all." +msgstr "คุณสามารถตั้งค่า \"New Client Level\" เป็นค่าต่ำๆ ได้ (เช่น 10) หรือตั้งค่าให้นักดนตรีที่คุณกำลังเล่นด้วยอยู่ในสถานะ \"Solo\" (ในแผงมิกเซอร์ทางด้านขวา) วิธีนี้จะทำให้ผู้เข้าร่วมใหม่เสียงเบามาก หรือคุณจะไม่ได้ยินเสียงพวกเขาเลย" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:71 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Can't see the Server you want to join?" +msgstr "ไม่เห็นเซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่คุณต้องการเข้าร่วม?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:74 +msgid "First check that you have the right genre Server selected in your Connect window. Sometimes network issues mean your Client won't list all the available Servers. If you know the name of the Server you want to join, you can [look up its IP address here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/). Enter that address in the \"Server Address\" field in the Connect Setup window to connect to it." +msgstr "ก่อนอื่น ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าคุณได้เลือก genre ของเซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่ถูกต้องในหน้าต่าง Connect แล้ว บางครั้งปัญหาเครือข่ายอาจทำให้ไคลเอนต์ Jamulus ของคุณไม่แสดงรายชื่อเซิร์ฟเวอร์ทั้งหมด หากคุณทราบชื่อของเซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่คุณต้องการเข้าร่วม คุณสามารถ[ค้นหาที่อยู่ IP ของเซิร์ฟเวอร์ได้ที่นี่](https://explorer.jamulus.io/) ป้อนที่อยู่นั้นในช่อง \"Server Address\" ในหน้าต่าง Connect Setup เพื่อเชื่อมต่อ" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:75 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Not seeing a list of Servers at all?" +msgstr "ไม่เห็นรายชื่อเซิร์ฟเวอร์เลย?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:78 +msgid "In the UK (and possibly other regions/routers) the Virgin Media Cable Internet Modem setting can cause an issue. \"Block Fragmented IP Packets\" should not be checked. For other routers/ISP, also try turning off SPI (Stateful Packet Inspection) and if that fixes it, you can make a judgment about whether to leave that off or not." +msgstr "ในสหราชอาณาจักร (และอาจรวมถึงภูมิภาค/เราเตอร์อื่นๆ) การตั้งค่าของ Virgin Media Cable Internet Modem อาจทำให้เกิดปัญหาได้ ไม่ควรเลือกตัวเลือก \"Block Fragmented IP Packets\" สำหรับเราเตอร์/ISP อื่นๆ ให้ลองปิด SPI (Stateful Packet Inspection) และหากวิธีนี้แก้ไขปัญหาได้ คุณสามารถตัดสินใจได้ว่าจะปิดมันไว้หรือไม่" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:80 +msgid "In some cases, it may be your ISP that is blocking your use of Jamulus. See the note on the [server troubleshooting page](Server-Troubleshooting#nobody-can-connect-to-my-server---but-i-can-connect-locally) about \"Nobody can connect to my Server\"" +msgstr "ในบางกรณี ISP ของคุณอาจบล็อกการใช้งาน Jamulus ของคุณอยู่ ดูหมายเหตุใน[หน้าการแก้ไขปัญหาเซิร์ฟเวอร์](Server-Troubleshooting#nobody-can-connect-to-my-server---but-i-can-connect-locally) เกี่ยวกับ \"ไม่มีใครสามารถเชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์ของฉันได้\"" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:81 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Getting an error message saying \"Jamulus\" can't be opened because the developer cannot be verified" +msgstr "ได้รับข้อความแสดงข้อผิดพลาดว่าไม่สามารถเปิด \"Jamulus\" ได้เนื่องจากไม่สามารถยืนยันตัวตนผู้พัฒนาได้" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:84 +msgid "If you are using a \"legacy\" version of Jamulus (because you are running an older version of macOS) or an intermediate build, the first time you run Jamulus, you will see a message saying it cannot be opened." +msgstr "หากคุณกำลังใช้ Jamulus เวอร์ชัน \"legacy\" (เพราะคุณใช้ macOS เวอร์ชันเก่า) หรือ build รุ่นทดลอง ในครั้งแรกที่คุณเรียกใช้ Jamulus คุณจะเห็นข้อความแจ้งว่าไม่สามารถเปิดได้" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:86 +msgid "To open Jamulus" +msgstr "วิธีเปิด Jamulus" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 +msgid "Go to the Applications folder via Finder" +msgstr "ไปที่โฟลเดอร์ Applications ผ่าน Finder" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 +msgid "Double-click on Jamulus and wait for the above-mentioned message" +msgstr "ดับเบิลคลิกที่ Jamulus แล้วรอจนกว่าข้อความที่กล่าวถึงข้างต้นจะปรากฏขึ้น" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 +msgid "Close this message by clicking on \"Cancel\"" +msgstr "ปิดข้อความนี้โดยคลิกที่ \"Cancel\"" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 +msgid "Now control-click (or right-click) on Jamulus, and select \"Open\" from the top of the menu." +msgstr "จากนั้นกดปุ่ม control ค้างไว้แล้วคลิก (หรือคลิกขวา) ที่ Jamulus แล้วเลือกตัวเลือก \"Open\" ที่อยู่ด้านบนของเมนู" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:93 +msgid "You will then get a slightly different version of the same message, which allows you to click \"Open\". From then on, you can run Jamulus in the normal way and the message won't appear. For further information about this warning see [this Apple Support Page](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)." +msgstr "จากนั้นคุณจะได้รับข้อความแจ้งเตือนแบบเดียวกันแต่มีจุดต่างกันเล็กน้อย รอบนี้จะมีปุ่ม \"Open\" ให้คลิก หลังจากนั้นเป็นต้นไป คุณจะสามารถเรียกใช้ Jamulus ได้ตามปกติ และข้อความนี้จะไม่ปรากฏขึ้นอีก สำหรับข้อมูลเพิ่มเติมเกี่ยวกับคำเตือนนี้ โปรดดูที่[หน้าสนับสนุนของ Apple](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:94 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Trouble using Garageband (or other DAW) with Jamulus?" +msgstr "มีปัญหาในการใช้ Garageband (หรือ DAW อื่นๆ) กับ Jamulus?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:97 +msgid "See [this forum discussion](https://sourceforge.net/p/llcon/discussion/533517/thread/d3dd58eedc/#b994)" +msgstr "ดู[การสนทนานี้ในฟอรัม](https://sourceforge.net/p/llcon/discussion/533517/thread/d3dd58eedc/#b994)" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:98 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Using a Mac and your input is not heard?" +msgstr "ใช้ Mac อยู่และไม่ได้ยินเสียงอินพุตของคุณ?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:101 +msgid "(With thanks to [Mark Anthony De Souza](https://www.facebook.com/groups/619274602254947/permalink/765122847670121/?comment_id=765525034296569))" +msgstr "(ขอขอบคุณ [Mark Anthony De Souza](https://www.facebook.com/groups/619274602254947/permalink/765122847670121/?comment_id=765525034296569))" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:105 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"Maybe you did not answer \"Yes\" to the `\"Jamulus wants to access your microphone\"` challenge. To fix this:\n" +"* Go to `Preferences` > `Security & Privacy` > `Privacy` tab\n" +"* Find `Microphone` on the left and then make sure `Jamulus` is enabled on the right-hand list\n" +msgstr "" +"คุณอาจไม่ได้ตอบ \"ใช่\" เมื่อ `\"Jamulus ต้องการเข้าถึงไมโครโฟนของคุณ\"` วิธีแก้ไข:\n" +"* ไปที่ `Preferences` > `Security & Privacy` > แท็บ `Privacy`\n" +"* ค้นหา `Microphone` ทางด้านซ้าย จากนั้นตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่า `Jamulus` ถูกเปิดใช้งานอยู่ในรายการทางด้านขวา\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:108 +msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/discussions)" +msgstr "สำหรับปัญหาอื่นๆ โปรดค้นหาหรือโพสต์ใน[ฟอรัม](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/discussions)" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Command-Line-Options.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Command-Line-Options.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7f7ddce2c --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Command-Line-Options.po @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Thai Pangsakulyanont , 2024. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: th\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "th" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Command-Line-Options" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus – Command Line Options" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Command Line Options" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Shared commands" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:13 +msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:14 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Client only commands" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:17 +msgid "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server only commands" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:20 +msgid "See [Running a Server](Running-a-Server#server-mode-related-options)" +msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Contribution.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Contribution.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..20011d7cc --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Contribution.po @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Thai Pangsakulyanont , 2024. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: th\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "th" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Contribution" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title +#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Contribution" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Contributing to the Jamulus Project" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:11 +#, no-wrap +msgid "If you find a mistake, typo or something out of date (in any language) on this website or in Jamulus itself, you can raise it as a bug.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:13 +#, no-wrap +msgid "If you think some documentation or information is missing or can be improved, post about it on this forum so it can be discussed first.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:15 +msgid "We use [Weblate](https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/#languages) to translate our documentation. Read about our [documentation and translation process](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamuluswebsite/blob/release/README.md), and [introduce yourself](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions) if you’d like to get involved." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Want to contribute code?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:19 +msgid "See our [guidelines for getting involved in development](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md)." +msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Directories.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Directories.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f679b8efa --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Directories.po @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Thai Pangsakulyanont , 2024. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-08 07:15+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: th\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "th" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Directories" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Directories" +msgstr "Directory" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:9 +msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:11 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Running a Directory" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:14 +msgid "This is a specialised Jamulus Server configuration, as described in [Server Modes](Running-a-Server#server-modes)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:16 +#, no-wrap +msgid "To view Servers listed by a Custom Directory, users must enter the address of that Directory in their Client's Settings > Advanced Setup > Custom Directories field. Multiple addresses can be added in this way if needed. Custom Directories will then appear in the Directory drop-down list on their Connect window. Custom Directories otherwise work for Clients in the same way as Public Directories, displaying a list of Servers registered with them.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:18 +msgid "To run a Server as a Directory, it should be started with the `--directoryaddress` option to make itself (that is, `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`) the Directory to query for Servers." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:20 +msgid "When running a Server with the GUI, set the Custom Directory server address in the Options tab to \"localhost\", then select \"Custom\" from the Directory drop-down list." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Points to note about Directories" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:25 +msgid "If you want to control which Servers can register with your Directory, you can enable a whitelist with the `--listfilter` command line option in the format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:27 +msgid "When running a Server behind a NAT firewall on a private network and registering with a Directory on the same network, run the Server using the `--serverpublicip` option to specify the public IP address. This is necessary to allow Clients on the public Internet to connect to the correct address. Note that for the Server(s) using this option, you will still need proper port forwarding in your router/firewall." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:29 +msgid "When running a Client behind a NAT firewall on a private network with a Directory on the same network, the Directory itself needs to be run using the `--serverpublicip` option to specify the public IP address, so that any Servers on the public Internet registering with the Directory that require the \"hole punch\" can be accessed by the Client(s). (This is because otherwise the Directory would provide the local network address of the Client to the Server and the \"hole punch\" would fail.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:31 +msgid "If you need to restart your Directory for any reason (for example when rebooting the host), Servers connected to it will be disconnected until they re-register. This does not mean that Clients connected to those Servers will be disconnected, but does mean that new Clients will be not able to see Servers listed by your Directory until those Servers reconnect. To enable the list of registered Servers to persist between restarts, use the `--directoryfile` option to specify the location and name of a file that the Directory can read and write to." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:32 +msgid "Up to 150 Servers can then register with a Directory." +msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/FAQ.po b/_translator-files/po/th/FAQ.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6d4231b43 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/th/FAQ.po @@ -0,0 +1,223 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Thai Pangsakulyanont , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-11-07 06:22+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: th\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8.2\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "th" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/FAQ" +msgstr "/wiki/FAQ" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "FAQ" +msgstr "คำถามที่พบบ่อย" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus FAQ" +msgstr "คำถามที่พบบ่อยเกี่ยวกับ Jamulus" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:12 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:14 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" +msgstr "สารบัญ\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" +msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:19 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:21 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**For common problems and their solutions when using Jamulus, see the [Troubleshooting](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) page.**\n" +msgstr "**สำหรับปัญหาทั่วไปและวิธีแก้ไขปัญหาเมื่อใช้ Jamulus โปรดดูที่คู่มือ[การแก้ไขปัญหา](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting)**\n" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:23 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Is there a metronome, synchronization, or some other way of keeping in time?" +msgstr "มี metronome การซิงโครไนซ์ หรือวิธีอื่นๆ ในการช่วยรักษาจังหวะหรือไม่?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:26 +msgid "No. Musicians on a Jamulus Server play in real time together as they would in person. If you want a time signal, there are shared metronome solutions on the Internet you can try. But it’s probably best to just minimise latency so nobody has an overall delay more than about 30-50 ms." +msgstr "ไม่มี นักดนตรีบนเซิร์ฟเวอร์ Jamulus เล่นด้วยกันแบบเรียลไทม์เหมือนกับที่พวกเขาเล่นด้วยกันจริงๆ หากคุณต้องการสัญญาณบอกจังหวะ คุณสามารถหาเครื่องมือ metronome ออนไลน์ที่คุณสามารถลองใช้ร่วมกันได้ แต่ทางที่ดี ควรหาวิธีลด latency ให้น้อยที่สุด เพื่อไม่ให้ใครมี delay มากกว่า 30-50 มิลลิวินาที" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:28 +msgid "Bear in mind also that all participants should follow [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together) which will also determine whether you can play in time properly." +msgstr "โปรดทราบว่าผู้เข้าร่วมทุกคนควรปฏิบัติตาม [Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together) ซึ่งจะเป็นตัวกำหนดว่าคุณสามารถเล่นให้ตรงจังหวะได้อย่างถูกต้องหรือไม่" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:29 +#, no-wrap +msgid "How do I know if I can join a Server? Are there rules?" +msgstr "ฉันจะทราบได้อย่างไรว่าฉันสามารถเข้าร่วมเซิร์ฟเวอร์ได้หรือไม่? มีกฎไหม?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:32 +msgid "If somebody lists a Server on one of the Directories built into Jamulus, they accept that anyone can play on it. Jamulus has no password protection or other authentication mechanisms. Whilst some Servers may state their policies in the welcome message you will see in the chat window, Jamulus itself does nothing to enforce these." +msgstr "หากเซิร์ฟเวอร์อยู่บนหน้ารายชื่อเซิร์ฟเวอร์ของ Jamulus แสดงว่าเซิร์ฟเวอร์นั้นยอมรับให้ทุกคนสามารถเข้าเล่นได้ Jamulus ไม่มีระบบการป้องกันด้วยรหัสผ่านหรือกลไกการตรวจสอบสิทธิ์อื่นๆ แม้ว่าเซิร์ฟเวอร์บางแห่งอาจระบุเงื่อนไขการใช้งานไว้ในข้อความต้อนรับที่คุณจะเห็นในหน้าต่างแชท แต่ตัวโปรแกรม Jamulus เองไม่ได้มีส่วนเกี่ยวข้องใดๆ" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:34 +msgid "Note also that Servers do not have to be registered on a Directory in order for Jamulus Clients to connect to them. Server operators can just give out the address of their Servers to those they want to play with, and they can then connect directly. Have a look at [this overview for more information](/wiki/Running-a-Server#server-modes)." +msgstr "โปรดทราบว่าเซิร์ฟเวอร์ไม่จำเป็นต้องลงทะเบียนใน Directory เพื่อให้ไคลเอนต์ Jamulus เชื่อมต่อได้ ผู้ดูแลเซิร์ฟเวอร์สามารถให้ address ของเซิร์ฟเวอร์แก่ผู้ที่ต้องการเล่นด้วยกันได้ จากนั้นพวกเขาก็สามารถเชื่อมต่อโดยตรงได้ ดู[หน้านี้สำหรับข้อมูลเพิ่มเติม](/wiki/Running-a-Server#server-modes)" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:35 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why shouldn’t I use wireless equipment?" +msgstr "ทำไมฉันไม่ควรใช้อุปกรณ์ไร้สาย?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:38 +msgid "Whether or not you will be able to play in time with other musicians depends mainly on how much latency (delay) you have in your sound signal and whether you are all following [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together). An overall delay much bigger than 50 ms usually makes it too hard to play in time unless you train yourself to do so. Some musicians report they can play in time with delays of up to 70 ms by playing ahead of the beat. But much beyond that and it becomes too difficult unless timing isn’t an important factor in the music or you just want to listen." +msgstr "การที่คุณจะสามารถเล่นดนตรีพร้อมกับนักดนตรีคนอื่นๆ ได้อย่างถูกจังหวะหรือไม่นั้น ขึ้นอยู่กับปัจจัยหลัก 2 อย่าง คือ latency (ดีเลย์) ในสัญญาณเสียงของคุณ และการปฏิบัติตาม [Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together) โดยทั่วไปแล้ว delay ที่มากกว่า 50 ms มักจะทำให้เล่นให้ตรงจังหวะได้ยาก เว้นแต่ว่าคุณจะฝึกฝนตัวเองเป็นพิเศษ นักดนตรีบางคนรายงานว่าพวกเขาสามารถเล่นให้ตรงจังหวะได้แม้จะมี delay ถึง 70 ms โดยการเล่นนำจังหวะไปก่อน แต่มันจะเป็นเรื่องยากมากขึ้น หาก delay มากกว่านั้น เว้นแต่ว่าจังหวะจะไม่ใช่ปัจจัยสำคัญในเพลงนั้น หรือคุณแค่อยากฟังเฉยๆ" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:40 +msgid "So it makes sense to minimise any sources of delay or other problems with the signal. Even fast wi-fi is usually too variable to use for long periods with Jamulus, and Bluetooth headphones and mics usually introduce latencies of about 50 ms or more." +msgstr "ดังนั้น การลดต้นเหตุของดีเลย์หรือปัญหาอื่นๆ ที่อาจเกิดขึ้นกับสัญญาณเสียงจึงเป็นเรื่องที่ควรทำ แม้แต่ Wi-Fi ที่รวดเร็วก็มักจะไม่เสถียรพอที่จะใช้งานกับ Jamulus เป็นเวลานาน และหูฟัง Bluetooth กับไมโครโฟน Bluetooth มักจะมีดีเลย์ประมาณ 50 ms หรือมากกว่านั้น" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why should I not listen to my own signal?" +msgstr "ทำไมฉันไม่ควรฟังสัญญาณเสียงของตัวเอง" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:44 +msgid "For the same reason as you need to minimise delay in your signal in order to play in time, you need to make sure you are playing to your own sound that other musicians are hearing. More information on this, and a way of testing your setup to make sure you are obeying this “Golden Rule” [can be found here](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)." +msgstr "ด้วยเหตุผลเดียวกับที่คุณต้องลดดีเลย์ในสัญญาณเสียงของคุณเพื่อให้เล่นได้ตรงจังหวะ คุณต้องแน่ใจว่าคุณกำลังเล่นกับเสียงของตัวเองที่นักดนตรีคนอื่นๆ ได้ยิน ดูข้อมูลเพิ่มเติมเกี่ยวกับเรื่องนี้ และวิธีทดสอบการตั้งค่าของคุณเพื่อให้แน่ใจว่าคุณได้ปฏิบัติตาม “Golden Rule” นี้ [ได้ที่นี่](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:46 +msgid "Of course, if you are playing an acoustic instrument, or are a singer, it will be hard to exclude your “local” sound. But you should at least try to do so by for example using closed-back headphones turned up as loud as you are able to mask your own sound. This will let you concentrate on the mix coming back to you from the Server." +msgstr "แน่นอน หากคุณกำลังเล่นเครื่องดนตรีอะคูสติก หรือคุณเป็นนักร้อง การทำให้ไม่ได้ยินเสียงของคุณเองอาจทำได้ยาก แต่คุณควรพยายามลองทำดู เช่น การใช้หูฟังแบบครอบหู (closed-back) ที่ปรับระดับเสียงดังพอที่จะกลบเสียงของคุณเอง ซึ่งจะช่วยให้คุณสามารถจดจ่อกับเสียงมิกซ์ที่ส่งกลับมาหาคุณจากเซิร์ฟเวอร์ได้" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Do I need a fast Internet connection?" +msgstr "ฉันจำเป็นต้องใช้อินเทอร์เน็ตความเร็วสูงหรือไม่?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:50 +msgid "No, especially if you don't run a Server to host other musicians. Having a low ping is more important. Most people on standard broadband (e.g. 10 Mbit/s down and 1 Mbit/s up) will have no problems. For those running Servers at home, depending on how many people join, you may encounter issues if your _upstream_ bandwidth is lower than about 5 Mbit/s." +msgstr "ไม่จำเป็น โดยเฉพาะอย่างยิ่งถ้าคุณไม่ได้เปิดเซิร์ฟเวอร์เพื่อให้คนอื่นเข้ามาเล่น สิ่งที่สำคัญกว่า คือการมีค่า ping ที่ต่ำพอ คนส่วนใหญ่ที่ใช้อินเทอร์เน็ตบ้านความเร็วมาตรฐาน (เช่น ดาวน์โหลด 10 Mbps และอัปโหลด 1 Mbps) จะไม่มีปัญหา ส่วนผู้ที่เปิดเซิร์ฟเวอร์ Jamulus โดยใช้อินเทอร์เน็ตบ้าน คุณอาจประสบปัญหาได้ หากแบนด์วิดท์ _อัปโหลด_ ของคุณต่ำกว่าประมาณ 5 Mbps ทั้งนี้ขึ้นอยู่กับจำนวนคนที่เข้าร่วม" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:51 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Do I need to run a Server?" +msgstr "ฉันจำเป็นต้องเปิดเซิร์ฟเวอร์หรือไม่?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:54 +msgid "No. If you just intend to connect to other people’s Servers, then all you need is a Client. [Read this if you think you need to run your own Server](/wiki/Running-a-Server)." +msgstr "ไม่จำเป็น หากคุณแค่ต้องการเชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์ของคนอื่น สิ่งที่คุณต้องมีก็คือโปรแกรมไคลเอนต์ Jamulus [อ่านตรงนี้หากคุณคิดว่าคุณจำเป็นต้องเปิดเซิร์ฟเวอร์เป็นของตัวเอง](/wiki/Running-a-Server)" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:55 +#, no-wrap +msgid "How does Jamulus work (in general)?" +msgstr "Jamulus ทำงานอย่างไร (โดยทั่วไป)?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:58 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\"Diagram\n" +msgstr "\"Diagram\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:61 +msgid "Jamulus works on the Client-server principle. Everybody’s audio is sent to a Server, mixed and processed there. Afterwards, the audio is sent back to each Client. If a Server is registered in a Jamulus Directory, the Server's information will be provided to all Clients using that Directory." +msgstr "Jamulus ทำงานบนหลักการของไคลเอนต์-เซิร์ฟเวอร์ เสียงของทุกคนจะถูกส่งไปยังเซิร์ฟเวอร์ เพื่อมิกซ์เสียงและประมวลผลที่นั่น หลังจากนั้น เสียงจะถูกส่งกลับไปยังไคลเอนต์แต่ละคน หากเซิร์ฟเวอร์ลงทะเบียนไว้ใน Directory ของ Jamulus ข้อมูลของเซิร์ฟเวอร์จะถูกส่งไปยังไคลเอนต์ทั้งหมดที่ใช้ Directory นั้น" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:62 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why doesn't Jamulus provide video support?" +msgstr "ทำไม Jamulus ไม่รองรับวิดีโอ?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:65 +msgid "Adding video support adds a lot of complexity. You can use other software like Jitsi or Zoom if you want to see others when playing (or have an \"audience\"), but the video will be significantly behind the Jamulus audio." +msgstr "การเพิ่มการรองรับวิดีโอทำให้ระบบมีความซับซ้อนมากขึ้น คุณสามารถใช้ซอฟต์แวร์อื่นๆ เช่น Jitsi หรือ Zoom ได้ หากคุณต้องการเห็นหน้าคนอื่นๆ ขณะเล่น (หรือมี \"ผู้ชม\") แต่ภาพวิดีโอจะช้ากว่าเสียงจาก Jamulus อย่างมาก" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:67 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server FAQ" +msgstr "คำถามที่พบบ่อยเกี่ยวกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:69 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why do Registered Servers not need port forwarding?" +msgstr "ทำไมเซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่ลงทะเบียนแล้วไม่จำเป็นต้องทำ port forwarding?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:72 +msgid "Normally, network address translation (NAT) blocks incoming requests initiated from outside the local network. Inbound traffic is only possible for packets relating to an outbound request (strictly speaking, “related” and “established” packets to an initial outbound connection). In Registered Server mode, your Jamulus Server initiates an outbound connection when it connects to a Directory. From then on, the Directory sends (established/related) connection “pings” (not ICMP pings) to your Server at regular intervals to keep the relevant port(s) open on your router." +msgstr "โดยปกติแล้ว network address translation (NAT) จะบล็อกสัญญาณขาเข้าที่มาจากภายนอกเครือข่ายท้องถิ่น สัญญาณจากข้างนอกจะเข้าถึงคอมพิวเตอร์ของเราได้เฉพาะเมื่อแพ็กเก็ตนั้นเกี่ยวข้องกับสัญญาณที่เราเคยส่งออกไปก่อนหน้านี้เท่านั้น (ในเชิงเทคนิค คือแพ็กเก็ตที่มีสถานะ “related” และ “established”) ในกรณีที่เซิร์ฟเวอร์ของคุณได้ลงทะเบียนใน Directory ไว้ ตัวเซิร์ฟเวอร์ Jamulus ของคุณจะเริ่มต้นการเชื่อมต่อขาออกเมื่อเชื่อมต่อกับ Directory จากนั้นเป็นต้นไป ตัว Directory จะส่งสัญญาณ “ping” (ที่มีสถานะ established/related) (ไม่ใช่ ICMP ping) กลับมายังเซิร์ฟเวอร์ของคุณเป็นระยะๆ เพื่อให้พอร์ตที่เกี่ยวข้องยังคงเปิดอยู่บนเราเตอร์ของคุณ" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:73 +msgid "However, to reach an Unregistered Server, each Client has to initiate a connection into the Server’s network. A NAT prevents this, so you need to configure your router to allow incoming connection requests on the Jamulus port using port forwarding." +msgstr "อย่างไรก็ตาม ในกรณีของเซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่ไม่ได้ลงทะเบียนใน Directory ไคลเอนต์แต่ละรายจะต้องเริ่มต้นการเชื่อมต่อกับเครือข่ายของเซิร์ฟเวอร์ของคุณ แต่ระบบ NAT ที่อยู่ภายในเราเตอร์อาจจะป้องกันสิ่งนี้ ดังนั้นคุณจึงต้องกำหนดค่าในเราเตอร์ของคุณเพื่ออนุญาตคำขอการเชื่อมต่อขาเข้าบนพอร์ต Jamulus โดยการตั้งค่า port forwarding" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Getting-Started.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..28d674bba --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Getting-Started.po @@ -0,0 +1,269 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Thai Pangsakulyanont , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-11-07 06:22+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: th\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8.2\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "th" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Getting-Started" +msgstr "/wiki/Getting-Started" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "เซ็ตอัพ" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Setup - getting started with Jamulus" +msgstr "การเซ็ตอัพ - เริ่มต้นใช้งาน Jamulus" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:11 +msgid "To get the best from Jamulus, at a minimum you will need:" +msgstr "เพื่อให้ได้ประโยชน์สูงสุดจาก Jamulus อย่างน้อยคุณควรจะมี:" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15 +msgid "**A wired internet connection** (and turn wi-fi off. See the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))" +msgstr "**การเชื่อมต่ออินเทอร์เน็ตแบบใช้สาย** (ควรปิด Wi-Fi อ่านรายละเอียดได้ใน[คำถามที่พบบ่อย](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15 +msgid "**Wired headphones** (not Bluetooth or speakers - see the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))" +msgstr "**หูฟังแบบมีสาย** (ไม่ควรใช้ Bluetooth หรือลำโพง อ่านรายละเอียดได้ใน[คำถามที่พบบ่อย](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15 +msgid "**A reasonable audio device, sound card and/or mic** ([see this list](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) for examples)" +msgstr "**อุปกรณ์เสียง การ์ดเสียง และ/หรือไมโครโฟนที่เหมาะสม** ([ดูรายการนี้](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) สำหรับตัวอย่างอุปกรณ์ที่ใช้ได้)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:17 +msgid "If you have any questions, please see the [Discussions](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" +msgstr "หากคุณมีคำถามใดๆ โปรดดูที่[ฟอรัม](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "การติดตั้ง" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:21 +msgid "To get Jamulus working with your operating system, please follow the installation guide for your platform:" +msgstr "หากต้องการให้ Jamulus ทำงานกับระบบปฏิบัติการของคุณ โปรดทำตามคู่มือการติดตั้งสำหรับแพลตฟอร์มของคุณ:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:28 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"
\n" +" Windows\n" +" macOS\n" +" Linux\n" +"
\n" +"_[Android](Installation-for-Android) and [iOS](Installation-for-iOS) can be used too, but are considered experimental._\n" +msgstr "" +"
\n" +" Windows\n" +" macOS\n" +" Linux\n" +"
\n" +"_[Android](Installation-for-Android) และ [iOS](Installation-for-iOS) สามารถใช้งานได้เช่นกัน แต่ยังถือว่าอยู่ในขั้นทดลอง_\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:30 +msgid "And for now, close all other applications. It’s best to start simple at first." +msgstr "และในตอนนี้ ให้ปิดแอปพลิเคชันอื่นๆ ทั้งหมดก่อน การเริ่มต้นจากสิ่งที่เรียบง่ายที่สุดก่อนจะดีที่สุด" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Hardware Setup" +msgstr "การตั้งค่าฮาร์ดแวร์" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:34 +msgid "If you use external audio hardware, plug that in before you start Jamulus. If you haven't configured your hardware, please see the installation guides mentioned above." +msgstr "หากคุณใช้อุปกรณ์เสียงภายนอก ให้เสียบอุปกรณ์นั้นก่อนเริ่ม Jamulus หากคุณยังไม่ได้กำหนดค่าฮาร์ดแวร์ของคุณ โปรดดูคู่มือการติดตั้งที่กล่าวถึงข้างต้น" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:35 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus main window" +msgstr "หน้าต่างหลักของ Jamulus" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:38 +msgid "When you open Jamulus, you will see a window which looks like this:" +msgstr "เมื่อคุณเปิด Jamulus คุณจะเห็นหน้าต่างที่มีลักษณะดังนี้:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:43 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"
\n" +" \"Screenshot\"\n" +"
The main window before you connect to a Server
\n" +"
\n" +msgstr "" +"
\n" +" \"Screenshot\"\n" +"
หน้าต่างหลักที่จะแสดงก่อนที่คุณจะเชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์
\n" +"
\n" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:45 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Setting up a profile" +msgstr "การตั้งค่าโปรไฟล์" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:48 +msgid "First, let others know who you are. Click on the “Settings” button on the bottom left and go to “My Profile…”. Now you will see this:" +msgstr "อันดับแรก ให้คนอื่นรู้ว่าคุณเป็นใคร คลิกที่ปุ่ม “Settings” ที่ด้านล่างซ้าย และไปที่ “My Profile…” ตอนนี้คุณจะเห็นสิ่งนี้:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:53 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"
\n" +" \"Screenshot\"\n" +"
Let people know who you are
\n" +"
\n" +msgstr "" +"
\n" +" \"Screenshot\"\n" +"
ตั้งค่าโปรไฟล์ให้คนอื่นรู้ว่าคุณเป็นใคร
\n" +"
\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:56 +msgid "Fill in at least “Alias/Name” and close the window." +msgstr "กรอก “Alias/Name” และข้อมูลอื่นๆ หากต้องการ แล้วปิดหน้าต่าง" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:57 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Connecting to a Server and testing your sound" +msgstr "การเชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์และทดสอบเสียงของคุณ" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:60 +msgid "Before you connect to a Server, you should **not** be able to hear yourself. Listening to your sound from Jamulus (and not from yourself) is called “The Golden Rule” and enables you to play in time with others ([see the FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-should-i-not-listen-to-my-own-signal))." +msgstr "ก่อนที่คุณจะเชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์ คุณ**ไม่ควร**ได้ยินเสียงของตัวเอง การฟังเสียงของคุณจาก Jamulus (และไม่ใช่จากตัวคุณเอง) เรียกว่า “Golden Rule” (กฎทองคำ) และช่วยให้คุณเล่นดนตรีพร้อมกับผู้อื่นได้ ([ดูคำถามที่พบบ่อย](/wiki/FAQ#why-should-i-not-listen-to-my-own-signal))" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:62 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Before playing with others, we recommend that you connect to an empty Server to test your setup**, and make sure you are listening to the signal coming back from the Server (if possible) and not yourself.\n" +msgstr "**ก่อนเล่นดนตรีกับผู้อื่น เราขอแนะนำให้คุณเชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่ว่างเปล่าเพื่อทดสอบการตั้งค่าของคุณ** และตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าคุณกำลังฟังสัญญาณที่ส่งกลับมาจากเซิร์ฟเวอร์ (ถ้าเป็นไปได้) และไม่ใช่เสียงของคุณเอง\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:64 +msgid "Now use the “Connect” button in the Jamulus main window to join a Server. A window will now open:" +msgstr "ต่อไป กดปุ่ม “Connect” ในหน้าต่างหลักของ Jamulus เพื่อเข้าร่วมเซิร์ฟเวอร์ จะมีหน้าต่างใหม่เปิดขึ้นมา:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:69 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"
\n" +" \"Screenshot\n" +"
Connect to a Server
\n" +"
\n" +msgstr "" +"
\n" +" \"Screenshot\n" +"
เชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์
\n" +"
\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:71 +msgid "The most important thing about Servers is their “ping time”. The bigger the number, the harder it will be to play in time with others. Usually, you would select a Server with a ping of less than 50ms if you can." +msgstr "สิ่งที่สำคัญที่สุดเกี่ยวกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์คือ “ping time” ยิ่งตัวเลขมากเท่าไหร่ การเล่นให้ตรงจังหวะกับคนอื่นก็จะยิ่งยากขึ้นเท่านั้น โดยปกติ คุณควรเลือกเซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่มี ping น้อยกว่า 50ms หากเป็นไปได้" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:73 +msgid "Once connected to a Server, make sure you can hear yourself OK and fix any input volume or other problems. You can have a look at the [troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) for common problems. And of course, check that you are also able to obey [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)." +msgstr "เมื่อเชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์แล้ว ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าคุณได้ยินเสียงตัวเองชัดเจนดี และแก้ไขปัญหาเกี่ยวกับระดับเสียงอินพุตหรือปัญหาอื่นๆ คุณสามารถดู[หน้าการแก้ไขปัญหา](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) สำหรับปัญหาทั่วไป และแน่นอนว่า ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าคุณสามารถปฏิบัติตาม [Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together) ได้ด้วย" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:74 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Playing for the first time" +msgstr "การเริ่มต้นเล่นเป็นครั้งแรก" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:77 +msgid "With your sound all set up, you are ready to go. When you connect to a Server (you may want to select a genre from the list), the faders you see on the right are your own personal mix. Everything you change here will change what you hear, but won’t affect others. If you move a fader down, that channel will be quieter, if you move it up, the channel will be louder for you." +msgstr "เมื่อตั้งค่าเสียงเรียบร้อยแล้ว คุณก็พร้อมที่จะเริ่มเล่น เมื่อคุณเชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์ (คุณอาจต้องการเลือก genre จากรายการ) เฟดเดอร์ต่างๆ ที่คุณเห็นทางด้านขวา คือมิกเซอร์ส่วนตัวของคุณ คุณสามารถปรับเปลี่ยนความดังเบาของแชนแนลต่างๆ ที่คุณได้ยิน แต่มันจะไม่มีผลต่อคนอื่น หากคุณเลื่อนเฟดเดอร์ลง เสียงของแชนแนลนั้นจะเบาลง หากคุณเลื่อนขึ้น เสียงของแชนแนลนั้นจะดังขึ้นสำหรับคุณ" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:82 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"
\n" +" \"Screenshot\"\n" +"
The main window when you are connected to a Server
\n" +"
\n" +msgstr "" +"
\n" +" \"Screenshot\"\n" +"
หน้าต่างหลักหลังจากที่คุณเชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์แล้ว
\n" +"
\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:84 +msgid "If you don’t want others to hear your audio, click on the “Mute Myself” button which will stop your audio from being sent to other people. They won’t be able to tell you have done this though. But if you see a “mute” icon above a fader, that means they can’t hear you because they've muted your channel in their mix." +msgstr "หากคุณไม่ต้องการให้ผู้อื่นได้ยินเสียงของคุณ ให้คลิกที่ปุ่ม “Mute Myself” เพื่อหยุดส่งเสียงของคุณไปยังผู้อื่น คนอื่นๆ จะไม่รู้ว่าคุณปิดเสียงตัวเอง แต่ถ้าคุณเห็นไอคอน “mute” แสดงเหนือเฟดเดอร์ของคนอื่น นั่นหมายความว่าคนคนนั้นจะไม่ได้ยินเสียงคุณ เนื่องจากเข้าของเฟดเดอร์นั้นได้ปิดเสียงแชนแนลของคุณในมิกเซอร์ของเขา" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:86 +msgid "Note that you can use the Chat facility at any time to message other people while you are connected. The welcome message in the chat may also state some guidelines for use." +msgstr "โปรดทราบว่าคุณสามารถใช้ฟังก์ชัน Chat เพื่อส่งข้อความถึงผู้อื่นได้ตลอดเวลาในขณะที่คุณเชื่อมต่ออยู่ นอกจากนี้ ข้อความต้อนรับในแชทอาจระบุแนวทางหรือกฎเกณฑ์การใช้งานสำหรับเซิร์ฟเวอร์นั้น" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:88 +msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)." +msgstr "คุณสามารถดูข้อมูลเพิ่มเติมเกี่ยวกับการใช้งาน Jamulus ได้ใน[คู่มือสำหรับผู้ใช้](/wiki/Software-Manual)" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:89 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "การแก้ไขปัญหา" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:91 +msgid "Having audio trouble? Can't see Servers, or some other issue? Have a look at the [Troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting), or feel free to ask in the [Discussions](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)." +msgstr "มีปัญหาเกี่ยวกับเสียง? มองไม่เห็นเซิร์ฟเวอร์ หรือมีปัญหาอื่นๆ? ลองดู[คู่มือการแก้ไขปัญหา](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) หรืออย่าลังเลที่จะสอบถามใน[ฟอรัม](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Include-Backing-Up.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Include-Backing-Up.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..70910360c --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Include-Backing-Up.po @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:2 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:4 +msgid "Once installed and running, you may want to keep a copy of your settings. Having a backup is always a good idea, and settings files are not backwardly compatible between versions of Jamulus. So if you want to go back to the previous version, you will need to restore the settings you had." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:6 +msgid "To find your settings file on Windows, type `%APPDATA%` into the search bar and look for a folder named `Jamulus`. There will be one or more `.ini` files in this folder. Now back up Jamulus' settings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:8 +msgid "For all other platforms, run the following from the command line to find where they live and copy the files to another location:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:10 +msgid "`find ~ -name Jamulus.ini -ls`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:13 +msgid "If you used the `--inifile` parameter to save an inifile to a different location, don't forget to also backup these files. **Points to note**" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:16 +msgid "Do not back up or restore settings files when Jamulus is running." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:16 +msgid "It is not recommended to manually edit settings files (they're not designed for that)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:16 +msgid "You can revert all settings to their defaults by just deleting the settings file (after closing Jamulus)." +msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Include-Client-Commands.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3c55c0e27 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Include-Client-Commands.po @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3 +msgid "`-M` or `--mutestream` Prevent others on a server from hearing what I play" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3 +msgid "`--mutemyown` Prevent me from hearing what I play in the server mix (headless only)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3 +msgid "`-c` or `--connect` Connect to given server address on startup, format `address[:port]`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:4 +msgid "`-j` or `--nojackconnect` Disable auto JACK connections" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6 +msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI channel to listen on, Jamulus control + MIDI control number and count of consecutive CC numbers (or Jamulus channels), device selection option. Format: `channel[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dDeviceName]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6 +msgid "`--clientname` Window title and JACK client name" +msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Include-Shared-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Include-Shared-Commands.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c4181a249 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Include-Shared-Commands.po @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:3 +msgid "[comment]: # (This is an include file for use in multiple documents)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-h` or `--help` Display help text" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default. On macOS simply provide a filename only, since config files can only be read from `/Users//Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/`. For the server replace `app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus` with `app.jamulussoftware.JamulusServer`. Turn on \"Show Library folder\" in \"Show view options\" in Finder to see this folder.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-n` or `--nogui` Disable GUI (for use in headless mode)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-p` or `--port` Sets the local UDP port number. Default is 22124" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`--jsonrpcport` Enables JSON-RPC API server to control the app, set TCP port number (EXPERIMENTAL, APIs might change; only accessible from localhost). Please see [the JSON-RPC API Documentation file](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`--jsonrpcsecretfile` Required when using `--jsonrpcport`. Sets a path to a text file containing an authentication string for getting access to the JSON-RPC API." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`--jsonrpcbindip` The IP address the JSON-RPC server should bind to. (optional, defaults to 127.0.0.1)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-Q` or `--qos` Sets the quality of service DS Field byte. Default is 128 (DSCP/CS4). QoS is ignored by Windows. To enable it, [see this page](QOS-Windows)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-t` or `--notranslation` Disable UI language translations" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-6` or `--enableipv6` Enable IPv6 addressing (IPv4 is always enabled)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-v` or `--version` Output version information and exit" +msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Android.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Android.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..79bbb947e --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Android.po @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Thai Pangsakulyanont , 2024. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-08 07:15+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: th\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "th" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Android" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:11 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installation for Android" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:9 +msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"การใช้ Jamulus\" branch1=\"เริ่มต้นใช้งาน\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:14 +msgid "Make sure you've already read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." +msgstr "โปรดแน่ใจว่าคุณได้อ่านหน้า [เริ่มต้นใช้งาน](Getting-Started) แล้ว" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:16 +msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" +msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Things to note about Android" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:20 +msgid "Although you **can** install Jamulus on Android devices (and hear sound), we strongly recommend **not** doing so. Sound quality - especially over WiFi - is usually bad and latency is high. If you have don't own a PC, we suggest you to buy a [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } which is an inexpensive and small device that performs very well with Jamulus. Android support is just a proof of concept." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:21 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Install the Android PoC" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:24 +msgid "If you do want to try Jamulus on Android:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:28 +msgid "Allow the installation of apps from unknown sources (look in Settings>Security. Note: The exact way to do this depends on your device and OS-version)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:28 +msgid "[Download and install Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.android }}){: .button}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:28 +msgid "You should now be able to run Jamulus on your Android device" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:29 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Feedback and development" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:32 +msgid "We are very happy to get feedback from Android users and developers. Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:35 +#, no-wrap +msgid "All installed?" +msgstr "ติดตั้งเสร็จแล้วใช่ไหม?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:38 +msgid "Jamulus has been installed and can be used now. You can now take a look at the" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:39 +msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgstr "[เริ่มต้นใช้งาน](Getting-Started){: .button}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Linux.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Linux.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d3b927f60 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Linux.po @@ -0,0 +1,287 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Thai Pangsakulyanont , 2024. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-08 07:15+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: th\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "th" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux" +msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installation for Linux" +msgstr "การติดตั้งบน Linux" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:9 +msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"การใช้ Jamulus\" branch1=\"เริ่มต้นใช้งาน\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:13 +msgid "Make sure you read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." +msgstr "โปรดแน่ใจว่าคุณได้อ่านหน้า [เริ่มต้นใช้งาน](Getting-Started) แล้ว" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:15 +msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" +msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Upgrading?** You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first.\n" +msgstr "**อัปเกรดเวอร์ชัน?** คุณอาจต้องการ[สำรองข้อมูลการตั้งค่าของคุณ](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) ก่อน\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:19 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Installing a server?** Read the [guide for server adminstrators](Running-a-Server) first.\n" +msgstr "**ติดตั้งเซิร์ฟเวอร์?** อ่าน[คู่มือสำหรับผู้ดูแลเซิร์ฟเวอร์](Running-a-Server) ก่อน\n" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Debian and Ubuntu" +msgstr "Debian และ Ubuntu" + +#. type: Title #### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Using the official Repository (recommended)" +msgstr "ใช้ Repository อย่างเป็นทางการ (แนะนำ)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:25 +msgid "We provide a repository for Debian and Ubuntu based distributions that allows automatic updates alongside your other system updates. To use the repository:" +msgstr "เรามี repository สำหรับ Debian และ Ubuntu ที่ช่วยให้คุณสามารถอัปเดตโปรแกรม Jamulus ได้โดยอัตโนมัติพร้อมกับการอัปเดตระบบอื่นๆ วิธีการใช้ repository:" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 +msgid "Open your Terminal (CTRL+ALT+T should work)" +msgstr "เปิด Terminal (คีย์ลัด CTRL+ALT+T)" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +msgid "*Ubuntu only* - Enable the Ubuntu \"universe\" repository (you can use the [GUI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/148645) or [CLI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/227788))." +msgstr "*เฉพาะ Ubuntu* - เปิดใช้งาน repository \"universe\" ของ Ubuntu (คุณสามารถใช้ [เปิดใช้งานผ่าน GUI](https://askubuntu.com/a/148645) หรือ [เปิดใช้งานด้วยคำสั่งใน Terminal](https://askubuntu.com/a/227788))" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 +msgid "Download the repository setup script:\\\\" +msgstr "ดาวน์โหลดสคริปต์ตั้งค่า repository:\\\\" + +#. type: Fenced code block (bash) +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 +#, no-wrap +msgid "curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh\n" +msgstr "curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh\n" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:33 +msgid "Make the script executable:\\\\" +msgstr "ตั้งค่าให้สคริปต์สามารถรันได้:\\\\" + +#. type: Fenced code block (bash) +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:33 +#, no-wrap +msgid "chmod +x setup_repo.sh\n" +msgstr "chmod +x setup_repo.sh\n" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:37 +msgid "Run the setup script and install Jamulus:\\\\" +msgstr "รันสคริปต์ตั้งค่าและติดตั้ง Jamulus:\\\\" + +#. type: Fenced code block (bash) +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:37 +#, no-wrap +msgid "sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus\n" +msgstr "sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus\n" + +#. type: Title #### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installing the .deb files manually" +msgstr "ติดตั้งไฟล์ .deb ด้วยตนเอง" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +msgid "Download Jamulus for your architecture: [amd64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}), [armf]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}) or [arm64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }})" +msgstr "ดาวน์โหลด Jamulus สำหรับสถาปัตยกรรมของคุณ: [amd64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}), [armf]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}) หรือ [arm64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }})" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +msgid "Update apt by opening a console window (CTRL+ALT+T should work) and type: `sudo apt-get update`" +msgstr "อัปเดต apt โดยเปิดหน้าต่าง Terminal (คีย์ลัด CTRL+ALT+T) แล้วพิมพ์: `sudo apt-get update`" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +msgid "Go to where you downloaded the installer and either double-click on it, or use the command line: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` (or for Raspberry Pi etc. as above)" +msgstr "ไปที่โฟลเดอร์ที่คุณดาวน์โหลดไฟล์ติดตั้งไว้ จากนั้นดับเบิลคลิกที่ไฟล์ หรือใช้คำสั่ง: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` (หรือสำหรับ Raspberry Pi ฯลฯ ตามข้างต้น)" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +msgid "Once installed, you can delete the file and close any console windows." +msgstr "เมื่อติดตั้งเสร็จแล้ว คุณสามารถลบไฟล์และปิดหน้าต่างคอนโซลได้" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Upgrades:** If you need to upgrade Jamulus to a newer version and install Jamulus manually, just download the new .deb file and re-install as above.\n" +msgstr "**การอัปเกรด:** หากคุณต้องการอัปเกรด Jamulus เป็นเวอร์ชันที่ใหม่กว่าและติดตั้ง Jamulus ด้วยตนเอง เพียงดาวน์โหลดไฟล์ .deb ใหม่ แล้วติดตั้งใหม่อีกครั้งตามขั้นตอนข้างต้น\n" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:51 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Other distributions" +msgstr "ดิสทริบิวชันอื่นๆ" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:54 +msgid "For installers on other distributions, see their package managers and [Repology](https://repology.org/project/jamulus/versions). If an up-to-date version of Jamulus is not included in your distribution, you can [compile Jamulus from source](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md). Note also the contributed [installation scripts](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/installscripts)." +msgstr "สำหรับตัวติดตั้งบนดิสทริบิวชันอื่นๆ ให้ดูที่ตัวจัดการแพ็กเกจของดิสทริบิวชันนั้นๆ และ [Repology](https://repology.org/project/jamulus/versions) หากดิสทริบิวชันของคุณไม่มี Jamulus เวอร์ชันล่าสุด คุณสามารถ[คอมไพล์ Jamulus จากซอร์สโค้ด](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md) ได้ และลองดู[สคริปต์การติดตั้ง](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/installscripts) ที่ผู้ใช้คนอื่นๆ สร้างขึ้น" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:55 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Set up your hardware" +msgstr "การตั้งค่าฮาร์ดแวร์" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:60 +msgid "The Jamulus Client needs to connect to a running [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) server in order to start. You need to find out which is the low-latency sound server for your distribution. - If your distribution uses [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/), see how to [configure JACK with QjackCtl](Installation-for-Linux#configure-jack-with-qjackctl). - If your distribution uses PipeWire, see how to [configure PipeWire](Installation-for-Linux#configure-pipewire)." +msgstr "ไคลเอนต์ Jamulus จำเป็นต้องเชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์ [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) ที่กำลังทำงานอยู่จึงจะเริ่มทำงานได้ คุณต้องตรวจสอบว่าเซิร์ฟเวอร์เสียงแบบ low-latency สำหรับดิสทริบิวชันของคุณคือตัวไหน - หากดิสทริบิวชันของคุณใช้ [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) ให้ดูวิธี [กำหนดค่า JACK ด้วย QjackCtl](Installation-for-Linux#configure-jack-with-qjackctl) - หากดิสทริบิวชันของคุณใช้ PipeWire ให้ดูวิธี [กำหนดค่า PipeWire](Installation-for-Linux#configure-pipewire)" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:61 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Configure JACK with QjackCtl" +msgstr "การกำหนดค่า JACK ด้วย QjackCtl" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:64 +msgid "To run a [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) server, the recommended method is to use `QjackCtl`." +msgstr "วิธีที่แนะนำสำหรับการรันเซิร์ฟเวอร์ [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) คือการใช้ `QjackCtl`" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 +msgid "Launch QjackCtl. You will see the **Qt JACK Control utility main page**." +msgstr "เปิด QjackCtl ขึ้นมา คุณจะเห็น **Qt JACK Control utility main page**" + +#. type: Bullet: '2. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 +msgid "Configure your sound hardware as follows:" +msgstr "กำหนดค่าอุปกรณ์เสียงของคุณดังนี้:" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71 +msgid "Set the audio **Interface** to the one you want (there may be several in the list - choose the correct one as this cannot be changed without stopping Jamulus and JACK)." +msgstr "ตั้งค่า **Interface** เสียง ให้ตรงกับอุปกรณ์ที่คุณต้องการใช้ (อาจมีหลายตัวเลือกในรายการ ให้เลือกอันที่ถูกต้อง เพราะระหว่างที่ Jamulus และ JACK ทำงานคุณจะไม่สามารถเปลี่ยนแปลงการตั้งค่านี้ได้)" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71 +msgid "Set the **Sample Rate to 48000**." +msgstr "ตั้งค่า **Sample Rate เป็น 48000**" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71 +msgid "Set the **Frames/Period to 128** and **Periods/Buffer at 2** at first." +msgstr "ตั้งค่า **Frames/Period เป็น 128** และ **Periods/Buffer เป็น 2** ในตอนแรก" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:73 +msgid "Restart JACK for the new settings to take effect and continue from the [Start Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#start-jamulus) section below." +msgstr "รีสตาร์ท JACK เพื่อให้การตั้งค่าใหม่มีผล จากนั้นไปที่หัวข้อ [เริ่ม Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#start-jamulus) ด้านล่าง" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:74 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Configure PipeWire" +msgstr "การกำหนดค่า PipeWire" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:79 +msgid "PipeWire provides its own JACK server. When you launch the Jamulus Client, PipeWire automatically runs a JACK server. However, there are a few parameters to adjust. You need to set your audio interface to the \"pro-audio\" profile and define PipeWire's \"rate\" and \"quantum\" parameters beforehand. You can find more information about the configuration in the [PipeWire wiki](https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/pipewire/pipewire/-/wikis/Config-JACK#jack-server)." +msgstr "PipeWire มีเซิร์ฟเวอร์ JACK เป็นของตัวเอง เมื่อคุณเปิดไคลเอนต์ Jamulus ตัว PipeWire จะรันเซิร์ฟเวอร์ JACK โดยอัตโนมัติ อย่างไรก็ตาม มีพารามิเตอร์บางอย่างที่ต้องปรับแต่ง คุณต้องตั้งค่าออดิโออินเตอร์เฟสของคุณเป็นโปรไฟล์ \"pro-audio\" และกำหนดค่าพารามิเตอร์ \"rate\" และ \"quantum\" ของ PipeWire ไว้ล่วงหน้า คุณสามารถดูข้อมูลเพิ่มเติมเกี่ยวกับการกำหนดค่าได้ใน [PipeWire wiki](https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/pipewire/pipewire/-/wikis/Config-JACK#jack-server)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:83 +msgid "To set up your system: 1. Open `pavucontrol` (the audio mixer) and choose the \"pro-audio\" profile for your sound hardware in the configuration tab. 2. In a terminal use the following two commands to force PipeWire's rate and quantum:" +msgstr "วิธีตั้งค่าระบบของคุณ: 1. เปิด `pavucontrol` (โปรแกรมมิกซ์เสียง) แล้วเลือกโปรไฟล์ \"pro-audio\" สำหรับอุปกรณ์เสียงของคุณในแท็บการกำหนดค่า 2. ใน Terminal ให้ใช้คำสั่งสองคำสั่งต่อไปนี้เพื่อบังคับค่า rate และ quantum ของ PipeWire:" + +#. type: Fenced code block (bash) +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:83 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-rate 48000\n" +"pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-quantum 128\n" +msgstr "" +"pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-rate 48000\n" +"pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-quantum 128\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:88 +msgid "After this, continue from the [Start Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#start-jamulus) section below." +msgstr "หลังจากนั้น ไปที่หัวข้อ [เริ่ม Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#start-jamulus) ด้านล่าง" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:89 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Start Jamulus" +msgstr "เริ่ม Jamulus" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:92 +msgid "With JACK or PipeWire configured, launch Jamulus." +msgstr "หลังจากกำหนดค่า JACK หรือ PipeWire เสร็จแล้ว ให้เปิด Jamulus" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:94 +msgid "If you have any problems, first check [the troubleshooting page](Client-Troubleshooting)." +msgstr "หากคุณมีปัญหาใดๆ ให้ตรวจสอบ [หน้าการแก้ไขปัญหา](Client-Troubleshooting) ก่อน" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:95 +#, no-wrap +msgid "All installed?" +msgstr "ติดตั้งเสร็จแล้วใช่ไหม?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:98 +msgid "Take a look at the" +msgstr "ลองดูหน้า" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:99 +msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgstr "[เริ่มต้นใช้งาน](Getting-Started){: .button}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Macintosh.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Macintosh.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c31645930 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Macintosh.po @@ -0,0 +1,105 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Thai Pangsakulyanont , 2024, 2025. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-29 13:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: th\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "th" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh" +msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installation for macOS" +msgstr "การติดตั้งบน macOS" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:9 +msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"การใช้ Jamulus\" branch1=\"เริ่มต้นใช้งาน\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:13 +msgid "Make sure you've already read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." +msgstr "โปรดแน่ใจว่าคุณได้อ่านหน้า [เริ่มต้นใช้งาน](Getting-Started) แล้ว" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:15 +msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" +msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:17 +msgid "Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first." +msgstr "อัปเกรดเวอร์ชัน? คุณอาจต้องการ[สำรองข้อมูลการตั้งค่าของคุณ](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) ก่อน" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"1. [Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +" **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +"1. **Install Jamulus**: Open the downloaded `.dmg` file, agree to the licence, *drag and drop* each icon you see in the window (Jamulus Client and Server) into your *Applications folder*. After that, you can close this window.\n" +"1. **Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" +msgstr "" +"1. [ดาวน์โหลด Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\n" +"\n" +"· **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +"\n" +"1. **ติดตั้ง Jamulus**: เปิดไฟล์ `.dmg` ที่ดาวน์โหลดมา ยอมรับข้อตกลงสิทธิ์การใช้งาน *ลากและวาง* ไอคอนทั้งหมดที่คุณเห็นในหน้าต่าง (Jamulus Client และ Server) ลงใน *โฟลเดอร์ Applications* หลังจากนั้น คุณสามารถปิดหน้าต่างนี้ได้\n" +"\n" +"1. **เปิด Jamulus**: ตอนนี้คุณควรจะสามารถใช้ Jamulus ได้เหมือนกับแอปพลิเคชันอื่นๆ\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:24 +msgid "_You can remove the folder in the Downloads directory containing the `.dmg` and eject the \"Jamulus\" drive on your desktop. They are no longer needed._" +msgstr "_คุณสามารถลบโฟลเดอร์ในไดเร็กทอรี Downloads ที่มีไฟล์ `.dmg` อยู่ และนำไดรฟ์ \"Jamulus\" ออกจากเดสก์ท็อปของคุณได้ เนื่องจากไม่จำเป็นต้องใช้แล้ว_" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** You can find old (legacy) versions supporting outdated operating systems on the [GitHub release page](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases).\n" +msgstr "**หมายเหตุ:** คุณสามารถค้นหาเวอร์ชันเก่า (legacy) ที่รองรับระบบปฏิบัติการรุ่นเก่าๆ ได้ใน [หน้า release บน GitHub](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases).\n" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:27 +#, no-wrap +msgid "All installed?" +msgstr "ติดตั้งเสร็จแล้วใช่ไหม?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:30 +msgid "Take a look at the" +msgstr "ลองดูหน้า" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:31 +msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgstr "[เริ่มต้นใช้งาน](Getting-Started){: .button}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Windows.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b1ec26cdb --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-Windows.po @@ -0,0 +1,254 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Thai Pangsakulyanont , 2024, 2025. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-29 13:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: th\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "th" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows" +msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installation for Windows" +msgstr "การติดตั้งบน Windows" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:9 +msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"การใช้ Jamulus\" branch1=\"เริ่มต้นใช้งาน\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:13 +msgid "Make sure you read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." +msgstr "โปรดแน่ใจว่าคุณได้อ่านหน้า [เริ่มต้นใช้งาน](Getting-Started) แล้ว" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:15 +msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" +msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:17 +msgid "Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first." +msgstr "อัปเกรดเวอร์ชัน? คุณอาจต้องการ[สำรองข้อมูลการตั้งค่าของคุณ](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) ก่อน" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:24 +msgid "**Download and install an ASIO Driver**. Try to use the driver that your hardware manufacturer provides. If you can't find that, or you don't have an external sound card, you probably need to install ASIO4ALL. For more information scroll down to the [ASIO](#asio) section." +msgstr "**ดาวน์โหลดและติดตั้ง ASIO Driver** หากผู้ผลิตฮาร์ดแวร์ของคุณได้จัดเตรียมไดรเวอร์ ASIO ไว้ให้ ขอแนะนำให้ลองใช้ไดรเวอร์นั้นดู แต่หากคุณหาไม่พบ หรือคุณไม่ได้ใช้ออดิโออินเตอร์เฟสแยก คุณอาจต้องติดตั้ง ASIO4ALL สำหรับข้อมูลเพิ่มเติม เลื่อนลงไปอ่านที่หัวข้อ [ASIO](#asio)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"1. [Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +" **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +"1. **Install Jamulus**: Double click the installer to launch it. If you get a warning notice from SmartScreen, click on \"More info\" and \"Run anyway\" to install Jamulus. (If you grabbed a new version of Jamulus and are one of the first people who downloaded it, Jamulus won't be whitelisted by SmartScreen yet. We don't pay for code signing.)\n" +"1. **Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" +"1. **Set up your sound card**. When you're done, you need to set up your audio hardware. And if you are using ASIO4ALL, have a look at how to set that up below.\n" +msgstr "" +"1. [ดาวน์โหลด Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +" **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +"1. **ติดตั้ง Jamulus**: ดับเบิลคลิกที่ไฟล์ติดตั้งเพื่อเปิดใช้งาน หากคุณได้รับข้อความเตือนจาก SmartScreen ให้คลิกที่ \"More info\" และ \"Run anyway\" เพื่อติดตั้ง Jamulus (หากคุณดาวน์โหลด Jamulus เวอร์ชันใหม่ล่าสุด และเป็นหนึ่งในคนกลุ่มแรกๆ ที่ดาวน์โหลด ตัวโปรแกรม Jamulus อาจจะยังไม่ได้รับการรับรองจาก SmartScreen เนื่องจากเราไม่ได้จ่ายเงินสำหรับ code signing)\n" +"1. **เปิด Jamulus**: ตอนนี้คุณควรจะสามารถใช้ Jamulus ได้เหมือนกับแอปพลิเคชันอื่นๆ\n" +"1. **ตั้งค่าการ์ดเสียงของคุณ**: เมื่อติดตั้งเสร็จแล้ว คุณต้องตั้งค่าอุปกรณ์เสียงของคุณ และหากคุณกำลังใช้ ASIO4ALL โปรดดูวิธีการตั้งค่าด้านล่าง\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:26 +msgid "_Please note that you are not permitted to redistribute this binary without acquiring a [licence agreement from Steinberg](https://www.steinberg.net/developers/)._" +msgstr "_โปรดทราบว่าคุณไม่ได้รับอนุญาตให้แจกจ่ายไฟล์โปรแกรมนี้หากยังไม่ได้รับ[ข้อตกลงสิทธิ์การใช้งานจาก Steinberg](https://www.steinberg.net/developers/)._" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:28 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** If you don't want to use ASIO or prefer [JACK on Windows](https://jackaudio.org/faq/jack_on_windows.html), you can also use the [JACK version of Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows-jack }}). You can find old (legacy) versions supporting outdated operating systems on the [GitHub release page](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases).\n" +msgstr "** หมายเหตุ:** หากคุณไม่ต้องการใช้ ASIO หรือต้องการใช้ [JACK บน Windows](https://jackaudio.org/faq/jack_on_windows.html) คุณสามารถใช้ [Jamulus เวอร์ชัน JACK]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows-jack }}) แทนได้ และคุณสามารถค้นหาเวอร์ชันเก่า (legacy) ที่รองรับระบบปฏิบัติการรุ่นเก่าๆ ได้ใน [หน้า release บน GitHub](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases).\n" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ASIO" +msgstr "ASIO" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:34 +msgid "Jamulus can use [ASIO](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Audio_Stream_Input/Output)." +msgstr "Jamulus สามารถใช้ [ASIO](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Audio_Stream_Input/Output) ได้" + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:37 +msgid "If you have an external sound card/audio interface, use its official ASIO driver if you can (they usually provide the best quality)." +msgstr "หากคุณมีการ์ดเสียงหรือออดิโออินเตอร์เฟสแยก เราขอแนะนำให้ใช้งานไดรเวอร์ ASIO ของผู้ผลิตอุปกรณ์นั้นๆ หากเป็นไปได้ (เพราะไดรเวอร์เหล่านี้มักจะให้คุณภาพเสียงที่ดีที่สุด)" + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:37 +msgid "If you don't have an external sound card, you will probably not have an ASIO driver so will need to install a generic one like ASIO4ALL:" +msgstr "หากคุณไม่ได้ใช้การ์ดเสียงแยก คุณก็น่าจะไม่มีไดรเวอร์ ASIO ด้วย ดังนั้นคุณจะต้องติดตั้งไดรเวอร์ ASIO สำหรับอุปกรณ์ทั่วไป เช่น ASIO4ALL:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:39 +msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.16 Download](https://asio4all.org/downloads/ASIO4ALL_2_16.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" +msgstr "[ดาวน์โหลด ASIO4ALL v2.16](https://asio4all.org/downloads/ASIO4ALL_2_16.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:41 +msgid "[ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" +msgstr "[เว็บไซต์ ASIO4ALL](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:43 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Setting up ASIO4ALL" +msgstr "การตั้งค่า ASIO4ALL" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:46 +msgid "You may or may not need to experiment a bit depending on your sound hardware. If everything works out of the box, you don't need to do anything." +msgstr "คุณอาจจะต้องลองผิดลองถูกเล็กน้อย ขึ้นอยู่กับอุปกรณ์เสียงของคุณ หากทุกอย่างทำงานได้ตามปกติตั้งแต่แรก คุณก็ไม่จำเป็นต้องทำอะไรเพิ่มเติม" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:48 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Tip:** Set up your sound card while you're [connected to a Server](Getting-Started#connecting-to-a-server-and-testing-your-sound) to hear your instrument or voice and check if everything is correctly set up; but first read on.\n" +msgstr "**เคล็ดลับ:** ตั้งค่าการ์ดเสียงของคุณในขณะที่คุณ[เชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์](Getting-Started#connecting-to-a-server-and-testing-your-sound) เพื่อฟังเสียงเครื่องดนตรีหรือเสียงของคุณ และตรวจสอบว่าทุกอย่างถูกตั้งค่าอย่างถูกต้องหรือไม่ แต่อ่านเนื้อหาต่อไปนี้ให้จบก่อน\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:51 +msgid "Before you start with Jamulus:" +msgstr "ก่อนที่คุณจะเริ่มต้นใช้งาน Jamulus:" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:54 +msgid "**Close all applications** (especially those which could access your sound card like your browser/media player). ASIO4ALL needs exclusive access to your sound card which means that other programs will not be able to use audio if ASIO4ALL and Jamulus are running." +msgstr "**ปิดแอปพลิเคชันทั้งหมด** (โดยเฉพาะแอปพลิเคชันที่สามารถเข้าถึงการ์ดเสียงของคุณได้ เช่น เบราว์เซอร์/โปรแกรมเล่นเพลง) ASIO4ALL จำเป็นต้องเข้าถึงการ์ดเสียงของคุณแบบเอกสิทธิ์เฉพาะ (exclusive) ซึ่งหมายความว่าโปรแกรมอื่นๆ จะไม่สามารถใช้เสียงได้ หาก ASIO4ALL และ Jamulus กำลังทำงานอยู่" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:54 +msgid "If the Jamulus audio doesn’t work out of the box, make sure that only the **correct inputs/outputs** in ASIO4ALL **are switched on**. Everything else should be switched off. Search the [community list of working ASIO4ALL configurations](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) for your configuration or do it manually if you can't find yours:" +msgstr "หากเสียงของ Jamulus ไม่ทำงาน ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจใน ASIO4ALL ว่ามีเพียง**อินพุต/เอาต์พุตที่ถูกต้อง**เท่านั้นที่**เปิดใช้งานอยู่** ส่วนอื่นๆ ควรปิดทั้งหมด ค้นหา[รายการการการตั้งค่า ASIO4ALL ที่ใช้งานได้ของชุมชน](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) สำหรับการตั้งค่าของคุณ หรือลองตั้งค่าด้วยตัวเองหากคุณหาของคุณไม่พบ:" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:55 +#, no-wrap +msgid "How to set up ASIO4ALL inputs (Guide)" +msgstr "คู่มือวิธีการตั้งค่าอินพุตใน ASIO4ALL" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 +msgid "Open Jamulus's settings" +msgstr "เปิดหน้า Settings ของ Jamulus" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 +msgid "Go to _\"ASIO Device Settings\"_ (column on the left; directly under the selection of the driver)" +msgstr "ไปที่ _\"ASIO Device Settings\"_ (คอลัมน์ทางด้านซ้าย ใต้ตัวเลือกไดรเวอร์)" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 +msgid "Enable _advanced view_ in ASIO4ALL (click the tool icon on the bottom right)" +msgstr "เปิด _advanced view_ ใน ASIO4ALL (คลิกที่ไอคอนรูปเครื่องมือที่ด้านล่างขวา)" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 +msgid "Enable only the sound card you want to use by clicking on the button next to its name" +msgstr "เปิดใช้งานเฉพาะการ์ดเสียงที่คุณต้องการใช้โดยคลิกที่ปุ่มถัดจากชื่อ" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 +msgid "Open your sound card inputs/outputs by clicking the _plus icon_ next to this sound card" +msgstr "เปิดดูอินพุต/เอาต์พุตของการ์ดเสียงของคุณโดยคลิกที่ _ไอคอนเครื่องหมายบวก_ ถัดจากการ์ดเสียงนี้" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 +msgid "Now enable the correct inputs/outputs in the list under your sound card and disable everything else. You can hover over the inputs/outputs to see which of both they are and if they support the required sample rate for Jamulus of 48kHz (DVD quality)." +msgstr "ต่อไป เปิดใช้งานอินพุต/เอาต์พุตที่ถูกต้องในรายการใต้การ์ดเสียงของคุณ และปิดส่วนอื่นๆ ทั้งหมด คุณสามารถเลื่อนเมาส์ไปวางเหนืออินพุต/เอาต์พุต เพื่อดูว่าเป็นอินพุตหรือเอาต์พุต และเช็คว่ามันรองรับ sample rate แบบ 48kHz (คุณภาพ DVD) ที่ Jamulus ต้องการหรือไม่" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:68 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"**Hints:**\n" +"1. It may not be obvious what the correct sound device is called. Many internal sound cards are named \"Realtek High Definition Audio\", \"Conexant\" or similar.\n" +"1. Headphones and speakers are often labelled as \"output\" and microphones as \"input\" or \"capture\".\n" +"1. Stereo Mix/Stereo Input is usually not the input/output you're looking for. Therefore, switch it off if you see it.\n" +msgstr "" +"**คำแนะนำ:**\n" +"1. ชื่อของอุปกรณ์เสียงที่ถูกต้องอาจจะไม่ชัดเจนเสมอไป การ์ดเสียงที่มากับเครื่องหลายตัวมักจะมีชื่อว่า \"Realtek High Definition Audio\", \"Conexant\" หรือชื่ออื่นๆ ที่คล้ายกัน\n" +"1. หูฟังและลำโพงมักจะมีชื่อว่า \"output\" และไมโครโฟนจะมีชื่อว่า \"input\" หรือ \"capture\"\n" +"1. Stereo Mix/Stereo Input มักจะไม่ใช่อินพุต/เอาต์พุตที่คุณต้องการ ดังนั้น ให้ปิดมันหากคุณเห็น\n" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:69 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "การแก้ไขปัญหา" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:72 +msgid "If nothing works, first restart Jamulus and/or your PC to close background processes that may be accessing your sound card." +msgstr "หากไม่มีอะไรได้ผล ให้ลองรีสตาร์ทโปรแกรม Jamulus และ/หรือ รีสตาร์ทเครื่องของคุณ เพื่อปิดโปรแกรมเบื้องหลังที่อาจกำลังเข้าถึงการ์ดเสียงของคุณ" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:74 +msgid "Afterwards, *set up the inputs/outputs again*. Enabled and accessible input/outputs show as lit up power buttons and play buttons in the ASIO4ALL settings. If instead you see a red cross or yellow symbol, close other applications that may be accessing your sound card (e.g. web browser, Zoom, etc)." +msgstr "หลังจากนั้น *ให้ตั้งค่าอินพุต/เอาต์พุตอีกครั้ง* โดย ASIO4ALL จะแสดงอินพุต/เอาต์พุตที่เปิดใช้งานได้ เป็นไอคอนปุ่มเปิดปิดและปุ่มเล่นที่มีไฟติด หากคุณเห็นเครื่องหมายกากบาทสีแดงหรือสัญลักษณ์สีเหลืองแทน ให้ปิดแอปพลิเคชันอื่นๆ ที่อาจกำลังเข้าถึงการ์ดเสียงของคุณ (เช่น เว็บเบราว์เซอร์, Zoom และอื่นๆ)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:76 +msgid "Have a look at [this video](https://youtu.be/_GzOsitVgLI) by [trombonepizza](https://github.com/trombonepizza) which gives more detailed setup information on ASIO4ALL." +msgstr "ลองดู[วิดีโอนี้](https://youtu.be/_GzOsitVgLI) โดย [trombonepizza](https://github.com/trombonepizza) ซึ่งจะให้ข้อมูลโดยละเอียดเพิ่มเติมเกี่ยวกับการตั้งค่า ASIO4ALL" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:78 +msgid "Official and further information about how to configure ASIO4ALL is documented in the official [ASIO4ALL FAQs on the ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/index.php/help/faq/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}." +msgstr "ข้อมูลเพิ่มเติมอย่างเป็นทางการเกี่ยวกับวิธีการกำหนดค่า ASIO4ALL สามารถดูได้ที่ [ASIO4ALL FAQs บนเว็บไซต์ของ ASIO4ALL](https://www.asio4all.org/index.php/help/faq/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:79 +#, no-wrap +msgid "All installed?" +msgstr "ติดตั้งเสร็จแล้วใช่ไหม?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:82 +msgid "Take a look at" +msgstr "ลองดูหน้า" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:83 +msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgstr "[เริ่มต้นใช้งาน](Getting-Started){: .button}" + +#~ msgid "You can try two versions of ASIO4ALL. ASIO4ALL v2.14 includes a workaround for a bug which might break other functionality." +#~ msgstr "คุณสามารถลองใช้ ASIO4ALL ได้สองเวอร์ชัน ASIO4ALL v2.14 ได้แก้ไขบั๊กที่อาจทำให้ฟังก์ชันอื่นๆ ทำงานผิดพลาดไป" + +#~ msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" +#~ msgstr "[ดาวน์โหลด ASIO4ALL v2.14](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-iOS.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-iOS.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..64be43717 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Installation-for-iOS.po @@ -0,0 +1,165 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Thai Pangsakulyanont , 2024. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-08 07:15+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: th\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "th" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-iOS" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:11 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installation for iOS" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:9 +msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"การใช้ Jamulus\" branch1=\"เริ่มต้นใช้งาน\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:14 +msgid "Make sure you've already read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." +msgstr "โปรดแน่ใจว่าคุณได้อ่านหน้า [เริ่มต้นใช้งาน](Getting-Started) แล้ว" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:16 +msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" +msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Things to note about iOS" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:20 +msgid "If you have don't own a PC, we suggest you to buy a [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } which is an inexpensive and small device that performs very well with Jamulus. iOS support is just a proof of concept." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 +msgid "To install Jamulus on your iOS device, you need a (free or paid) Apple Developer account and preferably a computer." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 +msgid "If you don't pay for an Apple developer account, Jamulus will only run for at most 7 days before you need to re-install it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 +msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. If you own an older device which has a Lightning port and not USB-C, you can use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 +msgid "If you must use Jamulus on a wireless network, you should prefer a cellular (5G) connection over WiFi." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 +msgid "Unofficial Jamulus compatible apps like [KOORD](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/koord/id1621509341) are available on the AppStore but may not have the same features as the official Jamulus release." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:28 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Install for iOS (for experienced users only)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note**: We provide an unsigned .ipa file which you need to sign and then install on your device. If you are not Jailbroken (and have AppSync installed), you might need additional software to install Jamulus. There are multiple ways to do that, but this guide only explains the most standard approach. Please note that we assume you already have a (free) Apple developer account. If you don't have one, create an Apple ID and [Sign up for a developer account](https://developer.apple.com/membercenter). We recommend to create one without two factor authentification and unrelated to your potential personal account. You will need to enter the password in non-Apple software.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 +msgid "[Download Jamulus (.ipa) on a PC/Mac]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '2. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 +msgid "Sign the .ipa file (e.g. via Xcode or some other **trusted** app. We won't give recommendations here, but there exist apps for every operating system)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '3. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 +msgid "Once signed and installed; on your iOS device open Settings, navigate to General>Profiles (or VPN and Device Management). Tap on the developer account corresponding to your account and trust the account." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '4. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 +msgid "Open Jamulus from your home-screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '5. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 +msgid "After 7 days you will need to re-sign Jamulus if you are using a free developer account. Re-do everything from Step 4." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:39 +msgid "If you own a Mac and have Xcode installed, compiling Jamulus from source might be another, more native option. Please have a look at the [compilation instructions for iOS](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md#ios)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Feedback and development" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:45 +msgid "Our view is that the iOS version is not sufficiently mature to be published on the AppStore. Feel free to help out: Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:47 +msgid "Please also read the [APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER) concerning Jamulus being published via the Apple AppStore." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "All installed?" +msgstr "ติดตั้งเสร็จแล้วใช่ไหม?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:53 +msgid "Jamulus has been installed and can be used now. You can now take a look at the" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:54 +msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgstr "[เริ่มต้นใช้งาน](Getting-Started){: .button}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Privacy-Statement.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Privacy-Statement.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5cb60d092 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Privacy-Statement.po @@ -0,0 +1,160 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Thai Pangsakulyanont , 2024, 2025. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-09-29 13:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: th\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.14-dev\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "th" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Privacy-Statement" +msgstr "/wiki/Privacy-Statement" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus – Privacy Statement" +msgstr "Jamulus – คำชี้แจงเกี่ยวกับความเป็นส่วนตัว" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Privacy Statement" +msgstr "คำชี้แจงเกี่ยวกับความเป็นส่วนตัว" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:11 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**The English version of this document represents the official privacy statement for the _current version_ of the software available on this website. Earlier versions of the software and non-English translations of this privacy policy may have different terms that are no longer applicable or supported.**\n" +msgstr "**เอกสารนี้ (ฉบับภาษาอังกฤษ) เป็นคำชี้แจงเกี่ยวกับความเป็นส่วนตัวอย่างเป็นทางการสำหรับซอฟต์แวร์_เวอร์ชันปัจจุบัน_ ที่มีอยู่ในเว็บไซต์นี้ ซอฟต์แวร์เวอร์ชันก่อนหน้า และคำแปลนโยบายความเป็นส่วนตัวที่ไม่ใช่ภาษาอังกฤษ อาจมีประเด็นที่แตกต่างกันซึ่งไม่สามารถใช้ได้หรือไม่ได้รับการสนับสนุนอีกต่อไป**\n" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:13 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Definition of Terms" +msgstr "ความหมายของคำศัพท์" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18 +msgid "\"**Server**\" The Jamulus software running as a Server and accepting connections from Clients" +msgstr "\"**เซิร์ฟเวอร์**\" ซอฟต์แวร์ Jamulus ที่ทำงานเป็นเซิร์ฟเวอร์เพื่อรับการเชื่อมต่อจากไคลเอนต์" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18 +msgid "\"**Client**\" The Jamulus software used to connect to a Server" +msgstr "\"**ไคลเอนต์**\" ซอฟต์แวร์ Jamulus ที่ใช้ในการเชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18 +msgid "\"**Directory**\" A Jamulus Server configured to supply a list of Servers to Clients" +msgstr "\"**Directory**\" เซิร์ฟเวอร์ Jamulus ที่ทำหน้าที่ส่งรายชื่อเซิร์ฟเวอร์ต่างๆ ให้แก่ไคลเอนต์" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:19 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus.io Website" +msgstr "เว็บไซต์ Jamulus.io" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:22 +msgid "The website at [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) is served using GitHub Pages. The Jamulus team has not constructed the website to set tracking cookies, but see Github's [privacy policy](https://docs.github.com/en/site-policy/privacy-policies/github-privacy-statement) for information relating to data collection and privacy overall. The community knowledge base uses [giscus](https://github.com/giscus/giscus) for discussions and comments. You can find the [Privacy Policy of giscus on their GitHub repository](https://github.com/giscus/giscus/blob/main/PRIVACY-POLICY.md)." +msgstr "เว็บไซต์ที่ [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) ใช้ GitHub Pages เป็นผู้ให้บริการ โดยทีมงาน Jamulus ไม่ได้สร้างเว็บไซต์ให้มีการใช้งาน tracking cookies แต่โปรดดู[นโยบายความเป็นส่วนตัว](https://docs.github.com/en/site-policy/privacy-policies/github-privacy-statement) ของ Github สำหรับข้อมูลเกี่ยวกับการรวบรวมข้อมูลและความเป็นส่วนตัวโดยรวม คลังความรู้ของชุมชนใช้ [giscus](https://github.com/giscus/giscus) สำหรับการสนทนาและแสดงความคิดเห็น คุณสามารถดู[นโยบายความเป็นส่วนตัวของ giscus ได้บน GitHub](https://github.com/giscus/giscus/blob/main/PRIVACY-POLICY.md)" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:23 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus Software" +msgstr "ซอฟต์แวร์ Jamulus" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:26 +msgid "Jamulus is open source software that can be modified by anyone. As such, the Jamulus project can make no representations related to privacy, data collection, or security with respect to your use of the software." +msgstr "Jamulus เป็นซอฟต์แวร์โอเพนซอร์สที่ทุกคนสามารถแก้ไขได้ ดังนั้น โครงการ Jamulus จึงไม่สามารถให้การรับรองใดๆ ที่เกี่ยวข้องกับความเป็นส่วนตัว การรวบรวมข้อมูล หรือความปลอดภัยเกี่ยวกับการใช้งานซอฟต์แวร์ของคุณ" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:27 +#, no-wrap +msgid "General Information" +msgstr "ข้อมูลทั่วไป" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:30 +msgid "Under normal use with software downloaded from this website that has not been modified, your user profile information is exchanged with Servers you connect to, peers connected to those same Servers, and to third parties (including Directories) that use the Jamulus protocol. This information is limited to your Jamulus name, city, country, instrument, and skill level as you have set them in your profile. Directories from which you request Server lists, Servers displayed in the Connect Dialog and Servers you connect to will also have access to your internet address (IP Address) as it is required for the software to work; but this information is not shared with peers on the same Server or available to third parties." +msgstr "ภายใต้การใช้งานปกติ กับซอฟต์แวร์ที่ดาวน์โหลดจากเว็บไซต์นี้ที่ไม่ได้มีการดัดแปลง ข้อมูลโปรไฟล์ของคุณจะถูกแลกเปลี่ยนกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่คุณเชื่อมต่อ เพื่อนที่เชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์เดียวกัน และบุคคลที่สาม (รวมถึง Directory) ที่ใช้โปรโตคอล Jamulus ข้อมูลนี้จำกัดเฉพาะชื่อ Jamulus เมือง ประเทศ เครื่องดนตรี และระดับทักษะของคุณตามที่คุณได้ตั้งค่าไว้ในโปรไฟล์ของคุณ Directory ที่คุณขอรายชื่อเซิร์ฟเวอร์ เซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่แสดงใน Connect Dialog และเซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่คุณเชื่อมต่อจะสามารถเข้าถึงที่อยู่อินเทอร์เน็ตของคุณ (ที่อยู่ IP) ได้เช่นกัน เนื่องจากจำเป็นสำหรับการทำงานของซอฟต์แวร์ แต่ข้อมูลนี้จะไม่ถูกแชร์กับเพื่อนในเซิร์ฟเวอร์เดียวกันหรือบุคคลที่สาม" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:32 +msgid "All communications between and among Clients, Servers, Directories, and third-party protocol users are sent without encryption." +msgstr "การสื่อสารทั้งหมดระหว่างไคลเอนต์ เซิร์ฟเวอร์ Directory และผู้ใช้โปรโตคอลบุคคลที่สามจะถูกส่งโดยไม่มีการเข้ารหัส" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:33 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus Servers" +msgstr "เซิร์ฟเวอร์ Jamulus" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:36 +msgid "When you connect to a Server, either directly or through a Directory, the operator of that Server is responsible for its operation policy, privacy policy, and data use policy. While unmodified Servers do not log or store your connection or profile information by default, some Servers may be configured to do so. Therefore, you should have no expectation of privacy with respect to your profile information or internet address." +msgstr "เมื่อคุณเชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์ ไม่ว่าจะโดยตรงหรือผ่าน Directory ผู้ดูแลเซิร์ฟเวอร์นั้นๆ จะเป็นผู้รับผิดชอบนโยบายการดำเนินงาน นโยบายความเป็นส่วนตัว และนโยบายการใช้ข้อมูล แม้ว่าโดยค่าเริ่มต้น เซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่ไม่ได้ถูกดัดแปลงจะไม่มีการบันทึกหรือจัดเก็บข้อมูลการเชื่อมต่อหรือข้อมูลโปรไฟล์ของคุณ แต่เซิร์ฟเวอร์บางแห่งอาจถูกดัดแปลงให้ทำเช่นนั้น ดังนั้น คุณจึงไม่ควรมั่นใจว่าข้อมูลโปรไฟล์หรือ IP address ของคุณจะเป็นส่วนตัว" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:37 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Chat Exchanges" +msgstr "การสนทนาผ่าน Chat" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:40 +msgid "Chats are textual messages that can be exchanged between Clients connected to the same Server. Everyone connected to a Server can see all chats and there should be no expectation of privacy with respect to information sent through the chat feature of Jamulus. While unmodified Servers do not log or store chats, some modified Servers may do this." +msgstr "Chat คือข้อความที่สามารถแลกเปลี่ยนกันระหว่างไคลเอนต์ที่เชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์เดียวกัน ทุกคนที่เชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์จะเห็นข้อความทั้งหมดใน Chat และคุณไม่ควรมั่นใจว่าข้อมูลที่ส่งผ่านฟังก์ชัน Chat ของ Jamulus จะเป็นส่วนตัว แม้ว่าโดยค่าเริ่มต้นแล้ว เซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่ไม่ได้ถูกดัดแปลงจะไม่มีการบันทึกหรือจัดเก็บข้อความใน Chat แต่บางเซิร์ฟเวอร์อาจถูกดัดแปลงให้บันทึกข้อมูลใน Chat ได้" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio Recordings" +msgstr "การบันทึกเสียง" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:44 +msgid "Unmodified Servers will display a notice if recording is turned on. Recordings of each channel are stored by the Server and are controlled by the Server operator." +msgstr "เซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่ไม่ได้ถูกดัดแปลงจะแสดงข้อความแจ้งเตือนหากมีการเปิดใช้งานการบันทึกเสียง การบันทึกเสียงของแต่ละแชนแนลจะถูกจัดเก็บโดยเซิร์ฟเวอร์ และควบคุมโดยผู้ดูแลเซิร์ฟเวอร์" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:46 +msgid "It is possible for connected Clients to make recordings of sessions outside of Jamulus itself, for which there may be no notice or indication. Jamulus has no way to detect or control these situations and makes no representations as to the collection or use of such recording data." +msgstr "ผู้ใช้งานไคลเอนต์ Jamulus ที่เชื่อมต่ออยู่กับเซิร์ฟเวอร์ สามารถโปรแกรมอื่นๆ เพื่อบันทึกสัญญาณเสียงที่ออกมาจากโปรแกรม Jamulus ได้ ซึ่งอาจไม่ได้มีการแจ้งให้ทราบหรือมีข้อบ่งชี้ใดๆ ตัวโปรแกรม Jamulus เอง ไม่สามารถตรวจจับหรือควบคุมสถานการณ์เหล่านี้ได้ และไม่สามารถให้การรับรองใดๆ เกี่ยวกับการรวบรวมหรือการใช้ข้อมูลการบันทึกดังกล่าว" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Directories" +msgstr "Directory" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:49 +msgid "Directories are central connection points for locating Servers. The Jamulus Client comes with a pre-defined list of Directories for the convenience of users. These Directories are independently operated but are represented as running unmodified versions of the Jamulus software. If you do not wish to send your information to the Directories, you will need to connect to Servers directly." +msgstr "Directory คือจุดศูนย์กลางสำหรับค้นหาเซิร์ฟเวอร์ ตัวไคลเอนต์ Jamulus จะมาพร้อมกับรายชื่อ Directory ที่กำหนดไว้ล่วงหน้า เพื่ออำนวยความสะดวกของผู้ใช้ โดย Directory เหล่านี้ดำเนินการอย่างอิสระ แต่จะใช้ซอฟต์แวร์ Jamulus เวอร์ชันที่ไม่ได้ถูกดัดแปลง หากคุณไม่ต้องการส่งข้อมูลของคุณไปยัง Directory คุณจะต้องเชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์โดยตรง" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/QOS-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/th/QOS-Windows.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..66bfcb30e --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/th/QOS-Windows.po @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Thai Pangsakulyanont , 2024. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: th\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "th" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/QOS-Windows" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title +#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Quality of Service (QoS)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:9 +msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" %}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Use of QoS on Windows" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:13 +msgid "Jamulus uses Quality of Service (QoS) to mitigate network jitter delays." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:15 +msgid "If you want to explore the effect of non-default settings, see [RFC4594](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc4594) pages 16-18. Jamulus sets the DS Field byte to 128 (or 0x80) to select DSCP/CS4 in an IPv4 or IPv6 packet header. Other byte values can be set using the -Q option, e.g. -Q [0..255]. However, most people will have no need to do this." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:17 +msgid "Jamulus' QoS settings (including the default) are set to 0 on recent Windows and macOS because of the operating system. To use QoS on Windows, follow these instructions. Note that you may need to repeat this procedure every time Jamulus is updated." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:37 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"In Search box beside Start menu, Type: Local Group Policy Editor (enter)
\n" +"In new window, (click) on the menu icon to display the Actions third panel
\n" +"Looking at the first panel of the Local Group Policy Editor
\n" +" Local Computer Policy
\n" +"  Computer Configuration
\n" +"   Windows Settings
\n" +"    Policy-based QoS (click)
\n" +"Looking at the third panel (Actions) of the Local Group Policy Editor
\n" +" Policy-based QoS
\n" +"  More Actions
\n" +"   Create new Policy (click)
\n" +"    Policy Name: Jamulus
\n" +"    Specify DSCP value: 32
\n" +"    Next
\n" +"    This QoS policy applies Only to applications with name Jamulus.exe
\n" +"    Next
\n" +"    Next
\n" +"    UDP
\n" +"    Finish
\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:39 +msgid "(Notice Jamulus policy in center panel may be edited)" +msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Running-a-Server.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Running-a-Server.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a1caae359 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Running-a-Server.po @@ -0,0 +1,928 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Thai Pangsakulyanont , 2024. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 21:15+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: th\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "th" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Running-a-Server" +msgstr "/wiki/Running-a-Server" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Running a Server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server Administration Manual" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:12 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:14 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" +msgstr "สารบัญ\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" +msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:19 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Do I need to run a Server?" +msgstr "ฉันจำเป็นต้องเปิดเซิร์ฟเวอร์หรือไม่?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:23 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**No**. You don't need to run a Server. You can use the Servers listed by the built-in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server yourself. You can also use an unlisted Server if you know its internet address. Or you can use a third party hosting service such as [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/). There's probably a Server nearby that you and your friends can use at low enough latency for most needs.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:25 +msgid "Using a public Server might introduce you to strangers. If you want an undisturbed session, you can use the soloing technique described on the [Tips and Tricks page](Tips-Tricks-More#have-an-undisturbed-session-on-any-server). You won't hear strangers who connect to the Server, but they can hear you if they wish." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:28 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Requirements" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:30 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Speed and latency" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:33 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**_The capability of the Server itself (and the network it's on) is NOT the main determinant of the quality of a Jamulus session!_**\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:35 +msgid "Usually, problems are on the _Client_ side and should be fixed there. Have a look at the [Troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) if needed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:37 +msgid "However, various problems can also arise when setting up Servers - especially when run on a low-bandwidth home connection. It's usually fine to have less than 5 players on a slower-speed home connection (eg 10 Mbit/s down and 1 Mbit/s up). You can read more about network requirements at [different quality settings here](Server-Bandwidth)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:39 +msgid "Consider using a cloud host, not your home internet connection, to get better ping times if you're having problems." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "General notes" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46 +msgid "Any Server should have at least 1.6GHz CPU frequency and 1GB RAM" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46 +msgid "Running a Server may require you to adjust any firewalls running on or outside of your machine or cloud host." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46 +msgid "You must set up port forwarding on your router to run an [Unregistered Server](Unregistered-Servers) at home. This should not be necessary when running a Registered Server in most cases. However, some home networks can require port forwarding for a Registered Server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46 +msgid "Jamulus offers limited IPv6 support that you can turn on for a Client or Server from the command line." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:49 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "การติดตั้ง" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:52 +msgid "Most people run Jamulus on a 3rd party/cloud host as a \"headless\" Server (no video display or keyboard) on **hardware without audio** running Linux. You can also run a Server in a [**desktop environment**](#servers-on-the-desktop)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:56 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note** The following steps will result in you running an \"Unregistered\" Server. For more information, see [the Server Modes section](#server-modes) below.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:60 +msgid "To run a headless server on Linux, the following steps assume you are familiar with the command line and Debian/Ubuntu or similar distribution that uses systemd." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:62 +msgid "Download the setup script:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:66 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:68 +msgid "Make the script executable:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:72 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" chmod +x setup_repo.sh\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:74 +msgid "Run the script and install the headless server:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:78 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:80 +msgid "Enable the headless Server process:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:84 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:86 +msgid "Add your desired [command line options](Running-a-Server#configuration-options) to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:90 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:92 +msgid "Reload the systemd files and restart the headless Server:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:96 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" sudo systemctl daemon-reload && sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:98 +msgid "_To edit your Server configuration, just repeat the last two steps above._" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:101 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server Modes" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:104 +msgid "Servers can be run in one of three modes (either at home or on a 3rd party host), depending on your needs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:105 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Unregistered mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:108 +msgid "This is the default when starting a Server for the first time. Unregistered Servers are not listed by Directories, so only musicians who know your Server's address can connect to it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:110 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**For information about running an Unregistered Server [see this guide](Unregistered-Servers).**\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:114 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"
\n" +"\t\"Diagram\n" +"
\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:115 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Registered mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:118 +msgid "In this mode your Server will appear in the server list supplied by a Directory. Jamulus Clients come with a list of Directories built-in. If you register your Server with one of these, anyone can discover and connect to it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:120 +msgid "Alternatively, you can list your Server on a Custom Directory (see below). Clients will only find your Server if they enter the Custom Directory's internet address." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:122 +msgid "Note that Directories can only register up to 150 Servers. If you see a message that says you cannot register your Server because the Directory is full, you can try registering with a different Directory." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:126 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"
\n" +"\t\"Diagram\n" +"
\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:127 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Directory mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:130 +msgid "If you want to run a number of Servers, possibly also behind a firewall or on a LAN, you may want to run your Server as a Directory. Examples include online events, music associations, sectional rehearsals or music lessons for schools." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:132 +msgid "For information, [see the Directories guide](Directories)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:135 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Configuration options" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:138 +msgid "Depending on your operating system and how you are running the Server, you can set Server options and make them persistent between reloads by following these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:140 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**For Linux headless** (Debian/Ubuntu using systemd)\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:142 +msgid "Add your desired command line options to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file by running `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` (You will need to reload or restart for the changes to take effect. See [Installation](#installation))." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:144 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**For the GUI** (all platforms)\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:146 +msgid "Any settings made using the graphical interface will be stored in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file. (Do **not** edit this file by hand!) However, some options are not available in the GUI and need to be set using the command line. For more information, see [Servers on the desktop](#servers-on-the-desktop)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:149 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Minimum setup to run in Registered mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:153 +msgid "You can run a headless Server on Linux using systemd (with `systemctl`), which is covered in other sections. You can also run a Server directly from the command line. Enter the following command to [run a Registered Server](#server-modes):" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:154 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"jamulus-headless --nogui --server \\\n" +" --directoryaddress hostname:port \\\n" +" --serverinfo \"[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code or Qt5 Locale]\"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:161 +msgid "See the table below for `hostname:port` values." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:163 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note**: Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `[name]` and `[city]` within the `--serverinfo` argument. See the [Server mode-related options](#server-mode-related-options) for more information on the country code. \n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:164 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server mode-related options" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:166 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-e or --directoryaddress`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:169 +msgid "Required for a [Registered Server](Running-a-Server#registered-mode). Also required to run Jamulus as a [Directory](Directories)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:171 ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:192 +msgid "This option takes the format:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:173 +msgid "`--directoryaddress hostname:port` where `hostname` is the Genre Directory host name and `port` is its port number." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:175 +msgid "To register with one of the Directories built into the Jamulus Client, replace `hostname:port` with one of the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:185 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"| Genre | `hostname:port` |\n" +"|-----------|------------------|\n" +"|**Any Genre 1** |`anygenre1.jamulus.io:22124`|\n" +"|**Any Genre 2** |`anygenre2.jamulus.io:22224`|\n" +"|**Any Genre 3** |`anygenre3.jamulus.io:22624`|\n" +"|**Genre Rock** |`rock.jamulus.io:22424`|\n" +"|**Genre Jazz** |`jazz.jamulus.io:22324`|\n" +"|**Genre Classical/Folk** |`classical.jamulus.io:22524`|\n" +"|**Genre Choral/Barbershop** |`choral.jamulus.io:22724`|\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:187 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-o or --serverinfo`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:190 +msgid "When registering your Server with a Directory, this lets you supply a Server name and location details so that users can then search for these values from their Client." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:194 +msgid "`[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code]`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:196 +msgid "See [two-letter ISO country codes](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:198 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `name` and `city` values.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:199 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-L or --licence`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:201 +msgid "Show an agreement window before users can connect. The text of the agreement to be shown should be supplied as the `--welcomemessage` (see below)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:202 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-w or --welcomemessage`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:206 +msgid "A \"welcome message\" to display in the Client chat window on connect. Can be given as a string or filename, and can contain HTML. When a path is used, the file must be accessible by the user account running Jamulus. (On most Linux installations, user `jamulus` is used by default.) If not accessible, the literal path (rather than its contents) will appear." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:207 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`--serverpublicip`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:209 +msgid "The public IP address of the Server if connecting to a Directory behind the same NAT. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:210 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`--directoryfile`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:212 +msgid "_Directories only:_ Remember registered Servers even if the Directory is restarted. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:213 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-f or --listfilter`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:215 +msgid "_Directories only:_ Specify which Servers can register on the Directory Server. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:218 +#, no-wrap +msgid "General Server options" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:220 +msgid "These options can be used regardless of which mode your Server is running in (although some may not be relevant for Directories)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:221 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-d or --discononquit`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:223 +msgid "Normally, when a Server is stopped or restarted, any Clients that have not pressed their **Disconnect** buttons will automatically re-establish the connection when the Server returns. This option forces Clients to manually re-establish their connections to the Server in this scenario." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:224 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-F or --fastupdate`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:226 +msgid "Reduces latency if Clients connect with the **Small Network Buffers** option. Requires faster CPU to avoid dropouts, and more bandwidth to enabled Clients." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:227 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-l or --log`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:229 +msgid "Enable logging, set path and file name" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:230 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-P or --delaypan`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:232 +msgid "Start with delay panning enabled. This option uses small differences in sound arrival time between the two ears. It produces a stereo effect similar to natural human hearing when compared to normal “volume” panning." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:233 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-s` or `--server`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:235 +msgid "Start Jamulus in Server mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:236 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`--serverbindip`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:238 +msgid "Specify the IP address the Jamulus process will bind to." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:240 +msgid "Normally, Jamulus will listen on all IP addresses on the host machine. Where the host has multiple network addresses, this option allows one of the addresses to be chosen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-T or --multithreading`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:243 +msgid "Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs. This setting may help the Server support more Clients. See also `--numchannels`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:244 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-u or --numchannels`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:246 +msgid "Maximum number of channels (Clients)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:247 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-z or --startminimized`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:249 +msgid "Start the Jamulus Server graphical user interface in the minimized window state." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:250 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Other options" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:253 +msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Controlling the Server via API" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:257 +msgid "Jamulus can be controlled via an experimental API which is subject to changes. You can find the [JSON-RPC API documented in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md). JSON-RPC allows you to control some features like changing the welcome message or starting recordings in headless mode from authenticated external applications. It works while the server is running." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:260 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Recording" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:262 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-R or --recording`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:264 +msgid "Set Server recording directory. By default, the Server will record when a session is active." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:266 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** You will need to save recordings to a path _outside_ of the jamulus home directory, or remove `ProtectHome=true` from your systemd unit file, but be aware that doing could be a security risk.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:268 +msgid "Recordings are per track in [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` format and [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Open the respective files to listen to them in those applications." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:270 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** When your Server is recording, Clients display a red banner message that the session is being recorded.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:271 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`--norecord`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:273 +msgid "Set server not to record by default when recording is configured." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:275 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Controlling Recording" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:278 +msgid "Recording starts once the first person connects to the Server, and stops when the last person leaves." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:280 +msgid "If the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new directory. SIGUSR2 will toggle recording on/off. If [JSON-RPC](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) is enabled, you will also be able to manage the server in a way comparable to the GUI. Please see the (experimental) [JSON-RPC documentation on the recorder](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md#jamulusserverstartrecording)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:283 +msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:285 +msgid "To turn recording on or off (depending on the current state):" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:286 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" [Unit]\n" +" Description=Toggle recording state of Jamulus Server\n" +" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +"\n" +" [Service]\n" +" Type=oneshot\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 jamulus-headless\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:297 +msgid "To start a new recording:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:298 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" [Unit]\n" +" Description=Start a new recording on Jamulus Server\n" +" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +"\n" +" [Service]\n" +" Type=oneshot\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 jamulus-headless\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:309 +msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name used by systemd to control your Jamulus Server. By default, if you use the `.deb` files from the repository, it is `jamulus-headless`, as in this example." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:311 +msgid "Run `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` to register them for first use." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:313 +msgid "Now you can run these with the `systemctl` command, for example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:315 +msgid "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec`" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:317 +msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (or the respective service name you specified manually). You can also view your (sys)log." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:320 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Adding metadata to the Server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:323 +msgid "You can add metadata to the welcome message of a Server to add additional, hidden information like contact information or policy requests for bots (this is comparable to [robots.txt](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Robots.txt)). See the [Community Knowledge Base entry about metadata](/kb/2023/07/30/Server-Metadata.html) for more information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:326 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Servers on the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:329 +msgid "Jamulus can run in Server mode in the graphical environment of a computer. This gives you a graphical user interface to control most of the settings. To do this, first [install Jamulus for your platform](Getting-Started), then do one of the following:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:331 +msgid "**Windows users** - Use the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in the Windows Start menu. If you want the Server to start automatically when you start Windows, check the box for this option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:333 +msgid "**macOS users** - Double-click the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in Applications." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:335 +msgid "**Linux users** - Launch the \"Jamulus Server\" shortcut. Or you can open a terminal window (`CTRL+ALT+t` on Debian and related distros), type `jamulus -s` and hit return." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:337 +msgid "While most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, others can only be set using options given in a terminal window when the Server is launched. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:339 +#, no-wrap +msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose **Properties** > **Target**. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:341 +#, no-wrap +msgid " `\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:343 +msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:345 +#, no-wrap +msgid " `/Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:347 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note** Command line options will set the Server’s defaults at startup. You can override them while the Server is running using their corresponding GUI controls.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The Server status icon" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:351 +msgid "When a Server is running in GUI mode, the operating system will show an icon in the system tray or status area that indicates whether the Server has connections:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:353 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
The Server is empty\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:355 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
The Server is occupied\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:358 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Backing up the Server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:361 +msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:363 +msgid "Headless Servers do not use `.ini` files. All configuration is given as command line options. If you are running a Server in GUI mode, after reading any command line options on start, it will store its configuration in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:364 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "การแก้ไขปัญหา" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:366 +msgid "If you are having other problems, [see this guide](Server-Troubleshooting)." +msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Server-Bandwidth.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Server-Bandwidth.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d98879a58 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Server-Bandwidth.po @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Thai Pangsakulyanont , 2024. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: th\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "th" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Server-Bandwidth" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Bandwidth Use" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:9 +msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio bandwidth" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:16 +msgid "The audio settings have an impact on the required network bandwidth. The table below summarises network requirements with respect to the configuration of: * Channels : stereo/mono * Quality : high/medium/low * Audio buffer duration : 2.67 ms, 5.33 ms, 10.67 ms, 21.33 ms" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:21 +msgid "With the following units * ms : milliseconds * Kbit/s : Kilo-bits per second (Reminder : 1 Mbit/s = 1024 Kbit/s, 1 KByte/s = 8 Kbit/s) * Mbit/s : Mega-bits per second" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:30 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"| Channels | Quality | Bandwidth (for buffer : 2.67 ms) | Bandwidth (for buffer : 5.33 ms) | Bandwidth (for buffer : 10.67 ms) | Bandwidth (for buffer : 21.33 ms) |\n" +"| --------- | ------ | -------- | -------- | -------- | -------- |\n" +"| Stereo | High | 894 Kbit/s | 657 Kbit/s | 541 Kbit/s | 483 Kbit/s |\n" +"| Stereo | Medium | 672 Kbit/s | 444 Kbit/s | 328 Kbit/s | 270 Kbit/s |\n" +"| Stereo | Low | 606 Kbit/s | 372 Kbit/s | 256 Kbit/s | 198 Kbit/s |\n" +"| Mono | High | 672 Kbit/s | 444 Kbit/s | 328 Kbit/s | 270 Kbit/s 8|\n" +"| Mono | Medium | 594 Kbit/s | 366 Kbit/s | 250 Kbit/s | 192 Kbit/s |\n" +"| Mono | Low | 534 Kbit/s | 306 Kbit/s | 190 Kbit/s | 132 Kbit/s |\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Network bandwidth" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"There is one upstream (musician sending to the Server) and one downstream (server sending back the mix to the musician)\n" +"
\n" +" \"A\n" +"
Calculate bandwidth use
\n" +"
\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:40 +msgid "Note also that mean ADSL2 transfer rate is 10 Mbit/s for downstream and 1 Mbit/s for upstream. The actual performance depends on distance to the provider, which may [theoretically range from 24 Mbit/s at 0.3 km to 1.5 Mbit/s at 5.2 km](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Asymmetric_digital_subscriber_line) for download rate." +msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Server-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Server-Troubleshooting.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3d2a6a4b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Server-Troubleshooting.po @@ -0,0 +1,172 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Thai Pangsakulyanont , 2024. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 21:15+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: th\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "th" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Server-Troubleshooting" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server Troubleshooting" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:9 +msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:12 +#, no-wrap +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:14 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:16 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" +msgstr "สารบัญ\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:19 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" +msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:21 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Servers - Registered" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why doesn't my Server show up in the list? Why isn't it registering?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:27 +msgid "If you are registered OK (you can [see it here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)) and you or your friends can't see your Server, you may need to wait, or start your Client with the `--showallservers` option and try connecting from there ([see command line options](Software-Manual#command-line-options)) on how to start your Client with a config option). In some network configurations, you may also need to configure your router to [forward the port number](Unregistered-Servers#port-forwarding) used by Jamulus Server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:29 +msgid "If you are seeing a message that says the Server is full, you will need to wait until a slot becomes free." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:31 +msgid "You can verify that your Server is listed in the relevant genre by [checking it here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:32 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Servers - Unregistered" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I'm running my Client on the same machine/network as my Server but I can't connect to it" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:37 +msgid "Connect your Client to `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`. If you're running the Client on a different machine to the Server but on the same network, then connect to the _local network_ address of the Server. Do not connect via the Server's public (WAN) address." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "What address do I give to people so that they can connect to my Server?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:41 +msgid "This should be your **public** IP address (find that with [Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=whatsmyip)). Connect your **own** Jamulus Client to the **local** IP address of your Server (`localhost` or `127.0.0.1` if it's on the same machine as your Client). Note that your public IP address can change - see the note on \"dynamic DNS\" in [this guide](Unregistered-Servers#dynamic-dns-and-why-you-will-probably-need-it)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:43 +#, no-wrap +msgid "What port numbers can I use?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:46 +msgid "You can set your Server to listen on a custom port with the `--port` option. If you do this, you will need to tell people which port to connect on. They will need to append the port number to the address of your Server in the format `[serverAddress]:[portNumber]`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Nobody can connect to my Server - but I can connect locally" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:50 +msgid "First of all, make sure you've enabled [port forwarding](Unregistered-Servers#port-forwarding). If you still don't see your server from outside of your local network, you may have issues with your Internet Service Provider (ISP)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:52 +msgid "Some ISPs use techniques like [Address plus Port (A+P)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Address_plus_Port) or [Carrier-grade NAT (CGN)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carrier-grade_NAT) to conserve address space (usually for IPv4). That makes it impossible to host services like Jamulus at home as they are not visible outside your local network." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:54 +msgid "To detect if CGN is the issue, go to your router's configuration screen (typically, 192.168.X.X) and look at the WAN Status page. If your listed IPv4 address doesn't match with your public IPv4 address (check it [here](https://ifconfig.me)), it suggests that CGN may be enabled. You can try using an IPv6 connection by starting clients and server with the `-6` flag if IPv6 is available for the server and all clients." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:55 +msgid "To fix the issue with IPv4, contact your ISP technical support team, and tell them that you want to host a public server at home, so you need a real WAN IP address. Furthermore, you can help them with info that CGN might be the issue. Also, you can ask for a static IP address to avoid using DDNS." +msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Software-Manual.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a4cf99db0 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Software-Manual.po @@ -0,0 +1,929 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Thai Pangsakulyanont , 2024, 2025. +# ignotus , 2024. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-01-02 19:13+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: th\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.10-dev\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "th" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Software-Manual" +msgstr "/wiki/Software-Manual" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7 +#, no-wrap +msgid "User Manual" +msgstr "คู่มือสำหรับผู้ใช้" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:9 +#, no-wrap +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:11 +msgid "This manual documents the Jamulus Client application for use by musicians and singers using the software to connect to a server." +msgstr "คู่มือนี้จัดทำขึ้นเพื่ออธิบายการใช้งานตัวไคลเอนต์ Jamulus สำหรับนักดนตรีและนักร้องที่ใช้ซอฟต์แวร์นี้เพื่อเชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:13 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:15 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" +msgstr "สารบัญ\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" +msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:21 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Main Window" +msgstr "หน้าต่างหลัก" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:28 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"
\n" +"\t\"Image\n" +"\t
Your local mix when connected to a Server
\n" +"
\n" +msgstr "" +"
\n" +"\t\"Image\n" +"\t
หน้าจอมิกเซอร์ของคุณเมื่อเชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์
\n" +"
\n" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:29 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Ping, Delay and Jitter" +msgstr "Ping, Delay และ Jitter" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:32 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large.\n" +msgstr "**Ping** แสดงค่าดีเลย์ (latency) ของเครือข่ายของคุณเป็นหน่วยมิลลิวินาที ยิ่งตัวเลขนี้น้อยก็ยิ่งดี ค่า ping time จะมีผลต่อค่า delay โดยรวม (ดูรายละเอียดด้านล่าง) สาเหตุที่เป็นไปได้มากที่สุดที่ทำค่า ping สูง คือระยะทางจากคุณไปยังเซิร์ฟเวอร์ไกลเกินไป\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Delay** shows overall latency calculated from the current ping time and the delay introduced by the current audio buffer settings. The LEDs show the status of this as:\n" +msgstr "**Delay** แสดงค่า latency โดยรวม ซึ่งคำนวณจากค่า ping time ล่าสุด รวมกับดีเลย์ที่เกิดจากการตั้งค่า audio buffer โดยสัญญาณไฟ LED จะแสดงสถานะดังนี้:\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:36 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgstr "
\"Image
\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Green** - The delay is perfect for a jam session\n" +msgstr "**สีเขียว** - ค่า delay เหมาะสมที่สุดสำหรับการเล่นดนตรีร่วมกัน\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgstr "
\"Image
\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:42 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Yellow** - A session is still possible but it may be harder to play\n" +msgstr "**สีเหลือง** - ยังสามารถเล่นดนตรีร่วมกันได้ แต่การเล่นให้ตรงจังหวะอาจจะยากขึ้น\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:44 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgstr "
\"Image
\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:46 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Red** - The delay is too large for jamming\n" +msgstr "**สีแดง** - ค่า delay สูงเกินไปสำหรับการเล่นดนตรีร่วมกัน\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:48 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Jitter** shows the current audio/streaming status. If the light is **red**, the audio stream is interrupted. This is caused by one of the following problems:\n" +msgstr "**Jitter** แสดงสถานะปัจจุบันของการสตรีมเสียง หากสัญญาณไฟเป็น **สีแดง** แสดงว่าการสตรีมเสียงถูกขัดจังหวะ ซึ่งอาจเกิดจากปัญหาใดปัญหาหนึ่งต่อไปนี้:\n" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53 +msgid "The network jitter buffer is not large enough for the current network/audio interface jitter." +msgstr "network jitter buffer มีขนาดเล็กเกินไปสำหรับเครือข่ายหรือออดิโออินเตอร์เฟสที่คุณใช้อยู่" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53 +msgid "The sound card's buffer delay (buffer size) is too small (see Settings window)." +msgstr "buffer delay (buffer size) ของการ์ดเสียงมีขนาดเล็กเกินไป (ดูหน้าต่าง Settings)" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53 +msgid "The upload or download stream rate is too high for your internet bandwidth." +msgstr "โปรแกรมกำลังพยายามถ่ายโอนข้อมูล (อัปโหลดหรือดาวน์โหลด) ในอัตราที่สูงเกินกว่าอินเทอร์เน็ตแบนด์วิดท์ของคุณ" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53 +msgid "The CPU of the Client or server is at 100%." +msgstr "CPU ของไคลเอนต์หรือเซิร์ฟเวอร์ทำงานอยู่ที่ 100%" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:54 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Input" +msgstr "อินพุต" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:58 +msgid "Shows the level of the two stereo channels for your audio input. Make sure not to clip the input signal to avoid distortions of your sound (the LEDs will indicate clipping when it occurs)." +msgstr "แสดงระดับเสียงของช่องสเตอริโอทั้งสองช่องสำหรับอินพุตเสียงของคุณ ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าสัญญาณอินพุตไม่ดังเกินไปจนเกิดการ clipping เพื่อหลีกเลี่ยงอาการเสียงแตก (ไฟ LED อันบนสุดจะขึ้นสีแดงเมื่อเกิดการ clipping)" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Mute Myself button" +msgstr "ปุ่ม Mute Myself" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:62 +msgid "Cuts your audio stream to the server so that you will be able to hear yourself and see your own input levels, but other musicians will not. Be aware that other musicians will not know if you have muted yourself." +msgstr "ตัดการสตรีมเสียงของคุณไปยังเซิร์ฟเวอร์ เพื่อให้คุณสามารถได้ยินเสียงตัวเองและเห็นระดับเสียงอินพุตของคุณเองได้ แต่นักดนตรีคนอื่นๆ จะไม่ได้ยิน โปรดทราบว่านักดนตรีคนอื่นๆ จะไม่รู้ว่าคุณปิดเสียงตัวเองอยู่" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:63 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Reverb effect" +msgstr "เอฟเฟกต์ Reverb" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:69 +msgid "Adds reverb to your local mono audio channel, or to both channels in stereo mode. The mono channel selection and the reverberation level can be modified. For example, if a microphone signal is fed in to the right audio channel of the sound card and a reverb effect needs to be applied, set the channel selector to the right and move the fader upwards until the desired reverb level is reached." +msgstr "เพิ่ม reverb ให้กับช่องสัญญาณเสียงโมโนของคุณ หรือทั้งสองช่องสัญญาณในโหมดสเตอริโอ คุณสามารถปรับแต่งการเลือกช่องสัญญาณโมโนและระดับ reverb ได้ ตัวอย่างเช่น หากสัญญาณไมโครโฟนถูกป้อนเข้าไปในช่องสัญญาณเสียงด้านขวา และต้องการใส่เอฟเฟกต์ reverb ให้ตั้งค่าตัวเลือกช่องสัญญาณเป็น Right และเลื่อนเฟดเดอร์ขึ้นจนกว่าจะถึงระดับ reverb ที่ต้องการ" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:70 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Chat" +msgstr "Chat" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:75 +msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message arrives." +msgstr "เปิดหน้าต่างแชท ข้อความที่ป้อนจะถูกส่งไปยังไคลเอนต์ทั้งหมดที่เชื่อมต่ออยู่ หากมีข้อความแชทใหม่เข้ามาและหน้าต่างแชทยังไม่ได้เปิดอยู่ หน้าต่างแชทจะเปิดขึ้นโดยอัตโนมัติสำหรับไคลเอนต์ทั้งหมด หากต้องการเปิดใช้งานเสียงแจ้งเตือนเมื่อมีข้อความแชทใหม่เข้ามา สามารถตั้งค่าได้ในหน้าต่าง Settings" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:76 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Connect/disconnect button" +msgstr "ปุ่มเชื่อมต่อ/ยกเลิกการเชื่อมต่อ" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:81 +msgid "Opens a dialogue where you can select a server to connect to. If you are connected, pressing this button will end the session. You can also open the dialogue using \"File>Connection Setup...\". This will leave you connected to any current session until you join another." +msgstr "เปิดหน้าต่างที่คุณสามารถเลือกเซิร์ฟเวอร์เพื่อเชื่อมต่อได้ หากคุณเชื่อมต่ออยู่ การกดปุ่มนี้จะเป็นการตัดการเชื่อมต่อ คุณยังสามารถเปิดหน้าต่างนี้ได้โดยเลือกเมนู \"File>Connection Setup...\" ซึ่งจะช่วยให้คุณสามารถดูรายชื่อเซิร์ฟเวอร์ได้ โดยยังคงเชื่อมต่ออยู่กับเซิร์ฟเวอร์ปัจจุบัน จนกว่าคุณจะย้ายไปเซิร์ฟเวอร์อื่น" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:83 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Screenshot
\n" +msgstr "
\"Screenshot
\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:86 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The Connection Setup window shows a list of available Servers together with their \"distance\" (in terms of ping time), the number of occupants and the maximum number supported, and the Server's given location. Permanent Servers (those that have been listed for longer than 24 hours) are shown in bold." +msgid "The Connection Setup window shows a list of available Servers together with their \"distance\" (in terms of ping time), the number of occupants and the maximum number supported, the Server's given location and the Server's Version. Permanent Servers (those that have been listed for longer than 24 hours) are shown in bold." +msgstr "หน้าต่าง Connection Setup จะแสดงรายชื่อเซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่ใช้งานได้ พร้อมกับ \"ระยะทาง\" (ในแง่ของ ping time) จำนวนผู้ใช้งานปัจจุบัน จำนวนผู้ใช้งานสูงสุดที่เซิร์ฟเวอร์รองรับ และตำแหน่งที่ตั้งของเซิร์ฟเวอร์ โดยเซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่อยู่ในรายชื่อนี้มาแล้วนานกว่า 24 ชั่วโมงติดต่อกัน จะแสดงเป็นตัวหนา" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:88 +msgid "Click on the Server you want to join and press the Connect button to connect to it. Alternatively, double-click on the server name." +msgstr "คลิกที่เซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่คุณต้องการเข้าร่วม แล้วกดปุ่ม Connect เพื่อเชื่อมต่อ หรือดับเบิลคลิกที่ชื่อเซิร์ฟเวอร์" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:92 +msgid "Server operators register their servers with Directories. These are either genre-specific or for any genre, or additional [custom entries](#custom-directories). Use the Directory dropdown to select a genre. You can filter the list by server name or location. To list only occupied Servers, enter a \"#\" character. If you choose \"Show All Musicians\" the current occupants will be shown." +msgstr "ผู้ดูแลเซิร์ฟเวอร์จะลงทะเบียนเซิร์ฟเวอร์ของตนกับ Directory บางอันเปิดไว้สำหรับบางแนวเพลงโดยเฉพาะ บางอันจะเปิดสำหรับทุกแนวเพลง (any genre) และอาจมี [custom entries](#custom-directories) เพิ่มเติมหากได้ตั้งค่าไว้ คุณสามารถเปลี่ยน Directory โดยเลือก genre ที่กล่องด้านบน คุณสามารถกรองรายชื่อตามชื่อเซิร์ฟเวอร์หรือตำแหน่ง หากต้องการแสดงเฉพาะเซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่มีคนใช้งานอยู่ ให้ป้อนอักขระ \"#\" หากคุณเลือก \"Show All Musicians\" จะมีการแสดงรายชื่อผู้ใช้งานปัจจุบันด้วย" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:98 +msgid "If you know the hostname or IP address of a private Server, you can connect to it using the \"Server Address\" field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Note that IPv6 addresses must be entirely enclosed in square brackets, for example `[::1]:22124`.) The field will also show a list of the most recently used server addresses. The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list." +msgstr "หากคุณทราบ IP address หรือ hostname ของเซิร์ฟเวอร์ส่วนตัว คุณสามารถเชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์นั้นได้โดยใส่ในช่อง \"Server Address\" คุณสามารถเพิ่มหมายเลขพอร์ตต่อท้าย address ได้ โดยใช้เครื่องหมายโคลอนเป็นตัวคั่น เช่น `jamulus.example.com:22124` (โปรดทราบว่า IP address แบบ IPv6 ต้องอยู่ในวงเล็บก้ามปู เช่น `[::1]:22124`) ช่องนี้จะแสดงรายชื่อ address ของเซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่เพิ่งใช้งานล่าสุด ปุ่มที่อยู่ถัดจากช่องนี้ช่วยให้คุณสามารถลบรายการปัจจุบันออกจากรายชื่อได้" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:99 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server audio mixer" +msgstr "มิกเซอร์เสียงของเซิร์ฟเวอร์" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:102 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgstr "
\"Image
\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:105 +msgid "The audio mixer screen shows each user connected to the server (including yourself). The faders allow you to adjust the level of what you hear without affecting what others hear." +msgstr "หน้าจอมิกเซอร์ จะแสดงผู้ใช้แต่ละคนที่เชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์ (รวมถึงตัวคุณเอง) คุณสามารถใช้เฟดเดอร์เพื่อปรับระดับเสียงที่คุณจะได้ยิน โดยไม่ส่งผลกระทบต่อเสียงที่คนอื่นได้ยิน" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:107 +msgid "The VU meter shows the input level at the server - that is, the sound being sent." +msgstr "VU meter แสดงระดับเสียงอินพุตที่เซิร์ฟเวอร์ได้รับ นั่นคือเสียงที่กำลังถูกส่ง" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:109 +msgid "If you have set your Audio Channel to Stereo or Stereo Out in your Settings, you will also see a pan control (shift-click to reset)." +msgstr "หากคุณตั้งค่า Audio Channel เป็น Stereo หรือ Stereo Out ใน Settings คุณจะเห็นตัวควบคุม pan (กด shift ค้างไว้แล้วคลิกเพื่อรีเซ็ต)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:111 +msgid "If you see a \"mute\" icon above a user, it means that person cannot hear you. Either they have muted you, soloed one or more users not including you, or have set your fader in their mix to zero." +msgstr "หากคุณเห็นไอคอน \"mute\" แสดงเหนือผู้ใช้ แสดงว่าบุคคลนั้นไม่ได้ยินเสียงคุณ อาจเป็นเพราะพวกเขาปิดเสียงคุณ หรือตั้งค่า Solo ให้กับผู้ใช้คนอื่นๆ โดยที่ไม่ได้รวมคุณไว้ด้วย หรือตั้งค่าเฟดเดอร์ของคุณในมิกซ์ของพวกเขาไว้ที่ตำแหน่งล่างสุด" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:116 +msgid "Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. When joining a server that already has participants, the default order depends on the versions of Jamulus at the client and the server. With a client version before 3.12.0 or a server version older than 3.5.5, the existing participants will be shown before your own fader channel. With a client of 3.12.0 or later connected to a server of 3.5.5 or newer, your own fader will be shown first, with the other existing participants shown to the right. In either case, participants joining subsequently will by default appear to the right of all the existing participants." +msgstr "โดยปกติแล้ว รายชื่อผู้ใช้จะเรียงจากซ้ายไปขวาตามลำดับที่พวกเขาเชื่อมต่อเข้ามา เมื่อเข้าร่วมเซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่มีผู้เข้าร่วมอยู่แล้ว ลำดับการแสดงผลเริ่มต้นจะขึ้นอยู่กับเวอร์ชันของ Jamulus ทั้งของไคลเอนต์และเซิร์ฟเวอร์ หากเวอร์ชันไคลเอนต์ก่อน 3.12.0 หรือเวอร์ชันเซิร์ฟเวอร์เก่ากว่า 3.5.5 ผู้เข้าร่วมเดิมจะแสดงก่อนช่องเฟดเดอร์ของคุณเอง แต่หากไคลเอนต์เวอร์ชัน 3.12.0 ขึ้นไปเชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์เวอร์ชัน 3.5.5 ขึ้นไป เฟดเดอร์ของคุณเองจะแสดงก่อน โดยผู้เข้าร่วมเดิมจะแสดงทางด้านขวา ในทั้งสองกรณี ผู้เข้าร่วมที่เข้าร่วมในภายหลังจะปรากฏทางด้านขวาของผู้เข้าร่วมเดิมทั้งหมดตามค่าเริ่มต้น" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:118 +msgid "You can override this order and sort instead by name, instrument, group, city or channel number using the View menu. See Menu Commands below." +msgstr "คุณสามารถตั้งค่าให้โปรแกรมเรียงลำดับผู้ใช้ตามชื่อ เครื่องดนตรี กลุ่ม เมือง หรือหมายเลขช่องสัญญาณแทนได้ โดยเลือกเมนู View แล้วดูคำสั่งเมนูเพิ่มเติมด้านล่าง" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:120 +msgid "If the server operator has enabled recording, you will see a message above the mixer showing that you are being recorded." +msgstr "หากผู้ดูแลเซิร์ฟเวอร์เปิดใช้งานระบบบันทึกเสียง คุณจะเห็นข้อความเหนือมิกเซอร์ที่ระบุว่ากำลังมีการบันทึกเสียงของคุณอยู่" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:121 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Grp button" +msgstr "ปุ่ม Grp" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:124 +msgid "You can group users together using the \"group\" toggle. Moving the fader of any member of the group will move the other faders in that group by the same amount. You can isolate a channel from the group temporarily with shift-click-drag. Up to 8 groups can be defined." +msgstr "คุณสามารถจัดกลุ่มผู้ใช้เข้าด้วยกันได้โดยใช้ปุ่ม \"group\" การเลื่อนเฟดเดอร์ของสมาชิกคนใดคนหนึ่งในกลุ่ม จะเป็นการเลื่อนเฟดเดอร์อื่นๆ ในกลุ่มนั้นด้วยในปริมาณที่เท่ากัน คุณสามารถแยกช่องสัญญาณออกจากกลุ่มได้ชั่วคราวโดยกด shift ค้างไว้แล้วคลิกลาก คุณสามารถกำหนดกลุ่มได้สูงสุด 8 กลุ่ม" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:125 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Mute button" +msgstr "ปุ่ม Mute" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:128 +msgid "Prevents users being heard in your local mix. Be aware that when you mute someone, they will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader to indicate that you cannot hear them. Note also that you will continue to see their VU meters moving if sound from the muted user is reaching the server. Your fader position for them is also unaffected." +msgstr "ปิดเสียงช่องนั้นในมิกซ์ของคุณ โปรดทราบว่า เมื่อคุณปิดเสียงใครบางคน พวกเขาจะเห็นไอคอน \"muted\" แสดงเหนือเฟดเดอร์ของคุณ เพื่อระบุว่าคุณไม่ได้ยินเสียงพวกเขา และโปรดทราบว่า คุณจะยังคงเห็น VU meter ของพวกเขาขยับอยู่เมื่อเขาส่งเสียงไปยังเซิร์ฟเวอร์ ตำแหน่งเฟดเดอร์ของคุณสำหรับพวกเขาก็จะไม่ได้รับผลกระทบเช่นกัน" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130 +msgid "Note that muting your **own** channel only means you will not hear your signal from the server (and is not advised as it can lead to you becoming out of time with other players). This is therefore not the same as using \"[Mute Myself](#mute-myself-button)\"." +msgstr "โปรดทราบว่า การปิดเสียงช่องสัญญาณของคุณ**เอง** หมายความว่าคุณจะไม่ได้ยินเสียงของคุณที่ส่งกลับมาจากเซิร์ฟเวอร์ (ซึ่งไม่แนะนำให้ทำ เพราะอาจทำให้คุณเล่นไม่ตรงจังหวะกับผู้เล่นคนอื่นๆ) ดังนั้น การปิดเสียงช่องสัญญาณของคุณเอง จึงไม่เหมือนกับการใช้คำสั่ง \"[Mute Myself](#mute-myself-button)\"" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:131 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Solo button" +msgstr "ปุ่ม Solo" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:134 +msgid "Allows you to hear one or more users on their own. Those not soloed will be muted. Note also that those people who are not soloed will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader." +msgstr "ช่วยให้คุณสามารถฟังเฉพาะเสียงของผู้ใช้หนึ่งคนหรือหลายคนได้ ผู้ใช้ที่ไม่ได้ตั้งค่า Solo จะถูกปิดเสียง และโปรดทราบว่า ผู้ใช้ที่ไม่ได้ตั้งค่า Solo จะเห็นไอคอน \"muted\" แสดงเหนือเฟดเดอร์ของคุณ" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:135 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Menu commands" +msgstr "คำสั่งเมนู" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:137 +#, no-wrap +msgid "File > Connection Setup..." +msgstr "File > Connection Setup..." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140 +msgid "Opens the [connection dialogue (see above)](#connectdisconnect-button)." +msgstr "เปิด[หน้าต่างเชื่อมต่อ (ดูด้านบน)](#connectdisconnect-button)" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:141 +#, no-wrap +msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup" +msgstr "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:144 +msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band. This stores your settings for each person's fader volume, pan setting, mute and solo state. You can load this mix any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window." +msgstr "คุณสามารถบันทึกและโหลดการตั้งค่ามิกเซอร์ที่คุณตั้งค่าไว้สำหรับวงดนตรีของคุณได้ ซึ่งจะบันทึกการตั้งค่าระดับเสียงเฟดเดอร์ การตั้งค่า pan สถานะปิดเสียง และสถานะโซโลของแต่ละคน คุณสามารถโหลดการตั้งค่ามิกเซอร์นี้ได้ทุกเมื่อ (แม้ในขณะที่คุณกำลังเล่น) นอกจากนี้ คุณยังสามารถโหลดการตั้งค่ามิกเซอร์ได้โดยการลากไฟล์มาวางลงในหน้าต่างมิกเซอร์" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:145 +#, no-wrap +msgid "File > Exit" +msgstr "File > Exit" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:148 +msgid "Closes all the windows and exits the application." +msgstr "ปิดหน้าต่างทั้งหมดและออกจากแอปพลิเคชัน" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:149 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Edit > Clear All Stored Solo/Mute Settings" +msgstr "Edit > Clear All Stored Solo/Mute Settings" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:152 +msgid "Whenever you Solo or Mute a channel, Jamulus remembers these settings. Even if that person leaves and rejoins - or you join a server where they are playing - the settings will automatically be applied. Use this command to clear _all_ these stored settings." +msgstr "เมื่อใดก็ตามที่คุณตั้งค่า Solo หรือ Mute ให้กับช่องสัญญาณ, Jamulus จะจดจำการตั้งค่าเหล่านี้ แม้ว่าบุคคลนั้นจะออกจากเซิร์ฟเวอร์แล้วกลับเข้าร่วมใหม่ หรือคุณเข้าร่วมเซิร์ฟเวอร์ที่พวกเขากำลังเล่นอยู่ การตั้งค่าเหล่านี้จะถูกนำไปใช้โดยอัตโนมัติ ใช้คำสั่งนี้เพื่อล้างการตั้งค่าที่บันทึกไว้ทั้งหมด" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:153 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Edit > Set All Faders to New Client Level" +msgstr "Edit > Set All Faders to New Client Level" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:156 +msgid "Applies the [configured \"New Client Level\"](#new-client-level) to all currently connected channels." +msgstr "ปรับระดับเสียงของทุกๆ คนที่เชื่อมต่ออยู่ ให้มีความดังเท่ากับการตั้งค่า [\"New Client Level\" ที่กำหนดค่าไว้](#new-client-level)" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:157 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders" +msgstr "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:160 +msgid "Applies a one-off fader adjustment to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece." +msgstr "ปรับเฟดเดอร์ของแต่ละช่องสัญญาณโดยอัตโนมัติตามระดับเสียง มีประโยชน์สำหรับวงดนตรีขนาดใหญ่ในการปรับมิกซ์โดยรวม แม้ว่าอาจยังคงต้องมีการปรับแต่งเพิ่มเติม ควรใช้ในช่วงวอร์มอัพ หรือช่วงที่ทุกคนกำลังเล่นดนตรีพร้อมๆ กัน" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:161 +#, no-wrap +msgid "View > (sort options)" +msgstr "View > (ตัวเลือกการเรียงลำดับ)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:166 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"Most items under the \"View\" menu allow you to adjust the order Jamulus chooses to display channels on the server:\n" +"* Own Fader First
\n" +"This option can be used in addition to the others to move your own channel to always be the leftmost, irrespective of the sort order of the other channels.\n" +msgstr "" +"รายการส่วนใหญ่ในเมนู \"View\" ช่วยให้คุณสามารถปรับการเรียงลำดับช่องสัญญาณบนเซิร์ฟเวอร์ได้:\n" +"* Own Fader First
\n" +"ตัวเลือกนี้สามารถใช้ร่วมกับตัวเลือกอื่นๆ เพื่อให้ช่องสัญญาณของคุณเองอยู่ทางซ้ายสุดเสมอ โดยไม่คำนึงถึงลำดับการเรียงลำดับของช่องสัญญาณอื่นๆ\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:178 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "* No user sorting
\n" +#| "This does not take any user details into account when sorting. It sorts by the order channels join the current server as described further up, with new channels being added to the right-hand end.\n" +#| "* Sort by Name
\n" +#| "Sorts by the name someone has chosen in their profile.\n" +#| "* Sort by Instrument / City
\n" +#| "Sorts by the instrument or city someone has in their profile, along with their name.\n" +#| "* Sort by Group
\n" +#| "Where the fader group feature is in use, this sorts in ascending group number from left to right (and within that, by name), with any ungrouped channels off to the right.\n" +#| "* Sort by Channel
\n" +#| "Where Jamulus channel controls (fader, mute, solo, etc) are being controlled by MIDI (see [Using --ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)), this sorts by the channel number to help ensure a stable sort order that aligns with MIDI hardware controls.\n" +#| "Note that in Jamulus clients before version 3.12.0, channel numbers are assigned directly by the server. Clients from 3.12.0 onwards manage their own channel number assignments and always assign channel 0 to the local user (provided the server version is at least 3.5.5).\n" +msgid "" +"* No user sorting
\n" +"This does not take any user details into account when sorting. It sorts by the order channels join the current server as described further up, with new channels being added to the right-hand end.\n" +"* Sort by Name
\n" +"Sorts by the name someone has chosen in their profile.\n" +"* Sort by Instrument / City
\n" +"Sorts by the instrument or city someone has in their profile, along with their name.\n" +"* Sort by Group
\n" +"Where the fader group feature is in use, this sorts in ascending group number from left to right (and within that, by name), with any ungrouped channels off to the right.\n" +"* Sort by Channel
\n" +"Where Jamulus channel controls (fader, mute, solo, etc) are being controlled by MIDI (see [Using --ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)), this sorts by the channel number to help ensure a stable sort order that aligns with MIDI hardware controls.\n" +"Note that in Jamulus clients before version 3.12.0, channel numbers are assigned directly by the server. Clients from 3.12.0 onwards manage their own channel number assignments and always assign channel 0 to the local user (provided the server version is at least 3.5.5).\n" +msgstr "" +"* No user sorting
\n" +"การเรียงลำดับนี้จะไม่นำรายละเอียดผู้ใช้มาพิจารณา โปรแกรมจะเรียงลำดับตามลำดับที่ช่องสัญญาณเข้าร่วมเซิร์ฟเวอร์ตามที่อธิบายไว้ข้างต้น โดยช่องสัญญาณใหม่จะถูกเพิ่มไปทางขวาสุด\n" +"* Sort by Name
\n" +"เรียงลำดับตามชื่อที่ผู้ใช้ระบุไว้ในโปรไฟล์\n" +"* Sort by Instrument / City
\n" +"เรียงลำดับตามเครื่องดนตรีหรือเมืองที่ผู้ใช้ระบุไว้ในโปรไฟล์ กรณีที่ชื่อเมืองหรือเครื่องดนตรีตรงกัน จะเรียงลำดับชื่อของพวกเขา\n" +"* Sort by Group
\n" +"หากมีการใช้คุณสมบัติการจัดกลุ่มเฟดเดอร์ การเรียงลำดับนี้จะเรียงตามหมายเลขกลุ่มจากน้อยไปมากจากซ้ายไปขวา (และภายในกลุ่มนั้นจะเรียงตามชื่อ) โดยช่องสัญญาณที่ไม่ได้จัดกลุ่มจะอยู่ทางขวาสุด\n" +"* Sort by Channel
\n" +"หากมีการตั้งให้สามารถควบคุม Jamulus (fader, mute, solo และอื่นๆ) ด้วย MIDI (ดูที่ [Using --ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)) การเรียงลำดับนี้จะเรียงตามหมายเลขช่องสัญญาณ เพื่อให้แน่ใจว่าลำดับการเรียงลำดับมีความเสถียรและสอดคล้องกับการควบคุมฮาร์ดแวร์ MIDI\n" +"โปรดทราบว่าในไคลเอนต์ Jamulus ก่อนเวอร์ชัน 3.12.0 หมายเลขช่องสัญญาณจะถูกกำหนดโดยเซิร์ฟเวอร์โดยตรง แต่ไคลเอนต์ตั้งแต่เวอร์ชัน 3.12.0 เป็นต้นไป จะจัดการการกำหนดหมายเลขช่องสัญญาณด้วยตัวเอง และจะกำหนดช่องสัญญาณ 0 ให้กับผู้ใช้ท้องถิ่นเสมอ (หากเซิร์ฟเวอร์เป็นเวอร์ชัน 3.5.5 ขึ้นไป)\n" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179 +#, no-wrap +msgid "View > Chat" +msgstr "View > Chat" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:182 +msgid "Opens the [Chat](#chat) window." +msgstr "เปิดหน้าต่าง [Chat](#chat)" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Settings Menu" +msgstr "เมนู Settings" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:186 +msgid "Allows direct access to each of the [Settings](#settings) tabs." +msgstr "ช่วยให้คุณสามารถเข้าถึงแท็บ [Settings](#settings) แต่ละแท็บได้โดยตรง" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:187 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Help" +msgstr "Help" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:190 +msgid "Provides access to the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) and [User Manual](Software-Manual) (this page) on the website, along with copyright, licence and acknowledgement details. There is also a \"What's This?\" option for getting more details on parts of the client display." +msgstr "ให้คุณสามารถเข้าถึง [เริ่มต้นใช้งาน](Getting-Started) และ [คู่มือสำหรับผู้ใช้](Software-Manual) (หน้านี้) บนเว็บไซต์ พร้อมกับรายละเอียดลิขสิทธิ์ สิทธิ์การใช้งาน และการแสดงความขอบคุณ นอกจากนี้ยังมีตัวเลือก \"What's This?\" สำหรับดูรายละเอียดเพิ่มเติมเกี่ยวกับส่วนต่างๆ ของหน้าจอไคลเอนต์" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:192 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Settings" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194 +#, no-wrap +msgid "My Profile" +msgstr "My Profile" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198 +msgid "From the Settings menu, select \"My Profile...\" to set your Alias/Name which is displayed below your fader in the server audio mixer board." +msgstr "จากเมนู Settings เลือก \"My Profile...\" เพื่อตั้งค่า Alias/Name (ชื่อ/ฉายา) ของคุณ ซึ่งจะแสดงอยู่ใต้เฟดเดอร์ของคุณในมิกเซอร์เสียงของเซิร์ฟเวอร์" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:200 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgstr "
\"Image
\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:202 +msgid "If you set an instrument and/or country, icons for these selections will also be shown below your fader. The skill setting changes the background colour of the fader tag and the city entry shows up in the tool tip of the fader tag:" +msgstr "หากคุณได้ตั้งค่า Instrument และ/หรือ Country/Region ไอคอนสำหรับสิ่งที่คุณเลือกเหล่านี้จะแสดงอยู่ใต้เฟดเดอร์ของคุณด้วย การตั้งค่า skill จะเปลี่ยนสีพื้นหลังของแท็กเฟดเดอร์ และรายการ City จะแสดงใน tooltip เมื่อเอาเมาส์จ่อไว้ที่ป้ายชื่อบนเฟดเดอร์:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:204 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgstr "
\"Image
\n" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:205 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Skin" +msgstr "Skin" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:208 +msgid "This applies a skin to the main window, some of which are designed to accommodate larger ensembles." +msgstr "เลือกใช้ skin กับหน้าต่างหลัก ซึ่ง skin บางแบบได้รับการออกแบบมาเพื่อรองรับวงดนตรีขนาดใหญ่" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:209 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Meter style" +msgstr "รูปแบบ Meter" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:212 +msgid "This changes the visual style of the audio meters, independently of the chosen skin." +msgstr "เปลี่ยนรูปแบบของ audio meter โดยไม่ขึ้นกับ skin ที่เลือก" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:213 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Mixer rows" +msgstr "Mixer rows" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:216 +msgid "This sets the number of rows displayed in the server audio mixer, for use with larger ensembles." +msgstr "ตั้งค่าจำนวนแถวที่แสดงในมิกเซอร์เสียงของเซิร์ฟเวอร์ สำหรับใช้กับวงดนตรีขนาดใหญ่" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:217 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio Alerts" +msgstr "Audio Alerts" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220 +msgid "This turns on a sound alert for when someone joins a Server, or when receiving a new chat message." +msgstr "เปิดใช้งานเสียงแจ้งเตือนเมื่อมีคนเข้าร่วมเซิร์ฟเวอร์ หรือเมื่อได้รับข้อความแชทใหม่" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:221 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio/Network Setup" +msgstr "Audio/Network Setup" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:224 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgstr "
\"Image
\n" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:225 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio Device" +msgstr "Audio Device" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:229 +msgid "Under the Windows operating system the ASIO driver (sound card) can be selected using Jamulus. If the selected ASIO driver is not valid an error message is shown and the previous valid driver is selected. Under macOS the input and output hardware can be selected." +msgstr "ในระบบปฏิบัติการ Windows คุณสามารถเลือกไดรเวอร์ ASIO (การ์ดเสียง) ที่จะใช้กับ Jamulus ได้ หากไดรเวอร์ ASIO ที่เลือกไม่ถูกต้อง จะมีข้อความแสดงข้อผิดพลาดปรากฏขึ้น และไดรเวอร์ที่ถูกต้องก่อนหน้านี้จะถูกเลือก ใน macOS คุณสามารถเลือกฮาร์ดแวร์อินพุตและเอาต์พุตได้" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Input/output channel mapping" +msgstr "Input/output channel mapping" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:233 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgstr "
\"Image
\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237 +msgid "If the selected sound card device offers more than one input or output channel, the _Input Channel Mapping and Output Channel Mapping_ settings are visible. For each Jamulus input/output channel (left and right channel) a different actual sound card channel can be selected." +msgstr "หากอุปกรณ์การ์ดเสียงที่เลือกมีช่องสัญญาณอินพุตหรือเอาต์พุตมากกว่าหนึ่งช่อง การตั้งค่า _Input Channel Mapping และ Output Channel Mapping_ จะปรากฏขึ้น คุณสามารถเลือกช่องสัญญาณการ์ดเสียงที่แตกต่างกันสำหรับช่องสัญญาณอินพุต/เอาต์พุต Jamulus แต่ละช่อง (ช่องสัญญาณซ้ายและขวา) ได้" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:238 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio channels" +msgstr "Audio channels" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241 +msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and Server." +msgstr "เลือกจำนวนช่องสัญญาณเสียงที่จะใช้สำหรับการสื่อสารระหว่างไคลเอนต์และเซิร์ฟเวอร์" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:243 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note**: It is better to run separate Client instances per voice/instrument, where each Client has its own ini file, rather than using this built-in mono pair to stereo mixer.\n" +msgstr "**หมายเหตุ**: การรันไคลเอนต์แยกกันสำหรับแต่ละเสียง/เครื่องดนตรี โดยที่ไคลเอนต์แต่ละรายมีไฟล์ ini ของตัวเอง จะดีกว่าการใช้ไคลเอนต์ตัวเดียวแล้วมิกซ์เสียงโมโนคู่เป็นสเตอริโอ\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:245 +msgid "There are three modes available:" +msgstr "มีสามโหมดให้เลือก:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:247 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Mono** and **Stereo** modes use one and two audio channels respectively.\n" +msgstr "โหมด **Mono** และ **Stereo** ใช้ช่องสัญญาณเสียงหนึ่งช่องและสองช่องตามลำดับ\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"**Mono-in/Stereo-out**: The audio signal sent to the server is mono but the return signal is stereo. This is useful if the sound card has the instrument on one input channel and the microphone on the other. In that case\n" +"the two input signals can be mixed to one mono channel but the server mix is heard in stereo.\n" +msgstr "**Mono-in/Stereo-out**: สัญญาณเสียงที่ส่งไปยังเซิร์ฟเวอร์เป็นแบบโมโน แต่สัญญาณที่ส่งกลับมาเป็นแบบสเตอริโอ ซึ่งมีประโยชน์หากการ์ดเสียงมีเครื่องดนตรีอยู่ที่ช่องสัญญาณอินพุตหนึ่งช่อง และไมโครโฟนอยู่ที่อีกช่องสัญญาณหนึ่ง ในกรณีนี้ สัญญาณอินพุตทั้งสองสามารถมิกซ์เป็นช่องสัญญาณโมโนช่องเดียวได้ แต่เสียงมิกซ์จากเซิร์ฟเวอร์จะได้ยินเป็นแบบสเตอริโอ\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:253 +msgid "Enabling stereo mode will increase your stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." +msgstr "การเปิดใช้งานโหมดสเตอริโอจะเพิ่มอัตราการส่งข้อมูลของสตรีมของคุณ ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าอัตราการอัปโหลดของคุณไม่เกินความเร็วในการอัปโหลดของการเชื่อมต่ออินเทอร์เน็ตของคุณ" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:256 +msgid "In stereo streaming mode, no audio channel selection for the reverb effect will be available on the main window since the effect is applied to both channels in this case." +msgstr "ในโหมดสตรีมมิ่งแบบสเตอริโอ จะไม่มีตัวเลือกช่องสัญญาณเสียงสำหรับเอฟเฟกต์ reverb ในหน้าต่างหลัก เนื่องจากเอฟเฟกต์จะถูกนำไปใช้กับทั้งสองช่องสัญญาณ" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:257 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio quality" +msgstr "คุณภาพเสียง" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:260 +msgid "The higher the audio quality, the higher your audio stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." +msgstr "ยิ่งคุณภาพเสียงสูงเท่าไหร่ อัตราการส่งข้อมูลของสตรีมเสียงของคุณก็จะยิ่งสูงขึ้นเท่านั้น ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าอัตราการอัปโหลดของคุณไม่เกินความเร็วในการอัปโหลดของการเชื่อมต่ออินเทอร์เน็ตของคุณ" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:261 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Buffer Delay" +msgstr "Buffer Delay" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265 +msgid "The buffer delay setting is a fundamental setting of the Jamulus software. This setting has an influence on many connection properties. Three buffer sizes are supported:" +msgstr "การตั้งค่า buffer delay เป็นการตั้งค่าพื้นฐานของซอฟต์แวร์ Jamulus การตั้งค่านี้มีผลต่อคุณสมบัติการเชื่อมต่อหลายอย่าง โดยมี buffer size ให้เลือกสามขนาด:" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269 +msgid "**64 samples** Provides the lowest latency but does not work with all sound cards." +msgstr "**64 samples** ให้ค่า latency ที่ต่ำที่สุด แต่อาจใช้งานไม่ได้กับการ์ดเสียงบางตัว" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269 +msgid "**128 samples** The preferred setting. Should work for most available sound cards." +msgstr "**128 samples** เป็นการตั้งค่าที่แนะนำที่ใช้งานได้กับการ์ดเสียงส่วนใหญ่" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269 +msgid "**256 samples** Should only be used on very slow computers, or with a slow internet connection." +msgstr "**256 samples** ควรใช้เฉพาะกับคอมพิวเตอร์ที่ช้ามาก หรือการเชื่อมต่ออินเทอร์เน็ตที่ช้า" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272 +msgid "Some sound card drivers do not allow the buffer delay to be changed from within the Jamulus software. In this case the buffer delay setting is disabled and has to be changed using the sound card driver. On Windows, press the ASIO Setup button to open the driver settings panel." +msgstr "ไดรเวอร์การ์ดเสียงบางตัวไม่อนุญาตให้เปลี่ยน buffer delay จากภายในซอฟต์แวร์ Jamulus ในกรณีนี้ การตั้งค่า buffer delay จะถูกปิดใช้งาน และต้องเปลี่ยนโดยใช้ไดรเวอร์การ์ดเสียง ใน Windows ให้กดปุ่ม ASIO Setup เพื่อเปิดแผงการตั้งค่าไดรเวอร์" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:276 +msgid "On Linux: - when using JACK, use `QJackCtl` to change the buffer size and restart JACK; - when using PipeWire's JACK server, change PipeWire's Quantum parameter with its own configuration tools." +msgstr "บน Linux: - หากใช้ JACK ให้ใช้ `QJackCtl` เพื่อเปลี่ยน buffer size แล้วรีสตาร์ท JACK; - หากใช้เซิร์ฟเวอร์ JACK ของ PipeWire ให้เปลี่ยนพารามิเตอร์ Quantum ของ PipeWire ด้วยเครื่องมือกำหนดค่าของมันเอง" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:280 +msgid "The actual buffer delay has an influence on the connection status, the current upload rate and the overall delay. The lower the buffer size, the higher the probability of a red light in the status indicator (dropouts) and the higher the upload rate and the lower the overall delay." +msgstr "buffer delay มีผลต่อสถานะการเชื่อมต่อ อัตราการอัปโหลดปัจจุบัน และ delay โดยรวม ยิ่ง buffer size น้อยเท่าไหร่ โอกาสที่ไฟแสดงสถานะจะเป็นสีแดง (เสียงขาดๆ หายๆ) ก็จะยิ่งสูงขึ้นเท่านั้น และอัตราการอัปโหลดก็จะยิ่งสูงขึ้น ในขณะที่ delay โดยรวมก็จะยิ่งต่ำลง" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:282 +msgid "The buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." +msgstr "ดังนั้น การตั้งค่า buffer จึงเป็นการแลกเปลี่ยนกันระหว่างคุณภาพเสียงและ delay โดยรวม" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:283 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jitter Buffer" +msgstr "Jitter Buffer" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288 +msgid "The jitter buffer compensates for network and sound card timing jitters. The size of the buffer influences the quality of the audio stream (how many dropouts occur) and the overall delay (the longer the buffer, the higher the delay)." +msgstr "Jitter buffer ช่วยป้องกันปัญหาเสียงที่เกิดจาก network jitter และ sound card jitter ขนาดของบัฟเฟอร์จะมีผลต่อคุณภาพของเสียง (ยิ่งตั้งค่านี้ไว้น้อย โอกาสจะเกิดเสียงขาดๆ หายๆ ยิ่งเยอะ) และ delay โดยรวม (ยิ่งตั้งค่านี้ไว้เยอะ delay ก็จะยิ่งเยอะ)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:292 +msgid "You can set the jitter buffer size manually for your local Client and the remote server. For the local jitter buffer, dropouts in the audio stream are indicated by the light below the jitter buffer size faders. If the light turns to red, a buffer overrun/underrun has taken place and the audio stream is interrupted." +msgstr "คุณสามารถตั้งค่า jitter buffer size ด้วยตนเองสำหรับไคลเอนต์ของคุณและเซิร์ฟเวอร์ สำหรับ jitter buffer ของไคลเอนต์ ไฟแสดงสถานะที่อยู่ใต้เฟดเดอร์ jitter buffer size จะเปลี่ยนเป็นสีแดงเมื่อเกิดเสียงขาดๆ หายๆ ซึ่งหมายความว่าเกิด buffer overrun/underrun และสตรีมเสียงถูกขัดจังหวะ" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:294 +msgid "The jitter buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." +msgstr "ดังนั้น การตั้งค่า jitter buffer จึงเป็นการแลกเปลี่ยนกันระหว่างคุณภาพเสียงและ delay โดยรวม" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:298 +msgid "If the Auto setting is enabled, the jitter buffers of your local Client and the remote server are set automatically based on measurements of the network and sound card timing jitter. If the Auto check is enabled, the jitter buffer size faders are disabled (they cannot be moved with the mouse)." +msgstr "หากเลือกตัวเลือก Auto ตัวโปรแกรมจะตั้งค่า jitter buffer ทั้งสองให้คุณโดยอัตโนมัติตาม network jitter และ sound card jitter ที่โปรแกรมวัดได้ โดยเมื่อเลือกตัวเลือก Auto คุณจะไม่สามารถปรับการตั้งค่า jitter buffer size ได้ด้วยตัวเอง" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:299 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Small Network Buffers" +msgstr "Small Network Buffers" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:303 +msgid "Allows support for very small network audio packets. These are only used if the sound card buffer delay is smaller than 128 samples. The smaller the network buffers, the lower the audio latency. But at the same time the network load increases and the probability of audio dropouts also increases (particuarly if your network connection has any significant jitter). Try enabling this option if you are suffering from high latency or bad audio quality. However, keeping it disabled will normally mean better audio quality." +msgstr "อนุญาตให้ใช้แพ็กเก็ตเสียงขนาดเล็กมากในการรับส่งข้อมูลผ่านเครือข่าย ซึ่งจะใช้เฉพาะเมื่อ buffer delay ของการ์ดเสียงน้อยกว่า 128 samples ยิ่ง network buffer เล็กเท่าไหร่ latency ของเสียงก็จะยิ่งต่ำลงเท่านั้น แต่ในขณะเดียวกัน ปริมาณการรับส่งข้อมูลบนเครือข่ายก็จะเพิ่มขึ้น และโอกาสที่เสียงจะขาดๆ หายๆ ก็จะเพิ่มขึ้นเช่นกัน (โดยเฉพาะอย่างยิ่งหากการเชื่อมต่อเครือข่ายของคุณมี jitter เยอะ) ลองเปิดใช้งานตัวเลือกนี้หากคุณมีปัญหา latency สูงหรือคุณภาพเสียงไม่ดี อย่างไรก็ตาม การปิดใช้งานตัวเลือกนี้ไว้จะทำให้คุณภาพเสียงดีขึ้น" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio Stream Rate" +msgstr "Audio Stream Rate" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:308 +msgid "Depends on the current audio packet size and compression setting. Make sure that the upstream rate is not higher than your available internet upload speed (check this with a service such as [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/))." +msgstr "ขึ้นอยู่กับขนาดของแพ็กเก็ตเสียงและการตั้งค่าการบีบอัด ตรวจสอบให้แน่ใจว่าอัตราการอัปโหลดไม่สูงกว่าความเร็วในการอัปโหลดของการเชื่อมต่ออินเทอร์เน็ตของคุณ (ตรวจสอบได้ด้วยบริการอย่างเช่น [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/))" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:309 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Advanced Setup" +msgstr "Advanced Setup" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:312 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgstr "
\"Image
\n" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:313 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Custom Directories" +msgstr "Custom Directories" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:320 +msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here. Enter the hostname or IP address of the custom Directory. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Note that IPv6 is not currently supported for Directories.) The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list." +msgstr "หากคุณต้องการเพิ่ม address ของ Directory นอกเหนือจากที่มากับโปรแกรม คุณสามารถทำได้ที่นี่ ป้อน IP address หรือ hostname ของ Directory ที่คุณต้องการเพิ่ม คุณสามารถเพิ่มหมายเลขพอร์ตต่อท้าย address ได้ โดยใช้เครื่องหมายโคลอนเป็นตัวคั่น เช่น `jamulus.example.com:22124` (โปรดทราบว่า Directory ยังไม่รองรับ IPv6) ปุ่มที่อยู่ถัดจากช่องนี้ช่วยให้คุณสามารถลบรายการปัจจุบันออกจากรายชื่อได้" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:321 +#, no-wrap +msgid "New Client Level" +msgstr "New Client Level" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:326 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"This setting defines the fader level of a newly connected Client in percent. If a new user connects\n" +"to the current server, they will get the specified initial fader level if no other fader level from a previous connection of\n" +"that user was already stored. You can set all users in an occupied server to this level using Edit > \"Set All Faders to New Client Level\".\n" +msgstr "กำหนดระดับเฟดเดอร์ของไคลเอนต์ที่เชื่อมต่อใหม่เป็นเปอร์เซ็นต์ หากมีผู้ใช้ใหม่เชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์ พวกเขาจะได้รับระดับเฟดเดอร์เริ่มต้นตามที่ระบุไว้หากไม่มีการบันทึกไว้ก่อนหน้านี้ คุณสามารถตั้งค่าระดับเสียงของผู้ใช้ทุกคนในเซิร์ฟเวอร์ให้เป็นระดับนี้ได้ โดยเลือก Edit > \"Set All Faders to New Client Level\"\n" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:327 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Input Boost" +msgstr "Input Boost" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:330 +msgid "Increases the gain from your device. Use this if your device delivers a gain that is too quiet for Jamulus." +msgstr "เพิ่ม gain ของสัญญาณเสียงจากอุปกรณ์ของคุณ ใช้ตัวเลือกนี้หากเสียงจากอุปกรณ์ของคุณเบาเกินไปสำหรับ Jamulus" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:331 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Feedback Protection" +msgstr "Feedback Protection" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:334 +msgid "Attempts to detect audio feedback loops or loud noise in the first three seconds after you connected to a server. Once detected, this feature will show a message and activate the \"Mute Myself\" button to mute you in your own mix." +msgstr "ตรวจจับ Feedback loop หรือเสียงรบกวนที่ดังมาก เช่นเสียงไมโครโฟนหอน ในช่วงสามวินาทีแรกหลังจากที่คุณเชื่อมต่อกับเซิร์ฟเวอร์ หากตรวจจับได้ คุณสมบัตินี้จะแสดงข้อความและเปิดใช้งานปุ่ม \"Mute Myself\" เพื่อปิดเสียงคุณในมิกซ์ของคุณเอง" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:335 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Input Balance" +msgstr "Input Balance" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:340 +msgid "Controls the relative levels of the left and right local audio channels. For a mono signal it acts as a pan between the two channels. For example, if a microphone is connected to the right input channel and an instrument is connected to the left input channel which is much louder than the microphone, move the audio fader to increase the relative volume of the mic." +msgstr "ควบคุมระดับเสียงสัมพัทธ์ของช่องสัญญาณเสียงซ้ายและขวา สำหรับสัญญาณโมโน มันจะทำหน้าที่เป็นการ pan ระหว่างสองช่องสัญญาณ ตัวอย่างเช่น หากไมโครโฟนเชื่อมต่อกับช่องสัญญาณอินพุตด้านขวา และเครื่องดนตรีเชื่อมต่อกับช่องสัญญาณอินพุตด้านซ้าย ซึ่งดังกว่าไมโครโฟนมาก ให้เลื่อนเฟดเดอร์เสียงเพื่อเพิ่มระดับเสียงสัมพัทธ์ของไมโครโฟน" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:341 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Backing up Jamulus" +msgstr "การสำรองข้อมูล Jamulus" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:345 +msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want." +msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * คุณสามารถบันทึกและโหลดการตั้งค่ามิกเซอร์ที่แตกต่างกันได้โดยใช้ [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) และจัดเก็บไฟล์เหล่านั้นไว้ที่ใดก็ได้ที่คุณต้องการ" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:347 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in\n" +msgstr "**หมายเหตุสำหรับผู้ใช้ macOS:** ตั้งแต่ Jamulus 3.8.1 เป็นต้นไป เรามีตัวติดตั้งที่ลงนามแล้ว ซึ่งจะจัดเก็บการตั้งค่าไว้ใน\n" + +#. type: Fenced code block (shell) +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:347 +#, no-wrap +msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" +msgstr "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:351 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Command Line Options" +msgstr "ตัวเลือกคอมมานด์ไลน์" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:354 +msgid "Most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, but these and others can also be set using options given in a terminal window. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." +msgstr "ฟังก์ชันส่วนใหญ่ใน Jamulus สามารถตั้งค่าได้โดยใช้ GUI แต่คุณสามารถตั้งค่าฟังก์ชันเหล่านี้และฟังก์ชันอื่นๆ ได้โดยใช้ตัวเลือกที่กำหนดในหน้าต่าง Terminal โดยวิธีการทำจะขึ้นอยู่กับระบบปฏิบัติการของคุณ" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:356 +#, no-wrap +msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" +msgstr "ตัวอย่างเช่น บน Windows หากต้องการใช้ไฟล์การตั้งค่าเฉพาะ ให้คลิกขวาที่ทางลัด Jamulus แล้วเลือก \"Properties\" > Target เพิ่มอาร์กิวเมนต์ที่จำเป็นลงใน Jamulus.exe:\n" + +#. type: Fenced code block (shell) +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:357 +#, no-wrap +msgid " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n" +msgstr " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:362 +msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" +msgstr "สำหรับ macOS ให้เปิดหน้าต่าง Terminal แล้วรัน Jamulus พร้อมกับตัวเลือกที่ต้องการดังนี้:" + +#. type: Fenced code block (shell) +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:363 +#, no-wrap +msgid " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n" +msgstr " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:368 +msgid "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" +msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:370 +msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" +msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:371 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Controlling the Client via API" +msgstr "การควบคุมไคลเอนต์ผ่าน API" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:373 +msgid "In addition to the CLI, Jamulus can be controlled using an API. This is beneficial for advanced use cases - for example, where there is no GUI, or another application needs to interact with Jamulus. Please note that the API is still experimental. Information on the [JSON-RPC API can be found in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)." +msgstr "นอกจาก CLI แล้ว คุณยังสามารถควบคุม Jamulus ได้โดยใช้ API ซึ่งมีประโยชน์สำหรับกรณีการใช้งานขั้นสูง เช่น กรณีที่ไม่มี GUI หรือแอปพลิเคชันอื่นๆ จำเป็นต้องโต้ตอบกับ Jamulus โปรดทราบว่า API ยังอยู่ในขั้นทดลอง ข้อมูลเกี่ยวกับ [JSON-RPC API สามารถดูได้ใน repository หลัก](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Tips-Tricks-More.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..94ec117ca --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Tips-Tricks-More.po @@ -0,0 +1,501 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Thai Pangsakulyanont , 2024. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 21:15+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: th\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "th" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More" +msgstr "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Tips, Tricks and More" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Tips & Tricks" +msgstr "เคล็ดลับและเทคนิค" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:12 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:14 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" +msgstr "สารบัญ\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" +msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:19 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Learning about remote band rehearsing" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:23 +msgid "Jamulus user [Chris Rimple](https://sourceforge.net/u/chrisrimple/profile/) has compiled a massive amount of information relating to [Remote Band Rehearsals](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1smcvsxdaaViPQvGMQHmah_6BQeqowhmGSFMHfnlY2FI/) (Google doc), which covers topics such as hardware and software configuration including examples and advice for newcomers to the field. He also includes a section on Jamulus in comparison to other solutions." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Using the Jamulus Client" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Have an undisturbed session on any Server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:29 +msgid "You can have an undisturbed session with other people on any Server by simply soloing each other. You will then not be able to hear anyone else if they enter your Server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**NOTE:** This does not stop people from hearing you, using the chat function, or seeing your profile information.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:32 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Using Jamulus audio in Zoom (or other) meeting apps" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:35 +msgid "Several users have reported success allowing a \"virtual audience\" for a Jamulus session by using [JACK audio](https://jackaudio.org) to route the Jamulus signal through JackRouter to the target application (in this case, Zoom meetings)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:37 +msgid "You can also use [VoiceMeeter](https://www.vb-audio.com/Voicemeeter/banana.htm) (Banana) for Windows or [BlackHole](https://github.com/ExistentialAudio/BlackHole) for macOS to route the Jamulus output to multiple destinations, for example to your headphones and the meeting application at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Recording Jamulus on Windows with Reaper" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:41 +msgid "Jamulus user [Rob Durkin](https://sourceforge.net/u/bentwrench/profile/) has written a [guide to recording the output of Jamulus](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1tENfNKTWHasuTg33OdLLEo4-OOhWJolOo42ffSARxhY/edit) (Google Doc) using the ReaRoute add-on for [Reaper](https://www.reaper.fm/)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:42 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Sharing song/chord sheets" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:45 +msgid "Jamulus user [BTDT](https://sourceforge.net/u/btdt/profile/) has written a system called [305keepers](https://github.com/keepers305/Song-Sheet-Sharing-Web-Pages), a web application that allows a \"Jam leader\" to push song sheets (in PDF format) to \"Jammers\" in real time using standard web browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:46 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus Client Linux start script" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:49 +msgid "Here's a Linux start script for Jamulus using an old Audigy4 sound card, the large number of available audio faders for which makes it hard to get the correct settings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:51 +msgid "This script therefore includes the most important audio fader settings. The second part of the script deals with the JACK connections. I use Guitarix as my guitar effect processor which I plug in in the JACK audio path." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:53 +msgid "Finally I start Jamulus automatically connecting to the Directory." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:55 +msgid "Here is the script:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:57 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" amixer sset 'Mic' capture 30% cap\n" +" amixer sset 'Mic' playback 0%\n" +" amixer sset 'Line' playback 60% unmute\n" +" amixer sset 'Audigy Analog/Digital Output Jack' unmute\n" +" amixer sset 'Analog Mix' capture 100%\n" +" amixer sset 'Analog Mix' playback 0%\n" +" amixer sset 'Wave' 100%\n" +" amixer sset 'Master' capture 100% cap\n" +" amixer sset 'Master' playback 100%\n" +" amixer sset 'Master' playback 100%\n" +" amixer sset 'PCM' playback 100%\n" +" amixer sset 'PCM' capture 0%\n" +" guitarix &\n" +" /home/corrados/llcon/Jamulus -c myJamulusServer.domain.com &\n" +" sleep 3\n" +" jack_disconnect system:capture_1 Jamulus:'input left'\n" +" jack_disconnect system:capture_2 Jamulus:'input right'\n" +" jack_connect system:capture_1 gx_head_amp:in_0\n" +" jack_connect gx_head_amp:out_0 gx_head_fx:in_0\n" +" jack_connect gx_head_fx:out_0 Jamulus:'input left'\n" +" jack_connect gx_head_fx:out_1 Jamulus:'input right'\n" +" jack_connect Jamulus:'output left' system:playback_1\n" +" jack_connect Jamulus:'output right' system:playback_2\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Using `--ctrlmidich` for MIDI controllers" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86 +msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a connected MIDI controller. This feature is available from version 3.7.0 on macOS, Linux, and the JACK version of Jamulus for Windows. From Jamulus 3.12.0 onwards, it is also available for the non-JACK (ASIO) Windows version. To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with the `--ctrlmidich` command-line option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88 +msgid "When this option is used on the command line, Jamulus will prepend a channel number to each Client name, which can be used to control the channel using MIDI CC numbers. In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first when sorted by channel or when \"Own Fader First\" is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Tip*: With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92 +msgid "When using JACK or macOS, make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), Audio/MIDI Setup (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch `a2jmidid` so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl. For non-JACK Windows, Jamulus will find the MIDI device(s) automatically, but see the `d` option below if more than one MIDI device is connected." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94 +msgid "`--ctrlmidich` takes a single argument. If you omit it, the parameter is ignored. There are two formats for the argument:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96 +msgid "The legacy definition has one or two numbers in the format:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:97 +#, no-wrap +msgid " [MIDI channel];[offset for first fader]\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:126 +msgid "`MIDI channel` is required or else the parameter argument is ignored and the feature is not active. `0` means \"any channel\", `1`-`16` listen only to MIDI messages on the specified MIDI channel." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104 +msgid "`offset for first fader` is the first MIDI CC to use to control a Jamulus Channel fader (default 70, which matches the Behringer X-Touch defaults), with all MIDI CCs after that being used; must be a number or else the long form is used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106 +#, no-wrap +msgid " For example\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112 +#, no-wrap +msgid " would listen on all MIDI channels and use MIDI controller 70 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on. Here's another example:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" --ctrlmidich \"2;50\"\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:118 +#, no-wrap +msgid " This would listen on MIDI channel 2 and use MIDI controller 50 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '2. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:120 +msgid "The long form is a sequence of offsets and counts for various controllers:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:121 +#, no-wrap +msgid " [MIDI channel];[control letter][offset](*[count])(;...)\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:128 +msgid "`control letter` defines which Jamulus Control the MIDI controller number is assigned to:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:135 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" | control letter | Jamulus Control |\n" +" |--------:|---------|\n" +" | `f` | Fader |\n" +" | `p` | Pan |\n" +" | `s` | Solo |\n" +" | `m` | Mute |\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:137 +msgid "`offset` is the base MIDI CC number for the control." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:139 +msgid "`count` is the number of CC values for the control, defaulting to 1 (i.e. the number Jamulus channels that can be controlled)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:141 +#, no-wrap +msgid " An example for a Korg nanoKONTROL2 using eight sliders starting at MIDI CC 0 to control faders and eight knobs starting at MIDI CC 16 to control pan, on any MIDI channnel, for eight Jamulus channels would be\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:142 +#, no-wrap +msgid " --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:147 +#, no-wrap +msgid " Enhancing this to add eight Solo buttons starting at CC 32, and eight Mute buttons starting at CC 48 would give:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:148 +#, no-wrap +msgid " --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8\"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:153 +msgid "Two additional `control letter` values are available:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: ' 1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:155 +msgid "`o` controls Mute Myself and has a single `offset` (i.e. `count` is ignored and taken as 1)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: ' 2. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:157 +msgid "`d` is an option on Windows non-JACK Jamulus to specify a particular MIDI input device by name -- without this, all devices will be assigned to Jamulus; with it, only the specified device will be used. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:161 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;dnanoKontrol\"\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:163 +#, no-wrap +msgid " would listen for CC0 through CC7 on MIDI channel 1 from a MIDI device called \"nanoKontrol\". Remember to wrap the whole of the `--ctrlmidich` argument in double quotes and you will have no problems with device names containing spaces.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:165 +#, no-wrap +msgid " In order to discover the correct device name to use, start Jamulus from the command line with `--ctrlmidich` and observe the output. Jamulus will list all discovered MIDI devices:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:173 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n" +" - MIDI controller settings: 0\n" +" - allocated port number: 22134\n" +" - MIDI devices found: 2\n" +" 0: nanoKONTROL2\n" +" 1: Keystation Mini 32\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:181 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\"\n" +" - MIDI controller settings: 1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\n" +" - allocated port number: 22134\n" +" - MIDI devices found: 2\n" +" 0: nanoKONTROL2\n" +" 1: Keystation Mini 32 (ignored)\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:183 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\tNote that if only one MIDI device is connected, the `d` option is not necessary, as Jamulus will use the device automatically.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:185 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\tOn macOS, Linux or Windows with JACK, the `d` option is accepted if given, but ignored.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:187 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself, that is, buttons on your MIDI controller need to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:188 +#, no-wrap +msgid "For Server admins" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:190 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:193 +msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:194 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Remote management of recordings" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:197 +msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:198 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Making a Server status page" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:201 +msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:203 +msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:204 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/Unregistered-Servers.po b/_translator-files/po/th/Unregistered-Servers.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f426e4f7a --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/th/Unregistered-Servers.po @@ -0,0 +1,198 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Thai Pangsakulyanont , 2024. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: th\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "th" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Unregistered-Servers" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Running an Unregistered Server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:9 +msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:13 +msgid "It is highly recommended to test your Server by registering it on one of the built-in Directories **first**. This will help you tackle general problems before you try unregistered mode." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:14 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Setting up a Server behind a home router" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:17 +msgid "If you set up your Server at home, you will probably need to change some settings in your router/firewall:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Port forwarding" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:21 +msgid "Normally, people from outside your home network cannot see things inside it. To let external Jamulus Clients connect to your Server, you need to set up port forwarding in your router's settings. The exact setup differs for every router. For help, see your router's documentation or [portforward.com](https://portforward.com)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:23 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** The default port for Jamulus is **UDP** (not TCP) port **22124**. You will usually forward the port **22124** from outside your network to the port **22124** of the computer running the Server.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Getting the public IP" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:28 +msgid "To allow others to connect to your Server from the internet, give them your public IP address. You can [learn your current public IP address using Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=what+is+my+ip). You should connect yourself using the local network address of the computer the Server is running on. If you are running a Client on the same computer as your Server, the address is `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:30 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Dynamic DNS and why you will probably need it" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:33 +msgid "Unless your ISP provides you with a fixed IP address, you may find that your address changes over time. You might want to associate your IP address with a domain name you can share with others that uses \"dynamic DNS\" (DDNS). A \"dynamic DNS\" provider can supply you with the domain name and you keep refreshing your IP address with the provider. Your router might support certain DDNS providers to do this. If this is not the case, the provider will have instructions on how to set up a dynamic DNS client." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "DNS SRV record support" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:37 +msgid "Jamulus Clients support [DNS SRV records (\"service\" records)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_record). If a Client finds an SRV record associated with the domain name given in the Connect window, it will try to connect to the endpoint host and port listed in the SRV record. This process is similar to HTTP redirection in a web browser, only it's between Jamulus Clients and the DNS server. The Jamulus Server is not involved in this interaction. Jamulus Servers just listen for connections on the same port listed in the SRV record." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title #### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why is this helpful?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:41 +msgid "A Jamulus Client can connect to a Server on a non-default port by specifying the port as part of the server address. A server administrator may want to give users a simple address without the port details, while still serving Jamulus on a non-default port. For this case, the port information can be acquired from an SRV record." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:43 +msgid "An address entered in the Connect window could look like ```jamulus.example.com```. If an SRV record is found for this DNS domain, Jamulus Client will try to connect to the Server on the host:port listed in the SRV record, such as ```jamulus.example.com:12345```." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:45 +msgid "If no SRV records are found on the DNS server, a Client will attempt to connect to the Server as specified in the connection window." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title #### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:46 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Creating SRV records" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:49 +msgid "SRV records are created by the administrator of the domain being used to host the Jamulus server. The SRV records are added through the administration portal (or API if available) of the domain's DNS hosting service. The format of the SRV record entry can vary by DNS hosting service but will generally look something like this." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" _service._proto.name. ttl IN SRV priority weight port target\n" +" \n" +" # or, more specifically\n" +" \n" +" _jamulus._udp.example.com. 60 IN SRV 0 5 12345 jamulus.example.com\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** You can host many Jamulus Servers at different ports on one host by giving each its own SRV record.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:61 +msgid "See the documentation of your DNS provider for instructions on creating an SRV record." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title #### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:62 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Example use case with SRV records" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:65 +msgid "This example assumes the DNS contains an A or CNAME record that resolves to ```server1.example.com```, where three Jamulus Server instances are running, each listening on one of the three ports listed below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:67 +msgid "Alternatively, `server1.example.com` can be a router, NAT-gateway, or load-balancer that forwards each of the ports to a backend Jamulus server (or servers)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:74 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"| JAMULUS CLIENT | DNS SRV RECORD | JAMULUS SERVER |\n" +"| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------- |\n" +"| rock.example.com | _jamulus._udp.rock.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22124 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22124 |\n" +"| jazz.example.com | _jamulus._udp.jazz.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22125 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22125 |\n" +"| blues.example.com | _jamulus._udp.blues.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22126 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22126 |\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:76 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*It's important to remember that DNS is not forwarding connections. It's simply telling Jamulus Client what public host:port to connect to.*\n" +msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/copyright.po b/_translator-files/po/th/copyright.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..43859214a --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/th/copyright.po @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: Hash Value: footer asio +#: ../wiki/en/misc/copyright.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ASIO ® compatible - ASIO is a trademark and software of Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav docs +#: ../wiki/en/misc/copyright.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "This documentation is CC BY-SA" +msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/general.po b/_translator-files/po/th/general.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..51f99c4c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/th/general.po @@ -0,0 +1,118 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Thai Pangsakulyanont , 2024. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: th\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n" + +#. type: Hash Value: footer alt facebook +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus Facebook group" +msgstr "กลุ่ม Jamulus บน Facebook" + +#. type: Hash Value: footer alt github +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus GitHub repo" +msgstr "Jamulus บน GitHub" + +#. type: Hash Value: footer alt help +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Help and support" +msgstr "ความช่วยเหลือและการสนับสนุน" + +#. type: Hash Value: footer copyright software +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Software by Volker Fischer and contributors - want to get involved?" +msgstr "ซอฟต์แวร์โดย Volker Fischer และ ผู้ร่วมพัฒนา - ต้องการ มีส่วนร่วม?" + +#. type: Hash Value: kb by +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "by" +msgstr "โดย" + +#. type: Hash Value: kb discuss linktitle +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Discuss this content" +msgstr "พูดคุยเกี่ยวกับเนื้อหานี้" + +#. type: Hash Value: kb discuss title +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Comments" +msgstr "ความคิดเห็น" + +#. type: Hash Value: kb kbintro +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Community knowledge base
Feel free to add your own article!" +msgstr "คลังความรู้ชุมชน
อย่าลังเลที่จะเพิ่มบทความของคุณเอง!" + +#. type: Hash Value: kb mainpage +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Knowledge Base overview" +msgstr "ภาพรวมคลังความรู้" + +#. type: Hash Value: kb navpages +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "More pages" +msgstr "หน้าอื่นๆ" + +#. type: Hash Value: kb newpage +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Add a new page via GitHub" +msgstr "เพิ่มหน้าใหม่ผ่าน GitHub" + +#. type: Hash Value: kb readmore +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Read more..." +msgstr "อ่านเพิ่มเติม..." + +#. type: Hash Value: kb titleAdd +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "– Jamulus Knowledge Base" +msgstr "– คลังความรู้ Jamulus" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav altJamulusIcon +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus Icon. Links to homepage" +msgstr "ไอคอน Jamulus ลิงก์ไปยังหน้าแรก" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav btnOpenNavigation +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Open navigation" +msgstr "แสดงตัวนำทาง" + +#. type: Hash Value: tNoJSEnabled +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Your browser has JavaScript disabled. That's totally fine. This site has been designed to provide basic functionality without JS. Enabling JavaScript may give you additional functionality on this site." +msgstr "เบราว์เซอร์ของคุณปิดใช้งาน JavaScript ซึ่งไม่เป็นปัญหาแต่อย่างใด เว็บไซต์นี้ได้รับการออกแบบมาเพื่อให้ใช้งานฟังก์ชันพื้นฐานได้โดยไม่ต้องใช้ JS แต่การเปิดใช้งาน JavaScript อาจทำให้คุณใช้งานฟังก์ชันเพิ่มเติมบนเว็บไซต์นี้ได้" + +#. type: Hash Value: wiki titleAdd +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "– Jamulus Website" +msgstr "– เว็บไซต์ Jamulus" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/th/navigation.po b/_translator-files/po/th/navigation.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..816940d62 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/th/navigation.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Thai Pangsakulyanont , 2024. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-06 16:15+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Thai Pangsakulyanont \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: th\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Setting Up" +msgstr "การติดตั้งและตั้งค่าเบื้องต้น" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems page +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Windows" +msgstr "Windows" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems url +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows" +msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems page +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "macOS" +msgstr "macOS" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems url +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh" +msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems page +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Linux" +msgstr "Linux" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems url +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux" +msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Getting-Started" +msgstr "/wiki/Getting-Started" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "User Manual" +msgstr "คู่มือสำหรับผู้ใช้" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Software-Manual" +msgstr "/wiki/Software-Manual" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "FAQ" +msgstr "คำถามที่พบบ่อย" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/FAQ" +msgstr "/wiki/FAQ" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "การแก้ไขปัญหา" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting" +msgstr "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav title +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Using Jamulus" +msgstr "การใช้ Jamulus" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server Manual" +msgstr "คู่มือการเปิดเซิร์ฟเวอร์" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Running-a-Server" +msgstr "/wiki/Running-a-Server" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Tips & Tricks" +msgstr "เคล็ดลับและเทคนิค" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More" +msgstr "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Community Knowledge Base" +msgstr "คลังความรู้ชุมชน" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems selectOnLayout +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "post" +msgstr "โพสต์" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/kb/index.html" +msgstr "/kb/index.html" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Privacy Statement" +msgstr "คำชี้แจงเกี่ยวกับความเป็นส่วนตัว" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Privacy-Statement" +msgstr "/wiki/Privacy-Statement" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav title +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "More" +msgstr "เพิ่มเติม" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/1-index.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/1-index.po index fafeaef89..a346a463d 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/1-index.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/1-index.po @@ -8,18 +8,19 @@ # Colgrave , 2024. # Gary Wang , 2024. # yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2024. +# "Alioc." , 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-07 00:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-07-11 16:01+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: \"Alioc.\" \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: zh-CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13-dev\n" #. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?) #: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:1 @@ -73,6 +74,16 @@ msgstr "什么是 Jamulus？" msgid "Jamulus lets you play, rehearse, or jam with your friends, your band, or anyone you find online. Play together remotely in time with high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection. [Download it here!](wiki/Getting-Started)\n" msgstr "Jamulus 让您的朋友、乐队或您在网上找到的任何人一起演奏、排练或即兴演奏。用普通宽带连接上提供高品质、低延迟的声音，可以轻松地远程及时地一起播放。 [从这里下载](wiki/Getting-Started)\n" +#. type: Attribute 'src' of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:32 +msgid "{% include img/en-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc %}" +msgstr "{% include img/en-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc %}" + +#. type: Attribute 'alt' of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:32 +msgid "A screenshot of the main mixer window showing five people from different countries connected." +msgstr "主混音器窗口的屏幕截图，显示来自不同国家的五个人连接在一起。" + #. type: Content of:
#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:34 #, no-wrap diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Client-Troubleshooting.po index f1748e33a..4e35f2d6e 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Client-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Client-Troubleshooting.po @@ -6,18 +6,19 @@ # yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022, 2023, 2024. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. # ignotus , 2024. +# "Alioc." , 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-07 09:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-07-11 16:01+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: \"Alioc.\" \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: zh-CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 @@ -171,8 +172,8 @@ msgstr "避免收听直接信号的具体方式取决于您的个人设置 - 您 #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:50 -msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [software manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this." -msgstr "请注意，虽然收听服务器的信号将确保您与其他音乐家同步，但如果您的整体延迟(由 Jamulus 中的“延迟”灯指示)不是绿色或至少大部分时间不是黄色，您也可能会遇到问题时间。请参阅 [软件手册](/wiki/Software-Manual) 以了解如何调整您的设置以帮助解决此问题。" +msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this." +msgstr "请注意，虽然收听服务器的信号将确保您与其他音乐家同步，但如果您的整体延迟(由 Jamulus 中的“延迟”灯指示)不是绿色或至少大部分时间不是黄色，您也可能会遇到问题时间。请参阅 [用户手册](/wiki/Software-Manual) 以了解如何调整您的设置以帮助解决此问题。" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:51 @@ -333,8 +334,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:108 -msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" -msgstr "如有其他问题请在 [讨论区](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)搜索或发帖" +msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/discussions)" +msgstr "如有其他问题请在 [讨论区](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/discussions)搜索或发帖" #, no-wrap #~ msgid "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Getting-Started.po index 027eeb209..9a662b189 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Getting-Started.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Getting-Started.po @@ -5,18 +5,19 @@ # ignotus , 2022. # yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022, 2024. # ignotus , 2024. +# "Alioc." , 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-07 00:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-06-28 13:04+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: \"Alioc.\" \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: zh-CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 @@ -164,8 +165,8 @@ msgid "" "
\n" msgstr "" "
\n" -" \"Screenshot\"\n" -"
让人们知道你是谁 are
\n" +" \"Screenshot\"\n" +"
让人们知道你是谁
\n" "
\n" #. type: Plain text @@ -256,8 +257,8 @@ msgstr "请注意，您可以在连接时随时使用聊天工具向其他人发 #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:88 -msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [Software Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)." -msgstr "关于使用 Jamulus 的更多信息可以在[软件手册](/wiki/Software-Manual)中找到。" +msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)." +msgstr "关于使用 Jamulus 的更多信息可以在[用户手册](/wiki/Software-Manual)中找到。" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:89 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Include-Client-Commands.po index 4ff22e9d6..39c75415b 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Include-Client-Commands.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Include-Client-Commands.po @@ -4,18 +4,19 @@ # yangyangdaji , 2022. # yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022, 2024. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. +# "Alioc." , 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-07 02:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-07-11 16:01+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: \"Alioc.\" \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: zh-CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13-dev\n" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3 @@ -39,8 +40,8 @@ msgstr "`-j` 或 `--nojackconnect` 禁用自动 JACK 连接" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6 -msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)" -msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` 要监听的 MIDI 控制器通道，控制编号偏移和连续 CC 编号(通道)以及 Mute Myself CC 编号。格式:`channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` 见[提示和技巧](Tips-Tricks-More#将-ctrlmidich-用于-midi-控制器)" +msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI channel to listen on, Jamulus control + MIDI control number and count of consecutive CC numbers (or Jamulus channels), device selection option. Format: `channel[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dDeviceName]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)." +msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` 要收听的 MIDI 通道，Jamulus 控制 + MIDI 控制编号和连续 CC 编号（或 Jamulus 通道）的数量，设备选择选项。格式： `channel[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dDeviceName]` 参见[提示与技巧]（Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers）。" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Installation-for-Android.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Installation-for-Android.po index 00103e69e..9715b3727 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Installation-for-Android.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Installation-for-Android.po @@ -5,18 +5,19 @@ # ignotus , 2022. # yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022. # ignotus , 2024. +# "Alioc." , 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 21:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-06-28 13:04+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: \"Alioc.\" \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: zh-CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 @@ -41,7 +42,7 @@ msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Android" #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:11 #, no-wrap msgid "Installation for Android" -msgstr "安卓系统的安装" +msgstr "Android版本的安装事项" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:9 @@ -51,7 +52,7 @@ msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"使用 Jamulus\" branch1=\"快速入 #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:14 msgid "Make sure you've already read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." -msgstr "确保您已经阅读了 [入门](Getting-Started) 页面。" +msgstr "确保您已经阅读了 [快速入门](Getting-Started) 页面。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:16 @@ -62,7 +63,7 @@ msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:17 #, no-wrap msgid "Things to note about Android" -msgstr "关于安卓的注意事项" +msgstr "关于Android版本的注意事项" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:20 @@ -73,7 +74,7 @@ msgstr "虽然你***可以在安卓设备上安装Jamulus(并听到声音)，但 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:21 #, no-wrap msgid "Install the Android PoC" -msgstr "安装安卓 PoC" +msgstr "安装 Android PoC" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:24 @@ -120,7 +121,7 @@ msgstr "Jamulus 已经安装，现在可以使用了。您现在可以查看" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:39 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" -msgstr "[入门页面](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgstr "[快速入门](Getting-Started){: .button}" #~ msgid "# Installation for Android" #~ msgstr "# 安卓安装" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Installation-for-Linux.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Installation-for-Linux.po index 5538135b1..9b307d8e7 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Installation-for-Linux.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Installation-for-Linux.po @@ -5,18 +5,19 @@ # ignotus , 2022. # yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022, 2024. # ignotus , 2024. +# "Alioc." , 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-07 13:08+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-07-11 16:02+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: \"Alioc.\" \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: zh-CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 @@ -219,7 +220,7 @@ msgstr "将**采样率设置为 48000**。" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71 msgid "Set the **Frames/Period to 128** and **Periods/Buffer at 2** at first." -msgstr "首先将 **帧/周期”设置为 128** ，将 **周期/缓冲区** 设置为 2" +msgstr "首先将 **帧/周期 设置为 128** ，将 **周期/缓冲区 设置为 2**。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:73 @@ -287,7 +288,7 @@ msgstr "看看" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:99 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" -msgstr "[入门页面](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgstr "[快速入门](Getting-Started){: .button}" #~ msgid "Configure your audio hardware as follows (the exact settings for JACK will depend on what your audio hardware is capable of):" #~ msgstr "如下配置您的音频硬件(JACK 的确切设置将取决于您的音频硬件的能力):" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Installation-for-Macintosh.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Installation-for-Macintosh.po index fd834facc..b6afdf558 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Installation-for-Macintosh.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Installation-for-Macintosh.po @@ -5,18 +5,19 @@ # ignotus , 2022. # yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022, 2024. # ignotus , 2024. +# "Alioc." , 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-07 09:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-07-11 16:01+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: \"Alioc.\" \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: zh-CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 @@ -51,7 +52,7 @@ msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"使用 Jamulus\" branch1=\"快速入 #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:13 msgid "Make sure you've already read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." -msgstr "确保您已经阅读了 [入门](Getting-Started) 页面。" +msgstr "确保您已经阅读了 [快速入门](Getting-Started) 页面。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:15 @@ -67,12 +68,12 @@ msgstr "升级？您可能需要先 [备份您的配置](Software-Manual#备份- #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:22 #, no-wrap msgid "" -"1. [Download Jamulus (Universal build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +"1. [Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n" " **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" "1. **Install Jamulus**: Open the downloaded `.dmg` file, agree to the licence, *drag and drop* each icon you see in the window (Jamulus Client and Server) into your *Applications folder*. After that, you can close this window.\n" "1. **Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" msgstr "" -"1. [下载 Jamulus (通用版本)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +"1. [下载 Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n" " **镜像 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" "1. **安装 Jamulus**: 打开下载的 `.dmg` 文件，同意许可，将窗口中看到的每个图标（Jamulus 客户端和服务器）*拖放* 到您的应用程序文件夹*。之后，您可以关闭此窗口。\n" "1. **运行 Jamulus**. 现在您应该能够像使用任何其他应用程序一样使用 Jamulus。\n" @@ -102,7 +103,7 @@ msgstr "看看" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:31 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" -msgstr "[入门页面](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgstr "[快速入门](Getting-Started){: .button}" #, fuzzy, no-wrap #~| msgid "## \"Jamulus\" can't be opened because the developer cannot be verified" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Installation-for-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Installation-for-Windows.po index eb2afaf70..8152baf35 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Installation-for-Windows.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Installation-for-Windows.po @@ -5,18 +5,19 @@ # ignotus , 2022. # yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022, 2024. # ignotus , 2024. +# "Alioc." , 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-07 09:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-07-11 16:01+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: \"Alioc.\" \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: zh-CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 @@ -118,94 +119,84 @@ msgstr "如果你没有外置声卡，你可能没有 ASIO 驱动，所以需要 #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:39 -msgid "You can try two versions of ASIO4ALL. ASIO4ALL v2.14 includes a workaround for a bug which might break other functionality." -msgstr "您可以尝试两个版本的 ASIO4ALL。 ASIO4ALL v2.14 包含一个可能破坏其他功能的错误的解决方法。" +msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.16 Download](https://asio4all.org/downloads/ASIO4ALL_2_16.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" +msgstr "[下载 ASIO4ALL v2.16](https://asio4all.org/downloads/ASIO4ALL_2_16.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:41 -msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.15 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.15/ASIO4ALL_2_15_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" -msgstr "[下载 ASIO4ALL v2.15](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.15/ASIO4ALL_2_15_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:43 -msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" -msgstr "[下载 ASIO4ALL v2.14](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:45 msgid "[ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" msgstr "[ASIO4ALL 网站](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:47 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:43 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting up ASIO4ALL" msgstr "设置 ASIO4ALL" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:50 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:46 msgid "You may or may not need to experiment a bit depending on your sound hardware. If everything works out of the box, you don't need to do anything." msgstr "根据您的声音硬件，您可能需要也可能不需要进行一些试验。如果一切开箱即用，您无需执行任何操作。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:52 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:48 #, no-wrap msgid "**Tip:** Set up your sound card while you're [connected to a Server](Getting-Started#connecting-to-a-server-and-testing-your-sound) to hear your instrument or voice and check if everything is correctly set up; but first read on.\n" msgstr "**提示:** 在 [连接到服务器](Getting-Started#连接到服务器并测试你的声音) 时设置您的声卡以听到您的乐器或声音并检查如果一切设置正确;但请先阅读。\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:55 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:51 msgid "Before you start with Jamulus:" msgstr "在开始使用 Jamulus 之前:" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:54 msgid "**Close all applications** (especially those which could access your sound card like your browser/media player). ASIO4ALL needs exclusive access to your sound card which means that other programs will not be able to use audio if ASIO4ALL and Jamulus are running." msgstr "**关闭所有应用程序** (尤其是那些可以访问您的声卡的应用程序，例如您的浏览器/媒体播放器)。 ASIO4ALL 需要独占访问您的声卡，这意味着如果 ASIO4ALL 和 Jamulus 正在运行，其他程序将无法使用音频。" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:54 msgid "If the Jamulus audio doesn’t work out of the box, make sure that only the **correct inputs/outputs** in ASIO4ALL **are switched on**. Everything else should be switched off. Search the [community list of working ASIO4ALL configurations](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) for your configuration or do it manually if you can't find yours:" msgstr "如果 Jamulus 音频无法开箱即用，请确保只有 ASIO4ALL 中的**正确的输入/输出**被打开**。其他一切都应该关闭。在 [ASIO4ALL 配置的社区列表](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) 中搜索您的配置，如果找不到您的配置，请手动进行:" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:59 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:55 #, no-wrap msgid "How to set up ASIO4ALL inputs (Guide)" msgstr "如何设置 ASIO4ALL 输入 (指南)" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 msgid "Open Jamulus's settings" msgstr "打开 Jamulus 的设置" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 msgid "Go to _\"ASIO Device Settings\"_ (column on the left; directly under the selection of the driver)" msgstr "转到_“ASIO设备设置”_(左侧列;直接在驱动程序的选择下)" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 msgid "Enable _advanced view_ in ASIO4ALL (click the tool icon on the bottom right)" msgstr "在 ASIO4ALL 中启用_高级视图_(单击右下角的工具图标)" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 msgid "Enable only the sound card you want to use by clicking on the button next to its name" msgstr "通过单击其名称旁边的按钮，仅启用您要使用的声卡" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 msgid "Open your sound card inputs/outputs by clicking the _plus icon_ next to this sound card" msgstr "通过单击此声卡旁边的_加号图标_打开您的声卡输入/输出" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:63 msgid "Now enable the correct inputs/outputs in the list under your sound card and disable everything else. You can hover over the inputs/outputs to see which of both they are and if they support the required sample rate for Jamulus of 48kHz (DVD quality)." msgstr "现在在声卡下的列表中启用正确的输入/输出并禁用其他所有内容。您可以将鼠标悬停在输入/输出上以查看它们中的哪一个以及它们是否支持 48kHz(DVD 质量)的 Jamulus 所需的采样率。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:72 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:68 #, no-wrap msgid "" "**Hints:**\n" @@ -219,46 +210,52 @@ msgstr "" "1. 立体声混音/立体声输入通常不是您要找的输入/输出。因此，如果您看到它，请将其关闭。\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:73 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:69 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "故障排除" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:76 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:72 msgid "If nothing works, first restart Jamulus and/or your PC to close background processes that may be accessing your sound card." msgstr "如果没有任何效果，首先重新启动 Jamulus 和/或您的 PC 以关闭可能正在访问您的声卡的后台进程。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:78 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:74 msgid "Afterwards, *set up the inputs/outputs again*. Enabled and accessible input/outputs show as lit up power buttons and play buttons in the ASIO4ALL settings. If instead you see a red cross or yellow symbol, close other applications that may be accessing your sound card (e.g. web browser, Zoom, etc)." msgstr "之后，*再次设置输入/输出*。启用和可访问的输入/输出在 ASIO4ALL 设置中显示为亮起的电源按钮和播放按钮。相反，如果您看到红色叉号或黄色符号，请关闭可能正在访问您的声卡的其他应用程序(例如 Web 浏览器、Zoom 等)。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:80 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:76 msgid "Have a look at [this video](https://youtu.be/_GzOsitVgLI) by [trombonepizza](https://github.com/trombonepizza) which gives more detailed setup information on ASIO4ALL." msgstr "看看[这个视频](https://youtu.be/_GzOsitVgLI)由[trombonepizza](https://github.com/trombonepizza)提供的关于ASIO4ALL更详细的设置信息。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:82 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:78 msgid "Official and further information about how to configure ASIO4ALL is documented in the official [ASIO4ALL FAQs on the ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/index.php/help/faq/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}." msgstr "关于如何配置 ASIO4ALL 的官方和更多信息记录在官方 [ASIO4ALL 网站上的 ASIO4ALL 常见问题解答](https://www.asio4all.org/index.php/help/faq/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}。" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:83 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:79 #, no-wrap msgid "All installed?" msgstr "全部安装完毕？" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:86 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:82 msgid "Take a look at" msgstr "看一看" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:87 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:83 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" -msgstr "[入门页面](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgstr "[快速入门](Getting-Started){: .button}" + +#~ msgid "You can try two versions of ASIO4ALL. ASIO4ALL v2.14 includes a workaround for a bug which might break other functionality." +#~ msgstr "您可以尝试两个版本的 ASIO4ALL。 ASIO4ALL v2.14 包含一个可能破坏其他功能的错误的解决方法。" + +#~ msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" +#~ msgstr "[下载 ASIO4ALL v2.14](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" #~ msgid "# Installation for Windows" #~ msgstr "# 为 Windows 安装" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Installation-for-iOS.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Installation-for-iOS.po index d687b30a5..d64899b19 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Installation-for-iOS.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Installation-for-iOS.po @@ -5,18 +5,19 @@ # ignotus , 2022. # yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022, 2024. # ignotus , 2024. +# "Alioc." , 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-08 13:59+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-06-28 13:04+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: \"Alioc.\" \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: zh-CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 @@ -50,7 +51,7 @@ msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"使用 Jamulus\" branch1=\"快速入 #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:14 msgid "Make sure you've already read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." -msgstr "确保您已经阅读了 [入门](Getting-Started) 页面。" +msgstr "确保您已经阅读了 [快速入门](Getting-Started) 页面。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:16 @@ -165,7 +166,7 @@ msgstr "Jamulus 已经安装，现在可以使用了。您现在可以查看" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:54 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" -msgstr "[入门页面](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgstr "[快速入门](Getting-Started){: .button}" #~ msgid "# Installation for iOS" #~ msgstr "# 为 iOS 安装" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Privacy-Statement.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Privacy-Statement.po index 436839083..ff9b2e672 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Privacy-Statement.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Privacy-Statement.po @@ -105,7 +105,9 @@ msgstr "常规信息" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:30 -msgid "Under normal use with software downloaded from this website that has not been modified, your user profile information is exchanged with Servers you connect to, peers connected to those same Servers, and to third parties (including Directories) that use the Jamulus protocol. This information is limited to your Jamulus name, city, country, instrument, and skill level as you have set them in your profile. The Servers you connect to will also have access to your internet address (IP Address) as it is required for the software to work; but this information is not shared with peers on the same Server or available to third parties." +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Under normal use with software downloaded from this website that has not been modified, your user profile information is exchanged with Servers you connect to, peers connected to those same Servers, and to third parties (including Directories) that use the Jamulus protocol. This information is limited to your Jamulus name, city, country, instrument, and skill level as you have set them in your profile. The Servers you connect to will also have access to your internet address (IP Address) as it is required for the software to work; but this information is not shared with peers on the same Server or available to third parties." +msgid "Under normal use with software downloaded from this website that has not been modified, your user profile information is exchanged with Servers you connect to, peers connected to those same Servers, and to third parties (including Directories) that use the Jamulus protocol. This information is limited to your Jamulus name, city, country, instrument, and skill level as you have set them in your profile. Directories from which you request Server lists, Servers displayed in the Connect Dialog and Servers you connect to will also have access to your internet address (IP Address) as it is required for the software to work; but this information is not shared with peers on the same Server or available to third parties." msgstr "在正常使用从本网站下载且未经修改的软件的情况下，您的用户个人资料信息将与您连接的服务器、连接到这些服务器的对等方以及使用 Jamulus 协议的第三方（包括目录）进行交换。此信息仅限于您在个人资料中设置的 Jamulus 名称、城市、国家、工具和技能水平。您连接的服务器也将能够访问您的互联网地址（IP 地址），因为这是软件运行所必需的；但此信息不会与同一服务器上的对等方共享或提供给第三方。" #. type: Plain text diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Running-a-Server.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Running-a-Server.po index 350148c5a..5ef34bb43 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Running-a-Server.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Running-a-Server.po @@ -7,18 +7,19 @@ # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. # ignotus , 2024. # ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2024. +# "Alioc." , 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-30 19:11+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-07-11 16:02+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: \"Alioc.\" \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: zh-CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 @@ -92,8 +93,9 @@ msgstr "我需要运行服务器吗？" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:23 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**No**. You don't need to run a Server. You can use the Servers listed by the built-in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server yourself. You can also use an unlisted Server if you know its internet address. Or you can use a third party hosting service such as [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/) or [KOORD](https://koord.live/). There's probably a Server nearby that you and your friends can use at low enough latency for most needs.\n" +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "**No**. You don't need to run a Server. You can use the Servers listed by the built-in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server yourself. You can also use an unlisted Server if you know its internet address. Or you can use a third party hosting service such as [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/) or [KOORD](https://koord.live/). There's probably a Server nearby that you and your friends can use at low enough latency for most needs.\n" +msgid "**No**. You don't need to run a Server. You can use the Servers listed by the built-in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server yourself. You can also use an unlisted Server if you know its internet address. Or you can use a third party hosting service such as [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/). There's probably a Server nearby that you and your friends can use at low enough latency for most needs.\n" msgstr "**不**。您不需要运行服务器。您可以使用内置目录中列出的服务器，并且无需自己运行服务器即可使用 Jamulus 。如果您知道其互联网地址，您还可以使用未列出的服务器。或者您可以使用第三方托管服务，例如[melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/) 或 [KOORD](https://koord.live/)。可能在您附近有一个服务器，您和您的朋友可以在足够低的延迟下使用，以满足大多数需求。\n" #. type: Plain text @@ -376,7 +378,7 @@ msgstr "如果您想运行多个服务器，也可能在防火墙后面或 LAN #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:132 msgid "For information, [see the Directories guide](Directories)." -msgstr "有关信息 [请参阅目录指南](Directories)" +msgstr "有关信息 [请参阅目录指南](Directories)。" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:135 @@ -630,186 +632,169 @@ msgstr "启用日志记录，设置路径和文件名" #. type: Title ##### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:230 #, no-wrap -msgid "`-m or --htmlstatus`" -msgstr "`-m 或 --htmlstatus`" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:232 -msgid "Enable HTML status file, set path and file name" -msgstr "启用 HTML 状态文件，设置路径和文件名" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:234 -#, no-wrap -msgid "**Note:** This feature is deprecated, and may disappear in a future release.\n" -msgstr "**注意:** 此功能已弃用，可能会在未来的版本中消失。\n" - -#. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:235 -#, no-wrap msgid "`-P or --delaypan`" msgstr "`-P 或 --delaypan`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:237 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:232 msgid "Start with delay panning enabled. This option uses small differences in sound arrival time between the two ears. It produces a stereo effect similar to natural human hearing when compared to normal “volume” panning." msgstr "启用延迟声像起始。此选项利用声音到达两只耳朵的微小时间差。与普通的 “音量” 声像相比，它产生类似于人类自然听觉的立体声音效。" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:238 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:233 #, no-wrap msgid "`-s` or `--server`" msgstr "`-s` 或 `--server`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:240 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:235 msgid "Start Jamulus in Server mode" msgstr "以服务器模式启动 Jamulus" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:236 #, no-wrap msgid "`--serverbindip`" msgstr "`--serverbindip`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:243 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:238 msgid "Specify the IP address the Jamulus process will bind to." msgstr "指定 Jamulus 进程将绑定的 IP 地址。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:245 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:240 msgid "Normally, Jamulus will listen on all IP addresses on the host machine. Where the host has multiple network addresses, this option allows one of the addresses to be chosen." msgstr "通常，Jamulus 会监听主机上的所有 IP 地址。当主机有多个网络地址时，此选项允许选择其中一个地址。" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:246 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241 #, no-wrap msgid "`-T or --multithreading`" msgstr "`-T 或 --multithreading`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:248 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:243 msgid "Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs. This setting may help the Server support more Clients. See also `--numchannels`" msgstr "使用多线程以更好地利用多核 CPU。此设置可能有助于服务器支持更多客户端。另请参阅 `--numchannels`" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:249 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:244 #, no-wrap msgid "`-u or --numchannels`" msgstr "`-u 或 --numchannels`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:251 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:246 msgid "Maximum number of channels (Clients)" msgstr "最大通道数（客户端数）" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:252 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:247 #, no-wrap msgid "`-z or --startminimized`" msgstr "`-z 或 --startminimized`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:249 msgid "Start the Jamulus Server graphical user interface in the minimized window state." msgstr "以最小化窗口状态启动 Jamulus 服务器图形界面。" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:255 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:250 #, no-wrap msgid "Other options" msgstr "其他选项" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:258 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:253 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:259 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254 #, no-wrap msgid "Controlling the Server via API" msgstr "通过 API 控制服务器" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:262 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:257 msgid "Jamulus can be controlled via an experimental API which is subject to changes. You can find the [JSON-RPC API documented in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md). JSON-RPC allows you to control some features like changing the welcome message or starting recordings in headless mode from authenticated external applications. It works while the server is running." msgstr "Jamulus 可以通过一个实验性的、可能会发生变化的 API 进行控制。您可以在[主存储库中找到记录的 JSON-RPC API](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)。JSON-RPC 允许您控制一些功能，例如更改欢迎消息或从经过身份验证的外部应用程序以无头模式启动录音。它在服务器运行时起作用。" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:265 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:260 #, no-wrap msgid "Recording" msgstr "录音" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:267 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:262 #, no-wrap msgid "`-R or --recording`" msgstr "`-R 或 --recording`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:269 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:264 msgid "Set Server recording directory. By default, the Server will record when a session is active." msgstr "设置服务器的录音目录。默认情况下，当会话处于活动状态时，服务器将进行录音。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:271 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:266 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** You will need to save recordings to a path _outside_ of the jamulus home directory, or remove `ProtectHome=true` from your systemd unit file, but be aware that doing could be a security risk.\n" msgstr "**注意:** 您需要将录音内容保存到 Jamulus 主目录之外的路径，或者从您的 systemd 单元文件中删除 `ProtectHome=true` ，但请注意，这样做可能存在安全风险。\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:273 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:268 msgid "Recordings are per track in [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` format and [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Open the respective files to listen to them in those applications." msgstr "录音内容为每条音轨的 [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` 格式和 [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp` 格式。在相应的应用程序中打开这些文件以播放它们。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:275 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:270 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** When your Server is recording, Clients display a red banner message that the session is being recorded.\n" msgstr "**注意:** 当您的服务器正在录音时，客户端会显示一条红色横幅消息，表明会话正在录音。\n" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:276 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:271 #, no-wrap msgid "`--norecord`" msgstr "`--norecord`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:278 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:273 msgid "Set server not to record by default when recording is configured." msgstr "在配置录音时，默认设置服务器不进行录音。" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:280 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:275 #, no-wrap msgid "Controlling Recording" msgstr "控制录音" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:283 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:278 msgid "Recording starts once the first person connects to the Server, and stops when the last person leaves." msgstr "录音在第一个人连接到服务器时开始，并在最后一个人离开时停止。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:285 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:280 msgid "If the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new directory. SIGUSR2 will toggle recording on/off. If [JSON-RPC](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) is enabled, you will also be able to manage the server in a way comparable to the GUI. Please see the (experimental) [JSON-RPC documentation on the recorder](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md#jamulusserverstartrecording)." msgstr "如果服务器在录音过程中收到 SIGUSR1 信号，它将在新目录中开始新的录音。SIGUSR2 将切换录音的开/关。如果启用了 [JSON-RPC](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) ，您还能够以类似于图形用户界面的方式管理服务器。请参阅（实验性的）关于录音器的 [JSON-RPC 文档](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md#jamulusserverstartrecording)。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:288 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:283 msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." msgstr "要使用 systemd 发送这些信号，请在 `/etc/systemd/system` 中创建以下两个 `.service` 文件，将它们命名为适当的名称(例如 `jamulusTogglerec.service`)。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:290 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:285 msgid "To turn recording on or off (depending on the current state):" msgstr "要打开或关闭录音（取决于当前状态）：" #. type: Fenced code block -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:291 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:286 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [Unit]\n" @@ -829,12 +814,12 @@ msgstr "" " ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 jamulus-headless\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:302 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:297 msgid "To start a new recording:" msgstr "要开始新的录音：" #. type: Fenced code block -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:303 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:298 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [Unit]\n" @@ -854,151 +839,162 @@ msgstr "" " ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 jamulus-headless\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:314 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:309 msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name used by systemd to control your Jamulus Server. By default, if you use the `.deb` files from the repository, it is `jamulus-headless`, as in this example." msgstr "_注意：`ExecStart` 行中的 Jamulus 服务名称需要与 systemd 用于控制您的 Jamulus 服务器的 `.service` 文件名相同。默认情况下，如果您使用存储库中的 `.deb` 文件，它是 `jamulus-headless`，如本例所示。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:316 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:311 msgid "Run `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` to register them for first use." msgstr "运行 `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` 以注册它们以供首次使用。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:318 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:313 msgid "Now you can run these with the `systemctl` command, for example:" msgstr "现在您可以使用 `systemctl` 命令运行这些命令，例如:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:320 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:315 msgid "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec`" msgstr "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:322 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:317 msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (or the respective service name you specified manually). You can also view your (sys)log." msgstr "如果您运行 `systemctl status jamulus-headless` （或者您手动指定的相应服务名称），您可以看到这些命令的结果。您还可以查看您的（系统）日志。" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:325 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:320 #, no-wrap msgid "Adding metadata to the Server" msgstr "向服务器添加元数据" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:328 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:323 msgid "You can add metadata to the welcome message of a Server to add additional, hidden information like contact information or policy requests for bots (this is comparable to [robots.txt](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Robots.txt)). See the [Community Knowledge Base entry about metadata](/kb/2023/07/30/Server-Metadata.html) for more information." msgstr "您可以向服务器的欢迎消息中添加元数据，以添加额外的隐藏信息，如联系信息或对机器人的策略请求(这类似于 [robots.txt](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Robots.txt)) (英文维基百科)。有关更多信息，请参阅 [关于元数据的社区知识库条目](/kb/2023/07/30/Server-Metadata.html)。" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:331 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:326 #, no-wrap msgid "Servers on the desktop" msgstr "桌面上的服务器" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:334 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:329 msgid "Jamulus can run in Server mode in the graphical environment of a computer. This gives you a graphical user interface to control most of the settings. To do this, first [install Jamulus for your platform](Getting-Started), then do one of the following:" msgstr "Jamulus 可以在计算机的图形环境中以服务器模式运行。这为您提供了一个图形用户界面来控制大多数设置。要做到这一点，首先[为您的平台安装 Jamulus](Getting-Started) ，然后执行以下操作之一：" #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:336 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:331 msgid "**Windows users** - Use the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in the Windows Start menu. If you want the Server to start automatically when you start Windows, check the box for this option." msgstr "**Windows 用户** - 使用 Windows 开始菜单中的 \"Jamulus 服务器\" 图标。如果您希望服务器在 Windows 启动时自动启动，请勾选此选项的复选框。" #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:338 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:333 msgid "**macOS users** - Double-click the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in Applications." msgstr "**macOS 用户** - 双击应用程序中的 \"Jamulus 服务器\" 图标。" #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:340 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:335 msgid "**Linux users** - Launch the \"Jamulus Server\" shortcut. Or you can open a terminal window (`CTRL+ALT+t` on Debian and related distros), type `jamulus -s` and hit return." msgstr "**Linux 用户** - 启动“Jamulus 服务器”快捷方式。或者你可以打开一个终端窗口(Debian 和相关发行版上的`CTRL+ALT+t`)，输入`jamulus -s` 然后回车。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:342 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:337 msgid "While most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, others can only be set using options given in a terminal window when the Server is launched. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." msgstr "虽然 Jamulus 中的大多数常见功能可以使用图形界面（GUI）进行设置，但其他一些功能只能在服务器启动时在终端窗口中使用给定的选项进行设置。具体的操作方式将取决于您的操作系统。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:344 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:339 #, no-wrap msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose **Properties** > **Target**. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" msgstr "例如在 Windows 上，要使用特定的设置文件，请右键单击 Jamulus 快捷方式并选择**属性**>**目标**。将必要的参数添加到 Jamulus.exe:\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:346 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:341 #, no-wrap msgid " `\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" msgstr " `\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:343 msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" msgstr "对于 macOS，启动终端窗口并使用所需的选项运行 Jamulus，如下所示:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:350 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:345 #, no-wrap msgid " `/Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" msgstr " `/Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:352 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:347 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note** Command line options will set the Server’s defaults at startup. You can override them while the Server is running using their corresponding GUI controls.\n" msgstr "**注意** 命令行选项将在启动时设置服务器的默认值。在服务器运行时，您可以使用其相应的图形用户界面控件覆盖它们。\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:353 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348 #, no-wrap msgid "The Server status icon" msgstr "服务器状态图标" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:356 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:351 msgid "When a Server is running in GUI mode, the operating system will show an icon in the system tray or status area that indicates whether the Server has connections:" msgstr "当服务器在图形用户界面模式下运行时，操作系统将在系统托盘或状态栏中显示一个图标，指示服务器是否有连接：" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:358 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:353 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
The Server is empty\n" msgstr "
\"Jamulus
服务器为空\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:360 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:355 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
The Server is occupied\n" msgstr "
\"Jamulus
服务器被占用\n" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:363 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:358 #, no-wrap msgid "Backing up the Server" msgstr "备份服务器" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:366 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:361 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:368 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:363 msgid "Headless Servers do not use `.ini` files. All configuration is given as command line options. If you are running a Server in GUI mode, after reading any command line options on start, it will store its configuration in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file." msgstr "无头服务器不使用 `.ini` 文件。所有配置都作为命令行选项给出。如果您以图形用户界面模式运行服务器，在启动时读取任何命令行选项后，它将把配置存储在 `Jamulusserver.ini` 文件中。" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:369 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:364 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "故障排除" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:371 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:366 msgid "If you are having other problems, [see this guide](Server-Troubleshooting)." msgstr "如果您遇到其他问题，[请参阅本指南](Server-Troubleshooting)。" +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "`-m or --htmlstatus`" +#~ msgstr "`-m 或 --htmlstatus`" + +#~ msgid "Enable HTML status file, set path and file name" +#~ msgstr "启用 HTML 状态文件，设置路径和文件名" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "**Note:** This feature is deprecated, and may disappear in a future release.\n" +#~ msgstr "**注意:** 此功能已弃用，可能会在未来的版本中消失。\n" + #, fuzzy #~| msgid "Download the [latest headless (amd64) .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless }}) or, if you use a Raspberry Pi etc. download the [latest armhf .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}) or the [latest arm64 .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }})" #~ msgid "If you want to run a Server on a **Raspberry Pi** (or a different armhf/arm64 Debian-based computer), you will need to download the [latest armhf .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}) or [latest arm64 .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }}) depending on your CPU - not the default `amd64` ones for use on Intel/AMD machines." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Software-Manual.po index 810b1ef48..260d998cb 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Software-Manual.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Software-Manual.po @@ -6,18 +6,19 @@ # yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022, 2023, 2024. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. # ignotus , 2024. +# "Alioc." , 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-07 09:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-07-11 16:02+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: \"Alioc.\" \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: zh-CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 @@ -37,17 +38,11 @@ msgstr "wiki" msgid "/wiki/Software-Manual" msgstr "/wiki/Software-Manual" -#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Software Manual" -msgstr "软件手册" - #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7 #, no-wrap -msgid "Jamulus User Manual" -msgstr "Jamulus 用户手册" +msgid "User Manual" +msgstr "用户手册" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:9 @@ -85,8 +80,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:20 #, no-wrap -msgid "

\n" -msgstr "
\n" +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "\n" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:21 @@ -117,8 +112,8 @@ msgstr "Ping、延迟和抖动" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:32 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large. \n" -msgstr "**Ping** 以毫秒为单位显示您的网络延迟，越低越好。 Ping 时间会导致整体延迟(见下文)。 ping 高的最可能原因是您与服务器的距离过大。 \n" +msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large.\n" +msgstr "**Ping** 以毫秒为单位显示您的网络延迟，越低越好。 Ping 时间会导致整体延迟(见下文)。 ping 高的最可能原因是您与服务器的距离过大。\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:34 @@ -229,7 +224,7 @@ msgstr "聊天" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:75 -msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message is received." +msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message arrives." msgstr "打开聊天窗口。输入的文本将发送到所有连接的客户端。如果有新的聊天消息到达并且聊天对话尚未打开，它将自动为所有客户打开。请参阅设置以在收到新聊天消息时选择性地打开声音警报。" #. type: Title ## @@ -251,7 +246,9 @@ msgstr "
Connection Setup..." +msgstr "文件 > 连接设置..." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140 +msgid "Opens the [connection dialogue (see above)](#connectdisconnect-button)." +msgstr "打开[连接对话框 （见上文）](#connectdisconnect-button)." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:141 +#, no-wrap +msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup" +msgstr "文件 > 加载/保存混音器通道设置" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:144 +msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band. This stores your settings for each person's fader volume, pan setting, mute and solo state. You can load this mix any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window." +msgstr "您可以保存和恢复您为乐队排练所拥有的混音(推子、静音、声像、独奏等)并随时加载(即使在演奏时)。加载也可以通过拖放到混音器窗口来完成。" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:145 +#, no-wrap +msgid "File > Exit" +msgstr "文件 > 退出" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:148 +msgid "Closes all the windows and exits the application." +msgstr "关闭所有窗口并退出应用程序。" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:149 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Edit > Clear All Stored Solo/Mute Settings" +msgstr "编辑 > 清除所有存储的独奏/静音设置" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:152 +msgid "Whenever you Solo or Mute a channel, Jamulus remembers these settings. Even if that person leaves and rejoins - or you join a server where they are playing - the settings will automatically be applied. Use this command to clear _all_ these stored settings." +msgstr "每当您独奏或静音某个频道时，Jamulus 都会记住这些设置。即使那个人离开并重新加入，或者你加入了他们正在玩的服务器，设置也会自动应用。使用此命令清除_所有_这些存储的设置。" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:153 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Edit > Set All Faders to New Client Level" +msgstr "编辑 > 将所有推子设定为新的客户端音量" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:156 +msgid "Applies the [configured \"New Client Level\"](#new-client-level) to all currently connected channels." +msgstr "将[配置的“新客户端级别”](#new-client-level)应用于所有当前连接的频道。" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:157 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders" +msgstr "编辑 > 自动调整所有推子" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:160 +msgid "Applies a one-off fader adjustment to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece." +msgstr "根据音量将一次性调整推子应用于每个通道。对于大型合奏获得合理的整体混音很有用，尽管可能仍然需要进行个别调整。最好在热身或乐曲的统一部分使用。" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:161 +#, no-wrap +msgid "View > (sort options)" +msgstr "视图 > (排序选项)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:166 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"Most items under the \"View\" menu allow you to adjust the order Jamulus chooses to display channels on the server:\n" +"* Own Fader First
\n" +"This option can be used in addition to the others to move your own channel to always be the leftmost, irrespective of the sort order of the other channels.\n" +msgstr "" +"“查看”菜单下的大多数项目允许您调整 Jamulus 选择在服务器上显示频道的顺序：\n" +"*拥有推子优先
\n" +"除了其他选项之外，还可以使用此选项将您自己的通道移动到始终最左侧，而不管其他通道的排序顺序如何。\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:178 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "* No user sorting
\n" +#| "This does not take any user details into account when sorting. It sorts by the order channels join the current server as described further up, with new channels being added to the right-hand end.\n" +#| "* Sort by Name
\n" +#| "Sorts by the name someone has chosen in their profile.\n" +#| "* Sort by Instrument / City
\n" +#| "Sorts by the instrument or city someone has in their profile, along with their name.\n" +#| "* Sort by Group
\n" +#| "Where the fader group feature is in use, this sorts in ascending group number from left to right (and within that, by name), with any ungrouped channels off to the right.\n" +#| "* Sort by Channel
\n" +#| "Where Jamulus channel controls (fader, mute, solo, etc) are being controlled by MIDI (see [Using --ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)), this sorts by the channel number to help ensure a stable sort order that aligns with MIDI hardware controls.\n" +#| "Note that in Jamulus clients before version 3.12.0, channel numbers are assigned directly by the server. Clients from 3.12.0 onwards manage their own channel number assignments and always assign channel 0 to the local user (provided the server version is at least 3.5.5).\n" +msgid "" +"* No user sorting
\n" +"This does not take any user details into account when sorting. It sorts by the order channels join the current server as described further up, with new channels being added to the right-hand end.\n" +"* Sort by Name
\n" +"Sorts by the name someone has chosen in their profile.\n" +"* Sort by Instrument / City
\n" +"Sorts by the instrument or city someone has in their profile, along with their name.\n" +"* Sort by Group
\n" +"Where the fader group feature is in use, this sorts in ascending group number from left to right (and within that, by name), with any ungrouped channels off to the right.\n" +"* Sort by Channel
\n" +"Where Jamulus channel controls (fader, mute, solo, etc) are being controlled by MIDI (see [Using --ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)), this sorts by the channel number to help ensure a stable sort order that aligns with MIDI hardware controls.\n" +"Note that in Jamulus clients before version 3.12.0, channel numbers are assigned directly by the server. Clients from 3.12.0 onwards manage their own channel number assignments and always assign channel 0 to the local user (provided the server version is at least 3.5.5).\n" +msgstr "" +"*无用户排序
\n" +"排序时不考虑任何用户详细信息。它按照频道加入当前服务器的顺序进行排序，如上所述，新频道被添加到右边。\n" +"*按姓名排序
\n" +"按某人在其配置文件中选择的名称排序。\n" +"*按乐器/城市排序
\n" +"按某人个人资料中的乐器或城市及其姓名排序。\n" +"*按组排序
\n" +"在使用推子组功能时，这将从左到右（其中按名称）按升序组编号排序，任何未分组的通道都在右侧。\n" +"*按通道排序
\n" +"当 Jamulus 通道控件（推子、静音、独奏等）由 MIDI 控制时（参见 [将-ctrl MIDI用于MIDI控制器](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers）），这将按通道编号排序，以帮助确保与 MIDI 硬件控件一致的稳定排序顺序。\n" +"请注意，在 3.12.0 版之前的 Jamulus 客户端中，频道号是由服务器直接分配的。从 3.12.0 开始，客户端管理自己的通道号分配，并始终将通道0分配给本地用户(前提是服务器版本至少为3.5.5)。\n" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179 +#, no-wrap +msgid "View > Chat" +msgstr "查看 > 聊天" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:182 +msgid "Opens the [Chat](#chat) window." +msgstr "打开[聊天](#chat)窗口。" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Settings Menu" +msgstr "设置" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:186 +msgid "Allows direct access to each of the [Settings](#settings) tabs." +msgstr "允许直接访问每个[设置](#settings)标签。" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:187 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Help" +msgstr "帮助" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:190 +msgid "Provides access to the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) and [User Manual](Software-Manual) (this page) on the website, along with copyright, licence and acknowledgement details. There is also a \"What's This?\" option for getting more details on parts of the client display." +msgstr "提供对网站上的[入门](Getting-Started)和[用户手册](Software-Manual)(本页)以及版权、许可和确认详细信息的访问。还有一个“这是什么？”用于获取客户端显示部分更多详细信息的选项。" + #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:192 #, no-wrap msgid "Settings" msgstr "设置" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194 #, no-wrap msgid "My Profile" msgstr "我的个人资料" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:136 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198 msgid "From the Settings menu, select \"My Profile...\" to set your Alias/Name which is displayed below your fader in the server audio mixer board." msgstr "从“设置”菜单中，选择“我的个人资料...”以设置您的别名/名称，该别名/名称显示在服务器混音器板的推子下方。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:200 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"配置文件窗口的图像\"
\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:202 msgid "If you set an instrument and/or country, icons for these selections will also be shown below your fader. The skill setting changes the background colour of the fader tag and the city entry shows up in the tool tip of the fader tag:" msgstr "如果您设置了乐器和/或国家，这些选择的图标也将显示在您的推子下方。技能设置改变了推子标签的背景颜色，城市条目显示在推子标签的工具提示中:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:204 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"显示个人资料信息的工具提示图片\"
\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:143 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:205 #, no-wrap msgid "Skin" msgstr "皮肤" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:146 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:208 msgid "This applies a skin to the main window, some of which are designed to accommodate larger ensembles." msgstr "这会将皮肤应用于主窗口，其中一些设计用于容纳更大的合奏。" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:147 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:209 #, no-wrap msgid "Meter style" msgstr "仪表样式" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:150 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:212 msgid "This changes the visual style of the audio meters, independently of the chosen skin." msgstr "这会改变音频表的视觉风格，与所选皮肤无关。" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:151 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:213 #, no-wrap msgid "Mixer rows" msgstr "混合器的行" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:154 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:216 msgid "This sets the number of rows displayed in the server audio mixer, for use with larger ensembles." msgstr "这将设置服务器音频混音器中显示的行数，以用于更大的合奏。" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:155 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:217 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio Alerts" msgstr "音频警报" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:158 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220 msgid "This turns on a sound alert for when someone joins a Server, or when receiving a new chat message." msgstr "当有人加入服务器或收到新的聊天消息时，这会打开声音警报。" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:159 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:221 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio/Network Setup" msgstr "音频/网络设置" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:162 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:224 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"音频/网络设置窗口图片\"
\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:225 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio Device" msgstr "设备" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:167 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:229 msgid "Under the Windows operating system the ASIO driver (sound card) can be selected using Jamulus. If the selected ASIO driver is not valid an error message is shown and the previous valid driver is selected. Under macOS the input and output hardware can be selected." msgstr "在 Windows 操作系统下，可以使用 Jamulus 选择 ASIO 驱动程序(声卡)。如果所选的 ASIO 驱动程序无效，则会显示错误消息并选择之前的有效驱动程序。在 macOS 下，可以选择输入和输出硬件。" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:168 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230 #, no-wrap msgid "Input/output channel mapping" msgstr "输入/输出通道映射" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:233 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"输入输出通道映射图\"
\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237 msgid "If the selected sound card device offers more than one input or output channel, the _Input Channel Mapping and Output Channel Mapping_ settings are visible. For each Jamulus input/output channel (left and right channel) a different actual sound card channel can be selected." msgstr "如果所选声卡设备提供多个输入或输出通道，则“_Input通道映射”和“输出通道”Mapping_设置可见。对于每个Jamulus输入/输出通道(左声道和右声道)，可以选择不同的实际声卡声卡声道。" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:176 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:238 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio channels" msgstr "音频通道" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179 -msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and server." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241 +msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and Server." msgstr "选择要用于客户端和服务器之间通信的音频通道数。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:181 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:243 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note**: It is better to run separate Client instances per voice/instrument, where each Client has its own ini file, rather than using this built-in mono pair to stereo mixer.\n" msgstr "**注意**:最好为每个语音/乐器运行单独的客户端实例，每个客户端都有自己的 ini 文件，而不是使用这个内置的单声道对立体声混音器。\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:245 msgid "There are three modes available:" msgstr "提供三种模式:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:185 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:247 #, no-wrap msgid "**Mono** and **Stereo** modes use one and two audio channels respectively.\n" msgstr "**Mono** 和 **Stereo** 模式分别使用一个和两个音频通道。\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:188 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250 #, no-wrap msgid "" "**Mono-in/Stereo-out**: The audio signal sent to the server is mono but the return signal is stereo. This is useful if the sound card has the instrument on one input channel and the microphone on the other. In that case\n" @@ -506,151 +671,151 @@ msgstr "" "两个输入信号可以混合到一个单声道，但服务器混音是立体声。\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:191 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:253 msgid "Enabling stereo mode will increase your stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." msgstr "启用立体声模式将提高流的数据速率。确保您的上传速度不超过互联网连接的可用上传速度。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:256 msgid "In stereo streaming mode, no audio channel selection for the reverb effect will be available on the main window since the effect is applied to both channels in this case." msgstr "在立体声媒体流模式时，由于混响效果将被应用到所有的两个声道，故主窗口将不提供选择混响效果所应用到的声道的功能。" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:195 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:257 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio quality" msgstr "音频质量" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:260 msgid "The higher the audio quality, the higher your audio stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." msgstr "音频质量越高，音频流的数据速率就越高。确保您的上传速度不超过互联网连接的可用上传速度。" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:261 #, no-wrap msgid "Buffer Delay" msgstr "缓冲延迟" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:203 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265 msgid "The buffer delay setting is a fundamental setting of the Jamulus software. This setting has an influence on many connection properties. Three buffer sizes are supported:" msgstr "缓冲延迟设置是 Jamulus 软件的基本设置。此设置会影响许多连接属性。支持三种缓冲区大小:" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269 msgid "**64 samples** Provides the lowest latency but does not work with all sound cards." msgstr "**64 个样本** 提供最低延迟，但不适用于所有声卡。" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269 msgid "**128 samples** The preferred setting. Should work for most available sound cards." msgstr "**128 个样本** 首选设置。应该适用于大多数可用的声卡。" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269 msgid "**256 samples** Should only be used on very slow computers, or with a slow internet connection." msgstr "**256 个样本** 只能在速度非常慢的计算机或互联网连接速度较慢的情况下使用。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:210 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272 msgid "Some sound card drivers do not allow the buffer delay to be changed from within the Jamulus software. In this case the buffer delay setting is disabled and has to be changed using the sound card driver. On Windows, press the ASIO Setup button to open the driver settings panel." msgstr "一些声卡驱动程序不允许在 Jamulus 软件中更改缓冲延迟。在这种情况下，缓冲延迟设置被禁用，必须使用声卡驱动程序进行更改。在 Windows 上，按 ASIO 设置按钮打开驱动程序设置面板。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:214 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:276 msgid "On Linux: - when using JACK, use `QJackCtl` to change the buffer size and restart JACK; - when using PipeWire's JACK server, change PipeWire's Quantum parameter with its own configuration tools." msgstr "在 Linux 系统上： - 使用 JACK 时，使用 `QJackCtl` 更改缓冲区大小并重新启动 JACK; - 使用 PipeWire 的 JACK 服务器时，使用其自身的配置工具更改 PipeWire 的量子 (Quantum) 参数。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:218 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:280 msgid "The actual buffer delay has an influence on the connection status, the current upload rate and the overall delay. The lower the buffer size, the higher the probability of a red light in the status indicator (dropouts) and the higher the upload rate and the lower the overall delay." msgstr "实际缓冲区延迟对连接状态、当前上传速率和整体延迟都有影响。缓冲区大小越小，状态指示器(丢失)中出现红灯的可能性就越高，上传速率越高，整体延迟越低。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:282 msgid "The buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." msgstr "因此，缓冲区设置是音频质量和整体延迟之间的权衡。" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:221 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:283 #, no-wrap msgid "Jitter Buffer" msgstr "抖动缓冲区" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:226 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288 msgid "The jitter buffer compensates for network and sound card timing jitters. The size of the buffer influences the quality of the audio stream (how many dropouts occur) and the overall delay (the longer the buffer, the higher the delay)." msgstr "抖动缓冲器补偿网络和声卡定时抖动。缓冲区的大小会影响音频流的质量(发生多少丢失)和整体延迟(缓冲区越长，延迟越高)。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:292 msgid "You can set the jitter buffer size manually for your local Client and the remote server. For the local jitter buffer, dropouts in the audio stream are indicated by the light below the jitter buffer size faders. If the light turns to red, a buffer overrun/underrun has taken place and the audio stream is interrupted." msgstr "您可以为本地客户端和远程服务器手动设置抖动缓冲区大小。对于本地抖动缓冲区，音频流中的丢失由抖动缓冲区大小推子下方的灯指示。如果指示灯变为红色，则表示缓冲区溢出/欠载，并且音频流被中断。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:232 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:294 msgid "The jitter buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." msgstr "因此，抖动缓冲区设置是音频质量和整体延迟之间的权衡。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:236 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:298 msgid "If the Auto setting is enabled, the jitter buffers of your local Client and the remote server are set automatically based on measurements of the network and sound card timing jitter. If the Auto check is enabled, the jitter buffer size faders are disabled (they cannot be moved with the mouse)." msgstr "如果启用自动设置，本地客户端和远程服务器的抖动缓冲区将根据网络和声卡定时抖动的测量值自动设置。如果启用了自动检查，则抖动缓冲区大小推子将被禁用(它们不能用鼠标移动)。" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:299 #, no-wrap msgid "Small Network Buffers" msgstr "小型网络缓冲区" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:303 msgid "Allows support for very small network audio packets. These are only used if the sound card buffer delay is smaller than 128 samples. The smaller the network buffers, the lower the audio latency. But at the same time the network load increases and the probability of audio dropouts also increases (particuarly if your network connection has any significant jitter). Try enabling this option if you are suffering from high latency or bad audio quality. However, keeping it disabled will normally mean better audio quality." msgstr "允许支持非常小的网络音频数据包。这些仅在声卡缓冲区延迟小于 128 个样本时使用。网络缓冲区越小，音频延迟越低。但与此同时，网络负载增加，音频丢失的可能性也增加(特别是如果您的网络连接有任何明显的抖动)。如果您遇到高延迟或较差的音频质量，请尝试启用此选项。但是，禁用它通常意味着更好的音频质量。" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:242 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio Stream Rate" msgstr "音频流速率" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:246 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:308 msgid "Depends on the current audio packet size and compression setting. Make sure that the upstream rate is not higher than your available internet upload speed (check this with a service such as [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/))." msgstr "取决于当前的音频包大小和压缩设置。确保上行速率不高于您可用的互联网上传速度(通过 [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/) 等服务进行检查)。" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:247 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:309 #, no-wrap msgid "Advanced Setup" msgstr "高级设置" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:312 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"高级设置窗口图片\"
\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:251 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:313 #, no-wrap msgid "Custom Directories" msgstr "自定义目录" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258 -msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here. If you know the IP address or host name of a custom Directory, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Note that IPv6 is not currently supported for Directories.) The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list." -msgstr "如果您需要添加除内置目录地址之外的其他目录地址，可以在此处进行操作。如果您知道自定义目录的 IP 地址或主机名，可以使用“服务器名称/地址”字段连接到它。可以在地址后添加一个可选的端口号，使用冒号作为分隔符，例如，`jamulus.example.com:22124`。（请注意，目前目录不支持 IPv6。）该字段后面的按钮允许从列表中删除当前条目。" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:320 +msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here. Enter the hostname or IP address of the custom Directory. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Note that IPv6 is not currently supported for Directories.) The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list." +msgstr "如果您需要添加除内置目录地址之外的其他目录地址，可以在此处进行操作。字段输入自定义目录的主机名或 IP地址。可以在地址后添加一个可选的端口号，使用冒号作为分隔符，例如，`jamulus.example.com:22124`。（请注意，目前目录不支持 IPv6。）该字段后面的按钮允许从列表中删除当前条目。" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:259 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:321 #, no-wrap msgid "New Client Level" msgstr "新客户端级别" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:264 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:326 #, no-wrap msgid "" "This setting defines the fader level of a newly connected Client in percent. If a new user connects\n" @@ -664,144 +829,120 @@ msgstr "" "您可以使用“编辑”>“将所有推子设置为新客户端级别”将已占用服务器中的所有用户设置为此级别。\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:327 #, no-wrap msgid "Input Boost" msgstr "输入提升" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:268 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:330 msgid "Increases the gain from your device. Use this if your device delivers a gain that is too quiet for Jamulus." msgstr "增加设备的增益。如果您的设备提供的增益对于 Jamulus 来说过于安静，请使用此选项。" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:331 #, no-wrap msgid "Feedback Protection" msgstr "反馈保护" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:334 msgid "Attempts to detect audio feedback loops or loud noise in the first three seconds after you connected to a server. Once detected, this feature will show a message and activate the \"Mute Myself\" button to mute you in your own mix." msgstr "尝试在连接到服务器后的前三秒内检测音频反馈循环或噪音。一旦检测到，此功能将显示一条消息并激活“静音我自己”按钮以使您在自己的混音中静音。" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:273 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:335 #, no-wrap msgid "Input Balance" msgstr "输入平衡" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:278 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:340 msgid "Controls the relative levels of the left and right local audio channels. For a mono signal it acts as a pan between the two channels. For example, if a microphone is connected to the right input channel and an instrument is connected to the left input channel which is much louder than the microphone, move the audio fader to increase the relative volume of the mic." msgstr "控制左右本地音频通道的相对电平。对于单声道信号，它充当两个通道之间的声像。例如，如果麦克风连接到右输入通道，而乐器连接到比麦克风大得多的左输入通道，则移动音频推子以增加麦克风的相对音量。" #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:279 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Menu commands" -msgstr "菜单命令" - -#. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281 -#, no-wrap -msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup" -msgstr "文件 > 加载/保存混音器通道设置" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:284 -msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band rehearsals (fader, mute, pan, solo etc.) and load these any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window." -msgstr "您可以保存和恢复您为乐队排练所拥有的混音(推子、静音、声像、独奏等)并随时加载(即使在演奏时)。加载也可以通过拖放到混音器窗口来完成。" - -#. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:285 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders " -msgstr "编辑 > 自动调整所有推子 " - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288 -msgid "Applies a one-off fader setting to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece." -msgstr "根据音量将一次性推子设置应用于每个通道。对于大型合奏获得合理的整体混音很有用，尽管可能仍然需要进行个别调整。最好在热身或乐曲的统一部分使用。" - -#. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:289 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:341 #, no-wrap msgid "Backing up Jamulus" msgstr "备份 Jamulus" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:293 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:345 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want." msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * 您可以使用 [加载/保存混音器频道设置](Software-Manual#文件--加载保存混音器通道设置) 保存和加载不同的混音器设置，并将这些文件存储在您想要的任何位置。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:347 #, no-wrap -msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n" -msgstr "**macOS 用户注意事项:** 从 Jamulus 3.8.1 开始，我们有一个签名的安装程序。这会将设置存储在 \n" +msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in\n" +msgstr "**macOS 用户注意事项:** 从 Jamulus 3.8.1 开始，我们有一个签名的安装程序。这会将设置存储在\n" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:347 #, no-wrap msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" msgstr "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:299 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:351 #, no-wrap msgid "Command Line Options" msgstr "命令行选项" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:302 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:354 msgid "Most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, but these and others can also be set using options given in a terminal window. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." msgstr "Jamulus 中最常见的功能可以使用 GUI 设置，但这些和其他功能也可以使用终端窗口中给出的选项进行设置。具体如何执行此操作将取决于您的操作系统。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:356 #, no-wrap msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" msgstr "例如在 Windows 上，要使用特定的设置文件，请右键单击 Jamulus 快捷方式并选择“属性”>“目标”。将必要的参数添加到 Jamulus.exe:\n" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:305 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:357 #, no-wrap msgid " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n" msgstr " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:310 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:362 msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" msgstr "对于 macOS，启动终端窗口并使用所需的选项运行 Jamulus，如下所示:" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:311 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:363 #, no-wrap msgid " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n" msgstr " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:316 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:368 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:318 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:370 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:319 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:371 #, no-wrap msgid "Controlling the Client via API" msgstr "通过 API 控制客户端" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:321 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:373 msgid "In addition to the CLI, Jamulus can be controlled using an API. This is beneficial for advanced use cases - for example, where there is no GUI, or another application needs to interact with Jamulus. Please note that the API is still experimental. Information on the [JSON-RPC API can be found in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)." msgstr "除了命令行界面（CLI）之外，Jamulus 还可以通过 API 进行控制。这对于高级用例非常有用，例如没有图形用户界面（GUI）的情况，或者其他应用程序需要与 Jamulus 进行交互的情况。请注意，该 API 仍处于实验阶段。有关 [JSON-RPC API 的信息可以在主存储库中找到](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)。" +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Software Manual" +#~ msgstr "软件手册" + #~ msgid "You can filter the list by server name or location. To list only occupied servers, enter a \"#\" character." #~ msgstr "您可以按服务器名称或位置过滤列表。要仅列出占用的服务器，请输入 “#” 字符。" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Tips-Tricks-More.po index eb8147826..e7c20a85e 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Tips-Tricks-More.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Tips-Tricks-More.po @@ -6,18 +6,19 @@ # yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022, 2023, 2024. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. # ignotus , 2024. +# "Alioc." , 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-07 13:08+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-07-11 16:02+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: \"Alioc.\" \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: zh-CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 @@ -236,98 +237,309 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83 #, no-wrap -msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers" -msgstr "使用 ctrlmidich 处理 MIDI 控制器" +msgid "Using `--ctrlmidich` for MIDI controllers" +msgstr "使用 `ctrlmidich` 处理 MIDI 控制器" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86 -msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:" -msgstr "客户端混音器窗口条中的音量推子、平移控制和静音和独奏按钮可以使用 MIDI 控制器通过使用 `--ctrlmidich` 参数进行控制(注意:仅适用于使用 Jamulus 版本 3.7.0 的 macOS 和 Linux或更高版本，在 Windows 上使用支持 JACK 的 Jamulus 版本)。要启用此功能，必须使用 --ctrlmidich 启动 Jamulus。有一个全局 MIDI 通道参数 (1-16)，您可以为每个受控项目设置两个参数:`offset` 和 `consecutive CC numbers`。将第一个参数设置为您希望 Jamulus 收听的通道(所有通道为 0)，然后指定您要控制的项目(f = 音量推子;p = 平移;m = 静音;s = 独奏;o = 自己静音) 带有偏移量(开始的 CC 编号)和连续 CC 编号的数量。有一个例外不需要建立连续的 CC 编号，即“静音我自己”命令——它只需要一个 CC 编号，因为它只应用于自己的音频流。举个例子:" +msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a connected MIDI controller. This feature is available from version 3.7.0 on macOS, Linux, and the JACK version of Jamulus for Windows. From Jamulus 3.12.0 onwards, it is also available for the non-JACK (ASIO) Windows version. To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with the `--ctrlmidich` command-line option." +msgstr "可以使用连接的 MIDI 控制器来控制客户端混音器窗口条中的音量推子、声相控制以及静音和独奏按钮。这个特性在 macOS、Linux 上 的 3. 7.0 版本和 Jamulus for Windows 的 JACK 版本中都有。从 Jamulus 3.12.0 开始，它也可用于 non-JACK (ASIO) Windows 版本。要启用此功能，必须使用 `-ctrl midh ' 命令行选项启动 Jamulus。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88 -msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`" -msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`" +msgid "When this option is used on the command line, Jamulus will prepend a channel number to each Client name, which can be used to control the channel using MIDI CC numbers. In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first when sorted by channel or when \"Own Fader First\" is enabled." +msgstr "当在命令行上使用这个选项时，Jamulus将在每个客户端名称前添加一个通道号，可以使用MIDI CC号来控制通道。在Jamulus版本3.12.0以后，当连接到至少版本3.5.5的服务器时，您自己的推子将总是被给予通道0，因此当按通道排序时或当“自己的推子优先”被启用时，它将首先出现。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90 -msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64." -msgstr "在这里，Jamulus 在 MIDI 通道 1 上收听。音量推子 CC 编号从 0 开始，共有 8 个(因此以 CC 编号 7 结束)。平移控制从 CC 编号 16 开始，到 23 结束;独奏 32 到 39 和静音 48 到 55。静音我自己由 CC 编号 64 启用/禁用。" +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Tip*: With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch to \"Sort by Channel\" (or type `Ctrl+E`).\n" +msgstr "*提示*：默认设置下，当一些用户离开而其他用户加入时，他们的左右GUI 中的排列可能不再遵循数字顺序，因此更难知道 MIDI 控制器上的每个物理推子/旋钮对应的是谁。要使推子条带保持数字顺序，请转到顶部菜单栏上的“查看”并切换到“按通道排序”(或键入“Ctrl+E ”)。\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n" -msgstr "请注意，为了使按钮控制的功能正常工作，您的 MIDI 控制器需要将按钮设置为“切换”模式。这意味着当按下按钮以“打开”控制时，它必须发送一个值 >= 64 的 MIDI CC 编号，而要“关闭”控制时，它必须发送相同的 CC 编号且值 < 64。您可以阅读控制器的手册以了解如何进行此设置。\n" +msgid "When using JACK or macOS, make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), Audio/MIDI Setup (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch `a2jmidid` so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl. For non-JACK Windows, Jamulus will find the MIDI device(s) automatically, but see the `d` option below if more than one MIDI device is connected." +msgstr "使用JACK或macOS时，请确保将MIDI设备的输出端口连接到Jamulus MIDI输入端口(QjackCtl (Linux/Windows)、Audio/MIDI Setup (macOS)或任何用于管理连接的端口)。在Linux中，您可能需要安装并启动 `a2jmidid`,这样您的设备就会显示在Qjackctl的MIDI标签中。对于非插孔窗口，Jamulus将自动查找MIDI设备，但是如果连接了多个MIDI设备，请参见下面的“d”选项。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94 +msgid "`--ctrlmidich` takes a single argument. If you omit it, the parameter is ignored. There are two formats for the argument:" +msgstr "`-ctrl midch `采用单个参数。如果省略，该参数将被忽略。该参数有两种格式：" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96 +msgid "The legacy definition has one or two numbers in the format:" +msgstr "传统定义有一个或两个数字，格式如下：" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:97 #, no-wrap -msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n" -msgstr "*注意*:Jamulus 不提供有关按钮开/关状态的反馈，这意味着您的控制器必须跟踪并将 LED(如果有)切换到“开”或“关”本身。\n" +msgid " [MIDI channel];[offset for first fader]\n" +msgstr " [MIDI 通道];[第一个推子的偏移]\n" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:102 ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:126 +msgid "`MIDI channel` is required or else the parameter argument is ignored and the feature is not active. `0` means \"any channel\", `1`-`16` listen only to MIDI messages on the specified MIDI channel." +msgstr "`MIDI channel`是必需的，否则参数变量将被忽略，该功能不可用。`0`表示“任何通道”，`1`到`16`只听指定MIDI通道上的MIDI信息。" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:104 +msgid "`offset for first fader` is the first MIDI CC to use to control a Jamulus Channel fader (default 70, which matches the Behringer X-Touch defaults), with all MIDI CCs after that being used; must be a number or else the long form is used." +msgstr "`第一个推子的偏移`是用于控制Jamulus通道推子的第一个MIDI CC(默认为70，与百灵达X-Touch默认设置相匹配)，之后的所有MIDI CC都将被使用；必须是一个数字，否则将使用长格式。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96 -msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth." -msgstr "混音器窗口中的推子条按从左到右的升序进行控制。继续上面的例子，在条号 1(最左边)中，音量推子将由 CC 号 0 控制;平移 16;独奏 32 和静音 48。由于我们为每个参数指定了 8 个连续控制器，这将使我们在混音器窗口中对 8 个条带(音量、声像、独奏和静音)进行 MIDI 控制。下一个条带将由 1、17、33 和 49 等控制。" +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106 +#, no-wrap +msgid " For example\n" +msgstr " 例如\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n" +" ```\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:112 +#, no-wrap +msgid " would listen on all MIDI channels and use MIDI controller 70 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on. Here's another example:\n" +msgstr " 将在所有MIDI通道上收听，并使用MIDI控制器70来控制Jamulus通道0衰减器等等。这是另一个例子:\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" --ctrlmidich \"2;50\"\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" --ctrlmidich \"2;50\"\n" +" ```\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:118 +#, no-wrap +msgid " This would listen on MIDI channel 2 and use MIDI controller 50 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on.\n" +msgstr " 这将监听MIDI通道2，并使用MIDI控制器50来控制Jamulus通道0的音量控制器等等。\n" + +#. type: Bullet: '2. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:120 +msgid "The long form is a sequence of offsets and counts for various controllers:" +msgstr "长格式是各种控制器的偏移和计数序列：" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:121 +#, no-wrap +msgid " [MIDI channel];[control letter][offset](*[count])(;...)\n" +msgstr " [MIDI 通道];[控制字母][偏移](*[计数])(;...)\n" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:128 +msgid "`control letter` defines which Jamulus Control the MIDI controller number is assigned to:" +msgstr "`control letter` 定义MIDI控制器编号分配给哪个Jamulus控件:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98 -msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl." -msgstr "确保将 MIDI 设备的输出端口连接到 Jamulus MIDI 输入端口(QjackCtl (Linux/Windows)、MIDI Studio (macOS) 或用于管理连接的任何工具)。在 Linux 中，您需要安装并启动 a2jmidid，以便您的设备显示在 Qjackctl 的 MIDI 选项卡中。" +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:135 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" | control letter | Jamulus Control |\n" +" |--------:|---------|\n" +" | `f` | Fader |\n" +" | `p` | Pan |\n" +" | `s` | Solo |\n" +" | `m` | Mute |\n" +msgstr "" +" | 控制字母 | Jamulus 控制 |\n" +" |--------:|---------|\n" +" | `f` | 推子 |\n" +" | `p` | Pan |\n" +" | `s` | 独奏 |\n" +" | `m` | 静音 |\n" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:137 +msgid "`offset` is the base MIDI CC number for the control." +msgstr "`offset` 是控件的基本MIDI CC号。" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:139 +msgid "`count` is the number of CC values for the control, defaulting to 1 (i.e. the number Jamulus channels that can be controlled)." +msgstr "`count`是控件CC值的数量，默认为1(即可以控制的Jamulus通道的数量)。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:141 #, no-wrap -msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n" -msgstr "*提示*:当您在 Jamulus 中启用 MIDI 控制时，每个用户的名称前面都有一个数字，最左边的用户从 0 开始，然后是 1，依此类推。默认设置下，当一些用户离开而其他用户加入时，他们的左右GUI 中的排列可能不再遵循数字顺序，因此更难知道 MIDI 控制器上的每个物理推子/旋钮对应的是谁。为了使推子条保持数字顺序，请转到顶部菜单栏上的“查看”并在“无用户排序”和另一个选项之间切换，然后再次返回(例如，键入`Ctrl+N`、`Ctrl+O `)。\n" +msgid " An example for a Korg nanoKONTROL2 using eight sliders starting at MIDI CC 0 to control faders and eight knobs starting at MIDI CC 16 to control pan, on any MIDI channnel, for eight Jamulus channels would be\n" +msgstr " Korg nanoKONTROL2的一个示例是，在任何MIDI通道上，使用从MIDI CC 0开始的八个滑块来控制推子，使用从MIDI CC 16开始的八个旋钮来控制声相，用于八个Jamulus通道\n" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:142 +#, no-wrap +msgid " --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n" +msgstr " --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8\"\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:147 +#, no-wrap +msgid " Enhancing this to add eight Solo buttons starting at CC 32, and eight Mute buttons starting at CC 48 would give:\n" +msgstr " 增强这一点，从CC 32开始添加八个独奏按钮，从CC 48开始添加八个静音按钮，将给出:\n" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:148 +#, no-wrap +msgid " --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8\"\n" +msgstr " --ctrlmidich \"0;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8\"\n" + +#. type: Bullet: ' * ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:153 +msgid "Two additional `control letter` values are available:" +msgstr "有两个额外的`control letter`值可用:" + +#. type: Bullet: ' 1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:155 +msgid "`o` controls Mute Myself and has a single `offset` (i.e. `count` is ignored and taken as 1)." +msgstr "` o `控制我自己静音，并有一个单独的 `offset`(即`count` 被忽略并被视为1)。" + +#. type: Bullet: ' 2. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:157 +msgid "`d` is an option on Windows non-JACK Jamulus to specify a particular MIDI input device by name -- without this, all devices will be assigned to Jamulus; with it, only the specified device will be used. For example:" +msgstr "`d`是Windows non-JACK Jamulus上的一个选项，用来指定一个特定的MIDI输入设备的名称——如果没有这个选项，所有的设备都将被分配给Jamulus；有了它，只有指定的设备将被使用。例如:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:161 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;dnanoKontrol\"\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;dnanoKontrol\"\n" +" ```\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:163 +#, no-wrap +msgid " would listen for CC0 through CC7 on MIDI channel 1 from a MIDI device called \"nanoKontrol\". Remember to wrap the whole of the `--ctrlmidich` argument in double quotes and you will have no problems with device names containing spaces.\n" +msgstr " 将从名为“nanoKontrol”的MIDI设备监听MIDI通道1上的CC0到CC7。请记住将整个`--ctrlmidh`参数用双引号括起来，这样就不会出现设备名称包含空格的问题。\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:165 +#, no-wrap +msgid " In order to discover the correct device name to use, start Jamulus from the command line with `--ctrlmidich` and observe the output. Jamulus will list all discovered MIDI devices:\n" +msgstr " 为了发现要使用的正确设备名，从命令行用`-ctrlmidch`启动Jamulus并观察输出。Jamulus将列出所有发现的MIDI设备：\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:173 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n" +" - MIDI controller settings: 0\n" +" - allocated port number: 22134\n" +" - MIDI devices found: 2\n" +" 0: nanoKONTROL2\n" +" 1: Keystation Mini 32\n" +msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"0\"\n" +" - MIDI controller settings: 0\n" +" - allocated port number: 22134\n" +" - MIDI devices found: 2\n" +" 0: nanoKONTROL2\n" +" 1: Keystation Mini 32\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:181 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\"\n" +" - MIDI controller settings: 1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\n" +" - allocated port number: 22134\n" +" - MIDI devices found: 2\n" +" 0: nanoKONTROL2\n" +" 1: Keystation Mini 32 (ignored)\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" +" C:\\Users\\Me>\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus\" --ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\"\n" +" - MIDI controller settings: 1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2\n" +" - allocated port number: 22134\n" +" - MIDI devices found: 2\n" +" 0: nanoKONTROL2\n" +" 1: Keystation Mini 32 (ignored)\n" +" ```\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:183 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\tNote that if only one MIDI device is connected, the `d` option is not necessary, as Jamulus will use the device automatically.\n" +msgstr "\t请注意，如果只连接了一个MIDI设备，则不需要“d”选项，因为Jamulus会自动使用该设备。\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:185 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\tOn macOS, Linux or Windows with JACK, the `d` option is accepted if given, but ignored.\n" +msgstr "\t在带有JACK的macOS、Linux或Windows上，如果给定了' d '选项，则接受该选项，但忽略该选项。\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:187 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself, that is, buttons on your MIDI controller need to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n" +msgstr "*注意*：Jamulus 不提供有关按钮开/关状态的反馈，这意味着您的控制器必须保持跟踪并将 LED（如果有）切换为“开”或“关”本身，也就是说，MIDI 控制器上的按钮需要设置为“切换”模式。这意味着当按下按钮以“打开”控制时，它必须发送一个值 >= 64 的 MIDI CC 编号，而要“关闭”控制时，它必须发送相同的 CC 编号且值 < 64。您可以阅读控制器的手册以了解如何进行此设置。\n" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:188 #, no-wrap msgid "For Server admins" msgstr "对于服务器管理员" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:103 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:190 #, no-wrap msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly" msgstr "动态地将注册服务器转换为未注册服务器" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:193 msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)" msgstr "您可以作为已注册服务器运行足够长的时间以供人们连接，然后通过在服务器 GUI 中将目录设置为“无”来转为“私人”（未注册）。音乐家将仍然连接到服务器，直到他们断开连接。（感谢 [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) 提供此提示！）" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:107 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:194 #, no-wrap msgid "Remote management of recordings" msgstr "远程管理录音" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:197 msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script." msgstr "Jamulus 用户 [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) 编写了一个 [基于 Web 的远程工具](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) 用于在 Linux 上启动和停止录制服务器，允许您从浏览器下载它们。另请参阅 [pljones](https://github.com/pljones) 的 [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter)，其中还包括一个服务器录制恢复脚本。" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:111 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:198 #, no-wrap msgid "Making a Server status page" msgstr "制作服务器状态页面" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:201 msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page." msgstr "使用 `-m` 命令行参数，可以生成服务器统计信息以放在网页上。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:203 msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):" msgstr "下面是一个使用服务器状态文件在 html 页面上显示当前服务器状态的示例 php 脚本(假设使用以下命令行参数:'-m /var/www/stat1.dat'):" #. type: Fenced code block -#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:117 +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:204 #, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" "\n" +#~ msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:" +#~ msgstr "客户端混音器窗口条中的音量推子、平移控制和静音和独奏按钮可以使用 MIDI 控制器通过使用 `--ctrlmidich` 参数进行控制(注意:仅适用于使用 Jamulus 版本 3.7.0 的 macOS 和 Linux或更高版本，在 Windows 上使用支持 JACK 的 Jamulus 版本)。要启用此功能，必须使用 --ctrlmidich 启动 Jamulus。有一个全局 MIDI 通道参数 (1-16)，您可以为每个受控项目设置两个参数:`offset` 和 `consecutive CC numbers`。将第一个参数设置为您希望 Jamulus 收听的通道(所有通道为 0)，然后指定您要控制的项目(f = 音量推子;p = 平移;m = 静音;s = 独奏;o = 自己静音) 带有偏移量(开始的 CC 编号)和连续 CC 编号的数量。有一个例外不需要建立连续的 CC 编号，即“静音我自己”命令——它只需要一个 CC 编号，因为它只应用于自己的音频流。举个例子:" + +#~ msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64." +#~ msgstr "在这里，Jamulus 在 MIDI 通道 1 上收听。音量推子 CC 编号从 0 开始，共有 8 个(因此以 CC 编号 7 结束)。平移控制从 CC 编号 16 开始，到 23 结束;独奏 32 到 39 和静音 48 到 55。静音我自己由 CC 编号 64 启用/禁用。" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n" +#~ msgstr "*注意*:Jamulus 不提供有关按钮开/关状态的反馈，这意味着您的控制器必须跟踪并将 LED(如果有)切换到“开”或“关”本身。\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth." +#~ msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending numerical order. Continuing with the above example, in strip numbered 0, the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth." +#~ msgstr "混音器窗口中的推子条按从左到右的升序进行控制。继续上面的例子，在条号 1(最左边)中，音量推子将由 CC 号 0 控制;平移 16;独奏 32 和静音 48。由于我们为每个参数指定了 8 个连续控制器，这将使我们在混音器窗口中对 8 个条带(音量、声像、独奏和静音)进行 MIDI 控制。下一个条带将由 1、17、33 和 49 等控制。" + #, no-wrap #~ msgid "" #~ "# Tips & Tricks\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/general.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/general.po index 339d5ab00..903e3aae1 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/general.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/general.po @@ -2,18 +2,19 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # yangyangdaji , 2022. +# "Alioc." , 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-31 00:11+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: yangyangdaji \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-06-28 13:04+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: \"Alioc.\" \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Language: zh-CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13-dev\n" #. type: Hash Value: footer alt facebook #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 @@ -37,7 +38,7 @@ msgstr "帮助和支持" #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Software by Volker Fischer and contributors - want to get involved?" -msgstr "Volker Fischer 和 贡献者 的软件 - 想要 参与吗？" +msgstr "软件由 Volker Fischer 和贡献者开发 - 想参与进来吗？" #. type: Hash Value: kb by #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/navigation.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/navigation.po index f91c9fb2c..51043d770 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/navigation.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/navigation.po @@ -4,18 +4,19 @@ # yangyangdaji , 2022. # Kingo Bingo , 2023. # yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2024. +# "Alioc." , 2025. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-07 13:08+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2025-06-28 13:04+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: \"Alioc.\" \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: zh-CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.13-dev\n" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 diff --git a/assets/img/de-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc b/assets/img/de-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc index ade42499e..b8e261992 100644 --- a/assets/img/de-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc +++ b/assets/img/de-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc @@ -1 +1 @@ -https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/147834663-43b9d6e3-c107-4de8-abeb-6b9c1d3426f7.png +https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/0c9459ee-d0fe-430a-8caa-f7a61a4df867 \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/assets/img/en-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc b/assets/img/en-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc index f6bb0906d..d07435011 100644 --- a/assets/img/en-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc +++ b/assets/img/en-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc @@ -1 +1 @@ -https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/950c8dc1-b766-49b6-b88e-4bf9c38e6c2d +https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/cce52312-85a9-4d79-af26-d3e723742635 \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/assets/img/nl-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc b/assets/img/nl-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc index 660b87542..a40b3d3e3 100644 --- a/assets/img/nl-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc +++ b/assets/img/nl-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc @@ -1 +1 @@ -https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/d1481364-ffc4-49e5-b567-a2e988c345ad \ No newline at end of file +https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/b9325cde-0e36-4068-be65-6d77dc6dd3e7 diff --git a/assets/img/ru-screenshots/bandwidth-diagram.inc b/assets/img/ru-screenshots/bandwidth-diagram.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fb41bc1dc --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/ru-screenshots/bandwidth-diagram.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/139528948-4b8e72d1-38ec-4900-93dc-5166c42b6b80.png diff --git a/assets/img/ru-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc b/assets/img/ru-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e866dbc40 --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/ru-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/147834648-689c3d9c-eda8-4b2f-b7d2-a6a28764cc24.png diff --git a/assets/img/ru-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc b/assets/img/ru-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f6bb0906d --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/ru-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/950c8dc1-b766-49b6-b88e-4bf9c38e6c2d diff --git a/assets/img/ru-screenshots/diagram-overview.inc b/assets/img/ru-screenshots/diagram-overview.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..efe74d4ba --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/ru-screenshots/diagram-overview.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/147834690-69dd3caf-cb94-4a5a-94c0-afaf7dda168b.png diff --git a/assets/img/ru-screenshots/diagram-reg-server.inc b/assets/img/ru-screenshots/diagram-reg-server.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..111d28c7f --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/ru-screenshots/diagram-reg-server.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/147834923-803ba3f9-c3a3-4c6a-90a4-fdbe5e950244.png diff --git a/assets/img/ru-screenshots/diagram-unreg-server.inc b/assets/img/ru-screenshots/diagram-unreg-server.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5957b00bb --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/ru-screenshots/diagram-unreg-server.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/147834838-c0c12d93-9bee-435d-8b4e-dcb006f86d20.png diff --git a/assets/img/ru-screenshots/led-green.inc b/assets/img/ru-screenshots/led-green.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..82cb4c3ab --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/ru-screenshots/led-green.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/147835533-29060d31-b728-4c6b-83b7-cf374324e776.png diff --git a/assets/img/ru-screenshots/led-red.inc b/assets/img/ru-screenshots/led-red.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..11a55e8ef --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/ru-screenshots/led-red.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/147835547-0586976c-f6bc-43f2-a27f-256b87bd27f8.png diff --git a/assets/img/ru-screenshots/led-yellow.inc b/assets/img/ru-screenshots/led-yellow.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3f10f6ce9 --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/ru-screenshots/led-yellow.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/147835559-591734f3-c4b1-46be-9896-ac0ad9796a10.png diff --git a/assets/img/ru-screenshots/main-screen-default.inc b/assets/img/ru-screenshots/main-screen-default.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2468d009a --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/ru-screenshots/main-screen-default.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/147835619-7857c013-cc03-4ccc-b902-a1de0a2663d1.png diff --git a/assets/img/ru-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc b/assets/img/ru-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c82ea1541 --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/ru-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/147835728-5dfe92b3-de74-48dc-946b-7061d89f5e22.png diff --git a/assets/img/ru-screenshots/mixer-channels.inc b/assets/img/ru-screenshots/mixer-channels.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d1aa645af --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/ru-screenshots/mixer-channels.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/147836084-4a2f42f0-962c-486b-8d35-c20f6b70e5a9.png diff --git a/assets/img/ru-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc b/assets/img/ru-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..425f77f3c --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/ru-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/147836179-2eeb2935-2871-48aa-bf88-9b2622c7f5aa.png diff --git a/assets/img/ru-screenshots/server-active.inc b/assets/img/ru-screenshots/server-active.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b3d6842c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/ru-screenshots/server-active.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/src/res/servertrayiconactive.png diff --git a/assets/img/ru-screenshots/server-inactive.inc b/assets/img/ru-screenshots/server-inactive.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a5e2555bb --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/ru-screenshots/server-inactive.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/src/res/servertrayiconinactive.png diff --git a/assets/img/ru-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc b/assets/img/ru-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1ee136916 --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/ru-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/2869f401-347b-4b3e-b280-36a7b45d7ee6 diff --git a/assets/img/ru-screenshots/settings-network.inc b/assets/img/ru-screenshots/settings-network.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..70b8c8b89 --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/ru-screenshots/settings-network.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/1549463/248553617-bdeb935a-c923-44a8-86d3-1f14d0fb0355.png diff --git a/assets/img/ru-screenshots/settings-profile.inc b/assets/img/ru-screenshots/settings-profile.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3e19c1008 --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/ru-screenshots/settings-profile.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/1549463/248553489-9ef871f6-32d1-4a2a-9f6f-29e23c40a629.png diff --git a/assets/img/th-screenshots/bandwidth-diagram.inc b/assets/img/th-screenshots/bandwidth-diagram.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fb41bc1dc --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/th-screenshots/bandwidth-diagram.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/139528948-4b8e72d1-38ec-4900-93dc-5166c42b6b80.png diff --git a/assets/img/th-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc b/assets/img/th-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e866dbc40 --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/th-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/147834648-689c3d9c-eda8-4b2f-b7d2-a6a28764cc24.png diff --git a/assets/img/th-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc b/assets/img/th-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f6bb0906d --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/th-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/950c8dc1-b766-49b6-b88e-4bf9c38e6c2d diff --git a/assets/img/th-screenshots/diagram-overview.inc b/assets/img/th-screenshots/diagram-overview.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..efe74d4ba --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/th-screenshots/diagram-overview.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/147834690-69dd3caf-cb94-4a5a-94c0-afaf7dda168b.png diff --git a/assets/img/th-screenshots/diagram-reg-server.inc b/assets/img/th-screenshots/diagram-reg-server.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..111d28c7f --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/th-screenshots/diagram-reg-server.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/147834923-803ba3f9-c3a3-4c6a-90a4-fdbe5e950244.png diff --git a/assets/img/th-screenshots/diagram-unreg-server.inc b/assets/img/th-screenshots/diagram-unreg-server.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5957b00bb --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/th-screenshots/diagram-unreg-server.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/147834838-c0c12d93-9bee-435d-8b4e-dcb006f86d20.png diff --git a/assets/img/th-screenshots/led-green.inc b/assets/img/th-screenshots/led-green.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..82cb4c3ab --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/th-screenshots/led-green.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/147835533-29060d31-b728-4c6b-83b7-cf374324e776.png diff --git a/assets/img/th-screenshots/led-red.inc b/assets/img/th-screenshots/led-red.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..11a55e8ef --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/th-screenshots/led-red.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/147835547-0586976c-f6bc-43f2-a27f-256b87bd27f8.png diff --git a/assets/img/th-screenshots/led-yellow.inc b/assets/img/th-screenshots/led-yellow.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3f10f6ce9 --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/th-screenshots/led-yellow.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/147835559-591734f3-c4b1-46be-9896-ac0ad9796a10.png diff --git a/assets/img/th-screenshots/main-screen-default.inc b/assets/img/th-screenshots/main-screen-default.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2468d009a --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/th-screenshots/main-screen-default.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/147835619-7857c013-cc03-4ccc-b902-a1de0a2663d1.png diff --git a/assets/img/th-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc b/assets/img/th-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c82ea1541 --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/th-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/147835728-5dfe92b3-de74-48dc-946b-7061d89f5e22.png diff --git a/assets/img/th-screenshots/mixer-channels.inc b/assets/img/th-screenshots/mixer-channels.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d1aa645af --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/th-screenshots/mixer-channels.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/147836084-4a2f42f0-962c-486b-8d35-c20f6b70e5a9.png diff --git a/assets/img/th-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc b/assets/img/th-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..425f77f3c --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/th-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/147836179-2eeb2935-2871-48aa-bf88-9b2622c7f5aa.png diff --git a/assets/img/th-screenshots/server-active.inc b/assets/img/th-screenshots/server-active.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b3d6842c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/th-screenshots/server-active.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/src/res/servertrayiconactive.png diff --git a/assets/img/th-screenshots/server-inactive.inc b/assets/img/th-screenshots/server-inactive.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a5e2555bb --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/th-screenshots/server-inactive.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/src/res/servertrayiconinactive.png diff --git a/assets/img/th-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc b/assets/img/th-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1ee136916 --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/th-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/2869f401-347b-4b3e-b280-36a7b45d7ee6 diff --git a/assets/img/th-screenshots/settings-network.inc b/assets/img/th-screenshots/settings-network.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..70b8c8b89 --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/th-screenshots/settings-network.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/1549463/248553617-bdeb935a-c923-44a8-86d3-1f14d0fb0355.png diff --git a/assets/img/th-screenshots/settings-profile.inc b/assets/img/th-screenshots/settings-profile.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3e19c1008 --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/th-screenshots/settings-profile.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/1549463/248553489-9ef871f6-32d1-4a2a-9f6f-29e23c40a629.png diff --git a/contribute/en/Release-Process.md b/contribute/en/Release-Process.md index 02f4935b7..3ec7bc26a 100644 --- a/contribute/en/Release-Process.md +++ b/contribute/en/Release-Process.md @@ -204,6 +204,26 @@ Close the shell or change out of the upstream directory to one's usual working d $ cd ../jamulus ``` +### Updating the Changelog + +Change to the above directory `jamulus-upstream`, checkout `main` and ensure it is up to date: + +``` +$ cd jamulus-upstream +$ git checkout main +$ git pull +$ git status +``` + +Make sure there are no pending changes shown by `git status`. + +Make sure `ChangeLog` contains the right version for the planned release - this is "the release version number will be" number. If not, update it and commit the change. + +- Run `./tools/changelog-helper.sh add-missing-entries` to scan Git history and Github milestone for PRs and to auto-add them to the changelog. +- Run `./tools/changelog-helper.sh group-entries` to group all entries for the current release +- Verify manually (`git diff`) & edit as necessary +- Commit & push + ## Upload binaries to SourceForge **NOTE**: As of Sept 2023 we have a webhook set to transfer the downloads automatically to SourceForge on GitHub release. Check to see whether that's worked before following the steps below! @@ -249,13 +269,17 @@ Approximate release date: **Checklist** -- [ ] Assign this issue to the release shepherd who is in charge of managing this checklist. +- [ ] Agree the set of changes to be included in the release - the issue or PR project should be set to "Tracking" and the milestone should be set to the release. +- [ ] Make sure `ChangeLog` has the agreed next release version number. +- [ ] Ensure the [Project Tracking Board](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/projects/5/views/5) shows the issues and any pull requests for the release as they arise. +- [ ] As the release nears completion, assign this issue to the release shepherd who is in charge of managing this checklist. - [ ] Pin this issue -- [ ] Ensure that all issues/PR targeted for this release are done by checking the Project board with [the appropriate filter for this release](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/projects/5/views/5). Remind main developers to review entries in *Waiting on team* state. +- [ ] Remind main developers to watch the Project board and review entries in *Waiting on team* state. - [ ] Agree to de-tag unfinished Issues/PRs. +- [ ] Ensure the [Project Tracking Board](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/projects/5/views/5) shows the issues and any pull requests for the release in the correct status and remind the main developers to check the board. - [ ] Declare a freeze for code and website by updating this Issue and adding a comment. PRs can still be worked on and may get reviewed, but must not be merged unless agreed explicitly. - [ ] Check the `needs documentation` label for any outstanding PRs flagged for this release and remove that label if done. -- [ ] Check ./Jamulus -h output against the [Include-Client](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamuluswebsite/blob/next-release/wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md)/[Server-Commands](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamuluswebsite/blob/next-release/wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md).md pages and [man page (distributions/Jamulus.1)[(https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/distributions/Jamulus.1). Update if necessary. +- [ ] Check ./Jamulus -h output against the [Include-Client](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamuluswebsite/blob/next-release/wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md)/[Server-Commands](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamuluswebsite/blob/next-release/wiki/en/Include-Server-Commands.md).md pages and [man page (distributions/Jamulus.1)](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/distributions/Jamulus.1). Update if necessary. - [ ] Start Website translations - [ ] [Check for broken links](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamuluswebsite/blob/release/contribute/en/Release-Process.md#website-check-links) - [ ] Open a Pull Request from `next-release` to release, set it as "Draft", sanity check for conflicts and any obvious problems. @@ -269,7 +293,7 @@ Current state: - [ ] Create a translation issue for each language with `tools/create-translation-issues.sh` using `app` argument. - [ ] [Update the Changelog](https://jamulus.io/contribute/Release-Process#updating-the-changelog) - [ ] [Tag a beta release](https://jamulus.io/contribute/Release-Process#steps-for-a-specific-release) - - [ ] Inform emlynmac for signing on macOS, and upload signed binary from [his repo](https://github.com/emlynmac/jamulus/releases/) to [ours](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases/) + - [ ] Push the tag to the [ann0see/jamulussign](https://github.com/ann0see/jamulussign/) repository for signing on macOS, and upload signed binary from [the signing repo](https://github.com/ann0see/jamulussign/releases) to [the official one](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases/) - [ ] Announce the beta release on Github Discussions. Pin the thread. - [ ] Get feedback on the stability and resource usage (memleaks?, crashes?, installation issues?) of the beta release - [ ] Finish App translations @@ -279,17 +303,22 @@ Current state: - [ ] Finish Website translations - [ ] Wait for all PRs to be merged (missing translations will revert to English automatically) - [ ] [Check for broken links](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamuluswebsite/blob/release/contribute/en/Release-Process.md#website-check-links) -- [ ] Check the milestone for mergable stuff again +- [ ] Ensure the [Project Tracking Board](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/projects/5/views/5) shows the issues and any pull requests for the release in the correct status and remind the main developers to check the board, particularly that everything that is ready for merging has been merged. - [ ] [Update the Changelog](https://jamulus.io/contribute/Release-Process#updating-the-changelog) -- [ ] [Tag a release candidate](https://jamulus.io/contribute/Release-Process#steps-for-a-specific-release) (inform emlynmac for signing on macOS and upload signed binary from his repo to ours). +- [ ] [Tag a release candidate](https://jamulus.io/contribute/Release-Process#steps-for-a-specific-release) (push the tag to [ann0see/jamulussign](https://github.com/ann0see/jamulussign/) for signing on macOS and upload signed binary to the official one). - [ ] Announce the release candidate on Github Discussions. Pin the thread. Unpin and lock the beta thread. - [ ] Draft an announcement, include all contributors via `tools/get_release_contributors.py` -- [ ] [Update the version number in `Jamulus.pro` and add the release date to the Changelog header and commit](https://jamulus.io/contribute/Release-Process#steps-for-a-specific-release) - [ ] [Update the Changelog](https://jamulus.io/contribute/Release-Process#updating-the-changelog) -- [ ] Tag this commit as `r3_y_z` - - [ ] Wait for the build to complete - - [ ] Contact emlynmac for signing on macOS and upload signed binary [from his](https://github.com/emlynmac/jamulus/releases/) repo [to ours](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases). +- [ ] [Tag the release version](https://jamulus.io/contribute/Release-Process#steps-for-a-specific-release): + - [ ] Update the version number in `Jamulus.pro` and add the release date to the Changelog header and commit. + - [ ] Wait for the release build to complete. + - [ ] Push the release to [ann0see/jamulussign](https://github.com/ann0see/jamulussign/) for macOS signing and upload signed binary [from the signing repo](https://github.com/ann0see/jamulussign/releases) repo [to the official one](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases). - [ ] Do a smoke test for Windows/Mac/Linux -- Do the binaries start/connect properly? Can earlier Jamulus versions properly connect to a server based on the new release? + - [ ] Do a smoke test of the upgrade notification (do this _very quickly_) + - [ ] Install the release build on _one_ of the update notification Servers + - [ ] Run the _previous release_ (not an intermediate) build of GUI Client and Server + - [ ] Check the update notice is displayed correctly + - [ ] Revert the update notification Server to the previous release - [ ] [Force tag that tag as `latest` and push.](https://jamulus.io/contribute/Release-Process#if-this-is-a-proper-release-move-the-latest-tag) - [ ] [Upload the artifacts to SourceForge and set defaults](https://jamulus.io/contribute/Release-Process#upload-binaries-to-sourceforge). - [ ] Update download links on the website by editing `_config.yml` in `next-release` @@ -300,10 +329,11 @@ Current state: - [ ] On Github Discussions in the Announcements section. Lock the announcement thread. Pin the thread. Unpin and lock release candidate thread. - [ ] On Facebook in the group "Jamulus (official group)". Turn off replies. - [ ] Trigger the update notification by updating both Update Check Servers with the new version (@pljones for update02, email corrados for update01) -- [ ] [Prepare `Jamulus.pro` (`dev` suffix) and ChangeLog (add a header) for the [next release](https://jamulus.io/contribute/Release-Process#make-the-main-branch-ready-for-post-release-development) -- [ ] Check that all Issues and PRs tagged for this release are in Done/Closed state. -- [ ] Close the release milestone in both jamulus and jamuluswebsite repos +- [ ] Prepare `Jamulus.pro` (`dev` suffix) and ChangeLog (add a header) for the [next release](https://jamulus.io/contribute/Release-Process#make-the-main-branch-ready-for-post-release-development) +- [ ] Make sure there are no open issues or PRs on the [Project Tracking Board](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/projects/5/views/5) for the milestone - [ ] Create a milestone for the next minor release in jamulus and jamuluswebsite repos +- [ ] Change the [Project Tracking Board](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/projects/5/views/5) to the next release (i.e. change the filter and save the change) +- [ ] Close the release milestone in both jamulus and jamuluswebsite repos - [ ] Update this template in https://jamulus.io/contribute/Release-Process with any improvements if needed. - [ ] Unpin and close this issue - [ ] Determine if a release retrospective is needed, create on Discussions if required @@ -355,9 +385,3 @@ This Discussion thread will be locked in order to keep things organized. Feedback, questions or suspected bug reports are appreciated nevertheless -- please start a new [Discussion on Github](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions/new) for them. ~~~ - -### Updating the Changelog -- Run `./tools/changelog-helper.sh add-missing-entries` to scan Git history and Github milestone for PRs and to auto-add them to the changelog. -- Run `./tools/changelog-helper.sh group-entries` to group all entries for the current release -- Verify manually (`git diff`) & edit as necessary -- Commit & push diff --git a/wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md b/wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md index 7736f6c4b..fd05ebf3f 100644 --- a/wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md +++ b/wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ If you hear two claps after step 2, or any claps after step 4, then you are **no Exactly how you avoid listening to your direct signal will depend on your individual setup - your sound interface, mixing desk, headphone connection point, etc. For example, some audio interfaces have "monitor" buttons (turn these off), or similar options. **If you are still having problems**, try asking on the [forum](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions). -Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the "Delay" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [software manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this. +Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the "Delay" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this. ### Can't work out your mic settings? @@ -105,4 +105,4 @@ Maybe you did not answer "Yes" to the `"Jamulus wants to access your microphone" *** -For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions) +For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/orgs/jamulussoftware/discussions) diff --git a/wiki/en/Getting-Started.md b/wiki/en/Getting-Started.md index dbaf45ee5..1eba99e58 100644 --- a/wiki/en/Getting-Started.md +++ b/wiki/en/Getting-Started.md @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ If you don’t want others to hear your audio, click on the “Mute Myself” bu Note that you can use the Chat facility at any time to message other people while you are connected. The welcome message in the chat may also state some guidelines for use. -More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [Software Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual). +More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [User Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual). ## Troubleshooting diff --git a/wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md b/wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md index a2904f582..023bf6fff 100644 --- a/wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md +++ b/wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md @@ -2,5 +2,5 @@ - `--mutemyown` Prevent me from hearing what I play in the server mix (headless only) - `-c` or `--connect` Connect to given server address on startup, format `address[:port]` - `-j` or `--nojackconnect` Disable auto JACK connections -- `--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers) +- `--ctrlmidich` MIDI channel to listen on, Jamulus control + MIDI control number and count of consecutive CC numbers (or Jamulus channels), device selection option. Format: `channel[;fn[*n]][;pn[*n]][;sn[*n]][;mn[*n]][;on][;dDeviceName]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers). - `--clientname` Window title and JACK client name diff --git a/wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md b/wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md index 72f9a2a3b..7ee8f1dfa 100644 --- a/wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md +++ b/wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Make sure you've already read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page. Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first. -1. [Download Jamulus (Universal build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\ +1. [Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\ **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download) 1. **Install Jamulus**: Open the downloaded `.dmg` file, agree to the licence, *drag and drop* each icon you see in the window (Jamulus Client and Server) into your *Applications folder*. After that, you can close this window. 1. **Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application. diff --git a/wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md b/wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md index 53d8aa43a..dac9d54c3 100644 --- a/wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md +++ b/wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md @@ -35,11 +35,7 @@ Jamulus can use [ASIO](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Audio_Stream_Input/Output). * If you have an external sound card/audio interface, use its official ASIO driver if you can (they usually provide the best quality). * If you don't have an external sound card, you will probably not have an ASIO driver so will need to install a generic one like ASIO4ALL: -You can try two versions of ASIO4ALL. ASIO4ALL v2.14 includes a workaround for a bug which might break other functionality. - -[ASIO4ALL v2.15 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.15/ASIO4ALL_2_15_English.exe){: .button target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer"} - -[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer"} +[ASIO4ALL v2.16 Download](https://asio4all.org/downloads/ASIO4ALL_2_16.exe){: .button target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer"} [ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer"} diff --git a/wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md b/wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md index e3919440a..a85cddb12 100644 --- a/wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md +++ b/wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ Jamulus is open source software that can be modified by anyone. As such, the Jam ## General Information -Under normal use with software downloaded from this website that has not been modified, your user profile information is exchanged with Servers you connect to, peers connected to those same Servers, and to third parties (including Directories) that use the Jamulus protocol. This information is limited to your Jamulus name, city, country, instrument, and skill level as you have set them in your profile. The Servers you connect to will also have access to your internet address (IP Address) as it is required for the software to work; but this information is not shared with peers on the same Server or available to third parties. +Under normal use with software downloaded from this website that has not been modified, your user profile information is exchanged with Servers you connect to, peers connected to those same Servers, and to third parties (including Directories) that use the Jamulus protocol. This information is limited to your Jamulus name, city, country, instrument, and skill level as you have set them in your profile. Directories from which you request Server lists, Servers displayed in the Connect Dialog and Servers you connect to will also have access to your internet address (IP Address) as it is required for the software to work; but this information is not shared with peers on the same Server or available to third parties. All communications between and among Clients, Servers, Directories, and third-party protocol users are sent without encryption. diff --git a/wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md b/wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md index 858fc12d7..8d766e4b1 100644 --- a/wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md +++ b/wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ permalink: "/wiki/Running-a-Server" ## Do I need to run a Server? -**No**. You don't need to run a Server. You can use the Servers listed by the built-in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server yourself. You can also use an unlisted Server if you know its internet address. Or you can use a third party hosting service such as [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/) or [KOORD](https://koord.live/). There's probably a Server nearby that you and your friends can use at low enough latency for most needs. +**No**. You don't need to run a Server. You can use the Servers listed by the built-in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server yourself. You can also use an unlisted Server if you know its internet address. Or you can use a third party hosting service such as [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/). There's probably a Server nearby that you and your friends can use at low enough latency for most needs. Using a public Server might introduce you to strangers. If you want an undisturbed session, you can use the soloing technique described on the [Tips and Tricks page](Tips-Tricks-More#have-an-undisturbed-session-on-any-server). You won't hear strangers who connect to the Server, but they can hear you if they wish. @@ -227,11 +227,6 @@ Reduces latency if Clients connect with the **Small Network Buffers** option. Re ##### `-l or --log` Enable logging, set path and file name -##### `-m or --htmlstatus` -Enable HTML status file, set path and file name - -**Note:** This feature is deprecated, and may disappear in a future release. - ##### `-P or --delaypan` Start with delay panning enabled. This option uses small differences in sound arrival time between the two ears. It produces a stereo effect similar to natural human hearing when compared to normal “volume” panning. diff --git a/wiki/en/Software-Manual.md b/wiki/en/Software-Manual.md index cd9baaf19..939223f5c 100644 --- a/wiki/en/Software-Manual.md +++ b/wiki/en/Software-Manual.md @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ --- layout: wiki -title: "Software Manual" +title: "User Manual" lang: "en" permalink: "/wiki/Software-Manual" --- -# Jamulus User Manual +# User Manual {:.no_toc} This manual documents the Jamulus Client application for use by musicians and singers using the software to connect to a server. @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ This manual documents the Jamulus Client application for use by musicians and si * TOC {:toc} - + # Main Window @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ This manual documents the Jamulus Client application for use by musicians and si ## Ping, Delay and Jitter -**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large. +**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large. **Delay** shows overall latency calculated from the current ping time and the delay introduced by the current audio buffer settings. The LEDs show the status of this as: @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ to the right and move the fader upwards until the desired reverb level is reache Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will -open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message is received. +open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message arrives. ## Connect/disconnect button @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ You can also open the dialogue using "File>Connection Setup...". This will le
Screenshot of the server connection window
-The Connection Setup window shows a list of available Servers together with their "distance" (in terms of ping time), the number of occupants and the maximum number supported, and the Server's given location. +The Connection Setup window shows a list of available Servers together with their "distance" (in terms of ping time), the number of occupants and the maximum number supported, the Server's given location and the Server's Version. Permanent Servers (those that have been listed for longer than 24 hours) are shown in bold. Click on the Server you want to join and press the Connect button to connect to it. Alternatively, double-click on the server name. @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ Server operators register their servers with Directories. These are either genre You can filter the list by server name or location. To list only occupied Servers, enter a "#" character. If you choose "Show All Musicians" the current occupants will be shown. -If you know the IP address or URL of a private Server, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. +If you know the hostname or IP address of a private Server, you can connect to it using the "Server Address" field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Note that IPv6 addresses must be entirely enclosed in square brackets, for example `[::1]:22124`.) The field will also show a list of the most recently used server addresses. @@ -109,7 +109,12 @@ If you have set your Audio Channel to Stereo or Stereo Out in your Settings, you If you see a "mute" icon above a user, it means that person cannot hear you. Either they have muted you, soloed one or more users not including you, or have set your fader in their mix to zero. -Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. You can sort instead by name, instrument, group, or city using the View menu. +Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. When joining a server that already has participants, the default order depends on the versions of Jamulus at the client and the server. +With a client version before 3.12.0 or a server version older than 3.5.5, the existing participants will be shown before your own fader channel. +With a client of 3.12.0 or later connected to a server of 3.5.5 or newer, your own fader will be shown first, with the other existing participants shown to the right. +In either case, participants joining subsequently will by default appear to the right of all the existing participants. + +You can override this order and sort instead by name, instrument, group, city or channel number using the View menu. See Menu Commands below. If the server operator has enabled recording, you will see a message above the mixer showing that you are being recorded. @@ -119,7 +124,7 @@ You can group users together using the "group" toggle. Moving the fader of any m ### Mute button -Prevents users being heard in your local mix. Be aware that when you mute someone, they will see a "muted" icon above your fader to indicate that you cannot hear them. Note also that you will continue to see their VU meters moving if sound from the muted user is reaching the server. Your fader position for them is also unaffected. +Prevents users being heard in your local mix. Be aware that when you mute someone, they will see a "muted" icon above your fader to indicate that you cannot hear them. Note also that you will continue to see their VU meters moving if sound from the muted user is reaching the server. Your fader position for them is also unaffected. Note that muting your **own** channel only means you will not hear your signal from the server (and is not advised as it can lead to you becoming out of time with other players). This is therefore not the same as using "[Mute Myself](#mute-myself-button)". @@ -127,6 +132,63 @@ Note that muting your **own** channel only means you will not hear your signal f Allows you to hear one or more users on their own. Those not soloed will be muted. Note also that those people who are not soloed will see a "muted" icon above your fader. +## Menu commands + +### File > Connection Setup... + +Opens the [connection dialogue (see above)](#connectdisconnect-button). + +### File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup + +You can save and restore the mix you have for your band. This stores your settings for each person's fader volume, pan setting, mute and solo state. You can load this mix any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window. + +### File > Exit + +Closes all the windows and exits the application. + +### Edit > Clear All Stored Solo/Mute Settings + +Whenever you Solo or Mute a channel, Jamulus remembers these settings. Even if that person leaves and rejoins - or you join a server where they are playing - the settings will automatically be applied. Use this command to clear _all_ these stored settings. + +### Edit > Set All Faders to New Client Level + +Applies the [configured "New Client Level"](#new-client-level) to all currently connected channels. + +### Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders + +Applies a one-off fader adjustment to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece. + +### View > (sort options) + +Most items under the "View" menu allow you to adjust the order Jamulus chooses to display channels on the server: +* Own Fader First
+This option can be used in addition to the others to move your own channel to always be the leftmost, irrespective of the sort order of the other channels. + +* No user sorting
+This does not take any user details into account when sorting. It sorts by the order channels join the current server as described further up, with new channels being added to the right-hand end. +* Sort by Name
+Sorts by the name someone has chosen in their profile. +* Sort by Instrument / City
+Sorts by the instrument or city someone has in their profile, along with their name. +* Sort by Group
+Where the fader group feature is in use, this sorts in ascending group number from left to right (and within that, by name), with any ungrouped channels off to the right. +* Sort by Channel
+Where Jamulus channel controls (fader, mute, solo, etc) are being controlled by MIDI (see [Using --ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers](Tips-Tricks-More#using---ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)), this sorts by the channel number to help ensure a stable sort order that aligns with MIDI hardware controls. +Note that in Jamulus clients before version 3.12.0, channel numbers are assigned directly by the server. Clients from 3.12.0 onwards manage their own channel number assignments and always assign channel 0 to the local user (provided the server version is at least 3.5.5). + +### View > Chat + +Opens the [Chat](#chat) window. + +### Settings Menu + +Allows direct access to each of the [Settings](#settings) tabs. + +### Help + +Provides access to the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) and [User Manual](Software-Manual) (this page) on the website, along with copyright, licence and acknowledgement details. There is also a "What's This?" option for getting more details on parts of the client display. + + # Settings ## My Profile @@ -146,7 +208,7 @@ This applies a skin to the main window, some of which are designed to accommodat ### Meter style -This changes the visual style of the audio meters, independently of the chosen skin. +This changes the visual style of the audio meters, independently of the chosen skin. ### Mixer rows @@ -175,7 +237,7 @@ a different actual sound card channel can be selected. ### Audio channels -Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and server. +Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and Server. **Note**: It is better to run separate Client instances per voice/instrument, where each Client has its own ini file, rather than using this built-in mono pair to stereo mixer. @@ -251,7 +313,7 @@ rate is not higher than your available internet upload speed (check this with a ### Custom Directories If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here. -If you know the IP address or host name of a custom Directory, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. +Enter the hostname or IP address of the custom Directory. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Note that IPv6 is not currently supported for Directories.) The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list. @@ -268,7 +330,7 @@ Increases the gain from your device. Use this if your device delivers a gain tha ### Feedback Protection -Attempts to detect audio feedback loops or loud noise in the first three seconds after you connected to a server. Once detected, this feature will show a message and activate the "Mute Myself" button to mute you in your own mix. +Attempts to detect audio feedback loops or loud noise in the first three seconds after you connected to a server. Once detected, this feature will show a message and activate the "Mute Myself" button to mute you in your own mix. ### Input Balance @@ -276,22 +338,12 @@ Controls the relative levels of the left and right local audio channels. For a m it acts as a pan between the two channels. For example, if a microphone is connected to the right input channel and an instrument is connected to the left input channel which is much louder than the microphone, move the audio fader to increase the relative volume of the mic. -# Menu commands - -### File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup - -You can save and restore the mix you have for your band rehearsals (fader, mute, pan, solo etc.) and load these any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window. - -### Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders - -Applies a one-off fader setting to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece. - # Backing up Jamulus {% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want. -**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in +**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in ```shell $HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/ ``` diff --git a/wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md b/wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md index dd17b96d7..1f5be4ca7 100644 --- a/wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md +++ b/wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md @@ -80,23 +80,110 @@ Here is the script: jack_connect Jamulus:'output right' system:playback_2 ~~~ -### Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers +### Using `--ctrlmidich` for MIDI controllers -The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the "Mute Myself" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example: +The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a connected MIDI controller. This feature is available from version 3.7.0 on macOS, Linux, and the JACK version of Jamulus for Windows. From Jamulus 3.12.0 onwards, it is also available for the non-JACK (ASIO) Windows version. To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with the `--ctrlmidich` command-line option. -`--ctrlmidich "1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64"` +When this option is used on the command line, Jamulus will prepend a channel number to each Client name, which can be used to control the channel using MIDI CC numbers. In Jamulus version 3.12.0 onwards, when connected to a server of at least version 3.5.5, your own fader will always be given channel 0, and so will appear first when sorted by channel or when "Own Fader First" is enabled. -Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64. +*Tip*: With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. To keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to "View" on the top menu bar and switch to "Sort by Channel" (or type `Ctrl+E`). -Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to "toggle" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this. +When using JACK or macOS, make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), Audio/MIDI Setup (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you may need to install and launch `a2jmidid` so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl. For non-JACK Windows, Jamulus will find the MIDI device(s) automatically, but see the `d` option below if more than one MIDI device is connected. -*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself. +`--ctrlmidich` takes a single argument. If you omit it, the parameter is ignored. There are two formats for the argument: -Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth. +1. The legacy definition has one or two numbers in the format: -Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl. + ``` + [MIDI channel];[offset for first fader] + ``` -*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to "View" on the top menu bar and switch between "No User Sorting" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`). + * `MIDI channel` is required or else the parameter argument is ignored and the feature is not active. `0` means "any channel", `1`-`16` listen only to MIDI messages on the specified MIDI channel. + + * `offset for first fader` is the first MIDI CC to use to control a Jamulus Channel fader (default 70, which matches the Behringer X-Touch defaults), with all MIDI CCs after that being used; must be a number or else the long form is used. + + For example + + ``` + --ctrlmidich "0" + ``` + + would listen on all MIDI channels and use MIDI controller 70 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on. Here's another example: + + ``` + --ctrlmidich "2;50" + ``` + + This would listen on MIDI channel 2 and use MIDI controller 50 to control Jamulus channel 0 fader and so on. + +2. The long form is a sequence of offsets and counts for various controllers: + + ``` + [MIDI channel];[control letter][offset](*[count])(;...) + ``` + + * `MIDI channel` is required or else the parameter argument is ignored and the feature is not active. `0` means "any channel", `1`-`16` listen only to MIDI messages on the specified MIDI channel. + + * `control letter` defines which Jamulus Control the MIDI controller number is assigned to: + + | control letter | Jamulus Control | + |--------:|---------| + | `f` | Fader | + | `p` | Pan | + | `s` | Solo | + | `m` | Mute | + + * `offset` is the base MIDI CC number for the control. + + * `count` is the number of CC values for the control, defaulting to 1 (i.e. the number Jamulus channels that can be controlled). + + An example for a Korg nanoKONTROL2 using eight sliders starting at MIDI CC 0 to control faders and eight knobs starting at MIDI CC 16 to control pan, on any MIDI channnel, for eight Jamulus channels would be + + ``` + --ctrlmidich "0;f0*8;p16*8" + ``` + + Enhancing this to add eight Solo buttons starting at CC 32, and eight Mute buttons starting at CC 48 would give: + + ``` + --ctrlmidich "0;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8" + ``` + + * Two additional `control letter` values are available: + + 1. `o` controls Mute Myself and has a single `offset` (i.e. `count` is ignored and taken as 1). + + 2. `d` is an option on Windows non-JACK Jamulus to specify a particular MIDI input device by name -- without this, all devices will be assigned to Jamulus; with it, only the specified device will be used. For example: + + ``` + --ctrlmidich "1;f0*8;dnanoKontrol" + ``` + + would listen for CC0 through CC7 on MIDI channel 1 from a MIDI device called "nanoKontrol". Remember to wrap the whole of the `--ctrlmidich` argument in double quotes and you will have no problems with device names containing spaces. + + In order to discover the correct device name to use, start Jamulus from the command line with `--ctrlmidich` and observe the output. Jamulus will list all discovered MIDI devices: + + ``` + C:\Users\Me>"C:\Program Files\Jamulus\Jamulus" --ctrlmidich "0" + - MIDI controller settings: 0 + - allocated port number: 22134 + - MIDI devices found: 2 + 0: nanoKONTROL2 + 1: Keystation Mini 32 + + C:\Users\Me>"C:\Program Files\Jamulus\Jamulus" --ctrlmidich "1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2" + - MIDI controller settings: 1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;dnanoKONTROL2 + - allocated port number: 22134 + - MIDI devices found: 2 + 0: nanoKONTROL2 + 1: Keystation Mini 32 (ignored) + ``` + + Note that if only one MIDI device is connected, the `d` option is not necessary, as Jamulus will use the device automatically. + + On macOS, Linux or Windows with JACK, the `d` option is accepted if given, but ignored. + +*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself, that is, buttons on your MIDI controller need to be set to "toggle" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this. ## For Server admins